Broadcast Electronics - American Radio History

Broadcast Electronics - American Radio History
Broadcast
Equipment
Catalog 105
BROADCAST ELECTRONICS INC.
BROADCAST
FtECTNONIC<. ,w5
square foot (7000m2)
The designing, manufacturing and worldwide marketing activities of Broadcast Electronics originate in this modern 70,000
facility located in Quincy, Illinois, USA. Audio, automation and RF products leave this building for use by radio and TV broadcasting organizations
and other media in every state of the union and in most countries around the globe.
E
I
Broadcast Electronics Inc.
Catalog 105
Copyright © 1987
-
Broadcast Electronics Inc.
250142 /CABLE: "BROADCAST"
4100 N. 24TH STREET, P O. BOX 3606, QUINCY, ILLINOIS, USA, 62305, TELEPHONE: (217) 224 -9600, TELEX:
INTRODUCTION
The staff of Broadcast Electronics has prepared this catalog to serve as both a reference
volume and a buying guide. Whether you are planning a new installation or replacing older
equipment, you will find the comprehensive selection of equipment in this catalog to be
without equal. If your need is for a cartridge machine you can select from one of our
technically advanced Phase Trak 90 models or choose one of our other single or multi -deck
cartridge machines. If you are searching for just the right console, there are 18 attractively
styled models to choose from in addition to the uncomparable Mix Trak 90 modular series.
FM transmitters from 30 watts to 70 kilowatts, companion RF accessories, the renowned
FX -30 exciter, program automation equipment, AM stereo exciter /modulation monitor and
even our own manufactured turntables combine to illustrate the complete "TOTAL
PACKAGE" concept from Broadcast Electronics.
Broadcast Specialists: Equipment produced by Broadcast Electronics is noted for its craftsmanship, reliability and excellence of design. believe that our specialization in broadcast
equipment makes us unique in the industry. It allows us to design and manufacture quality
products that are precisely suited to the needs of broadcasters. In addition, our company is
staffed with an abundance of technically trained and experienced personnel in all departments, always anxious to do their utmost to be of service to our valued customers.
I
Order: It's easy to order Broadcast Electronics equipment. You can simply call upon any
of our 120 conveniently located dealers and distributors in the United States and Canada.
They can supply all Broadcast Electronics products with the exception of larger transmitters
and program automation systems. High power FM transmitters and companion Broadcast
Electronics antennas are sold through our technically oriented RF representative organization in 18 defined territorial regions in the USA and Canada. Our international sales are
handled by local representatives in virtually every country in the world. Through the
expertise of this specialized selling organization, we've made it convenient for you to order
To
Broadcast Electronics products.
For Broadcast Equipment, Think of Broadcast Electronics: trust that you will find this
new catalog to be helpful and that you'll keep it handy for reference in the future. Whether
it's a "TOTAL PACKAGE" or a single cartridge machine, bring your equipment needs
to
Broadcast Electronics. Each and every member of the Broadcast Electronics organization
will do his or her best to justify your continuing confidence.
I
Broadcast Electronics is people, dedicated to serving you.
Sincerely,
Lawrence J. Cervon
President
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
4
DIGITAL RECORDER/REPRODUCER
25
TAPE CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES
27
AUDIO CONSOLES
32
TURNTABLES, TONEARMS, CARTRIDGES
62
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
69
PROGRAM AUTOMATION
84
FM TRANSMITTERS
98
RF ACCESSORIES
137
AM STEREO EQUIPMENT
143
TV STEREO EQUIPMENT
147
AUDIO PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
156
MODULATION/FREQUENCY MONITORS
160
PROOF OF PERFORMANCE EQUIPMENT
165
REMOTE CONTROL EQUIPMENT
166
STL EQUIPMENT
168
WATTMETERS/DUMMY LOADS
174
PHASE CONVERTERS
179
COAXIAL SWITCHES
180
AC SURGE PROTECTORS
181
FM ANTENNAS
182
FM ANTENNA ACCESSORIES
191
TRANSMISSION LINE
192
TRANSPORTABLE BROADCAST FACILITIES
199
ENGINEERING DATA
200
INDEX
207
All specifications contained within this catalog are subject to change without notice.
1
=E
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
Automatic Stereo Phase Correction*
Innovative Cartridge Guidance System
Superb Audio Performance
True Modular Design With Plug -in
Assemblies
Dynafex° Noise Reduction
Including FSK
Optical Tape Level Sensing
All Cue Tones Standard
Detection
Non -repeat Lockout
Reliable DC Servo Motor
Cart- Not -Cued Lockout
Back Lighted Front Panel Status Indicators
Automatic Audio Muting
Optional Digital Timer
Phase Lok V Precision Adjustment Head
Digital Cue Filtering
-
Block
'Patent Fending
dB, 40 Hz to 16 kHz, the excellent frequency response of the
Phase Trak 90 delivers "audiophile" quality in any application. Wow
and Flutter specifications are also excellent at less than .12 %.
AUTOMATIC PHASE CORRECTION
The phase correction circuit of the Phase Trak 90 continually
monitors and corrects the phase relationship between the playback
audio of the right and left channels. The output of ANY cartridge
will undergo automatic phase correction when it is played through
the Phase Trak 90 - REGARDLESS OF WHAT MACHINE WAS
USED TO PRODUCE THE CARTRIDGE ORIGINALLY.
The phase correction capability of the Phase Trak 90 is essentially invisible to the operator, requiring no user adjustments. A
front panel LED bar-graph indicator is provided to show the amount
of relative phase correction taking place during the play cycle.
OPERATIONAL FEATURES
Automatic High /Low Level Sensing
Provides automatic level switching for cartridges recorded at
higher levels (typically 250 nW /m) through the application of optical sensing tabs on the front of the cartridge.
Automatic Audio Muting
No outboard audio switcher is required for multi- machine applications. When a particular machine is started, all others in the
chain are automatically muted. When using EOM switching, the
automatic muting provides smooth audio overlapping.
EXCELLENT AUDIO PERFORMANCE
The Phase Trak 90 boasts a Signal to Noise Ratio of better than
80 dB (stereo, with Dynafex° noise reduction operational). At ±2
4
PHASE TRAK 90 PLAYBACK
1
Four Standard Cue Circuits
The Phase Trak 90 comes equipped with four standard digital
cue sensor circuits including an FSK (3.5 kHz) decoder which provides an RS -232 compatible data output for automatic logging.
Digital cue filters allow the three standard cue tones to track the
servo motor speed automatically - even in Vari Speed mode!
Non -Repeat Lockout
After a cartridge has played and has re -cued, the STOP indicator
will begin to flash at a rate of one flash per second. The machine
will not start again until the operator removes and replaces the
cartridge, or resets the lockout mode by pressing the STOP switch.
(The lockout mode is defeatable with an internal jumper.)
Cart- Not -Cued Lockout
If a cartridge is stopped before it can re -cue, the STOP indicator
will flash twice per second to warn the operator. The cartridge
cannot be started again until the lockout mode is reset in the manner mentioned above. (Defeatable)
PHASE TRAK 90 PLAYBACK
DC Servo Motor Assembly
Hall Effect Switches
All three function switches on the front panel of the Phase Trak
90 are Hall Effect switches for the ultimate in silent, reliable
operation.
Automatic /Manual Fast Forward
One depression of the Fast Forward switch will lock the machine
into the fast forward mode until the cartridge re -cues or is manually
stopped.
"Clean" Function
Momentarily pressing both the STOP and START switches will
activate the motor and pull the pinch roller into position for cleaning. Pressing the STOP switch alone will turn on the motor for
about 90 seconds to facilitate easier cleaning of the capstan shaft.
PHASE LOK V HEAD BLOCK
The Phase Lok V head block utilized in the Phase Trak 90 is
one of the only head block assemblies in the industry to offer a
locking azimuth adjustment that is independent of the height and
zenith adjustments. This allows the user to achieve near-perfect
head alignment quickly and easily. Head block assemblies can
be removed and replaced without re- alignment.
PHASE TRAK 90 PLAYBACK
Modular Construction
CARTRIDGE GUIDANCE SYSTEM
Right and left side guides grip the cartridge as it enters the deck
and applies just enough force to ensure proper positioning. At
the same time, two spring loaded top guides apply downward
pressure. The result is silky- smooth cartridge insertion and excellent positioning regardless of variations in cartridge size!
MODULAR CONSTRUCTION
The Phase Trak 90 is completely modular for the ultimate in
servicing convenience. All modules are easily removed from the
back of the cabinet. Test points and adjustments are reached by
removing the top cover. In addition, all modules feature gold-togold pin and socket contacts to enhance long term reliability.
OPTIONAL TIMER
An optional timer is available for the Phase Trak 90. This count up timer is always synchronized to the motor speed for an accurate reading of "tape time" regardless of the actual elapsed
"real time ". The timer will re -set to zero whenever a cartridge is
inserted and will stop counting when the cartridge stops playing.
The display can also be set to freeze when an EOM (End of
Message) tone is detected. This allows the operator to determine
the actual length of the message.
PHASE LOK V
Head Block
5
=E
I=E
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Audio Output Impedances
Equalization
105V to 132V or 210V to 264 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz.
Transformerless: 600 ohm termination. Less than 75
ohm source.
System Distortion
(see notes 1 and 2) Reproduce Amplifier: Less than
0.5% THD. Playback system: Less than 1.5% THD
(tape dependent).
1975 NAB standard. I.E.C. CCIR (customer specified
Signal to Noise
Remote Control
Tape Speed
Standard: 7.5 IPS with 22.5 IPS Fast Forward.
Optional: (1) 3.75 IPS with 11.25 IPS Fast Forward.
(2) 15 IPS with no Fast Forward.
Motor
DC servo with a hard chromed, stainless steel non-
magnetic shaft.
Solenoid
Low voltage, constant current solenoid with highly increased pulling power.
Speed Accuracy
+.2 %.
Wow and Flutter
Maximum 0.12% DIN. WTD. at
Measured with reference to 250 nW/m and a bandwidth of 30 Hz to 20 kHz.
-54 dB Stereo
Pulling Tape: -56 dB Mono
-58 dB Stereo
No Tape:
-60 dB Mono
-80 dB Mono
-80 dB Stereo
With Dynafex`:
Squelch Noise: -80 dB (without Dynafex)
Crosstalk
Limited to
channels.
7.5 IPS.
Audio Output Configuration
Transformerless: True electronic balanced and
floating.
Audio Output Level
+24 dBm before clip.
-50 dB between any two adjacent
Frequency Response
(see note 3) ±2 dB, 40 Hz to
Transport Stop Time
options).
Cartridge Size
A and AA.
Ambient Operating Temperature
0 to 50 degrees C (32 to 122 F).
All front panel indicators and controls (except
metering).
Mounting
Table top with optional rack mount also available.
Dimensions
Table Top: 5.62 "H x 5.875 "W x 15.5 "D (14.3 x 14.9
x 39.4 cm). Rack Mount: 5.25 "H x 5.75 "W x
15.5 "D.
Weight
28 lb.s (packed), 12.7 Kgs.
16 kHz.
NOTE
1:
Reference
Transport Start Time
120 mSec (minimum damping with servo motor
operating when start command is initiated).
NOTE 3: Specification measured using the 1975
117/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz Table Top
STOCK NO.
900 -9000 -000
900 -9002 -000
900 -9009 -000
900 -9010-000
PT9OP
PT9OPS
PT9OR
PT9ORS
NAB Standard.
Mounting,
7.5 IPS (3.75 and 15 IPS
selectable).
DESCRIPTION
Phase Trak 90 Playback - Mono (A and AA cartridges).
Phase Trak 90 Playback - Stereo (A and AA cartridges).
Record Amplifier, Mono with Cues.
Record Amplifier, Stereo with Cues.
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
900-9013
900-9014
900-9015
910 -9007
900-9016
970 -0099
970 -0088
597-9000
Dynafex- is
a
kHz at 250 nWb /m.
NOTE 2: Using Capital Magnetics SGS -4 tape.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
1
80 mSec maximum at 7.5 IPS.
Rack Shelf for 19" EIA rack, 7 "H.
Rack Shelf Filler Panel, V3 rack for 9013.
Rack Shelf Filler Panel, V2 rack for 9013.
Test Extender PC Board.
Tape Timer, 4 digit, factory installed.
Tape Sensor Foil Tab Kit (package of 100).
Record Head Connector kit for PT9OP /PS when used with record
amplifier.
Service Manual for Series 9000.
registered trademark of Circuit Research Laboratories Inc.
6
PHASE TRAK 90 RECORD /PLAY
I=E
Model PT9ORPS
Automatic Stereo Phase Correction*
Superior Audio Performance
Dynafex' Noise Reduction
Automatic Tape Analysis with "Learn" mode
Built -in Splice Finder
Built -in Test Oscillator
Optical Tape Level Sensing
Non -repeat Lockout
Automatic Audio Muting
Phase Lok V Precision Adjustment Head Block
LED Metering of Left /Right Channel Audio, Cue,
and Bias
True Modular Design With Plug -in Assemblies
All Cue Tones Standard
Including FSK
Detection
-
FSK Data Encoder
Cue Erase Function
Reliable DC Servo Motor
'Patent Pending
AUTOMATIC PHASE CORRECTION*
The phase correction circuit of the Phase Trak 90 Record /Play
continually monitors and corrects the phase relationship between
the playback audio of the right and left channels. The output of
ANY cartridge will undergo automatic phase correction when it
is played through the Phase Trak 90 Record /Play- REGARDLESS
OF WHAT MACHINE WAS USED TO PRODUCE THE CARTRIDGE ORIGINALLY.
Left and Right channel output audio. When the front panel MTR
switch is depressed, Cue audio is displayed on the left channel
LED's while the overall bias level is displayed on the right channel LED's.
AUTOMATIC TAPE ANALYSIS
Introducing a new brand of tape is easy with the Phase Trak
90 Record /Play! Through its microprocessor- assisted automatic
tape analysis system, the Phase Trak 90 will completely evaluate
a new tape and " Ilearn" all of the bias, level and EQ settings
necessary to obtain optimum performance. These settings are
then stored in memory, ready for selection.
SUPERIOR AUDIO PERFORMANCE
The Phase Trak 90 Record /Play offers a Signal to Noise Ratio
of better than 80 dB (stereo, with Dynafex'' noise reduction operational). At ±2 dB, 40 Hz to 16 kHz, its record to playback frequency
response exceeds the most exacting standards. Wow and Flutter
specifications are also excellent at less than .12 %.
OPERATIONAL FEATURES
OPTICAL HIGH/LOW SENSING
Provides automatic switching for cartridges employing various
bias, level, and EQ settings (record or playback) through the application of optical sensing tabs on the front of the cartridge.
FRONT PANEL METERING
The Phase Trak 90 Record /Play provides two 18 segment LED
meters. In the record mode the meter indicates Left and Right
channel input audio. In the playback mode the meter indicates
AUTOMATIC AUDIO MUTING
No outboard audio switcher is required for multi- machine applications. When a particular machine is started, all others in the
chain are automatically muted.
7
I=E
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
-
STANDARD
DIGITAL TIMER
An easy to read digital timer is standard in the Phase Trak 90
Record /Play. This count -up timer is synchronized to the motor
speed for an accurate reading of actual tape time regardless of
the elapsed "real time ". The timer will re -set to zero whenever
a cartridge is inserted and will cease counting when the cartridge
stops playing. Through an internal jumper selection, the timer can
be set to freeze when an EOM (End Of Message) tone is detected.
This allows the operator to determine the actual message length.
FOUR STANDARD PLAYBACK CUE CIRCUITS
The Phase Trak 90 Record /Play comes equipped with four standard digital cue sensor circuits including an FSK (3.5 kHz) decoder
which provides an RS -232 compatible data output for automatic
logging.
FOUR STANDARD RECORD CUE CIRCUITS
Record cue circuits include 150 Hz, 1 kHz, 8 kHz and an RS232
to FSK encoder. The Phase Trak 90 Record /Play also offers a
handy external cue provision as well as pushbutton- activated 1
kHz record defeat and cue erase functions.
NON -REPEAT LOCKOUT
After a cartridge has played and has re -cued, the STOP indicator
will begin to flash at a rate of one flash per second. The machine
will not start again until the operator removes and replaces the
cartridge, or resets the lockout mode by pressing the STOP switch.
Phase Trak 90 Record /Play deck assembly
AUTOMATIC /MANUAL FAST FORWARD
One depression of the Fast Forward switch will lock the machine
into the fast forward mode until the cartridge re -cues or is manually
stopped.
AUTOMATIC SPLICE FINDER
With a single push of the front panel SPL switch, the Phase
Trak 90 Record /Play will enter the splice finding mode. The cartridge will run at 22.5 IPS until the splice detector precisely locates
the tape splice.
BUILT-IN TEST OSCILLATOR
Maintaining your Phase Trak 90 Record /Play is made easier
with its built -in test oscillator. Eight tones are selectable through
the front panel switches: 50 Hz, 125 Hz, 500 Hz, 1 kHz, 4 kHz,
8 kHz, 12 kHz and 16 kHz. A convenient "sweep mode" is also
available.
MECHANICAL DESIGN FEATURES
PHASE LOCK V HEAD BLOCK
The Phase Lok V head block utilized in the Phase Trak 90
Record /Play is one of the only head block assemblies in the industry to offer a locking azimuth adjustment that is independent
of the height and zenith adjustments. This allows the user to
achieve near-perfect head alignment quickly and easily.
CARTRIDGE GUIDANCE SYSTEM
Right and left side guides grip the cartridge as it enters the deck
and applies just enough force to ensure proper positioning. At
the same time, two spring loaded top guides apply downward
pressure. The result is silky-smooth cartridge insertion and excellent positioning regardless of variations in cartridge size!
RELIABLE DC SERVO MOTOR
The Phase Trak 90 Record/Play utilizes a crystal -controlled,
brushless DC servo motor. This provides dependable operation
with low wow and flutter, high efficiency and low acoustic noise.
Through the Vari Speed control it is possible to adjust the motor
speed ±10% with an external oscillator.
Phase Trak 90 Record /Play power supply illustrates advanced modular
design.
8
PHASE TRAK 90 RECORD /PLAY
I=E
SPECIFICATIONS (referenced to 7.5 IPS)
POWER:
105V to 132V or 210V to 264 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:
600 ohms
TAPE SPEED:
Standard: 7.5 IPS with 22.5 IPS Fast Forward
Optional: (1) 3.75 IPS with 11.25 IPS Fast Forward
(2) 15 IPS with no Fast Forward
AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:
continuously adjustable -18 to +20 dBm
TRANSPORT START TIME:
120 mSec (with servo motor operating when start
command is initiated)
BIAS OSCILLATOR:
128 kHz
DISTORTION:
(see Notes
and 2)
Reproduce Amplifier
Less than 0.5% THD.
Record /Play System: Less than 1% THD (tape
dependent)
SOLENOID:
Low voltage, constant current solenoid with highly increased pulling power.
SIGNAL TO NOISE:
Measured with reference to 250 nW/M and
width of 30 Hz to 20 kHz
PULLING TAPE:
- 56 dB Mono
-54 dB Stereo
SPEED ACCURACY:
+.2%
NO TAPE:
60 dB Mono
WOW AND FLUTTER:
Maximum 0.12% DIN. WTD. at 7.5 IPS
-
-58
WITH DYNAFEX°
- 80 dB Mono
AUDIO OUTPUT CONFIGURATION:
Transformerless: True electronic balanced and
floating.
EQUALIZATION:
(Playback and Record) 1975 NAB standard.
I.E.C. CCIR (customer specified options)
-
1
MOTOR:
DC servo with a hard chromed stainless steel nonmagnetic shaft
CARTRIDGE SIZE:
A and AA, B and BB
a
band-
REMOTE CONTROL:
All front panel indicators and controls (except
metering)
dB Stereo
:
MOUNTING:
-80
Table top with optional rack mount also available
dB Stereo
SQUELCH NOISE:
- 80 dB (without Dynafex)
AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL:
+24 dBm before clip.
DIMENSIONS:
Table Top: 5.25 "H x 8.625 "W x 16.5 "D
Rack Mount: 7 "H x 8.625 "W x 16.5 "D
CROSSTALK:
limited to -50 dB between any two adjacent
channels
AUDIO OUTPUT IMPEDANCES:
Transformerless: 600 ohm termination
Less than 75 ohm source
WEIGHT:
30 lbs. (packed)
FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
Note 1: Reference kHz at 250 nWb/m
Note 2: Using Capital Magnetics SGS -4 tape
Note 3: Specification measured using the 1975 NAB
Standard
1
(see note 3)
±2 dB, 40 Hz to 16 kHz
AUDIO INPUT CONFIGURATION:
Transformerless: True instrumentation amplifier input
with common mode rejection of -60 dB at 60 Hz
AMBIENT OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
0 to 50 degrees C (32 to 122 F)
TRANSPORT STOP TIME:
80 mSec maximum at 7.5 IPS
ORDERING INFORMATION
117/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz Table Top
Mounting,
7.5 IPS (3.75
and 15 IPS
selectable)
MODEL
PT9ORPS
STOCK NO.
900- 9003 -000
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
900 -9013
900 -9014
900-9015
900-9113
900-9114
900-9115
910-9007
970-0099
597-9000
Dynafex'
DESCRIPTION
Phase Trak 90 Record /Playback - Stereo
(A and AA, B and BB cartridges)
Rack Shelf for 19" EIA rack, 7" H
Rack Shelf Filler Panel, 1/3 rack for 9013
Rack Shelf Filler Panel, 1/2 rack for 9013
Rack Shelf for 19 "EIA rack, 51/4" H
Rack Shelf Filler Panel, '/3 rack for 9113
Rack Shelf Filler Panel, V2 rack for 9113
Test Extender PC Board
Tape Sensor Foil Tab Kit (package of 100)
Service Manual for Series 9000
(One manual shipped with each unit)
is a registered trademark of
Circuit Research Laboratories Inc.
9
1
=E
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
New Flat Response Long Life Heads
New Phase Lok V Head Block
H Improved Cartridge Guidance
System
Advanced Electronics - Meets or
Exceeds 1975 NAB Standards
Two Cue Tones Standard
150 Hz)
(1
kHz and
Precision Machined Deck
Exclusive Mono/Stereo Switching
Direct Drive Transport
Model 2100CRPS
design of the 21000 ensures cooler, transient-free operation.
The improved cartridge guidance system permits very precise
cart positioning. The cartridge is directed to the head block area
by right and left side guides. In addition, two spring loaded top
guides apply firm pressure to hold the cart in place. The result
is smooth, positive cart insertion regardless of variations in cartridge thickness.
The Series 2100C's are the most cost effective professional tape
cartridge machines in the industry today. No other cart machine
combines the value and economy of the 21000's. For example,
the Series 2100C's include two cue tones (1 kHz and 150 Hz) as
standard features. The construction is modular for easy
maintenance.
PHASE LOK V HEAD ASSEMBLY
The Series 21000 features flat response, long life heads and
the exclusive Broadcast Electronics Phase Lok V head block. The
Phase Lok V offers a locking azimuth adjustment that is independent of the height and zenith adjustments. Precise head positioning requires an azimuth adjustment that can be manipulated easily
without affecting height and zenith. This permits quick, accurate
positioning with a minimum of difficulty. (For correct stereo tracking, a dummy head is included in each stereo playback model.)
The head assembly also includes extensive shielding to prevent AC pickup. The underside of the deck is also covered with
a steel plate. Additional shielding is provided by a mu -metal plate
which is located directly under the head.
MONO/STEREO SWITCHING
The Series 2100C's employ Broadcast Electronics' exclusive
mono/stereo switching system. This innovative feature allows mono
cartridges (which have been previously recorded on another
machine) to play on a 21000 stereo machine WITH PROGRAM
MATERIAL AVAILABLE AT BOTH THE LEFT AND RIGHT OUTPUT. The switching will take place automatically if the cartridge
has a 150 Hz and a 1 kHz cue tone recorded simultaneously at
the beginning of the message.
PLAYBACK CIRCUITRY
The playback amplifier consists of wideband IC operational
amplifiers, advanced analog switching, and differentially balanced output amplifiers. The amplifiers have an exceptionally wide
equalization adjustment range to compensate for head wear. The
output amps will deliver +20 dBm before clipping to minimize
potential distortion at high signal levels. The improved response
characteristics of the playback amplifier meets or exceeds 1975
NAB standards.
PRECISION TRANSPORT AND DECK ASSEMBLY
The 21000 tape transport features a powerful, direct drive hystersis synchronous motor, a large air damped solenoid and a 1/2 inch
thick aluminum deck.
The solenoid control circuit applies 36 volts at the beginning
of the start cycle (for a fast, sure start) and then drops to 18 volts.
Unlike cart machines that utilize a 110 volt solenoid, the low voltage
10
111,:--1
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
Non- repeat Lockout
Advanced Electronics (meets 1975 NAB
Specifications)
'
i
New Phase Lok V Head Block
Heavy Duty Solenoid
Torodial Transformer
Improved Cartridge Guidance System
INNOVATIVE DESIGN FEATURES
Non -repeat Lockout
Non -repeat Lockout prevents any tape cartridge from being
played more than once unless the operator resets the "lockout
mode" by pressing the flashing STOP button or by removing and
re- inserting the cart. This feature substantially reduces the
possibility of on -air mistakes during commercial breaks! The Non repeat Lockout mode can be disabled through an internal jumper
connection if desired.
series 5000
Torodial Transformer
The new 5400C incorporates a torodial transformer in the
primary power supply for cool, efficient operation with a significant reduction in stray magnetic fields.
Phase Lok V Head Assembly
The removable Phase Lok Five head assembly provides tight
alignment control with a locking azimuth adjustment independent
of height or zenith adjustments.
5410C RECORDER
18
DELAY MACHINES
SERIES 3000A
I=E
Model 3200A RP /DL Delay Cartridge Machine
Same Performance Specifications as the
Series 3000A Machines
Rugged, Reliable Design
Several Useful Options Available
Wide Range of Delay Intervals Possible
In addition to providing normal playback and record functions,
delay units allow the use of the machine whenever a delay might
be required. From a six minute delay (for live talk show editing)
to a 30 minute network programming delay, these machines can
handle any delay length required. The time span of the delay is
determined by the length of the tape in the cartridge.
Like the other Series 3000A machines, the Delay Programmers
feature the new Phase Lok V precision head block, a powerful
air damped solenoid, an improved cartridge guidance system and
a reliable hysteresis-synchronous motor. The primary performance
specifications are identical to those shown for the other Series
3000A tape cartridge machines.
ORDERING INFORMATION
ACCESSORIES
NOTE: Delay Programmer machines are standard with 1 kHz and 150 Hz cue tones
and cannot be supplied with 8 kHz cue tone. Automatic/Manual fast forward can
be added without 8 kHz. Delay machines cannot be used for stereo operation.
MODEL
STOCK NO.
900-3004
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
Mono Delay Programmer option added to
model 3200ARP or 3400ARP
RC3000
RC3000
RC3000
NOTE: FACTORY OPTIONS CANNOT BE INSTALLED AFTER EQUIPMENT HAS
BEEN MANUFACTURED OR SHIPPED.
906 -3002
906 -3003
906-3009
Adjustment of Equalization to IEC /CCIR
Specifications, Mono.
Adjustment of Equalization to IEC /CCIR
Specifications, Stereo.
Additional cost for alternate 3.75 IPS tape
speed.
17
STOCK NO.
906-3014
906 -3015
919-1504
906 -3016
906 -3019
906 -3028
DESCRIPTION
Rack Shelf filler panel, '/3 rack.
Rack Shelf filler panel, 1/2 rack.
Extender, PC Boards.
Remote Control Panel, Start for 5 units.
Remote Control Panel, Single Unit.
Remote Control Panel with start/stop and
fast forward switches for 5 units.
1
=E
3400A RACK MOUNT
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
LI
=E
m,.^:771k7.TIC..,,
3400A Rack Mount Cartridge Machine
Same Performance Specifications as the
3000A Machines
Full Range of Available Options
Convenient Rack Mount Design
Handles A, B, and C Size Cartridges
sizes. It is available in monaural or stereo models and in record
or record /playback configurations. All of the Series 3000A options
are available for the 3400A.
The 3400A comes standard as a rack mount unit with no shelf
or filler panels necessary. The 3400A has all the features of the
standard Series 3000A cartridge machines and handles all cart
SPECIFICATIONS
Ambient Operating Temperature
Crosstalk
Power:
105V to 125V or 210V to 240 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz (as
specified).
Wow and Flutter
Playback: maximum 0.15% DIN. WTD. at 7.5 IPS.
Record/Playback: maximum 0.15% DIN. WTD. at
7.5
IPS.
Limited to -50 dB or better, program to program or
cue to program at 1,000 Hz.
Frequency Response
(see note 3) ±2 dB, 50 Hz to
Equalization
Transformer coupled, selectable 600 ohms or 150
ohms impedance.
Audio Output Level
(see Note 1) Continuously variable from -54 dBm to
+10 dBm (clip level +18 dBm).
-20 dBm
Mounting
Line -transformer coupled 50K ohm balanced bridging
All NAB cartridge sizes.
-52
dB Stereo. Squelch
Note 1: Reference 1 kHz at 185 nWb /m.
Note 2: Using Capital Magnetics SGS -4 tape.
Note 3: Specification measured using the 1965
NAB Standard.
Audio Input Configuration
input.
and 3) Hum and noise with no tape
Rack Mount Only.
to +20 dBm.
(see notes 1 and 2) Record/Play system distortion is
less than 2%. (tape limited)
(see notes
running: -54 dB Mono,
noise -70 dB or better.
Record/Play, 75 IPS 3.75 IPS optional (other
parameters affected) Fast Forward, 22.5 IPS
Audio Input Level
System Distortion
1
metering).
Standard Tape Speed
options).
Line input:
C (32 to 122 F).
All front panel indicators and controls (except
15 kHz.
1965 NAB standard. I.E.C. CCIR (customer specified
Audio Output Configuration
Noise
degrees
Remote Control
0 to 50
Cartridge Size
Cue Signals
Relay contact closure for external control (150 Hz)
External cue input/output available at remote control
for other control functions.
ORDERING INFORMATION
900 -3402 -301
MODEL/DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
(STANDARD MODELS. 117 VAC /60 Hz)
3400AP Mono, Playback only, rack mount, A, B & C sized
900 -3400-001
900-3403 -301
cartridges
cartridges
900 -3401 -001
3400ARP Mono, Rec/Play, rack mount, A, B &
C
sized
NOTE: FACTORY OPTIONS CANNOT BE INSTALLED AFTER EQUIPMENT
HAS BEEN MANUFACTURED OR SHIPPED.
cartridges
900-3402 -001
900-3403 -001
3400APS Stereo, Playback only, rack mount, A, B & C
sized cartridges
3400ARPS Stereo, Rec /Play, rack mount, A, B & C sized
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
900-3002
cartridges
900-3003
MODEL/DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
(STANDARD MODELS. 220 VAC/50 Hz)
3400AP Mono, Playback only, rack mount, A, B & C sized
900 -3400-301
3400ARP Mono, Rec/Play, rack mount, A, B &
C
Adjustment of Equalization to IEC /CCIR Specifications,
Mono
Adjustment of Equalization to IEC /CCIR Specifications,
Stereo
900-3009
cartridges
900 -3401 -301
3400APS Stereo, Playback only, rack mount, A, B & C
sized cartridges
3400ARPS Stereo, Rec/Play, rack mount, A, B & C sized
Additional cost for alternate 3.75 IPS tape speed
See page 28 for Audio Switchers and Remote Control Panels
sized
cartridges
Model
Width
Depth
Height
Shipping Weight (packed)
3400A
17"
15.5"
5.25"
42 lbs. (19.0 kg)
16
SERIES 3000A
The new Series 3000A Tape Transport
- Includes (A) the new Phase Lok V head block; (B) right and left hand side guides for proper
horizontal cartridge positioning; (C) spring loaded top guides for firm vertical positioning; (D) precision one -half inch thick aluminum
deck; (E) under-the -head magnetic shielding provided by a mu -metal plate which is recessed into the deck itself; (F) and a new, more
powerful air damped solenoid with extra reliable cam and cable linkage.
ORDERING INFORMATION
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
900-3002
STOCK NO.
MODEUDESCRIPTION
(STANDARD MODELS. 117 VAC /60 Hz)
900 -3100-001
3100AP Mono, Playback, A sized cartridges
900 -3102-001
3100APS Stereo, Playback, A sized cartridges
900 -3200 -001
3200AP Mono, Playback, A & B sized cartridges
900 -3201 -001
3200ARP Mono, Rec /Play, A & B sized cartridges
900 -3202 -001
3200APS Stereo, Playback, A & B sized cartridges
900 -3203 -001
3200ARPS Stereo, Rec /Play, A & B sized cartridges
Adjustment of Equalization to IEC/CCIR Specifications,
Mono
900 -3003
Adjustment of Equalization to IEC /CCIR Specifications,
Stereo
900-3009
ACCESSORIES
900 -3013
900 -3010
Additional cost for alternate 3.75 IPS tape speed
Rack Mount Shelf for EIA 19" rack
Top Cover for 906 -3013 shelf
STOCK NO.
MODEUDESCRIPTION
(STANDARD MODELS 220 VAC /50 Hz)
900-3100 -301
3100AP Mono, Playback, A sized cartridges
900-3102 -301
3100APS Stereo, Playback, A sized cartridges
900 -3200 -301
3200AP Mono, Playback, A & B sized cartridges
900-3201 -301
3200ARP Mono, Rec /Play, A & B sized cartridges
900- 3202 -301
3200APS Stereo, Playback, A & B sized cartridges
900 -3203 -301
3200ARPS Stereo, Rec /Play, A & B sized cartridges
NOTE: If Series 3000A machines are to be mounted in 900 -3013 Rack Shelf, order
machines less Top Covers and order Rack Shelf 900 -3010 top cover.
Deduct price of cover from price of each machine ordered for rack
NOTE: FACTORY OPTIONS CANNOT BE INSTALLED AFTER EQUIPMENT HAS
BEEN MANUFACTURED OR SHIPPED.
See page 28 for Audio Switchers and Remote Control Panels
mounting.
900 -3014
900 -3015
919 -1504
Model
Width
Depth
3100A
5.87"
3200A
8.75"
15.5"
15.5"
Height
5.25 "`
5.25 "`
`add .375 inch for rubber feet
15
Rack Shelf filler panel,
Rack Shelf filler panel.
Extender, PC Boards
'/3
'/2
rack
rack
Shipping Weight (packed)
28 Ib.s (12.7 kg)
38 lbs. (15.0 kg)
I=E
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
THERE'S A SERIES 3000A FOR EVERY
APPLICATION!
Model 3100A Slim Line: For use with NAB
A and AA cartridges. Available in mono and
stereo playback models. Three units can
mount side -by -side in a 19 inch rack shelf.
Model 3200A Compact: For use with NAB
A, AA, BB and B cartridges. Available in
mono or stereo record/playback and
playback only models. Two 3200A units can
mount side -by -side in a 19 inch rack shelf.
3100APS
3200AP
SERIES 3000A OPTIONS AND
ACCESSORIES
Voltage Option
60 Hz Models - 208 to 230 Volts
50 Hz Models - 120 to 150 Volts and 208 to
230 Volts (Standard voltage is 105 to 120
Volts, 50 Hz)
Equalization Option
NAB or CCIR /IEC
3200ARP
Tape Speed Option
7.5 IPS (19.05 cm /s) Standard
3.75 IPS (9.53 cm /s) Optional
3200ARPS
RACK MOUNTING
Two different rack mounting arrangements are available for the
Series 3000A machines. Through the use of a rack shelf or filler
panels, virtually any combination of units can be adapted to a rack
mount configuration.
balanced output from the last started unit.
Starting a new machine automatically deletes audio from the
previously played unit and turns on the audio from the newly
started cartridge. Up to three switchers may be used in cascade
to provide a single audio output from up to 15 cart machines.
AUDIO SWITCHING
Switchers are available in two versions: three input (SW5E) and
five input (SW5F). The three input model accommodates three
Series 3000A machines. The five input model accommodates up
to five audio input signals from all machines and provides a single
REMOTE CONTROLS
Audio and remote connections are quick and easy with our rugged Cinch -Jones connectors. Available in four models, optional
remote panels duplicate all essential front panel controls.
SPECIFICATIONS
Power:
Crosstalk
specified).
Limited to -50 dB or better, program to program or
cue to program at 1,000 Hz.
Wow and Flutter
Playback: maximum 0.15% DIN. WTD. at 7.5 IPS.
Record/Playback: maximum 0.15% DIN. WTD. at 7.5
Frequency Response
(see note 3) ±2 dB, 50 Hz to
105V to 125V or 210V to 240 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz (as
Ambient Operating Temperature
15 kHz.
IPS.
Audio Output Configuration
Remote Control
1965 NAB standard. I.E.C. CCIR (customer specified
options).
Audio Output Level
(see Note 1) Continuously variable from -54 dBm to
Audio Input Level
System Distortion
(see notes 1 and 2) Record /Play system distortion is
less than 2 %. (tape limited)
Line input:
-20 dBm
to +20 dBm.
metering).
Standard Tape Speed
Record /Play, 7.5 IPS. 375 IPS optional (other
parameters affected).
Mounting
A. Table Top Models (3100A, 3200A).
Audio Input Confirmation
Line-transformer coupled 50K ohm balanced bridging
input.
Noise
(see notes 1 and 3) Hum and noise with no tape
running: -54 dB Mono, -52 dB Stereo. Squelch
noise -70 dB or better.
0 to 50 degrees C (32 to 122 F).
All front panel indicators and controls (except
Equalization
Transformer coupled, selectable 600 ohms or 150
ohms impedance.
+10 dBm (clip level +18 dBm).
Cue Signals
Relay contact closure for external control (150 Hz)
External cue input/output available at remote control
for other control functions.
Cartridge Size
Model 3100A: A, AA
Model 3200A: A, AA,
B, BB
14
Rack Mount Models (optional for all models except
3400A).
B.
Note 1: Reference 1 kHz at 185 nWb /m.
Note 2: Using Capital Magnetics SGS-4 tape.
Note 3: Specification measured using the 1965
NAB Standard.
SERIES 3000A
I=E
New Phase Lok V Head Block
More Powerful, Air Damped Solenoid
Improved cartridge guidance system
Direct Drive Hysteresis Synchronous Motor
Three Cue Tones /Automatic - Manual Fast
Forward Standard In Every Machine
Gold to Gold Contacts
FIELD PROVEN DEPENDABILITY OF THE SERIES 3000
The Series 3000 tape cartridge machine is the workhorse of
the broadcast world. Tens of thousands of Series 3000's are in
regular service, performing millions of flawless operations every
day. It's hard to improve on this kind of reliability, but we have!
CARTRIDGE GUIDANCE SYSTEM
Cartridge positioning is absolutely critical to playback quality.
However, in many cart machines a compromise must be made
between the desire for easy cartridge insertion and the need for
firm, correct positioning.
The 3000A's unique cartridge guidance system features right
and left hand tension guides to keep the cart in exact horizontal
position as it enters the head block area. At the same time, two
spring loaded top guides apply even downward pressure to hold
the cartridge in place. The result is silky smooth insertion and
accurate positioning - every time.
INTRODUCING THE SERIES 3000A
The new Series 3000A retains the features that made its
predecessor famous and adds new improvements that all users
are sure to appreciate. These new improvements include
automatic /manual fast forward and three cue tones in every
machine as well as the addition of the Phase Lok V head block,
an innovative cartridge guidance system and a powerful air
damped solenoid. The styling has changed also to include a new
front panel layout.
PRECISION MACHINED DECK
Each Series 3000A tape deck is made of solid aluminum, precision machined and protected by a clear anodized finish. This half
inch thick deck provides rigid support and creates a stable
reference for head mounting and cartridge positioning. A mu -metal
plate inlaid in the deck surface as well as other additional shielding
helps isolate the heads from stray magnetic fields.
PHASE LOK V HEAD BLOCK
The new Phase Lok V head block is unique in the world of tape
cartridge machines. No other head block assembly offers its type
of smooth, precise head adjustment. The azimuth adjustment, for
example, is completely independent of the height and zenith adjustments. This allows extremely precise control for the most
perfect head alignment possible. The Phase Lok V features superb
electromagnetic shielding and is completely removable for easy
cleaning or service.
POWERFUL AIR DAMPED SOLENOID
The Series 3000A employs a new air damped solenoid that is
much more powerful than its predecessor. Even so, the solenoid
features silent, cool operation. It is controlled by a current regulated
low- voltage DC source which reduces current after initial turn -on.
This guarantees firm pressure roller engagement while reducing
power consumption, radiated noise and heat build -up.
13
1
=E
SERIES 2100C
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
SPECIFICATIONS
Power
105V to 125V or 210V to 240 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz (as
specified).
Wow and Flutter
Playback: maximum 0.15% DIN. WTD. at 7.5 IPS.
Record /Playback: maximum 0.15% DIN. WTD. at
7.5
IPS.
Audio Output Configuration
Active Balanced (Transformerless) 600 ohms selectable
impedance.
Audio Output Level
(see Note 1) Continuously variable from -20 dBm to +10
dBm (clip level +20 dBm).
System Distortion
(see Notes
and 2) Record/Play system distortion
including tape is less than 2%.
1
Noise
(see Notes 1 and 3) Hum and noise with no tape
running: -54 dB Mono, -52 dB Stereo. Squelch noise
-70 dB or better.
Crosstalk
limited to -50 dB or better, program to program or cue
to program at 1,000 Hz. (see Note 1).
Frequency Response
(see Note 3) ±2 dB, 50 Hz to
Equalization
15
kHz.
1975 NAB standard. I.E.C. CCIR (customer specified
options).
Audio Input Level
Line input: -20 dBm to +20 dBm.
Audio Input Configuration
75K ohm active balanced bridging input.
Cartridge Size
A and AA.
Cue Signals
Relay contact closure for external control (150 Hz)
External cue input/output available at remote control for
other control functions.
Ambient Operating Temperature
0 to 50 degrees C (32 to 132 F).
Remote Control
All front panel indicators and controls (except metering).
Standard Tape Speed
Record /Play, 7.5 IPS. 3.75 IPS optional (other parameters
affected).
Model 2100CPA
NOTE 1:
Reference
kHz at 250 nWb/m.
NOTE 2:
Using Capital Magnetics SGS -4 tape.
NOTE 3:
Specification measured using the 1975 NAB Standard.
Dimensions
5.25 "H x 5.875 "W x 15.5 "D (135 x 14.9 x 39.4 cm)
Allow three inches for connectors at the rear of the
machine. Allow an additional 3/8" in height for rubber
feet.
Mounting
Weight
Table top with optional rack mount also available.
28 lbs. (Packed), (12.7 kgs.)
1
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
117/220 VAC /60Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING
2100CP
2100CRP
2100CPS
2100CRPS
2100CPA
900 -2110 -001
900 -2111 -001
900 -2112 -001
900-2113-001
900 -2114 -001
Mono, Playback Only
Mono, Record /Playback
Stereo, Playback Only
Stereo, Record /Playback
Mono, Playback with Audition /Speaker
117/220 VAC/50Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING
2100CP
2100CRP
2100CPS
2100CRPS
2100CPA
900- 2110 -301
900 -2111 -301
900 -2112 -301
900-2113-301
900-2114 -301
Mono, Playback Only
Mono, Record /Playback
Stereo, Playback Only
Stereo, Record /Playback
Mono, Playback with Audition/Speaker
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
900-2013
900 -2010
900-2014
900 -2016
919 -2100
900 -2002
900 -2003
900 -2104
900 -2009
597 -2100 -001
Rack Mount Shelf for EIA 19" Rack 51/4"
Holds up to three series 2100C
Top Cover for 2013 Shelf
Rack Shelf Filler Panel, '/i Rack for 2013
Rack Shelf Filler Panel, 2/3 Rack for 2013
Test Extender P.C. Board
Adjustment for Equalization to IEC /CCIR,
Adjustment for Equalization to IEC /CCIR,
Adjustment for Equalization to NAB 1964
Additional cost for 3.75 IPS Tape Speed
Service Manual for Series 2100C
(One manual supplied with each unit)
12
high
Shelf
Shelf
MONO
STEREO
SERIES 2100C
I=E
RECORD CIRCUITRY
The record circuitry features differentially
balanced inputs followed by high performance operational amplifiers. This input
design permits an extremely wide dynamic
operating range. In fact, the 21000 can handle a greater range of signals than any competitive machine. This superior signal handling capability, which is inherent throughout
the design, contributes significantly to the
excellent reproduction quality of the Series
2100C. Like the playback circuitry, the
response characteristics of the 2100C record
electronics meet or exceed the 1975 NAB
standards.
The stereo 2100C's can be used to record
carts that will be compatible with mono
machines. A front panel LED indicates when
the machine is in the mono recording mode.
In the mono mode, the left and right channels are summed together and recorded on
the left channel. In addition, the mono encode tone (150 Hz and 1 kHz) is recorded
on the cue track.
VU meters are automatically switched between playback and record modes.
DURABILITY AND EXCELLENT STYLING
Nothing was spared to make the Series
21000 the most durable and attractive cart
machine in the industry. The front panels
feature crisp, clean graphics under a
laminated polycarbonate overlay. This tough
protective surface makes it virtually impossible to scratch or wear the lettering. The professional elegance of the Series 21000 styling reflects Broadcast Electronics' careful attention to proven design principles.
MODEL 2100C /PA MONITOR /PLAYBACK
The model 21000 /PA is a special
playback unit with full monitoring capability. It features the same outstanding
mechnical and electronic performance of
the other Series 21000 machines.
The 21000 /PA incorporates a built -in
amplifier, front panel speaker, volume control, and headphone jack - everything
necessary to monitor any pre- recorded NAB
A or AA sized carts!
The 2100CPA has a variety of applications. It can be used in virtually any location since it does not require an external
mixer, amplifier, or other production
equipment.
11
SERIES 5400C
I=E
Powerful, Air Damped Solenoid
The 5400C utilizes a new air damped solenoid that guarantees
reliable pressure roller engagement. The solenoid control circuit
utilizes solid -state switching and a regulated current source for
cool, quiet operation.
Advanced Electronics
The state -of- the-art circuit design of the 5400C is immediately
evident in it's exceptional dynamic range. ( ±2 dB 40 Hz to 16 kHz)
Stereo signal to noise ratio is better than 56 dB. With its improved
electronic design, the 5400C meets or exceeds 1975 NAB
specifications.
RECORDING UNIT
The optional recording amplifier (mono model 5409 or stereo
model 5410) is available for recording on deck three independent
of the other remaining decks. This allows the 5400C to be utilized as a three deck playback only machine, or as a two deck
playback with record /play capability on deck three.
Each unit has the standard 1 kHz cue tone as well as the Secondary (8 kHz) and Tertiary (150 Hz) tones. The standard recorder
has a single high level 50K ohm balanced transformer input.
PLUG -IN DECKS
Maintaining the 5400C couldn't be easier. The front panel is
hinged, the top two decks slide out, and all electrical connections
are made through a connector that is part of the deck unit itself.
AUDIO SWITCHER
The optional model SW5E audio switcher selects the last deck
started and mutes the other decks automatically. This is a handy
feature for on -air studios. If one of the decks has been activated
incorrectly (out of sequence, wrong cart, etc.), the operator can
press another start button which will instantly mute the undesired
deck and place the newly started deck on the output. The first
deck will continue to run and will re-cue itself. Upon re- cueing,
the operator can remove the cart completely or reset the lockout
mode for later play. The SW5E switchers can be tied together to
provide a single balanced output for up to three 5400C machines.
5400C TOP VIEW WITH DECK PARTIALLY REMOVED
COOL DRIVE SYSTEM
The 5400C uses a super -quiet, direct drive hysteresis /synchronous motor for low wow and flutter, long term reliability, and
cool operation without the use of troublesome fans. Operating
speed in the hysteresis /synchronous motor is established and
maintained by the stable AC power line frequency.
CARTRIDGE GUIDANCE SYSTEM
The left and right cartridge guides aid in securing the cart in
position horizontally. In addition, two spring loaded top guides apply firm, even pressure to seat the cart precisely within the deck.
Cartridge insertion is always extremely smooth regardless of variations in cartridge size.
PLUG -IN BOARDS WITH GOLD TO GOLD CONTACTS
Deck electronics are mounted on individual plug -in PC cards
with gold to gold connectors for maximum reliability. Gold to gold
contacts are utilized on the deck connectors as well. Service is
simplified through the use of LED status indicators located on the
PC cards. These provide an indication of the function being performed by the machine when the front panel is not visible.
PHASE LOK V HEAD BLOCK
19
1
=E
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
SERIES 5400C
SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Equalization
105V to 125V or 210V to 240 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz (as
1975 NAB standard.
specified).
Wow and Flutter
Playback: maximum 0.15% DIN. WTD. at 7.5 IPS.
Record /Playback: (with 5409C or 5410C recorder)
maximum 0.15% DIN. WTD. at 7.5 IPS.
options).
Audio Output Configuration
Transformer coupled, 600 ohms impedance.
Audio Output Level
(see note 1) Continuously variable from -20 dBm to
+10 dBm (clip level +17 dBm).
System Distortion
(see notes 1, 2, and 4) Record /Play system distortion
including tape is less than 20/o.
Noise
(see notes 1 and 3) Hum and noise with no tape
running: -58 dB Mono, -56 dB Stereo. Squelch
noise -70 dB or better.
Mounting
I.E.C. CCIR (customer specified
DIMENSIONS
Audio Input Level
(see note 4) Line input:
-20 dBm
to +20 dBm.
Audio Input Configuration
(see note 4) Line input: transformer coupled, 50K
ohm balanced bridging input.
Model 5400C Three Deck
10 5/8 "H x 5 3/4 "W x 17 "D (27 x 14.6 x 43.2 cm)
Allow three inches for connectors at the rear of the
machine. Allow an additional 3/e" in height for rubber
feet.
Model 5409C or 5410C Recorder
51/4 "H x 53/4 "W x 17 "D (13.3 x
WEIGHT
Model 5400C Three Deck
Cartridge Size
A, AA NAB Cartridge.
Cue Signals
(see note 4) Relay contact closure for external control
(150 Hz/8 kHz) External cue input/output available at
remote control for other control functions.
0 to 50
degrees C (32 to 122 F).
Remote Control
All front panel indicators and controls (except
Limited to -50 or better, program to program or cue
to program at 1,000 Hz. (see note 1).
metering).
Standard Tape Speed
Frequency Response
(see note 3) ±2 dB, 40 Hz to
Record/Play, 7.5 IPS. 3.75 IPS optional (other
parameters affected).
Model 5409C or 5410C Recorder
16 lbs.
(packed), 7.25 Kgs.
NOTE
1:
Reference
5402C
5403C
5404C
(220 VAC/50 Hz)
MODEL
5401C
5402C
5403C
5404C
NAB Standard.
STOCK NO.
900-5401 -001
900-5402 -011
900-5403 -001
900-5404 -011
DESCRIPTION
Mono Playback
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
Stereo Playback
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
STOCK NO.
900-5401 -301
900-5402 -311
900-5403 -301
900-5404 -311
DESCRIPTION
Mono Playback
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
Stereo Playback
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
5410C
5409C
5410C
SW5E
STOCK NO.
900 -5409 -011
900 -5410-011
900 -5409 -311
900-5410 -311
900 -5406
900 -5408
900 -5405
900 -5407
904 -5000
919 -1806
kHz at 250 nWb/m.
NOTE 4: With model 5409C or model 5410C
recorder.
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
MODEL
5409C
1
NOTE 2: Using Capital Magnetics SGS -4 tape.
NOTE 3: Specification measured using the 1975
(117 VAC /60 Hz)
5401C
x 43.2 cm).
42 lbs. (packed), 19 Kgs.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
14.6
Ambient Operating Temperature
Crosstalk
16 kHz.
Table top with optional rack mount also available.
DESCRIPTION
Recorder, Mono with Cue and II for 5400C Series, 117V, 60 Hz
Recorder, Stereo with Cue and Il for 5400C Series, 117V, 60 Hz
Recorder, Mono with Cue and II for 5400C Series, 220V, 50 Hz
Recorder, Stereo with Cue and II for 5400C Series, 220V, 50 Hz
Rack shelf for mounting 1 to 3 units
1/2 filler panel for 5406 shelf
Four position cart storage rack for 5406 rack shelf
Ten position cart storage rack for 5406 rack shelf
Audio switcher
Test extender PC board
I
I
I
I
20
SERIES 5300C
5300C Three Deck Cart Machine
5310C Recorder
Repeat Play Lockout
Powerful, Air Damped Solenoids
Phase Lok V Head Block
Torodial Transformer
Advanced Electronics
Standards
Precision Machined Deck
-
Meets 1975 NAB
The 5300C cart machine from Broadcast Electronics incorporates many of the popular innovations of its cousin, the 54000,
but adds the capability to handle A, AA, B, and BB cartridge sizes.
The 5300C is an advanced three deck machine for the serious
operator. It's performance specifications are outstanding and it's
unique features make it a pleasure to use.
UNIQUE DESIGN FEATURES:
Repeat Play Lockout
Repeat Play Lockout prevents any tape cartridge from being
played more than once unless the operator resets it from the
"lockout mode" by pressing the appropriate STOP button, or by
removing and re- inserting the cart. The illuminated STOP switches for each deck will flash on and off to indicate that a cart is
in the lockout mode. The Repeat Play Lockout feature may be
disabled through an internal jumper if desired.
Torodial Transformer
The new 5300C incorporates a torodial transformer in the primary
power supply for cool, efficient operation with a significant reduction in stray magnetic fields.
Phase Lok V Head Block
21
I=E
1
=E
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
Phase Lok V Head Assembly
The removable Phase Lok V head assembly provides tight alignment control with a locking azimuth adjustment independent of
height or zenith adjustments.
Powerful, Air Damped Solenoids
The 5300C utilizes new air damped solenoids that guarantee firm,
reliable pressure roller engagement. The solenoid control circuit
utilizes solid -state switching and a regulated current source for
cool, quiet operation.
Advanced Electronics
The innovative circuit design of the 5300C yields exceptional
dynamic range. ( ±2 dB 40 Hz to 16 kHz) The stereo signal to noise
ratio is better than 56 dB while total system distortion is minimized
to less than 2%. A balanced transformer output with relay switching permits easy paralleling of machines. The performance
specifications of the 5300C meet or exceed the 1975 NAB
standards.
RECORDING UNIT
The optional recording amplifier (mono model 53090 or stereo
model 53100) is available for recording on deck three independent of the other remaining decks. In this manner the 5300C can
be utilized as a three deck playback only machine or a two deck
playback only with record /play capability on deck three.
Each unit has the standard 1 kHz cue tone as well as the Secondary (8 kHz) and Tertiary (150 Hz) tones. The standard recorder
has a single, high level 50K ohm balanced transformer input.
PLUG -IN DECKS
Maintaining the 5300C couldn't be easier. The front panel is
hinged, the top two decks slide out, and all electrical connections
are made through a connector that is part of the deck itself.
Plug -in /Plug -out decks for easy servicing.
AUDIO SWITCHER
The optional model SW5E audio switcher selects the last deck
started and mutes the other decks automatically. This is a handy
feature for on -air studios. If one of the decks has been activated
incorrectly (out of sequence, wrong cart, etc.), the operator can
press another start button which will instantly mute the undesired
deck and place the newly started deck on the output. The first
deck will continue to run and will re -cue itself. Upon re- cueing,
the operator can remove the cart completely, or reset the lockout
mode for later play. The SW5E switchers can be tied together to
provide a single balanced output for up to three 5300C machines.
COOL DRIVE SYSTEM
The 5300C uses a super -quiet, direct drive hysteresis /synchronous motor for low wow and flutter, long term reliability, and
cool operation without the use of troublesome fans. Operating
speed in the hysteresis /synchronous motor is established and
maintained by the precise AC power line frequency. This eliminates
the need for the complex tachometer sensing and reference frequency generating circuitry used in DC servo drive systems.
CARTRIDGE GUIDANCE SYSTEM
The left and right cartridge guides aid in placing the cart into
position horizontally. Also, two spring loaded top guides apply even
downward pressure as the cartridge is inserted into the deck. This
improved guidance system provides smooth, accurate insertion
regardless of variations in cartridge size.
5300C Deck Assembly
22
SERIES 5300C
1
=E
SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Equalization
105V to 125V or 210V to 240 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz (as
1975 NAB Standard. I.E.C. CCIR (customer specified
specified).
Wow and Flutter
Playback: maximum 0.15% DIN. WTD. at 7.5 IPS.
Record /Playback: (With 5309C or 5310C recorder)
maximum 0.15% DIN. WTD. at 7.5 IPS.
options).
Audio Input Level
-20 dBm to +20 dBm.
Audio Input Configuration
(see note 4) Line input: transformer coupled, 50K
(see note 4) Line input:
Audio Output Configuration
ohm balanced bridging input.
Cartridge Size
AA, A, BB, B NAB Cartridges.
Cue Signals
(see note 4) Relay contact closure for external control
(150 Hz/8 kHz) External cue input/output available at
remote control for other control functions.
Transformer coupled, 600 ohms selectable
impedance.
Audio Output Level
(see Note 1) Continuously variable from -20 dBm to
+10 dBm (clip level +17 dBm).
System Distortion
(see notes 1, 2, and 4) Record /Play system distortion
including tape is less than 2 %.
DIMENSIONS
Model 5300C Three Deck
10% "H x 8% "W x 13% "D (27 x 22 x 34 cm)
Allow three inches for connectors at the rear of the
machine. Allow an additional %" in height for rubber
feet.
Model 5309C or 5310C Recorder
51/4"H x 8% "W x 131/2 "D (13.3 x 22 x 34 cm).
WEIGHT
Model 5300C Three Deck
43 lbs. (packed), 19 Kgs.
Model 5309C or 5310C Recorder
16 lbs. (packed), 7.25 Kgs.
Reference
Ambient Operating Temperature
Note
Noise
0 to 50 degrees C (32 to 122 F).
Note 2: Using Capital Magnetics SGS -4 tape.
(see notes 1 and 3) Hum and noise with no tape
running: -58 dB Mono, -56 dB Stereo. Squelch
noise -70 dB or better.
Remote Control
All front panel indicators and controls (except
Crosstalk
Standard Tape Speed
limited to -50 dB or better, program to program or
cue to program at 1,000 Hz. (see note 1).
Record /Play, 7.5 IPS 3.75 IPS optional (other
parameters affected).
Frequency Response
(see note 3) ±2 dB, 40 Hz to
Mounting
metering).
16 kHz.
1:
1
Note 3: Specification measured using the 1975
NAB Standard.
Note 4: With model 5309C or model 5310C
recorder.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Table top with optional rack mount also available.
ORDERING INFORMATION
(117 VAC /60Hz)
MODEL
STOCK NO.
5301C
900 -5301 -001
5302C
5303C
5304C
900 -5302-011
900 -5303 -001
900 -5304 -011
DESCRIPTION
Mono Playback.
Mono Playback with Cue Tones.
Stereo Playback.
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones.
(220 VAC/50Hz)
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
5301C
900-5301 -301 Mono Playback.
5302C
900-5302 -311 Mono Playback with Cue Tones.
5303C
900-5303 -301 Stereo Playback.
5304C
900-5304 -311 Stereo Playback with Cue Tones.
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
MODEL
5309C
STOCK NO.
900-5309 -011
5310C
900 -5310 -011
5309C
900-5309 -311
5310C
900 -5310 -311
SW5E
900-5406
900-5415
904-5000
919-1806
DESCRIPTION
Recorder, Mono with Cue I and II for 5300C
Series, 117V, 60 Hz.
Recorder, Stereo with Cue and II for 5300C
Series, 117V, 60 Hz.
Recorder, Mono with Cue and II for 5300C
Series, 220V, 50Hz.
Recorder, Stereo with Cue I and II for 5300C
Series, 220V, 50 Hz.
Rack shelf for mounting 1 to 2 units.
1/2 rack filler panel for 5406 shelf.
I
I
Audio switcher.
Test extender PC board.
SW5E Audio Switcher
23
kHz at 250 nWb/m.
I=E
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
SERIES 5500C
New Phase Lok V Precision Head Block
Advanced Electronics - meets or exceeds 1975 NAB standards
Powerful, Air Damped Solenoid
Non -repeat Lockout
Torodial Transformer
INNOVATIVE DESIGN FEATURES
Non -repeat Lockout
This is a feature that any operator is sure to appreciate. With Non -repeat Lockout,
a tape cartridge cannot be played more than once unless the operator resets the
"lockout mode" by pressing the STOP switch, or by removing and re- inserting the cart.
Phase Lok V Head Assembly
The new Phase Lok Five head assembly provides tight alignment control with
a locking azimuth adjustment independent of height or zenith adjustments.
Powerful, Air Damped Solenoid
The 5500C utilizes a new air damped solenoid that guarantees firm, reliable
pressure roller engagement. The solenoid control circuit utilizes solid-state switching
and a regulated current source for cool, quiet operation.
RECORDING UNIT
The optional recording amplifier (mono model 5409C or stereo model 54100) is
available for recording on deck five independently of the other remaining decks.
Through the use of the optional record amplifier, deck five (the bottom deck) gains
the capability to record as well as play. The other four decks are not affected.
SPECIFICATIONS
Power
Mounting
105V to 125 V or 210V to 240 VAC. 50 or 60 Hz
(as specified).
Table top with optional rack mount also available.
Wow and Flutter (Playback)
maximum 0.18% DIN. WTD. AT 7.5 IPS.
Wow and Flutter (Record/Playback)
(with 5409C or 5410C recorder) maximum 0.18%
DIN. WTD. at 7.5 IPS.
Audio Output Configuration
Transformer coupled, 600 ohms impedance.
Audio Output Level
(see note 1) Continuously variable from -20 dBm
to +10 dBm (clip level +17 dBm).
System Distortion
(see notes 1, 2, and 4) Record /Play system
distortion including tape is less than 2 %.
DIMENSIONS
Model 5500C Five Deck
14 3/4 "H x 53/4 "W x 17 "D (37.5 x 14.6 x 43.2
cm) Allow three inches for connectors at the rear
of the machine. Allow an additional 3/a" in height
for rubber feet.
Model 5409C or 5410C Recorder
5.1/4 "H x 8% "W x 131/2 "D (13.3 x 22 x 34
cm).
WEIGHT
Model 5500C Five Deck
52 lbs. (packed), 23.6 Kgs.
Model 5409C or 5410C Recorder
16 lbs. (packed), 7.25 Kgs.
NOTE 1: Reference 1 kHz at 250 nWb /m.
NOTE 2: Using Capital Magnetics SGS -4 tape.
NOTE 3: Specification measured using the
1975 NAB Standard.
NOTE 4: With model 5409C or model 5410C
recorder.
Noise
(see notes 1 and 3) Hum and noise with no tape
running: -50 dB Mono, -56 dB Stereo. Squelch
noise -70 dB or better.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Crosstalk
limited to -50 dB or better, program to program
or cue to program at 1,000 Hz.
Frequency Response
(see note 3) ±2 dB, 40 Hz to
Equalization
16 kHz.
1975 NAB standard. I.E.C. CCIR (customer
specified options).
Audio Input Level
(see note 4) Line input: -20 dBm to +20 dBm.
Audio Input Configuration
(see note 4) Line input: transformer coupled, 50K
ohm balanced bridging input.
Cartridge Size
AA NAB Cartridge.
Cue Signals
(see note 4) Relay contact closure for external
control (150 Hz/8 kHz) External cue input/output
available at remote control for other control
functions.
Ambient Operating Temperature
0 to 50 degrees C (32 to 122F).
Remote Control
All front panel indicators and controls (except
metering).
Standard Tape Speed
Record /Play, 7.5 IPS. 3.75 IPS optional (other
parameters affected).
(117 VAC /60 Hz)
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
Mono Playback.
5501C
900 -5501-001
Mono Playback with Cue Tones.
5502C
900 -5502 -011
5503C
900 -5503-001
Stereo Playback.
5504C
900 -5504-011
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones.
(220 VAC /50 Hz)
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
Mono Playback.
5501C
900 -5501 -301
Mono Playback with Cue Tones.
5502C
900 -5502-311
Stereo Playback.
5503C
900 -5503-301
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones.
5504C
900 -5504-311
ACCESSORIES
A choice of options allow the broadcaster to customize his unit to meet his specific needs
in stereo or mono, with or without cue tones. The cue tone option package includes the
150 Hz and 8 kHz sensors for sequential switching or other cueing assignments in addition to the 1 kHz stop tone provided on each machine.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
STOCK NO.
Mono recorder for 5500C Series 117 VAC /60 Hz.
900 -5409-011
5409C
Stereo recorder for 5500C Series 117 VAC /60 Hz.
900 -5410-001
5410C
Mono recorder for 5500C Series 220 VAC/50 Hz.
900 -5409 -311
5409C
Stereo recorder for 5500C Series 220 VAC/50 Hz.
900- 5510-311
5410C
Audio switcher.
SW5F
904 -5001
Rack shelf, (1) to (3) units.
906 -5506
'/3 rack filler panel.
906 -5507
Test extender PC board.
919 -1806
24
MODEL DV-2
DIGITAL RECORDER /REPRODUCER
E1fOADCAET [UECT110M1Cf
memory
clear
blank
mentors
repeat
time/select'
audio
Input
record
reset
stop
tMOSe
atan
1
=E
DV2 DIGITAiN
phones
level
C
DV-2
Completely solid state
-
no moving parts
Instant advance to next message for auditioning
or editing
Over six minutes of available recording time
Record audio input indicator
Extended 20 to 6500 Hz frequency response
EOM (End Of Message) signaling
Multiple message recording capability
Full featured remote control capability
Informative Time /Selection display
Balanced audio inputs and outputs with XLR
Choice of message repeat or sequential play
connectors
Random Message Access capability
Dynafex
Noise Reduction System
Internal battery backup
The DV -2 "Digitalk" from Broadcast Electronics is the first unit
of its kind to offer digital voice recording and reproduction capability in a broadcast quality design.
The reliability of the DV-2 is nothing short of phenomenal. Unlike
cart machines, there are no moving parts in the DV -2. All recordings are stored DIGITALLY in random access memory. The large
memory capacity of the DV-2 allows up to six minutes and twenty nine seconds of total recording time. One long message or several
short messages can be stored and accessed at will. With the DV -2
you'll never have to worry about tape breakage, motor failure or
time. A battery backup system is included in the DV -2 to maintain
message memory in the event of a momentary (up to 10 minute)
power failure. A larger battery backup system may be utilized
through connections provided on the DV-2's rear panel barrier strip.
INSTANT RANDOM ACCESS
With the addition of a simple interface (or by means of computer control), any DV-2 message can be played in any desired
order. For example, a program automation system could utilize
this capability for random access of jingles, ID's, etc. A broadcast
station employing a satellite programming service could also use
this random access function to play ID's or "liners" whenever a
control signal is received on the satellite downlink. With the appropriate computer control and software, the DV-2 could even be
used in sophisticated "message assembly" applications such as
time and temperature announcements.
the other problems that often plague mechanical tape cartridge
machines.
LATEST DIGITAL TECHNOLOGY
The DV -2 uses 256K dynamic RAM chips for digital memory
and incorporates some of the most advanced data compaction
techniques available. Also, the DV -2 incorporates the Dynafex
noise reduction system to further enhance the broadcast quality
of the reproduced audio signal.
TIME/SELECTION DISPLAY
When the DV-2 is in the RECORD or START mode, a three digit
display will show the selection index number of the current
message. In the STOP mode, the display indicates the NEXT
available message number. While in the STOP mode the operator
can also press a front panel switch and see the total amount of
unrecorded free memory remaining. (This available memory
capacity is displayed in minutes and seconds.) When the switch
is released, the message index number display will reappear.
MULTIPLE MESSAGE RECORDING
Up to ninety -nine individual messages can be recorded within
the six minute and twenty -nine second memory capacity of the
DV-2. All stored messages can be re- played sequentially or individually by pressing the front panel STOP switch until the desired
message number appears in the Time /Selection display. Outdated
messages can be selectively replaced by new messages at any
25
I=E
DIGITAL RECORDER /REPRODUCER
MODEL DV-2
APPLICATIONS
The applications for the Broadcast Electronics
DV-2 "Digitalk" are limited only by your imagination! Here are just a few...
i
Production Sound Effects
Call-in Stock /Investment Information
Airport Announcements & Information
Capture and Time Shifting of Network Audio
Feeds
Theme Park Exhibits and Animation Audio
Call-in Information Services (Concerts, sports,
etc.)
L
Airline Flight & Weather Announcements
Time and Temperature Information
Company /Employee Information Services
Cable System Announcements & Schedules
Call-in Medical Information
Park Information
Road Information
Weather Information
Simulator and Sound Effects
SPECIFICATIONS
Playback Time:
Six minutes and twenty -nine seconds
Input Connectors:
Storage Temperature:
-65 to +55 °C
Standard three-pin XLR
*Frequency Response:
Output Connectors:
20 to 6500 Hz, +1/ -4 dB using pink noise
Standard three-pin XLR
Relative Humidity:
Up to 95 0/0, non -condensing
Distortion:
Audio Output Level:
Dimensions:
Less than 1.50/0 at 400 Hz, +8 dBm output level into
600 ohms resistive load, record to playback.
+8 dBm nominal into 600 ohms. Maximum output
+18 dBm (50 Hz to 6500 Hz)
19" standard rack width
3.5 inches high
Signal to Noise Ratio:
56 dB below +8 dBm into 600 ohms
Power Requirements:
117 VAC or 230 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz
18.75 inches deep
Audio Input:
Internal Battery Backup:
All front panel functions fully remote controllable
Mic. Level -55 to -25 dBv with AGC
Line Level -15 to +20 dBv with AGC
-0 to +20 dBv without AGC
(Batteries not included)
6 "D" cells will provide approximately
memory retention.
Input Impedance:
Operating Temperature:
Balanced 20K ohm bridging. Adaptable to other input
impedance requirements.
0 to 55 °C
Remote Control:
Mounting:
10
minutes of
Fits in a standard 19" EIA rack
Weight:
16 lbs. 5 oz.
(unpacked)
*The proprietary data compaction process used in the DV-2 is optimized for complex, dynamic program material. Distortion and frequency response measurements taken
using traditional single- frequency sine wave tones are not representative of the overall performance of the DV-2.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
DV-2
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
900-1000
Solid state digital record/play
Dynafex" is a registered trademark of Circuit Research Laboratories
26
MODEL PC -1
TAPE CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES
1
=E
Automatic Gain Control Circuitry
Simple Installation
Jumper Selectable Logic - Interfaces With
Virtually Any Cart Machine
Run /Ready Indicators
Automatically Answers When Cart Machine Is
Ready
Standard RJ11C Modular Telephone Jack
Phantom -powered From Cart Machine
PC-1
The PC-1 Telephone Interface provides answer -only access to
pre- recorded information. Typically this might be weather forecasts,
sports scores, school closings, social function schedules, etc.
Designed to operate in conjunction with virtually any NAB tape
cartridge playback unit (or with any remote -start, remote -run
playback system) the PC -1 detects an incoming call and relays
a "start" signal to the cart machine's remote start input. If the cartridge is cued and ready, the cart machine sends a "run" signal
back to the PC -1. Upon receiving a valid "run" signal, the PC -1
seizes the telephone line and connects it to the cart machine's
audio output, feeding the pre- recorded message to the caller.
When the message is over, the cartridge cues up and stops
sending its "run" signal to the PC -1. The termination of the "run"
signal directs the PC-1 to hang up the telephone line and await
the next call.
The PC-1 incorporates automatic gain control circuitry which
permits audio levels ranging from -20 to 0 dBm to be legally fed
into the telephone line. The PC -1 may be powered from the host
cartridge machine with positive polarity voltages from 15 to 30
volts. It can operate with either positive or negative logic with control voltages from +5 to +30 volts.
The PC -1 is an FCC Part 68 registered terminal device.
SPECIFICATIONS
Audio Input Impedance:
Ringer Equivalence:
USOC Jack Number:
600 ohms
0.98
RJ11C
Audio Input Level:
-20 to +8 dBm
Supply Voltage:
+5 to +30 Vdc
Dimensions:
Audio Frequency Response:
Control Signal Voltages:
+15 to +30 Vdc (125 mA)
FCC Registration Number:
DDE7EP- 15556 -AN -N
Per FCC Part 68.308
31/4
"w
x
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
PC -1
STOCK NO.
900 -0010
27
DESCRIPTION
PC -1 Telephone Coupler
17/8
"H x 5% "D
I=E
SWITCHING UNITS
TAPE CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES
AUDIO SWITCHERS
Audio switchers are used with multiple cart machines or multiple deck machines to provide a single balanced output. The
switcher selects the last deck started and mutes the other decks.
If a wrong deck is started, pressing another start button will immediately mute the first deck and put the newly started deck on
the output. The first deck started will continue to run, and will
re -cue itself.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
SW5E
STOCK NO.
904 -5000
SW5F
904-5001
DESCRIPTION
Audio Switcher for 2100C, 3000A, and Series
5300C and 5400C. Switchers can be tied together
to provide a single balanced output from up to
three machines.
Audio Switcher for Series 5500C
REMOTE CONTROL UNITS
Remote control units are available for practically all of the Broadcast Electronics Cartridge machines. These remote controls are
mounted on flat panels for convenient installation. All units are
shipped unwired to facilitate mounting at any reasonable distance
or location relative to the controlled equipment.
SERIES 3000A REMOTE CONTROL PANEL for record/
playback unit with cue tones and fast forward option. Also available
for playback only.
Series 5300C/5400C Remote Control Panel
SERIES 5300C/5400C REMOTE CONTROL PANEL for use
with 5300C and 5400C Series with companion record amplifier.
Also available for playback only.
SERIES 3000A EXPANDED REMOTE CONTROL PANEL with
start/stop and fast forward switches for 5 Series 3000A machines.
Series 3000A Expanded Remote Control Panel
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
RC3000
906 -3016
RC3000
906-3019
RC3000
906-3020
RC3000
906-3021
Remote Control Panel, START
Series 3000A
Remote Control Panel, Single
Model
Remote Control Panel, Single
tones) for Series 3000A
Remote Control Panel, Single
cue tones) for Series 3000A
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
for 5 Units for
RC3000
906-3028
Record /Playback
RC5300
927-0047
Remote Control Panel, START /STOP and FAST
FORWARD for 5 Units for Series 3000A
Remote Control Panel for Series 5300C and
Playback (with cue
RC5300
927-0048
5400C
Remote Control Panel Series 5300C and 5400C
Playback (without
BE -210
907-2115
with companion record amplifier
Remote Control Panel for Series 2100C
28
TAPE WINDERS /ERASERS /DEMAGNETIZERS
I=E
TAPE CARTRIDGE WINDER MODEL TW -120
This rugged Tape Cartridge Winder is available in four models;
with or without tape timer, for operation in 117 V, 60 Hz or for
240 V, 50 Hz AC power.
Broadcast Electronics' Model TW-120 is a dependable and field
tested tape cartridge winder which fills a need in every organization using cartridge equipment. It is no longer necessary to limit
your cartridge operation by using only stock sizes or to tie up your
conventional tape equipment to load tape cartridges. The tape
cartridge winder will handle all reel sizes and runs at 221/2" per
second. Worn tapes can be replaced easily and economically. New
or old cartridges may be wound smoothly and evenly to any length
with just the right tension.
The TW-120T model (with Tape Timer) permits operation in forward or backward direction. This capability is not normally possible with preset digital timers.
SPECIFICATIONS
Size:
10 "W x 20"L x
63/4
Drive Motor:
4 pole induction
"H
Weight:
91/2
Take Up Reel:
Up to 71/4" dia.
lbs.
Power Requirements:
117 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 30 watts
Winding Speed:
Capacity:
Handles supply reel up to 3600'
mil lubricated tape
1
22'/2 IPS
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
T W-120
TW-120T
TW-240
TW-240T
STOCK NO.
900 -0100
900 -0110
900 -0200
900 -0210
DESCRIPTION
Tape Cartridge Winder 117 V, 50/60 Hz
Tape Cartridge Winder w /timer 117 V, 60 Hz
Tape Cartridge Winder 220 V, 50 Hz
Tape Cartridge Winder w /timer 220 V, 50 Hz
MODEL 200 -3T HAND HELD
TAPE ERASER
The Model 200 -3T is a hand held
bulk tape eraser. Furnished with an
eight-foot, three-conductor line cord and
safety pushbutton switch. The Model
200-3T is equipped with a built in thermostat which automatically cuts AC
power if the eraser exceeds proper
operating temperature. Model 200 -3T
operates on 115 V, 50/60 Hz. The Model
200 -3T operates on 220 V, 50/60 Hz.
Weight: 3.5 lbs.
Size: 21/2 "H x 4" Diameter.
DEMAGNETIZER HAN -D -KIT K20/B5
One convenient package with everything needed to measure
levels quickly, along with a handy, powerful unit to demagnetize
components completely before they can spoil valuable tapes.
TAPE ERASER MODEL TD -1B
Obtain positive results every time from this heavy duty table top bulk eraser for cartridges. Equipped
with spindle for reels up to 10.5 inches in diameter, 1 inch wide. Has automatic overheat thermal protection and transient protection.
Net weight: 9.5 lbs. Packed weight: 10 lbs.
Dimensions: 5.25 "W x 7.25 "L x 3.0 "H (13.3 x 18.4 x 7.6 cm)
29
1
=E
CARTRIDGES
TAPE CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES
TEST TAPES
Peak cartridge machine performance is assured by using proper
maintenance techniques. Test tapes provide a basic reference from
which optimum head azimuth adjustment can be attained. The
following test tapes will assist you in keeping your Broadcast Electronics machines in top condition.
MODEL A -2, AA -3 AND AA -4 AUDIOPAK
BROADCAST TAPE CARTRIDGES
Designed to meet all NAB specifications for the type "A" continuous loop tape cartridge, Audiopak Model A -2 offers quality,
reliability, and consistently high performance. Available empty or
loaded with Formula 17 lubricated tape from 20 seconds to 10.5
minutes playtime.
The Audiopak AA-3 stereo phase cartridges meet or exceed
NAB specifications and have a superior dynamic range due to
a new high output/low noise tape formulation. Available in "A" size
from 10 seconds to 10.5 minutes playtime.
The AA -4 cartridges use new SGS -4 broadcast mastering tape
with nearly 5 dB higher saturation headroom at 16 kHz (7.5 ips)
as compared to AA-3 cartridges.
STL- C0031 -AF
STL- 0234 -2 -AF
808 -0004
808 -0005
Reproduce Alignment Test Tape
Reproduce Alignment Test Tape, level,
STL-X- 1235 -AF
808-0008
CCIR -IEC
Wow & Flutter Test Tape
CARTRIDGE LABELS
Handy self- adhesive labels especially die -cut and color -coded
for cartridge cataloging...and are easy to remove...Room for three
typewritten lines...Sheets of 8 tags each...Eight distinctive colors.
LUBRICATED TAPE
World- renowned Recording Tapes specifically recommended
by Broadcast Electronics for tape cartridge use...heavy-duty tape
featuring a special lubricated surface for cleaner, longer tape
life...Audiopak 017, 1800 ft. reel.
Black
Brown
Red
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
30
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
STORAGE RACKS
-
P
itAVri '-----4, +i
1 a
f
IN
Vii
MI
'
IPI
1A
n
111 y
<
.
..,
.., i*.K
..= ihr.
q-
r'.*
r-i414,
rr..es-Vieth
r.4iger7litt
`- N
t
I=E
! fIaA,
,AirlI.IA
r<a44F404
&
r.
-
DM-40
Á',
DM-20
.,K+IgrgeI»
RftG
:.:4..
MODULAR UNITS
DM -40 WALNUT WOODGRAIN
FINISHED CABINET
Lazy Susan designed for tabletop operation; holds 40 'A" cartridges. 91/2"W x 8 "D
x 117/8 "H. Weight 61/2 lbs.
DM -20 WALNUT WOODGRAIN
FINISHED CABINET
Holds 20 "A" cartridges. Units may be
stacked; 91/2 "W x 4 "D x 107/8 "H. Weight
31/4
e
LS-200
lbs.
tit
RS -25 Rack Section
-
WIRE UNITS
LS -200 LAZY SUSAN
Holds 200 cartridges on rotating stand. Ideal for large storage situations requiring mobility.
Equipped with four heavy-duty casters and constructed of heavy steel rod finished bright
zinc. Each individual RS -25 section is removable. 511/4" high, 201/2" diameter. Weight:
RS -25, 10 lbs., LS -200, 60 lbs.
RM-20H
RM -20H
Designed for standard 19" rack installation. Put vacant rack space to good use.
Holds 20 "A" size cartridges in only 51/4"
vertical space. Made of brushed anodized
aluminum.
---,,
DESK MOUNT MODULES
Rotating racks present four -sided storage in attractive Walnut Formica. DM -72 holds 72
cartridges, measures only 22 "H x 11 "W x 11 "D. DM -200 provides 200 storage slots.
291/2 "H x 153/4 "W x 153/4 "D. Weight: DM -72, 30 lbs.; DM -200, 60 lbs.
31
--
RM -100 WALL MOUNT RACK
Holds 100 "A" size cartridges in minimum
space. Walnut Formica trim. 2'H x 2'W x
4% "D. Weight: 27 lbs.
1
=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
1.2
35 00
48 !
l
6
Mix Trak 90 Modular Console
Advanced, modular design
Available in
12
or
18
Balanced Patch Points
Independent Program and Audition metering
VCA control of audio
Three Mix -Minus Busses
Separate MUSIC and SPEECH Program Busses
Optional Peak Program Metering (PPM)
channel mainframes
Individual Line and Microphone input modules
Automatic Source Sequencer
Penny & Giles linear faders
Silent Hall Effect module switching
Optional Clock/Timer Module
Optional Mono Module with Metering and Phase
Reversal Indication
Versatile Talk -Back system option
"Monitor Dim" function for easier cueing
-
MICROPHONE AND LINE INPUT MODULES
STANDARD FEATURES
Each input module offers
(1) Penny & Giles Linear Faders
the smooth precision of Penny & Giles conductive plastic linear
faders for a lifetime of reliable service. Each control is equipped
with a detent "drop cue" at the bottom limit of its travel. (An alternate "Cue switch" is also included immediately below each fader.
It too can be used to place the module in "Cue" and will illuminate
to indicate cue status.)
Every Mix Trak 90 module features two in(2) Dual Inputs
puts per channel selectable by a simple pushbutton switch.
Only the Broadcast Electronics Mix Trak 90 on -air console offers
the versatility of state -of- the-art modular engineering in an attractive, easy to use package. The Mix Trak 90 gives you the ability
to literally "create" the console you want now, and expand it later
as your needs change. You can select a 12 or 18 channel mainframe and equip it with the exact type and number of input
modules you desire.
The audio performance of the Mix Trak 90 is nothing less than
superb. Typical Signal to Noise is better than 85 dB below nominal
output level with Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) at less than .05 %.
-
-
32
MIX TRAK 90
(Remote control functions follow selected input.)
(3) Input Mode Switching (Line Module Only)
four position input selection switch enables the Line Module to handle virtually any source. The four input options are: Stereo, Mono, Mono
Left, Mono Right.
(4) Six Outputs
There are six (6) available outputs per module.
These are comprised of three stereo busses and three mono
busses.
(5) Source Sequencer Arming Switch (Line Module Only)
The Source Sequence arming switch is located immediately above
each fader. By pressing this switch, the operator can add a
module's primary On /Off function to a series of events that will
be executed in sequence upon his or her command. See the
"Source Sequencer" section for more details.
(6) Overload Indicator
All modules feature a pre -fader LED
status indicator which illuminates RED when the input level
becomes excessive.
(7) Gain Trim
Each module contains recessed, front panel
screwdriver adjustments.
(8) Module On /Off Switching
Silent, electronic Hall Effect
switches provide On and Off switching for each module.
(9) Panorama Control (Microphone Module Only)
continuously variable control permits easy left to right channel
I=E
-A
-
Input Selector
-
Input Overload Indicator
-
-
Line
Input
Gain Trim Left
Gain Trim Right
O
Input Mode Selector
-
VINO
WOW
arr
RIGHT
-A
"panning ".
-
Output Buss Assignment
Switches
Balanced Patch Points
All modules feature pre- fader, pre pan patch points with balanced 600 ohm outputs and balanced
differential inputs.
(10)
MICROPHONE AND LINE INPUT MODULE OPTIONS
1) Remote Control Card
Installation of the Remote Control
Card will allow a Microphone or Line Input module to be controlled
from one or two remote locations corresponding to the source (A
or B) selected on the module itself.
2) Source Remote Control Card
The Source Remote Control card basically reverses the function of the Remote Control card.
With the Source Remote Control card installed in a Microphone
or Line Input module, the console operator will have the ability
to control any remote device.
NOTE: A Source Remote Control Card MUST be installed in
every Line Input module that will utilize the Line Source
Sequencer. (see below)
-
e
Source Sequencer Arm Switch
-
arm
.ro
LINE SOURCE SEQUENCER
Every Mix Trak 90 console offers an advanced Line Source
Sequencer to provide the ultimate in operator convenience.
For example, if an operator has three carts to play in the next
spot break, he or she can arm the modules by pressing the "ARM"
switches located just above the fader controls. The ARM switch
will glow amber to indicate that the module is now part of the upcoming source sequence. When the moment arrives to start the
spot break, the operator merely has to press the ON switch for
the first module in the sequence. After the first source has played,
the other sources will be automatically activated in sequence
without any further intervention from the operator. Other modules
can be added or removed from the sequence at any time.
The operator can quickly regain manual control at any point
in the sequence by depressing the ARM switch on the module
that is currently active. This action will disarm the module and
stop the sequence. The active source will continue to play unless,
of course, the operator depresses the module OFF switch as well.
If a given source is not ready for play at the appointed time,
the Sequencer will skip that source and continue to the next.
-25
-35
55
Penny & Giles Linear Fader
Off
Alternate Cue Switch
-111
Module ON /OFF
the last module in the sequence is not ready, the sequence will
end and the module will remain armed.
NOTE: A Source Remote Control card MUST be included with
each Line Input module that will utilize the Source Sequencer
function.
If
Line Input Module
33
cue
I=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
CONTROL ROOM MONITOR MODULE
All versions of the Mix Trak 90 console are equipped with a versatile Control Room Monitor module.
1) The module provides a color- coded, ten position switch to
select the input source to be monitored through the studio
loudspeakers. The operator can monitor four internal bus sources
and six external inputs.
2) A front panel control is provided to adjust the module output
level to the external power amplifier. In addition, the Control Room
Monitor module features an innovative "Monitor Dim" function.
Whenever any channel activates the Cue bus, the Monitor Dim
function will immediately reduce the monitor output level.
3) The Control Room Monitor module also supports a full
featured headphone section. A ten position, color -coded switch
selects headphone monitoring of internal bus sources or external inputs. In addition, tone controls are provided as well as a handy split -cue function.
4) A separate Cue Amplifier section is included in the Control
Room Monitor module. An internal five watt amplifier is used to
drive a cue speaker. A Cue Level control is provided on the Control Room Monitor module to permit easy adjustment of the cue
amplifier level.
Control Room Monitor
Input Selector
Headphone Input Selector
STUDIO MONITOR MODULE (OPTIONAL)
The optional Studio Monitor module is ideal for those applications that include auxiliary studios separate from the main control room.
For example, Studio A might be occupied by a talk show guest
while Studio B is functioning as a news studio. The operator in
the main control room can use the Studio Monitor module to send
Air Monitor audio to the guest in Studio A and Network audio to
the newsperson in Studio B. The operator does this through the
use of two rows of 10 interlocking pushbutton switches. (One row
for Studio A, the other for Studio B) This switch selection arrangement is essentially the same as that offered on the Control Room
Monitor module. It allows the operator to send internal bus audio
(Program, Audition, Mono or Cue) or external input audio (Air
Monitor, Net, External 1 ... 4) to either studio.
A "Talkback" circuit is also included in the Studio Monitor
Module. There are two front panel Talk buttons: one for Studio
A and the other for Studio B. Pressing and holding either button
will dump the control room microphone audio into the monitor
loudspeakers in the desired studio.
Two Monitor Level controls are included on the Studio Monitor
Module. These controls permit the console operator to adjust the
audio level being sent to each auxiliary studio. In addition, a front
panel Talk Level control gives the main control room operator the
ability to adjust the level of microphone "Talk" audio that is sent
to the auxiliary studios. Remote control of studio levels from the
studios is also possible through VCA gain control.
TNfB
Headphone Tone Controls
BASS
Headphone Level
,.
PROGRAM METERING
The Mix Trak 90 console features large 31/2 inch VU meters as
standard equipment. All meters are illuminated for easy reading
and include an integral LED clipping indicator.
The 12 channel mainframes feature four meters. Two meters
indicate Program audio level. The remaining two function as Utility
meters. A row of interlocking pushbutton switches on the meter
bridge is used to select the indication mode for the Utility meters.
The 18 channel mainframes offer a total of seven VU or PPM
meters:
Utility (2)
Program Audio (2)
Mono (1)
Audition Audio (2)
Peak Program Meters (PPM) and 31/2 inch stereo or dual LED
bargraph meters are also available as optional equipment for the
Mix Trak 90.
n{tphor
Headphone Split Cue Switch
-11111111PUT
Cue Speaker Level
-Om
cue
Control Room Monitor
"Dim" Level
Control Room Monitor Level
monitor
Control Room Monitor Module
34
MIX TRAK
90
1
=E
12 CHANNEL MIX TRAK 90 BLOCK DIAGRAM
HIC
PATCH
PATCH
INPUT
POINT
POINT
RECEIVE
A
SEND
B
l i
CONTROL ROOM MUTING
STUDIO A MUTING
STUDIO B MUTING
TIMER
i
t
MUSIC
SPEECH
AUDITION
AUX i
AUX 2
AUX 3
CUE
MICROPHONE
INPUT MODULE
r
SIMPLE REMOTE
CONTROL CARD
(OPTIONAL)
it it
I
STEREO
SPC
MUS
/OFF
OUTPUT
AMPLIFIER
A
CUE
PATCH
PATCH
POINT
POINT
RECEIVE
SEND
B
STEREO
BALANCED
AUD
-
OUT
OUTPUT
--
METERING
I
AUX
STEREO
BALANCED
OUTPUT
AMPLIFIER
MODULE
L
SOURCE REMOTE
CONTROL CARD
(OPTIONAL)
It
A
It
,
ON
- --K.
METERING
STEREO
AUX 3
BALANCED
MONO
FLOATING
OUTPUT
-_
AMPLIFIER
B
ON /OFF
1
AUX 2
FLOATING
LINE INPUT
LOGGING
AUD
FLOATING
AMPLIFIER
f
It
METERING
ON /OFF
CUE
AUDIO
INPUT
--
FLOATING
A
ON
PGM OUT
BALANCED
SUM
METERING
/OFF
START /STOP START /STOP
CUE
PROGRAM LEFT
CUE
\
FROM PROGRAM
AIR
OUTPUT
NET
EXTI
EXT2
EXT3
AMPLIFIER(
PG
CONTROL ROOM
MONITOR MODULE
PROGRAM RIGHT
AUD
1.41
\
FROM PROGRAM
EXT
OUTPUT
AMPLIFIER
UTILITY LEFT
C
CR
MON
I
HEAD
PHONE
CUE
SPNR
AIR MONITOR
.
FROM
AUDITION
OUTPUT AMP
-.
..
STUDIO
FROM HEADPHONE
PGH
41711--1
MONITOR MODULE
-111.
UTILITY
METER
1
\
UTILLIITY RIGHT
SWITCH
MONITOR SELECTOR
TALK MIC
MONO
MONO OUT
A
B
STUDIO
MONO
METER
OUTPUT
MODULE
OUTPUTS
NOTES:
1. Patch points for the Speech and Music busses are not shown in this diagram. These two separate busses are summed after passing through the
Speech and Music patch points and become the main Program buss. This architecture allows easy interfacing to separate audio processing or equalization for announcer microphone and music source.
2. The 18 channel Mix Trak 90 console is configured as above with the elimination of the utility meter switch and the addition of an extra set of meters
for the Audition buss outputs. This allows a total of seven meters with two utility meters available to monitor a console output or air monitor external
input.
3. VU meters come standard with integral LED clipping indicators. Peak program meters (PPM's) are available as options. Optional LED bargraph meters
are also available to provide stereo metering in the same panel space as a single VU or PPM meter.
4. Two mono output modules may be used simultaneously with the Program or Audition buss selected on either module. When a second mono output
module is installed, the Aux 3 buss output amplifier is used as a line driver.
35
I=E
MIX TRAK 90
AUDIO CONSOLES
ADDITIONAL MIX TRAK 90 OPTIONS
Console Clock/Timer: The console clock/timer is a dual func-
vide full duplex talkback capability with the main control room.
In addition, the auxiliary studio operators will have the convenience
of direct microphone ON /OFF and monitor level control.
Source Remote Switch Panel: The Source Remote Switch
panel is a half- height module with five momentary pushbutton switches. Its primary function is to provide expanded machine control for the console operator. (Reel -to -reel tape record /play decks
are a typical example) Each switch is color coded and labeled.
Input Expander Module: The addition of the Input Expander
Module can greatly enhance the function of any Line Input module.
It permits the pushbutton selection of up to 8 different stereo line
sources for routing to the A or B input of the Line Input module.
Such stereo line sources might typically include special network
audio feeds, EBS, live remote broadcast links, etc.
FSK Decoder Module: This optional module offers the capability to decode FSK data from any Line Input Module. Its serial ASCII
output can drive a serial ASCII printer or video display. Applications include use with cartridge machines employing an FSK data
track.
Redundant Power Supply: An optional redundant power supply and automatic switching panel are available for the Mix Trak
90. In the unlikely event of a primary power supply failure, the
switching panel will instantly (and automatically) connect the
secondary power supply to the console. This switching will occur
without any disruption of the console's functions. LED status indicators show the failure condition.
Monaural Output Module: The Monaural Output module is
used to select the buss (Program or Audition) that will appear at
the mono output. Stereo busses are summed to mono and a
phase reversal switch is available to aid in phase checking. An
LED phase error indicator glows red when the input source is out
of phase and green when it is in phase. Two Monaural Output
modules may be used in either a 12 or 18 channel mainframe.
tion module. It is crystal controlled and displays hours, minutes,
and seconds in a six digit format. An internal jumper option will
enable the 24 hour military format. The easy to read "count up"
timer offers a minutes and seconds display. Any module ON command can be jumpered to automatically reset and start the timer.
If manual control is desired, an optional Timer Control Module
is available. (see below)
Timer Control Module: The console mounted Timer Control
Module will provide the following control functions when used with
the Console Timer:
RESET: Sets timer to 00:00
START: Starts timer count -up
STOP: Stops timer count
PROG /AUD: Selects timer control from either Program or
Audition bus
MANUAL: Defeats automatic Start/Reset functions.
Studio Remote Module: The Studio Remote Module is an optional remote switch panel that provides several control functions
for operators in auxiliary studios:
ON: Turns studio microphone (and its Microphone Input module)
ON
OFF: Turns studio microphone (and its Microphone Input
module) OFF
COUGH: Turns the microphone off momentarily
TALK: Dumps the studio microphone audio onto the main console Cue bus and mutes the studio loudspeakers.
MONITOR LEVEL: Allows adjustment of the studio monitor
loudspeaker level
Placing Studio Remote Modules in auxiliary studios will pro-
MIX TRAK 90 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Microphone Input Module Specifications
OVERALL CONSOLE SPECIFICATIONS*
(Mic or Line input to Program or Audition output)
Nominal Output Level:
0 dBu to +8 dBu adjustable
Input Headroom:
Output Impedance:
±20 dB, single front panel control for both channels
Better than 25 dB above nominal
Less than 100 ohms balanced and floating 50 ohms
single ended
Nominal Input Levels:
- 60 to -30 dBu
Maximum Output Level:
+28 dBu into high impedance load
+26 dBu, +26 dBm into 600 ohm load
+20 dBu, +28 dBm into 150 ohm load
Equivalent Input Noise:
-128 dBu with 150 ohm source. 20 Hz to 20 kHz
bandwidth, RMS meter response, no weighting
Output Noise:
Greater than 1500 ohms
Better than 85 dB below 0 dBu output level, all inputs off
Line Input Module Specifications
Load Impedance:
150 ohms minimum
Vernier Gain Range:
±5 dB from nominal, individual control for each
channel
Total Harmonic Distortion:
Less than .05 %, 20 Hz to 20 kHz. Nominal input
and output levels
SMPTE Intermodulation Distortion:
Less than 0.05 %, 60 Hz to 7 kHz. 4:1 amplitude ratio
Nominal input and output levels
Crosstalk:
(Program to Audition, Audition to Program. Aux bus
1, 2 or 3 into Program, Aux bus 1, 2, or 3 into
Audition)
Better than 80 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz, any input
module position to selected output, all inputs on.
Measured below 0 dBu nominal outupt.
Separation:
(Program left into Program right, Program right into
Program left. Audition left into Audition right, Audition
right into Audition left.)
Better than 70 dB from 20 Hz to 20 kHz, any input
module position. Measured below 0 dBu nominal
output, +4 dBu nominal input on "Line Input"
module
Stereo Gain Matching:
Within 0.5 dB, any fader position
Frequency Response:
+0 dB, -0.5 dB 20 Hz to 20 kHz,
Gain In Hand:
12
Patch Points:
(each module) Output Level: -5 dBu nominal
Gain: 0 dB
Output Impedance: 600 ohms balanced, 300 ohms
single ended
Input Impedance: 20,000 ohms minimum
Maximum Output Level: +24 dBu unloaded,
+18 dBu loaded
Maximum Input Level: +24 dBu
Power Requirements:
115/230 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 400 watts maximum
Dimensions:
1
kHz reference
(12 channel) Depth: 25 ", Width: 381/4 ",
Depth Below Table: 5 ", Height Above Table: 81/2"
(18 channel) Depth: 25 ", Width: 501/4 ", Depth Below
Table: 5 ", Height Above Table: 81/2"
Vernier Gain Range:
Input Impedance:
Nominal Input Levels:
-10, -5, 0, +4, +8 dBu
Equivalent Input Noise:
Better than 80 dB below nominal input level, 20 Hz
to 20 kHz bandwidth with 600 ohm source impedance. RMS meter response, no weighting
Input Impedance:
Greater than 10,000 ohms bridging
'All measurements referenced to Program and Audition
signal paths in a 12 channel fully loaded mainframe with a
single module active. Noise measurements made over a 20
Hz to 20 kHz bandwidth with a true RMS responding
meter and no weighting filters. Note: 0 dBu = 0 dBm into
600 ohms.
dB
MIX TRACK 90 ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics for more information
36
MODELS 10S350A/10M350A
1
=E
MODEL 10S350A STEREO
22 inputs to 10 sliding faders
Contact -free, FET Bus Selection
Penny & Giles Precision Faders
Economical Price
Modular Plug -in Circuitry
Durable Front Panel Overlay
Dual Channel Output
Simultaneous Audition and Program
metering
Elegant Styling
Mono or Stereo Models
PENNY & GILES VERTICAL -FADER CONSOLES
Broadcast Electronics offers ten channel, Penny & Giles vertical fader consoles with multiple meters at a price that almost
anyone can afford! If budget considerations have kept you away
from vertical attentuator designs, you should consider the 10S350A
(Stereo) or 10M350A (Monaural) consoles.
white and gray finish that will add a touch of elegance to any
studio. The front panels feature crisp, clean graphics under a
laminated polycarbonate overlay. This tough protective surface is
virtually impervious to scratching or wearing. After years of use
these consoles will look just as good as the day they were installed.
MULTIPLE METERS /PENNY & GILES FADERS
We've designed the 350A Series consoles with quality and convenience in mind. The Penny & Giles faders offer smooth, reliable
level control for each channel. They are considered to be the very
best in vertical attenuator technology. The 350A's also offer the
convenience of multiple metering with SEPARATE Program and
Audition meters. This allows the operator to observe the Audition
or Program levels simultaneously without having to manually
switch the meter inputs. The model 10M350A monaural console
features two meters. The stereo 10S350A console has four meters.
COMPLETE INPU r FLEXIBILITY
Broadcast Electronics pioneered the widely accepted modular
input preamplifier technique in rotary consoles. The same design
using integral module pre- setting is also applied in the vertical
attenuator 350A Series. This allows you to designate each individual channel for either low impedance microphone or line level
input service. (The stereo model 10S350A also features
mono /stereo selection.) Mixers #1 through #8 accept two inputs
per mixer. Mixers #9 and #10 accept three inputs each. Input preselection is accomplished through the use of interlocking pushbuttons. Mixer outputs may be fed separately or simultaneously to
the dual output channels through the use of advanced FET
switching.
ATTRACTIVE, DURABLE STYLING
The 350A Series consoles feature a new two-tone technical
37
I=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
PRE -FADER PREVIEW
The 350A consoles provide a handy pre -fader preview capability
that any operator is sure to appreciate! There is a mode select
switch immediately above each fader which determines CUE, MIX,
or OFF assignments. The CUE mode operates independently of
the fader position and allows easy input monitoring without disturbing the preset fader level. The desired input (at the preset level)
-
BLOCK DIAGRAM
can be subsequently added to the output mix by simply switching
to the PGM -AUD position.
There is also a "drop cue11 detent position at the bottom travel
of each fader control. Pre -fader previewing can be accomplished
through the use of the CUE /MIX/OFF switch or the detent "drop
cue ", whichever is more convenient.
MODEL 10M350A MONO
(10S350A STEREO: Basic System Essentially Identical with individual Left-and Right -Channel Capability)
OPERATION
MODE
SELECT
INPUT
INPUT
SELECT
IP'BUTTONI
CH. NO.
1
B
O-O
(
HI /LO
MODE
SELECT
I
MIX BUS
SELECT
(PBUTTON)
SLIDE
FADERS
KEY SF13
MIX
r
I
LINE AMPLIFIER
1
PREAMP /BUS SELECT MODULE
LINE AMP. MODULE
IXI
o
BUS
I-
600 OHM
ROGRAM
MIX
OUTPUT
RISK(
NOM.
J
IX 2 BUS
LO
IMIXER
ISM
MIX
MASTER
1
1
0-7(---T
METER
SELECT
0,-100 OFF
CUE
MIX BUS
SELECT
O--
I
I
600 OHM
LINE AMPLIFIER MODULE
AS MIX I LINE AMP)
I
O
r'
EE
I
MIX
Iaem
NOM
2 PROGRAM
OUTPUT
O'BO
O
MIX BUS
SELECT
MIX2
2
MASTER
YIIIT
1
J
CUE BUS
AO
CH
MU.2
B0_O
a
O EXT MON
PREAMP /BUS SELECT MODULE
(SAME AS CH.NU.11
O CONTROL ROOM
X2Y
0 ENT. N /LIGHTS
y
ERTO
IX
II
PGM O
I
10
OCUE
CR
O
I
ssi
is 20
6-roo Orr
MIX
MON
BUS I
MON
GAIN
IM
SELECT
SPEAKER
L
O
O
NO
-ir
MUTE
O
MIX BUS
SELECT
-_
/REA/BUS
W
SELECT
A
L
(SAME ASCN
NO
T
MINER
ST
SPEAKER
2
BUS
T
7
PG4p
ßi0
STUDIO
EMI N /LIGHTS
CUE /INTERCOM AMP
''
MODULE
11
I BU
2
UTE
CH. NO.3
SPEAKER
CUE
O
O
IN
OFF
CUE
EXT
INTERCOM
O
MIX PUS
MIR
I
SELECT
TALK/
MIX BUS
SELECT
CUE
INTERCOM
SELECT
CHANNELS 110.3 THROUGH
NO. B ARE IDENTICAL
ON
NO.
NO
(IDENTICAL/
A
eO--0
C
O-O
Hl
--
1
'O
LISTEN
RELAY
1
O
HEADPHONE AMP
CUE BUS
CM. NO. 9
KJ
b;
2
O
PHONE
JACK
PREAMP /BUS SELECT MODULE
(SAME AS CH. NO 11
O
V
MIXERI
HEADPHONE
SELECT
1
IG
O
MIX BUS
SELECT
I
MIX BUS 2
SELECT
38
HEADPHONE
LEVEL
MODELS 10S350A/10M350A
1
=E
Internal view of Model 10S350A shows ready access to terminal boards for installation, and to
attenuators, switches, modules and all components for easy maintenance. Note full
complement of plug -in amplifiers.
SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM CHANNELS
(Mono: two/ Stereo: four).
Monaural Output Channel (optional on 10S350A
only)
Same performance specification as program
channels.
Inputs
Two per mixer, channels 1 -8; Three per mixer,
channels 9 and 10 (22 total).
Input/Impedances /Levels (Switchable)
MONITOR CHANNELS
Low mode 150 ohms, balanced. -65 dBv nominal,
-38 dBv maximum. High model 54K ohms,
balanced bridging -20 dBv nominal, +20 dBv
Inputs
Pushbutton select. Program output channels and an
external source.
maximum.
Frequency Response
+0, -1 dB, 50 Hz - 20 kHz.
Mono /Stereo Select (10S350A only)
In -phase stereo outputs from mono source.
Distortion
Frequency Response
+0. -1 dB, 30 Hz to 20 kHz.
Distortion
.75% or less, 30 Hz
load.
.075% IM & THD, 30 Hz to 20 kHz at +18 dBm
output.
8 watts RMS per channel, 8 ohm load.
20 kHz at rated output and
Output Power Load
VU Meters
10M350A - two meters (Program & Audition).
10S350A - four meters (Program Right & Left plus
Audition Right & Left).
Signal -to-Noise (unweighted)
68 dB below +18 dBm output.
kHz bandwidth.
-
-50 dBv input, 20
Output Impedance Level
600 ohms balanced, +8 dBm for zero-VU deflection.
+18 dBm capability.
HEADPHONE AMPLIFIER
One watt RMS per channel. Pushbutton selection of
output channels and cue bus.
CUE /INTERCOM AMPLIFIER
One watt RMS mono output to built-in speaker. Input
mono (or summed L & R, 10S350A) Front panel
intercom talk/listen /cue switching.
MUTING
Two relays standard. As wired, Relay 1 mutes
monitor /cue speakers with Mixer 1 operation. Mixer 2
controls Relay 2. Other combinations field
assignable. Relays include 1N125 Vac contacts for
external warning light operation.
POWER REQUIREMENTS
115 Vac, 50/60 Hz (optional 230 Vac operation.
10M350A - 75 watts.
10S350A - 110 watts.
DIMENSIONS
36" W, 10.75" H, 19" D (91.4 x 27.3 x 48.2 cm).
WEIGHT (packed)
10M350A 80 lbs. (36.4 Kg).
10S350A 85 lbs. (38.6 Kg).
NOTE: 0 dBv = 0.7746
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
10M350A
STOCK NO.
901- 1051 -000
10S350A
901-1050 -000
918 -3602
838 -0200
DESCRIPTION
10- mixer, slide fader, dual -channel MONAURAL console supplied
with 10 preamps; two line amps; one monitor amp; one cue
amp; one headphone amp.
10- mixer, slide fader, dual -channel STEREO console supplied
with 10 stereo preamps; four line amps; two monitor amps; one
cue amp; one headphone amp
Mono matrix module, 10S350A
230 Vac power conversion
39
V.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
1
=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
Ten Mixing Channels
Telephone Type Channel Key Switches
Twenty Stereo Inputs
Talk-Back Capability
Ladder Step Attenuators
Four Line -Level Outputs
Modular Plug -In Electronics
Mono Mix-Down Option
Contact-Free Bus Selection
Durable Front Panel Graphics
TEN MIXER STEREO CONSOLE
The Broadcast Electronics' Model 10S250A stereo console accommodates twenty inputs into ten mixing channels. The console
features identical line -level output stereo program and audition
channels, with VU meter switching to either stereo channel pair.
Mixing controls are step -type, dual ladder attenuators. Telephone type channel select switches are used for silent operation.
STEREO MONITOR AND HEADPHONE AMPLIFIERS
High -quality control room and studio stereo monitoring of program, audition, or an external input is provided by two 8-watt
monitor amplifier modules. A front panel jack permits headphone
monitoring of stereo program and audition channels, plus a
summed L +R cue bus signal and insures full aural access to the
console system.
SUPERB STYLING, DURABLE GRAPHICS
With its two -tone technical white and gray finish and solid oak
end panels, the model 10S250A console will enhance any studio.
Front panel graphics are protected by a laminated polycarbonate
overlay. This tough surface makes it virtually impossible to scratch
or to wear away the lettering beneath. The front panel should look
as clean and fresh after years of normal use as it did the day it
was purchased!
PREFADER PREVIEW, ALL INPUTS
A built -in cue amplifier- speaker system is fed from a summed
L +R cue bus. Bus signals are applied by cue switches on each
mixer control, actuated in the detented closed -fader position.
NO EXPOSED EXTERNAL CABLING
With labeled, screw -type barrier strips and adjacent cable access openings, the Series 250A consoles are easy to install. The
completed installation is free from exposed wires and cables with
a truly professional appearance.
MONO MIX -DOWN OPTION
For applications requiring a summed L +R mono signal in addition to the stereo program outputs, the consoles are prewired
to accept an optional plug -in module for this purpose.
ELECTRONIC BUS SELECTION
Initiated by remote DC voltage, fast -acting, low noise selection
of mixing busses is accomplished by contact -free FET switching,
with no mechanical closures in the audio bus paths.
INTEGRAL HIGH /LOW LEVEL AND MONO /STEREO
MODE SELECTION
Identical stereo preamplifier modules are used in all mixing
channels. Modules may be pre -programmed for either low impedance microphone, or line-level input service. The user can thus
assign mixing channel functions to meet current operating requirements and can readily change them to satisfy future
combinations.
MUTING
Three muting relays have terminated contact closures for
external warning light operation. The relay circuit is wired for individual operation in conjunction with the first three mixers.
However, the muting logic is accessible for additional relay interlock arrangements.
DUAL CHANNEL DESIGN
600-ohm balanced audition channels are equal in performance
to the program channels.
HUMAN ENGINEERED FOR LONG-TERM SERVICE
Special attention has been focused on control and switch locations to insure minimum error and maximum operating ease. The
250A Series consoles produce the sound that satisfies the most
demanding stereo programming standards.
TALK -BACK CAPABILITY
The 10S250A console provides a push- button selectable talk back capability for two studios and one non -muted location such
as a station lobby.
40
r¢
MODEL 10S250A
'_A
-
-
T
I=E
L
-
ii`
r
-
-
-
-
-
.
`
1
E
G
111III1Tr1TifCllfllr
iüíilililli`ilüili1b011ili1HÜ1ßfüNiH4iM11illliliiiüiik
INTERNAL VIEW, MODEL 10S250A. Shows ready access to terminal boards for installation, and to
attenuators, switches, modules and all components for service and maintenance.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
10S250A
901 -1040 -000
10 Mixer Deluxe Stereophonic Console, Step Type Attenuators, supplied with three muting relays. Includes
preamp (stereo) for each mixer; four line amps, two monitor
amps, and one cue/headphone amp
838 -0200
Additional Cost for 230 Vac /50 Hz Power Source
918 -3602
Mono matrix PC board
SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM AND AUDITION CHANNELS
Stereo Inputs:
20 into 10 mixers
Monaural Output (Optional L & R):
Same performance specifications as program /audition
output channels. Mix ratio adjustable, ±6 dB.
CUE AMPLIFIER:
1.0 watt rms into built -in 8 ohm speaker. Input is
summed L + R signal. Functions as intercom
amplifier.
STEREO MONITOR CHANNELS
MUTING:
Three muting relays standard. Mutes monitor and
cue speakers when Mixer No. 1, 2 or 3 activated.
Relays have terminated contact closures (1A at 125
Vac) for warning light operation.
Input Impedances/Levels (Selectable):
Low Mode: 150 ohms balanced.
-65 dBv min.,
-38 dBv max.
High Mode: 54K ohms balanced, bridging.
min., +20 dBv, max.
-20 dBy
Frequency Response:
+0, -1 dB, 30 Hz - 20 kHz.
Distortion:
.075% or less IM & THD at +18 dBm output, 30 Hz
- 20 kHz.
Signal -to- Noise:
Noise (unweighted), 70 dB below +18 dBm output
with -50 dBv signal into any low -level input. 20 kHz
Bandwidth.
Output Impedance /Level:
600 ohms balanced. +8 dBm for zero -VU meter
reading. +18 dBm output capability.
Overall Gain:
105 dB.
Stereo Inputs:
Pushbutton selectable, program /audition /external.
Frequency Response:
+0, -1 dB, 50 Hz - 20 kHz.
Distortion:
0.75% or less, 30 Hz
ohm load.
-
20 kHz at 8 watts rms into 8
Output Power/Impedance:
8
watts rms per channel into 8 ohm load.
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
115 Vac. 50/60 Hz (230 Vac, 50/60 Hz optional)
85 watts max.
DIMENSIONS:
39 "W, 15.75"D, 8.25 "H (88.9 x 40 x 20.9 cm)
WEIGHT (PACKED):
STEREO HEADPHONE AMPLIFIERS:
1.0 watt rms per channel into front panel phone jack.
Program, audition and cue pushbutton input select
(8 ohm load).
VU METERS:
Two meters: L & R switchable to Audition and
Program.
41
69 lbs. (31.3 kg.)
NOTE:
0 dBv = .7746v
1
=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
.,_.I
ar
J
miel
st
arl
J
ari
ai
ad
sot
Telephone Type Channel Key Switch
Talk -Back Capability
Two Line -Level Outputs
Contact-Free Bus Selection
Ten Mixing Channels
Twenty Mono Inputs
Ladder Step Attenuators
Modular Plug -In Electronics
TEN MIXER MONO CONSOLE
Broadcast Electronics' Model 10M250A Mono Console accommodates twenty inputs into ten mixing channels. This dual channel console features identical line -level output mono program and
audition channels, with VU meter switching to either mono channel. Mixing controls are maintainable, step -type ladder attenuators.
Quiet- operating, telephone-type channel select switches are used.
PREFADER PREVIEW, ALL INPUTS
A built-in cue amplifier- speaker system is fed from a mono bus.
Bus signals are applied by cue switches on each mixer control,
actuated in the detented closed -fader position.
INTEGRAL HIGH /LOW LEVEL MODE SELECTION
Identical mono preamplifier modules are used in all mixing
channels. Modules may be pre -programmed for either low impedance microphone, or line -level input service. The user can thus
assign mixing channel functions to meet current operating requirements and can readily change them to satisfy future combinations, without obsolescence.
completed installation is free from exposed incoming wires and
cables, and provides a truly professional appearance.
NO EXPOSED EXTERNAL CABLING
With labeled, screw -type barrier strips and adjacent cable access opening, the 10M250A Mono Console is easy to install. The
ELEGANT, DURABLE STYLING
Elegant styling adds durability and enhances the attractiveness
of the 10M250A console. The front panel features crisp, clean
graphics under a laminated polycarbonate overlay. This tough protective surface makes it virtually impossible to scratch or wear
the lettering away. The front panel should look as clean and fresh
after years of normal usage as it did the day it was purchased!
DUAL CHANNEL DESIGN
The 10M250A console has a 600 ohm balanced audition channel which is equal in performance to the program channel.
TALK -BACK CAPABILITY
A push- button selectable talk -back capability for two studios is
an important operational feature in the Model 10M250A console.
ADVANCED ELECTRONIC BUS SELECTION
Initiated by remote dc voltage, fast -acting, low -noise selection
of mixing busses is accomplished by gated -FET, contact -free
switching, with no mechanical closures in the relatively low -level
audio bus paths.
MONITOR AND HEADPHONE AMPLIFIERS
High -quality control room and studio mono monitoring of program, audition or an external input is afforded by 8 -watt monitor
amplifier modules. Headphone monitoring of mono program and
audition channels insures full aural access to critical portions of
the console system. A front panel jack is provided for monitoring
purposes.
MUTING
Three muting relays are supplied, each with terminated contact closures for external warning light operation. The relay circuit is wired for individual operation in conjunction with the first
three mixers, however the muting logic is simple and accessible
for other, or expanded, relay interlock arrangements.
42
MODEL 10M250A
fffff338f81fflBÜffffffl9lfffffffBflfüfffi
I=E
ffiäiffififf$flgl1
tiiiliiiiiuiiititiiii;;i1111/11i1i1111111/1t%1i1111111iifiif111/i
INTERNAL VIEW, MODEL 10M250A. Shows ready access to terminal boards for installation, and to
attenuators, switches, modules and all components for service and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM AND AUDITION CHANNELS
Overall Gain:
VU METERS:
Mono Inputs:
2 inputs per mixer, total of 20 inputs.
105 dB.
2
Input Impedance /Levels (Selectable):
MONO MONITOR CHANNELS
Low Mode: 150 ohms balanced. -65 dBv min.,
38 dBv max.
High Mode: 54K ohms balanced, bridging.
20 dBv min., +20 dBv, max.
Mono Inputs:
Pushbutton selectable, program /audition /external.
CUE AMPLIFIER:
1.0 watts rms into built-in 8 ohm speaker.
-
Frequency Response:
+0, -1 dB, 30 Hz - 20 kHz.
Distortion:
.075 or less IM & THD at +18 dBm output,
30 Hz
-
20 kHz.
Frequency Response:
+0, -1 dB, 50 Hz - 20 kHz.
Distortion:
0.75% or less, 30 Hz
-
Output Power/Impedance:
Noise (unweighted), 68 dB below +18 dBm output
with -50 dBv signal into any low -level input. 20 kHz
Bandwidth.
8 watts rms per channel into 8 ohm loads.
600 ohms balanced. +8 dBm for zero-VU meter
reading. +18 dBm output capability.
MUTING:
Three muting relays standard. Mutes monitor and
cue speakers when Mixer No. 1, 2 and 3 activated.
Relays have terminated contact closures (1A at 125
Vac) for warning light operation.
20 kHz at 8 watts rms into 8
ohm loads.
Signal -to- Noise:
Output Impedance /Level:
meters: Audition and Program.
MONO HEADPHONE AMPLIFIER:
1.0 watts rms into front panel phone jack. Program,
audition and cue pushbutton input select. (8 ohm
load)
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
115 Vac. 50/60 Hz (230 Vac, 50/60 Hz optional) 85
watts max.
DIMENSIONS:
39"W, 15.75"D, 8.25"H (88.9 x 40 x 20.9 cm)
WEIGHT (PACKED):
69 lbs. (31.3 kg.)
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
10M250A
STOCK NO.
901 -1041 -000
838 -0200
DESCRIPTION
10 Mixer Deluxe Mono Console, Step Type
Attenuators, supplied with 3 muting relays.
Includes preamp for each mixer; 2 line amp,
2 monitor amp, and 1 cue /headphone amp
Additional Cost for 230 VAC/50 Hz Power Source
43
1
=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
Step Type Ladder
Attenuators
Telephone Type
Channel Key
Switches
Modular, Plug -In
Electronics
Cue Switches, All
Mixers
Pi
High /Low Level
Input Selection
Li Durable Front
Panel Graphics
MODEL 5S250A
MODEL 8S250A
FLEXIBILITY
Complete flexibility in mixing channel function is a feature of
DUAL CHANNEL DESIGN
A 600 ohm balanced audition channel is equal in performance
to the program channel.
the 250A Series, five- and eight-mixer dual -channel monaural and
stereo consoles. All plug -in input preamplifier modules are identical. They may be preset to accept either balanced, high -level
sources or balanced, low -level microphones. Mixing channel
assignments may be geared precisely to individual programming
requirements with pushbutton preselection of two inputs per mixer.
PLUG -IN ELECTRONICS
All active circuitry (excluding the power supply /relay assembly)
is mounted on plug -in modules with gold plated contact fingers.
Each of the plug -in preamplifiers permits selection of either a
microphone or high level input for each mixing channel.
ATTRACTIVE, DURABLE STYLING
A two -tone technical white and gray finish with solid oak end
panels enhances the attractiveness of the 250A consoles. The
front panel features crisp, clean graphics under a laminated
polycarbonate overlay. This protective surface makes it virtually
impossible to scratch or wear away the lettering. The front panel
should look as clean and fresh after years of normal use as it did
on the day it was purchased!
HUMAN ENGINEERED
The uncluttered control panel arrangement affords convenient,
error -free operation. Input pushbutton switches are logically
grouped for mixer input preselection; program, audition or external source inputs to the monitor amplifier; and program, audition
and cue bus inputs to the headphone amplifier. Masters, plus
monitor, headphone and cue gain controls are panel mounted.
Illuminated, 31/2" VU meters continuously display both program
and audition channel output levels.
LADDER STEP ATTENUATORS AND TELEPHONE-TYPE
SWITCHES
The quality features of the 250A Series consoles include laddertype step attenuators (with cue detent) for long life and easy
maintenance, roller-cam key switches for channel selection, and
FET bus switching.
FOUR EXTRA INPUTS
Each model has four extra unwired switches to aid the broadcaster with any future expansion plans.
44
MODELS 5M- S250A /8M -S250A
is straightforward and readily field modified for alternative or expanded muting assignments.
NEAT AND SIMPLE INSTALLATION
Completely free from exposed wiring, incoming cables are connected to internal, labeled, screw-type barrier strips with cable access through the base of the cabinet. An outstandingly neat installation results.
FULL BUS SELECTION
Output channel bus selection is controlled electronically by
remote FET DC switching, eliminating mechanical contact closures
from the low-level audio bus switching system.
FULL MONITORING
An 8 -watt monitor amplifier and individual 1 -watt headphone and
cue amplifiers afford complete operational and preview monitoring capability. Three muting relays equipped with terminated
warning light contacts (1A @ 125 Vac) are controlled by channel
activation of the first three mixer channel select keys. Muting logic
SUPERB PERFORMANCE
Guaranteed electrical specifications and logically -positioned
operating controls, complemented by attractive modern styling,
make the Broadcast Electronics 250A Series Consoles the clear
choice to satisfy the most demanding operating requirements.
r
BLOCK DIAGRAM
PGM /AUD
MIXERS
INPUT
MODE
SELECT
INPUT
SELECT
BUS SELECT
LADER
AT TE MUATORS
TELEPHONE
KEYS
PROGRAM OUTPUT CHANNEL
r71 N
CH
A
M41.
0
B0-
MODULE
PREAMP /BUS SEL ECT MODULE
1
YOI
HI
\/
L
PROGRAM MIX BUS
-
-
BUS
SE
Y
DUT
,AE..
MIXER NO
OTT
o4
VU
600 OHM
0
IVIA
PROGRAM
CHANNEL OUT
NOM.
PROGRAM
MASTER
o
pUDO
CUE
J
-1
tt
pM
MUTE
CONTROL
srPGMO
1
IN
40--<
AUDITION MIX BUS
LEC
I=E
AUDITION OUTPUT CHANNEL
CUE BUS
CH
NO
2
r-
O,O_(
8
-
LINE AMP MODULE
(SAME AS PROGRAM OUTPUT CHANNE LI
CH NO
O-O
2
SAME AS CH MO
n'>
I
u`
PREAMI /BUS SELECT MODULE
--
YY
O
OFF
ó
o
MIXER NO
CH
NO
CUE
2
NO 0 -SAME ASCH NO
PREAMI /BUS SELECT MODULE
CH
80--0
1
Y
MIXER NO
AOK /I
7
J
O EXT MON. INPUT
o
'
EXT
AUD04
PGM
MUTE
CONTROL
TPGMO
1
CUE
CHANNEL OUT
MONITOR AMP
14f.,
OUT
N
Of f
O.
AUD
_
MON
MON
INPUT
GAIN
IEL(CT
L- - -J
CONTROL ROOM
SPEAKER
o
MUTE CONTROL
EXT W LIGHTS
r-
o
STUDIO
A
SPEAKER
STUDIO
E
SPEAKER
f.
E
I
/\
BO
o
ADD
7
AO
CH NO
ON
AUDITION
NOM
J
AUDITION
MASTER
MUTE
CONTROL
PGM
OUT
N
600 OHM
o I EBm
l>>-
CH NO
SAME AS CH NO
PRE AMP /BUS SELECT MODULE
O
1
Y
l
OUT
AAA.
IN
[MIXER NO
J
)
I
a
OEXT W- LIGHTS
TÏPGM0
Off 04
CUE
AUD
1
11
CUE
SPEAKER
-.
CHANNELS NO.
CH
110.1
AO
O0--0
"fir
['I
L_
-
A
THRU NO.
CUE HEADPHONES AMPLIFIERS
ARE IDENTICAL
II
ICUE GAIN
1
I
I -SAME
ASCH NO 1
PREAMP /BUS SELECT MODULE
CH. NO
CUE
t»
A
IGM
IN
NOTE
OUTLINED LEGENDS INDICATE FRONT PANEL
0<
o
OUT
'
MIXER NO.I
.
CUE
Il`
OFF04
H'PH0NE
INPUT SEL
AUDO
CONTROLS
45
H'PRONE
GAIN
L
it
it
_-
11
EXT CUE SPKR
PHONE JACK
=E
1
MODELS 5M- S250A/8M -S250A
AUDIO CONSOLES
MODEL 8M250A Inside view, shows the same close attention to detail as the "human- engineered" front
panel. Installation, service and maintenance are a pleasure!
ORDERING INFORMATION
838-0200
DESCRIPTION
5- mixer, Monaural Console Step Attenuators and telephone type channel keys,
supplied with 3 muting relays. Includes preamp for each mixer channel; 2 line
cue /headphone amp
8- mixer, Monaural Console Step Attenuators and telephone type channel keys,
supplied with 3 muting relays. Includes preamp for each mixer channel; 2 line
cue /headphone amp
230 Vac, 50/60 Hz power conversion.
5S250A
901 -0540 -000
5-Mixer
8S250A
901 -0840 -000
MODEL
5M250A
STOCK NO.
901 -0541 -000
8M250A
901- 0841 -000
838-0200
918 -3602
dual mono output channels,
amp, 1 monitor amp, and 1
dual mono output channels,
amp, 1 monitor amp, and 1
Deluxe Stereophonic Console, Step Attenuators, supplied with 3 muting relays. Includes preamp
(stereo) for each mixer; 4 line amp, 2 monitor amp, and 1 cue /headphone amp
8-Mixer Deluxe Stereophonic Console, Step Attenuators, supplied with 3 muting relays. Includes preamp
(stereo) for each mixer; 4 line amp, 2 monitor amp, and 1 cue /headphone amp
Additional Cost for 230 VAC /50 Hz Power Source
Mono Matrix Module for 5S250A and 8S250A
SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM AND AUDITION CHANNELS
Overall Gain:
Inputs:
105 dB.
5S250A/5M250A: 10 into 5 mixers
8S250A/8M250A: 16 into 8 mixers
(Each model has 4 extra unwired inputs)
Input Impedance/Levels (Selectable)
Low
38
High
20
-
-
Mode: 150 ohms, balanced. -65 dBv min.,
dBv max.
Mode: 54K ohms balanced bridging.
dBv min., +20 dBv, max.
MUTING:
Three relays provided. Prewired for monitor /cue
muting through Mixer No. 1. Relays No. 2 and No. 3
controlled by Mixers No. 2 and No. 3 respectively.
Other combinations by simple field strapping. Relays
have terminated 1A, 125 Vac warning light contacts.
MONITOR CHANNEL
Inputs:
Pushbutton Selectable; Program /Audition /External.
Frequency Response:
+0, -1 dB, 50 Hz - 20 kHz.
Distortion:
20 kHz at 8 watts rms into
Frequency Response:
+0, -1 dB, 30 Hz - 20 kHz.
0.75% or less, 30 Hz
8 ohm load.
Distortion:
Output Power/Impedance:
.075% or less IM & THD at +18 dBm output,
30 Hz - 20 kHz.
8 watts rms into 8 ohm load.
Signal -to- Noise:
Noise (unweighted), 70 dB below +18 dBm output
with -50 dBv signal into any low-level input. 20 kHz
bandwidth.
Output Impedance /Level:
600 ohms balanced. +8 dBm for zero -VU meter
reading, +18 dBm output capability.
-
CUE AND HEADPHONE AMPLIFIERS:
1.0 watt rms into 8 ohm load. Internal cue speaker.
Front panel headphone jack and program /audition /cue pushbutton selection.
VU Meters:
8M/5M250A: Two Meters; Audition & Program.
8S/5S250A: Two meters - L +R switchable to Audition
and Program
46
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
115 Vac, 50/60 Hz (230 Vac, 50/60 Hz optional). 85
watts maximum.
DIMENSIONS:
5S/5M250A: 29 "W, 15.75 "D, 8.25 "H (73.7 x 40 x
20.9 cm)
8S/8M250A: 33 "W, 15.75 "D, 8.25 "H (83.8 x 40 x
20.9 cm)
Weight (packed):
5S/5M250A: 55 lbs. (25 kg).
8S/8M250A: 60 lbs. (27.3 kg).
Note:
0 dBv = .7746v
MODEL 10S150A
I®
I=E
105150A
10S150A
Ten Mixing Channels
Talk -Back Capability
Twenty Stereo Inputs
Four Line -Level Outputs
Modular Plug -In Electronics
Mono Mix -Down Option
Contact-Free Bus Selection
Durable Front Panel Graphics
Telephone Type Channel Key Switch
TEN MIXER STEREO CONSOLE
Broadcast Electronics' 10S150A Stereo Console accommodates
twenty inputs into ten mixing channels. The console features identical line -level output stereo program and audition channels, with
VU meter switching to either stereo channel pair. Quiet- operating,
telephone -type channel select switches are used.
STEREO MONITOR /HEADPHONE AND SUMMED L +R
CUE AMPLIFIERS
Stereo monitoring of program and audition channels, or an external source, is pushbutton selected and fed to stereo monitor
amplifiers. Stereo headphone amplifier outputs, with pushbutton
input selection of program, audition and cue busses, appear on
a front panel jack. Through a summed L +R cue bus signal any
input may be previewed through the built -in cue amplifier speaker
system.
ELEGANT STYLING, DURABLE GRAPHICS
The front panel of the 10S150A Console features crisp, clean
graphics under a laminated polycarbonate overlay. This tough protective surface makes it virtually impossible to scratch or to wear
the lettering away. The front panel will look as clean and fresh
after years of normal usage as it did the day it was purchased!
LONG -LIFE, LOW-NOISE MIXING CONTROLS
Dual potentiometers of sealed, high -reliability, long -life design
are used for mixing controls. Dual cue switches are actuated in
a detented CCW control position.
MONO MIX -DOWN OPTION
For applications requiring a summed L +R mono signal in addition to the stereo program outputs, the consoles are prewired
to accept an optional plug -in module for this purpose.
NO EXPOSED EXTERNAL CABLING
With labeled, screw -type barrier strips and adjacent cable access openings, the 10S150A console is a pleasure to install. The
completed installation is free from exposed incoming wires and
cables, with a truly professional appearance.
INTEGRAL HIGH /LOW LEVEL AND MONO /STEREO
MODE SELECTION
Identical stereo preamplifier modules are used in all mixing
channels. Modules may be pre -programmed for either low impedance microphone, or line -level input service. The user can thus
assign mixing channel functions to meet current operating requirements and can readily change them to satisfy future combinations, without obsolescence.
ADVANCED ELECTRONIC BUS SELECTION
Initiated by remote dc voltage, fast-acting, low noise selection
of mixing busses is accomplished by gated -FET, contact -free
switching, with no mechanical closures in the relatively low -level
audio bus paths.
DUAL CHANNEL DESIGN
A 600 ohm balanced audition channel is equal in performance
to the program channel.
SIMPLE MUTING LOGIC
Muting of monitor and cue speakers is by transistor-switched
relay operation, initiated by the Mixer #1 channel -select key switch.
The consoles are prewired for a second optional relay. The relays
include terminated contact closures for operation of external warning lights.
TALK -BACK CAPABILITY
The 10S150A Console provides a push- button selectable talk back capability for two studios and one non-muted location such
as a station lobby.
47
I=E
MODEL 10S150A
AUDIO CONSOLES
'1ii'i1i
,iii
,
,,4
'
á
IY1.
1l
1
I89ig184BISi11i
88á888>:59858iiB88881.:1
8888
_
-
`
uu u8188 uu u:. ulgn u
-
,,
111ai111iaiiii-üá
uil iu 1+ uu ul/t/8ua/ {lu'
,
INTERNAL VIEW, MODEL 10S150A. Shows ready access to terminal boards for installation, and to
modules and all internal components for service and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM AND AUDITION CHANNELS
STEREO MONITOR CHANNELS
Stereo Inputs:
20 into 10 mixers
Stereo Inputs:
Pushbutton selectable, program /audition /external.
Input Impedances /Levels (Selectable):
Frequency Response:
Low Mode: 150 ohms balanced. -65 dBv min.,
38 dBv max.
High Mode: 54K ohms balanced, bridging.
20 dBv min., +20 dBv, max.
-
Distortion:
-
0.75% or less, 30 Hz
8 ohm loads.
Frequency Response:
+0, -1 dB, 30 Hz - 20 kHz.
Output Power /Impedance:
±0.75 dB, 50 Hz
1.5
-
20 kHz.
-
20 kHz at 1.5 watts rms into
watts rms per channel into 8 ohm loads.
Distortion:
.05% or less IM & THD at +18 dBm output,
30 Hz - 20 kHz.
Signal -to- Noise:
Noise (unweighted), 70 dB below +18 dBm outupt
STEREO HEADPHONE AMPLIFIERS:
1.0 watts rms per channel into front panel phone
jack. Program, audition and cue pushbutton input
select.
VU METERS:
2 meters: L & R switchable to Audition and Program.
CUE AMPLIFIER:
1.0 watts rms into built-in 8 ohm speaker. Input is
summed L +R signal.
MUTING:
One muting relay standard. Mutes monitor and cue
speakers when Mixer No 1 activated. Relay has terminated contact closures (1A at 125 Vac) for warning
light operation. (Optional second relay available.)
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
115 Vac. 50 /60 Hz (230 Vac, 50/60 Hz optional) 85
watts max.
DIMENSIONS:
39 "W, 15.75 "D, 8.25 "H (88.9 x 40 x
with -50 dBm signal into any low -level input. 20 kHz
bandwidth.
Overall Gain:
WEIGHT (PACKED):
105 dB.
65 lbs. (29.5 kg.)
Output Impedance/Level:
Monaural Output (Optional L & R):
Same performance specifications as program /audition
output channels. Mix ratio adjustable, ±6 dB.
600 ohms balanced. +8 dBm for zero -VU meter
reading. +18 dBm output capability.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
10S150A
STOCK NO.
901 -1032 -000
DESCRIPTION
10 Mixer Stereophonic Console.
Supplied with one muting relay. Includes preamp
(stereo) for each mixer; 2 line amp, 2 monitor
amp, and 1 cue/headphone amp.
971 -0021
Second muting relay
Additional Cost for 230 VAC /50 Hz Power Source
838 -0200
48
20.9 cm)
MODEL 10M150A
1
=E
10M150A
Ten Mixing Channels
Telephone Type Channel Key Switch
Twenty Mono Inputs
Talk-Back Capability
Modular Plug -In Electronics
Two Line -Level Outputs
Contact-Free Bus Selection
Durable Front Panel
TEN MIXER MONO CONSOLE
Broadcast Electronics' Model 10M150A Mono Console accommodates twenty inputs into ten mixing channels. This dual channel
console features identical line-level output program and audition
channels, with VU meter monitoring of both channels. Quiet operating, telephone -type channel select switches are used.
MONITOR AND HEADPHONE AMPLIFIERS
High -quality control room and studio monitoring of program,
audition or an external input is afforded by an 8 -watt monitor
amplifier module. Headphone monitoring of program and audition channels insures full aural access to critical portions of the
console system. A front panel jack is provided for monitoring
purposes.
INTEGRAL HIGH /LOW LEVEL MODE SELECTION
Identical preamplifier modules are used in all mixing channels.
Modules may be pre -programmed for either low impedance
microphone, or line -level input service. The user can thus assign
mixing channel functions to meet current operating requirements
and can readily change them to satisfy future combinations,
without obsolescence.
PREFADER PREVIEW, ALL INPUTS
Bus signals are applied by cue switches on each mixer control, actuated in the detented closed -fader position to a built -in cue
amplifier- speaker system.
NO EXPOSED EXTERNAL CABLING
With labeled, screw-type barrier strips and adjacent cable access opening, the 10M150A Mono Console is easy to install. The
completed installation is free from exposed incoming wires and
cables, and provides a truly professional appearance.
DUAL OUTPUT CHANNELS AND VU METERING
The output channels are identical in performance. Each plug in line amplifier module delivers 600 ohm, transformer -isolated,
balanced output at a +8 dBm level. Illuminated 31/2" VU meters
afford continuous visual monitoring of the individual channel outputs. Contact fingers on all plug-in modules are gold -plated.
ELEGANT, DURABLE STYLING
Elegant styling adds durability and enhances the attractiveness
of the 10M150A console. The front panel features crisp, clean
graphics under a laminated polycarbonate overlay. This tough protective surface makes it virtually impossible to scratch or wear
the lettering away. The front panel should look as clean and fresh
after years of normal usage as it did the day it was purchased!
TALK -BACK CAPABILITY
A push- button selectable talk -back capability for two studios is
an important operational feature in the Model 10M150A console.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
10M150A
STOCK NO.
901- 1033 -000
971 -0021
838-0200
DESCRIPTION
10 Mixer Mono Console. Supplied with one
muting relay. Includes preamp for each mixer; 2
line amp, 2 monitor amp, and 1 cue/headphone
amp.
Second muting relay
Additional Cost for 230 VAC /50 Hz Power Source
49
1
=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
MODEL 5S150A
LE
88150A
MODEL 8S150A
Elegant Styling
Mono Mixdown And Dual Channel Options
Modular, Plug -in Electronics
0.05% IMD And THD
Preset High /Low Input Sensitivity
+0, -1 dB, 30 Hz
Cue Switches, All Mixers
Durable Front Panel
-
20 kHz Response
+18 dBM LEFT AND RIGHT CHANNEL OUTPUT
CAPABILITY
Left and right channel plug -in line amplifier modules deliver +18
dBm balanced stereo outputs, visually- monitored on dual, 31/2",
illuminated VU meters. Adequate "headroom" is insured by the
+18 dBm output capability of the line amplifiers.
FIVE- AND EIGHT -MIXER MODELS
Series 150A stereo consoles are available in five-mixer and
eight -mixer configurations. Two inputs per mixer, at either
microphone or line input levels, are pushbutton selectable. They
are human engineered for error free production or on air use.
FET BUS SELECTION
Electronic bus switching, using gated FET techniques, insures
fast and silent operation. Switching is effected by simple, remote
application of dc control voltages to the FET circuitry, eliminating
mechanical contact closures from low -level audio bus paths.
ELEGANT, DURABLE STYLING
Durable Series 150A front panels feature crisp, clean graphics
under a laminated polycarbonate overlay. This tough protective
surface makes it virtually impossible to scratch or wear the lettering away. The elegant front panel will look as clean and fresh after
years of normal usage as it did the day it was purchased!
STEREO MONITOR /HEADPHONE AND SUMMED L +R
CUE AMPLIFIERS
Stereo monitoring of program and audition channels, or an external source, is pushbutton selected and fed to the stereo monitor
amplifier. Stereo headphone amplifier outputs, with pushbutton
input selection of program, audition and cue busses, appear on
a front panel jack. Through a summed L +R cue bus signal, any
input may be previewed through the built -in cue amplifier speaker
system.
PROGRAMMABLE MONO /STEREO,
HIGH /LOW LEVEL INPUTS
Identical modules are used in each stereo mixer input channel. Modules may be preset for mono /stereo and (or) high/low level
to permit the user to gear individual mixing channel operation functions precisely to his programming requirements.
50
MODELS 5S150A/8S150A
1
=E
LONG -LIFE, LOW -NOISE MIXING CONTROLS
Dual potentiometers of sealed, high-reliability, long -life design
are used for mixing controls. The cue switch, actuated in a
detented CCW control position, produces a summed L&R cue bus
signal source.
CLEAN, STRAIGHTFORWARD INSTALLATION
External connections are made to labeled screw -type barrier
strips located in the cabinet bottom with adjacent cable access
openings. This permits an installation completely free from unattractive exposed cables.
SIMPLE MUTING LOGIC
Muting of monitor and cue speakers is by transistor-switched
relay operation, initiated by the Mixer #1 channel -select key switch.
The consoles are prewired for a second optional relay. The relays
include terminated contact closures for operation of external warning lights.
MONO MIXDOWN /LINE LEVEL AUDITION OPTIONS
The consoles are prewired to accept optional plug-in modules
for line-level monaural or stereo audition outputs where either of
these additional operating functions are required. An optional
mono program output is also available for simultaneous
mono/stereo broadcasting.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
T T
IOW
SEIFCT
u3m
MONO/
MODE
SELECT
STEREO
SELECT
'TEN O PRE
PG MIA UD
IUS
YICERS
REVS
I
LEFT PROGRAM OUTPUT CRAMMEI
-1
AMPnuSSELECT M00uLE
Cr``
LINE AMP MODULE
L
PAM SUS
116 OMM
O IEE
<
0
CH NO
R
LEFT
MOM
PAM NUS
1
NUS
L AUG MUS
SF IFCT
R AUS NU
GUS
J
2
CUE
E
3
SEMI AS CH
yy
L
'
)503 MONO MIX MOD
-<
lErf-TRUU. OUTPUT CHARNEL IOIIIOMALI
la
iil
_
1*.
LINE AMP AMPULE
ASP. CH
DAM
__
,
CM. NO
I
IIt
_
ISr
MUTE
CONTROL
0000
J
6M0HM
LEFT
MODULES/
ONOMNM
STEREO
AUDITION
ORION
STER
0
OUTPUT
101.110MALI
r
CU
NIGHT AUD. OUTPUT CHANNEL IOITIONALI
[WREN
01
NO
3
-
<H
O
H>
6M 0MM
Ed.
RIGHT
MOM
I4i
I
CH
E
}I
NO
MO--0
NO
)
H
-Z-zzzs lr
SANE
UCH
CH
M0
I MODULO
O
IGr
T-FRl
S?EREDMOM
3-AV0
OFF
OHO
UO0
CU
ST MON
)-POY
O
AY
MOO
I STEREOINPUT
O
-I
I
CONTROL ROOM
¡ITER
SPENDERS
O
NO
)I
1
D
1
I
Ó
O
11 <
_
O
MON
MON
GAIN
MAO
SELECT
CHANNE LS NO
ONSU NO
r
1
ARE IDENTICAL
YUTE
DOMTRaI
m
a
OPTIOEAU
11
CH
NO
I
CUE
ICUE GAIN
I
R
NOS
J
['
STE NE OMO0MP
f
EM
MOI
/ILS SELECT MODULE
SAME AS CH NO
I
M
I\
J
I
J
ADIHONE AMP
L.
.
.T
STUDIO
SPEAKERS
I
Tö
I
O
GENTRnIGMT
..I
SPFARER
PARER
-1
14>
MOOULF
-
Cut
-
AUD
STEREOPHONE
EACH
[
MINER
I
OUT IORTI
%
y7-1s-W
CUE
RIGHT
MOY
MONAURAL OUTPUT CM IOPTIONALI
Ál
HOlM SAULE
IAN
O
NO
STFRFOIRIAMIMUSSELEGEMOOUI[
CNNO1
EM 00M
LIMO AMP MODULE
!SAME AS LEFT PGM OUTPUT 01.1
11-117
IYIXER
CH NO
(l
D
J
PROGRAM
OUTPUT
RIGHI PROGRAM OUTPUT CHANNEL
MUTE
CONTROL
PG
STEREO
PROGRAM
MASTER
11"
ST
ADD
--oo=o
I>
MO .1
HEADPHONE 'HEADPHONE
PUT SEL
NOTE OUTLINED LEGENDS INDICATE FRONT PANEL CONTROLS
51
GAIN
1
=E
MODELS 5S150A/8S150A
AUDIO CONSOLES
.
..
-
, î .;i
A
Y
;17
I9IIIëigftiidiiIIIIII
iIIIIIIÜItüIIÜiII
tfftfatffffaflttftft
t:.. .
..
I
'i
umusseu:
;
G
tfttffftfattpftfttt :ftfaftfttttttttafttt
(LU.21,-.1J=.1.1-12.4..i.11.1.:1
,FE
0- 4
_
_
MODEL 8S150A Internal View. As neat inside as outside. Easy to install and maintain. Supplied with stereo preamp for each mixer, two line amps, one monitor amp
and one cue/headphone amp. Mono matrix is optional.
SPECIFICATIONS
CUE AMPLIFIER:
1.0 watts rms into built -in 8 ohm speaker. Input is
PROGRAM AND AUDITION
(OPTIONAL) CHANNELS
Overall Gain:
Stereo Inputs:
5S150A: 10 into 5 mixers
8S150A: 16 into 8 mixers
Monaural Output (Optional):
Same performance specifications as program /audition
output channels. Mix ratio adjustable, ±6 dB.
105 dB.
Input Impedances /Levels (Selectable):
Low Mode: 150 ohms balanced. -65 dBv min.,
-38 dBv max.
High Mode: 54K ohms balanced, bridging.
-20 dBv min., +20 dBv, max.
Frequency Response:
+0, -1 dB, 30 Hz - 20 kHz.
STEREO MONITOR CHANNELS
Stereo Inputs:
Pushbutton selectable, program /audition /external.
Frequency Response:
±0.75 dB, 50 Hz
-
20 kHz.
Distortion:
Distortion:
0.05% or less IMD & THD at +18 dBm output,
30 Hz - 20 kHz.
Signal -to- Noise:
Noise (unweighted), 68 dB below +18 dBm output
with -50 dBm signal into any low -level input. 20 kHz
bandwidth.
Output Impedance/Level:
600 ohms balanced. +8 dBm for zero-VU meter
reading. +18 dBm output capability.
0.75% or less, 30 Hz
8 ohm loads.
-
20 kHz at 1.5 watts rms into
Output Power /Impedance:
1.5
watts rms per channel into 8 ohm loads.
summed
L +R
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
115 Vac, 50/60 Hz (230 Vac, 50/60 Hz optional) 85
watts max.
DIMENSIONS:
5S150A: 29" W, 15.75"
20.9 cm)
8S150A: 29" W, 15.75"
20.9 cm)
jack. Program, audition and cue pushbutton input
select.
STOCK NO.
901-0530 -000
901-0830 -000
838-0200
918-3602
918-3604
971 -0021
DESCRIPTION
5 -Mixer Stereophonic Console, sealed Pots
8 -Mixer Stereophonic Console, sealed Pots
Additional Cost for 230 Vac /50 Hz Power Source
Mono Matrix Card for 5S150A or 8S150A
Line Amplifier for Stereo Audition Channel 5S150A
or 8S150A (two Required)
Second Muting Relay for 5S150A or 8S150A
52
x
8.25"
D,
8.25" H (73.7 x 40 x
5S150A: 54 lbs. (24.5 kg).
8S150A: 55 lbs. (25 kg).
1.0 watts rms per channel into front panel phone
H (73.7 x 40
D,
Weight (packed):
STEREO HEADPHONE AMPLIFIERS:
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
5S150A
8S150A
signal.
MUTING:
One muting relay standard. Mutes monitor and cue
speakers when Mixer No. 1 activated. Prewired for
second optional relay. Relays have terminated contact closures (1A at 125 Vac) for warning light
operation.
MODELS 5M150A/8M150A
I=E
Li Elegant Styling
D Plug -In Amplifiers
D .05% IM and THD Distortion
D +0, -1 dB, 30 Hz
-
20 kHz Response
D High or Low Level Input
D 8 Watt Monitor Amp
5M150Á
C!
Durable Front Panel
ostiglgatitz
8M150A
8M150A
VERSATILITY/ECONOMY
Operational convenience at an economical cost has made the
Series 150A consoles a popular choice. Modern circuit design on
plug -in amplifiers permit Broadcast Electronics' 150A Series consoles to provide excellent audio performance.
FET BUS SELECTION
The preamplifier module circuitry includes modern FET output
bus selection, permitting silent channel bus assignment of the
mixer preamp output. Dry- contact mechnical switching of low -level
audio bus signals is eliminated.
FIVE OR EIGHT MIXER MODELS
The Series 150A dual -channel consoles are available in either
five- or eight -input mixer models. They are human engineered for
error free production or on -air use.
SPEAKER MUTING
The Series 150A consoles are supplied with one speaker
muting/warning light relay, with two additional relays as an option. The consoles are prewired for relay operation in conjunction with Mixer #1, #2 and #3. Muting assignment is easily field modified for other mixer assignments or extensions.
ELEGANT, DURABLE STYLING
Contemporary design adds durability and enhances the attractiveness of the 150A Series consoles. The front panel features
crisp, clean graphics under a laminated polycarbonate overlay.
This tough protective surface makes it virtually impossible to
scratch or wear the lettering away. The front panel should look
as clean and fresh after years of normal usage as it did the day
it was purchased!
DUAL OUTPUT CHANNELS AND VU METERING
The output channels are identical in performance. Each plug in line amplifier module delivers 600 ohm, transformer -isolated,
balanced output at a +8 dBm level. Illuminated 31/2" VU meters
afford continuous visual monitoring of the individual channel outputs. Contact fingers on all plug -in modules are gold -plated.
SELECTABLE MICROPHONE/LINE LEVEL INPUTS
Identical plug -in preamplifier modules are used in each mixing
channel. These modules can be preset to operate either as lowimpedance microphone preamplifiers or to accommodate high level sources. This feature affords complete flexibility in mixing
assignments to meet existing operating requirements or to readily adapt to future changes.
COMPLETE SYSTEM MONITORING
Monitoring at levels up to 8 watts, rms, affords an aural check
of the program or auditon channels.
Headphone monitoring of program, audition or cue busses,
selectable by pushbutton operation, is standard. A front panel jack
and headphone gain control permit monitoring up to a 1.0 watt
level with 8 ohm headphones.
TWO INPUTS PER MIXER
Interlocked, pushbutton selection of two sources per mixer is
provided.
53
1
=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
CLEAN SIMPLE INSTALLATION
All external wiring is made to clearly labeled screw -type barrier strips, eliminating unattractive exposed cables. Cable access
is through openings in the base of the console housing. These
features insure simple, neat installation.
HIGHLY RELIABLE, FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
The Series 150A consoles provide reliable, long -term operation
with careful attention to human engineering factors for ease of
operation and maintenance. They are further enhanced by an
elegant, yet functional styling to insure the Series 150A console
user of a highly -professional, economically -practical audio console.
{e!!lMiilnitirltlr
4,.:.44 .,.,.:,
t.at_-_..:t
MODEL 5M150A
Internal view shows complete
access to controls, switches,
modules and terminal blocks.
PGM /AUO
INPUT
MODE
SELECT
INPUT
SELECT
BUS
[MIXERS]
KEYS
1
r
A
CHN0.1
r
PREAMP /BUS SELECT MODULE
HI
I
41.-/<
OOP
O-O
.7(
PROGRAM OUTPUT CHANNEL
it
MIXER
AMP
L
MUTE
CONTROL
CUE
Off OH
IMIXER
PROGRAM CHANNEL OUT
LINE AMPMODULE
600 OHMS
O
nom
PGM
MASTER
o
11
CUE BUS
A
CH NO
2
O-0
r
--0-CH
CHANNEL NO 2 SAME AS CHANNEL NO
PREAMP /BUS SELECT MODULE
L
B
Z
zz
I
1
",
OFF 041
IINEAMPMOOULE
AUDITION CHANNEL OUT
o
MIXER
__r),
AMP
600 OHMS
Beam
010171
MUTE
CONTROL
N(A;
CUE
VU
AUDITION OUTPUT CHANNEL
r
O
AU0
MASTER
[MIXER 21
r-
O EXT MON IN
MONITOR AMP
E.,
CH NO
3
`L,
CRA
C
0-0
CHANNEL NO
PREAMP/BUS SELECT MODULE
MON
I
XTO
IN SE I
MOD{
I
CONTROL ROOM
SPEAKER
I
CU
OFF
CN
- - --
GAIN
O
f-
O
KI
A
IM%ERJ1
o,l
J
OL
o
EXT
Q
wnIGHT
O
I
1
I
1
O
T'
I
STUDIO
SPEAKER
I
CHANNELS NO 3 THOUS
ARE IDENTICAL
®
IOPTIONALI
-0
ITHRU MIXER
-
¡CUE
'GAIN
A
CM
NO.B
l
<
I
r
CHANNEL NO. B SAME AS CHANNEL NO
PREAMP/BUS SELECT MODULE
1
o
o
EXT W/LIGHT
O
J
I
--1
tt*
I
>
O EXT.
CUE SPIER
CUE
SPKR
O
O
A
o
PHONE
INPUT
H
CUE
[PHONE JACK
HEAD
PHONE
GAIN
L
CUE /H PHONE
AMPLIFIERS
SELECT
I
o-j
I
MUTING CONTROL
51
I
MIXER HI
NOTE
54
OUTLINED LEGENDS INDICATE FRONT PANEL CONTROL
MODELS 5M150A/8M150A
77
ililiiiiliiiiiiiiiii
><
.,
;r-
I=E
r-
iiiiiiiéiiiiiiiiliii
littlflifEíAtP!!t!tlt=
r:
Model 8M150A with top lid and front panel open. Note neat cabling and clear
access to all components and modules for maintenance. Includes preamp
for each mixer, 2 line amps, 1 monitor amp and 1 cue /headphone amp.
SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM AND AUDITION CHANNELS
Overall Gain
Inputs
105 dB.
5M150A: 10 into 5 mixers.
8M150A: 16 into 8 mixers.
Input Impedances (Selectable) /Levels
Low Mode: 150 ohms, -65 dBv min. -38 dBv max.
High Mode: 54 K ohms, bal., bridging: -20 dBv min.
+20 dBv max.
MUTING
One muting relay standard. Two additional relays optional. Standard relay mutes monitor and cue
speakers when Mixer 1 activated. Includes terminated contact closure (1A, 125 Vac) for warning
light operation.
MONITOR CHANNEL
Inputs
Program /Audition /External. Pushbutton selectable.
Frequency Response
±0.75 dB. 50 Hz to 20 kHz.
Frequency Response
+0, -1 dB, 30 Hz to 20 kHz.
Distortion
Distortion
.05% or less IM & THD at +18 dBm output, 30 Hz
to 20 kHz.
0.75% or less, 30 Hz to 20 kHz, ® rated rms output
and load.
Output Power /Impedance
8
Signal -to -Noise Ratio
68 dB below +18 dBm output with -50 dBm into
any low level input. 20 kHz Bandwidth.
Output Impedance/Level
600 ohms balanced, +8 dBm for zero -VU meter
reading; +18 dBm max.
watts rms into 8 ohm load.
CUE AND HEADPHONE AMPLIFIERS
1.0 watt rms. Internal cue speaker. Front panel headphone jack and pushbutton program/audition/cue bus
selection.
POWER REQUIREMENTS
115Vac, 50/60 Hz (230Vac, 50/60 Hz optional) 50 watt
max.
DIMENSIONS
5M150A: 29" W, 15.75"
20.9 cm).
8M150A: 33" W, 15.75"
20.9 cm).
STOCK NO.
901- 0531 -000
901- 0831 -000
838 -0200
971 -0021
D,
8.25" H (83.8 x 40 x
8M150A: 55 lbs. (25 kg.).
DESCRIPTION
5 -Mixer Monophonic Console, sealed Pots, Dual Channel.
8 -Mixer Monophonic Console, sealed Pots, Dual Channel.
Additional Cost for 230 VAC/50 Hz Power Source.
Second Muting Relay For 5M150A and 8M150A.
55
8.25" H (73.7 x 40 x
WEIGHT (packed)
5M150A: 49 lbs. (223 kg.).
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
5M150A
8M150A
D,
1
=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
Ideal For Stereo Production, Discotheque
Or On Air
High /Low Input Sensitivity Selection
Cue Switches, All Mixers
Individual Monitor, Cue, Headphone
Amplifiers
Excellent Performance-Reasonable Cost
12
Stereo Inputs
source can be previewed through the self- contained cue amplifier
speaker system.
ACCOMMODATES 12 STEREO INPUT SOURCES
The Broadcast Electronics 4S50A four -mixer stereo console
features performance at a practical price. This versatile console
allows preselection of eight stereo input sources with intermix and
level control of four of these simultaneously.
MUTING LOGIC
Monitor and cue speakers are relay -muted through contact
closures on the mixer A-B input select key switches. Normally
wired for muting in conjunction with Mixer #1 operation, other
assignments are readily made in the field by strapping.
INPUT SELECTION
Two stereo inputs, either high or low level, can be accommodated by each of the first three channels. Channel four can
be preselected to a single high or low level stereo input or to one
of five high level remote/utility stereo inputs.
IDEAL FOR STEREO PRODUCTION OR ON -AIR USE
The stereo performance characteristics of the 4S50A are excellent and make it an ideal tool in the production of stereo taped
material or, where a modest, yet flexible control room/studio operation is involved, totally suited for on -air stereo FM broadcast use.
DUAL VU METERS AND STEREO MONITORING
Visual monitoring of left and right channel outputs is by 31"
VU meters. Aural monitoring at 3 watt rms level, per channel, for
operating position and studio loudspeakers, plus stereo headphone .5 watt per channel amplifier outputs (terminated in a front
panel jack), insure close surveillance of program quality. In addition to stereo program channel information, an external stereo
source and mono cue bus material may be monitored by
headphones.
4S50AP PORTABLE OPTION
The "P" or portable option in the 4S50A enables the user to
install and remove the console quickly. The prewired rear panel
provides 3 input connectors, a program output connection, (both
on XLR type connections), and monitor speaker output using a
1/4 -inch phone jack. This makes the unit ideal for remotes or any
other application that requires frequent or occasional removal of
the console.
With the pre -wired, pre -labeled assembly, the "portable" option can be added at a later date in the field.
CUE -SWITCHES ON ALL FADERS
The high reliability, low -noise sealed dual potentiometers used
for mixer level control are fitted with cue switches so that each
56
MODEL 4S50A
I=E
BLOCK DIAGRAM
lIN/Ui
5fl[CI
INPUT
MIMO
MOOT
JUMP, RSI
MIME RSI
OUTPUT
SUS SEI
KEY SW
III
OP
PROGRAM
CM
MIMER
LIME
A
aO-O
OI
PRE
9
NOOfF
OMM
1 OMM
MOM
)II
STEREO
PROGRAM
OUT
I
A
L
BOO
L
LPGMBUS
_
01
o
P
R
IGM IUS
I
MER
J
BOO
R
IME
4'
N001F
OXM
101M
NOM
MASTER
RIGHT PROGRAM CM
Ë
9 '.N 9
-
Cu NO
IMIMER 21
J
1
PRE
80-0
ln
A
8
CM
NO
O
!
O-O
9'--
P
0
O f At
LY/l IGMT
O
O
'a,
ta
0!ERfO
1
MONITOR
d
A
RIGHI
80 Q
T
L
0PF AMERS
1
o
- J
O
L
-
EAT MON
PR
CUE
GAI
CM
MO
<
OIGX!
B
0-O
O
e-
EAT CUE SPAR
UTE
Q
IN
O
J
PRE
CU
CUE
SPIER
STEREO
KRONOR(
JACK
NOTE
OUILINI
LEGENDS INDICATE
PRONI PANEL CONIROI SS SWITCHES
D
MO
IPMON,I
IIXONF
I
IGA IM
1
IN
SPECIFICATIONS
STEREO PROGRAM CHANNELS
Stereo Inputs:
Two per mixing channels
Signal -to- Noise:
-65 dB (unweighted) below
1
-3.
Ch 4:6 Total 12.
+18 dBm out with
dBm low level input signal, 20 kHz bandwidth.
Input Impedance/Levels:
Output Impedance /Level:
Low Mode: 150 ohms balanced. -65 dBm, nominal,
-38 dBm max.
High Mode: 20K ohms balanced bridging. -20 dBm,
nom., +20 dBm max.
Above modes preset by internal strapping.
600 ohms balanced. +8 dBm for zero -VU meter
readings. +16 dBm max.
Frequency Response:
+0, -1 dB, 30 Hz -20 kHz.
STEREO MONITOR AMPLIFIERS
Frequency Response:
+0, -1 dB, 30 Hz -20 kHz.
Distortion:
.75% THD and IM, 30 Hz -20 kHz at 3.0 watts rms
per channel into nominal 8 ohm load.
Distortion:
.1% THD .15% IMD, 30 Hz
-50
-
20kHz @ +18 dBm
output.
Output Power/Impedance:
3.0 watts rms per channel into 8 ohm loads.
STEREO HEADPHONE AMPLIFIERS:
.5 watt rms per channel into front panel jack.
Program /cue inputs.
MUTING:
As wired, monitor and cue speakers muted by Mixer
A-B input select switch. Assignable, by strapping,
to any channel input. Muting relay includes 1A,
125 Vac warning light contacts.
1
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
115 Vac, 60 Hz (230 Vac, 50/60 Hz optional) 50 watts
maximum.
DIMENSIONS:
19 "W, 13 "D, 7.5 "H (48.26 x 33 x
WEIGHT (PACKAGED):
24 lbs. (10.8 kg).
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
4S50A
4S5OAR
4S50AP
STOCK NO.
901- 0452 -000
901 -0453 -000
901 -0452 -021
838 -0202
DESCRIPTION
Stereo Four 4 -Mixer Stereo Console
Rack Mount Stereo Four 4 -Mixer Stereo Console
Stereo 4 -Mixer Console with XLR Connectors
230 VAC 50/60 Hz Power Conversion
57
19.1
cm).
1
=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
Model 4M50A
Straightforward, Neat Installation
H Selectable Hi /Lo Sensitivity, All Channels
Li
Excellent For On -Air, Newsroom, Remote
And Production Use
Individual Monitor, Headphone And
Cue Amplifiers
automatically muted whenever Mixer #1 is used. Muting assignment to other mixing channels is easily effected by strapping. Terminated relay contacts (1A, 125 Vac) for warning light operation
are included.
COMPACT, PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE
Incorporating modern solid -state technology, the Broadcast
Electronics Model 4M50A 4-Mixer Monaural Console affords professional performance at reasonable cost. Compact, yet uncluttered, the 4M50A, with two inputs per mixer, can handle the selection and level control /mix of up to eight sources.
EASY TO INSTALL. NO EXPOSED CABLE
All incoming cables connect to labeled screw -type barrier strips
with adjacent access openings in the bottom of the cabinet. This
eliminates exposed wiring.
MICROPHONE OR LINE LEVEL INPUT SELECTION
Flexibility is a feature. Each mixing channel uses identical input
preamplifier circuitry which can be prewired for either lowimpedance microphone service or for use with high -level input
equipment.
EFFICIENT, PROFESSIONAL OPERATION
High quality performance and clean functional operation
highlight the ideal console for production, on -air, newsroom or
remote broadcast purposes -or for educational and industrial
applications.
COMPLETE MONITORING AND CUE CAPABILITY
Individual monitor, headphone and cue amplifiers with front
panel input and level control insure aural monitoring capability
of all critical functions.
MODEL 4M50AP PORTABLE OPTION
The "P" model version, or portable option in the 4M50A enables
the user to install and remove this console quickly. The pre -wired
rear panel provides 7 input connectors, a program output connection, both on XLR type connections, and monitor speaker output using a 1/4" phone jack. This makes the unit ideal for remotes
or any other applications that require frequent or occasional
removal of the console. With the pre -wired, pre -labeled assembly
the "portable" option can be added at a later date in the field.
RUGGED, LOW-NOISE MIXER CONTROLS
Sealed, high -reliability potentiometers are used for mixing.
These are of special design, intended for applications where continual use is required. All mixers are equipped with cue switches.
MONITOR /CUE SPEAKER MUTING
Monitor amplifier output and the built-in cue loudspeaker are
58
I=E
MODEL 4M50A
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
4M50A
4M5OAR
4M50AP
STOCK NO.
901- 0450-000
901 -0451-000
901- 0450-021
DESCRIPTION
Mono 4 -Mixer Monophonic Console
Mono 4 -Mixer Console, Rack Mount
Mono 4-Mixer Console with Rear Panel Plug -in
Connectors
Factory Installed Options
838 -0201
Additional cost for 220VAC /50Hz Power Source,
4M50A Series
Rear Panel Plug -in connector panel assembly for
4M50A, XLR
901- 0003 -001
SPECIFICATIONS
PROGRAM CHANNEL
Inputs:
Two per mixer, total: 8
MONITOR AMPLIFIER
Frequency Response:
Input Impedance/Levels (Strappable):
Low
45
High
20
-
+0,
Mode: 150 ohms balanced. -62 dBm nom.,
dBm max.
Mode: 36K ohms balanced bridging:
dBm nom., 0 dB max.
-2
dB, 80 Hz
-
-
20 kHz at rated output and
watts rms into 8 ohms load.
HEADPHONE AMPLIFIER:
.9 watt rms into 8 ohms load. Front panel jack. Pro-
-
20 kHz.
gram /cue /external input.
Signal -to-Noise:
60 dB (unweighted) below +8 dBm output.
CUE AMPLIFIER:
1.0 watt rms into built -in 8 ohm speaker.
MUTING:
Assignable by strapping to any channel input
- 50 dBm signal to any low -level input.
Overall Gain:
90 dB minimum.
Output Impedance/Level:
600 ohm balanced. +8 dBm for zero -VU meter
reading. +16 dBm max.
INPUT
SELECT
AO-O
INPUT HI /LO
MODE SELECT
(JUMPERS)
4
[MIXER N0.
HI /L0 MODE
O
JUMPER
-o
AMP.
PROGRAM OUT
800 OHM,
dBm NOM.
II
CUE BUS
(TRANSISTOR
SWITCHED
MUTING)
MUTE BUS
J
23 lbs. (10.4 kg).
LINE
11
CUE
I/OS
m
K1
O
1
2
O
MON.
GAIN
A0-O
CH. NO.
EXT. W-LIGHT
O
PRE
OFF
O
MON SPKR
[MIXER NO. 2[
BO-O
I
O
/o
CUE
t
CUE
A
CH. NO. 3
O-O
GAIN
OFF
B
O-O
PRE
O
O EXT CUE SPKR
[MIXER NO.31
I
CUE SPEAKER
CUE
PGM
AO-0
O
CUE
CH. NO. 4
OFF
B
O-O
PRE
IMIXER N0.41
L
I
E.0
cm)
[MASTER)
PROGRAM BUS
n
19.1
BLOCK DIAGRAM
l
J
I
18 "W, 13 "D, 7.5 "H (45.8 x 33 x
SHIPPING WEIGHT:
[MIXERS]
4
P
BO-0
Hinged top cover and front panel give full access to
the barrier strips for installation, and all control
switches and components for maintenance.
DIMENSIONS:
combination.
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
115 Vac, 50/60 Hz (230 Vac, 50/60 Hz optional)
40 watts max.
OFFO
N0.1
20 kHz.
1.5
Distortion:
CH.
-
Output Power/Impedance:
20 kHz.
Less than .5%, 30 Hz
dB, 40 Hz
.75% or less, 40 Hz
load.
Frequency Response:
+0,
-2
Distortion:
O.
O
V
HEADPHONE
JACK
EXT
O EXT
CUE
HEADPHONE
INPUT
NOTE: OUTLINED LEGENDS INDICATE FRONT PANEL CONTROLS AND SWITCHES
59
INPUT
I=E
AUDIO CONSOLES
MASTER.
MIX
MIX 4
MIX 2
1
B
A
M
!,
-',11
S
v
s,
i
'
E
O
AUX
A
B
C
O
4
s
4
O
4
cuE
ry
h
!A
P
y
1
CUE
2
3
AUX
CUE
V
®4860
4
PHONES
PHONES
POM
CUE
J
4R50
Transformer Balanced Inputs
Switchable Microphone/High Level Inputs
Cue Switches, All Mixers
Integral Tone Generator
Ideal For Broadcast, Mobile, CCTV and
Rack Mounting, 31/2"
CATV Applications
BROADCAST, MOBILE, CCTV AND CATV APPLICATIONS
Broadcast Electronics Model 4R50 rack-mount, four mixer audio
console is a self- contained, compact audio console system. The
Model 4R50 is useful for production and semi -permanent broadcast remote originations. Its multi -input flexibility makes it a
desirable component in industrial and educational CCTV systems
or for CATV studio origination.
kHz TONE GENERATOR
An internal tone generator facilitates quick and accurate output level adjustment.
1
HEADPHONE MONITORING/EXTERNAL AMPLIFIER FEED
Either program output or cue bus information may be monitored
through the headphone amplifier with front panel jack output. Program material appears on a rear panel high- impedance output
terminal for feeding external PA or monitoring equipment.
ACCOMMODATES WIDE CHOICE OF INPUT SOURCES
The first three mixing channels are identical, accepting either
low- impedance microphone or high -level inputs through rear panel
preset switching. Two inputs may be selected for each mixer by
adjacent switch operation. Mixer 4 has additional high -level input
capability. It will accept one low -level input or three pushbutton selected high -level inputs. Thus, a total of ten sources may be
selected for up to four simultaneous "mixes"
DESIGNED FOR SIMPLE INSTALLATION
External wiring connections are made to labeled rear -panel
screw-type barrier strips or for program output and ground, to binding posts.
COMPACT, COMPLETE, CONTROL CENTER
Astoundingly versatile for its size, the Model 4R50 Console is
an outstanding unit where selection and mixing of many inputs
of either microphone -level or line -level nature are involved. Rack
space required is only 31/2 inches (8.9 cm).
SEALED MIXER CONTROLS WITH CUE SWITCHING
Mixers are long -life sealed potentiometers, each equipped with
cue switches. This permits preview of input sources through the
built-in cue amplifier and speaker. The latter is automatically muted
whenever input 1 is activated.
60
MODEL 4R50
I=E
SPECIFICATIONS
INPUTS
Mixers No. 1, 2 and 3-two per mixer; high or low
level.
Mixer No. 4-one, high or low level, plus three
pushbutton -selectable high -level inputs.
Tone generator -internal level set.
Cue:
1.0 watt rms to internal speaker. FET muted.
Input Impedance/Levels (Switchable
PA:
Signal -To-Noise Ratio:
70 dB
signal
65 dB
to any
Headphone:
watt rms to front panel jack. Program/cue input
select.
1.0
Rear Panel):
dBm nom.,
-
Low Level Mode: 150 ohms bal. -50
-38 dBm max.
High Level Mode: 20K ohms bal. bridging -10 dBm
nom., +10 dBm max.
10K ohms unbalanced 0.45V @ +8 dBm program
out level. Adjustable. Rear panel phono jack.
OUTPUTS
+0,
dB, 30 Hz
-
20 kHz (Reference:
1
below +18 dBm output with a -50 dBv signal
low -level input (68 dB A- weighted).
Power Requirements:
115 Vac, 60 Hz; or 230 Vac, 50 Hz,
Shipping Weight:
kHz)
Distortion: (Program Channel):
THD: 0.3% or less, 30 Hz - 20 kHz, +8 dBm output.
IMD: 0.05% (4:1, 60 Hz/7 kHz).
VU meter reading. +18 dBm max.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
4R50
4R50
INPUT
HI /LO MODE
SELECT
(NEAR PANEL/
STOCK NO.
901- 2000 -000
903 -0018
DESCRIPTION
4 -Mixer Mono Console, Rack Mount, 115 Vac /60 Hz.
Additional cost for 220 VAC /50 Hz power source
INPUT
SELECT
KEY
SWITCHES
VU METER
4nr
A
PGM
LO
OFF
CH.
N0.
1
NI
01
o
HN
PRE
1II1-
BUS
MIXER
PROGRAM OUT
600 OHM.4 OR
B Aim NOM.
AMP
{
MASTER
LO
MIXER NO.
II
LINE
FEED
ON /OFF
1
CUE
CUE BUS
FET
MUTE
AMI
c(
HI
4Pv
CUE GAIN
LO
CH
NO
CUE
SPEAKER
MON OUTPUT
(REAR PANEL)
2
HI
PA FEEO
® IREAR PANELI
MIXER NO .2
LO
PA GAIN
(REAR PANEL/
PGM
AMP
HI
HEADPHONE
JACK
O
'PHONE
LO
CH. NO.
PHONE
SELECT
7
GAIN
HI
MIXER NO
LO
CUE
p'
3
0
NOTE
CH
NO
4
OUTLINED LEGENDS INDICATE
FRONT PANEL CONTROLS & SWITCHES
AUX
I
AUX
2
O
AUX3O
O
p
CUE
BLOCK DIAGRAM
O
I
AUX
INPUT
SELECT
MHz TONE
Nw
GENERATOR
b. 0
TONE
O
LEVEL
o
LONE ON /OFF]
61
watts max.
19"W, 10 "D, 3.5 "H (48.3 x 25.4 x 8.9 cm).
EIA Std 19" rack mtg.
14 lbs. (6.4 kg).
Program:
600 ohms balanced. +4/ +8 dBm switchable for zero -
11
Dimensions:
Frequency Response (Program & PA Outputs):
-2
below +18 dBm output with a 0 dBv level
to any high level input (75 dB A- weighted).
I=E
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
Models 12C and 16C
Three standard speeds, 331/3, 45 & 78
rpm
Instant start (Full speed in less than
/8th revolution)
1
Rugged construction, Only three
moving parts
L
Rim drive assures minimum rumble,
maximum starting torque
Stereo rumble less than -38 dB
(Exceeds NAB Standards)
THREE SPEED DESIGN
Manufactured by Broadcast Electronics, a series of subtle, precision improvements to this pioneer OAK design have made the
12C an industry standard.
The 12C is a rugged, reliable turntable which comes up to speed
in a fraction of a second, and performs with minimum rumble,
wow and flutter. Low rumble, wow and flutter is further ensured
by the use of an acoustic -absorbing, high -memory rubber idler.
Carefully designed motor isolation mounts and a statically
balanced motor/counterweight assembly also help reduce rumble.
MODEL 16C - A 16" Platter
and 3 standard speeds.
SPECIFICATIONS - 12C TURNTABLE
Speeds:
Line Voltage:
331/3, 45 & 78 rpm.
115 VAC, 60 Hz,
Standard Color:
Start-up Time:
Gray with black felt pad
1
standard (230 VAC, 50 Hz, optional).
Stereo Rumble:
-38 dB. (NAB standard, -35 dB)
Wow and Flutter:
Less than 0.1 %.
/8th revolution at 331/3 rpm.
Speed Regulation:
+1 %,
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
(Turntables
12C /U
12C/320
12C/O
DESCRIPTION
902 -0008
902 -0009
902 -0010
12C Turntable, 3 speed,
- 12 ")
Capstan Concentricity:
902 -0011
902 -0012
902 -0013
12C /U
12C/320
12C/O
902 -0001
902 -0002
902 -0003
12C /U
12C/320
12C /O
(Turntables
STOCK NO.
-
undrilled, AC Motor, 117V/60Hz
Same as 902-0008 except drilled for S -320
Same as 902-0008 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
12C Turntable, 3 speed, undrilled, AC Motor, 220V/240V, 50Hz
Same as 902-0011 except drilled for S -320
Same as 902 -0011 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
12C Turntable, 3 speed, undrilled, AC Motor, 117V/50Hz
Same as 902 -0001 except drilled for S -320
Same as 902 -0001 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
16 ")
16C/260
16C /O
902-0069
902 -0070
902 -0071
16C /U
902-0073
16C/260
16C/O
902 -0074
902-0075
16C /U
-0.
Drive:
Outer rim through idler.
16C Turntable, 3 speed, 16" platter,
undrilled, AC Motor, 117V/60Hz
Same as 902 -0069 except drilled for S-260
Same as 902 -0069 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
16C Turntable, 3 speed, 16" platter, undrilled, AC Motor, 220V/240V,
50Hz
Same as 902 -0073 except drilled for S-260
Same as 902-0073 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
62
0004
".
Platter Weight:
5 lbs.
Dimensions:
15" W x 151/2"
D.
Depth Below Frame:
5 ".
Weight:
21
Ib.
net, 25 lb. packed.
Note: Two speed turntable model 12C2 for 331/3, and
45 rpm is also available.
TURNTABLES
I=E
Model 12C2
Two speeds: 331/3 & 45 rpm
Instant start (full speed in less
than /8th revolution)
1
Hysteresis synchronous motor
Rugged construction. Only three
moving parts
Rim drive assures minimum
rumble, maximum starting torque
Stereo rumble less than -38 dB
(Exceeds NAB Standards)
TWO SPEED DESIGN
The Model 12C2 is Broadcast Electronics' two speed turntable
engineered for performance and dependability. This rim drive turntable utilizes the proven design and quality of the popular three
speed version, the Model 12C.
The 12C2 is a rugged, reliable turntable which comes up to
speed in a fraction of a second, and performs with minimum rumble, wow and flutter.
The use of an acoustic -absorbing, high- memory rubber idler
further assists in achieving low rumble, wow and flutter. This new
rubber idler is of a material specially blended for Broadcast
Electronics.
Newly designed motor isolation mounts and a statically balanced motor /counterweight assembly also help reduce rumble.
PRECISION MACHINED PLATTER
A redesigned platter achieves maximum kinetic flywheel energy,
with improved dynamic balance. The idler is specially designed
to transmit the motor torque to the inside rim of a perfectly concentric platter.
Outer rim drive has been demonstrated in over 35 years of
usage as the best method for achieving "instant start" with a
minimum of vibration effects.
Attractively styled, the 12C2 turntable has a gray matte finish
with black felt pad and a durable polycarbonate overlay on the
speed shift plate extrusion.
SPECIFICATIONS
Speeds:
331/3 and 45 rpm.
Line Voltage:
115 Vac, 60 Hz,
standard (230 V/50 Hz optional).
Start-up Time:
' /8th
revolution at 331/3 rpm.
Speed Regulation:
+1 %, -0.
Depth Below Frame:
Drive:
Outer rim through idler.
Standard Color:
Capstan Concentricity:
Weight:
5 ".
Gray with black felt pad.
.0004" T.I.R.
21 lb.
Stereo Rumble:
-38 dB (NAB Standard, -35 dB).
Platter Weight:
Cubage:
5 lb.
1.7 cu. ft. packed.
Wow and Flutter:
Less than 0.1 %.
Dimensions:
15 "W x 151/2 "D.
net, 25 lb. packed. (11.4 kg. packed)
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
12C2/U
STOCK NO.
902-0063
902-0064
902-0065
DESCRIPTION
12C2 Turntable, 2 speed, undrilled, AC Motor, 117V/60Hz
12C21320
Same as 902 -0063 except drilled for S -320
12C2/O
Same as 902 -0063 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
12C2/U
902 -0066
12C2 Turntable, 2 speed, undrilled, AC Motor, 220V/240V, 50Hz
12C2/320
902 -0067
Same as 902 -0066 except drilled for S-320
12C2/O
902-0068
Same as 902 -0066 except drilled for other orand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
NOTE: One manual is shipped with each turntable. To order additional manuals, order P/N 597-0089
63
1
=E
TONE ARMS
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
Model S -320, 12 inch
Model S -260, 16 inch
Tubular Construction, Clean Rek-O -Kut
Design
Tracks At Less Than
1
Gram
Tracking Error Under 1°
Movement
E]
-1
-
Horizontal
100% Shielding
Cartridge Shell Accepts All Standard Stereo
or Mono Cartridges
Meets or Exceeds The Critical Requirements of Ultra-High Compliance Cartridges
Vertical Height Adjustment Permits Setting
Tone Arm Parallel To Record Surface
Resonance Below 10 Hertz With Average
Pick -Up Virtually Dampened Out
Separate Balance And Stylus Pressure Adjustment Easily Obtained By Rotation Of
The Counter Weight Or Micropoise Knob
Removable Shell For Easy Stylus
Replacement
Micropoise Balance Control, the arm is balanced and set for
proper stylus pressure.
SUPERB STEREO PERFORMANCE
Optimum tracking ability of the tonearm plays a vital role in
achieving superior reproduction from the modem stereo record.
Balance, low resonance, low friction and tangential relation of
stylus to groove are the fundamental considerations that must be
answered by the total tonearm design. All these elements are combined in both S -320 and S -260 tonearms which were designed
PRECISION CONSTRUCTION
Exclusive gimbal assembly incorporates individual double sets
of five, 1 mm. ball bearings providing the freest vertical and lateral
motion found in any tonearm today! The low- friction, silicondamped horizontal bearing elements horizontal oscillation of the
arm! True tracking (the maintenance of even force on both channels of the stereo groove) is assured at minimum stylus pressures.
Use of lightweight alloys throughout, results in low inertia.
Positive electrical contact assured by four spring -loaded, silverplated, corrosion -resistant pin terminals in the all aluminum plug -in
shell. EIC terminal and wire color standards are used.
by Rek- O -Kut.
PERFECT BALANCE
Perfect balance is achieved in two simple steps:
(a) STATIC BALANCE - Obtained with cartridge installed and
counter -weight positioned to poise the arm horizontally. (b) TRACKING BALANCE - By dialing the cushioned spring-tension
SPECIFICATIONS
Resonance:
Vertical Movement:
Varies from 9 -12 Hertz, depending on Cartridge.
Friction -free movement by suspending arm in gimbal
using a cross -shaft at each end of which are five 1
mm. chrome steel balls.
Tracking Error:
Under 10
Tracking Force:
1
gram or less.
Static Balance:
Acoustically isolated counter weight.
Dynamic Balance:
Omni -Balance provides perfect lateral dynamic
balance with any cartridge.
Vertical Weight Adjustment:
Permits setting tonearm parallel to record surface.
Horizontal Movement:
Bearing made of inner and outer races and two rows
of hardened steel balls into which shaft of arm fits.
Back Clearance from Pivot Center to End of
Counter Weight:
MODEL S -320 - 31/4" (83 cm.),
MODEL S -260 - 31/2" (8.9 cm.).
Weight (packed):
Cartridge Shell:
accepts all standard cartridges, secured by twist lock.
MODEL S -320
MODEL S -260
-
2 lb. (0.9 kg.),
-
3 Ib. (1.4 kg.).
Cartridge Connection:
EIC terminals and wire color.
Ordering Information:
Tonearm Pivot Center to Center Pin of Turntable:
MODEL S-320 - 8.284" (21.04 cm.),
MODEL S-260 - 11.135" (28.28 cm.).
MODEL S -320
tonearm.
MODEL S -260
tonearm.
Overall length with Cartridge Shell and Counter
Weight:
MODEL S -320 - 121/4" (31.1 cm.),
MODEL S-260 - 153/4" (40 cm.).
64
-
BE Part No. 950 -0061
-
12"
-
BE Part No 950 -0062
-
16"
PREAMPLIFIERS
1
=E
Models EP -1, EP -2
Exceptional RFI immunity
EP-1
RIAA
Superb Electrical Performance
EQUALIZED
PHONO
±0.5 dB response; .010% THD (EP-1)
PREAMPLIFIER
Ultra low noise
+21 dBm
LOW DISTORTION - S/N PERFORMANCE
There just isn't any broadcast preamplifier better than the EP -1
and EP-2. These RIAA- equalized stereo phono preamplifiers combine a super- matched input transistor pair with high slew -rate
operational amplifiers to provide extremely low intermodulation
and transient intermodulation distortion at high output levels and
an excellent signal -to-noise ratio.
output capability
RFI IMMUNITY
Particular attention has been given to afford high immunity to
RF fields encountered in AM /FM/TV environments. Each audio
and power conductor includes independent RF filter networks.
Extensive RF shielding minimizes both conducted and radiated
interference. Multi- section networks filter RF from power line and
audio connections. Floating inputs eliminate ground loops.
EXCELLENT CHANNEL SEPARATION
70 dB channel separation permits these untis to be operated
as individual monophonic preamplifiers. The EP -1 and EP-2 include self- contained, well regulated power supplies with a special
low flux power transformer.
OPTIONAL OUTPUT TRANSFORMERS
The EP-1 provides 600 -ohm electronically balanced resistive outputs. The EP -2 incorporates high -quality output transformers for
150/600 -ohm, balanced outputs.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Impedance:
47k ohms (shunted by
110
pF). Adaptable to other
load requirements.
Input Stage Overload:
320 mV
Gr
1
kHz.
input for 1.0 V output
Channel Separation:
Intermodulation Distortion:
AC Power Requirements:
115 or 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 6 W (Connector: IEC Standard, RF filtered).
Less than 0.008 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz, 4:1 ratio
+8 dBm.
Maximum Input Sensitivity:
1.0 mV
Total Harmonic Distortion:
(EP -1) Less than 0.010 %, 30- 20,000 Hz CL +8 dBm.
(EP-2) Less than .2 %, 30- 20,000 Hz
+8 dBm.
(Ft
1
it
kHz.
Transient Intermodulation Distortion:
Output Impedance:
(EP -1) 600 ohms, electronic balanced, resistive.
(EP -2) 150/600 ohms, balanced, transformer -isolated.
Maximum Output Level:
+21 dBm into 600 ohms.
Frequency Response:
(EP -1) ±0.5 dB of RIAA Curve, 30-20,000 Hz, 6 dB
per octave high -pass below 30 Hz.
(EP -2) ±1 dB of RIAA Curve, 30- 20,000 Hz, 6 dB per
octave high -pass below 30 Hz.
(EP -1) Less than 0.1% (square /sine wave- method).
70 dB or greater, 30- 20,000 Hz. (90 dB
RCA phono jacks.
Audio Output Terminations:
Screw -type barrier strip.
82 dB below reference 10 mV input (un-weighted).
88 dB below reference 10 mV input (A weighted).
Mono /Stereo Switching:
Equivalent Input Noise:
Dimensions:
10.4 "W x 2.9 "H x 6.75 "D (26.4 x
Internal jumper.
Net Weight:
Gain:
40 -60 dB, continuously variable.
4.5 lbs. (2 kg).
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
EP-1
EP -2
STOCK NO.
903 -0020
903 -0021
DESCRIPTION
Equalized Turntable Preamplifier
Equalized Turntable Preamplifier, w /transformer
output.
65
kHz,
Audio Input Terminations:
Signal -to -Noise Ratio:
0.8 uV rms, 20- 20,000 Hz.
1
typical).
7.4
x
17.1
cm).
1
=E
PREAMPLIFIERS
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
BETMS- 100 /BETMS -200
Five Operating Modes
TURNTABLE PREAMPLIFIER
GAIN
Phase Reversal Capability
MONO
IN
RIGHT
PHASE
N- ON
+8 dBm Output
IEFT
RIG
Monaural Or Stereo
OUT
STEREO
(-4 IN
OUT
CO
BETMS -100
HIGH PERFORMANCE STANDARD
The BETMS does not sacrifice performance. Specifications are
conservatively rated at the intended operating figures to truly reflect
the unit's performance. As an example, the BETMS is rated for
+8 dBm output with a 5 millivolt -input signal, the output level of
today's high compliance stereophonic phono cartridges. Noise,
cross talk, and distortion are all specified from this operating
condition.
The Broadcast Electronics Turntable Preamplifier models
BETMS -100 and BETMS -200 have been designed for today's
professional studios. Employing the latest integrated circuit techniques, these preamplifiers provide accurate reproduction, outstanding reliability, and versatile operation.
OPERATING MODES
Both the BETMS -100 and BETMS -200 are dual channel units
for use with monophonic or stereophonic phono cartridges. Either
model operates in five modes:
1. As a single stereo preamplifier with stereo in /stereo out.
2. As a dual monophonic unit with two mono in /two mono out.
3. As a single monophonic preamp with one mono in /one mono
out.
4. As a stereo to mono converter with stereo in /one composite
mono out.
5. As a dual stereo to mono converter with stereo in /two corn posite mono out.
This operational versatility means the BETMS preamplifier is
never obsolete. It also provides a true composite mono signal
mixed from a stereo pick-up required for many records.
PHASE REVERSAL FEATURE
The right channel phase reversal capability simplifies installation in stereo facilities. In monophonic facilities this feature permits correction of improperly mixed records.
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT DESIGN
The integrated circuitry of the BETMS provides trouble -free
operation for the life of the unit. This circuitry also provides stable
operation which ensures rated operation without field adjustment.
SPECIFICATIONS
Output Level:
Equivalent Input Noise:
+8 dBm nominal, +16 dBm peak, into 600 ohms.
Each output continuously adjustable.
2.8 microvolts (116 dB below output with 600 ohm
Output Impedance:
Channel Separation:
60 dB or better for +8 dBm output,
BETMS -100: 150 ohms unbalanced.
BETMS -200: 600 ohms balanced, 150 ohms balanced (wiring option).
Input Sensitivity:
5mV for +8 dBm output, at
1
kHz, full output.
load).
Rear Panel Connections:
Right input, Left input. Right output, Left output.
Ground terminal, 3 -wire Power Cord.
AC Power:
100 to 135 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 200 to 270 VAC. 50/60 Hz
(optional), 6 watts max.
Distortion:
47,000 ohms resistive (50 pf parallel).
Less than 0.25% THD at
600 ohms.
65 dB or better for 5mV input, +8 dBm output,
1
kHz.
kHz into 600
Frequency Response:
±1 dB of RIAA equalization curve, 50- 10,000 Hz.
±2 dB, 10 kHz - 15 kHz.
Input Impedance:
Signal -to- Noise:
1
ohms, with 5mV input.
Front Panel Controls:
Power on /off, Leh Output Level, Right Output Level,
Mono /Stereo Mode Switch, Right Channel Phase
Reversal Switch.
1
kHz, +8 dBm output into
Dimensions:
9.5 "W x 6.5 "D x 3 "H
Equalization:
Weight:
Standard NAB/RIAA Disc Reproduction.
3.5 lbs. (1.6 kg).
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
BETMS -100
STOCK NO.
903-0100
BETMS-200
903 -0200
827 -0220
DESCRIPTION
Monaural /Stereo Equalized Pre -amplifier (less
transformer output) with phase reversal feature
Monaural /Stereo Equalized Pre-amplifier
(w /transformer output) with phase reversal feature
220 VAC /50 Hz Power Conversion Installed
66
(24.1
x 16.5x 7.62 cm).
STANTON CARTRIDGES
Stanton cartridges have been designed to enhance the performance of today's modern turntables and tonearms when called upon
to play modern discs with their high levels of modulation. These
cartridges feature increased compliance and lower mass to give
superb tracking ability and extended high frequency response.
I=E
Today's tonearms are far superior because they have practically
no friction in their bearings and have extremely low mass even
in automatic models. Thus, Stanton cartridges offer the ideal solution to match all of the best qualities of modern tonearms by using
these pickups in today's hi -fi systems.
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
Frequency Response':
Output:
Channel Separation
Nominal:
Load Resistance:
Load Capacitance:
DC Resistance:
Inductance:
Channel Balance:
Stylus Tip:
Tracking Force2:
Cartridge Weight:
Compliance
m /mN
Mounting Dimensions:
Replacement Stylus:
Notes:
600A
20 Hz to 20 kHz
1.0mV/cm/sec. ±2 dB
681SE
10 Hz to 10 kHz
1.1mV /cm/sec. ±2 dB
500A MK II'
10 Hz to 20 kHz
500AL
20 Hz -
1.0mV/cm/sec. ±2 dB
1.0mV/cm /sec. ±2 dB
35 dB
47,000 ohms
275 pF
35 dB
35 dB
810 ohms approx.
47,000 ohms
275 pF
1300 ohms approx.
47,000 ohms
275 pF
750 ohms approx.
28 dB
47,000 ohms
275 pF
750 ohms approx.
550 mH approx.
Within 2 dB
930 mH approx.
Within 2 dB
465 mH approx.
Within 2 dB
0.7 mil
0.4 x 0.7 mil
0.7 mil
Elliptical Diamond
2 - 4 grams
5.5 grams
125 m /mN
1/2" mounting centers
Spherical Diamond
2 - 4 grams
63 grams
14 m/mN
'/2" mounting centers
Spherical Diamond
1 - 2 grams
5.5 grams
12.5 m /mN
'/2" mounting centers
465 mH approx.
Within 2 dB
0.7 mil
Spherical Diamond
2 - 5 grams
5 grams
10 m /mN
'/2" mounting centers
D50A MK
D5107AL
D6071A
II
17
kHz ±2'/2 dB
When the cartridge is terminated in the recommended load of 47k ohms and 275 pF.
Recommended by manufacturer for optimum performance.
For those requiring a higher tracking force (2 -5 grams) the 500A cartridge and its replacement stylus, the D5107A, are still available.
1.
2.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
500AL
D5107AL
500A MKII
D50A MKII
600A
D6071A
681SE
D6800SE
D6807A
05127
STOCK NO.
821 -5000
821 -5001
802 -1004
802 -1008
821 -6811
821 -6815
DESCRIPTION
Stanton cartridge, .7 mil spherical stylus
Stylus for 500AL cartridge
Stanton cartridge, .7 mil spherical stylus
Replacement stylus for 500A MKII cartridge
Stanton cartridge, .7 mil spherical stylus
Stylus for 600A cartridge
Stanton cartridge, .7 mil elliptical stylus
Stylus for 681SE cartridge
Stylus for 681A cartridge
78 RPM stylus for 500 Series cartridges
67
I=E
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
SHURE /AUDIO TECHNICA CARTRIDGES
Audio-Technica Cartridges
SPECIFICATIONS
ATP-1
ATP-2
Frequency Response
20 to 20,000 Hz
15 to 22,000 Hz
15 to 25,000 Hz
Tracking Force
3 to 5
3 to 5 grams
2 to 3 grams
Channel Separation
kHz
at
at 10 kHz
21
16
dB minimum
dB minimum
23 dB minimum
17 dB minimum
23 dB minimum
17 dB minimum
Channel Balance
1.5
dB
1.5
Output at 5cm /sec
5.3 mV
5.3 mV
5.3 mV
Stylus
0.6 -mil'
Spherical Diamond
0.4 x 0.7-mil
03 x 0.7-mil
Elliptical
Diamond
Nude Elliptical
Diamond
Vertical Tracking Angle*
20°
20°
20°
Load Impedance
47,000 Ohms
47,000 Ohms
47,000 Ohms
Cartridge Inductance
600 mH
600 mH
600 mH
DC Resistance
500 Ohms
500 Ohms
1
grams
Mounting
ATP-3
dB
Standard
1.5
1/2
dB
500 Ohms
-inch centers
Cartridge Weight
7.2 Grams
7.2 Grams
7.2
Replacement Stylus
ATP -N1
ATP -N2
ATP -N3
Red/White
Blue/White
Bronze/White
Grams
New DIN /IEC Standards.
AudioTechnica Dual Magnet cartridges are protected by U.S. Patent Nos 3.720,796 a761.647, and 4,070418
ORDERING INFORMATION
AUDIO TECHNICA CARTRIDGES FOR TONE ARMS
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
STOCK NO.
Cartridge, .6 spherical
ATP -1
821 -0051
ATP-2
821 -0052
Cartridges, .4 x .7 elliptical
Cartridges, .3 x .7 nude elliptical
ATP -3
821 -0053
Replacement stylus for ATP-1
ATP -N1
821 -0054
Replacement stylus for ATP-2
ATP -N2
821 -0055
Replacement stylus for ATP-3
ATP -N3
821 -0056
Replacement head shell
ATP-H
821 -0058
Shure Cartridges
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
M44 -7, 1844 (.0007 in.)
Spherical, N44-7 Replacement
White 9.5 mV
Stylus
20 to
Within
20,000
2 dB
Hz
M44C, 18,a (.0007 in.)
Spherical, N44C Replacement
Light
9.5 mV
Blue
Stylus
20 to
Within
20,000
2 dB
Light
Spherical. Cutaway grip for
visibility of irradiant orange
colored tip
Blue
5.0 mV
kHz
grams
20 dB
3 to 5
at
grams
1
20 to
Within
20,000
2 dB
Hz
at
1
kHz,
10
dB
at
Green 50 mV
20 to
-
20,000
kHz
4 grams
minimum,
4.5 grams
optimum
5 grams
maximum
1
400 Hz-143 cm/sec
at 3 grams
400 Hz -14 cm/sec
1,000 Hz-27 cm/sec
5000 Hz-33 cm/sec
10,000 Hz-20 cm/sec
at 4 grams
4 to
-
5
-
grams
Hz
'Output voltages given for stereo cut ecord. for MONO cut reco
cartridge terminals will be 71% of ligures above
400 Hz -t43 cm/sec
at -1 grams
kHz
20 dB
10
SS78E, 13 x 64.« (.0005 x
.0025 in.) Biradial (elliptical)
MONO 78 rpm stylus
11
to 3
at
1
Hz
SC35C, 1544 (.0006 in.)
20 dB
d.
output voltage
at both left
channel and right channel
ORDERING INFORMATION
SHURE CARTRIDGES FOR TONEARMS
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
STOCK NO.
Professional broadcast cartridge
821 -4350
SC35C
Spherical stylus for SC35C
SC35C
821 -4352
.7 mil spherical stylus cartridge
M44C
821 -0031
Stereo broadcast cartridge with N44 -7 spherical .7 mil
M44-7
821 -4470
SS78E
N44-7
N44-C
821 -0032
821 -4471
N44-3
821 -4472
68
821 -0033
stylus
Stylus, elliptical for 78 RPM
Replacement .7 mil stylus for M44 -7
Stylus, .7 mil heavy duty - 3 -5 gram
Replacement 78 RPM stylus for M44 cartridge
DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER
MONITOR
I=E
OUTPUT LEVEL TEST
I
4
,`;
2
3
I
GAIN
b d
i
I
I
4
5
4
5
OUTPUT LEVEL ADJUST
AUDIO DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER
2
3
BROADCAST ELECTRONICS. INC.
AD-1B
Model AD -1B
FIVE OUTPUT CHANNELS
The AD1B Audio Distribution Amplifier distributes an audio input
to multiple points within a studio system or to telephone lines.
Facilities for visual and aural monitoring of the incoming signal
are provided on the front panel by means of a VU meter and a
headphone monitor jack. The meter and headphone jack also
monitor the output from each channel. Locking -type controls are
provided for adjusting each output channel.
Five highly isolated output channels are provided on the basic
AD1B. Frequency response is essentially flat from 40 to 20,000 Hz.
Distortion is well below 1% at rated output and peak overload handling capacity is in excess of 12 dB. Noise is better than 60 dB
below rated output with 60 dB isolation between channels.
output channels are needed. Each AD1B -X Extender provides five
additional output channels and up to four Extenders may be added
to each basic AD1B unit. Metering and audio monitoring are
automatically provided to the AD1B -X Extenders by strapping between the basic AD1B unit and the AD1B -X Extenders.
INPUT AND OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
Both the AD1B and AD1B -X standard units are shipped with 600
ohm unbalanced emitter follower outputs for operation into 600
ohm or higher load impedances. If ordered with balanced
transformer outputs, units are shipped with transformers connected for operation into 600 ohm or higher load impedances.
Transformers may be reconnected for operation into 150 ohm load
impedances, if desired.
Input transformers are standard on all units. Input circuitry may
be operated either bridging or matching, balanced or unbalanced.
FIVE CHANNEL EXTENDER
The AD1B -X Extender is designed to expand the number of output channels provided by the basic AD1B unit if more than five
SPECIFICATIONS
AD1B (BASIC UNIT)
Distortion:
Input Impedance:
Less than
600 ohms matching, 10 k ohms bridging.
Output Load Impedance:
Emitter-Follower-600 ohms or higher. Optional
transformer output 600/150 ohm.
Noise:
AD1B -X (5 CHANNEL EXTENDER):
1
%.
Input Impedance:
1200 ohms, unbalanced.
65 dB or better below rated output.
Channel Separation:
Maximum Input Level:
Maximum Ambient Temperature:
+30 dBm.
55 °C.
Minimum Input Level:
-26 dBm matching, -10 dBm bridging.
Output Level Per Channel:
+4 dBm
(
+14 dBm max.).
50 watts.
Power:
115V, 50/60 Hz, 40 watts or optional 220V, 50/60 Hz,
40 watts.
Dimensions:
"W
91/2
Frequency Response:
±2 dB 20- 20,000 Hz.
Unity.
Output Level Per Channel:
+4 dBm.
x 51/4
"H
x 71/s"
D.
Weight:
30 dB (matching), 14 dB (bridging).
Gain:
Power:
115V, 50/60 Hz, 50 watts or optional 220V, 50/60 Hz,
19
Gain:
Input Level:
+4 dBm.
60 dB á 400 Hz.
Dimensions:
lbs.
19" W x 51/4" H x 71/B" D.
Mounting:
Weight:
19" rack.
8 lbs. (3.6 kg.)
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
AD1B
AD1B /T
AD1BX
AD1BX/T
STOCK NO.
903 -0010
903 -0011
903 -0012
903 -0013
DESCRIPTION
Audio D.A.; 1 in, 5 out, rack mounting, Emitter Follower Output
Audio D.A.; 1 in, 5 out, rack mounting, Transformer Outputs
5- Channel Extender for AD1B, rack mount. Emitter Follower Output
5- Channel Extender for AD1B, rack mount, Transformer Output
69
1
=E
RUSLANG FURNITURE
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
MODEL CT-80-S1 CONSOLE TABLE
Top: Full 11/2" thick
32" x 96"
Panel base: 4 panels 24" x 29" high
When assembled as shown, becomes a sturdy console table.
Assembly shown in typical arrangement with pedestal
cabinets.
Model CT-80 -S1
Vanity shield: (VS- 80 -S4) (not shown)
Available between panel base.
"Summer Pecan" wood grain formica on vertical
surfaces. White formica on cabinet top.
MODEL SP-80 -S2 SINGLE PEDESTAL CABINET
Model SP -80 -S2
LI
22" x 24" x 29" high
21" front rack space (with standard E.I.A. tapped rails
)
Blank panels available for front (BP- 80 -S21)
Accommodates single turntable
"Summer Pecan" wood grain formica finish on vertical surfaces.
White formica on top.
MODEL DP-80 -S3 DOUBLE PEDESTAL CABINET
24" x 42" x 29" high
I7.
]
Two 21" front rack spaces (with standard E.I.A. tapped rails)
Blank panels available for front (2) BP- 80 -S21
C Accommodates two turntables
L "Summer
Pecan wood grain formica finish on vertical surfaces.
White formica on top.
Model DP -80 -S3
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
RUSLANG STUDIO FURNITURE
SP -80 -S2
802-2000
DP-80 -S3
802-2001
BP- 80-S21
CT-80 -S1
801 -2000
VS -80 -S4
801 -2002
801 -2001
Single pedestal cabinet for one turntable 22" x
24" x 29 "H, white top
Double pedestal cabinet for two turntables 24" x
42" x 29 "H, white top
Blank front panel, 19" x 21"
Console table top, white 32" x 96" w/2 base
supports 24" x 29 "H
Console vanity shield, 12 "W
70
CLOCKS/TIMERS
Quartzmatic Studio Clock
ESE Model ES -754E Thumbwheel
Programmer/Comparator
Large 12" diameter face (glass lens protected)
with 11/2" numerals and red sweep second hand.
Precision accuracy ±1 minute in one year
Battery powered (one year battery life)
When programming up to eight time events, the ESE model
ES -754E is recommended for economy and ease of use. Thumb wheel switches are set to compare the time information from
another ESE Clock or Timer. An output (event) occurs each time
the thumbwheel switch setting agrees with the time display. Output is maintained for the duration of the time during which they
both agree. This output is usually a single pole, form A, one amp
reed contact closure. (Other outputs may be specified.) The ESE
ES- 754E's are ideal for starting, stopping or otherwise controlling
equipment on a time -dependent basis.
The quartzmatic studio clock combines quartz crystal
technology with sophisticated electronic circuitry to create one of
the world's most accurate clocks.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
BECL-100
STOCK NO.
835-0100
I=E
ORDERING INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
Quartzmatic clock
ES751E
STOCK NO.
829-0104
ES754E
829-0103
DESCRIPTION
Thumbwheel programmer /comparator, single
event
Thumbwheel programmer /comparator, two
event
ESE Model ES -302AE Timer
ESE Model ES -510E Timer
The ES -302AE is a four digit, 100 minute timer that features
an easy to read elapsed time indicator and provides both count up and count -down capability. Minutes and seconds can be advanced simultaneously or independently to preset for a specified
countdown. The ES -302AE also includes user pre -settable timing sequences through the use of lever -wheel type switches. The
ES -302AE can drive 80 series and 90 series slaves.
The ES -510E is a sixty minute timer with start, stop and reset
controls mounted on the front panel for easy use. (single pole,
momentary push- button) The ES -510E runs continuously unless
stopped or reset. In the STOP mode, the display will freeze and
when re- started will continue the count from the last displayed
figure. Displays are .55" bright orange gas discharge digital indicators. Remote control capability is provided.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
ES302AE
ES302AEJ
STOCK NO.
829-0302
801 -8003
ORDERING INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION
Timer, elapsed time indicator, 117V, 60 Hz
Timer, elapsed time indicator, 220V, 50 Hz
MODEL
ES510E
ES510EJ
71
STOCK NO.
829 -0510
801 -8002
DESCRIPTION
Timer, sixty minutes, four digit, 117V, 60 Hz
Timer, sixty minutes, four digit, 220V, 50 Hz
1
=E
POWER AMPLIFIERS /WARNING LIGHTS
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
Crown model
D -150A
Series
CROWN MODEL D -150A SERIES
II
Retaining the D- 150A's tradition for sonic accuracy and reliability,
the restyled Crown D-150A Series II is rated at 125 watts per channel into 4 ohms (250 watts into 8 ohms mono.) The D- 150All continues to incorporate the Crown AB +B circuit design, a Crown
Crown model
D -75
(
N
English or Spanish
ORDERING INFORMATION
5
1
E
N
E
N
E
MEW
English
-
4
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
D-150AIl
827 -0150
D -75
827 -0075
Stereo Power Amplifier, 80 watts per channel,
8 ohm
Stereo Power Amplifier, 35 watts per channel,
8 ohm
The STUDIO WARNING LIGHT is designed to mount to a flush
wall or ceiling surface in a vertical or horizontal plane. The
silkscreened globe housing fastens to a steel mounting plate. Ideally suited for control rooms, studios and above restricted entrances
to live studios. Supplied complete with 25 watt red bulb and
"Attention-Getter" flasher. Rated at 120V, 100 watts; UL approved.
Available in Spanish, Portuguese or other languages. Special lettering also available.
A
Unique design -readily
adaptable to any
office /studio decor
--75/8
N
STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
audio power amplifier
Warning Lights
0
audio power amplifier
development based on concepts which reduce distortion to negligible levels in all output ranges and is capable of providing all -day,
reliable amplification for any input (DC to 30 kHz). Packed weight:
29 lbs. Power source: 120 -240V, 50 -400 Hz.
CROWN MODEL D -75 STEREO POWER AMPLIFIER
Extremely compact; fits into only 13/4" of rack space. Amplifier
is invulnerable to short or open circuits, mismatch and RF energy.
Power output: 35 watts RMS per channel at 8 ohms. Frequency
response: ±0.1 dB, 20- 20,000 Hz at one watt into 8 ohms (stereo).
Harmonic distortion: Below 0.05 %, 20- 20,000 Hz. Cabinet optional.
Packed weight: 15 lbs. Power source: 100 -240V, 50-400 Hz.
Horizontal or vertical formats
II
Spanish
STOCK NO.
835 -0001
835 -0002
835 -0003
835 -0004
835 -0006
835 -0009
835 -0007
835 -0008
835 -0005
835 -0010
835 -0013
1/8 -1
/4
72
DESCRIPTION
ON -AIR Light, Vertical Format
ON -AIR Light, Horizontal Format
AUDITION Light, Vertical Format
AUDITION Light, Horizontal Format
En Aire Light, Vertical Format
En Aire Light, Horizontal Format
Rehearsal Light, Vertical Format
Rehearsal Light, Horizontal Format
Record Light, Vertical Format
Record Light, Horizontal Format
Special Lettering, Vertical or
Horizontal Format
MICROPHONES
I=E
Electro -Voice Professional Microphones
MODEL 635A DYNAMIC OMNIDIRECTIONAL
The 635A is the most durable microphone available for broadcast use.
The 635's moderately high output level ( -55 dB) is appropriate for a broad
range of applications. Its response has been specially shaped for up -close
vocals. A slow roll -off below 200 Hz ( -8 dB at 50 Hz) with a broad rise
of several dB from 2,000 to 12,000 Hz results in bright yet natural voice
quality. Broadcast Electronics stock #825 -0635.
MODEL RE -11 VARIABLE -D" DYNAMIC SUPER -CARDIOID
Electro-Voice's RE -11 is a superb microphone for broadcast sound reinforcement. It is moderately priced and includes a built -in blast filter,
Memraflex grille screen, a high degree of directional control, minimal off axis coloration and a bass roll -off switch. See current Broadcast Electronics
price list or contact Broadcast Electronics for ordering information.
0056
Onmidirectional
Noiseless, Hand -held
649B
Lavalier
MODEL D056 SHOCK -MOUNTED DYNAMIC OMNIDIRECTIONAL
For hand -held broadcast applications, the shock -mounted D056
microphone is ideal. All handling noises and cord vibration are isolated
from the microphone element. Frequency response extends to 18,000 with
a slow roll -off below 200 Hz and a slight emphasis in the 2,000 to 12,000
range. Broadcast Electronics stock #825 -0016.
MODEL 649B MINIATURE, DYNAMIC OMNIDIRECTIONAL
Small size and light weight make the 649B the most popular dynamic
lavalier microphone available. The turned aluminum case and nested
mechanical parts offer traditional E/V ruggedness. Frequency response is
tailored for best performance in the lavalier chest position. Broadcast Electronics stock #825 -0649.
RE10
Variable -D
Super- Cardioid
°
RE -10 VARIABLE -D DYNAMIC SUPER CARDIOID
A fine, moderate cost microphone for broadcast use. The RE -10 is similar
in design to the RE -15, but meet requirements where somewhat more unitto -unit variability is acceptable. It has effective directional control, little offaxis coloration, greatest rejection of unwanted sounds at 150 degrees offaxis and a bass roll -off switch. Broadcast Electronics stock #825 -0010.
RE -15 VARIABLE -D" DYNAMIC SUPER CARDIOID
The performance and reliability of the RE -15 have made it the workhorse
directional microphone for broadcast sound reinforcement. Two nulls at 150
RE15
Variable -D
Super -Cardioid
°
degrees off -axis provide greater average rejection over the microphone's
rear hemisphere than a traditional single null cardioid pattern. Frequency
response is unusually independent of the angular location of sound with
essentially flat response in the 150 to 15,000 Hz range. Broadcast Electronics stock #825 -0015.
RE -20 VARIABLE -D" DYNAMIC CARDIOID
The RE -20 was designed specifically for critical broadcast applications
where broad frequency response is a must. Besides its extended performance characteristics, the RE-20 provides undistorted output at high sound
pressure levels found in up -close vocal miking. See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics for ordering information.
RE20
Variable -D" Cardioid
RE -50 SHOCK MOUNTED MINIATURE DYNAMIC OMNIDIRECTIONAL
For hand -held news gathering work, nothing can top the RE-50. The
RE-50 rubber shock mount "mike-within -a- mike" design achieves a degree
of shock isolation unique in the industry. It features the same frequency
response and high output level as the famous 635A. See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics for ordering
information.
RE50
Other Electro-Voice products available. See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics.
73
Ominidirectional
Noiseless, Hand -held
1
=E
MICROPHONES
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
Shure Professional Microphones
SHURE SM -5B UNIDIRECTIONAL DYNAMIC MICROPHONE
Specifically designed to minimize boom microphone problems, the
Shure SM -5B is excellent for broadcast use. A smooth, broad range frequency response with moderate presence rise makes the SM -5B
especially suitable for vocal pickup. The SM -5B has a cardioid pickup
pattern with off -axis uniformity, even at the extreme low end, to give
minimal coloration and maximum rejection of unwanted sounds.
SHURE SM -58LC UNIDIRECTIONAL DYNAMIC MICROPHONE
The Shure model SM -58 has established itself as the world standard
professional microphone. Its distinctive upper middle range presence
peak provides an intelligible, lively sound. The SM -58 is a durable,
dependable microphone that is often imitated but never duplicated. A
built -in spherical windscreen takes the pop out of close -up use and
minimizes breath and wind noise distortion.
-
SHURE SM -11CN OMNIDIRECTIONAL LAVALIER MICROPHONE
the the SM -11
Tiny, rugged, with wide -range frequency response
is the world's smallest dynamic element lavalier microphone. Less than
half the size of a standard microphone connector, it is ideal for any broadcast application. It has a smooth, natural sound quality that's optimized
for lavalier use. The SM -11's dynamic cartridge and aluminum case are
extremely rugged and reliable with superb humidity and heat resistance.
SHURE 8M -82LC LINE LEVEL CONDENSER MICROPHONE
The SM -82LC is a hand -held, self- contained, unidirectional
microphone with a built -in line level amplifier, peak limiter and battery.
The exceptional performance and unique features of the SM -82LC make
it an excellent choice for on- the -spot broadcasting and sound reinforcement. It is also ideal for applications involving long cable runs (up to
one mile). Its balanced line level output permits the SM -82 to drive
telephone lines or other line level inputs directly.
SHURE SM -63LC OMNIDIRECTIONAL DYNAMIC MICROPHONE
Shure's SM -63 is a small, elegant microphone with very high output
up to 6 dB higher than comparable omnidirectional microphones.
The smooth, extended frequency response provides clear, crisp sound
and a low frequency roll -off gives natural sounding pickup with the
absence of any "boominess ". The Shure -designed and patented
mechano -pneumatic shock mount isolation system cuts handling noise
to an unobtrusive level.
-
SHURE SM -57LC UNIDIRECTIONAL DYNAMIC MICROPHONE
Outstanding performance and rugged reliability have made the
SM -57LC famous in the broadcast world. Its wide frequency response
with a fixed bass rolloff and slight midrange presence boost makes it
exceptional for clean, intelligible voice pickup. The well -controlled cardioid polar pattern minimizes background noise in all planes and permits
higher amplifier gain before feedback.
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics for more
information.
NOTE: All microphone model numbers with an "LC" suffix are supplied without cable.
All microphone model numbers with a "CN" suffix are supplied with a professional
three pin audio connector at the equipment end.
74
MICROPHONE STANDS /CABLE
MICROPHONE STANDS
I=E
SHURE DESK STANDS
MODEL S33P MODERN DESK STAND. Black finish. For use
with Microphone Models 330, 415, 430, 533, 545, 546, 548, 556S,
566, 571, 576, 578, 579, 580, 585, and 588. Weight: 2.5 lb.
MODEL S39A VIBRATION-ISOLATION STAND. For all applications where vibration is a problem. Fits all Shure microphones.
Weight: 2.125 lb.
ATLAS MODEL SB -36. Professional boom stand. Boom length
62 ". Adjustable vertical height from 48" to 72 ". With cable hangers
for guiding mike cable. Weight: 36 lbs.
ATLAS MODEL SB -36W. Same as Model SB -36 but with rubber casters for mobility. Weight: 40 lbs.
ATLAS MODEL MS -4. Special height stand, adjusts from standard to extra low heights for seated performers or children. Height:
25" - 65 ". Weight: 11 lbs.
ELECTRO-VOICE DESK STANDS
MODEL 400. Non -reflecting gray with foam rubber base pads;
for most microphone whether clamp mounted or fitted with switch
LUXO MIKE ARMS
MODEL LM-1 -41A. For mikes weighing up to 2 lb. "C" clamp
mount, 41" extension. Weight: 2.5 lb.
MODEL LM-1 -41C. For mikes weighing up to 2 lb. Screw down
mount, 41" extension. Weight: 2.5 lb.
stud.
MODEL 422. Low profile desk stand with rubber shock mount,
accepts E -V stand clamps into which mike is placed.
Ordering Information: Atlas, Luxo, Shure, EV - See current Broadcast Electronics
price list.
BELDEN MICROPHONE CABLE AND AUDIO WIRE
MODEL
8412
STOCK NO.
829 -4200
8428
829 -4201
8437
829 -4202
8450
829 -4203
8451
829 -4204
DESCRIPTION
Microphone cable, 2 conductor, stranded, 20 AWG
braided shield, cotton wrap, heavy rubber jacket,
500 ft. roll. Weight 25 lb.
Microphone cable, 2 conductor, stranded, 18 AWG
braided shield, heavy duty neoprene jacketed, 500
ft. roll. Weight 35 lb.
Audio wire, 2 conductor, solid, 22 AWG w /drain
wire and braided shield, black vinyl jacket, 500 ft.
roll. Weight 14 lb.
Audio wire, 2 conductor, solid, 22 AWG w /drain
wire, foil shield, vinyl jacket, 500 ft. roll. Weight
12 lb.
75
Audio wire, 2 conductor, miniature, 22 AWG,
stranded, w /drain wire, foil shield, vinyl jacket,
500 ft. roll. Weight 14 lb.
1
=E
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
SPEAKERS/HEADPHONES
Electro Voice Speakers
SENTRY 100EL-WITH AN INTEGRAL POWER AMPLIFIER:
The Sentry 100EL combines the reproduction components of the
Sentry 100A with an integral high -performance 50 watt power
amplifier that's perfectly matched to the requirements of the
speaker system. In addition to the practical benefits of conserving space and eliminating the need for a separate amplifier, the
Sentry 100EL provides a power source ideally mated to the
characteristics of the speaker system. There's no power loss from
a connecting cable between the amplifier and speaker and the
electrical damping of the system remains optimum in all installations. The amplifier power has been calculated to provide optimum
acoustic levels while minimizing the possibility of speaker damage
due to inadvertent signal overload.
SENTRY 100A: This monitor system was designed with the professional in mind and meets users specific requirements. It combines high efficiency with extended low end response. The Sentry
100A has high power handling capability across the band as proven by the super -dome tweeter, which is capable of handling 25
watts of input power. It's uniform frequency response ±3 dB 45
Hz to 18 kHz along with the compact, no frills packaging make
it one of the best monitoring systems available.
Size -17.25 "H x 12 "W x 11.125 "D. Weight -(Unpacked) 28 lbs.
SENTRY 500: The no- nonsense design of this speaker meets
the needs of professionals by combining these characteristics:
High efficiency with extended low-frequency response, high -power
capacity across the entire frequency range, uniform frequency
response and constant directivity, all in a well thought -out, attractive package.
The Sentry 500 employs a Super-Dome tweeter capable of
handling 25 watts of input power while faithfully reproducing program material with response out to 18 kHz.
Size -23.75 "H x 27 "W x 13 "D. Weight: (Unpacked) 70 lbs.
Sennheiser Headphones
HD430: An exclusive design advance with adjustable suspension strap for custom fit and comfort...and unique ear cushions
which separate the ear from contact with the pad, yet permit a
total open -air environment. Frequency range: 16-20,000 Hz. Distortion: less than 0.5 %. Impedance: 600 ohms per channel. Weight:
7 oz.
HD 420: Unbelievable combination of comfort and sound. Frequency range: 18- 20,000 Hz. Harmonic Distortion: Less than 1 %.
Impedance: Less than 600 ohms per channel. Weight: 4 oz.
HD 424 DELUXE: Frequency Range: 15- 20,000 Hz. Distortion
at 1,000 Hz; less than 1% at a sound pressure level of 126 dB.
Impedance: 2000 ohms per channel.
HD 414: Frequency Range: 20- 20,000 Hz. Distortion at 1000
Hz; less than 1% at a sound pressure level of 126 dB. Impedance:
2000 ohms per channel. Weight: 5 oz.
HD 400: Frequency Range: 20- 18,000 Hz. Impedance: 600
ohms per channel. Weight: 5 oz.
HD 420
Other speakers and headphones available. See current Broadcast Electronics
price list or contact Broadcast Electronics.
HD 424
76
HD 414
PANELS/PLUGS/CONNECTORS
C
1
=E
tiití,,
y
WitAttWALIUM ,,
_r
Weight 5 lb.
-
PJ -341 (PJ -31 Equipped PJ -318 Jacks). Double Panel. Holds
48 jacks
requires 13/4" panel space. Mounts on 19" rack.
Weight: 8 lb.
ADC UNWIRED JACK PANELS
Molded of solid phenolic, reinforced with steel to provide maximum rigidity and strength. Jacks are spaced to permit use of any
standard double plug with 5/8" spacing. Mounting brackets furnished with each panel.
PJ -391 (PJ -31
Holds 48 jacks
Weight: 9 lb.
Panel: Molded, thermoset plastic per Mil- M -14F, Type CFG,
black.
PJ -1
Length
1
Plugs
foot
PJ -11
PJ -12
2 feet
feet
4 feel
6 feet
PJ -13
3
ADC PLUGS
PJ -14
PJ -16
THREE CONDUCTOR SHIELDED,
SINGLE PLUG
CORD ASSEMBLIES
Two tinsel wire conductors plus a
braided shield. Overall jacket braided nylon. Black nylon standard.
Single PJ -2 plug on each end of
cord.
Equipped with
PJ -339 Jacks). Double Panel.
requires 21/8" panel space. Mounts in 19" rack.
TWO CONDUCTOR SHIELDED,
DOUBLE PLUG
CORD ASSEMBLIES
Two tinsel wire conductors plus a
braided shield. Overall jacket braided nylon. Black nylon standard.
Double PJ -1 plug on each end of
cord.
-
1- Equivalent WE -241.
-
--
ADC JACKS
PJ -2
Length
1
2
3
4
6
foot
feet
feet
feet
feet
Plugs
PJ -71
PJ -72
PJ -73
PJ -74
PJ -76
ADC MOLDED TERMINAL BLOCKS
TWO & THREE CONDUCTOR
Equivalent WE -218A. Two conductor. Coin silver contacts welded to nickel silver springs. High grade phenolic
PJ -318
Cord w/
The ADC 20 -Pin Terminal
Blocks are molded of durable,
black, thermoset plastic per
Military specifications MILF-14 F. Terminals are brass with
a tin allow plating for lasting
solderability. The PJ -101 series
blocks have terminals graduated in length for ease of wiring. All Terminal Blocks are
numbered along the top row for
easy terminal identification.
TWO AND THREE CONDUCTOR
Two conductor. Heavy duty die cast
frame. Black phenolic shell. Has self-aligning plug sleeves on 5/8"
centers for use with all standard jack panels. Double jack.
PJ -2
Equivalent WE -291A. Three conductor. Cone shaped
tip prevents momentary tip /ring shorting of jack during insertion.
Mates w/all 3 conductor jacks, single jack.
PJ-
-
PJ -393 (PJ -33 Equipped with PS -339 Jacks). Single Panel.
Holds 24 jacks
requires 13/4" panel space. Mounts in 19" rack.
Weight 6 lb.
Specifications
Cord w/
-
PJ -343 (PJ -33 Equipped with PJ -318 Jacks). Single Panel.
Holds 24 jacks
requires 13/4" panel space. Mounts on 19" rack.
ADC PRE -WIRED JACK PANELS
BJF-105 -4 - Prewired audio patch panel, 48 jacks, long frame
13/4" panel 19" mtg, 6 ft. cable with terminal block, normals at
panel, tip- ring -sleeve.
P -KIT-3 - Audio patch panel kit unwired, includes PJ -391 jack
panel cover, front panel, 48 PJ339L jacks, brackets and cable ties.
ADC PATCH CORDS
jr
insulation.
PJ -339
Equivalent WE -239A. Three conductor. Coin silver
contacts welded to nickel silver springs. High grade phenolic
insulation.
Catalog No.
No. Rows
PJ -102
PJ -103
PJ -104
PJ -106
PJ -108
2
3
4
6
8
NOTE: See current Broadcast Electronics price list for full listing of available items.
77
No. Terminals
40
60
80
120
160
Height
2.250
2.593
2.937
3.625
4.312
1
=E
STUDER /REVOX RECORDERS
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
PR99 FEATURES
PR99 MKII
The Revox PR99 MKII Made by Studer incorporates all the
features required for virtually any broadcast application. For special
needs, a wide variety of options are available. Now equipped with
Zero Locate, Address Locate and Vari Speed, the PR99 MKII provides audio production possibilities unknown in its price range
just a few years ago.
Connections for faderstart, remote control (serial
and parallel), external vari- speed, and monitor
panel.
Balanced and floating inputs and outputs.
Sound heads mounted above flat faceplate for
easy editing.
Tape cutter and splicing block.
TAPE DUMP button for waste basket mode. (right
take -up motor off)
ASA Standard VU meters with LED peak indicators. (Thresholds individually adjustable)
READY/SAFE switch protects against accidental
erasures. Status indicator readily visible.
Full logic transport control with contactless
motion sensing. Tapes protected from damage
due to operator errors.
Selector switch for high and low impedance
microphone, line input, off (input short) and
track transfer. Multiple production possibilities
when used in conjunction with Self -Sync.
Calibrated input levels. In the calibrated mode,
input levels are set to an internally adjustable
level. In the uncalibrated mode, an extra 10 dB
of gain is available through the front panel
control.
Microphone inputs, switchable for high or low
impedance. Balanced XLR inputs available as
option.
Model B77
preselection facility, also contribute to high operating reliability.
The B77 standard tape speed version (33/4 and 71/2 IPS) is available
as a two track or four track machine with NAB equalization. The
B77 also includes Revodur alloy heads for the ultimate in performance and long term dependability.
With its sophisticated transport and audio electronics, the B77
is a flexible and efficient tape recorder with excellent application
potential in the broadcast industry.
The B77 features an extremely stable 3 -motor tape transport
which can be easily adapted to individual applications because
of its top quality construction. All tape transport functions can be
controlled remotely. Of course, the tape speed can be varied by
an implemented control by ±10 %, or via an external control across
a wide range of ±7 semitones.
Operational controls are arranged for maximum convenience.
The logically interlocked tape command keys, as well as the record
ORDERING INFORMATION
STOCK NO.
MODEL
MODEL PR99 MKII SERIES
DESCRIPTION
13502
808 -1014
13506
13503
808 -1015
808 -1016
808 -1017
Recorder /Reproducer, 1/2 track, stereo, 3.75/7.5
IPS, chassis version for installation in cabinet
or 19" rack
Same as 13502 except 7.5/15 IPS
Same as 13502 except full track, mono
Same as 13502 except full track, mono, 7.5/15
13203
808 -1026 -010
13303
808 -1026
13501
MODEL
STOCK NO.
MODEL B77 SERIES
14102
822 -4102
14302
822 -4302
IPS
14106
822 -4106
Reproducer, 1/2 track, stereo, 3.75/7.5 IPS
chassis version for mounting in cabinet or 19"
rack
Same as 13203 except 7.5/15 IPS
14306
822 -4306
OPTIONS FOR PR99 SERIES
Carrying case
808-1018
34502
Console cabinet without utility shelf
808-1019
34500
Balanced/floating microphone inputs
808 -1020
885
Monitor panel with speaker, mono
808 -1021
34506
Monitor panel with speaker, stereo
808 -1022
34509
Remote control w/32 ft. cable
808 -1023
34227
DESCRIPTION
Revox 101/2" Recorder /Playback, 3.75 -7.5 IPS,
mounted in black plastic cabinet, stereo half
track
Same as model 14102, except in metal cage
for rack mount. Does not include Revox 54099
rack attachment.
Revox 101/2" Recorder /Playback, 7.5 -15 IPS,
mounted in black plastic case, stereo half
track
Same as Model 14106, except in metal cage
for rack mount. Does not include Revox 54099
rack attachment
OPTIONS FOR REVOX B -77 SERIES
Vari speed control for B -77
822-4237
34237
Remote control for B -77 with 30 -foot cable
822 -4227
34227
Rack mount adapter for B -77 (cage models)
822 -1021
34099
ACCESSORIES FOR REVOX
822 -5240
45240
822 -9000
39000
822 -9865
9865
822 -9860
9860
78
B -77 SERIES
Revox editing kit /splicing kit
Revox cleaning kit
Operating manual for B-77
Service manual for B-77
SCULLY REPRODUCERS
I=E
Series
Engineered for performance and maintenance -free operation,
the LJ -10 is built to exacting specifications by L.J. Scully craftsmen.
This model offers unique advantages that have previously been
unavailable to the broadcast industry. These features include:
1-1-10
Closed loop drive offering substantially improved
wow and flutter
Linear actuated pressure rollers for a fast,
smooth start
Ability to gently handle
1
mil tap on 10" and 14"
reels
Built in foil sensing
Solid state logic control circuitry
Motion sensing for smooth control of fast and
stop operations
Fault detection for early signaling of a potential
malfunction
Front panel plug -in printed circuit construction
for easy alignment and maintenance
Automatic equalization change with capstan
speed selection
Cue mode for easy loading and service
SPECIFICATIONS
Tape Speed:
33/4 - 71/2 ips (other speeds upon request)
Transport Controls:
Amplifier Distortion:
Direction, play, fast, stop, cue, speed selection, power
Head Configuration (1/4 inch):
Monophonic - full or half track
Stereophonic - two or quarter track
Frequency Response:
+2 dB 50 Hz to 7.5 kHz at
±2 dB 50 Hz to 15 kHz at
Less than .2% THD at operating level. Maximum
output before clipping +24 dBm into 600 ohms
Reel Size:
Up to 14 inches
Signal to Noise Ratio (30 Hz to 18K Hz bandwidth, Referenced to 510 nW /M):
Rewind Time:
Approximately 160 seconds for 7200 ft.
Mono full track 68 dB; Mono half track 65 dB
Stereo two track 65 dB; Stereo 1/4 track 62 dB
Power Requirements:
Flutter and Wow:
117 VAC,
33/4
50/60 Hz, 350 watts
71/2
33/4
71/2
ips
ips
ips less than .12% RMS -NAB, .17 DIN
ips less than .08% RMS -NAB, .12 DIN
Line Output:
Balanced output 600 ohms.
Remote Connections:
Direction, play, fast, stop, fault, ready and ground
Size:
19" x 241/2" x 91/2"
Shipping Weight:
100 lbs.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
LJ-10 -1
STOCK NO.
822 -2503
DESCRIPTION
Mono, half- track, bi- directional, .25" tape, 14" reels, 3.75-7.5 IPS,
117 VAC/60 Hz
LJ-10-2
822 -2504
Stereo, two track, .25" tape, 14" reels, 3.75 -7.5 IPS, 117VAC /60Hz
11-10-4
822 -2505
Stereo, quarter-track, bi- directional, .25" tape, 14" reels, 3.75 -7.5 IPS,
117VAC /60Hz
79
1
=E
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
OTARI RECORDERS
Otari Professional Recorders
The MX5050 -Mark III -4 is a 1/2" four channel recorder/
reproducer. Tabletop console. 1/2" configuration of the BO -II. External machine control interface connector for synchronizers or
the optional CB -116 auto -locker. Otherwise identical to BO -II.
The OTARI MX5050B -II is a 1/4" two channel half track
recorder /reproducer with extra quarter track reproduce head.
DC -servo capstan, with ±7% vari-speed. Three speeds in 15 -71/2
or 71/2 -33/4 ips field selectable pairs. Transformerless balanced inputs and outputs. +4 or -10 dB output level select. Real time
tape counter with LED display. Headphone output. Test oscillator
(1 kHz or 10 kHz). NAB/IEC equalization select. 185/250/320
nWb /m calibration select. Integral splicing block. The world's most
popular recorder. Available in 1/4 track stereo or full track versions.
Optional rack mount available.
The MX5050 -Mark III -8 is a 1/2" eight channel recorder/
reproducer. DC -servo capstan with ±7% vari- speed. 15 -71/2 ips
speed. +4 or -10 dB input /output level select. Real time tape
counter with LED display. Zero return. Test oscillator (1 kHz or 10
kHz). Microprocessor controlled transport logic and dynamic braking. Full function channel status select panel with individual or
master control. Automatic monitor switching. Headphone output
with channel select. External test input. Integral splicing block.
External machine control interface connector for synchronizers
or the optional CB -116 auto locator.
The MX5050 -Mark III -2 is a 1/4" two channel, half track
recorder /reproducer with extra quarter track playback head. Includes microprocessor transport logic and dynamic braking. Zero
return. External machine control interface connector for synchronizers or the optional CB -116 auto -locator.
Model MX5050B -II
The MX5050BQ -II 1/4" four channel, quarter track
recorder /reproducer. DC -servo capstan with ±7% vari- speed.
15 -71/2 ips speed. +4 or -10 dB input /output level select. Real
time tape counter with LED display. Zero return. Headphone output with channel select. Test oscillator (1 kHz or 10 kHz).
Microprocessor controlled transport logic. Dynamic braking.
Integral splicing block. External machine control interface connector for synchronizers.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
MX-5050B-11
STOCK NO.
822 -5055
MX-5050B-II-1/4
808-1028
MX-5050B-II-F
808-1027
MX-5050MK-III-2
822-5051
ARS -1000-DC
822 -5058
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
822 -5064
RK -2B
RK -32
822 -5065
808 -1029
ZA-52Y
TW-670
822 -5076
822 -5077
TW-671
CB-102
822 -5070
Manual
822 -5083
DESCRIPTION
two -channel half-track recorder /reproducer with extra quarter-track
reproduce head. DC -servo capstan, with +7% vari- speed, three speeds
in pairs 15/7.5 or 7.5/3.75 IPS field selectable. Transformerless balanced
inputs and outputs, +4 or -10 dB output level select, real time tape
counter with LED display and integral splicing block.
1/4" two- channel, quarter -track recorder/reproducer with extra two channel half -track reproduce head. Otherwise identical to the B-II.
1/4" one- channel, full -track recorder /reproducer with extra two -channel
half -track reproduce head. Otherwide identical to the B -II.
1/4" two-channel, half -track recorder/reproducer with extra quarter -track
playback head. Includes microprocessor transport logic, and dynamic
braking, zero return, external machine control interface connector for
synchronizers or the option CB -116 auto locator. Otherwise identical to
the B -II.
1/4" two -channel, half -track reproducer with 25Hz tone sensor, end -ofmessage and cuetone relays with adjustable delay (100 ms to 15s),
7.5/3.75 IPS speeds, 19" rack mount.
1/4"
Rack mounting adapter for MX- 5050B, BO -II
Rack mounting adapter for Mark III-2
7" reel hold down, EIA hub (set of two)
Reel hold down knobs, '/4 ", each
Reel hold down knobs, 1/2 ", each
Remote Control
Extra service manual (one supplied with recorder)
80
REVOX
COMPACT DISC PLAYER
1
=E
Revox model B226
REVOX B226 COMPACT DISC PLAYER
In designing the B226 Compact Disc player, Revox has clearly
demonstrated the development and production experience which
has made the company world famous as audio specialists.
The thoughtful arrangement of the B226's operating controls
allows unequalled ease of operation. An LC display shows the
status of all functions at a glance: title number and number of
titles, title playing time and programming steps as well as status
of pause, autostop and loop functions. The B226 can, of course,
also be operated with the B201 infrared remote control.
Almost every conceivable feature has been realized in the B226:
professional programming capacity with 19 program steps, extremely short cueing times, calibration tone for adjustment of
system levels, adjustable headphone output and two audio outputs. The "oversampling" technique developed in Europe
eliminates distortion of frequencies above half of the sampling rate
without affecting phase relationship and guaranteeing highest
sound resolution.
Three newly developed large -scale integrated circuits* are
responsible for all demodulation, error correction, basic and
enhanced interpolation, filtering (digital and phase linear) as well
as 16 -bit digital -to- analog conversion. This highly developed
technology prevents quantization noise and provides for an audio
signal with very high resolution.
Even with the most advanced electronics for digital -to- analog
conversion and error correction, a stable transport chassis remains
one of the most important requirements for optimum reproduction. The B226 features a die -cast drive mechanism on damped
suspension to prevent resonance and diminish the need to rely
on the error correction circuitry.
*SM
7210, SAA 7220, TDA 1541
SPECIFICATIONS
FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
20 Hz - 20 kHz, +0/ -0.1 dB, phase linear
CHANNEL SEPARATION:
Greater than 90 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz)
START DELAY FROM PAUSE:
Less than 0.6 seconds
HARMONIC DISTORTION:
Less than 0.005% (20 Hz to 20 kHz)
WOW AND FLUTTER:
SEARCH TIME FOR ANY LOCATION:
Less than 4 seconds (over 15,000 tracks per second)
S/N RATIO:
Greater than 100 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz)
MAXIMUM PLAYING TIME:
74 minutes
Quartz crystal precision
NUMBER OF PROGRAM STEPS:
19
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
81
I=E
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
CASSETTE RECORDERS /REPRODUCERS
REVOX B215 CASSETTE RECORDER/REPRODUCER
The Revox B215 cassette recorder /reproducer is fully professional in the design of its transport, control and memory systems,
not to mention its outstanding audio performance characteristics.
The Model B215 features four direct drive motors: two for the
direct drive of the capstan shafts and two for spooling. There are
no troublesome belts, pulleys, friction clutches or mechanical
brakes in the B215. The tape transport, counter, clock and memory
are microprocessor controlled as well. Start/stop positions (tape
counter and clock time) can be set and cancelled electronically.
Dolby B° and Co noise reduction as well as Dolby HX Pro
Headroom° extension is utilized in the record and reproduction
channels. A four digit front panel LCD timer display is included
along with LCD peak indicators for audio level. The B215 also
features automatic tape alignment.
Revox model B215 Cassette Recorder /Reproducer
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
for more information
TASCAM MODEL 122MKII STUDIO CASSETTE
RECORDER/REPRODUCER
Any studio environment can be enhanced with the Tascam
122MKII Cassette Recorder/Reproducer. The 122MK11 offers uncompromising quality not commonly found in professional grade
cassette units. While the 122MKII is priced for the cost -conscious
customer, it's features rival those of more expensive machines:
Heads - Erase, Record, Play
Dual Input/Output with +4 dBm balanced XLR
connectors and -10 dBv unbalanced RCA
3
connectors
Direct driven capstan
Dolby HX-PRO`" extension circuits and Dolby
B
Tascam model 133B Cassette Recorder /Reproducer
The 122MKI1's performance is superb with THD rated at 1%
at 0 VU (audio tracks) and a Signal to Noise Ratio of 59 dB
(weighted) at 17/8 IPS.
TASCAM MODEL 133B CASSETTE RECORDER/REPRODUCER
The Tascam model 133B stereo plus Cue cassette recorder/
reproducer was specifically designed to meet exacting broadcast
standards. The 133B's list of quality features include:
i
/Ca
Adjustable Bias and EQ select
Front panel line inputs
Memory rewind and replay
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
for more information
Three tracks, each individually recordable,
erasable and controllable
+4 dBm balanced/ -10 dBv unbalanced inputs
and outputs
2 motor, soft-touch logic control transport
On- demand play logic
Automatic Accessory Timer Start
A choice of two tape speeds: 17/8 and 33/4 IPS
Dolby® NR built -in on audio tracks. Patch points
and logic output provided for optional RX-8 outboard dbx® unit
Ultra- accurate electronic four-digit tape counter
Microprocessor control
ORDERING INFORMATION
Tascam model 122MKII Cassette Recorder /Reproducer
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
for more information
82
RACK CABINETS
I=E
Available in one -, two -, three- and four -bay
configurations
Identical to Control 16 automation racks for
attractive, uniform installations
Pleasing blue and black color scheme
Louvered back door, top plate, side panels,
cowlings and front mounting channels
standard
Heavy duty construction
B/E Series 4000 rack cabinets provide a convenient means for
arranging equipment and at the same time give a neat appearance
to the surrounding facility. They are especially desirable when used
in a radio station containing a B/E Control 16x or Econo -Control
16 program automation system, since the same racks are used
in those products. This gives an attractive, uniform appearance
to the installation.
These heavy duty rack cabinets can be ordered in one -, two-,
three- and four-bay configurations, depending on your current and
future needs. Each rack cabinet, whether a single or multiple bay
i
m iz
ts: louvered
back door(s), top plate(s), side panels, cowling(s), and front mounting channels. Door locks, rear mounting channels, plugmolds and
blank panels can be ordered as options if needed.
The rack frames are black, with light blue side panels, top
panels and doors. Trim strips and cowlings are brushed aluminum
with black inserts.
All B/E supplied Series 4000 rack cabinets undergo a modern
prefinishing and painting process to assure a top quality finish.
The units are sanded, phosphatized, painted, bake cured, and
then carefully inspected before being shipped. A quality product
in all ways, B/E Series 4000 rack cabinets are a pleasing addition to any facility with rack-mountable equipment.
.
,
+
Single Bay, Front
Single Bay, Rear
ORDERING INFORMATION
STOCK NO.
958 -4001 -001
DESCRIPTION
ONE RACK with louvered back door, top plate, side
panels, cowlings and front mounting channels. Dimensions 693/4" high, 23'/4" wide and 25" deep. 35 rack
units per rack. Unwired rack. Weight (packed): 222 lb.
840-0001
ONE RACK BAY, same as above except less side panels.
Weight (packed): 148 Ib.
958-4002 -001
TWO RACK BAY with louvered back doors, top plates,
Three bay
rack cabinet
Two bay
rack cabinet
side panels, cowlings, and front mounting channels.
Dimensions 693/4" high, 451/4" wide and 25" deep. 35
rack units per rack. Unwired rack. Weight (packed): 346
Four bay
rack cabinet
lb.
958-4003 -001
THREE RACK BAY with louvered back doors, top plates,
side panels, cowlings and front mounting channels.
Dimensions 693/4" high, 671/4" wide and 25" deep. 35
rack units per rack. Unwired rack. Weight (packed): 494
978 -0000
3' Plugmold with 6 AC outlets. PM -36 -6
FOUR RACK BAY with louvered back doors, top plates,
side panels, cowlings and front mounting channels.
Dimensions 693/4" high, 891/4" wide and 25" deep. 35
rack units per rack. Unwired rack. Weight (packed): 642
lb.
978 -0001
5' Plugmold with 10 AC outlets. PM -60-10
506 -0175
13/4"
Blank Panel
-
Black,
1
506 -0350
3,/2" Blank Panel
-
Black,
2
rack units
506 -0525
51/4"
Blank Panel
-
Black,
3
rack units
Pair of "L" type rear mounting channels. (One pair required per rack) MXL-61
506 -0700
7" Blank Panel
506 -0875
83/4" Blank Panel
Ib.
958-4004 -001
840 -4006
83
-
rack unit
Black, 4 rack units
-
Black, 5 rack units
PROGRAM AUTOMATION
11111111111111111111
1111
I
X
Control 16x
Versatile "Live Assist" capability with exclusive "Direct Start" (The Control 16x
adapts to YOUR format!)
Full featured, expanded software
(Everything you need for a winning system!)
Simple "Goof- Proof" keyboard operation
(Anyone can learn to use it)
Full two -way business system interfacing
(Connect the Control 16x to your station
Automatic Re -start with format re -sync
(Quick recovery from power outages)
computers)
Innovative technical design (Reliability that
is second to none)
Exclusive monitor display of the last 24
aired events (Check system performance at
a glance)
84
CONTROL 16x
I=E
SPECIAL PROGRAM/BULLETIN INSERTION
With the Control 16x, you have the complete freedom to make
last minute program alterations as the need arises. News bulletins
and other unexpected program changes can be easily inserted
into the normal sequence by utilizing the Control 16x's convenient
Special Event Insertion technique.
EASY SOURCE SUBSTITUTION
This is one of the most popular features of the Control 16x. Let's
say that one of the reel -to-reel machines suddenly became defective. (An unlikely event in the Control 16x, but possible none the
less.) In most other automation systems you would have to
MANUALLY RE- PROGRAM THE ENTIRE MEMORY to by -pass
the defective source and /or substitute another in its place. Such
a task would be incredibly time consuming, but absolutely
necessary. Without re- programming, the system will continually
attempt to start the defective source machine every time it encounters an instruction to do so. This usually results in large
amounts of dead air or, in some cases, a total system collapse.
With the Control 16x, however, ONE KEYBOARD ENTRY will
automatically re- program the memory for you! Within seconds you
can "re- route" the program flow to by -pass the faulty machine
completely or substitute with another source.
Audio Control Processor
-
SOURCE STATUS MONITORING
The Control 16x keeps a watchful eye on all of its program
sources. It knows if the source has "power on ", if the source is
"ready to play ", if the "source card is in place ", if the source has
been "disabled ", or if the source has a "machine error defect ".
All of this extensive sensing is possible through the advanced circuitry provided on the Control 16x's Universal Source Cards.
The Control 16x's source status monitoring is always looking
one event ahead of whatever is currently on the air. You will always
receive advance warning if the next source is not ready to play.
The Control 16x's source status monitoring permits a source
to "air" ONLY if it is DESIGNATED AND READY for play at the
chosen time. This eliminates the embarrassment of playing a reel to -reel tape on the air while the machine is in fast wind. (You often
hear this unfortunate mistake on those "other" automation
systems.) This also eliminates the dead air that results from attempting to play an unloaded source.
Internal View
A PROVEN PERFORMER
The Broadcast Electronics' Control 16x has proven itself in over
200 installations around the world. In fact, the superb performance
of the Control 16x has made it the industry standard for program
automation systems. The Control 16x has achieved this honored
status by incorporating all of the most desirable automation system
features in one reliable package.
A FULL RANGE OF UNIQUE CAPABILITIES
Broadcast Electronics has designed the Control 16x to fulfill
every anticipated need. For example, the Control 16x features
automatic system re -sync following a power failure. (If you have
ever struggled with a manual system re -set, you know how handy
this feature can be.) The Control 16x also includes an expanded
video log display and an easy processor re- setting procedure that
eliminates the need for memory re- programming.
If you have a computer, you're sure to appreciate the Control
16x's easy interfacing capability. By utilizing its standard RS232
port, the Control 16x can "talk" to your computer and your computer can "talk" to it. Just imagine being able to totally integrate
the Control 16x's logging output with a computer -based billing
system!
The Live Assist feature allows you to utilize live announcers on
a full or part time basis as you desire. In the Live Assist mode,
the Control 16x becomes the live announcer's most dedicated partner. It maintains the proper music /spot rotation and leaves the
announcer free to devote more attention to communicating with
the audience. The Control 16x can even handle satellite music
formats with its innovative Direct Start capability. (The satellite announcer controls the automation system via special cue signals)
FULL COMMAND KEYBOARD
The Control 16x features a straightforward keyboard that has
been specially engineered for logical, easy operation. The
keyboard is your terminal for communication with the system. Its
illuminated switches clearly indicate the specific modes of operation. (Each switch is labeled according to its purpose.) With the
Control 16x keyboard, you will never be confused by vague
descriptions or cryptic characters. Within the first hour of operation, you'll be programming the Control 16x with complete
confidence.
The Control 16x includes four video displays in addition to the
normal program display. These displays provide all of the information necessary to make quick, intelligent, programming
decisions.
85
1
=E
CONTROL 16x
PROGRAM AUTOMATION
max ILK
CONK T1K
ISS
RLY
-
MM
SI'MMM
-71°M JP
awn VIM
54 WOK
MA9 MYT7K
5-1* KXr)Kd
Raff
5-1S
-g
QQAIli
QEiGG
'
Mode
O
ES
597
LLA
M47 ALT St MAN
Z
MM 14t0
it44
MM RAY
7t-M
<
ID Mt
MMi
.
camro
Data
Control 16x Monitor
Control 16x Keyboard
PROGRAM LOG DISPLAY
The last 24 lines of logging data are easily reviewed on the
system monitor. You can quickly check your programming on the
video monitor from virtually any location in the station.
ASSIGNMENT TABLE DISPLAY
The Assignment Table provides an easy way to set the Control
16x's initial system assignments from the keyboard. "Source
numbers" that will be used for Time Announce, Back Time, Dead
Roll, Net Join, or Voice Track are all entered directly from the
keyboard and displayed on the video monitor. These source
numbers are used to label the various devices (cart machines,
reel -to -reel decks, etc.) that will be accessed by the program.
You have the complete flexibility to change source assignments
at any time. With the Control 16x, you won't be burdened with
wiring changes or hardware modifications. For example, if you
decide to place your #1 Voice Track tape on a different source
machine, just access the Assignment Table display and "tell" the
Control 16x to go to the new source whenever the program calls
for that voice track. The switch will be made instantly!
EVENT DISPLAY
This display permits you to view any "page" of 96 events in
the program memory. Each event number is shown along with
the function and source /shelf data programmed for the event. You
can move forward or backward through the memory, reviewing
each "page" as you do so.
COMPARE TIME DISPLAY
Up to 72 Compare Time entries can be displayed in
chronological order. Each entry is shown by date, hour, minute,
and second along with brief description of the action designated
to take place at that time.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Broadcast Electronics will custom design each system to fit your station
programming needs. Contact Broadcast Electronics for more information.
86
ECONO 16
Econo
Microprocessor based system at economical
price
I=E
16
Full data error sensing
Field expandable to full Control 16x
Completely interchangeable universal
source cards
Perfect for "live assist" programming
Same superior technical performance as full
Control 16x
2000 program events, 10 repetitive compare
times
87
PROGRAM AUTOMATION
MULTI -START - for smoothly playing time announcements over
music.
BACK-TO-BACK - for playing the same reel -to -reel source
The Econo 16 is an economy version of Broadcast Electronics'
highly successful, top of the line Control 16x. Many of Control 16x's
unequaled features such as simplicity of operation and superior
technical performance are retained in this new smaller program
controller. Econo 16 meets the broadcaster's demand for a small
control system with a modest degree of sophistication.
without stopping between selections.
STOP - to take manual control.
RETURN - for inserting commercials into a repetitive format.
PREROLL - for updating the voice track.
RELAY - for firing optional relays for switching on or off devices
external to your system.
UPDATE - the event which the memory will go to when a time
jump command takes place.
PLAY - tells the system to play this event normally.
AVAIL - leaves this event blank and available for later use
GO TO - which commands the memory to go to a specific event
in memory.
AUTO - to return to automatic programming.
WHAT'S THE DIFFERENCE?
Putting it quite simply, Econo 16 does not use a CRT video
monitor. It does, however, include the same portable lightweight
Keyboard and the unique Audio Control unit as the full Control
16x. This design concept makes Econo 16 the only small
microprocessor controller that can be expanded to include all the
features of the top of the line video monitor systems.
Should your later needs require full two way communication,
simply plug in the CRT video monitor and associated electronics
to expand your Econo 16 to include all the features of the full Control 16x. Since the same Keyboard is used, the time required for
operator retraining is minimized when expanding later.
BUILT-IN SELF CORRECTING CLOCK AND COMPARE
TIME MEMORY
This crystal reference digital clock has many advanced self correcting features. The time memory has capacity for storing 10
entries which repeat on an hourly basis. Any one of 14 functions
can be programmed with each time entry.
When the teal time clock coincides with a time entry, the system
will execute the function. Functions include: STOP, AUTO,
RETURN, PREROLL, RELAY (with optional relay panel), START,
JUMP, FADE & START, FADE & STOP, DEAD ROLL START, DEAD
ROLL LIMIT, NETWORK EOM, SPECIAL EVENT 1 INSERTION
and SPECIAL EVENT 2 INSERTION.
HOW ABOUT LIVE ASSIST?
In conjunction with the optional Live Assist Remote Control, the
Econo 16 offers the simplest and yet most powerful approach to
live assist programming ever devised for a program control system.
In addition to remote control functions such as AUTO, MANUAL
and FADE, the Live Assist Remote Control provides 12 switches
which may be customer assigned and labeled for "direct starting"
any source within the system or selecting specific system functions WITH NO PROGRAMMING REQUIRED!
The operator can control the progress of his live show be pressing buttons labelled CURRENT HITS or JINGLES; all at his own
pace and in response to the specific needs of his format. Spot
breaks can be pre -programmed and called for at the press of a
single button. And logging requirements are further simplified with
the use of the optional "Intelog" logging package; providing immediate hard copy verification of everything played on the air.
DATA ERROR SENSING
The operator instantly knows when invalid data is being programmed by a pleasant sounding beep emitted from the
Keyboard. Programming a nonexistent source or shelf will be
sensed immediately and cause automatic reset for accepting valid
data.
IS THE ECONO 16 EXPANDABLE TO FULL CONTROL 16x
Programming a source to play back -to -back without the Back to -Back function will cause a repeated source error. This feature
prevents the common mistake of programming two commercial
announcements back -to-back from the same random access
CAPABILITIES?
YES. The Econo 16 is especially attractive to those broadcasters
whose present needs do not justify the capabilities of the full
Control 16x but who may want to expand to the full Control 16x
at a later date.
If you decide to expand, simply add the CRT video monitor and
Main Processor chassis to have all the benefits of the full Control
machine.
Econo 16's DATA ERROR SENSING makes it virtually impossible to enter erroneous event or time data which would otherwise
disrupt your on -air sound.
16x.
2000 PROGRAM EVENTS
You can use SEQUENTIAL, MAIN FORMAT/SUB FORMAT, or
TIME INSERTION programming, with 2000 events standard. All
3 methods are included to provide the flexibility needed to meet
your changing needs.
UNIVERSAL SOURCE CARD
Econo 16's source cards are truly universal. Only one type is
used for all sources-reel -to-reel sources, single deck cartridge
sources, random access sources, etc., and each is fully interchangeable with the other source cards. Each universal source
card features:
25 Hz sensing for reel -to -reel sources
Voice track update control
On -air tally signal
End -of-tape (reel-to -reel tape) alerting signal
System Silence Sense extend or defeat
8 LED diagnostic indicators
12 EVENT FUNCTIONS
Each event can be programmed with a function along with
source and shelf data for positive program control. Functions
include:
LINK - to link events together to prevent interruption by time
update.
88
ECONO 16
SIMPLE SPECIAL EVENT INSERTION
News bulletins or last minute program changes can be easily
inserted into the normal program sequence either manually or
by time. Two "Special Event Insertions" can be pre -programmed
and inserted and reinserted in the program sequence as often
as you like without having to reprogram each time.
11:0
DIAGNOSTIC PRINTOUT OF ABORTED EVENTS
(WITH OPTIONAL PRINTER)
Aborted events are instantly printed with an English description of exactly what occurred. There are 8 conditions that will cause
an aborted event:
Source Power Off
Source Card Out
Power Failure
Machine Error
(Source) Disabled
Source Not Ready
Repeated Source
Silence Sense
Say, for example the log printout reads:
02:05:02P 0005 PLAY 01 -00 ** *SOURCE
POWER OFF * **
From the description you can tell that source number 01 did
not play at event 0005 when called upon at two seconds after
2:05 P.M., because the source power was not on.
UNIQUE ASSIGNMENT TABLE
The unique assignment table means sources no longer have
to be hard wired and dedicated to specific use such as Time Announce, Back Time /Dead Roll, or Voice Track. You simply assign,
via the keyboard, the sources you want to use for Time Announce,
etc. in the assignment table.
FULL AUTOMATIC RESTART AND PROGRAM RE -SYNC
Econo 16 has the intelligence to automatically restart itself following a main AC power failure. In addition, the Econo 16 can even
re -sync itself to proper programming without any operator involvement whatsoever. Power failures are no longer a threat to your
station's sound.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Program Output:
+8 dBm stereo balanced 600 ohms.
Cut to Program Separation:
70 dB or greater for "0" dBm input to source.
Headroom:
25 Hz Filter Attenuation:
55 dB or more (typically 60 dB) at 25 Hz below
reference output of 1 kHz at +8 dBm.
+12 dB.
Frequency Response:
±1 dB from 40 Hz to 20 kHz with reference of
1
kHz at +8 dBm output and including 25 Hz filters.
Mono Mix Program Output (L+R):
"0" dBm mono balanced 600 ohms following 25 Hz
Off-Air Audio Input (To Off-Air Silence Sensor and
Monitor Panel):
-10 to +8 dBm (adjustable) stereo 600 ohms
balanced.
Monitor Amp Output:
Stereo, 10 watts RMS/channel at less than .5%
distortion.
Remote On -Air Tally (from each source card):
Open collector 60 ma max.
Total Harmonic Distortion:
Less than .5% at +18 dBm outupt from 40 Hz to 20
kHz. Typically less than .1% from 50 Hz to 20 kHz.
filters.
Signal To Noise:
Source Audio Input:
70 dB or more below +8 dBm output. (Not including
"0" dBm
source noise).
output.
Stereo Separation:
55 dB or more below +8 dBm output from 40 Hz to
Network Audio Input:
"0" to -20 dBm (adjustable) mono 600 ohms
20 kHz.
balanced.
Headroom Mono Mix:
Clock reference output for external use:
One PPS contact closure or TTL output.
+12 dB.
at 600 ohms unbalanced for +8 dBm
ORDERING INFORMATION
Broadcast Electronics will custom design each system to fit your station programming needs. Contact
Broadcast Electronics for more information.
89
1
=E
PROGRAM AUTOMATION
Exclusive "Direct Start" capability
(Utilize your satellite format to its fullest
potential)
Large Memory Capacity
(Program the memory for a full twenty -four
hours at one sitting)
Quick and simple programming
(Anyone can do it)
Reliable Operation
(lt earns your trust day after day)
Expandable at any time
(The SAT-16 grows with you)
A RIGHT WAY AND A WRONG WAY.. .
The Manual Method: As you might guess, this is definitely the
WRONG way to handle a satellite format. Why? Well, just imagine
the plight of the human operator in the studio. This unfortunate
person must spend his or her on -duty hours listening to the incoming program, constantly on the alert for the cue tone that will
signal them to start a local commercial or ID break. Even an
individual with exceptional powers of concentration is bound to
succumb to such a mind numbing environment. The results can
manifest themselves in poor on -air performance. (What if the
wrong cart is played at the wrong time? What if a scheduled cart
isn't played at all ?) Errors like these will come back to haunt you
and eventually they will hit you where it hurts the most -in your
pocket!
The Automated Method: Automation offers the ideal solution
to the "Manual Method" dilemma. The SAT-16 Satellite Program
Control is an automated system specifically designed to handle
satellite formats. Once the SAT-16 is placed in control, it immediately becomes your most dedicated employee. It is constantly attentive, never needs a break, is infinitely patient and never gets sick.
At the heart of the SAT-16's amazing capabilities is a unique feature
known as "Direct Start".
starts your ID cart. This gives the satellite programmer unrestricted
flexibility in running his and your format.
The SAT-16 can provide this "direct start" capability for up to
fifteen different sources. Furthermore, the SAT-16 will automatically
log all direct start activity on its diagnostic printer, providing you
with an up to date record of what sources have been played.
SIMPLE TO PROGRAM
Programming the SAT-16 is quick and simple since its memory
is used only for storing your commercials. You don't have to worry
about programming the station ID or any other "direct start"
source. The programming method is very straightforward and can
be easily learned by any of your station personnel.
PROGRAM IT JUST ONCE A DAY
With its two thousand event memory, the SAT-16 has more than
enough programmable capacity for a full twenty -four hour period
of operation. This permits you to program all the events for a
regular broadcast day in one sitting. In fact, with the SAT-16's ample memory you can program several days in advance if you wish.
(Program it just once for an entire three day weekend /holiday!)
With the SAT-16 you won't waste your time constantly programming and re- programming the system.
"DIRECT START" CAPABILITY
The SAT-16 pioneered the "direct start" capability in satellite program automation systems. Basically, "direct start" allows the
satellite programmer to play your local ID, weather, commercials,
and other program elements at his or her choosing. When the
SAT-16 is in control, the announcer can simply press his button
labeled "Local ID" (for example) and send a special signal over
the satellite channel which is "heard" by the SAT-16. The SAT-16
recognizes this signal as the "Local ID" signal and automatically
RELIABLE OPERATION
Of course, human mistakes can always happen, but with the
SAT-16 you can rest assured that you will have the most reliable
system available. Imagine how much better your station would
sound without dead air, early cart starts, etc. When you use the
SAT-16 with your favorite satellite format, the result is a smooth,
professional sound that is sure to be reflected in your station's
ratings.
90
SAT-16
r
EM
AUDIO SOURCES (UP TO 15 PLUS MONO NET)
RANDOM ACCESS COMMERCIAL SOURCES.
DIRECT START SOURCES SUCH AS ID WEATHER ETC.
REEL TO REEL FOR PROGRAM BACK UP ETC
SATELLITE
AUDIO
AUDIO OUT
TO LIMITER,
CONSOLE OR
SAT -16
COMPUTER
AND AUDIO
SWITCHER
TRANSMITTER
SYSTEM
RECEIVER
AUDIO
8 CUE
TONE
SATELLITE
I
AUDIO
I
DIRECT START AND
OTHER SYSTEM
FUNCTION COMMANDS
SAT-16
SATELLITE
INTERFACE
CUE OR CONTROL
DEMODULATOR
SIGNALS TO DIRECT START ID.
START COMMERCIAL BREAK. ETC
L
EARTH STATION LOCATED AT
YOUR RADIO STATION
J
DIAGNOSTIC
PRINTER
SAT-16
PROGRAMMING
KEYBOARD
SAT -16 LOCATED IN YOUR STUDIOS AT THE RADIO STATION
TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF A SATELLITE DELIVERED FORMAT
EXPANDABILITY
The SAT-16 includes additional software features similar to those
found in the Broadcast Electronics Econo 16 program controller.
Therefore, should you decide to operate "live" during portions of
your broadcast day (morning drive, for example), the SAT-16 will
allow you to easily suspend the satellite format and re-join it
whenever you desire.
3 separate slots for your station ID, local weather, etc.
These can be directly started via satellite or programmed
manually into the memory sequence.
BE's exclusive satellite interface featuring "direct start"
satellite control of up to 15 sources.
Printer notation for all source activity including those
sources that are "directly started" by satellite command.
This provides a permanent record for all program activity.
Space saving single rack configuration. Expandable to a
Control 16X.
later decide to go to a full local automation system, simply
add the additional source equipment and your SAT-16 will be ready
to go! You can even upgrade your SAT-16 to the sophistication of
a Control 16X by simply adding a video monitor and a new primary
processor. The software is changed by plugging in a new PC card.
That's all there is to it! With the SAT-16 your horizons are unlimited.
If you
SAT-16 SYSTEM B
...provides added flexibility for pre -loading 50% more commercial cartridges and adds a reel -to -reel deck for back -up programming. This low profile, two rack configuration give you:
72 random select slots for commercials
3 separate slots for your station ID, local weather, etc. Any
of these can be "direct started" via satellite or manually
programmed into the memory sequence.
Reel -to-reel playback for back -up programming during
outages caused by technical difficulties or biannual "sun
fades ".
BE's exclusive satellite interface featuring 15 source direct
start capability
Printer notation for all source activity including those
sources that are "directly started" by satellite command.
This provides a permanent record for all program activity.
Space saving dual rack configuration. Expandable to a
Control 16X.
DIAGNOSTIC PRINTOUT
(INFORMATION AT YOUR FINGERTIPS)
As every good broadcast businessman knows, you must have
records to substantiate your claims of which commercials played
on the air and when. The SAT-16's diagnostic printer gives you
that record in an easy to read format. It also provides a full English
printout of ten diagnostic messages along with six diagnostic
codes to let you know exactly what is happening at all times. You
can even expand to full English logging by merely adding the
proper encoding equipment.
TYPICAL SAT-16 SYSTEMS
SAT-16 SYSTEM A
...is all you really need for full automation of a satellite format.
This economical single rack configuration gives you:
48 random select slots for commercials
In addition to the SAT-16 systems shown above, we can configure special SAT-16 systems to meet any particular need.
91
1
=E
PROGRAM AUTOMATION
SAT-16
System
System "A"
"B"
SPECIFICATIONS
"Direct Start" Source Capability:
Signal to Noise:
up to 15
70 dB or more below +8 dBm output. (Not including
source noise)
Program Output:
+8 dBm stereo, balanced into 600 ohms
Stereo Separation:
55 dB or more below +8 dBm output from 40 Hz to
20 kHz.
Headroom:
+12 dB
Cut to Program Separation:
70 dB or greater for 0 dBm input to source.
Frequency Response:
kHz reference
at +8 dBm output including 25 Hz filters
+1 dB from 40 Hz to 20 kHz with
1
25 Hz Filter Attenuation:
55 dB or more (typically 60 dB) at 25 Hz, below
reference output of 1 kHz at +9 dBm.
Total Harmonic Distortion:
Less than .5% at ±18 dBm output from 40 Hz to 20
kHz. (Typically less than .1% from 50 Hz to 20 kHz)
ORDERING INFORMATION
Broadcast Electronics will custom design each system to fit your station programming needs. Contact
Broadcast Electronics for more information.
92
INTELOG
02:05::3 ?P 0008 PLAY
02:05:39P - - -- PLAY
02:09:34P 0611 PLAY
02: n8:34P
02: 09: o,P
Electronic tab setting
P 32 -line buffer memory
Automatic error detection
Full editing capability
Automatic printout of encoding
instructions
Exclusive "Message Restore"
Fast, reliable microprocessor encoding
1
1
1
1
LINK
0507 LINK
02:09::3:P 0508 LINK
02:09:50P 11014 PLAY
02:ú9:59P 0016 PLAY
02:09:59P 0018 PLAY
02:12:5äP 0511 LINK:
02:1.3 :24P
.02:13:50P 0512 LINK
,02 :14 :22P 0513 LINK:
:í02:14:51P n1120 PLAY
S'í,2:14:51P 0021 PLAY
12:15:29P
02:18:46P 0022 PLAY
02:18:46P 002:3 MLT ST
_
112: 19: 05P
02:19:21P 0024 PLAY
02:19:21P - --- PLAY
n2:22:5:3P ä022 PLAY
02:22:53P 0023 MLT ST
SE 02:25:17P - - -- PLAY
02:25:28P 0024 PLAY
02:25:35P 0025 PLAY
11506
02:29:12P 29m1 PLAY
SE 02:29 :23P 2901 PLAY
TE 02:29:53P 2902 PLAY
:E
***SOURCE CARD OUT***
EMERGENCY FILL
***REPEATED SOURCE***
SIRLOIN STOCKADE :2
COKE - GOLDSBORO"
CONTROL 16
11 -00 ID'JINGLE BILL ROBINSON
03 -00 ..MACHINE ERROR***
01 -ü0
06 -28
FORD DEALERS
XMTR SYSTEM "OFF" THE AIR
05 -19
SUNBEAM BREAD :06 -13
WESTERN AUTO
1:3 -00 +.DISABLED..+
03 -00
02 -00
02 -00
06 -01
05 -34
06 -16
:
:
I=E
:30
:30
:15
:09
CR
CA
CR
:60
CR
:30
::30
CA
CA
:ú9
:30
CR
ira - rnn
';MTR
:'Y
-:TEM
ON
THE AIR
99-110
n2-nn
POWER FAILURE
-on DIS:ABLED..
01 -00 EMERGENCY FILL
99 -00 ..DISABLED
02 -0n
11 -nn
13 -00
1:3
03 -01,
-00 ID 'JINGLE BILL ROBINSON
COKE "GOLD7BORO"
99 -On
11
05 -34
Typical Intelog display
Broadcast Electronics' high speed InteLog represents the first
cart and the old logging message encoded back onto the cart
from memory.
32 -Line Buffer Memory - InteLog's encoder memory provides
convenient storage of 32 single line messages, or any combination of multiple line messages up to a total of 32 lines. This capacity
allows the storing of a complete log heading in many cases.
Several messages may also be entered for systematic encoding.
InteLog's encoder includes a five -position transfer switch for
switching the data terminal used for encoding to other uses such
as printing information from Control 16's memory. This provides
a hard copy printout of any selective group of events for convenient review. Control 16's time entries used for time updates can
also be printed out for review.
real advance in operational convenience and printout of diagnostic
messages in English logging since the early 1970's. It is designed
for use with Broadcast Electronics "intelligent" automatic program
control systems -Control 16x and Econo -16 -and is another example of BE's solid, reliable and advanced -design automation
products.
ENCODING
InteLog's encoder is microprocessor controlled, and includes
many unique features for fast, reliable encoding of cartridges with
logging data. The typical encoding setup includes a data terminal,
a cartridge recorder and the InteLog encoder.
Electronic Tab Setting - The Electronic Tab Setting feature is
just like the tab stops on a typewriter, for ease in preparing your
messages for neat, columnized printout...just like your manually
DECODING
InteLog provides an FCC acceptable log, complete with log
heading, space for the operator to sign on and off, and exact start
time for each event, along with the event and source number. It
also prints six diagnostic codes and nine diagnostic descriptions
indicating abnormal program operation.
The six diagnostic codes tell you if an on -air event did not play
to completion, and the reason why. For instance, the designation
"FO" means the event was Faded OFF the air; " @" means this
event played while the transmitter system was off the air.
The nine diagnostic descriptions tell you if an event did not go
on the air as scheduled, and the reason it did not play. They are:
SOURCE, POWER OFF, SOURCE NOT READY, DISABLED,
SOURCE CARD OUT, REPEATED SOURCE, MACHINE ERROR,
XMTR SYSTEM OFF THE AIR, XMTR SYSTEM ON THE AIR,
POWER FAILURE.
kept log.
InteLog further simplifies the encoding process by printing step by-step instructions guiding the operator through the encoding
procedure. This two -way communications between the encoder
and operator makes InteLog a truly "intelligent" logging system.
Full Editing Capability - Messages stored in memory can be
fully edited, not only for minor errors such as spelling, but also
to add or delete several words at a time. Messages can therefore
be changed without re- entering the entire message.
Exclusive Automatic Error Detection - InteLog automatically
compares the message being encoded on the tape with the
message as stored in memory, and upon completion of the encoding process, tells the operator if there are any mistakes. This
saves the operator time in verifying the encoded messages.
Message Restore - When updating
a
client's commercial, there
is no need to re -type the logging message into the memory. With
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics.
InteLog simply play the old commercial on the encoder cart
machine, storing in memory the logging message on that cart.
Next erase the cart. Then the new commercial is recorded on the
93
1
=E
DUAL TONE GENERATOR
PROGRAM AUTOMATION
TG -2A Dual Tone Generator
kHz Tone For Recording Reference Level
Tone
Ultra Stable, Low Distortion 25 Hz Generator
1
for Cue Tones
Li 25 Hz Sensors For Recorder Stop And/Or
Active 25 Hz Filters In Left & Right
Channels
External Switching
Full Remote Control
Left or Right Channel 25 Hz Record And
Detection
for the exact length of time desired.
When the reel of tape is played back on a program control
system, the 25 Hz "cue tones" on the left channel (stereo) will
signal the program control system to start the next event. The use
of the 25 Hz signal on the right channel can indicate the beginning of the next block of programming for synchronized voice track
machines.
The new Broadcast Electronics TG -2A Dual Tone Generator is
used in the production of reel -to -reel tapes for use with broadcast program control systems.
The TG -2A incorporates a 25 Hz oscillator, 1000 Hz oscillator,
two 25 Hz sensors (for left and right channels), audio filters, logic
circuitry and power supply in one single compact unit for the
utmost in versatility. Its many useful features, modern electronic
design and attractive styling make it a welcome addition to any
radio station, music service or production facility.
kHz REFERENCE TONE
The Dual Tone Generator can also be used to record a 1 kHz
tone on both left and right channels as a reference level tone on
the beginning of a tape. When the tape is then cued up on the
reel -to -reel machine in the program control system, it is a simple
matter to set the audio levels on that machine to the 1 kHz
reference. There are many additional applications for the Broadcast Electronics Dual Tone Generator other than mastering reel
tape with cue tones. Contact Broadcast Electronics for information on these applications.
1
SIMPLE, STRAIGHTFORWARD OPERATION
Operation of the Dual Tone Generator is simple and straightforward. As a reel of music or program material is recorded, it is first
filtered by the Dual Tone Generator to remove all audio in the spectrum below 50 Hz on both left and right channels. Then a low
distortion, frequency stable 25 Hz "cue tone" is recorded on either
the left channel, right channel, or both channels simultaneously.
The duration of the tone can be pre -set (from 0.1 sec to 2 sec)
SPECIFICATIONS
DETECTORS
Noise:
Input:
70 dB below 0 dBm output.
44 K ohm, balanced bridging at 0 dBm.
Distortion:
Sensitivity:
THD .05% or less 50-20,000 Hz.
IMD .01% or less, 60 Hzl7 kHz; 4:1 ratio.
Detects 25 Hz tones as low as -17 dBm.
Selectivity:
Rejects tones outside of the 20 Hz to 30 Hz range at
+8 dBm input level.
FILTERS
Stop Delay:
Adjustable, 0 -10 seconds.
Fixed Tone Length:
- 45
dB or more at 25 Hz.
44 K ohm, balanced bridging at 0 dBm.
Output:
Better than 70 dB separation at
at 20 kHz.
Balanced low impedance capable of driving a 600
ohm load.
OSCILLATORS
20 dB overhead ( +20 dB output before clipping).
-45 dB or more at 25 Hz.
to 2 seconds.
1
19" Wide x 31/2" High, 81/2" Deep.
kHz; 55 dB
kHz - Frequency: ±10 Hz; Distortion: Less than
Output Level: Adjustable, -20 to +3 dBm.
25 Hz - Frequency: ±.25 Hz; Distortion: Less than
.75%; Output Level: Adjustable, -20 to 0 dBm.
1
Power Requirements:
115V/230Vac, 50/60 Hz, 20 watts.
Dimensions:
Crosstalk: (Channel Separation)
0 dBm output into 600 ohm with 0 dBm input level.
.1
Operating Temperature Range:
0 - 50 °C.
Frequency Response:
-1.0 to +0.25 dB 50 Hz to 20 kHz.
Input:
Output Level:
Adjustable,
Weight:
5 lbs., 4 oz.;
(packed
-
8 lbs.).
ORDERING INFORMATION
.5 %;
94
MODEL
TG -2A
STOCK NO.
908-6860 -001
DESCRIPTION
Dual Tone Generator
AUTO REWIND
I=E
Sà2
Alarm
Auto Rewind
Reset
AR-1
Model AR -1
Il
Automatically rewinds and recues tape after
last song
Quick, simple operation
L
U Automatically fast forwards tape onto take up reel
For use with most broadcast tape machines
and program control systems
H Front panel alarm indicator/reset switch
The Broadcast Electronics AUTO REWIND eliminates the need
for human intervention when rewinding a reel -to -reel music tape
for replay in an automated station. Should your format require a
tape to repeat itself, such as the "current hit" reel, it can be done
automatically with the AUTO REWIND. The AUTO REWIND can
also be used to fast forward a tape (tails out) onto the take -up reel
after the last music selection has played.
The AUTO REWIND senses foil on the backing side of the tape
to trigger the rewind operation. The AUTO REWIND will interface
with almost any modern broadcast type reel -to -reel playback
machine. It can also be used with most program automation
systems.
A front panel alarm indicator and reset switch provides indication of the automatic rewind mode. Should the tape fail to go into
the play/recue mode following rewind, the alarm indicator remains
on. Contacts for a remote alarm indicator are also provided.
The Broadcast Electronics AUTO REWIND mounts in a standard 19" rack and takes up only 13/4" of rack space. Each AUTO
REWIND provides automatic rewind control for one reel -to-reel
playback machine.
SPECIFICATIONS
Relay Contacts:
Bifurcated, rated at
.1
amp
r7a
Power Requirements:
105 to 130V AC or 210 to 240V AC, 50 or 60 Hz,
250V AC or DC.
Tally Signal:
A ground connection capable of sinking .5ma @ 24V
is required to indicate when source is on the air".
Foil Sense:
A ground connection capable of sinking .5ma
is required to indicate the presence of foil.
a
24V
10
watts.
Dimensions:
1.75 "H x 19 "W x 9.5 "D.
Weight:
3 lb. 5 oz.
Temperature:
0° to 55°C.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
AR-1
Humidity:
10% to 95 %, non-condensing.
STOCK NO.
908 -6850
DESCRIPTION
Auto Rewind
BLOCK DIAGRAM - AUTO REWIND
RESET
SWITCH
START
RELAY
TO START CONTROLS
RESET
TALLY
INPUT
CONTROL
LATCHING
REWIND
RELAY
MONO -STABLE
FOIL
SENSOR
INPUT
FROM
REMOTE
SWITCH
L i
STOP
RELAY
95
RESET
TO REWIND CONTROLS
ALARM CIRCUITS
TO STOP CONTROLS
I=E
PROGRAM AUTOMATION
REMOTE LIVE ASSIST
-OVERSTART. (Sources 01 -30) Similar to Direct Start. When
activated, however, it fades down the current on-air source, plays
the Overstart selection over it, and then fades up the current
source once again.
-JUMP. Causes the system to skip through memory until an
UPDATE function is found. It is commonly used to skip an upcoming block of programming.
FADE JUMP. Like a JUMP, except that the audio on the air is
faded down as the system performs the JUMP. At the bottom of
the fade, the event programmed immediately after the UPDATE
is automatically started and programming proceeds from there.
-RETURN. Causes the system to switch between Main and
Sub -routines in memory.
-NET EOM. Used to take the system out of a network source.
-NTR ADVANCE. Skips one event in memory for each press
of the button.
-SPECIAL EVENT #2. Provides access to calling up the
Special Event #2, which otherwise is only available from the
system keyboard.
-START & AUTO. This function will start and place the system
in the AUTO mode. This mode is ideal for starting and executing
entire commercial clusters.
LOG DISPLAY. Successive presses of this button will switch
the video monitor display from the regular Program Display to the
Log Display and back.
This compact, attractive control panel occupies even less space
on an already crowded studio desk than our standard system
keyboard, yet it provides features specific to Live Assist programming that even our keyboard (much less any other automation
system) cannot provide.
Broadcast Electronics' Live Assist Remote Control consists of
two groups of system switches. The SYSTEM CONTROL group
covers actual automation control functions such as AUTO,
MANUAL, START, FADE and SPECIAL EVENT. These switches
are lighted to indicate the status of the system. In addition, four
LED indicators are provided to show alarm conditions. The second group, labelled LIVE CONTROL, consists of 12 switches
arranged as 3 rows of 4 switches. Each switch holds a unique
clear plastic cap with a removable insert, so that every switch can
be custom -labelled for its particular use.
LIVE CONTROL switches are the key to the operation of the
Live Assist Remote Control. Inside the unit, a small selector switch
(one for each front panel Live Control switch) allows the station
to select the function that each switch will perform when pressed.
This non -dedicated arrangement allows the station to customize
the Live Assist Remote Control for its own unique requirements.
The real power of the Live Assist Remote Control lies in the
system functions that can be initiated by depressing one of the
Live Control switches. Any of these 12 buttons can be selected
to perform any of the following operations in the automation
system...
-DIRECT START. Direct Start is a key feature of Live Assist
programming. It allows a particular source to be played through
the automation system and logged -just as if it had been programmed in the memory!
-
The Live Assist Remote Control may be ordered for use with
the Control 16x, Econo 16 or the SAT-16. Contact Broadcast
Electronics for full details.
96
RECORDERS/REPRODUCERS FOR AUTOMATION
REVOX PR99 REEL-TO-REEL RECORDER /PLAYER
Revox offers one of its best for automation in the PR99 MKII. The PR99
MKII offers balanced inputs and outputs; XLR type connections with calibrated
and uncalibrated levels; and ASA -VU metering with LED peak indicators. See
page 78 for more detailed information.
MODEL
13502
STOCK NO.
808 -1014
13506
808-1015
13501
808 -1016
13503
808-1017
13203
808-1026 -010
13303
808-1026
DESCRIPTION
PR99 MKII, 1/2 track stereo with 33/4 and 71/2 IPS tape
speed, Record -Play
PR99 MKII, '/z track stereo with 71/2 and 15 IPS tape
speed, Record -Play
PR99 MKII, full track mono with 33/4 and 71/2 IPS tape
speed, Record -Play
PR99 MKII, full track mono with 7'/2 and 15 IPS tape
speed, Record -Play
PR99 reproduce only, Y2 track stereo with 33/4 and 71/2
IPS tape speed
PR99 reproduce only, 1 track stereo with 71/2 and 15 IPS
tape speed
OTARI ARS- 1000DC REEL-TO-REEL REPRODUCER
The Otari ARS- 1000DC is the most widely accepted two -speed (71/2 and
33/4 IPS) reproduce -only tape machine which is specifically designed to meet
the needs of broadcast automation systems. The ARS -1000 is engineered for
heavy duty, continuous operation with special emphasis placed on long term
reliability, simple operation and consitent performance. The ARS- 1000DC also
features a 25 Hz sensor, end of message and cue tone relays.
i
*
Revox PR99 MKII
101
tiagaeN'
.
4
4
-1. 4Otari ARS -1000
Broadcast Electronics stock #822 -5058
SCULLY LJ-10 REEL-TO-REEL REPRODUCER
When it comes to the exacting demands of program automation, the L.J.
Scully model LJ -10 is the professional choice. The dependable LJ -10 features
closed loop drive, linear actuated pressure rollers, built -in foil sensing, and
solid state logic control circuitry. Tape speed is selectable 33/4 and 71/2 IPS
in mono or stereo models. See page 79 for more detailed information.
MODEL
LJ -10 -1
LJ -10 -2
LJ -10 -4
STOCK NO.
822 -2503
822 -2504
822 -2505
DESCRIPTION
LJ-10 Reproducer
L.J-10
LJ -10
Reproducer
Reproducer
-
Scully LJ -10
mono, half track
stereo, two track
stereo, quarter track
SONO -MAG MODEL 450/452 CARTRIDGE CAROUSELS
The name Carousel has become synonymous with automated tape cartridge
players. The model 450 (mono) and model 452 (stereo) bi- directional carousel
features the reliability of cast aluminum drum construction, steel cartridge trays
and a ball bearing cross shaft. Microprocessor flexibility provides dependable
bi- directional operation and front panel indicators give complete status readings
at a glance.
SMC "Carousel"
IGM COMMUNICATIONS GO -CART 24
The bi- directional logic of the IGM Go -Cart 24 has reduced travel time between cartridge selections to no more than 8 seconds. This is a result of the
Go-Cart's microprocessor control which automatically determines the shortest
route to the next required cartridge. Other Go -Cart features include exceptional audio quality, rugged construction, easy loading trays, self- diagnosing
IGM Go -Cart 24
error detectors, and extremely quiet operation.
MEI ELECTRONICS "DIGISOUND" DIGITAL AUDIO STORAGE UNIT
Digisound from MEI Electronics is the new digital alternative to mechanical
cartridge players in program automation systems. With the Digisound unit and
its 280 MegaByte hard disk drive, all music and commercial messages can
be digitally stored and accessed instantly. Playback audio quality is as good
or better than the latest CD unit available today. Digisound provides up to 65
minutes of monaural storage capability, practically the equivalent of four 24
tray mechanical playback systems!
Microprobe
ORDERING INFORMATION: SONO- MAG/IGM /MEI
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics for more
information
The items shown on this page can be integrated into any of our custom designed program
automation systems. Contact Broadcast Electronics for full details.
97
"Digisound"
I=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
FX30 exciYEll
ROOM AtbR
VSWR
110%
30
.0
50
09 70 W 90 NO 110130
1
LJ
POWER
AFC
OAR
L
1114
701
.5
AFC
5V
140
XIV
emm
Fw0
.n
40W
act
0
AOW
Model FX-30
Ultra- linear modulated oscillator for
unsurpassed performance with all stereo
and SCA generators.
Advanced dual -speed phase locked loop
greatly improves low frequency response.
Extremely low distortion -typical THD and
IMD less than 0.02 %.
Quiet operation -typical S/N ratio of 80 dB.
Completely broadband -requires no tuning
adjustments.
First Exciter to specify Transient
Intermodulation Distortion (TIM) at less than
0.1 %.
ADVANCED DUAL -SPEED PHASE LOCKED LOOP
SYNTHESIZER
The method of frequency control used in an FM exciter greatly
Whether it is used in a Broadcast Electronics FM transmitter,
as a replacement for an existing exciter, or as a stand alone 30
watt transmitter, the FX-30 is the performance leader in FM broadcasting. In mid 1987 over 1,500 model FX-30 exciters were in use
influences the exciter's modulation fidelity. The FX-30 utilizes an
advanced dual -speed phase locked loop to lock the frequency
of the modulated oscillator to a precision reference oscillator, while
greatly improving low frequency response. The FX-30 achieves
lock from a cold start in less than 5 seconds and still allows full
modulation capability from 1 Hz to 100 KHz.
A digitally programmed frequently synthesizer that permits field
frequency changes in 10 KHz increments puts more than 2000
channels at your command, without requiring new crystals. The
temperature compensated reference oscillator allows immediate
on- frequency operation of the exciter without temperature controlled oven warm up. The 10 MHz reference frequency can be directly
compared to worldwide frequency standards.
worldwide.
ULTRA-LINEAR MODULATED OSCILLATOR
The performance of any stereo multiplex and SCA FM transmitter system is highly dependent on the linearity of the modulated
oscillator in the FM Exciter. The ultra -linear modulted oscillator
design used in the FX-30 provides minimum intermodulation of
base band frequency components, resulting in superior stereo and
SCA performance.
TYPICAL S/N RATIO 80 dB
The FX-30 has extremely low distortion, with THD and IMD less
than 0.05 %, and it's the first exciter to specify Transient Inter modulation Distortion (TIM) at less than 0.1 %. Programming is
loud and sparkling clear with the FX-30's 80 dB signal -to -noise
BROADBAND RF AMPLIFIER
The solid state FX -30 exciter is completely broadband and requires no turning adjustments for a conservative 30 watt output.
The RF output is continuously adjustable from 3 watts to 30 watts.
The broadband performance of the RF amplifier eliminates the
need for adjustments to any particular frequency within the FM
band. This assures that the exciter output is transparent to the
signal generated by the modulated oscillator and enhances
amplifier stability under varying load conditions.
ratio.
The FX-30 accepts multiple wideband composite inputs from
any stereo or SCA generator, as well as a 600 ohm balanced
monaural input. When used for wideband, stereo, SCA, or
monaural operation, the FX-30 Exciter produces a distinctively
transparent FM sound.
98
FX -30 EXCITER
1
=E
A micro -strip directional coupler is incorporated into the RF
amplifier output network. This coupler supplies information to the
exciter control circuitry which provides automatic control of power
output level and provides protection against operation under high
VSWR conditions. The RF output is completely short/open circuit
protected.
AUTOMATIC CONTROL CIRCUITRY
Automatic control circuitry in the FX -30 eliminates adjustments
after the initial setup. The control circuitry automatically stabilizes
the power output of the exciter, and protects it against excessive
temperature, VSWR, voltages and short circuits.
EXTENSIVE METERING
Metering of the important operating parameters of the FX-30
is provided by a combination of analog metering and a digital LED
display.
Eight steady state parameters are selected by a pushbutton
switch and displayed on a conventional analog multimeter. In addition, this multimeter may be used as a built -in, high impedance
test meter for point -by-point measurements within the exciter using the built -in test probe.
A color coded LED display constantly monitors the composite
signal applied to the modulated oscillator, and provides a clear
and accurate indication of short transient peaks exceeding 100%
modulation.
Top view of the FX -30 Exciter with the cover removed. The FX -30 is mounted on
slides for easy access to all sub assemblies, even while the unit is operating.
MODULAR, SLIDE -OUT CONSTRUCTION
The semi-modular mechanical construction of the FX-30 Exciter allows easy removal of sub -assemblies without the complexity
and instability associated with plug-in modules. Each subassembly in the FX-30 is firmly attached to the main chassis and
is electrically connected to the main wiring harness with high
reliability pin /receptacle type connections.
The entire chassis is mounted on slides, so when the unit is
FX -30 EXCITER SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM
MONAURAL 600 OHM
BALANCED AUDIO INPUT
o
o
f
i
pulled out from the rack or transmitter, all sub -assemblies are easily accessible while the unit continues to operate.
Front panel test jacks allow measurements of the composite
signal to be made without removing or opening the unit. Other
connections are made to the rear panel via a clearly labeled terminal strip or BNC connectors.
AFC
50 O
200 O
LED MODULATION INDICATOR
COMPOSITE
SUMMING
AMPLIFIER
>
>
>
O
O
20
140%114%
PAI
o0
PAV
O FWD
°O RFL
BAR/DOT
TEST
COMPOSITE
MODULATION
PREDISTORTED
COMPOSITE SIGNAL
LINEARIZATION
AND VARACTOR
BIAS CIRCUITRY
>/
MODULATED
OSCILLATOR
MULTIME TER
>
RF
RF DRIVE
AMPLIFIER
>
3
FEEDBACK
FREQUENCY
CONTROL
VOLTAGE
o
RF
o
COMPOSITE
INPUTS
FILTER
o
o
10 MH[
TCI(O
METERING
O
CONTROL
O
REFERENCE
FREQUENCY
CARRIER
FREQUENCY
R F
CONTROL
SAMPLE
RF AMPLIFIER
CONTROL AND
PROTECTION
CIRCUITS
AFC/I'LL
RF
INHIBIT
TO METERING
POINTS
>
RF MUTE
POWER TRANSFORMER
25 V
UNREGULATED-
>
20
REGULATED
>
20 V REGULATED
ÿ
5 V
FUSED
AC
INPUT
AC
VOLTAGE
SELECTOR
AND
LINE FILTER
V
POWER SUPPLIES
99
REGULATE°
-
RF OUTPUT
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
BNOAUtASI
El EC
cM EXCIIER-WIDEBAND
MODEL fX-)l+
Rear view of the FX-30 Exciter with
the top cover removed. The clearly
labeled rear panel and terminal
strip simplify setup and
maintenance.
FX-30 EXCITER
INC
SCA
flM
AC
POWER
I
iNEVO,
SELECTOR
INPUTS
4
UNBAR
SCA-+
COMPOSITE
RAI
UNBAR
SCA -R
COMP -+
INPUTS
W
Bat
COMP -1
W
JI
1
RF OUTPUT
30
FCC
WGrIS
MAX
IRAXSMIII¡R
PN
IREO
¡+!®
[j:
i0
OAIA
SX
I]
2
32
3
4
5
J4
E
7
B
9
10
I+
12
13
ti
Etatittnlintti
1
R
4
1
T
2
ARC
NO-C
INTERL0CAI
C
F
Ai
%a
+
ÿ
9P Onm
E
E
REMOTE RF
DWR METER
AVD0
WPUT
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
Power Output
3 W to 30 W continuously variable.
R.F. Output Impedance
50 ohms, VSWR less than 2:1 for full output, (open
and short circuit protected) BNC connector.
R.F. Harmonic and Spurious Suppression
(Conducted) at least 58 dB below rated output with
optional LPF. Meets CCIR /FCC requirements for low
power transmitter.
Frequency Range
87 MHz to 109 MHz digitally programmable in -10
kHz increments.
Frequency Stability
+300 Hz, 0° to 50° C, TCXO.
Modulation Type
Direct FM at the carrier frequency.
AC Input Power
97 to 133 VAC or 194 to 266 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 200 W
max.
Ambient Temperature Range
0° C to 50 °C (operation to -20°C).
Cabinet Size
17.70" (44.96 cm) wide x 5.25" (1333 cm) high
x
19.00" (48.26 cm) deep. Standard 19" (48.26 cm)
rack mounting with slide out feature for easy access.
Net Weight
36 lbs. (16.3 kg); packed 42 lbs. (19.1 kg).
Finish
Anodized aluminum.
WIDEBAND COMPOSITE OPERATION
Composite Inputs
3 total, (1) unbalanced and (1) balanced plus front
panel test. BNC connectors.
Composite Input Impedance
Modulation Capability
ohm, nominal, resistive.
+2000 kHz.
10 k
Modulation Indication
Composite Input Level
Peak reading, color coded, LED display with base band overmodulation indicator.
Composite FM S/N Ration
as
Asynchronous AM S/N Ratio
79 dB below reference carrier with 100% AM
modulation @ 400 Hz, 75 microsecond de-emphasis.
(no FM modulation present).
Synchronous AM S/N Ratio
60 dB below reference carrier with 100% AM
modulation @ 400 Hz, 75 microsecond de-emphasis.
(FM modulation +75 kHz @ 400 Hz).
Multimeter
8 function diagnostic aid.
Test Metering
Internal high input impedence multimeter with probe,
for point by point measurements.
Front Panel Composite Test Jacks
Composite input and composite output.
Audio /Control Connections
14
V P -P nominal, for +75 kHz deviation.
75 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (80 dB
typical). Measured in a 30 Hz to 100 kHz bandwidth
with 75 microsecond de-emphasis.
Composite Harmonic Distortion
0.05% or less (.02% typical).
Composite Intermodulation Distortion
0.03% or less. Typical 0.015% (60 Hz/7 kHz 1:1).
Composite CCIF IMD
All distortion products are at least 80 dB below 100%
modulation. (Composite input modulated 100% with
14 kHz/15 kHz, 1:1, test tone pair).
Composite Transient IMD
0.1% or less (square wave /sinewave).
Composite Amplitude Response
+0.1 dB 30 Hz to 100 kHz.
Composite Phase Response
±0.5° from linear phase 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Composite Group Delay
position barrier strip and (4) BNC connectors.
Meterin /Status Indication
LED Status indicators (8), remote metering /status of
FWD PWR, RFL PWR, AFC, TEMP, MUTING.
Composite Slew Rate
12 V/microsecond
(symmetrical).
Stereo Separation
Greater than 45 dB, 30 Hz to 15 kHz (when used
with BE Model Fs -30 Stereo Generator).
SCA Inputs
2 total (1) unbalanced and (1) balanced, BNC
connectors.
SCA Input Impedance
100 K ohm, nominal, resistive.
SCA Input Level
3.5 V P -P nominal for ±7.5 kHz deviation.
SCA Amplitude Response
±0.5 dB, 40 kHz to 100 kHz.
MONAURAL OPERATION
Audio Input Impedance
600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances, 50 dB common mode supression.
Audio Input Level
+10 dBm nominal for ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz.
Audio Frequency Response
±0.5 dB 30 Hz to 15 kHz, selectable flat, 25, 50 or
75 microsecond pre -emphasis.
Harmonic Distortion
0.05% or less (.02% typical).
Intermodulation Distortion
0.03% or less, 60 Hz/7kHz 4:1 ratio with 75 us
pre-emphasis.
CCIF IMD
All distortion products are at least 80 dB below 100%
modulation (Mono input modulated 100% with 14
kHz/15 kHz, 1:1, test tone pair).
Transient IMD
0.1% or less (square wave/sine wave).
FM S/N Ratio
75 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (80 dB
typical) measured in a 30 Hz to 15 kHz bandwidth
with 75 microsecond de- emphasis.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
390 nanoseconds ±25 nanoseconds 30 Hz to 53
kHz.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FX -30
STOCK NO.
909 -0009
909 -0114
DESCRIPTION
FX-30 Exciter, for wideband, composite or mono operation, with
19 -inch rack mount.
Optional Low Pass Filter assembly for FX -30. Converts FX-30 to
30 watt FM transmitter operation. Factory installed and tested.
100
FS -30 STEREO GENERATOR
®,U_10
ERE,
1
=E
G.E.,.IEWarOR
FS-30
Ultrastable digital modulator and digital
pilot generator
HJ
-I
Selectable baseband equalization
Floating 50 ohm output drives long coax
Full remote control, optically-isolated
control and status lines
Delay- equalized audio low pass filters
provide minimum overshoot without
clippers or other non -linear circuits
LED peak modulation display: L, R, L +R,
L -R and composite signals
DIGITAL DESIGN
The digital modulator and digital pilot generator offers absolute
pilot phase stability without adjustment or PLL and eliminates
troublesome distortion products. The result is a virtually perfect
baseband that is an order of magnitude better than previous
standards.
Each parameter may be monitored through the use of interlocked
pushbutton switches and the 1 to 14% or 10 to 140% display.
FULL REMOTE CONTROL
The opto- isolated remote mode control and status indication terminals are compatible with positive or negative logic. Memory retains mode setting during power interruptions without the use of
batteries. Power-up mode is internally programmable.
BASEBAND EQUALIZATION
The switchable composite baseband equalization allows for correction of baseband degradation introduced by the STL or exciter.
RFI PROTECTION
All connections to the internal circuitry are decoupled by a
multisection network.
LOW -Z OUTPUT
The output circuit can drive a 50 ohm terminated coaxial cable
independent of length with no degradation of baseband.
EASY INSTALLATION
The balanced instrumentation -amp audio inputs and SCA loop thru simplify multiplex system installation. The circuit ground
reference is low frequency isolated from the chassis to eliminate
system ground loops. Externally programmable, four-range voltage
selector, with detachable IEC standard power cord.
COMPLETE MONITORING
A peak- reading LED display and associated test jack may be
used to monitor L, R; L +R; L -R; or Composite baseband signals.
SPECIFICATIONS
Audio Input Impedance:
CCIF IMD:
.006% or less.
All products are at least 85 dB below 100% modulation. (Left or right channel modulated 100% with
14 kHz/15 kHz, 1:1 test tone pair)
600 ohms balanced, resistive, floating. (Adaptable to
other impedances). Transformerless.
Audio Input Level:
+10 dOm, ±1 dB for 100% modulation @ 400 Hz.
(Adaptable to other input levels).
Transient Intermodulation Distortion:
Composite Output Level:
0.1% (Square wave/sine wave).
2.5 -8.0 volts p -p, adjustable, into open circuit, 50 ohm
Stereo Separation:
source impedance.
52 dB; 30- 15,000 Hz. 60 dB; 30 -5000 Hz.
Frequency Response:
Dynamic Stereo Separation:
±0.5 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz, 75 usec pre- emphasis (flat,
25 or 50 usec pre- emphasis selectable).
45 dB or better; 30- 15,000 Hz (normal program
Audio Input Filtering:
Linear Crosstalk:
kHz Active L.P.F., 45 dB rejection at 19 kHz, delay
compensation for minimum overshoot.
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD):
.01% or less 30- 15,000 Hz (RMS Summation).
Total Harmonic Distortion Plus Noise (THD +N):
0.03% or less, 30-15,000 Hz.
Main to Sub /Sub to Main due to amplitude and
phase matching of left and right channels, 30- 15,000
Hz. 45 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Non -Linear Crosstalk:
Main to Sub/Sub to Main due to distortion products.
70 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
38 kHz Suppression:
80 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Intermodulation Distortion:
57, 76
15
Audio Overshoot:
2 dB maximum.
content).
76 kHz
Sideband Suppression:
80 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Spurious and Sideband Suppression:
75 dB minimum below 100% modulation beyond 95
kHz.
Signal to Noise Ratio:
85 dB or better below 100% modulation @ 400 Hz,
75 usec de- emphasis.
Pilot Stability:
±0.5 Hz, 0° to 50°C.
Power Requirements:
97/133/194/266 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 25 W.
Operating Temperature Range:
0° to 50°C. (Functional to -20 °C)
Maximum Altitude:
15,000 feet (4,572 M).
Dimensions:
19 "W x 3.5 "H x
Net Weight:
17 lbs. (7.7 kg).
and 95 kHz Suppression:
80 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
0.03 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 4:1 ratio.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FS -30
STOCK NO.
909 -0050
DESCRIPTION
FM Stereo Generator, single phase 97 to 133 VAC or 194 to 266
VAC, 50/60 Hz.
101
16.5 "D
(483 x 9 x 41.9 cm).
1
=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
FC -30 SCA GENERATOR
FC3UI SCA GENESATCIR
OFF
r-IOUTE
rSUOCARRIER-
MODULATION
AU10
OFF
ON
AUTO
dr, fIE Tr,
REMOTE
rin
SUOCARP,FR
I[s
Q
LEVEI.
DELAY
CREO
INJECT
DATA
AUDIO
104.T00'. 1005+
FC-30
Front panel LED peak modulation indicators
and control adjustment access
DC coupled VCO for direct NRZ FSK of the
subcarrier
High -stable, ultra- linear modulated oscillator
ensures minimum distortion at 39 to 99 kHz
Memory logic retains mode of operation
during power interruption up to one hour,
with automatic restart
Dual -mode, controlled-decay subcarrier attenuator ensures noise -free receiver muting
Unique, optically -isolated remote control
operation
DC coupled data input and AC coupled
Recommended by the leading SCA data
transmission equipment manufacturers
audio input
In the event of power interruption, the FC -30 will retain its
operating mode for up to a one -hour period, automatically returning to operation when power is restored.
SUPERIOR FOR AUDIO AND DATA
The FC -30 SCA Generator incorporates the latest electronic
technology in an advanced -design, suitable for either high performance audio or DC- coupled data transmission on a multiplexed subcarrier.
Occupying only 1.75 inches of vertical rack space, the FC -30
may be mounted either in the FM transmitter cabinet or in a
separate rack enclosure. Extensive RFI filtering permits trouble free operation in high RF fields.
All operating controls are accessible from the front panel which
also accommodates LED peak -modulation indicators.
Subcarrier muting is adjustable over a 0.5 to 10 second range,
controlled by advanced, controlled -decay subcarrier attenuation
circuitry which completely eliminates the annoying "squelch belch"
effect, common to earlier designs.
STABLE LOW DISTORTION OSCILLATOR
The FC-30 features an extremely stable oscillator, with excellent
FM -noise characteristics. The high linearity affords outstanding
low distortion. A 4.3 kHz -programmable active low -pass filter ensures minimum crosstalk. The filter cut-off frequency is easily field convertible to other frequencies by resistor substitution.
The FC -30 is designed for full remote control operation utilizing unique optically-isolated interface which accepts either positive
or negative polarity control logic. Mode status outputs are also
optically -isolated. A front panel subcarrier test jack allows easy
frequency measurement.
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Levels:
Subcarrier Frequency:
67 kHz (39 to 95 kHz to order).
Subcarrier Frequency Stability:
±0.5% (330 Hz
@ 67 kHz,
0°
-
50°C)
Subcarrier Harmonic Content:
Less than 03 %.
(Audio) Adjustable, +10 dBm to -10 dBm for
±6 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz.
(Data) Adjustable, 1.0 to 4.0 V p-p for ±6 kHz deviation (DC coupled).
Crosstalk Stereo To SCA:
-60 dB or better below ±6 kHz deviation of SCA
using 150 usec de- emphasis and FS -30 Stereo
Generator.
Intermodulation Distortion:
Preemphasis:
(Audio) 150 useconds standard (75 usec with internal
Less than 0.5%, 60 Hz / 7 kHz;
emphasis and LPF bypassed).
jumper).
(Data) No pre-emphasis.
Auto Muting Level:
0.5 to 4.0 V, into 600 ohms peak-to -peak; adjustable.
Subcarrier Output Impedance:
Frequency Response:
600 ohms unbalanced, resistive.
(Audio) ±0.5 dB 10- 10,000 Hz exclusive of audio lowpass filter.
(Data) ±0.5 dB, DC- 10000 Hz.
Subcarrier Output Level:
Subcarrier Envelope Decay:
Greater than 100 msec. from 90% to 10% sub -carrier
levels.
Modulation Capability:
±20% of subcarrier frequency.
FM Noise:
72 dB below ±6 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (150 usec
de- emphasis).
Audio Low-Pass Filter:
Sixth order, -3 dB @ 43 kHz, standard (resistor
changes for other values).
Data Low -Pass Filter:
Same as FM filter or may be bypassed.
Audio Input Impedance:
Total Harmonic Distortion:
Less than 0.5% throughout AF pass band.
600 ohms balanced, resistive.
Crosstalk SCA To Stereo:
Data Input Impedance:
75 ohm unbalanced resistive, DC coupled.
-60 dB
or better below 100% modulation of left or
right, 75 usec de-emphasis, using FX -30 Exciter.
102
1:1
ratio (audio pre-
Adjustable from 10 to 30 dB below program level.
Auto Muting Delay:
Adjustable 0.5 to 10.0 seconds.
Operating Temperature Range:
0° to 50°C.
Maximum Altitude:
15,000 feet (4,572 M)
AC Power Requirements:
97-133 or 194 -266 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 7 watts.
Dimensions:
19 "W x 1.75 "H x
Net Weight:
9 "D
(483 x 4.5 x 22.9 cm).
4.5 lbs. (2 kg).
Ordering Information:
FC-30, 909 -0051, Single Phase, 97 to 133 Vac or 194
to 266 Vac.
BEI
FM- 70A/FM -60A, 70/60 kW
11
70,000 watt (or 60 kW) Dual System
iu
*Folded half-wave output cavity (no plate
blocking capacitors or sliding contacts)
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic
System. (MVDS)
Twenty -nine meters including eight multifunction meters
1
Synthesized, transparent FX-30 exciter
I
Advanced transmitter controller
'Patented
Automatic proportional VSWR foldback
I
ADVANCED RELIABILITY TRANSMITTERS
The FM -70A and FM -60A from Broadcast Electronics offer the
ultimate in high level output capability in a dependable, dual
transmitter system.
The 70,000 watt FM -70A is comprised of two FM -35A transmitters. The FM -60A system delivers 60,000 watts from two combined
FM -30A transmitters. As shown in Figure 1, both the FM -60A and
FM -70A utilize a single FX -30 synthesized exciter. The output of
the FX-30 is fed into a hybrid splitter which supplies equal RF
drive to the solid -state IPA stages. A phase shifter is provided to
allow independent control of phase balance without the need to
re-tune the transmitters.
The RF outputs from the twin FM -35A (FM -70A system) or
FM -30A (FM -60A system) transmitters are summed in a hybrid
combiner to deliver the total output, less combiner losses. The
hybrid combiner includes a reject load which dissipates any energy
resulting from an imbalance in the system. Consequently, should
either transmitter malfunction, transmission will still continue
uninterrupted at a reduced power level through the combiner.
EXCITER SWITCHING OPTION
Where complete redundancy of equipment is desired, a dual
exciter option is available. (See Figure 2).
r
SOLID
STATE
IPA IA)
FX 30
SOLID
STATE
EXCITER
IAI
PA
L_
TRANSMITT
30
F
A
FM-30A/ M3551
L
R A
R.aRID_
y
RID
r
L
j
F.5PL'T1ER
REJE(:
I
Lono
OAD
SPLITTER
GOMBINEa
I
TRANSMITTER B
(FM- 30A/FM -35A, less
SOLID
STATE
IPA
ender)
J
SOLID
STATE
IPA (0)
FX -30
EXCITER
IBI
PA
-
103
REJECT LOAD
PA
IBI
J
FIGURE
BLOCK DIAGRAM, FM-70A/FM -60A
TRANSMITTER B
(FM- 30A/FM35A)
I
L
L
1
r
REJECT LOAD
REJECT
LOAD
I
FIGURE
IA)
RANSMITTER A
IFM,30A/FM. SAI)
EXCITER
PA
2 -
BLOCK DIAGRAM, FM-70A/FM -60A WITH DUAL- EXCITER OPTION
I=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
the FM -35A transmitters in the FM -70A system employ a state -ofthe -art power amplifier section. At the heart of this advanced PA
design is the patented folded half -wave cavity. This unique innovation completely eliminates troublesome plate blocking capacitors
and sliding contacts. The result is exceptional reliability and lower
maintenance costs.
The FM -30A transmitters utilize a single Eimac
8990/4CX20,000A tetrode to provide 30 kW output. The
4CX20,000A has a field proven record of long life and high output efficiency in the FM- 30A's.
The FM -35A transmitters feature a single Eimac 4CX20,000C.
This rugged tetrode offers the largest filament and anode to be
found in any 35 kW FM transmitter.
By utilizing the optional FW-30 Exciter Switcher, two FX -30 exciters can be switched manually or automatically. In automatic
operation, the FW-30 monitors the output of the on -air exciter and
maintains the backup on "hot stand -by ". If the FW -30 detects a
failure in the on -air unit, it will automatically switch to the backup
exciter.
OUTPUT SWITCHING OPTION
An automatic /manual output switching option is also available.
By using the optional FO -2 Automatic Output Switcher with the
appropriate coaxial switches (not supplied), rapid transmitter switching can be accomplished manually or automatically. The FO-2
offers four operating modes:
1.
BROADBAND SOLID -STATE DRIVER /IPA
Both the FM -30A and FM -35A transmitters include an advanced
Driver /IPA system.
A solid -state Power FET pre- driver stage in each transmitter is
used to boost the output of the FX-30 to approximately 60 watts.
A hybrid splitter network feeds two identical solid -state IPA
modules, the outputs of which are combined in phase, to produce
the drive level necessary to power the PA stage. Each of the
IPA /Driver assemblies are self- contained and accessible through
front access, slide -out drawers. LED indicators display forward
power, VSWR, and overtemperature conditions. This updated IPA
is broadband, requires no output tuning over the entire FM band,
and features excellent stability under all operating conditions.
Transmitters A +B to Air
2. Transmitters A +B to Load
3. Transmitter A to Air, B to Load
4. Transmitter B to Air, A to Load
If automatic operation is selected, the FO-2 will monitor the outputs of both transmitters continuously. If it detects a failure, the
FO-2 automatically switches the defective unit to the dummy load
and places the remaining transmitter directly on -line to the
antenna.
POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN
Both the FM -30A transmitters used in the FM -60A system, and
134"
FM-35A/
FM-30A
FM-35A/
FM-30A
CONTROL
CABINET
FRONT
3 .5"
FRONT
FRONT
1
LOW PASS FILTERS
TYPICAL FLOOR PLAN
FM-70A /FM -60A INSTALLATION
=120°
FRONT
FRONT
POWER
SUPPLY
POWER
SUPPLY
31 5"
(B)
(A)
F
-34
5"
-moi
7 5"
37.5 "
NOTES:
(1) TOTAL LENGTH OF TRANSMISSION
LINES FROM FM- 30A/FM -35A (A) & (B)
TO COMBINER INPUTS MUST BE EQUAL.
(2) INDIVIDUAL CABINETS MAY BE
SEPARATED AND LOCATED IN
OTHER POSITIONS.
-1)-
) COMBINER
(;
4
104
FM-70A/FM-60A, 70/60 kW
I=E
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
POWER OUTPUT: FM-60A 15-60 kW including combiner
losses; FM -70A 20 -70 kW including combiner losses.
FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to 108 MHz., tuned to
specific operating frequency. Exciter programmable in 10
kHz. steps.
RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms (others on special
request)
OUTPUT CONNECTOR: 6l/ inch EIA flange
VSWR: 1.8:1 maximum. (will operate into higher VSWR
with automatic power reduction).
FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±300 Hz., 0 to 50 Degrees C.
TYPE OF MODULATION: Direct frequency modulation
of carrier frequency.
MODULATION CAPABILITY: Greater than ±200 kHz.
MODULATION INDICATION: Peak reading, color coded,
LED display with baseband overmodulation indicator.
EXCITER: Solid state, 30 watt output, model FX -30; incorporating a digitally programmed synthesizer. (10 kHz.
increments)
PRE- EMPHASIS: FCC 75 uS, CCIR 50 uS (where
specified) or 25 uS (Dolby)
ASYNCHRONOUS AM S/N RATIO: 55 dB below
reference carrier with 100% AM modulation @ 400 Hz.,
75 uS de- emphasis. (no FM modulation present)
SYNCHRONOUS AM S/N RATIO: 45 dB below
reference carrier with 100% AM modulation @ 400 Hz.,
75 uS de- emphasis. (FM modulation ±75 kHz. @ 400
Hz.)
TUBE COMPLEMENT: FM -60A (2) 8990/4CX20,000A;
FM -70A (2) 4CX20,000C
RF HARMONICS: Suppression meets all FCC /DOC requirements and CCIR recommendations.
POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS: Silicon
ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL
AC INPUT POWER: 208 V WYE /240 V Delta, 60
three phase. (Taps for 196 to 252 V Other voltages
line frequencies are available upon request.)
OVERALL EFFICIENCY: Typically 66% FM -60A
FM -70A (AC line input to RF output).
PRIMARY POWER CONSUMPTION: (FM -60A) 91
a 60 kW output, .94 pf; (FM -70A) 106 kW @ 70 kW
Hz,
and
and
kW
out-
put, .94 pf
SIZE: Transmitters (2) 56.5" W x 31.5" D x 70" H (1435
W x 80 D x 177.8 H cm); Power Supplies (2) 34.5" W
x 31.5 "D x 70" H (87.6 W x 80 D x 177.8 H cm)
WEIGHT & CUBAGE: Transmitters (2) 1500 lbs. (682 Kg);
packed 1750 lbs. (795 Kg) 72 cu. ft. (2 cu. meters); HV
Power Supplies (2) 1750 lbs (794 Kg); packed 1800 lbs
(816 Kg) 44 cu. ft. (1.25 cu. meters)
ALTITUDE: 10,000 feet @ 60 Hz (3048 m), 7500 ft.
50 Hz (2286 M)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: -10 degrees C to
+50 degrees C.
FINISH: B/E blue with anodized aluminum control center
panel and anodized aluminum trim.
'MONAURAL OPERATION
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced,
resistive, adaptable to other impedances, 50 dB common
mode supression
AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: +10 dBm nominal for ±75 kHz.
deviation @ 400 Hz.
AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: ±0.5 dB, 30 Hz. to
15 kHz., selectable flat, 25, 50, 75 microsecond
pre-emphasis
HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.08% or less (.04% typical)
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: 0.08% or less, 60
Hz./7 kHz., 4:1 ratio
TRANSIENT IMD: 0.1% or less (square wave/sine wave)
FM S/N RATIO: 72 dB below ±75 kHz. deviation @ 400
Hz. (75 dB typical) measured in a 30 Hz to 15 kHz bandwidth with 75 uS de- emphasis
STOCK NO.
909-2030 -200
FM-70A
909-2035-200
(Factory installed options)
MVDS
909- 0091 -001
FO-2
909-0117
FW-30
909-0120
FX-30
909-0009
909-0112
909-0113
(sine wave)
DYNAMIC STEREO SEPARATION: 40 dB or better;
30- 15,000 Hz (normal program content)
LINEAR CROSSTALK: Main to Sub /Sub to Main due to
amplitude and phase matching of left and right channels,
30- 15,000 Hz, 45 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
NON -LINEAR CROSSTALK: Main to Sub /Sub to Main
due to distortion products. 70 dB minimum below 100%
modulation
PILOT STABILITY: ±0.5 Hz, 0 to 50 degrees C.
MODES: Stere, Mono L +R, Mono (L) and Mono (R)
remote controlled. (See FS -30 data sheet for full details)
wave/sine wave)
COMPOSITE AMPLITUDE RESPONSE: ±0.1 dB, 30 Hz
to 100 kHz
COMPOSITE PHASE RESPONSE: ±0.5 degrees from
linear phase, 30 Hz to 53 kHz
COMPOSITE GROUP DELAY: 390 nanoseconds, ±25
nanoseconds 30 Hz to 53 kHz
`STEREO OPERATION
MODULATION: Direct FM
SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY: 67 kHz (39 to 95 kHz to
order)
SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±0.5% (330
Hz @ 67 kHz), 0 to 50 degrees C.
SUBCARRIER HARMONIC CONTENT: Less than 03%
SUBCARRIER ENVELOPE DECAY: Greater than 100
msec. from 90% to 10% subcarrier levels.
MODULATION CAPABILITY: ±20% of subcarrier
frequency
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohm balanced,
resistive
DATA INPUT IMPEDANCE: 75 ohn unbalanced,
resistive, DC couples
INPUT LEVELS: (Audio) adjustable +10 dBm to -10
dBm for ±6 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz. (Data) adjustable
1.0 to 4.0 V p -p for ±6 kHz deviation - DC coupled
PRE- EMPHASIS: (Audio) 150 microseconds standard (75
uS with internal jumper) (Data) no pre- emphasis
FREQUENCY RESPONSE: (Audio) ±0.5 dB, 10-10,000
Hz, exclusive of audio low pass filter. (Data) ±0.5 dB,
COMPOSITE
DC- 10,000 Hz.
*WIDEBAND COMPOSITE OPERATION
COMPOSITE INPUTS: 3 total, (1) unbalanced and (1)
balanced plus front panel test. All connectors BNC.
COMPOSITE INPUT IMPEDANCE: 10K ohm, nominal,
resistive
COMPOSITE INPUT LEVEL: 3.5 V p -p nominal, for ±75
kHz. deviation
COMPOSITE FM S/N RATIO: 72 dB below +75 kHz
deviation @ 400 Hz. (75 dB typical) Measured in a 30
Hz. to 100 kHz. bandwidth with 75 uS de- emphasis
COMPOSITE HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.08% or less
(.04% typical)
COMPOSITE INTERMODULATION DISTORTION:
0.08% or less (.04% typical)
COMPOSITE TRANSIENT IMD: 0.1% or less (square
SLEW
RATE:
12V /microsecond
(symmetrical)
'STEREO OPERATION
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced,
resistive, floating. (Adaptable to other impedances)
AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: +10 dBm, ±1 dBm, for 100%
modulation @ 400 Hz. (Adaptable to other input levels)
AUDIO INPUT FILTER: 15 kHz LPF with delay equalization for minimum overshoot
FREQUENCY RESPONSE: ±0.5 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz, 75
uS pre- emphasis (flat, 25 or 50 uS pre- emphasis
selectable)
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.08% or less
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: 0.08 %, 60 Hz/7
kHz; 4:1 ratio
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM -60A
TRANSIENT INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: 0.1%
(square wave/sine wave)
FM NOISE: 72 dB or better below 100% modulation @
400 Hz, 75 uS de-emphasis
STEREO SEPARATION: 45 dB or better; 30- 15,000 Hz
DESCRIPTION
FM -60A 60,000 watt FM
ters, one FX -30 exciter,
FM -70A 70,000 watt FM
ters, one FX -30 exciter,
AUDIO LOW PASS FILTER: Sixth order, -3 dB @ 43
kHz, standard (resistor changes for other values)
DATA LOW PASS FILTER: Same as AF filter or may be
bypassed.
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION: Less than 0.5%
throughout AF pass band
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: Less than 0.5 %, 60
Hz/7 kHz; 1:1 ratio (audio pre- emphasis and LPF bypassed) Typically 0.1%
CROSSTALK, SCA TO STEREO: -60 dB or better
below 100% modulation of left or right. 75 uS
de- emphasis.
CROSSTALK, STEREO TO SCA: -50 dB or better
below ±6 kHz deviation of SCA using 150 uS deemphasis and FS -30 stereo generator
FM NOISE: 72 dB below ±6 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz
(150 uS de- emphasis)
AUDIO MUTING LEVEL: Adjustable from 10 to 30 dB
below program level
AUDIO MUTING DELAY: Adjustable, 0.5 to 10.0 seconds
(See FC-30 data sheet for full details)
transmitter system with two FM -30A transmitcontrol cabinet, hybrid splitter, and combiner.
transmitter system with two FM-35A transmitcontrol cabinet, hybrid splitter, and combiner.
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System for the FM -60A or
FM -70A. (two required)
Optional Transmitter Output Switcher for use with the FM -60A or
FM -70A systems.
Optional FW -30 Exciter Switcher for use with the FM -60A or FM -70A
systems.
Extra FX -30 exciter for use in dual -exciter FM -60A or FM -70A systems
Filament voltage regulator (60 Hz), factory installed in either the
FM -30A's or the FM- 35A's. (two required)
Three phase AC voltmeter option for FM -30A or FM -35A, factory
installed. (two required)
105
'Through FM -30A or FM -35A Transmitter using model
FX -30 Exciter, model FS -30 Stereo Generator, and model
FC-30 SCA Generator as applicable.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
I=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
1
Folded half-wave output cavity (no plate
blocking capacitors or sliding contacts)*
Single tube design
I
r
1
Broadband solid -state IPS's
Eleven meters including two multi- function
meters
Quiet operation
Automatic proportional VSWR foldback
Optional microprocessor video diagnostic
system (MVDS)
Synthesized, low distortion FX -30 exciter
L Advanced transmitter controller
L
High efficiency for low operating cost
*patented
THE MODEL FM -35A TRANSMITTER
Broadcast Electronics' FM -35A single tube, thirty -five kilowatt
transmitter represents a true technological advancement in FM
transmitter design. The FM -35A is a full featured transmitter including state of the art innovations such as the folded half -wave
output cavity*, modular slide -out IPA's, a modular Automatic Power
Control, an extremely quiet air cooling system, and an optional
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System (MVDS).
INNOVATIVE POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN
The power amplifier section of the FM -35A employs a patented
folded half-wave output cavity. This unique design innovation completely eliminates troublesome plate blocking capacitors and
sliding contacts.
A patented second harmonic suppressor is also integrated into the folded half-wave cavity. An external low pass filter (with directional output couplers) ensures compliance with FCC, Canadian
DOC, and CCIR recommendations.
All PA adjustments are performed through front panel controls
with counters. A grounded bellows provides the fine tuning while
a grounded loop couples to the antenna. This careful attention
to grounding yields the added benefit of improved lightning
immunity.
EFFICIENT SINGLE TUBE (4CX20,000C) DESIGN
Them FM -35A uses a single, high gain Eimac 4CX20,000C
tetrode to produce 35 kW of RF power on any frequency between
The FM -35A utilizes the Eimac 4CX20,000C. This powerful
tetrode features the largest filament and largest plate anode
of any tube in the 20,000 family.
106
I=E
FM-35A, 35 KW
fundamentally identical to
the 4CX20,000A/8990 with the exception of its higher anode
voltage rating. The 4CX20,000C features the largest filament and
the largest anode of ANY tube in the Eimac 20,000 family. This
translates into longer operating life and overall durability in the
87.5 and 108 MHz. The 4CX20,000C is
FM -35A.
In addition, the high plate efficiency of the 4CX20,000C at the
35 kW output level results in surprisingly low power consumption.
In fact, the 4CX20,000C has a lower overall cost of operation and
maintenance than other triodes and tetrodes of the same power
class.
A new grid circuit in the FM -35A design takes advantage of the
power gain capability of the Eimac tetrode while providing maximum signal bandwidth. Installation or removal of the power tube
can be performed from the front of the transmitter and is easily
accomplished within minutes. With the FM -35A's broadband
screen neutralizing technique, neutralization re-adjustment is normally unnecessary when changing tubes.
BROADBAND SOLID -STATE DRIVER /IPA
The output of the FX-30 exciter is boosted to about 70 watts
by a solid -state Power FET pre- driver stage. A hybrid splitter network feeds two identical solid -state IPA modules, the outputs of
which are combined to produce the drive level necessary for the
PA stage (approximately 400 watts at the 35 kW level). Each of
the IPA/Driver assemblies are self- contained and accessible
through front access, slide -out drawers. LED indicators display
forward power, VSWR, and overtemperature conditions. The IPA
design is broadband, requires no tuning over the entire FM band,
and features excellent stability under all operating conditions.
AUTOMATIC POWER CONTROL
An advanced automatic power control (APC) system maintains
constant RF output power with limited fluctuations of AC line
voltage or RF drive level.
MONO>
Front view of FM -35A half wave cavity assembly.
__--
LEFT %--T FS-30
STEREO
IPA
1
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
LP- FILTER
RIGHT--{
L
POWER AMPLIFIER
SCA
%--(
I
SCA
FC-30
SCA
Fx-30
EXCITER
1
__ _J
T
250V
102
9000V
10V/150A
J
AUTOMATIC POWER
CONTROL
SAMPLING
POINTS
TRANSMITTER
0
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLIES
COMMAND
OUTPUTS
MHI
VWR SUP
3
L
35Mw
B) 5-10B
X208000
F
SCA
-y
400W
I
800V
(VARI
0
208/240V. 3 PHASE. 60 CC
(TAPS POR 196v TO 252V RANGE)
(380 /4150 50 Hz. 3 PHASE OPTIONAL)
CONTROLLER
OPTIONAL
MVOS
BLOCK DIAGRAM B/E FM -35A TRANSMITTER
COMMAND
INPUTS
107
1
=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
''''
---7\'\
t
\\
1``
7"
`\
``
15
l
IN.
,t
\\
AIR OUTLET
SUPPLY
1.625
1
\
POWER
AMPLIFIER
32.5 IN
(82.55 cml
21.75 IN
(55.25 cm)
\t\
\\
3.00 IN.
(].62 cm)
(1.90 cm)
i
f
``
IN.
(1.58 cm)
i
DRIVER
4
o
N.
31.50
(80.01
3.'5
OUTPUT TIMING
cm)
(9
INCIUTES DOORS
TOP ACCESS FOR AC INPUTS
3.00
('.6
IN.i
m)
y1r'f
.
REMOTE
ACCESS
CONTROL
HOLES
IN.
52 cm)
1:.6T
IN
DRIVER AIR OUTLET
(283.64 cm)NIN
14
IN.(289.56 cm) MA,
II
625
I
(1.58 cm
)
21.75 IN
(55.25 cm)
.5
(62
?3
cm)
FLOOR PLAN B/E FM -35A TRANSMITTER
(with Power Supply Cabinet)
The regulated set point can be changed by remote control and
THE OPTIONAL MICROPROCESSOR VIDEO DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM (MVDS)
is retained in non -volatile memory. In addition, an external signal
can be used to switch the FM -35A into a separate "Preset Power"
mode for lower power consumption during emergencies. A
sophisticated proportional servo system provides fast correction
of output power changes without overshoot.
The entire APC system is mounted in slide -out drawers with
non -volatile memory maintained by a battery backup.
Pi
Calculates efficiency, dissipation, and ERP
Converts multiple meter readings to bar-graph or
tabular display
L.
PROPORTIONAL VSWR FOLDBACK
A proportional VSWR foldback system protects the PA by
automatically reducing power to safe levels until the mismatch condition can be corrected.
Each time the transmitter is activated, a "soft start" circuit
gradually increases power from zero to nominal. This allows the
FM -35A to assume a safe operating level under high VSWR conditions without overloading. This field proven proportional VSWR
foldback system was originally pioneered by Broadcast Electronics
Preset limit violations clearly indicated in reverse
video
Automatically displays the location and nature of
malfunction
I
'
a
Bar -graph display of PA /IPA parameters
Automatic logging output capability
I
Remote monitoring via modem, telco lines, or SCA
U Operates independently of primary controller
affect basic "on-air" support systems.
in 1980.
-
cannot
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
Power Output
Type of Modulation
Direct frequency modulation of carrier frequency.
35 kW (10 kW to 38.5 kW).
Modulation Capability
Frequency Range
87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specific operating
cy. Exciter programmable in 10 kHz steps.
frequen-
Greater than ±200 kHz.
Modulation Indication
Asynchronous AM S/N Ratio
55 dB below reference carrier with 100% AM
modulation @ 400 Hz, 75 uS de- emphasis. (no FM
modulation present).
Synchronous AM S/N Ratio
RF Output Impedance
50 ohms (others on special request).
Peak reading, color coded, LED display with baseband overmodulation indicator.
45 dB below 35 kW reference carrier with 100% AM
modulation @ 400 Hz, 75 uS de-emphasis. (FM
modulation ±75 kHz @ 400 Hz).
Output Connector
Exciter
Tube Complement
(1) 4CX20,000C.
31/8
inch EIA flange.
VSWR
1.8:1 maximum. (will operate into higher VSWR with
automatic power reduction.
Frequency Stability
±300 Hz, 0 to 50 Degrees
C.
Solid state, 30 watt output, model FX -30; incorporating a digitally programmed synthesizer. (10 kHz
increments).
Pre- emphasis
FCC 75 uS, CCIR 50 uS (where specified) or 25 uS
(Dolby).
108
RF Harmonics
Suppression meets all FCC/DOC requirements and
CCIR recommendations.
Power Supply Rectifiers
Silicon.
FM-35A, 35 KW
I=E
SPECIFICATIONS (CONT'D.)
Composite Input Impedance
ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL
AC Input Power
10K ohm, nominal, resistive.
208 V WYE /240 V Delta, 60 Hz, three phase. (Taps
for 196 to 252 V. Other voltages and line frequencies
are available upon request.)
Composite Input Level
Primary Power Consumption
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB
typical) Measured in a 30 Hz to 100 kHz bandwidth
with 74 uS de- emphasis.
Typically
51
kW (@ .94 pf) at 35 kW RF output.
Overall Efficiency
Typically 68% (AC line input to RF output).
Size
(Transmitter) 56.5" W x 31.5" D x 70" H (143.5 W
x 80 D x 177.8 H cm).
(Power Supply) 34.5" W x 31.5" D x 70" H (87.6 W
x 80 D x 177.8 H cm).
3.5 V p -p
nominal, for ±75 kHz deviation.
Composite FM S/N Ratio
Composite Harmonic Distortion
0.08% or less .04% typical).
Composite Intermodulation Distortion
0.08% or less (.04% typical).
Composite Transient IMD
0.1% or less (square wave /sine wave).
Composite Amplitude Response
Weight & Cubage
Linear Crosstalk
Main to Sub /Sub to Main due to amplitude and
phase matching of left and right channels, 30 15,000 Hz, 45 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Non -Linear Crosstalk
Main to Sub /Sub to Main due to distortion products.
70 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Pilot Stability
±0.5 Hz, 0 to 50 degrees C.
Modes
Stereo, Mono L &R, Mono (L) and Mono (R) remote
controlled. (See FS -30 data sheet for full details).
*SCA OPERATION
Modulation
Direct FM
(Transmitter) 1500 lbs. (682 Kg); packed 1750 lbs.
(795 Kg) 72 cu. ft. (2 cu. meters).
(HV Power Supply) 1750 lbs. (794 Kg); packed 1800
lbs. (816 Kg) 44 cu. ft. (1.25 cu. meters).
±0.1 dB, 30 Hz to 100 kHz.
Subcarrier Frequency
Composite Phase Response
67 kHz (39 to 95 kHz to order).
±0.5 degrees from linear phase, 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Subcarrier Frequency Stability
±0.5% (330 Hz @ kHz), 0 to 50 degrees
Altitude
Composite Group Delay
390 nanoseconds, ±25 nanoseconds 30 Hz to 53
Subcarrier Harmonic Content
7500 ft.
kHz.
Less than 0.3 %.
Ambient Temperature Range
-10 degrees C to +50 degrees
Sound Level
Composite Slew Rate
C.
12 V/microsecond
Subcarrier Envelope Decay
(symmetrical).
Finish
B/E blue with anodized aluminum control center
panel and anodized aluminum trim.
'MONAURAL OPERATION
Audio Input Impedance
600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances, 50 dB common mode suppression.
Audio Input Level
*STEREO OPERATION
Audio Input Impedance
600 ohms balanced, resistive, floating. (Adaptable to
other impedances).
Audio Input Level
+10 dBm, ±1 dBm, for 100% modulation @ 400 Hz.
(Adaptable to other input levels).
Audio Input Filters
15
kHz LPF with delay equalization for minimum
+10 dBm nominal for ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz.
overshoot.
Audio Frequency Response
Frequency Response
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz to 15 kHz, selectable flat, 25, 50, 75
±0.5 dB, 30 - 15,000 Hz, 75 uS pre- emphasis (flat,
25 or 50 uS pre- emphasis selectable).
Total Harmonic Distortion
0.08% or less.
microsecond pre-emphasis.
Harmonic Distortion
0.08% or less (.040/0 typical).
Intermodulation Distortion
Intermodulation Distortion
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/ 7 kHz, 4:1 ratio.
Transient IMD
0.1% or less (square wave /sine wave).
0.08 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 4:1 ratio.
FM S/N Ratio
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB
typical) measured in a 30 Hz to 15 kHz bandwidth
with 75 uS de- emphasis.
FM Noise
'WIDEBAND COMPOSITE OPERATION
Composite Inputs
3 total, (1) unbalanced and (1) balanced plus front
45 dB or better; 30
Transient Intermodulation Distortion
0.1% (square wave /sine wave).
panel test. All connectors BNC.
72 dB or better below 100% modulation @ 400 Hz,
75 uS de- emphasis.
-
15,000 Hz (sine wave).
Dynamic Stereo Separation
40 dB or better; 30
content).
FM -35A
FM -35A
FM -35A
909-0035 -380
909-0035 -201
-
15,000 Hz (normal program
909- 0035 -381
DESCRIPTION
FM -35A single tube broadcast transmitter for operation on one
specified frequency between 87.5 and 108 MHz 208 V / 240 V, 60
Hz 3 -wire three phase power source. HV power supply cabinet
ATTACHED to PA cabinet. Includes FX-30 Exciter.
Same as above, except for 380/415 V, 50 Hz 3 phase.
one
FM -35A single tube broadcast transmitter for operation on
specified frequency between 87.5 and 108 MHz 208 V / 240 V, 60
Hz 3-wire three phase power source. REMOTE HV power supply
cabinet. Includes FX -30 Exciter.
Same as above, except for 380/415
V,
50 Hz. 3 phase.
Factory Installed Options
MVDS
909- 0091 -006
909-0112
909-0113
Modulation Capability
±20% of subcarrier frequency.
Audio Input Impedence
600 ohm balanced, resistive.
Data Input Impedance
75 ohm unbalanced, resistive, DC coupled.
Input Levels
(Audio) adjustable +10 dBm 10 -10 dBm for ±6
kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (Data) adjustable 1.0 to 4.0
V p-p for ±6 kHz deviation (DC coupled).
Pre- emphasis
(Audio) 150 microseconds standard (75 uS with internal jumper) (Data) no pre- emphasis.
Frequency Response
(Audio) ±0.5 dB, 10 - 10,000 Hz, exclusive of audio
low pass filter, (Data) ±0.5 dB, DC - 10,000 Hz.
Audio Low Pass Filter
Sixth order, -3 dB @ 4.3 kHz, standard (resistor
changes for other values).
Data Low Pass Filter
Same as AF filter or may be bypassed.
Total Harmonic Distortion
Less than 0.5% throughout AF pass band.
Intermodulation Distortion
Stereo Separation
ORDERING INFORMATION
STOCK NO.
909- 0035 -200
Greater than 100 msec. from 90% to 10% subcarrier
levels.
dB (A- weighted), 48 dB (SIL), (Ref. 0 dB = .0002
microbar) @ one meter front center.
61
MODEL
FM -35A
C.
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic system, factory installed in FM -35A transmitter. (Must be ordered with transmitter).
Optional filament voltage regulator (60 Hz) Factory Installed.
Optional three phase AC voltmeter. Factory Installed.
109
Less than 0.5 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 1:1 ratio (audio preemphasis and LPF bypassed) Typically 0.1 %.
Crosstalk, SCA to Stereo
-60 dB or better below 100% modulation of left or
right. 75 uS de- emphasis.
Crosstalk, Stereo to SCA
-50 dB or better below ±6 kHz deviation of SCA
using 150 uS de-emphasis and FS -30 stereo
generator.
FM Noise
72 dB below ±6 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (150 uS
de- emphasis).
Auto Muting Level
Adjustable from 10 to 30 dB below program level.
Auto Muting Delay
Adjustable, 0.5 to 10.0 seconds.
(See FC-30 data sheet for full details).
'Through FM -3M Transmitter using model FX -30
Exciter, model FS -30 Stereo Generator and model
FC -30 SCA Generator as applicable.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
1
=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
'Folded half -wave output cavity (no plate
blocking capacitors or sliding contacts)
Field proven high performance design
New high stability, broadband solid -state
IPA
Extremely long tube life
Eleven meters including two multi- function
meters
Amazingly quiet operation
Automatic proportional VSWR foldback
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic
system. (MVDS)
Synthesized, transparent FX -30 exciter
Advanced transmitter controller
*patented
EFFICIENT SINGLE TUBE DESIGN
The FM -30A uses a single, high gain Eimac 8990/4CX20,000A
tetrode to produce 30 kW of RF power on any frequency between
87.5 and 108 MHz.
The 4CX20,000A tube has been used in 30 kW FM transmitters since 1980. Its reliable, consistent performance is well
established by the more than 150 units presently in service. Tube
life in excess of 20,000 hours is not uncommon at the 25 kW to
30 kW output level. At output levels below 25 kW, the overall tube
life of the 4CX20,000A in the FM -30 transmitter has been
phenomenal.
The high plate efficiency at the 30 kW output level results in
surprisingly low power consumption. This single tube design saves
money in both operation and maintenance.
A new grid circuit optimizes the impedance transformation between the solid -state IPA and the power tube grid. This novel
design takes advantage of the power gain capability of the Eimac
tetrode while providing maximum signal bandwidth. Installation
or removal of the power tube is easily accomplished from the front
of the transmitter. Thanks to a broadband screen neutralizing
technique, neutralization re- adjustment is normally unnecessary
when changing tubes.
THE MODEL FM -30A TRANSMITTER
Broadcast Electronics' single tube FM -30A thirty kilowatt
transmitter evolved from the field proven design of a well known
predecessor - the FM -30! The FM -30A incorporates features suggested by the over one hundred and twenty -five FM -30 users
nationwide.
Included in the FM -30A standard design are state of the art
enhancements such as the modular slide -out IPA's, a modular
Automatic Power Control, a super quiet air cooling system, and
the optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic system (MVDS).
INNOVATIVE POWER AMPLIFIER
The power amplifier section of the FM -30A employs a patented
folded half -wave cavity'. This unique design innovation completely
eliminates troublesome plate blocking capacitors and sliding contacts. The result is exceptional reliability and lower maintenance
costs.
A patented second harmonic suppressor is also integrated into the folded half -wave cavity. This minimizes second harmonic
energy at the source without wasting fundamental frequency
power. An external low pass filter (with directional output couplers)
ensures compliance with FCC, Canadian DOC, and CCIR
BROADBAND SOLID -STATE DRIVER /IPA
The output of the FX-30 exciter is boosted to approximately 60
watts by a solid -state Power FET pre- driver stage. A hybrid splitter network feeds two identical solid -sate IPA modules designed
and manufactured by Broadcast Electronics. The outputs are combined to produce the drive level necessary to power the PA stage
recommendations.
All PA adjustments are performed through smooth operating
front panel controls with counters. A grounded bellows provides
the fine tuning adjustment while a grounded loop couples to the
antenna. This careful attention to grounding yields the added
benefit of improved lightning immunity.
110
FM-30A, 30 KW
1
=E
(approximately 400 watts at the 30 kW level). Each of the IPA/Driver
assemblies are self- contained and accessible through front access, slide -out drawers. LED indicators display forward power,
VSWR, and overtemperature conditions. This updated IPA is
broadbanded, requires no output tuning over the entire FM band,
and features excellent stability under all operating conditions.
AUTOMATIC POWER CONTROL
An advanced automatic power control (APC) system maintains
constant RF output power with limited fluctuations of AC line
voltage or RF drive level. An external signal can be used to switch
the FM -30A into a separate "Preset Power" model for lower power
consumption during an emergency.
PROPORTIONAL VSWR FOLDBACK
The FM -30A is protected by the same proportional VSWR
foldback system pioneered by Broadcast Electronics in 1980. This
highly reliable system protects the PA by automatically reducing
power in the event of a sudden antenna mismatch condition. If
there is a high level, instantaneous mismatch (such as a lightning strike), the transmitter will re -cycle and return to the air
immediately.
Each time the transmitter is activated, a "soft start" circuit
gradually increases power from zero to nominal. This allows the
transmitter to assume a safe operating level under high VSWR
conditions without overloading.
FM-30A with RF door open and IPA drawers
THE OPTIONAL MICROPROCESSOR VIDEO DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM (MVDS)
Broadcast Electronics' Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System
(MVDS) is available as an add -on option to the FM -30A. Its features
include:
partially pulled out.
Automatically displays the location and nature of a
malfunction
Bar-graph display of PA /IPA parameters
Automatic logging output capability
Remote monitoring via modem, telco lines, or SCA
Operates independently of primary controller - cannot
affect basic "on-air" support systems
Calculates efficiency, dissipation, and ERP
Converts multiple meter readings to bar -graph or
tabular display
Preset limit violations clearly indicated in reverse
video
- - -- OPTIONAL - r --LEFT%--(
MONO>.--
IPA
RIGHTL_STEREO
%,
SCA
-1
FC-30
SCA
L__
1
r FC-30
SCA
7-1
SCA
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
LP- FILTER
L--
POWER
FX -30
PWR
8990/ACX20000
40014
EXCITER
AMPLIFIER
-.A.
1
30
KW
87.5-108
MHZ
TETROOE
SUP
2
250V
9000V
10V/150A
AUTOMATIC POWER
0 800V
CONTROL
POWER
POWER SUPPLY
SUPPLIES
SAMPLING
POINTS
COMMAND
OUTPUTS
(VAR)
o
208/240V. 3 PHASE. 60 HZ
(TAPS FOR 196V TO 252V RANGE)
TRANSMITTER CONTROLLER
X11
OPTIONAL
BLOCK DIAGRAM B/E FM -30A TRANSMITTER
MVOS
COMMAND
INPUTS
111
I=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
3.75 IN.
(9.52
111.67 IN.
(283.64 cm) MIN. 114 IN.
(289.56 cm) MAX.
cm)
OUTPUT TUNING
15.59 In.
(39.60 cm.)
HEIGHT CHANGE
WITH FREQUENCY
e
o o
69.81
(177.
2
o l 0OOo
a
In.
cm.
)
o
_AIR
INLET
FLOOR PLAN B/E FM -30A TRANSMITTER
(with Power Supply Cabinet)
POWER
SUPPLY CABINET
POWER
33.06 In.
(83.97 cm.)
AMPLIFIER CABINET
DRIVER CABINET
22.06 In.
(56.83 on.)
33.06 In.
(83.97 cm.)
88.18
(223.98
1
.
cm.)
4r
89.43 In.
(227.15 cm.)
MOTE:
INSTALLATION DETAILS REQUEST
DRAWING MO. 909- 0000 -200
FOR
OUTLINE
/'
---7\
f
\
\\
\\
-
FM-30A TRANSMITTER
\\\\
1
\\
\
\\
\
\\
/
\\
\\
\\
3.00 IN.
(].62
cm)
1
`
AIR OUTLET
-- -- - -
\\
f.625
\
POWER
AMPLIFIER
SUPPLY
i
IN
i
e
DRIVER
REMOTE CONTROL
ACCESS HOLES
31.301N.
TOP ACCESS FOR AC
IN.
cm)
3.75 IN.
(9.52 cm)
OUTPUT TUNING
(M0.01 cm)
INCLUDES DOORS
3.00
(7.6
32.5 IN.
(82.55 cm)
21.75 IN.
(55.25 cm)
--II--
11.67 IN
INPUTS
DRIVER AIR OUTLET
(283.64 cm)NIN 114 IN.(289.56 cm)
MA
.625 IN.
(I.68 cm)
21.75 IN.
(55.25 cm)
112
24.5 IN.
(62.23 cm)
I=E
FM-30A, 30 KW
SPECIFICATIONS
Altitude
Audio Input Filter
15
30 kW (7.5 kW to 30.0 kW).
10,000 feet @ 60 Hz (3048 m), 7500 ft. @ 50 Hz (2286
M).
Frequency Range
Sound Level
87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specific operating frequency.
Exciter programmable in 10 kHz steps.
61
RF Output Impedance
50 ohms (others on special request).
dB (A- weighted), 48 dB (SIL), (Ref. 0 dB = .0002
microbar) @ one meter front center.
Ambient Temperature Range
-10 degrees C to +50 degrees C.
kHz LPF with delay equalization for minimum
overshoot.
Frequency Response
±0.5 dB, 30 - 15,000 Hz, 75 uS pre -emphasis (flat, 25 or
50 uS pre-emphasis selectable).
Total Harmonic Distortion
0.08% or less.
Output Connector
Finish
Intermodulation Distortion
inch EIA flange.
VSWR
1.8:1 maximum. (will operate into higher VSWR with
automatic power reduction.)
B/E blue with anodized aluminum control center panel
0.08%, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 4:1 ratio.
and anodized aluminum trim.
MONAURAL OPERATION
Frequency Stability
±300 Hz, 0 to 50 Degrees C.
Type Of Modulation
Direct frequency modulation of carrier frequency.
Modulation Capability
Greater than ±200 kHz.
Modulation Indication
600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances, 50 dB common mode suppression.
Audio Input Level
+10 dBm nominal for ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz.
Transient Intermodulation Distortion
0.1% (square wave /sine wave).
FM Noise
72 dB or better below 100% modultion
de- emphasis.
Stereo Separation
GENERAL
Power Output
31/e
Peak reading, color coded, LED display with baseband
overmodulation indicator.
Exciter
Solid state, 30 watt output, model FX-30; incorporating a
digitally programmed synthesizer. (10 kHz. increments).
Pre-emphasis
FCC 75 uS, CCIR 50 uS (where specified) or 25 uS
(Dolby).
Asynchronous AM S/N Ratio
55 dB below reference carrier with 100% AM modulation
@ 400 Hz, 75 uS de- empahsis. (no FM modulation
Audio Input Impedance
45 dB or better; 30
-
@
400 Hz, 75 uS
15,000 Hz (sine wave).
Audio Frequency Response
Dynamic Stereo Separation
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz to 15 kHz, selectable flat, 25, 50, 75
microsecond pre-emphasis.
40 dB or better; 30
Harmonic Distortion
Linear Crosstalk
0.08% or less (.040/0 typical).
Main to Sub /Sub to Main due to amplitude and phase
matching of left and right channels, 30 - 15,000 Hz, 45
dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Non -Linear Crosstalk
Main to Sub/Sub to Main due to distortion products. 70
dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Intermodulation Distortion
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/ 7 kHz, 4:1 ratio.
Transient IMD
0.10/0 or less (square wave /sine wave).
FM S/N Ratio
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB
typical) measured in a 30 Hz to 15 kHz bandwidth with
75 uS de- emphasis.
-
15,000 Hz (normal program
content).
Pilot Stability
±0.5 Hz, 0 to 50 degrees C.
Modes
present).
'WIDEBAND COMPOSITE OPERATION
Composite Inputs
Stereo, Mono L +R, Mono (L) and Mono (R) remote controlled. (See FS -30 date sheet for full details).
Synchronous AM S/N Ratio
3 total, (1) unbalanced and (1) balanced plus front panel
45 dB below 30 kW reference carrier with 100% AM
modulation @ 400 Hz, 75 uS de- emphasis. (FM modula-
test. All connectors BNC.
'SCA OPERATION
Modulation
Composite Input Impedance
Direct FM.
400 Hz).
tion ±75 kHz
Tube Complement
(1) 8990/4CX20,000A.
10K ohm, nominal, resistive.
Subcarrier Frequency
Composite Input Level
as V p-p nominal, for ±75 kHz deviation.
Composite FM S/N Ratio
67 kHz (39 to 95 kHz to order).
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 hz (75 dB typical)
Measured in a 30 Hz to 100 kHz bandwidth with 75 uS
de- emphasis.
Subcarrier Harmonic Content
Composite Harmonic Distortion
Greater than 100 msec. from 90% to 10% subcarrier
levels.
RF Harmonics
Suppression meets all FCC/DOC requirements and CCIR
recommendations.
Power Supply Rectifiers
Silicon.
0.080/0 or less
ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL
AC Input Power
208V WYE /240V Delta, 60 Hz, three phase. (Taps for 196
to 252V. Other voltages and line frequencies are available
upon request.)
Primary Power Consumption
Typically 44 kW (@ .94 pf) at 30 kW RF output.
Overall Efficiency
Typically 68% (AC line input to RF output).
Size
(Transmitter) 56.5" W x 31.5" D x 70" H (143.5 W x 80
D x 177.8 H cm).
(Power Supply) 34.5" W x 31.5" D x 70" H (87.6 W x
80 D x 177.8 H cm).
Weight & Cubage
(Transmitter) 1500 lbs. (682 Kg); packed 1750 lbs. (795
Kg) 72 cu. ft. (2 cu. meters).
(HV Power Supply) 1750 lbs. (794 Kg); packed 1800 lbs.
(816 Kg) 44 cu. ft. (1.25 cu. meters).
(.04% typical).
Composite Intermodulation Distortion
0.08% or less (.040/0 typical).
Composite Transient IMD
0.1% or less (square wave /sine wave).
Subcarrier Frequency Stability
+0.5V0 (330 Hz @ 67 kHz), 0 to 50 degrees C.
Less than 0.3%.
Subcarrier Envelope Decay
Modulation Capability
±20% of subcarrier frequency.
Audio Input Impedance
±0.1 dB, 30 Hz to 100 kHz.
600 ohm balanced, resistive.
Data Input Impedance
75 ohm unbalanced, resistive, DC coupled.
Composite Phase Response
Input Levels
±0.5 degrees from linear phase, 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
(Audio) adjustable +10 dBm to -10 dBm for ±6 kHz
deviation @ 400 Hz (Data) adjustable 1.0 to 4.0 V p-p for
±6 kHz deviation - DC coupled.
Composite Amplitude Response
Composite Group Delay
390 nanoseconds,
±25 nanoseconds 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Composite Slew Rate
Pre-emphasis
12 V /microsecond
(Audio) 150 microseconds standard (75 uS with internal
jumper) (Data) no pre -emphasis.
(symmetrical).
*STEREO OPERATION
Audio Input Impedance
Frequency Response
600 ohms balanced, resistive, flating. (Adaptable to other
impedances).
Audio Input Level
+10 dBm, ±1 dBm, for 100% modulation @ 400 Hz
(Adaptable to other input levels).
(Audio) ±0.5 dB, 10 - 10,000 Hz, exclusive of audio low
pass filter. (Data) ±0.5 dB, DC - 10,000 Hz.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Audio Low Pass Filter
Sixth order, -3 dB @ 4.3 kHz, standard (resistor
changes for other values).
Data Low Pass Filter
Same as AF filter or may be bypassed.
Total Harmonic Distortion
Less than 0.5% throughout AF pass band.
Intermodulation Distortion
MODEL
FM -30A
FM -30A
STOCK NO.
909-0000 -200
909-0000 -201
FM -30A
909-0000 -380
FM -30A
909 -0000-381
DESCRIPTION
FM -30A One Tube 30,000 watt FM broadcast transmitter corn plete with FX -30 exciter, Eimac 4CX20,000A output tube, and low
pass filter for operation from a 208 V / 240 V, 60 Hz three phase
power source. HV power supply cabinet in -line with PA cabinet.
FM -30A One Tube 30,000 watt FM broadcast transmitter same as
909 -0000 -200 except HV power supply cabinet is separate from
PA cabinet.
FM -30A One Tube 30,000
watt FM broadcast transmitter same as
909 -0000 -200 (HV power supply in-line) except to operate from a
380/415, 50 Hz, 3 phase power supply.
FM -30A One Tube 30,000 watt FM transmitter same as
909 -0000 -201 (HV power supply cabinet separate) except to
operate from 380/415 3 phase power supply.
(Factory installed options)
MVDS
909 -0091-001
909-0112
909-0113
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for
use with FM -30A transmitter, factory installed.
Filament voltage regulator (60 Hz), factory installed.
Three phase AC voltmeter option for FM -30A, factory installed.
113
Less than 0.5%, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 1:1 ratio (audio pre emphasis and LPF bypassed) Typically 0.1 %.
Crosstalk, SCA to Stereo
60 dB or better below 100% modulation of left or right.
75 uS de- emphasis.
Crosstalk, Stereo to SCA
50 dB or better below ±6 kHz deviation of SCA using
150 uS de- emphasis and FS -30 Stereo Generator.
FM Noise
72 dB below ±6 kHz deviation m 400 Hz (150 uS
de- emphasis).
Auto Muting Level
Adjustable from 10 to 30 dB below program level.
-
Auto Muting Delay
Adjustable, 0.5 to 10.0 seconds.
(See FC -30 data sheet for full details).
'Through FM-30A Transmitter using model FX -30 Exciter model
FS -30 Stereo Generator, and model FC-30 SCA Generator as
applicable.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
I=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
Automatic proportional VSWR foldback
*Folded half -wave output cavity (no plate blocking capacitors or sliding contacts)
Single tube high performance design
High efficiency - low operating cost
Broadband solid -state IPA
Eight meters
Quiet operation
ii
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic
System (MVDS)
Synthesized exciter
Advanced transmitter controller
*patented
THE MODEL FM -20A TRANSMITTER (available 1988)
The single tube, twenty thousand watt FM -20A is the latest addition to the Broadcast Electronics line of full- featured FM transmitters. The FM -20A utilizes field proven design innovations that were
developed through years of intensive testing and investigation.
The final result is a 20 kW FM transmitter that is guaranteed to
provide the utmost in reliable, consistent service.
Among the unique features of the FM -20A is the patented folded half-wave output cavity, the modular slide-out IPA's, the modular
Automatic Power Control, the ultra -quiet air cooling system, and
the optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System (MVDS).
folded half -wave cavity. This design innovation completely
eliminates troublesome plate blocking capacitors and sliding contact, providing exceptional reliability and lower maintenance costs.
A patented second harmonic suppressor is also integrated into
the folded half -wave cavity. The suppressor minimizes second
harmonic energy at the source without wasting fundamental frequency power. A low pass filter (with directional output couplers)
ensures compliance with FCC, Canadian DOC, and CCIR
recommendations.
All PA adjustments are performed through smooth operating
front panel controls with counters. A grounded bellows provides
the fine tuning adjustment while a grounded loop couples to the
antenna. This careful attention to grounding yields the added
benefit of improved lightning immunity.
POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN
The power amplifier section of the FM -20A employs a patented
114
FM-20A, 20 kW
EFFICIENT SINGLE TUBE DESIGN
The FM -20A uses a single, high gain Eimac 8989/4CX12,000A
tetrode to produce 20 kW of RF power on any frequency between
87.5 and 108 MHz.
A new grid circuit optimizes the impedance transformation between the solid -state IPA and the power tube grid. In this way the
power gain capability of the Eimac tetrode is maximized without
compromising signal bandwidth.
I=E
Each time the transmitter is activated, a "soft start" circuit
gradually increases power from zero to nominal. This allows the
transmitter to assume a safe operating level under high VSWR
conditions without overloading.
HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
The HV plate supply for the FM -20A is contained in a matching
cabinet. The three phase plate transformer has multiple taps to
accommodate a wide range of AC inputs (195V to 433V, 50 or 60
Hz as ordered). The power supply also features "step-start" to
minimize peak in -rush currents.
BROADBAND SOLID -STATE DRIVER /IPA
The output of the exciter drives the IPA's through a hybrid split ter network that feeds two identical solid -state IPA modules inphase. Their outputs are combined to produce the drive level
necessary to power the PA stage. (approximately 350 watts at the
20 kW level) Each of IPA assembly is self contained and accessible through slide -out drawers. LED indicators display forward
power, VSWR, and overtemperature conditions. This IPA is broadbanded, requires no output tuning over the entire FM band, and
features excellent stability under all operating conditions.
THE OPTIONAL MICROPROCESSOR VIDEO DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM (MVDS)
Broadcast Electronics' Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System
(MVDS) is available as an add-on option to the FM -20A. Its features
include:
Calculates efficiency, dissipation, and ERP
Converts multiple meter readings to bar -graph or
tabular display
Preset limit violations clearly indicated in reverse
video
Automatically displays the location and nature of
a malfunction
Bar-graph display of PA /IPA parameters
U Automatic logging output capability
Remote monitoring via modem, telco lines,
or SCA
Operates independently of primary controller
cannot affect basic "on -air" support systems
AUTOMATIC POWER CONTROL
An advanced automatic power control (APC) system maintains
constant RF output power with limited fluctuations of AC line
voltage or RF drive level. An external signal can be used to switch
the FM -20A into a separate "Preset Power" mode for lower power
consumption during an emergency. A proportional servo system
provides fast correction of output power variations without
overshooting.
i
1
1
1
PROPORTIONAL VSWR FOLDBACK
The FM -20A is protected by a proportional VSWR foldback
system. This highly reliable system protects the PA by automatically reducing power in the event of a sudden antenna mismatch
condition. If there is a high level, instantaneous mismatch (such
as a lightning strike), the transmitter will re -cycle and return to
the air immediately.
1
-
1
Broadcast Electronics' Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System
(MVDS) is available as an add -on option to the FM -20A. See the
MVDS section of this catalog for complete details.
AUTOMATIC
r -- -MOMO
L
R
-r>
OPTIONAL - -- -i
1---11.
POWER
IP
CONTROL
FM
EXCITER
POWER
SUPPLY
STEREO GEN.
FS -30
--- -->
PA
POWER
SCA #1
SCA
I
SUPPLY
FC-30
SCA 12
SCA
FC-30
OPTIONAL
REMOTE
4CX12,000A
P
A A
PLATE
9.3kV
SCREEN
F-
SAMPLING POINTS
1111
>-
.1
IPOWER SUPPLY
<
400 -1000V
BIAS
-250V
FILAMENT
7.SV
TRANSMITTER
POWER
CONTROLLER
SUPPLIES
CONTROL
PA
and
CABINET
COOLING
SYSTEM
FM -20A BLOCK DIAGRAM
3 phase .ôOHz(or 50Hz)
115
20KW
87.5-I081,1Hz
I=E
FM-20A, 20 kW
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
FM -20A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Intermodulation Distortion:
General:
Power Output:
*Monaural Operation:
Audio Input Impedance:
20 kW (75 kW to 22.0 kW)
600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances, 50 dB common mode suppression
Audio Input Level:
+10 dBm nominal for ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz
Frequency Range:
87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specific operating
cy. Exciter programmable in 10 kHz steps
frequen-
RF Output Impedance:
50 ohms (others on special request)
Output Connector:
inch EIA flange
VSWR:
1.8:1 maximum. (will operate into higher VSWR with
automatic power reduction
31/8
Frequency Stability:
±300 Hz, 0 to 50 Degrees C.
Type Of Modulation:
Direct frequency modulation of carrier frequency
Modulation Capability:
Greater than ±200 Hz
Modulation Indication:
0.08 %, 60 Hzf7 kHz; 4:1 ratio
Audio Frequency Response:
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz to 15 kHz, selectable flat, 25, 50, 75
microsecond pre- emphasis
Harmonic Distortion:
Intermodulation Distortion:
0.08% or less, 60 Hz17 kHz, 4:1 ratio (.040/0 typical)
Transient IMO:
0.1% or less (square wave/sine wave)
FM S/N Ratio:
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB
typical) measured in a 30 Hz to 15 kHz bandwidth
with 75 uS de-emphasis
*Wideband Composite Operation:
Composite Inputs:
3 total, (1) unbalanced and (1) balanced plus front
Exciter:
panel test. All connectors BNC
Model FX-30; incorporating a digitally programmed
synthesizer. (10 kHz increments)
Pre-emphasis:
FCC 75 uS, CCIR 50 uS (where specified) or 25 uS
(Dolby)
Asynchronous AM S/N Ratio:
55 dB below reference carrier with 100% AM
modulation @ 400 Hz, 75 uS de-emphasis. (no FM
modulation present)
Synchronous AM S/N Ratio:
40 dB below 20 kW reference carrier with 100% AM
modulation @ 400 Hz, 75 uS de-emphasis. (FM
modulation ±75 kHz @ 400 Hz)
Tube Complement:
(1) 8989/4CX12,000A
RF Harmonics:
Suppression meets all FCC /DOC requirements and
CCIR recommendations
Power Supply Rectifiers:
Silicon
Composite Input Impedance:
Electrical/Mechanical:
AC Input Power:
53 kHz
208 V WYE/240 V Delta, 60 Hz, three phase. (Taps
for 196 to 252 V. Other voltages and line frequencies
are available upon request)
Primary Power Consumption:
29.4 kW @ 20.0 kW output, 0.92 pf
Typical Overall Efficiency:
68% AC line input to RF output
Size:
Three cabinets - (1) 22 "W x 30 "D x 70 "H
(1) 27 "W x 30 "D x 70 "H
(1) 27 "W x 30 "D x 70 "H
12 V/microsecond
Ambient Temperature Range:
-10 degrees C to +50 degrees
10K ohm, nominal, resistive
Composite Input Level:
C.
STOCK NO.
909 -0020-200
FM -20A
909 -0020-201
FM -20A
909 -0020 -380
FM -20A
909 -0020 -381
MVDS
909-0091 -001
909-0112
909-0113
Main to Sub /Sub to Main due to amplitude and
phase matching of left and right channels, 30- 15,000
Hz, 45 dB minimum below 100% modulation
Non -Linear Crosstalk:
Main to Sub /Sub to Main due to distortion products.
70 dB minimum below 100% modulation
Pilot Stability:
±0.5 Hz, 0 to 50 degrees C.
Modes:
Stereo, Mono L +R, Mono (L) and Mono (R) remote
controlled. (See FS -30 data sheet for full details)
*SCA Operation:
Modulation:
Direct FM
Subcarrier Frequency:
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB
typical). Measured in a 30 Hz to 100 kHz bandwidth
67 kHz (39 to 95 kHz to order)
with 75 uS de-emphasis
Subcarrier Frequency Stability:
±0.5% (330 Hz
Composite Harmonic Distortion:
@ 67
kHz), 0 to 50 degrees C.
Subcarrier Harmonic Content:
0.08% or less (.04% typical)
Less than 0.3%
Composite Intermodulation Distortion:
Subcarrier Envelope Decay:
0.08% or less (.04% typical)
Composite Transient IMD:
0.1% or less (square wave/sine wave)
Greater than 100 msec from 90% to 10% subcarrier
levels
Modulation Capability:
±20% of subcarrier frequency
Audio Input Impedance:
Composite Amplitude Response:
±0.1 dB, 30 Hz to 53 kHz
Composite Phase Response:
±0.5 degrees from linear phase, 30 Hz to 53 kHz
Composite Group Delay:
390 nanoseconds, ±25 nanoseconds 30 Hz to
(symmetrical)
*Stereo Operation:
Audio Input Impedance:
600 ohms balanced, resistive, floating. (Adaptable to
other impedances)
Audio Input Level:
+10 dBm, ±1 dBm, for 100% modulation @ 400 Hz
(Adaptable to other input levels)
Audio Input Filter:
15 kHz LPF with delay equalization for minimum
overshoot
Frequency Response:
±0.5 dB, 30- 15,000 Hz, 75 uS pre- emphasis (flat, 25
or 50 uS pre- emphasis selectable)
Total Harmonic Distortion:
0.08% or less
DESCRIPTION
FM -20A One Tube 20,000 watt FM broadcast transmitter complete with exciter, Eimac 8989/4CX12,000A output tube, and low pass filter for operation from a 208V/240V, 60 Hz three phase power source. HV power supply
cabinet in -line with PA cabinet
FM -20A One Tube 20,000 watt FM broadcast transmitter same as
909 -0020 -200 except HV power supply cabinet is separate from PA
cabinet
(Factory installed options)
Linear Crosstalk:
Composite FM S/N Ratio:
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM -20A
Dynamic Stereo Separation:
3.5 V p -p nominal, for ±75 kHz deviation
Composite Slew Rate:
10,000 feet @ 60 Hz (3048 m), 7500 ft. @ 50 Hz
(2286 M)
45 dB or better; 30-15,000 Hz (sine wave)
40 dB or better; 30-15,000 Hz (normal program
content)
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/7 kHz, 4:1 ratio
Peak reading, color coded, LED display with baseband overmodulation indicator
Altitude:
Transient Intermodulation Distortion:
0.1% (square wave /sine wave)
FM Noise:
72 dB or better below 100% modulation © 400 Hz,
75 uS de-emphasis
Stereo Separation:
FM -20A One Tube 20,000 watt FM broadcast transmitter same as
909-0020 -200 (HV power supply in-line) except to operate from a 380/415,
50 Hz, 3 phase power supply
FM -20A One Tube 20,000 watt FM transmitter same as 909- 0020 -201 (HV
power supply cabinet separate) except to operate from 380/415
power supply
3
phase
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
FM -20A transmitter, factory installed
Filament voltage regulator (60 Hz), factory installed
Three phase AC voltmeter option for FM -20A, factory installed
116
600 ohm balanced, resistive
Data Input Impedance:
75 ohm unbalanced, resistive, DC coupled
Input Levels:
(Audio) adjustable +10 dBm to -10 dBm for ±6 kHz
deviation @ 400 Hz. (Data) adjustable 1.0 to 4.0 V
p-p for ±6 kHz deviation - DC coupled
Pm- emphasis:
(Audio) 150 microseconds standard (75 uS with
internal jumper) (Data) no pre- emphasis
Frequency Response:
(Audio) ±0.5 dB, 10- 10,000 Hz, exclusive of audio low
pass filter. (Data) ±0.5 dB, DC- 10,000 Hz.
Audio Low Pass Filter:
Sixth order, -3 dB @ 4.3 kHz, standard (resistor
changes for other values)
Data Low Pass Filter:
Same as AF filter or may be bypassed.
Total Harmonic Distortion:
Less than 0.5% throughout AF pass band
Intermodulation Distortion:
Less than 0.5 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 1:1 ratio (audio pre emphasis and LPF bypassed) Typically 0.1%
Crosstalk, SCA to Stereo:
- 60 dB or better below 100% modulation of left or
right. 75 uS de-emphasis
Crosstalk, Stereo to SCA:
- 50 dB or better below ±6 kHz deviation of SCA
using 150 uS de- emphasis and FS -30 stereo
generator
FM Noise:
72 dB below ±6 kHz deviation g 400 Hz (150 uS
de- emphasis)
Auto Muting Level:
Adjustable from 10 to 30 dB below program level
Auto Muting Delay:
Adjustable, 0.5 to 10.0 seconds
(See FC -30 data sheet for full details)
'Through FM -20A Transmitter using model FX -30
Exciter, model FS -30 Stereo Generator, and model
FC -30 SCA Generator as applicable
Specifications subject to change without notice.
FM-10A, 10 kW
Single Tube Transmitter
I=E
-
*Folded half-wave output cavity
no plate
blocking capacitors or sliding contacts
*Broadband input matching network
Advanced digital control system
Optional microprocessor video diagnostic system
(MVDS)
C Synthesized FX -30 Exciter
Solid state broadband IPA
Automatic power control (APC) with proportional
VSWR foldback
High overall efficiency for low operating cost
Extensive metering (10 meters)
*patented
The FM -10A is a unique single tube 10,000 watt FM broadcast
transmitter incorporating an innovative folded half -wave cavity
power amplifier, broadband solid state intermediate power amplifier
(IPA), ultra -linear synthesized exciter, and a digital control system.
The primary RF amplifier assembly is housed in a low profile
cabinet only five feet, eight inches high (1773 cm) with easy access
to all components. The PA plate voltage power supply is contained
in a matching enclosure only twenty -three inches wide and thirty seven inches deep. (57.6 cm. x 94.6 cm.)
and high current sliding contacts found in conventional cavities.
The result is exceptional reliability with reduced maintenance
costs. (Typical PA efficiency greater than 80 %).
A patented second harmonic suppressor is integrated within
the cavity to minimize harmonic energy at the source. A separate
distributed coaxial low pass filter (with directional couplers) is
located external to the transmitter to insure compliance with FCC
and DOC regulations as well as CCIR recommendations.
SINGLE TUBE DESIGN
Reliability is the most important factor in the FM -10A transmitter. The single tube design offers a high level of transmitter dependability despite such adverse conditions as lightning, output
mismatch or operator error.
The FM -10A utilizes a single Eimac 4CX7500A tetrode to produce over 10 kW of RF power on any 10 kHz frequency increment between 87.5 and 108 MHz. It operates in a grounded
cathode configuration with grid drive provided by a solid state
broadband IPA. Installation or removal of the power tube is
accomplished quickly and easily from the rear of the transmitter.
SIMPLIFIED INPUT CIRCUIT
The patented PA input circuit provides excellent impedance
matching between the IPA and the power tube grid over the entire FM band. This broadband circuit maximizes bandwidth and
stability while eliminating the input loading control.
SOLID STATE IPA
A high efficiency solid state IPA assembly in the FM -10A is contained in a slide -out drawer for convenience in maintenance.
The broadband amplifier and regulator modules are easily
removed-no de- soldering is necessary.
Both RF output transistors are automatically protected against
output mismatch. The self-contained IPA unit can be operated
directly into an antenna as a low power transmitter during
emergencies. The IPA power supply operates from 97 to 133 VAC,
INNOVATIVE POWER AMPLIFIER
Broadcast Electronics' new computer optimized coaxial cavity
employs a patented folded half -wave tank circuit. This unique output circuit design eliminates the high voltage blocking capacitor
or 194 to 266 VAC.
117
1
=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
BLOCK DIAGRAM B/E MODEL FM -10A TRANSMITTER
AUTOMATIC
r
MONO
- OPTIONAL
1
-1
POWER
CONTROL
SOLID -STATE
>
LPF
EXCITER
STEREO GEN.
FX
-30
IPA
FS -30
FC-30
1
SCA
240 W
25W
#1
SCA
rr
10 kW
87.5 -108 MHz
4CX1500A
IPOWERSUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
-)
T 28V
'
h-
F
PA
I
#2
FC30
PLATE
III
6.5611
OPTIONAL
SCREEN
400 -1000V
BIAS
SAMPLING POINTS
-250V
FILAMENT
REMOTE
7.0V
POWER
TRANSMITTER
SUPPLIES
CONTROLLER
and
PA
O
CONTROL
CABINET
COOLING
SYSTEM
AAA
3
phase, 60 Hz (or 50 Hz)
FLOOR PLAN B/E FM -10A TRANSMITTER (with Power Supply Cabinet)
(25i.76
a.)
aanIi.
Meir
NI
025
015AB
.
p-
....
O°
0
1.1
Il
®
n
®
0.11
01 El
..
Oe
I:
OLM
o
0
.
(17.0
(2121
6.N7ä
1.M..
372
(11.61
L1.3
(51.12
4.0
N37
4.0
.
111.M
r-
,
14.11
L
113.11
If
..
(31.25
33.0
817
(22.62
a
a.)
310 in
a.)
a.)
a)
(85.57
56.3/
1143.21
13.51
..
a.)
AWIUFIEI CABINET
IN5.57
IF
7111 in
(57.63
a.)
..
n.)
118
a.)
.
101]i al
in.
a)
a
(33.56
..
a.)
4.0
INLET
a
®I
117.52 cm.)
17.50
a.)
(2133
630..
(11.15
a)
(17.65
a.)
I
0 0
(5713
am
a.)
pp
a)
a)
a
1.56 in
®
22.0
1.56
01
a)
POWER 51117E CARNET
a
6.85a
O
puco
-...
Do
077.32
0
..
1.53
..
a)
513 i..
03.03 001
a
a)
a
al
FM-10A, 10 kW
I=E
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
POWER OUTPUT: 10 kW (4.5 kW to 11.0 kW)
FREQUENCY RANGE: 87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specific
operating frequency. Exciter programmable in 10 kHz
steps.
RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms (others on special
request)
OUTPUT CONNECTOR: 3'/ inch EIA flange. (1% inch
EIA on request)
VSWR: 1.8:1 maximum. (will operate into higher VSWR
with automatic power reduction).
FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±300 Hz, 0° to 50°C.
TYPE OF MODULATION: Direct frequency modulation
of carrier frequency.
MODULATION CAPABILITY: Greater than ±200 kHz.
MODULATION INDICATION: Peak reading, color coded,
LED display with baseband overmodulation indicator.
EXCITER: Solid state, 30 watt output, model FX-30; incorporating a digitally programmed synthesizer. (10 kHz
increments)
PRE -EMPHASIS: FCC 75 uS, CCIR 50 uS (where
specified) or 25 uS (Dolby)
ASYNCHRONOUS AM S/N RATIO: 55 dB below
reference carrier with 100% AM modulation @ 400 Hz,
75 uS de- emphasis. (no FM modulation present)
SYNCHRONOUS AM S/N RATIO: 45 dB below 10 kW
reference carrier with 100% AM modulation @ 400 Hz,
75 uS de-emphasis. (FM modulation ±75 kHz @ 400 Hz)
TUBE COMPLEMENT: (1) 4CX7500A
RF HARMONICS: Suppression meets all FCC /DOC requirements and CCIR recommendations.
POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS: Silicon
ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL
AC INPUT POWER: 208 V WYE/240 V Delta, 380 V four
wire WYE, 50 or 60 Hz (as ordered), three phase. (Taps
for 196 to 252 V. Other voltages are available upon
request.)
POWER CONSUMPTION: 15.8 kW @ 0.94 PF @ 10 kW
output.
OVERALL EFFICIENCY: Typically 63% (AC line input to
RF output).
SIZE & WEIGHT: (Transmitter) 33.7" W x 37.2" D x
69.8" H (85.6 cm. W x 94.6 cm. D x 1773 cm. H) Weight
= 800 lbs. (363 kg.)
(Power Supply) 22.7" W x 37.2" D x 69.8" I-1(57.6 cm.
W x 94.6 cm. D x 1773 cm. H) Weight = 1000 lbs.
(453.6 kg.)
ALTITUDE: 7500 ft. @ 50 Hz (2286 M) - 10,000 ft. @ 60
Hz (3048 M)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: -10 °C to +50 °C.
FINISH: B/E blue with anodized aluminum control center
panel and anodized aluminum trim.
*MONAURAL OPERATION
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:
600 ohms balanced,
resistive, adaptable to other impedances, 50 dB common
mode suppression.
AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: +10 dBm nominal for +75 kHz
deviation @ 400 Hz.
AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: ±0.5 dB, 30 Hz to
15 kHz, selectable flat, 25, 50, 75 microsecond
pre- emphasis.
HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.08% or less (.04% typical)
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: 0.08% or less, 60
Hz/7 kHz, 4:1 ratio
TRANSIENT IMD: 0.1% or less (square wave/sine wave)
FM S/N RATIO: 72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400
Hz (75 dB typical) measured in a 30 Hz to 15 kHz bandwidth with 75 uS de- emphasis.
'WIDEBAND COMPOSITE OPERATION
COMPOSITE INPUTS: 3 total, (1) unbalanced and
(1)
balanced plus front panel test. All connectors BNC.
COMPOSITE INPUT IMPEDANCE: 10K ohm, nominal,
resistive.
COMPOSITE INPUT LEVEL: as V p -p nominal, for ±75
kHz deviation.
COMPOSITE FM S/N RATIO: 72 dB below ±75 kHz
deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB typical). Measured in a 30
Hz to 100 kHz bandwidth with 75 uS de- emphasis.
COMPOSITE HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.08% or less
(.040k typical)
COMPOSITE INTERMODULATION DISTORTION:
0.08% or less (.04% typical)
COMPOSITE TRANSIENT IMD: 0.1% or less (square
wave /sine wave)
COMPOSITE AMPLITUDE RESPONSE: ±0.1 dB, 30 Hz
to 53 kHz
COMPOSITE PHASE RESPONSE: +0.5° from linear
phase, 30 Hz to 53 kHz
COMPOSITE GROUP DELAY: 390 nanoseconds, ±25
nanoseconds 30 Hz to 53 kHz
COMPOSITE SLEW RATE: 12 V/microsecond
(symmetrical)
*STEREO OPERATION
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms balanced,
resistive, floating. (Adaptable to other impedances)
AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: +10 dBm, ±1 dBm, for 100%
modulation @ 400 Hz. (Adaptable to other input levels)
AUDIO INPUT FILTER: 15 kHz LPF with delay equalization for minimum overshoot.
FREQUENCY RESPONSE: ±0.5 dB, 30 - 15,000 Hz, 75
uS pre- emphasis (flat, 25, or 50 uS pre-emphasis
selectable)
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION: 0.08% or less
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: 0.08 %,
60 Hz/7 kHz; 4:1 ratio.
TRANSIENT INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: 0.1%
(square wave /sine wave)
FM NOISE: 72 dB or better below 100% modulation @
400 Hz, 75 uS de- emphasis.
STEREO SEPARATION: 45 dB or better; 30 - 15,000 Hz
(sine wave)
DYNAMIC STEREO SEPARATION: 40 dB or better;
30 - 15,000 Hz (normal program content)
LINEAR CROSSTALK: Main to Sub /Sub to Main due to
amplitude and phase matching of left and right channels,
30 - 15,000 Hz, 45 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
NON -LINEAR CROSSTALK: Main to Sub /Sub to Main
due to distortion products. 70 dB minimum below 100%
modulation.
PILOT STABILITY: ±0.5 Hz, 0° to 50 °C.
MODES: Stereo, Mono L +R, Mono (L) and Mono (R)
remote controlled. (See FS -30 data sheet for full details)
'SCA OPERATION
MODULATION: Direct FM.
SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY: 67 kHz (39 to 95 kHz to
order).
SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY: ±0.5% (330
Hz @ 67 kHz), 0° to 50°C.
SUBCARRIER HARMONIC CONTENT: Less than 03%.
SUBCARRIER ENVELOPE DECAY: Greater than 100
msec. from 90% to 10% subcarrier levels.
MODULATION CAPABILITY: ±20% of subcarrier
frequency
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 600 ohm balanced,
resistive
DATA INPUT IMPEDANCE: 75 ohm unbalanced,
resistive, DC coupled
INPUT LEVELS: (Audio) adjustable +10 dBm to -10
dBm for ±6 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz. (Data) adjustable
1.0 to 4.0 V p -p for ±6 kHz deviation /DC coupled/
PRE- EMPHASIS: (Audio) 150 microseconds standard (75
uS with internal jumper). (Data) no pre -emphasis.
FREQUENCY RESPONSE: (Audio) +0.5 dB, 10 - 10,000
Hz, exclusive of audio low pass filter. (Data) ±0.5 dB,
DC
-
10,000 Hz.
AUDIO LOW PASS FILTER: Sixth order, -3 dB @ 4.3
kHz, standard (resistor changes for other values)
DATA LOW PASS FILTER: Same as AF filter or may be
bypassed.
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION: Less than 05%
throughout AF pass band.
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: Less than 05 %, 60
Hz/7 kHz; 1:1 ratio (audio pre -emphasis and LPF bypassed) Typically 0.1%
CROSSTALK, SCA TO STEREO: -60 dB or better
below 100% modulation of left or right. 75 uS
de- emphasis.
CROSSTALK, STEREO TO SCA: -50 dB or better
below ±6 kHz deviation of SCA using 150 uS deemphasis and FS -30 stereo generator.
FM NOISE: 72 dB below +6 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz
(150 uS de- emphasis)
AUTO MUTING LEVEL: Adjustable from 10 to 30 dB
below program level.
AUTO MUTING DELAY: Adjustable, 05 to 10.0 seconds
(See FC -30 data sheet for full details)
*Through FM -10A Transmitter using model FX-30 Exciter,
model FS -30 Stereo Generator, and model FC-30 SCA
Generator as applicable.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM -10A
STOCK NO.
909-1110 -200
FM -10A
909-1110 -201
FM -10A
909 -1110 -380
FM -10A
909 -1110 -381
MVDS
909- 0091 -005
909-0115
909-0098
DESCRIPTION
FM -10A single tube broadcast transmitter for operation on one specified
frequency between 87.5 and 108 MHz. 208 V/240 V, 60 Hz 3 -wire three
phase power source. HV power supply cabinet ATTACHED to PA cabinet.
Includes FX -30 Exciter.
FM -10A single tube broadcast transmitter for operation on one specified
frequency between 87.5 and 108 MHz. 208 V/240 V, 60 Hz 3 -wire three
phase power source with REMOTE HV power supply cabinet. Includes
FX-30 Exciter.
FM -10A single tube broadcast transmitter with HV power supply cabinet
attached to PA cabinet for 380/220 V., 50 Hz, 4 wire WYE, 3 phase power
source, with provision for safety conductor.
FM -10A transmitter, same as above except with remote HV power supply
cabinet.
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, factory installed in
FM -10A transmitter. (Must be ordered with transmitter)
Optional filament voltage regulator (60 Hz)
Optional three phase AC voltmeter
119
E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
Reliable dual transmitter system (two
FM -5A
transmitters combined)
*Folded half-wave cavities (no plate
blocking capacitor or sliding contacts)
*Broadband input matching network
Advanced FD -2 Dual Transmitter
Controller
Low distortion, synthesized FX -30 exciter
Solid State IPA's
Optional Microprocessor Video
Diagnostic System (MVDS)
FCC type accepted
*Patented
FMD-10A
The FMD -10A offers the advanced reliability possible only in
proaches 75% at full output, resulting in comparatively low power
consumption. The 4CX3500A PA tubes can be installed or
removed from the rear of the transmitters within minutes.
a dual transmitter system as two FM -5A transmitters are combined
to yield ten thousand watts of dependable power. Should one of
the transmitters fail, total system output will be maintained at a
reduced power level through the combiner. The redundant output capability of the FMD -10A can be enhanced even further
through the use of the optional FO -2 Output Switcher. The FO-2
will monitor both transmitters continuously. If it detects a failure
in either transmitter, the FO -2 will connect the remaining transmitter directly to the antenna (bypassing the combiner). The FO -2
can also toggle the Preset Power mode of the on -air transmitter,
raising its output level to full power if desired.
A dual exciter option for the FMD -10A permits the FMD -10A to
utilize two FX -30 synthesized exciters. One FX-30 is designated
as the primary driving unit while the other FX-30 assumes the
role of backup. The exciter assignment status can be changed
SOLID STATE IPA's
Each FM -5A transmitter employs a solid state IPA assembly contained in a convenient slide -out drawer. The broadband amplifier
and regulator modules can be removed easily without desoldering. The RF output transistors are automatically protected
against an output mismatch.
by manual or remote control. In addition, the optional FW -30
Exciter Switcher is available for AUTOMATIC switching in the event
of a failure.
ADVANCED DUAL TRANSMITTER CONTROL
At the heart of the FMD -10A system is the Broadcast Electronics
FD -2 Dual Transmitter Controller. The FD -2 permits full control of
the FMD -10A from a single, central panel. Three large meters provide measurement of Total Output Power, Reject Load Power/
VSWR, and Plate Voltage/Plate Current for each transmitter.
Illuminated switches permit separate or combined control of both
transmitters at the push of a button. (The output RAISE/LOWER
switches operate separately for each transmitter or can be "locked
together" for combined power adjustment) The FD -2 also provides
combined output VSWR protection IN ADDITION to the VSWR
foldback protection in each FM -5A transmitter.
POWER AMPLIFIER CAVITY DESIGN
Both FM -5A transmitters in the FMD-10A system feature the
patented folded half -wave cavity which eliminates troublesome
plate blocking capacitors and sliding contacts. Each PA utilizes
a single Eimac 4CX3500A tetrode to provide 5 kW output on any
frequency in the 87.5 to 108 MHz range. Plate efficiency ap-
Slide -out IPA's
120
FMD -10A DUAL-FIVE' 10 KW FM TRANSMITTER
I=E
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
POWER OUTPUT:
10 kW (4.9 kW to 11.0 kW)
FREQUENCY RANGE:
87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specific operating frequency. Exciter programmable in 10 kHz steps.
RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:
50 ohms (others on special request)
OUTPUT CONNECTOR:
31/s inch EIA flange.
VSWR:
1.8:1 maximum. (will operate into higher VSWR with
automatic power reduction).
FREQUENCY STABILITY:
±300 Hz, 0° to 50°C.
TYPE OF MODULATION:
Direct frequency modulation of carrier frequency.
MODULATION CAPABILITY:
Greater than ±200 kHz.
MODULATION INDICATION:
Peak reading, color coded, LED display with base band overmodulation indicator.
EXCITER:
Solid state, 30 watt output, model FX -30; incorporating a digitally programmed synthesizer. (10 kHz
increments)
PRE -EMPHASIS:
FCC 75 uS, CCIR 50 uS (where specified) or 25 uS
(Dolby)
ASYNCHRONOUS AM S/N RATIO:
55 dB below reference carrier with 100% AM
modulation @ 400 Hz, 75 uS de-emphasis. (no FM
modulation present)
SYNCHRONOUS AM S/N RATIO:
45 dB below 10 kW reference carrier with 100% AM
modulation @ 400 Hz, 75 uS de-emphasis. (FM
modulation ±75 kHz @ 400 Hz)
TUBE COMPLEMENT:
(2) 4CX3500A
RF HARMONICS:
Suppression meets all FCC /DOC requirements and
CCIR recommendations.
POWER SUPPLY RECTIFIERS:
Silicon
ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL
AC INPUT POWER:
208 V WYE /240 V Delta, 50 or 60 Hz, three phase.
(Taps for 196 to 252 V. Other voltages are available
upon request.)
PRIMARY POWER CONSUMPTION:
173 kW @ 0.92 PF @ 10 kW output.
OVERALL EFFICIENCY:
Typically 60% (AC line input to RF output)
SIZE & WEIGHT:
(Each FM -5A Transmitter) 33.69" W x 37.25" D x
69.81" H (85.57 cm. W x 94.6 cm. D x 177.3 cm. H)
Weight = 700 lbs. (317.5 kg.)
(Each FM -5A Power Supply) 22.69" W x 37.25" D
x 69.81" H (57.63 cm. W x 94.6 cm. D x 177.3 cm.
H) Weight = 900 lbs. (408.2 kg.)
ALTITUDE:
7500 ft. @ 50 Hz (2286 M)
'MONAURAL OPERATION
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:
600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances, 50 dB common mode suppression.
AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:
+10 dBm nominal for ±75 kHz deviation á 400 Hz.
AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz to 15 kHz, selectable flat, 25, 50, 75
microsecond pre- emphasis.
HARMONIC DISTORTION:
0.08% or less
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION:
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/7 kHz, 4:1 ratio
TRANSIENT IMD:
0.1% or less (square wave/sine wave)
FM S/N RATIO:
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation ä 400 Hz (75 dB
typical) measured in a 30 Hz to 15 kHz bandwidth
with 75 uS de- emphasis.
*WIDEBAND COMPOSITE OPERATION
COMPOSITE INPUTS:
3 total, (1) unbalanced and (1) balanced plus front
panel test. All connectors BNC.
COMPOSITE INPUT IMPEDANCE:
10K ohm, nominal, resistive.
COMPOSITE INPUT LEVEL:
3.5 V p-p nominal, for ±75 kHz deviation.
COMPOSITE FM S/N RATIO:
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB
typical). Measured in a 30 Hz to 100 kHz bandwidth
with 75 uS de- emphasis.
COMPOSITE HARMONIC DISTORTION:
0.08% or less (.04% typical)
COMPOSITE INTERMODULATION DISTORTION:
0.08% or less (.04% typical)
COMPOSITE TRANSIENT IMD:
0.1% or less (square wave /sine wave)
COMPOSITE AMPLITUDE RESPONSE:
±0.1 dB, 30 Hz to 53 kHz
COMPOSITE PHASE RESPONSE:
±0.5° from linear phase, 30 Hz to 53 kHz
COMPOSITE GROUP DELAY:
390 nanoseconds, ±25 nanoseconds 30 Hz to 53
kHz
COMPOSITE SLEW RATE:
12 V/microsecond (symmetrical)
'STEREO OPERATION
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:
600 ohms balanced, resistive, floating. (Adaptable to
other impedances)
AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:
+10 dBm, ±1 dBm, for 100% modulation @ 400 Hz.
(Adaptable to other input levels)
AUDIO INPUT FILTER:
15 kHz LPF with delay equalization for minimum
overshoot.
FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
±0.5 dB, 30 - 15,000 Hz, 75 uS pre-emphasis (flat,
25, or 50 uS pre- emphasis selectable)
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION:
0.08% or less
-
10,000 ft. @ 60 Hz
(3048 M)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:
-10 °C to +50 °C.
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION:
0.08 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 4:1 ratio.
TRANSIENT INTERMODULATION DISTORTION:
0.1% (square wave /sine wave)
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FMD-10A
STOCK NO.
909-2005 -200
FMD-10A
MVDS
909-2005 -300
909-6091 -0007
FO-2
FW-30
909-0117
909-0120
909-0115
909-0098
DESCRIPTION
FMD -10A, dual FM -5A transmitter system for operation on one
specified frequency between 87.5 and 108 MHz 208 V/240 V, 60 Hz
3 -wire three phase power source. Includes one FX -30 Exciter.
Same as above except for 208/240V, 50 Hz power source
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, factory installed
in FMD -10A transmitter. (Must be ordered with transmitter)
Optional dual transmitter Output Switcher
Optional FW-30 Exciter Switcher
Optional filament voltage regulators (60 Hz)
Optional three phase AC voltmeter
121
FM NOISE:
72 dB or better below 100% modulation @ 400 Hz,
75 uS de- emphasis.
STEREO SEPARATION:
45 dB or better; 30 - 15,000 Hz (sine wave)
DYNAMIC STEREO SEPARATION:
40 dB or better; 30 - 15,000 Hz (normal program
content)
LINEAR CROSSTALK:
Main to Sub /Sub to Main due to amplitude and
phase matching of left and right channels, 30 15,000 Hz, 45 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
NON -LINEAR CROSSTALK:
Main to Sub /Sub to Main due to distortion products.
70 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
PILOT STABILITY:
±0.5 Hz, 0° to 50 °C.
MODES:
Stereo, Mono L +R, Mono (L) and Mono (R) remote
controlled. (See FS -30 data sheet for full details)
'SCA OPERATION
MODULATION:
Direct FM.
SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY:
67 kHz (39 to 95 kHz to order).
SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY:
±0.5% (330 Hz @ 67 kHz), 0° to 50 °C.
SUBCARRIER HARMONIC CONTENT:
Less than 0.3%.
SUBCARRIER ENVELOPE DECAY:
Greater than 100 msec. from 90% to 10% subcarrier
levels.
MODULATION CAPABILITY:
±20% of subcarrier frequency
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:
600 ohm balanced, resistive
DATA INPUT IMPEDANCE:
75 ohm unbalanced, resistive, DC coupled
INPUT LEVELS:
(Audio) adjustable +10 dBm to -10 dBm for ±6 kHz
deviation @ 400 Hz. (Data) adjustable 1.0 to 4.0 V
p-p for ±6 kHz deviation -DC coupled
PRE -EMPHASIS:
(Audio) 150 microseconds standard (75 uS with internal jumper). (Data) no pre- emphasis.
FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
(Audio) ±0.5 dB, 10 - 10,000 Hz, exclusive of audio
low pass filter. (Data) ±0.5 dB,
DC
-
10,000 Hz.
AUDIO LOW PASS FILTER:
Sixth order, -3 dB @ 43 kHz, standard (resistor
changes for other values)
DATA LOW PASS FILTER:
Same as AF filter or may be bypassed.
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION:
Less than 0.5% throughout AF pass band.
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION:
Less than 0.5 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 1:1 ratio (audio pre emphasis and LPF bypassed) Typically 0.1%
CROSSTALK, SCA TO STEREO:
- 60 dB or better below 100% modulation of left or
right. 75 uS de- emphasis.
CROSSTALK, STEREO TO SCA:
- 50 dB or better below +6 kHz deviation of SCA
using 150 uS de- emphasis and FS -30 stereo
generator.
FM NOISE:
72 dB below ±6 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (150 uS
de- emphasis)
AUTO MUTING LEVEL:
Adjustable from 10 to 30 dB below program level.
AUTO MUTING DELAY:
Adjustable, 0.5 to 10.0 seconds
(See FC-30 data sheet for full details)
'Through FMD -10A Transmitter using model FX -30
Exciter, model FS -30 Stereo Generator, and model
FC -30 SCA Generator as applicable.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
Folded half-wave output cavity (no plate blocking capacitors
or sliding contacts)*
Broadband input circuit*
Single tube design
Modular slide -out IPA
Extensive metering
-
10
meters
Optional microprocessor video diagnostic system. (MVDS)
Synthesized, low distortion FX-30 exciter
Advanced transmitter controller
High overall efficiency for low operating cost
'
Patented
Broadcast Electronics' FM -5A single tube, five kilowatt transmitter represents the finest in medium power FM transmitter design.
The FM -5A is a full featured transmitter including state of the art
innovations such as the folded half-wave output cavity *, a modular
slide -out IPA, a modular Automatic Power Control and an optional
MVDS (Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System).
damage. The result is a transmitter that can remain on the air
despite such adverse conditions as lightning strikes, output
mismatches, or operator error. The ruggedness of the FM -5A's output stage is enhanced further through a highly reliable PA cavity
and an automatic protection system.
SOLID-STATE IPA
The solid state IPA assembly is contained in a slide -out drawer
for easy maintenance. The broadband amplifier and regulator
modules can be removed quickly without de- soldering.
Both RF output transistors are automatically protected against
output mismatch. The self- contained IPA unit can be operated
directly into an antenna as a 250 watt transmitter during emergencies. The IPA power supply operates from 97 to 133 VAC, or 194
to 266 VAC.
INNOVATIVE POWER AMPLIFIER
The power amplifier section of the FM -5A employs a patented
folded half-wave output cavity. This unique design innovation completely eliminates troublesome plate blocking capacitors and
sliding contacts.
A patented second harmonic suppressor is also integrated into the folded half-wave cavity. An external low pass filter (with directional output couplers) ensures compliance with FCC, Canadian
DOC, and CCIR recommendations.
A new grid circuit design uses a patented broadband matching
PCB assembly to maximize bandwidth and stability, while
eliminating the input loading control. Installation or removal of the
power tube can be performed from the rear of the transmitter and
is easily accomplished within minutes. With the FM -5A's broadband screen neutralizing technique, neutralization re- adjustment
is not necessary when changing tubes.
SOLID -STATE CONTROL /DIAGNOSTICS
Transmitter protection and control functions in the FM -5A use
state -of- the -art CMOS logic. Great care has been taken to build in extensive input /output control line filtering and optical isolation
for trouble -free operation - even in high level RF environments.
The MVDS (Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System) is
available as an option for the FM -5A. MVDS is a "smart"
diagnostic system designed to give extremely informative operational status and fault condition reports on an eye-level video
EFFICIENT SINGLE TUBE (4CX3500A) DESIGN
The FM -5A uses a single, high gain Eimac 4CX3500A tetrode
to produce 5 kW of RF power on any frequency between 87.5 and
108 MHz. The single tube design of the FM -5A assures the utmost in reliability. Unlike solid state devices, the 4CX3500A output tube can withstand repeated overloads without substantial
display.
AUTOMATIC POWER CONTROL
An advanced automatic power control (APC) system maintains
constant RF output power with limited fluctuations of AC line
122
FM-5A, 5 kW
I=E
voltage or RF drive level. The regulated set point can be changed by remote control and is retained in non -volatile memory. In
addition, an external signal can be used to switch the FM -5A into
a separate "Preset Power" mode for lower power consumption
during emergencies. A sophisticated proportional servo system
provides fast correction of output power changes without
overshoot.
A proportional VSWR foldback system protects the PA by
automatically reducing power to safe levels until the mismatch
situation can be corrected.
Each time the transmitter is activated, a "soft start" circuit
gradually increases power from zero to nominal. This allows the
FM -5A to assume a safe operating level under high VSWR conditions without overloading.
Coaxial cavity
THE OPTIONAL MICROPROCESSOR VIDEO DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM (MVDS)
Calculates efficiency, dissipation, and ERP
n Converts multiple meter readings to bar -graph or tabular
display
Preset limit violations clearly indicated in reverse video
Automatically displays the location and nature of a
malfunction
Bar -graph display of PA/IPA parameters
C[ Automatic logging output capability
Remote monitoring via modem, telco lines, or SCA
i
Operates independently of primary controller - cannot
affect basic "on -air" support systems.
Power tube
access door
l
Input circuit
Cooling system
[
IMPROVED ON -AIR RELIABILITY
The addition of the MVDS to the FM -5A provides not only the
diagnostic system functions, but also redundant, automatic
transmitter control which enhances overall on -air reliability. When
the MVDS is selected to control the transmitter, it does so by communicating through the primary transmitter controller. If MVDS
is disabled in any way, control automatically returns to the primary
controller WITHOUT ANY INTERRUPTION IN TRANSMISSION.
The MVDS option even has it's own independent power supply.
This prevents any MVDS failure from affecting the other transmitter
systems - including the primary controller.
Rear door contains
air filter which is
replaceable without
opening door
Rear view FM -SA Transmitter shows accessibility and
excellent mechanical arrangement.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
-OPTIONAL
I
i#
I
I
STEREO GEN.
L
CONTROL
SOLID -STATE
>----
SCA
SCA
#2
FC-30
l
150 W
[POWER SUPPLY
0-
I
PLATE
I
510
OPTIONAL
F
SAMPLING POINTS
CONTROL
>
SCREEN
400 -700V
BIAS
lllll - --
REMOTE
AW
07.5-108 MHz
PA
28Y
r
POWER SUPPLY
I
I
IPA
I
FC-30
I
LPF
5
FA-30
15W
I
SCA #1
I
4CX3500A
EXCITER
F5-30
R
SCA
AUTOMATIC
POWER
r
MONO
® MODEL FM -5A TRANSMITTER
-250V
FILAMENT
POWER
TRANSMITTER
5V
SUPPLIES
CONTROLLER
PA ana
u
1
AAA
196 -252 VAC
123
3
Phase,
50/60
Hz
CABINET
COOLING
SYSTEM
FN/
TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
FM-5A, 5 kW
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
Power Output:
5 kW (2.5kW to 5.5kW).
Frequency Range:
87.5 to 108 MHz, tuned to specific operating frequency.
Exciter programmable in 10kHz steps.
RF Output Impedance:
50 ohms (others on special request).
Output Connector:
1%" EIA flange.
VSWR:
MONAURAL OPERATION:
Audio Input Impedance:
600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other
impedances, 50 dB common mode suppression.
Audio Input Level:
+10 dBm nominal for ±75 kHz deviation @
400 Hz.
Audio Frequency Response:
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz to 15 kHz, selectable flat, 25, 50, 75
microsecond pre-emphasis.
Harmonic Distortion:
maximum. (will operate into higher VSWR with
automatic power reduction).
1.8:1
Frequency Stability:
+300 Hz, 0 to 50 Degrees
Type of Modulation:
C.
Direct frequency modulation of carrier frequency.
Modulation Capability:
Greater than ±200 kHz.
Modulation Indication:
Peak reading, color coded, LED display with baseband
overmodulation indicator.
Exciter:
Solid state, 30 watt output, model FX-30; incorporating a
digitally programmed synthesizer. (10 kHz increments).
Pre -emphasis:
FCC 75 uS, CCIR 50 uS (where specified) or 25 uS
(Dolby).
Asynchronous AM S/N Ratio:
55 dB below reference carrier with 100% AM modulation
@ 400 Hz, 75 uS de- emphasis. (no FM modulation
present).
Synchronous AM S/N Ratio:
40 dB below reference carrier with 100% AM modulation
@ 400 Hz, 75 uS de- emphasis. (FM modulation ±75 kHz
@ 400 Hz).
Tube Complement:
(1) 4CX3500A.
RF Harmonics:
Suppression meets all FCC /DOC requirements and CCIR
recommendations.
Power Supply Rectifiers:
0.08% or less (.04% typical).
Intermodulation Distortion:
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/ 7 kHz, 4:1 ratio.
Transient IMD:
0.1% or less (square wave/sine wave).
FM S/N Ratio:
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB
typical) measured in a 30 Hz to 15 kHz bandwidth with
75 uS de- emphasis.
*WIDEBAND COMPOSITE OPERATION:
Composite Inputs:
3 total, (1) unbalanced and (1) balanced plus front panel
test. All connectors BNC.
Composite Input Impedance:
10K ohm, nominal, resistive.
Composite Input Level:
3.5 V p-p nominal, for ±75 kHz deviation.
Composite FM S/N Ratio:
72 dB below +75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB
typical) Measured in a 30 Hz to 100 kHz bandwidth with
75 uS de-emphasis.
Composite Harmonic Distortion:
0.08% or less (.04% typical).
Composite Intermodulation Distortion:
0.08% or less (.04% typical).
Composite Transient IMD:
0.1% or less (square wave/sine wave).
Composite Amplitude Response:
+0.1 dB, 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Composite Phase Response:
±0.5 degrees from linear phase, 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Composite Group Delay:
390 nanoseconds, ±25 nanoseconds 30 Hz to
Silicon.
ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL:
AC Input Power:
208 V WYE/240 V Delta, 60 Hz, three phase. (Taps for
196 to 252 V. Other voltages and line frequencies are
available upon request).
Primary Power Consumption:
8.3 kW @ 5 kW output, 0.92 pf.
Overall Efficiency
Typically 60% (AC line input to RF output).
Size:
34.5" W x 37.25" D x 70" H (87.63 W x 94.61 D x
177.8 H cm).
Weight & Cubage:
1000 lbs. (455 Kg) unpacked; 1200 lbs. (545 Kg) packed
53 cu. ft. (1.5 cu. meters).
Altitude:
7500 ft. @ 50 Hz (2286 M), 10,000 ft. @ 60 Hz (3048 M).
53 kHz.
Composite Slew Rate:
12 V /microsecond
(symmetrical).
Audio Input Filters:
15 kHz LPF with delay equalization for minimum
overshoot.
Frequency Response:
+0.5 dB, 30 - 15,000 Hz, 75 uS pre -emphasis (flat, 25 or
50 uS pre -emphais selectable).
Total Harmonic Distortion:
Intermodulation Distortion:
0.08 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 4:1 ratio.
ORDERING INFORMATION
FM -5A
MVDS
909- 0035 -300
909 -5000 -380
909-0091 -003
243 -3500
40 dB or better; 30
content).
-
15,000 Hz (normal program
Linear Crosstalk:
Main to Sub/Sub to Main due to amplitude and phase
matching of left and right channels, 30 - 15,000 Hz, 45
dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Non -Linear Crosstalk:
Main to Sub/Sub to Main due to distortion products. 70
dB minimum below 100% modulation.
38 kHz Suppression:
70 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Pilot Stability:
±0.5 Hz, 0 to 50 degrees C.
Modes:
Stereo, Mono L +R, Mono (L) and Mono (R) remote
controlled. (See FS-30 data sheet for full details).
`SCA OPERATION:
Modulation:
Direct FM.
Subcarrier Frequency:
67 kHz (39 to 95 kHz to order).
Subcarrier Frequency Stability:
+0.5% (330 Hz @ 67 kHz), 0 to 50 degrees
C.
Subcarrier Harmonic Content:
Less than 0.3 %.
Subcarrier Envelope Decay:
Greater than 100 msec. from 90% to 100/o subcarrier
levels.
Modulation Capability:
±20% of subcarrier frequency.
Audio Input Impedance:
600 ohm balanced, resistive.
Data Input Impedence:
75 ohm unbalanced, resistive, DC coupled.
Input Levels:
(Audio) adjustable +10 dBm to -10 dBm for ±6 kHz
deviation @ 400 Hz (Data) adjustable 1.0 to 4.0 V
p-p for ±6 kHz deviation (DC coupled).
Pre-emphasis:
(Audio) 150 microseconds standard (75 uS with internal
jumper) (Data) no pre -emphasis.
(Audio) ±0.5 dB, 10 - 10,000 Hz, exclusive of audio low
pass filter. (Data) ±0.5 dB, DC - 10,000 Hz.
Audio Low Pass Filter:
Sixth order, -3 dB @ 4.3 kHz, standard (resistor
changes for other values).
Data Low Pass Filter:
Same as AF filter or may be bypassed.
Total Harmonic Distortion:
Less than 0.5% throughout AF pass band.
600 ohms balanced, resistive, floating. (Adaptable to
other impedances).
Audio Input Level:
+10 dBm, ±1 dBm, for 100% modulation @ 400 Hz
(Adaptable to other input levels).
Transient Intermodulation Distortion:
0.1% (square wave/sine wave).
FM -5A
15,000 Hz (sine wave).
Frequency Response:
B/E blue with anodized aluminum control center panel
STOCK NO.
909 -5000 -200
-
Dynamic Stereo Separation:
Audio Input Impedance:
0.08% or less.
MODEL
FM -5A
Stereo Separation:
45 dB or better; 30
'STEREO OPERATION:
Ambient Temperature Range:
-10 degrees C to +50 degrees C.
Finish:
and anodized aluminum trim.
FM Noise:
72 dB or better below 100% modulation @ 400 Hz, 75
uS de- emphasis.
DESCRIPTION
FM -SA single tube broadcast transmitter for operation on one
specified frequency between 87.5 and 108 MHz 208 V / 240 V, 60
Hz 3 -wire three phase power source. Includes FX -30 Exciter.
Same as above except for 208/240 VAC. 50 Hz power source.
Same as above except for 380 VAC, WYE, 50 Hz three phase
power source.
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, factory
installed in FM -5A transmitter.
(Must be ordered with transmitter)
Spare 4CX3500A power tube
124
Intermodulation Distortion:
Less than 0.5 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 1:1 ratio (audio
pre -emphasis and LPF bypassed) Typically 0.1 %.
Crosstalk, SCA to Stereo:
60 dB or better below 100% modulation of left or right.
75 uS de- emphasis.
Crosstalk, Stereo to SCA:
-50 dB or better below ±6 kHz deviation of SCA using
150 uS de- emphasis and FS-30 stereo generator.
FM Noise:
72 dB below ±6 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (150 uS
de- emphasis).
-
Auto Muting Level:
Adjustable from 10 to 30 dB below program level.
Auto Muting Delay:
Adjustable, 0.5 to 10.0 seconds.
(See FC -30 data sheet for full details).
'Through FM -5A Transmitter using model FX-30
Exciter, model FS-30 Stereo Generator, and model
FC-30 SCA Generator as applicable.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
FV -3.5A, 3,500 WATTS
Folded half-wave output cavity (no plate blocking
capacitors or sliding contacts)*
L-1
Broadband input circuit*
Single tube design
Modular slide -out IPA
Extensive metering
-
10
meters
Optional microprocessor video diagnostic
system. (MVDS)
Synthesized, low distortion FX-30 exciter
Advanced transmitter controller
FCC type accepted
'Patented
THE MODEL FM -3.5A TRANSMITTER
The thirty -five hundred watt FM -3.5A transmitter is ideal for Class
"A" stations. The FM -3.5A is a full featured, single tube transmitter. It includes state of the art innovations such as a folded half wave output cavity *, an optional MVDS (Microprocessor Video
Diagnostic System), modular slide-out IPA, a modular Automatic
Power Control, and the industry acclaimed FX-30 exciter. The entire
3,500 watt transmitter is contained in a single, low profile cabinet
only 5' 10" high (177.8 cm) with easy access to all components.
Only 8.5 square feet (0.8 square meters) of floor space is required.
INNOVATIVE POWER AMPLIFIER
The power amplifier section of the FM -3.5A employs a patented
folded half -wave output cavity. This unique design innovation completely eliminates troublesome plate blocking capacitors and
sliding contacts.
A patented second harmonic suppressor is also integrated in-
output couplers) ensures compliance with FCC, Canadian DOC,
and CCIR recommendations.
A new grid circuit design uses a patented broadband matching
PCB assembly to maximize bandwidth and stability, while
eliminating the input loading control. Installation or removal of the
power tube can be performed from the rear of the transmitter and
is easily accomplished within minutes. With the FM- 3.5A's broadband screen neutralizing technique, neutralization re- adjustment
is not necessary when changing tubes.
All PA adjustments are performed through front panel controls
with counters. A grounded bellows provides the fine tuning while
a grounded loop couples to the antenna. This careful attention
to grounding yields the added benefit of improved lightning
immunity.
to the folded half -wave cavity. An external low pass filter (with directional
EFFICIENT SINGLE TUBE DESIGN
The FM -3.5A uses a single, high gain Eimac 4CX3500A tetrode
to produce 3.5 kW of RF power on any frequency between 87.5
and 108 MHz. The single tube design of the FM -3.5A assures the
utmost in reliability. Unlike solid state devices, the 4CX3500A output tube can withstand repeated overloads without substantial
damage. The result is a transmitter that can remain on the air
despite such adverse conditions as lightning strikes, output
mismatches, or operator error. The ruggedness of the FM- 3.5A's
output stage is enhanced further through a highly reliable PA cavity
and an automatic protection system.
Computer optimized
coaxial cavity employs BE's
patented folded half wave tank circuit which eliminates the
plate blocking capacitor and all sliding contacts in the output
circuit.
125
1E0 FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
SOLID-STATE CONTROL /DIAGNOSTICS
Transmitter protection and control functions in the FM -3.5A use
state -of- the -art CMOS logic. Great care has been taken to build in extensive input /output control line filtering and optical isolation
for trouble -free operation - even in high level RF environments.
Digital
Control
System
AUTOMATIC POWER CONTROL
An advanced automatic power control (APC) system maintains
constant RF output power with limited fluctuations of AC line
voltage or RF drive level. The regulated set point can be changed by remote control and is retained in non -volatile memory. In
addition, an external signal can be used to switch the FM -3.5A
into a separate "Preset Power" mode for lower power consumption during emergencies. A sophisticated proportional servo
system provides fast correction of output power changes without
overshoot.
A proportional VSWR foldback system protects the PA by
automatically reducing power to safe levels until the mismatch condition can be corrected.
Each time the transmitter is activated, a "soft start" circuit
gradually increases power form zero to nominal. This allows the
FM -3.5A to assume a safe operating level under high VSWR conditions without overloading.
Automatic
Power Control
FX -30 Exciter
Space for Stereo /SCA
Generators
Broad Band IPA
THE OPTIONAL MICROPROCESSOR VIDEO DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM (MVDS)
Single phase
high voltage
power supply
Features:
l Calculates efficiency, dissipation, and ERP
Converts multiple meter readings to bar -graph or
tabular display
Preset limit violations clearly indicated in reverse
video
Automatically displays the location and nature of a
malfunction
Bar -graph display of PA /IPA parameters
Automatic logging output capability
Remote monitoring via modem, telco lines, or SCA
Operates independently of primary controller - cannot
affect basic "on-air" support systems
Front view Model FM -3.5A Transmitter.
SOLID -STATE DRIVER /IPA
The solid state IPA assembly is contained in a slide -out drawer
for easy maintenance. The broadband amplifier and regulator
modules can be removed quickly without de- soldering.
Both RF output transistors are automatically protected against
output mismatch. The self- contained IPA unit can be operated
directly into an antenna as a 250 watt transmitter during emergencies. The IPA power supply operates from 97 to 133 VAC, or 194
to 266 VAC.
Broadcast Electronics' Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System
(MVDS) is available as an add -on option to the FM -3.5A. See the
MVDS section of this catalog for more information.
BLOCK DIAGRAM [CO MODEL FM -3.5A TRANSMITTER
r
MONO
L
-OPIIONAI
SCA-
POWER
-+
?1
T-
AUTOMATIC
101.
CONTROL
SOLIO -STATE
ICX3500A
EXCITER
STEREO GEN
FS
FX
-30
12
1
SCA
FC
LPF
3.5 kW
-30
i
IPA
5W'
01s-108MNz
PA
125 W
#1
20V
-30
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
F
1
SCA
>L
SCA
#2
PLATE
FC-30
OPTIONAL
Á.50Y
_I
SCREEN
400 -600V
BIAS
SAMPLING POINTS
111111 - --
r
TRANSMITTER
REMOTE
-250V
FILAMENT
POWER
5V
SUPPLIES
CONTROLLER
PA and
CONTROL
CABINET
1
i
COOLING
SYSTEM
A
196 -252 YAC. single phase. 50/60 Hz
126
FM -3.5A, 3,500 WATTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
Power Output:
Audio Frequency Response:
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz to 15 kHz, selectable flat, 25, 50, 75
microsecond pre-emphasis.
3.5 kW (1.5 kW to 3.8 kW).
Frequency Range:
Harmonic Distortion:
875 to 108 MHz, tuned to specific operating frequency.
Exciter programmable in 10 kHz steps.
RF Output Impedance:
50 ohms (others on special request).
0.08% or less (.04% typical).
Intermodulation Distortion:
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/ 7 kHz, 4:1 ratio.
Transient IMD:
0.1% or less (square wave/sine wave).
FM S/N Ration:
72 dB below +75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB
typical) measured in a 30 Hz to 15 kHz bandwidth with
75 uS de- emphasis.
Output Connector:
1%" EIA flange.
VSWR:
2:1 maximum. (will operate into higher VSWR with
automatic power reduction).
Frequency Stability:
±300 Hz, 0 to 50 Degrees
Type Of Modulation:
'WIDEBAND COMPOSITE OPERATION:
Composite Inputs:
3 total, (1) unbalanced and (1) balanced plus front panel
test. All connectors BNC.
Composite Input Impedance:
C.
Direct frequency modulation of carrier frequency.
Modulation Capability:
Greater than +200 kHz.
10K ohm, nominal, resistive.
Modulation Indication:
Composite Input Level:
as V p-p nominal, for ±75 kHz deviation.
Composite FM S/N Ratio:
Peak reading, color coded, LED display with baseband
overmodulation indicator.
Exciter:
Solid state, 30 watt output, model FX -30; incorporating a
digitally programmed synthesizer. (10 kHz increments).
Pre- emphasis:
FCC 75 uS, CCIR 50 uS (where specified) or 25 uS
(Dolby).
Asynchronous AM S/N Ratio:
55 dB below reference carrier with 100% AM modulation
@ 400 Hz, 75 uS de- emphasis. (no FM modulation
present).
Synchronous AM S/N Ratio:
40 dB below reference carrier with 100% AM modulation
@ 400 Hz, 75 uS de- emphasis. (FM modulation +75 kHz
@ 400 Hz).
Tube Complement:
(1) 4CX3500A.
RF Harmonics:
Suppression meets all FCC/DOC requirements and CCIR
recommendations.
Power Supply Rectifiers:
Silicon.
ELECTRICAL /MECHANICAL:
AC Input Power:
208/240 V, 60 Hz, single phase. (Taps for 196 to 252 V.
Other voltages and line frequencies are available upon
request).
Power Consumption:
6.5 kW @ 3.5 kW output, 0.92 pf.
Overall Efficiency:
Typically 54% (AC line input to RF output).
Size:
34.5" W x 37.25" D x 70" H (87.63 W x 94.61 D x
177.8 H cm).
Weight & Cubage:
1050 lbs. (477 Kg) unpacked; 1210 lbs. (550 Kg) packed
53 cu. ft. (1.5 cu. meters).
B/E blue with anodized aluminum control center panel
and anodized aluminum trim.
'MONAURAL OPERATION:
Audio Input Impedance:
600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other
impedances, 50 dB common mode suppression.
Audio Input Level:
0.08% or less (.04% typical)
Composite Intermodulation Distortion:
0.08% or less (.04% typical).
Composite Transient IMD:
.01% or less (square wave /sine wave).
Composite Amplitude Response:
+0.1 dB, 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Composite Phase Response:
±0.5 degrees from linear phase, 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Composite Group Delay:
390 nanoseconds, +25 nanoseconds 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Composite Slew Rate:
12 V/microsecond (symmetrical).
STEREO OPERATION:
Audio Input Impedance:
600 ohms balanced, resistive, floating. (Adaptable to
other impedances).
Audio Input Level:
+10 dBm, +1 dBm, for 100% modulation @ 400 Hz.
(Adaptable to other input levels).
Audio Input Filters:
15 kHz LPF with delay equalization for minimum
overshoot.
Frequency Response:
+0.5 dB, 30 - 15,000 Hz, 75 uS pre -emphasis (flat, 25 or
50 uS pre -emphasis selectable).
Total Harmonic Distortion:
0.08% or less.
Intermodulation Distortion:
7500 ft. @ 50 Hz (2286 M), 10,000 ft. @ 60 Hz (3048 M).
C.
Composite Harmonic Distortion:
0.08 %, 60 Hz/7 khz; 4:1 ratio.
Altitude:
Ambient Temperature Range:
-10 degrees C to +50 degrees
Finish:
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB
typical) measured in a 30 Hz to 100 kHz bandwidth with
75 uS de- emphasis.
Transient Intermodulation Distortion:
0.1% (square wave/sine wave).
FM Noise:
72 dB or better below 100% modulation @ 400 Hz, 75
uS de-emphasis.
Stereo Separation:
45 dB or better; 30 15,000 Hz (sine wave).
Dynamic Stereo Separation:
40 dB or better; 30 - 15,000 Hz (normal program
content).
Linear Crosstalk:
Main to Sub/Sub to Main due to amplitude and phase
matching of left and right channels, 30 - 15,000 Hz, 45
dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Non -Linear Crosstalk:
Main to Sub/Sub to Main due to distortion products. 70
dB minimum below 100% modulation.
38 kHz Suppression:
70 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Pilot Stability:
±0.5 Hz, 0 to 50 degrees C.
Modes:
Stereo, Mono L +R, Mono (L) and Mono (R) remote
controlled. See FS-30 data sheet for full details).
*SCA OPERATION:
Modulation:
Direct FM.
Subcarrier Frequency:
67 kHz (39 to 95 kHz to order).
Subcarrier Frequency Stability:
+0.5% (330 Hz @ 67 kHz), 0 to 50 degrees C.
Subcarrier Harmonic Content:
Less than 0.3 %.
Subcarrier Envelope Decay:
Greater than 100 msec. from 90% to 10% subcarrier
levels.
Modulation Capability:
±20% of subcarrier frequency.
Audio Input Impedance:
600 ohm balanced, resistive.
Data Input Impedance:
75 ohm unbalanced, resistive, DC coupled.
Input Levels:
(Audio) adjustable +10 dBm to -10 dBm for ±6 kHz
deviation @ 400 Hz (Data) adjustable 1.0 to 4.0 V p-p for
+6 kHz deviation (DC coupled).
Pre -emphasis:
(Audio) 150 microseconds standard (75 uS with internal
jumper) (Data) no pre -emphasis.
Frequency Response:
(Audio) +0.5 dB, 10 - 10,000 Hz, exclusive of audio low
pass filter (Data) ±0.5 dB, DC - 10,000 Hz.
Audio Low Pass Filter:
Sixth order, -3 dB @ 43 kHz, standard (resistor
changes for other values).
Data Low Pass Filter:
Same as AF filter or may be bypassed.
Total Harmonic Distortion:
Less than 0.5% throughout AF pass band.
Intermodulation Distortion:
Less than 0.5 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 1:1 ratio (audio preemphasis and LPF bypassed) Typically 0.1 %.
Crosstalk, SCA to Stereo:
60 dB or better below 100% modulation of left or right.
75 uS de-emphasis.
Crosstalk, Stereo to SCA:
- 50 dB or better below +6 kHz deviation of SCA using
150 uS de- emphasis and FS-30 stereo generator.
FM Noise:
72 dB below ±6 kHz deviation Co 400 Hz (150 uS
de- emphasis).
Auto Muting Level:
Adjustable from 10 to 30 dB below program level.
-
Auto Muting Delay:
Adjustable, 0.5 to 10.0 seconds.
(See FC-30 data sheet for full details).
*Through FM -3.5A Transmitter using model FX -30
Exciter, model FS-30 Stereo Generator, and model
FC-30 SCA Generator as applicable.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
+10 dBm nominal for +75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM -3.5A
STOCK NO.
909- 3500 -200
FM-3.5A
MVDS
909-3500-300
909-0091-002
243 -3500
DESCRIPTION
FM -3.5A single tube broadcast transmitter for operation on one
specified frequency between 87.5 and 108 MHz. 196 V / 252 V.
60 Hz single phase power source. Includes FX -30 Exciter.
Same as above except for 50 Hz single phase power source.
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System. factory
installed in FM -3.5A transmitter. (Must be ordered with
transmitter).
Spare 4CX3500A power tube.
127
1
=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
One -tube transmitter
Patented folded half -wave output cavity-no
plate blocking capacitor or sliding contacts
Broadband input matching network
Advanced digital control system
Optional microprocessor diagnostics
Synthesized B/E FX -30 exciter
Solid state broadband IPA
Automatic Power Control with Proportional
VSWR Foldback
ADVANCED ENGINEERING
The one-tube FM -1.5A transmitter incorporates a patented folded
half-wave cavity power amplifier, broadband solid state IPA, digitally
programmed FX-30 ultra -linear exciter and a digital control system.
With these innovative engineering advances Broadcast Electronics
has produced a 1500 watt transmitter for optimum reliability and
superb FM performance.
The entire transmitter is contained in a single low profile cabinet
only 5'10" high (177.8 cm) with easy access to all components.
Only five square feet of floor space are required. The air filter is
in the full length back door and is replaceable while the transmitter is operating.
SINGLE TUBE DESIGN
The FM -1.5A uses a single Eimac 3CX1500A7/8877 triode to provide 1.5KW power output on any frequency between 87.5 and
108MHz. The triode operates in a high -gain configuration and is
cathode -driven by a solid state broadband IPA. The tube is conservatively operated at less than one half of its rated plate
dissipation.
Installation and removal of the power tube can easily be accomplished from the front of the transmitter. The entire power
amplifier is contained in a slide -out drawer for easy accessibility.
cy power. A separate low pass filter with directional couplers is
located within the transmitter to insure compliance with FCC and
DOC regulations and CCIR recommendations.
All PA adjustments have front panel controls with counters. A
grounded bellows tunes the output while a grounded loop couples
the antenna. Improved immunity to lightning is accomplished in
the FM -1.5A in this manner.
OUTPUT TUBE RELIABILITY
B/E's one tube design provides a transmitter that can remain
on the air despite adverse conditions such as lightning, output
mismatch or operator error. Unlike solid state devices, an output
tube can repeatedly withstand overloads without damage. In the
Model FM -1.5A the ruggedness of a single tube output state is
enhanced with a highly reliable PA cavity and automatic protective circuitry.
AUTOMATIC POWER CONTROL
An advanced automatic power control system (APC) maintains
constant RF output power regardless of fluctuations in primary
AC line voltage or changes in the RF drive level. The regulated
set point can be changed by remote control and is retained in a
non -volatile digital memory.
An external signal can be used to switch the FM -1.5A into a
separate "Preset Power" mode for minimal power consumption
during an emergency.
A proportional VSWR foldback system protects the PA from
overloads by automatically reducing output power to a safe
operating level if the antenna system presents a mismatch, such
as during icing conditions.
Each time the transmitter is activated a "soft- start" circuit
automatically raises the power from a low level to the nominal
operating level. At turn -on, this feature allows the transmitter to
assume a safe operating level under high VSWR conditions
SIMPLIFIED INPUT CIRCUIT
A new PA input circuit matches the impedance between the
IPA and the power tube over the entire FM band. This new broadband matching circuit maximizes bandwidth and stability, while
eliminating the input loading control. A single catholde resonating
control is adjusted for maximum power output.
INNOVATIVE POWER AMPLIFIER
A unique new cavity employs a patented folded half -wave tank
circuit. This new cavity design eliminates the plate blocking
capacitor and all sliding contacts. The result is exceptional reliability with lower maintenance costs. A patented second harmonic suppressor is integral in this cavity, minimizing the generation of harmonic energy at the source, without wasting fundamental frequen-
without overloading.
128
FM -1.5A, 1,500 WATTS
1
=E
SOLID STATE IPA
A high efficiency solid state IPA assembly in the FM -1.5A
transmitter is contained in a slide -out drawer for convenience in
maintenance.
The broadband amplifier and regulator modules are easily
removed -no de- soldering is necessary.
Both RF output transistors are automatically protected against
output mismatch. The self- contained IPA unit can be operated
directly into an 250 watt transmitter during emergencies. The IPA
power supply operates from 97 to 133 VAC, or 194 to 266 VAC.
Operational aids for the IPA include three front panel status indicators and availability of buffered rear panel metering.
DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM
All transmitter control and status functions in the FM -1.5A are
performed by a modular digital controller. This advanced controller
monitors the transmitter operating parameters and determines
what control actions are necessary.
Status indicators (a total of 7) appear on individual LED's. This
gives the transmitter operator more information for use in
troubleshooting and day -to-day transmitter operation.
MODULAR CONTROL SYSTEM
A modular design approach with ribbon cables and a card edge
bus makes board removal quick and easy. CMOS logic is used
because of its superior noise immunity. All remote control inputs
and outputs are optically isolated for control cut protection.
The modular design will accommodate the optional
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System (MVDS). See page 137
for complete detaiils.
Front view of FM -1.5A Transmitter illustrates modular slide out construction.
I
BLOCK DIAGRAM FM -1.5A ONE TUBE 1500 WATT TRANSMITTER
ARC
EXCITER
MONO
FR -30
3
STEREO
I
SOL TO
LPF
-STATE
7.5W
-30w
DIR COUPLER
75W
IPA
1
A
57.1W-108
GEN
FS-30
28V
SCA
--E
SCA
>---rd
-
¡
SCA
1
POWER
POWER
SUPPLY
SuPPLY
FC-30
ICX1500A7
8877
L
)-
OPT
SCA 12
FC-30
IONAI
II
BIAS
SUPPLY
J
SAMPLING POINTS
llllll
REMOTE
PLATE
3.5KV
FILAMENT
5V
TRANSMITTER
CONTROL LEP
PA
POWER
SUPPL
CONTRO
I E
S
AND
CABINET
COOLING
111
252 VAC
50/60 Nr
SINGLE PHASE
146
129
SYSTEM
MHz
mEM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
FM -1.5A, 1,500 WATTS
SPECIFICATIONS
Harmonic Distortion
GENERAL
Power Output
1.5 kW
0.08% or less, 30 Hz to 15 kHz.
Intermodulation Distortion
(from 500 watts to 1650 watts).
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/7 kHz, 4:1 ratio.
Transient IMD
0.1% or less (square wave/sine wave).
FM S/N Ratio
72 below ±75 kHz deviation 18 400 Hz (75 dB typical)
measured in a 30 Hz to 15 kHz bandwidth with 75 microsecond de- emphasis.
Frequency Range
875 to 108 MHz, tuned to specified operating frequency. Exciter programmable in 10 kHz increments.
RF Output Impedance
50 ohms (others on special request).
Output Connector
4"
EIA flange.
VSWR
2:1 maximum (will operate into higher VSWR with automatic
power reduction).
Non -Linear Crosstalk
Main to Sub/Sub to Main due to distortion products. 70 dB
minimum below 100% modulation.
38 kHz Suppression
70 dB minimum below 100% modulation.
Pilot Stability
±0.5 Hz, 0° to 50°C.
Modes
Stereo, Mono L +R, Mono (L) and Mono (R) remote controlled
(See FS -30 data sheet for full details).
'WIDEBAND COMPOSITE OPERATION (Thru FM -1.5A using
FX -30)
'SCA OPERATION (Thru FM -1.5A using FC -30 SCA
Generator)
Modulation
Frequency Stability
±300 Hz, 0° to 50°C, temperature compensated crystal
Composite Inputs
3 total, (1) unbalanced and
oscillator.
Type of Modulation
Direct frequency modulation of carrier frequency.
BNC connectors.
Modulation Capability
Modulation Indication
Composite Input Level
35 VP -P nominal, for ±75 kHz deviation.
Composite FM S/N Ratio
Peak reading, color coded, LED display with baseband overmodulation indicator.
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (75 dB typical).
Measured in a 30 Hz to 100 kHz bandwidth with 75 microse-
Subcarrier Envelope Decay
Exciter
cond de- emphasis.
Solid state, 30 watt output, Model FX-30; incorporates digitally
programmed synthesizer (10kHz increments).
Pre -emphasis
FCC 75uS, CCIR 50uS (where specified), or 25uS (Dolby).
Asynchronous AM S/N Ratio
55dB below reference carrier with 100% AM modulation
400 Hz, 75 microsecond de-emphasis. (no FM modulation
present).
Synchronous AM S/N Ratio
45dB below reference carrier with 100% AM modulation
400Hz, 75 microsecond de-emphasis. (FM modulation ±75kHz
400Hz).
Tube Complement
Composite Harmonic Distortion
Modulation Capability
±20% of subcarrier frequency.
Audio Input Impedance
Suppression meets all FCC/DOC requirements and CCIR
recommendations.
Power Supply Rectifiers
Silicon.
ELECTRICAUMECHANICAL
AC Input Power
208V/240V, 50/60Hz, single phase. (Taps for 196 to 252V).
(Other voltages are available upon request).
Primary Power Consumption
3DkW ® .9pf and 1500 watt output.
Overall Efficiency
Typically 50% (AC line input to RF output).
Size/Weight/Cubage
23.25 "W x 70 "H x 315 "D (59 cm x 1778 cm x 80.0 cm).
Net weight 800 lbs; 315 cu. ft. Packed 925 lbs. 36 cu. ft. (420
kg;
1.1
7500 ft. Qi 50 Hz. (2286M). 10,000 ft.
Ambient Temperature Range
-10°C to +50°C.
Finish
(
67 kHz (39 to 95 kHz to order).
Subcarrier Frequency Stability
+05% (330 Hz @ 67 kHz), 0° - 50°C.
Subcarrier Harmonic Content
Less than 0.3 %.
0.08% or less (.04% typical).
Composite Intermodulation Distortion
Input Levels
Composite Amplitude Response
±0.1 dB, 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Composite Phase Response
±0.5° from linear phase, 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Composite Group Delay
390 nanoseconds ±25 nanoseconds 30 Hz to 53 kHz.
Composite Slew Rate
12 V/microsecond (symmetrical).
+10 dBm, ±1 dB for 100% modulation @ 400 Hz. (Adaptable
to other input levels).
Audio Input Filter
kHz LPF with delay equalization for minimum overshoot.
Frequency Response
±05 dB, 30 - 15,000 Hz, 75 usec pre-emphasis (flat, 25 or 50
uses pre -emphasis selectable).
Total Harmonic Distortion
15,000 Hz.
0.08 %, 60 Hz/7 kHz; 4:1 ratio.
Transient Intermodulation Distortion
BE blue with anodized aluminum trim.
'MONAURA OPERATION
0.1% (Square wave/sine wave).
FM Noise
72 dB or better below 100% modulation @ 400 Hz, 75 usec
de- emphasis.
Audio Input Impedance
Stereo Separation
600 ohms balanced, resistive, adaptable to other impedances,
50 dB common mode supression.
Audio Input Level
+10 dBm nominal for ±75 kHz deviation 18 400 Hz.
45 dB or better; 30
-
15,000 Hz (sine wave).
Dynamic Stereo Separation
Audio Frequency Response
15,000 Hz (normal program content).
Linear Crosstalk
Main to Sub/Sub to Main due to amplitude and phase
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz to 15 kHz, selectable flat, 25, 50 or 75
microsecond pre -emphasis.
matching of left and right channels, 30
minimum below 100% modulation.
40 dB or better; 30
Pre- emphasis
(Audio) 150 microseconds standard (75 usec with internal
jumper). (Data) no pre-emphasis.
Frequency Response
'STEREO OPERATION (Thru FM -1.5A using FS -30 Stereo
Generator)
Audio Input Impedance
600 ohms balanced, resistive, floating. (Adaptable to other
impedances).
Audio Input Level
-
(Audio) Adjustable, +10 dBm to -10 dBm for ±6 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz (Data) Adjustable, 1.0 to 4.0 V p-p for ±6 kHz
deviation (D.C. coupled).
(Audio) ±0.5 dB, 10 - 10,000 Hz, exclusive of audio low-pass
filter. (Data) ±05 dB, dc - 10,000 Hz.
Intermodulation Distortion
60 Hz (3048M).
Greater than 100 msec. from 90% to 10% subcarrier levels.
600 ohm balanced resistive.
Data Input Impedance
75 ohm unbalanced resistive DC coupled.
0.08% or less (.04% typical).
Composite Transient IMD
0.1% or less (square wave/sinewave).
15
Direct FM.
Subcarrier Frequency
10 k ohm, nominal, resistive.
0.08% or less, 30
cu. m).
Altitude
balanced plus front panel test.
Composite Input Impedance
Greater than ±200 kHz.
3CX1500A7/8877.
RF Harmonics
(1)
-
-
Audio Low -Pass Filter
Sixth order, -3 dB 18 4.3 kHz, standard (resistor changes for
other values).
Data Low-Pass Filter
Same as AF filter or may be bypassed.
Total Harmonic Distortion
Less than 0.5% throughout AF pass band.
Intermodulation Distortion
Less than 0.5 %, 60 Hz/7kHz; 1:1 ratio (audio pre -emphasis
and LPF bypassed). Typical 0.1 %.
Crosstalk, SCA To Stereo
-60 dB or better below 100% modulation of lett or right. 75
uses de-emphasis.
Crosstalk, Stereo To SCA
-50 dB or better below ±6 kHz deviation of SCA using 150
usec de-emphasis and FS -30 stereo generator.
FM Noise
72 dB below ±6 kHz deviation ® 400 Hz (150 usec
de- emphasis).
Auto Muting Level
Adjustable from 10 to 30 dB below program level.
Auto Muting Delay
Adjustable, 05 to 10.0 seconds.
(See FC -30 data sheet for full details).
'Through FM -1.5A Transmitter using Model FX -30 Exciter,
FS -30 Stereo Generator and FC -30 SCA Generator as
applicable.
15,000 Hz, 45 dB
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM -1.5A
FM -1.5A
MVDS
STOCK NO.
909 -1500-200
909 -1500 -300
243 -8877
909 -0091 -004
DESCRIPTION
Model FM -1.5A one tube 1500 watt transmitter for operation on
any one specified frequency 87.5 MHz to 108 MHz and for
208V/240V, single phase, 60 Hz, power source.
Same as above except for 208V/240V, 50 Hz power source.
Spare 3CX1500A7/8877 power tube for FM -1.5A Transmitter.
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System (Factory installed).
130
FM -300A,
300
WATTS
I=E
100% solid state
Synthesized exciter, programmable in
increments, 87.5 to 108 MHz
10 kHz
Egi
Accepts monaural, stereo composite, and SCA
audio or data
14:=1:01
Remote control interface through momentary
contact closures
194 -266 VAC, 50/60 Hz,
single phase operation
Fully metered
The Model FM -300A completely solid state, high performance
transmitter delivers 300 watts RF output power on a specific frequency in the 87.5 to 108 MHz range.
The 300 watt FM transmitter combines dual solid state power
amplifiers driven by the FX-30 synthesized exciter. A low pass RF
filter, housed within the transmitter cabinet enclosure, insures
harmonic -free operation.
PA voltage and current, as well as RF forward /reflected power
are monitored by easily -read, 3.5-inch front panel meters. Fully
buffered DC samples of the meter readings are provided for remote
metering purposes. The FM -300A transmitter (including FX30 Exciter), readily interfaces with most modern remote control systems
through momentary contact closures to initiate the desired
transmitter control functions. Remote control of power output is
accomplished through the FX -30 Exciter.
The FM -300A is completely self- contained in a cabinet enclosure
with an overall height of 50-9/16 inches. Both the FX-30 exciter
and the power amplifier are conveniently accessible for
maintenance or servicing because of their pull -out drawer construction. The transmitter control panel assembly is rail- mounted.
FM-300A
SPECIFICATIONS
RF Power Output:
90 to 300 watts.
RF Frequency Range:
87.5 to 108 MHz.
RF Output Impedance:
50 ohms, unbalanced.
Modulation Capability:
MECHANICAL:
Weight:
±200 kHz, direct FM.
Harmonic Distortion:
275 lbs. (124.7 kg).
0.08% or less.
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/7kHz, 4:1.
FM S/N Ration:
72 dB below +75 kHz deviation.
Height:
50 -9/,6" (128.4 cm).
Width:
23 -5/,6" (59.2 cm).
Depth:
Audio Input:
30-3/4" (78.1 cm).
600 ohms, balanced.
Audio Input Level:
+10 dBm nominal for +75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
IM
Output Connector:
Type "N" receptacle.
Maximum VSWR:
1.2:1 (at full power).
Automatic VSWR Protection:
Greater than 1.8:1.
AC Input Power:
194/266 Vac, 50/60 Hz, single phase.
Distortion:
Audio Response:
+0.5 dB, 30 Hz - 15 kHz. Selectable Flat, 25 -,
or 75- usecond preemphasis.
50-
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM -300A
STOCK NO.
909 -0300 -200
FM -300A
909 -0300-300
DESCRIPTION
300 watt FM transmitter, including FX -30 exciter, dual 150 watt
solid state output amplifiers, control & metering panel, A/C
power panel, LPF & rack cabinet, 220V /60Hz single phase.
Same as 909- 0300 -200 except for 220V/50Hz power source.
131
I=E
FM- 300M /A, 300 WATTS
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
TRANSMITTER RACK LAYOUT AND COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION
OVERALL SYSTEM
CONTROLLER
Remote control and status indicators rear
panel barrier strip.
TRANSMITTER
CONTROL
DC samples provided for remote reading
PA voltage, current, forward /reflected power.
#1
FM EXCITER #1
B/E standard FX -30, 30 watt FM Exciter in
pull -out drawer.
PA-1A
Power amplifiers consist of broadband solid state
amplifiers, 150 watts each, isolated and combined by
a hybrid combiner to produce 300 watts of power.
PA-1B
IPA is self contained with power supplies and
regulators in pull -out drawer.
TRANSMITTER #2
CONTROL
Same as for transmitter #1.
FM EXCITER #2
Same as for transmitter #1.
PA-2A
Power amplifiers are same as for transmitter #1.
PA-2B
AC CONTROL PANEL
3 breakers, one for each transmitter, one for the
automatic switching panel and blowers.
FM-300 M/A
single 72 inch cabinet. Each of the two exciters and all solid state
power amplifiers are housed in pull -out drawers for easy servicing.
The transmitter system control panel allows on -off control and
automatic transfer switching. It will automatically select the alternate transmitter in the event of a failure of the operating transmitter, transfer the antenna to the operational transmitter and deenergize the faulty unit. The controller is easily adaptable to present day remote control systems. Each transmitter has its own
control panel to operate and monitor the transmitter in the manual
mode.
Broadcast Electronics' Model FM -300 M/A transmitter system
is composed of two 300 watt solid state FM transmitters designed to a fully redundant main /alternate main configuration for continuous operation on one specified frequency in the 87.5 MHz to
108 MHz FM broadcast band.
A built -in 500 watt test load allows testing of the off-the -air
transmitter for maintenance purposes. Two completely independent low pass filters, each rated for 1.7 kW power, are mounted
within the transmitter.
The entire dual 300 watt transmitting system is housed in a
SPECIFICATIONS
RF Power Output:
90 to 300 watts.
RF Frequency Range:
87.5 to 108 MHz, as ordered.
AC Input Power:
194/266 VAC, 50/60 Hz, single phase.
MECHANICAL:
Weight:
Modulation Capability:
550 lbs. (271.7 kg).
Greater than ±200 kHz, direct FM.
Height:
RF Output Impedance:
50 ohms unbalanced.
Harmonic Distortion:
78.56" (199.5 cm).
0.08% or less.
IM Distortion:
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/7 kHz, 4:1.
FM S/N Ration:
72 dB below +75 kHz deviation.
Width:
Output Connector:
Type "N" receptacle.
Maximum VSWR:
1.2:1 (at full power).
23.38" (59.4 cm).
Depth:
31.37" (78.11 cm).
ORDERING INFORMATION
FM-300M/A
909-2300-200
FM-300M/A
909-2300-300
979-0026
979-0024
300 watt FM transmitter, main /alternate main including (2)
FM -300A transmitters, with automatic transmitter switcher, RF
switch, dummy load and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz, single phase.
Same as 909-2300 -200 except for 220V/50 Hz power source.
Recommended semi -conductor kit for FM-300M /A (includes
FX -30 spares).
Recommended spare parts kit for FM- 300M /A.
132
FM -250, 250 WATTS
L]
I=E
100% solid state
Synthesized exciter, programmable in 10 kHz increments, 87.5
to 108 MHz
Compact design, yet excellent pull out drawer access for
maintenance and servicing of exciter and PA
El Accepts stereo composite and SCA audio or data
Remote control interface through momentary contact
closures
194 -266 Vac, 50/60 Hz, single phase operation
830W maximum power consumption at 250W RF output level
Fully metered
The Model FM -250 is an ultra -reliable, completely solid state FM transmitter that delivers
250 watts RF output power on a specific frequency in the 87.5 to 108 MHz range.
This high performance 250 watt FM transmitter employs a single solid state power amplifier
driven by the FX-30 synthesized exciter which is the industry- acclaimed standard for the
ultimate in signal fidelity and frequency stability. A low pass RF filter, housed within the transmitter cabinet enclosure, insures harmonic -free operation.
PA voltage and current, as well as RF forward /reflected power are monitored by easily read, 3.5 -inch front panel meters. DC samples of the meter readings are provided for remote
metering purposes. The FM -250 transmitter, (including the Broadcast Electronics FX-30 Exciter), readily interfaces with present day remote control systems through momentary contact
closures to initiate the desired transmitter control functions. Remote control of power output
FM-250
is accomplished through the FX-30 Exciter.
The FM -250 transmitter is completely self- contained in a 36.5 inch high cabinet. Both the FX-30 exciter and the power amplifier are conveniently accessible for maintenance or servicing because of their pull -out drawer construction.
SPECIFICATIONS
RF Power Output:
90 to 250 watts.
Automatic VSWR protection:
IM
Greater than 1.8:1.
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/7 kHz, 4:1.
303á" (78.1 cm).
RF Frequency Range:
AC Input Power:
194/266 Vac, 50/60 Hz, single phase.
FM S/N Ratio:
Audio Input:
72 dB below ±75 kHz deviation.
600 ohms, balanced.
MECHANICAL:
Audio Input Level:
87.5 to 108 MHz.
RF Output Impedance:
50 ohms, unbalanced.
Power Consumption:
830W maximum at 250W output.
Distortion:
Depth:
Weight:
+10 dBm nominal for ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz.
225 lbs. (102 kg).
Audio Response:
Modulation Capability:
Height:
±200 kHz, direct FM.
36 9/16" (92.9 cm).
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz - 15 kHz. Selectable Flat, 25 -, 50- or
75- u second preemphasis.
Maximum VSWR:
Harmonic Distortion:
1.2:1 (at full power).
0.08% or less.
Width:
23 5/j6" (59.2 cm).
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Output Connector:
Type "N" receptacle.
MONO
AUDIO IN
COMPOSITE
INPUTS
~
FX -30
FM
RF DRIVE
EXCITER
SOLID STATE
POWER
AMPLIFIER
RF
LOW
PASS
FILTER
RF
RF SAMPLE
OUTPUT
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
PORT
1
RAISE 0-1.LOWER
O-
REMOTE
POWER
CONTROL
POWER
i
CONTROL
CONTROL
POWER
FWD
REFL
ABINET
LOWER
POWER
50/60
te
Hz
-
1
AC POWER
8 CONTROL
AC POWER
CONTROL
TRANSMITTER
BLOCK DIAGRAM
FM -250
CONTROLLER
I
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM -250
STOCK NO.
909 -0250 -200
FM -250
909- 0250 -300
DESCRIPTION
250 watt FM transmitter including FX-30 exciter, 250 W solid
state power amplifier control and metering panel, A/C power
panel, LPF and rack cabinet, 220V /60Hz single phase.
Same as 909-0250 -200 except for 220V/50Hz power source.
133
_i
RF OUTPUT
250 WATTS
@ 50 OHMS
87 5.108 MHz
1
=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
OVERALL SYSTEM
CONTROLLER
TRANSMITTER
CONTROL
FM- 250M /A, 250 WATTS
Remote control and status indicators,
rear panel barrier strip.
#1
DC samples provided for remote reading
PA voltage, current, forward /reflected
power.
TRANSMITTER #2
CONTROL
FM EXCITER #1
B/E standard FX-30, 30 watt FM Exciter
in pull out drawer.
FM EXCITER #2
POWER
AMPLIFIER
#1
Broadband solid- state, 250 -watt power
amplifier. Self-contained with power
supply and regulator in pull out drawer.
POWER
AMPLIFIER #2
Three breakers, one for each transmitter,
one for the automatic switching panel
and blowers.
AC CONTROL
PANEL
FM-250M/A
power amplifiers are constructed in pull out drawers for easy
servicing.
The transmitter system control panel allows on -off control and
automatic transfer switching. It will automatically select the alternate transmitter in the event of a failure of the operating transmitter, transfer the antenna to the operational transmitter and deenergize the faulty unit. The controller is easily adaptable to present day remote control systems. Remote control of power output is accomplished through the Broadcast Electronics FX-30 Exciter. Each transmitter has its own control panel to operate and
monitor that transmitter in the manual mode.
Broadcast Electronics' Model FM- 250M /A transmitter system is
composed of two 250 watt solid state FM transmitters designed
to a fully redundant main /alternate main configuration for continuous operation on one specified frequency in the 87.5 MHz to
108 MHz FM broadcast band.
A built -in 500 watt test load allows testing of the off-the -air
transmitter for maintenance purposes. Two completely independent low pass filters, each rated for 1.7 kW power, are mounted
within the transmitter.
The entire dual 250 watt transmitting system is housed in a
single 70 inch cabinet. Each of the two exciters and all solid state
SPECIFICATIONS
RF Power Output:
90 to 250 watts.
RF Frequency Range:
87.5 to 108 MHz, as ordered.
Power Consumption:
830 watts maximum at 250 watts out. 1660W maximum with both transmitters operating at 250 watts
FM S/N Ratio:
72 dB below +75 kHz deviation.
(one into antenna, one into load).
Weight:
RF Output Impedance:
50 ohms resistive.
Modulation Capability:
Greater than ±200 kHz, direct FM.
Output Connector:
Type "N" receptacle.
Harmonic Distortion:
MECHANICAL:
500 lbs. (226.8 kg).
Height:
69.8" (177.2 cm).
Width:
2331" (59.4 cm).
0.08% or less.
Maximum VSWR:
Distortion:
1.2:1.
IM
AC Input Power:
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/7 kHz, 4:1.
Depth:
30.75"
(78.11
cm).
194/266 Vac, 50 -60 Hz, sin gle phase.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM- 250M /A
STOCK NO.
909-2250 -200
FM-250M/A
909 -2250 -300
979 -0026
979 -0024
DESCRIPTION
250 watt FM transmitter, main /alternate main including (2) FM -250 transmitters, with automatic transmitter switcher, RF
switch, dummy load, and rack cabinet, 220V /60Hz, single phase.
Same as 909 -2250 -200 except for 220V/50Hz power source.
Recommended semi -conductor kit for FM- 250M /A (includes FX -30 spares).
Recommended spare parts kit for FM-250M /A.
134
FM -100, 100
WATTS
Remote control interface through
momentary contact closures
100% solid state
Synthesized exciter, programmable in
10 kHz increments, 87.5 to 108 MHz
194 -266 VAC, 50/60 Hz,
single phase
operation
Compact design, yet excellent pull
out drawer access for maintenance
and servicing of exciter and PA
524W maximum power consumption
at 100W RF output level
Fully metered
Accepts stereo composite and SCA
audio or data
The Broadcast Electronics Model FM -100 high -performance, ultra-reliable, completely solid
state FM transmitter delivers 100 watts RF output power on a specific frequency in the 87.5
to 108 MHz range.
This new 100 watt FM transmitter employs a single solid state power amplifier driven by
the FX-30 synthesized exciter which is the industry -acclaimed standard for the ultimate in
signal fidelity and frequency stability. A low pass RF filter, housed within the transmitter
cabinet enclosure, insures harmonic -free operation.
PA voltage and current, as well as RF forward /reflected power are monitored by easily read, 3.5 -inch front panel meters. DC samples of the meter readings are provided for remote
metering purposes. The FM -100 transmitter readily interfaces with present day remote control
systems through momentary contact closures to initiate the desired transmitter control
functions.
The Model FM -100 is completely self- contained in a cabinet enclosure with an overall
height of 36.5 inches. Both the FX-30 exciter and the power amplifier are conveniently
accessible for maintenance or servicing because of their pull out drawer construction.
FM-100
MONO
AUDIO IN
FX 30
SOLID STATE
POWER
AMPLIFIER
RF DRIVE
FM
COMPOSITE
INPUTS
EXCITER
RF OUT
LOW
PASS
FILTER
RF
SAMPLE
A
OUTPUT
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
10i W
A'
1
S
5,,fJ,,MS
mu:
'10F RT
CONTROL
CONTROL
FWD
POWER
REEL
POWER
ABINET
LOWEP
POWER
50,60H1
,E
~
AC POWER
&
CONTROL
BLOCK DIAGRAM
AC POWER
FM -100
TRANSMITTER
CONTROL
CONTROLLER
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Consumption:
524W maximum at 100W output (60 Hz).
RF Power Output:
100 watts maximum.
RF Frequency Range:
875 to 108 MHz.
Modulation Capability:
±200 kHz, direct FM.
Harmonic Distortion:
RF Output Impedance:
50 ohms, unbalanced.
0.082% or less, 30 Hz
Output Connector:
Type "N" receptacle.
Maximum VSWR:
IM
-
15 kHz.
Distortion:
1.2:1.
0.082% or less, 60 Hzl7 kHz, 4:1.
FM S/N Ratio:
72 dB below +75 kHz deviation.
Automatic VSWR Protection:
Audio Input:
Greater than 1.8:1.
AC Input Power:
194/266 Vac, 50/60 Hz, single phase.
600 ohms, balanced.
Audio Input Level:
+10 dBm nominal for ±75 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz.
Audio Response:
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz - 15 kHz. Selectable Flat, 25 -, 50- or
75- usecond preemphasis.
MECHANICAL:
Weight:
225 lbs. (102 kg).
Height:
36 -9A6" (92.9 cm).
Width:
23-5/,6" (59.2 cm).
Depth:
30-3/4" (78.1 cm).
Specifications subject to change without notice.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM -100
STOCK NO.
909-0100 -200
DESCRIPTION
FM -100, 100W Solid State FM Transmitter, Specify frequency.
194-266 Vac.
135
1
=E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
Remote control and status indicators,
rear panel barrier strip.
OVERALL SYSTEM
CONTROLLER
TRANSMITTER
CONTROL
FM- 100M/A, 100 WATTS
#1
DC samples provided for remote
reading PA voltage, current, forward/
reflected power.
TRANSMITTER #2
CONTROL
FM EXCITER #1
B/E standard FX -30, 30 watt FM Exciter
in pull out drawer.
FM EXCITER #2
POWER
AMPLIFIER
#1
Broadband solid- state, 100-watt power
amplifier. Self-contained with power
supply and regulator in pull out drawer.
POWER
AMPLIFIER #2
3 breakers, one for each transmitter,
one for the automatic switching panel
and blowers.
AC CONTROL
PANEL
FM-100 M/A
Broadcast Electronics' Model FM -100 M/A transmitter system
is composed of two 100 watt solid state FM transmitters designed to a fully redundant main /alternate main configuration for continuous operation on one specified frequency in the 87.5 MHz to
108 MHz FM broadcast band. The system consists of two Model
power amplifiers are constructed in pull out drawers for easy
servicing.
The transmitter system control panel allows on -off control and
automatic transfer switching. It will automatically select the alternate transmitter in the event of a failure of the operating transmitter, transfer the antenna to the operational transmitter and deenergize the faulty unit. The controller is easily adaptable to present day remote control systems. Each transmitter has its own
control panel to operate and monitor that transmitter in the manual
model.
FM -100 transmitters.
A built -in 150 watt test load allows testing of the off-the -air
transmitter for maintenance purposes. Two completely independent low pass filters are mounted within the transmitter.
The entire dual 100 watt transmitting system is housed in a
single 70 inch cabinet. Each of the two exciters and all solid state
SPECIFICATIONS
RF Power Output:
100 watts.
RF Frequency Range:
87.5 to 108 MHz, as ordered.
RF Output Impedance:
50 ohms resistive.
Power Consumption
524 watts maximum at 100 watts out. 1048W
maximum with both transmitters operating at 100
watts (one into antenna, one into load).
MECHANICAL:
Modulation Capability:
69.8" (177.2 cm).
Greater than ±200 kHz, direct FM.
Width:
Output Connector:
Type "N" receptacle.
Maximum VSWR:
Harmonic Distortion:
23.38" (59.2 cm).
0.08% or less 30 Hz- 15kHz.
IM Distortion:
0.08% or less, 60 Hz/7 kHz, 4:1.
FM S/N Ratio:
72 dB below +75 kHz deviation.
Depth:
1.2:1.
AC Input Power:
194/266 VAC, 50 -60 Hz, single phase.
Weight:
370 lbs. (166.5 kg).
Height:
30.75" (78.11 cm).
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM -100 M/A
STOCK NO.
909-2100 -200
DESCRIPTION
FM -100, 100 -W Main and Alternate Main Transmitters, Specify
frequency. 194-266 Vac.
136
MVDS
RF ACCESSORIES
I=E
Five plug -in cards for the optional microprocessor system are housed behind hinged
Transmitter Controller panel. To left is CRT
monitor for bar-graph and tabular information
read out display, and keyboard for message
programming and display page access.
r
1
I
Converts multiple meter readings to bar-graph or tabular
display.
If preset limit exceeded, reading is displayed in reverse video.
Automatically displays location and nature of
a
malfunction.
Bar-graph display of PA /IPA parameters.
I
Provides back-up of main controller timers, logic circuits and
transmitter control circuitry.
I
1
I
Automatic logging output provided.
Remote monitoring with modems and telco lines or SCA
interconnection.
ed to the chassis and a blower replaces the standard cooling fan.
EASILY READ DIAGNOSTICS
The B/E Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System option
(MVDS) expands the operation of the Broadcast Electronics Model
FM -1.5A, FM -3.5A, FM -5A, FM -10A, FM -20A, FM -30A and FM -35A
transmitters.
The separate power supply ensures completely independent
operation of the microprocessor from that of the primary transmitter
controller. The keyboard is outfitted with a plug -in cable which
mates with a connector at the rear of the controller chassis. The
keyboard allows the customer to set time, select the desired CRT
screen display page, set or reprogram the limits of the monitored
parameters and activate various system options.
There are two analog chart type page displays.
This unique, microprocessor based, optional system
continuously monitors and controls all major parameters of the
transmitter, independent of the standard digital control circuitry
provided in the transmitter. Video displays of the transmitter
operating conditions are produced in either an analog tabular chart
or digital bar-graph format. Each display includes day, date and
real time readouts as well as transmitter model and serial number.
Forty spaces are reserved for individualized customer -programmed
titling.
NORMAL DISPLAY SCREEN
The first of these, shown as Figure 1, is designated as the normal display screen since it contains all of the basic transmitter
operating information. It is presented in a sectionalized form
separated into exciter, IPA, PA and TPO areas. It also displays
the times and causes of carrier interruptions.
VERSATILE KEYBOARD PROGRAMMING
The microprocessor hardware consists of: 1) five plug -in cards
which are inserted into a card cage located in the compartment
TRANSMITTER STATUS READILY DISPLAYED
Of particular value is a condition /diagnosis line which, in the
presence of an out-of -limit condition, not only identifies the section in which the abnormal condition exists, but also points out
the cause of the malfunction.
area behind the standard Transmitter Controller hinged front panel;
2) a keyboard; 3) a power supply; 4) a rear panel filter board, and
5) a CRT monitor located behind a window panel to the left of
the Transmitter Controller Panel. In addition, an air plenum is add137
I=E
DISMAY
1NOMM&
SIN 04/29/84
SCREEN
BROAIXAST ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED
COOITIONI
MODEL F11-5A
VOLTAGE
CURRENT
(PA)
DISSIPATION
EFFICIENCY
77%
TMWSMITTER DOER OVINE
SCREEN
CAID
AUTHIMIED
5.00661.1001
1301 EP
5.28KV
1.23A
SRN
-222V
AC11M.
0.0286.1001
13h
76MA
48MA
REFLECTE)
0.0066.
690
1.2:1
456
28.06
8.1A
VOLTAGE
MEW
187W
FORWARD POWER
I6
REFLECTED ROER
DISSIPATION
396
EXCITER FORWARD PEER
EXCITER REFLECTED POTTER
141
06
0900001 AIR TENP
Figure
1
-
APC 0N
LINE 'PARAMETER LIMITS
AUTHRIZED
ARE SET
(155)
3
05.00
TPO
012
DISABLED
IIH :IN)
CUSTItR COFI1RATICN
PA
PA
PIER
OUTPUT MIN.
PEER ORPUT MAX.
PA REFLECTED
PA SCREEN
PARALLEL
PA GRID
P8ESE141
(18091
PA SCREEN VO.TAGE
PA GRID
'12345678"
PIER
IPA
IPA
Figure 2
(Sc/H DISPüNY SCREEN
L.LOCAST ELECTRONICS INCORPORATED
fa,4)
MX.
EE/3
WON)
1
1
FORM
060,4)
0751
PEER MAX.
2501
POWER
AIN.
PIER
MAX.
LOGGING BY PRINTER
The normal display screen information may be logged on an inexpensive
home computer type printer. Logging may be initiated by simple keyboard corn mand or may be programmed to occur at regular periodic intervals. The normal display screen may be viewed remotely by the utilization of modems and
hardwire, telephone line or SCA subcarrier interconnection.
5116
1.23A
3 -
MODEL
F1459
04/29/84
S/N 0106
L...
REMOTE VIDEO MONITORING
Additionally, the bar-graph display screen video information may be fed over
coaxial cable interconnection up to 1000 feet in length to additional on- premise,
extended local video monitors.
INTERMEDIATE FOR.
PONER AMF1.IFIER
Figure
1.46
04.80rV
MAX.
(18091 MAX.
FT1ö80 PIER MIN.
r
771
00.1061
Customer Configuration Screen
-
-
D.1K6
05.79.
CURRENT MIM.
EXCITER FOURRE
EXCITER F110800
BAR -GRAPH DISPLAY SCREEN
The bar-graph display screen is shown in Figure 3. It is especially valuable
in the set up and tuning of the transmitter for optimum overall performance.
It continuously and simultaneously displays bar-graph readouts of PA forward
and reflected powers, plate efficiency and PA plate, screen and grid currents
along with IPA forward and reflected powers, driver power output and IPA
module power output. Analog readout of associated PA VSWR, plate, screen
and grid voltages, as well as IPA VSWR, module and driver currents is provided simultaneously. Thus, as tuning adjustments are made, their effect on
overall transmitter operation are readily observed.
02.044.
MAX.
PA PLATE CURENT MAX.
PA PLATE VOLTAGE MIN.
00 :00
81.
FYI
ON
IN THIS SMYE9 "
00110
02100
:02
MASS)
AUTHORIZED ETP
LOGGING SYSTEM
AUTO LOGGING INTERVAL
LOGGING INTEFACE
EXCITER
CONTROL
Normal Display Screen
MISS)
FILAMENT 6AW1-IF TIME
1I1EtS (110. -006. TINE
OVERLMD RECYCLE TINE
DIF1LOEO COUNT LIMIT
36C
REMITE
PPU CONTROL
BROADCAST ELECTRONICS FM TRANSMITTER
e
CUSTOMER CONFIGURATION SCREEN
The second analog chart-type display, designated the customer configuration screen, is shown in Figure 2. Access to this screen is by entry of an eight digit password. This is a security device which prevents unauthorized persons from changing user -set limits and options. This screen allows the user
to tailor the diagnostics system to his specific requirements. System options
and limits for monitored parameters are selected from this screen. The left
hand column lists the system options including timing, power and function
as applicable. The right hand column lists "min -max" values for various
transmitter parameters. These may be changed by the user; however, limits
have been preset at the factory. If a user -entered limit is greater than the factory limit, the cursor which had been positioned by the user to make the change
will not move until a revised, acceptable value has been entered. With this
feature the user cannot establish limits which violate the factory-set safe
operating levels.
ETP
2%
(IPA)
INTERMEDIATE POWER AMPLIFIER
.
91.0
PLATE
5.0286
1.4066
OITPUT
CUSTOM
Whenever a parameter is at an out -of -limit level it is displayed in reverse
video, immediately alerting the operator to the undesirable condition. No more
hunting for the instruction manual for help in isolating and troubleshooting
a malfunction!
10t06:208
0/4) 0106
MONMAY t.1PEFNTION
FEWER AMPLIFIER
PLANER
MVDS
RF ACCESSORIES
7684
IMPROVED ON -AIR RELIABILITY
The addition of the MVDS option to a Broadcast Electronics transmitter provides not only the diagnostic system functions, but also redundant, automatic
transmitter control which enhances overall on -air reliability. When the MVDS
is selected to control the transmitter, it does so by communicating through
the primary transmitter controller. If MVDS is disabled in any way, control
automatically returns to the primary control WITHOUT ANY INTERRUPTION
IN TRANSMISSION. The MVDS option even has it's own independent power
supply. This prevents any catastrophic MVDS failure from affecting the other
transmitter systems -including the primary controller.
484)
Bar-graph Display Screen
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
MVDS
STOCK NO.
909 -0091
DESCRIPTION
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, factory
installed in FM-5A, FM-3.5A, FM-1.5A, FM-10A, FM-20A, FM -30A
or FM -35A One Tube FM Transmitters only. (Must be ordered
with transmitter).
138
MVDS REMOTE CONTROL
RF ACCESSORIES
I=E
MVDS Remote Control (Available April 1988)
Broadcast Electronics' revolutionary new MVDS Remote Control offers the ultimate convenience of transmitter monitoring and
control from home or office using commonly available personal
computers.
With MVDS Remote Control and an MS -DOS® compatible personal computer, you can easily monitor primary transmitter status
at any time of the day or night. All communication takes place
over ordinary telephone lines. MVDS Remote Control will display
the Primary and Customer Configuration MVDS screens (see
pages 137-138) on your computer with continuous updating of
transmitter parameters as they change. Data may be entered into
the Customer Configuration screen and the following transmitter
functions controlled:
1. Plate Voltage On/Off
2. Filament Voltage On/Off
3. Output Power Raise /Lower
4. APC Pre -set Power On /Off
5. Overload Reset
MVDS Remote Control can even call you automatically. By
enabling the call -out feature, MVDS Remote Control can be programmed to call any single designated telephone number at intervals ranging from once every three minutes to once per day.
MVDS Remote Control will also call automatically if an overload,
overpower or loss of power occurs. If you are not available when
MVDS Remote Control calls, it will still connect with your corn-
puter (if it is on) and will display the latest Primary screen for you
to view as soon as you arrive. Call -out intervals may be changed
from your own computer, or the call -out feature can be disabled
completely.
Password protection provides excellent security for MVDS
Remote Control. Unless the proper password is entered within
the required 30 second "window ", MVDS will not respond to any
commands.
MVDS Remote Control is available for these Broadcast Electronics FM transmitters: FM -1.5A, FM -3.5A, FM -5A, FM -10A,
FM -20A, FM -30A, FM -35A, FM -60A, FM -70A.
MVDS Remote Control System Requirements:
MS -DOS® compatible personal computer with at least one
51/4" floppy disk drive and a monochrome or color display adaptor.
1
MD -DOS® version 2.11 or later.
2 Hayes compatible auto -dial/auto-answer telephone modems,
300/1200 baud. Two required: one for remote location, one at
transmitter site.
1
Printer (optional).
MVDS Remote Control comes complete with software and
detailed documentation. You can order MVDS Remote Control factory installed with your new transmitter order, or it can be easily
added to MVDS equipped Broadcast Electronics transmitters
already in the field. Second transmitter feature is optional.
1
MS -DOS®
is a registered trademark of Microsoft Inc.
Contact Broadcast Electronics or your Broadcast Electronics representative for complete details.
139
1
=E
RF ACCESSORIES
®BROAOCAST
F02 DUAL TRANSMITTER CONTROLLER
ELECTRONICS INC
S
HN suntan
FIVS
v*sS
-rr
REJECT LOAD POWER
PLATE VOLTAGE /PLATE CURRENT
TOTAL OUTPUT POWER
J
CM
-T ;--,.
VOLTA.
IMPS C4
;
P
1-
TRARSRITTSA
TOAROMRTOO A STATUS
MAMMA
-
MAYS.,
STATUA
___...-1
WTpLLO6S
LRAnLJ
SLOOM
MNIS VOLTA*!
SIORu
.w*
VOLTASR
ovan*A*
Fit AAAAA
NIOO vOLTASE
J
J J
o.
L-- o.
L-
On
L J
OFF
Model FD -2
i
Control any two Broadcast Electronics FM
transmitters in a combined configuration.
Output monitoring with combined output
VSWR protection for both transmitters.
Monitor and control both transmitters from
Field tested, reliable design
ONE panel.
I
Modular assembly for easy service
Raise and Lower output power of both
transmitters together or separately
Remote or extended local control capability
Expanded scale reject load metering
Optional FO -2 Automatic Output Switcher
protected access potentiometer. This combined VSWR protection
is provided in addition to the proportional VSWR foldback protection built into each Broadcast Electronics transmitter.
The FD -2 Dual Transmitter Controller forms the heart of a corn bined system utilizing two Broadcast Electronics FM transmitters.
The FD -2 allows complete monitoring and control of the entire
system from a single center cabinet. In addition, the FD -2 permits extended local and remote control through momentary contact closures.
ILLUMINATED TRANSMITTER CONTROL SWITCHES
Large, illuminated switches provide separate or combined control of both transmitters. These momentary push button switches
operate High Voltage ON /OFF, Filament ON /OFF, and Power Output RAISE/LOWER. The High Voltage ON switch also allows one
button activation of both transmitters, energizing the filament contactors followed by the high voltage contactors.
EASY TO READ METERS
Three large 4.5 inch meters dominate the front panel of the FD-2.
For each transmitter they provide measurement of Total Output
PowerNSWR, Reject Load PowerNSWR, and Plate Voltage/Plate
Current. Locking push buttons under each meter select the
parameter to be measured.
ONE BUTTON OVERLOAD RESET
The Overload Reset switch permits the simultaneous clearing
of the overload circuit memories in both transmitters as well as
the combined overload circuit memory in the FD -2. The switch
illuminates to indicate the presence of an overload condition.
DIAGNOSTIC DISPLAY
Eight LED's (two sets of four) comprise the diagnostic status
display. These LED arrays indicate the status of critical systems
for each transmitter. (Interlock, Blower, Filament, and High Voltage)
In addition, a Combined VSWR Overload indicator is located immediately beneath the Total Output Power meter. This indicator
will illuminate to signal a Combined VSWR overload condition.
POWER LOCK
The front panel Power Lock switch is one of the handiest
features of the FD -2 Dual Transmitter Controller. Depressing this
switch will immediately lock together the Power Output RAISE/
LOWER switches for both transmitters. This allows an operator
to raise or lower the output of both transmitters simultaneously.
The total output power of the entire system can be adjusted easily
in this manner. The transmitters can be unlocked when balancing for minimum reject load power.
DOUBLE VSWR PROTECTION
The FD -2 incorporates a fast acting VSWR overload protection
system. This system monitors the COMBINED VSWR and will shut
down BOTH transmitters if a mismatch is detected. The VSWR
trip point is factory set but can be re- adjusted through a front panel,
140
FD-2, FO-2,
EXTENDED LOCAL CONTROL
The FD -2 provides the capability for extended local monitoring
and control of all front panel indicators and switches. Two FD -2's
can be easily "daisy chained" for extended control at distances
up to one hundred feet. The FD -2 is also capable of Remote Control operation with appropriate systems. All control levels are
compatible with Broadcast Electronics "A" series transmitters. A
barrier strip is provided on the rear panel.
FA-211321
MODULAR DESIGN
Most of the circuitry within the FD -2 is contained on modular
plug -in PC boards with ribbon cable connections. In the unlikely
event of a service problem, these boards can be removed and
replaced with ease.
OPTIONAL FO -2 TRANSMITTER OUTPUT SWITCHER CONTROLLER
The optional FO -2 Transmitter Output Switcher provides an extra
measure of operational redundancy in dual transmitter systems.
The FO -2 constantly monitors the output of both transmitters and
will respond to a loss of power in either unit. If the output from
one transmitter falls below a pre -set failure level for a designated
period of time, the FO -2 will automatically switch the defective
transmitter into a dummy load and place the remaining transmitter directly on -line to the antenna. The FO -2 can also activate the
Preset Power mode in the on -air transmitter. (The Preset Power
mode can be set for virtually any emergency output level
desired -even full output) The output failure switching level is user
adjustable.
Four operating modes may be selected automatically or
manually:
1. Transmitters A +B to Air
2. Transmitters A +B to Load
a Transmitter A to Air, B to Load
4. Transmitter B to Air, A to Load
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
STOCK NO.
909 -6001
909 -0117
FD -2
FO -2
FA -2
DESCRIPTION
Dual Transmitter Controller
Transmitter Output Switcher Controller for use with the
FD -2 Dual Transmitter Controller.
TRANSMITTER OUTPUT SWITCHER (STAND-ALONE)
Maximum flexibility for Main /Alternate
Easy interfacing to motorized coaxial
configurations
switches*
Adjustable switching threshold
Remote control capability
Adjustable switching delay timer
Direct connection with any B/E transmitter
having an output of 1.5 kW or greater
Automatic or manual switching modes
Automatic alarm system
*Coaxial switches not supplied
The Broadcast Electronics model FA-2 Transmitter Output Switcher is designed to provide the greatest amount of redundancy
through AUTOMATIC transmitter switching in Alternate/Main configurations. The FA -2 is similar to the FO -2 shown above, but is
a stand -alone unit not requiring the FD -2.
detection of a failure condition.
AUTOMATIC FA -2 OPERATION WITH ALTERNATE /MAIN
TRANSMITTER SYSTEMS
If the output power of the "on -air" transmitter falls below a preset threshold for a designated period of time, the FA-2 will
automatically connect the "on -air" transmitter to a dummy load.
At the same time, the Alternate transmitter will be activated and
connected directly to the antenna. (The Alarm System will also
be activated.) This eliminates the need for immediate manual intervention on the part of the operator. The FA -2 will monitor the
"on -air" transmitter operation at all times and will instantly begin
the switch -over procedure if a problem is detected.
OPERATING MODES
Two primary operating modes may be automatically or manually
selected:
1. Transmitter A to the Antenna, transmitter B to Load (A Air)
2. Transmitter B to the Antenna, transmitter A to Load (B Air)
Mode switching is accomplished manually through the operation of the illuminated front panel switches, or automatically upon
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FA-2
STOCK NO.
909 -0200
DESCRIPTION
Transmitter Output Switcher Controller with power supply for
use in Main /Alternate transmitter systems.
141
I=E
RF ACCESSORIES
»
FW-30 EXCITER SWITCHER
Fast, automatic switching to back-up exciter
State -of-the -art CMOS design
Built -in high isolation coax transfer switch
31,Wit6IN, CWT. t1.11,704
ANAI
r"'"
Built -in dummy load with modulation
monitor sample port
Attractive styling to match B/E equipment
c
Model FW-30
The exciter occupies a crucial position in the transmission chain.
A failure in its complex, delicate circuitry can cause a total transmitter shutdown. It makes perfect sense, therefore, to provide a
that point onward, the FW -30 Exciter Switcher will constantly
monitor the RF output of the operational exciter. Should this exciter fail for any reason, the FW-30 will immediately switch to the
"hot" backup with virtually no interruption in transmission. (The
backup exciter is maintained on "hot standby" for immediate
operation without warm -up.) The operational /backup designation
can be changed at any time. In the event of an AC power failure,
the RN-30 operating modes are maintained by a battery backup.
The FW -30 will return to the chosen mode and exciter as soon
as power is restored.
The RN-30 can also be operated manually through the front
panel switches. This is especially useful during testing or
maintenance. In addition, exciter selection functions can be performed by remote control for added flexibility.
system for AUTOMATIC switching between primary and back -up
exciters in the event of a failure.
The FW-30 Exciter Switcher provides this redundant, automatic
switching capability with a state -of- the-art design that is elegant
in its simplicity. The AN-30 Exciter Switcher is intended for use
with Broadcast Electronics model FX-30 exciters, but it can also
be used with many other types of exciters available in the industry
today.
OPERATION: By pressing one of the illuminated front panel
switches, the operator can designate one exciter as the "on -line"
unit. The other exciter will then assume the role of backup. From
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
AC Power Requirements:
96 to 136 or 194 to 266 VAC, 50/60 Hz, single phase
Monitor Port:
Dimensions:
1.475 VRMS at 50 ohms with 30 watts RF output
Transfer Time:
from exciter
Height 5.25 inches (1834 cm); Width 19 inches
(48.26 cm); Depth 15.25 inches (38.74 cm)
Less than one second
Exciter Test Load:
30 watts continuous, 50 ohms non -inductive
Switching Capability:
200 watts at 50 ohms
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Operating Temperature:
Switch Isolation:
+32 to +122 °F. (0 to 50°C.)
Greater than 80 dB
ORDERING INFORMATION
Maximum Altitude:
Exciter Muting:
0 to 15,000 feet (4572 m) above sea level
Logic LOW to mute. Logic HIGH to enable. (HIGH
15V in Broadcast Electronics transmitters)
MODEL
FW -30
Humidity:
STOCK NO.
909 -0120
DESCRIPTION
Automatic Exciter Switcher
95 %, non -condensing
Internal Memory:
Weight:
Retains operational configuration during power
failures with a 8.8V, 5 AH battery back -up
18.5 lbs. (8.39 kg)
unpacked
r
EXCITER
A
TIMER
EXCITER B
L
MODE
CONTROL
LATCH
THRESHOLD
DETECTORS
r
1
TRANSFER
MODE
CHANGE
LOGIC
EXCITER A
EXCITER B
RF TO TRANS
SWITCH
DUMMY
LOAD
CHANGE
RF PRESENT
INHIBIT_
EXCITER
MODE
MODE
MUTE
MUTE FROM TRANSMITTER
MUTE
STEERING
CONTROL
EXCITER
A
MUTE
EXCITER B MUTE
RE PRESENCE
L
DETECTORS
FRONT
PANEL
CONTROLS
REMOTE
J
MODE SELECT
REMOTE
CONTROL
INDICATORS
AUTO
MODE
LATCH
MODE SELECT
BLOCK DIAGRAM
CONTROLS
142
-
EXCITER SWITCHER
MODEL FW-30
AX-10 AM STEREO EXCITER
MO
w
10
0
10
AM STEREO EQUIPMENT
id_-0AX1O AM STEFE-O EXCITER
OAT
L
I=E
°7°E°
Oip
130%
SO
i0
10
0M
00 90 100 1101001t5100%
100110100 040013v
L_
*0001100 SELECT 11-1l
AX-10
L
1
L
I
Synthesized operation
-
1
kHz increments
L
Second generation C-QUAM® digital design
Compact size - occupies only 3.5 inches of
vertical rack space
Advanced independent right and left
channel IF modulation technique
i
Independent equalization for two -transmitter
or dual antenna pattern operation. Full
remote control capability.
- Interfaces with virtually any existing AM
transmitter
L '
Built -in LED peak reading modulation
display
Superior stereo performance with full mono
receiver compatibility
COMPATIBLE DIGITAL MODULATION
The AX -10 Stereo Exciter is designed to produce C -QUAM®
AM stereo when interfaced with virtually any existing AM broadcast transmitter. The AX -10 assures superior stereo performance
through an advanced IF modulation scheme employing independent, non -interfacing left and right channel digital modulators. The
result is exceptional AM stereo with full mono receiver
compatibility.
C- QUAM`°
SELECTABLE EQUALIZATION
Selectable equalization is a critical feature for stations which
employ dual day/night transmitters or varying antenna patterns.
The adjustment system consists of individual group delay networks
and low frequency /high frequency equalizers. Various network/
equalizer combinations can be pre -selected and, by matrix switching, inserted into either the PM modulator circuitry or the L +R
transmitter audio input path.
FLEXIBLE INTERFACING
The AX-10 delivers up to 10 watts of RF output and is compatible with virtually any AM broadcast transmitter. An optional
TTL- compatible RF adaptor is available for transmitters requiring
asymmetrical duty cycle TTL inputs.
The AX-10 utilizes an extremely accurate front panel LED bar
graph display to monitor modulation peaks. A 125% peak -hold
indicator allows monitoring of asymmetrical modulation. Left, Right,
L +R, and L -R /pilot injection metering is pushbutton selectable.
INNOVATIVE DESIGN
Since it is a second generation C -QUAM® exciter, the AX-10
incorporates the most advanced AM Stereo technology available.
For example, its frequency agility is accomplished through a dual
conversion technique utilizing a precision synthesis circuit and
a highly stable 10 MHz temperature compensated crystal oscillator.
In addition to its function as one of the primary frequency determining components, the oscillator also serves as the reference
source for the 25 Hz pilot tone. Its accuracy can be easily checked
and calibrated against the National Bureau of Standards station
WWV A provision for locking the AX -10 to an external 10 MHz
source is also provided. IF modulation eliminates "on frequency" BPF filters for consistent performance across the AM band.
The left and right channel audio inputs employ fully balanced,
transformerless instrumentation amplifiers capable of superior
common mode rejection and excellent transient response. The
balanced 600 ohm output level to the transmitter is variable from
0 to +20 dBm with independent level adjustments for day /night
transmitter operation. Broadcasters employing high degrees of
processing will appreciate the AX -10's built -in adjustable clipper
which limits negative modulation peaks from -90 to -100 %.
OPERATIONAL FEATURES
The AX -10 is fully capable of remote operation. Control and
status indicators confirm the four operating modes and the
day /night equalization selection. Should one audio channel be lost
for any reason, the mono left, mono right, mono L +R, or stereo
modes can be remotely activated without decreasing overall signal
loudness.
The AX -10 is elegant in design with a refined styling that harmonizes with any transmitter color scheme. Its precise mechanical
construction and tasteful appearance is enhanced by a satin gold
anodized front panel which blends into the internal exciter housing. The entire exciter occupies only 31/2 inches of a standard 19
inch rack height.
143
I=E.
AX-10 AM STEREO EXCITER
AM STEREO EQUIPMENT
EXT OSC
10 MHz
MASTER OSC.
o
AUX.
+
PILOT
-
>-
LPF
2ND IF
DIV.
_2
40
QUAD. DIV.
70%
LIMITER
REF.
DIV.
o
LEFT
v v
M
O
- 20
- 25
v
D
PILOT
LPF
400
DIV.
E
S
FREQ.
SYNTHESIZER
DAY/
T
C
H
NIGHT
GROUP
DELAY/
EQUALIZATION
CIRCUITRY
1
N
G
DIGITAL
MATRIXING
MATRIX,
L + R NEGATIVE
LIMITER,
IF
DE- MATRIX
MODULATOR
N.'
UP
CONVERTER
DOWN
CONVERTER
)
RF
LIMITER
-
AMP
RF
OUTPUT
I1
R
E
SAMPLE
XMTR
M
O
T
E
RIGHT
AX -10
BLOCK DIAGRAM
70%
LIMITER
L
+R
NEGATIVE
LIMITER
L + R ENVELOPE
SPECIFICATIONS
Monaural Signal to Noise:
-60 dB below 100% mod.
at 400 Hz.
Stereo Signal to Noise:
L, R
-50
dB below 100% mod. at 400 Hz.
Audio Input Level:
+10, ±1 dBm, balanced, transformerless. Other
levels accommodated by internal resistor selection.
Audio Input Impedance:
Ambient Temperature Range:
0 to 50° C (operational to -20°C)
Frequency Stability:
Within 10 Hz of assigned carrier frequency
Maximum Altitude:
L +R Audio Output:
15,000 ft. (4,572 m) AMSL
0 to
Dimensions:
19 "W x 3.5 "H x
L +R Audio Output Impedance:
19 "D (48.3W
x 8.9H x 48.3D cm)
RF Output:
.1 to 10 watts rms into 50 ohms (continuously
variable)
600 ohms, balanced resistive. Adaptable to other
values by resistor selection.
RF Output Impedance:
50 ohms, BNC connector
Frequency Response:
0, -1 dB, 50 Hz to 15 kHz.
Sample Transmitter Output:
2 V p -p, 50 ohms, BNC connector
Stereo Separation:
Frequency Range:
35 dB, 50 Hz to 7.5 kHz; 25 dB, 7.5 kHz to 15 kHz.
522 to 1620 kHz in
+20 dBm, adjustable
300 ohms, balanced, transformerless
Harmonic Distortion:
(85% modulation) L =R, monaural, 0.25% max.,
50 Hz to 15 kHz.
(50% modulation) L,R, Single Channel, 0.5% max.
50 Hz to 7.5 kHz.
Power Requirements:
97-133 or 194 -266 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 50 W
C -OUAM"
1
is a registered trademark of Motorola, Inc.
kHz increments
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
AX-10
STOCK NO.
907- 0010-000
AS -10
907 -0060
907- 0100-000
DESCRIPTION
AX-10 AM Stereo Exciter for 0-QUAM system operation on a specified
frequency in the 522 to 1620 kHz range. (117 V/60 Hz) (117 V/50 Hz,
220 V/60 Hz available)
12 kHz Low Pass Filter option
AM Stereo Modulation Monitor
144
AS -10 MODULATION
MONITOR
AS-10
Second generation C-QUAM
monitor for stereo or mono
modulation
Rapid carrier shift response
Selectable MANUAL or AUTO-RANGING
meters
RF AGC for optimum C- QUAM'p decoder
performance
Advanced, modular design
Minimal overshoot for accurate modulation
level measurement
Front panel audio output for transmitter
alignment and proof of performance
Digital pilot detection for excellent long
term stability
9
The Broadcast Electronics AS -10 AM Stereo Modulation Monitor
represents a substantial improvement in C -QUAM° monitoring
technology. The AS -10 offers state of the art design innovations
coupled with convenience features not found on other C-QUAM®
monitors. The advanced design and attractive styling of the AS-10
makes it the perfect companion for the Broadcast Electronics
model AX-10 C-QUAM'ä, AM Stereo Exciter.
or
10 kHz
channel spacing available
measurements. When the AS -10 indicates 100% modulation, you
can be certain it IS one hundred percent!
MODULATION LEVEL METERING
Both the Left and Right channel meters offer 70 dB of indication range. Exclusive auto -ranging circuitry selects the proper
range automatically in 10 dB steps. (This makes proof of performance measurements a snap!) The manual range function can also
be used for range selection if desired.
Each meter features semi -peak response on the top ranges,
changing to average response on lower ranges. This allows
separation, crosstalk, and signal to noise measurements to
be taken directly from the meters.
RF AGC
Only the AS -10 features the accuracy of a single RF AGC
system. This innovative design avoids the troublesome tracking
errors that can appear in monitors utilizing a matrix AGC design.
A matrix design actually employs two AGC's: one for L +R, the
other for L
If there are any tracking errors between the two
AGC's, channel separation will be reduced and C-QEJAM®
decoder performance will suffer. With the AS -10's single RF AGC,
consistent decoder performance is guaranteed -even over a varying range of signal levels. The end result is unquestionable
R.
DESIGNED FOR CONVENIENCE
The convenience features of the AS -10 include a front panel
headphone output, front panel audio output ports and modular
internal PC boards. Lighted switch indicators and large, easy to
read meters make the AS -10 a pleasure to operate.
measurement accuracy!
OVERSHOOT
The AS -10's carefully designed filtering circuitry keeps overshoot
errors to the lowest levels possible. Overshoot in the AS -10 is maintained at less than 1 %, while in other monitors it could range as
high as ten percent or more. Reduced overshoot yields an extra
margin of accuracy when making critical modulation level
REMOTE MONITORING
Rear panel connections are provided for remote monitoring of
peak meter readings and peak LED displays. The AS -10 remote
output ports are compatible with twelve volt positive going CMOS
logic.
145
I=E
AM STEREO EQUIPMENT
0-30dB
RF
ATTENNATOR
ABC
RF
INPUT
AS -10 MODULATION MONITOR
450 kHz
LINEAR 4
.-1104
BPF
C
-GUAM
DECODER
-
LrR
DIGITAL
PILOT
L-R
DETECTOR
PILOT
25 Hz
BPF
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIZER
LEVEL
ou0000000u
FRONT PANEL
L /L +R OUTPUT
ADJ PEAK
INDICATOR
PEAK
lrRp
INPUT
25 Hz
L+R
L-R
)
>
AT
LEFT
R
RIGHT
25 Hz
X
NOTCH
POLARITY
AUTORANGE
o
NOTCH
LEFT
-O
¿OFF
POLARITY
INPUT
AUTORANGE
O
(12,OFF
FRONT PANEL
R /L-R OUTPUT
+125%
+125%
L+R
DUAL
BALLISTIC
AMPLIFIER
PEAK
PHONES
-100%
L+R
>
Cac)
ADJ PEAK
INDICATOR
- 100%
L-R
BALLISTIC
AMPLIFIER
RIGHT
L-R
L+R
DUAL
ON
R-D/4
AS -10 AM
STEREO MODULATION
MONITOR BLOCK DIAGRAM
100%
100%
L-R
SPECIFICATIONS
RF Attenuator:
Headphone Output:
x 17 "D (Fits standard EIA 19"
racks) (13.3H x 483W x 43.2D cm)
0 to 30 dB in 6 dB increments with a 0 to 6 dB AGC
2 watts minimum into 8 ohms impedance. Adjustable.
Weight:
Modulation Meter Calibration:
25 lbs. (11.3 kg)
0 to 133%
Size:
5.25 "H x
19 "W
Power Requirements:
120 VAC (97-133 VAC), 50/60 Hz or 220/240 VAC
(194-226 VAC), 50/60 Hz with appropriate line voltage
card selection. Power consumption = 60 watts,
maximum.
controlled fine adjustment.
( -20 dB to +2 dB)
Selectable Meter Range:
0 dB to -50 dB, auto -ranging or manual
Modulation Meter Accuracy:
Specifications may be changed without notice.
C -QUAM is a registered trademark of the Motorola Corp.
400 Hz, ±2% at 100% modulation
Modulation Meter Functions:
Ambient Temperature Range:
Left/L +R
0 to 50 °C
Right/L -R
Peak Flasher Function:
+125% envelope, -100% envelope, 100% phase
Humidity:
95% non -condensing
Peak Flasher Indicator:
Altitude:
Cooling:
Adjustable via thumbwheel switches for 0 to 133%.
Selectable for + or - peak indication of meter
function.
Natural convection and conduction
Rear Panel Outputs:
Operating Frequency Range:
(L, R, L +R, L -R) .775V RMS equals 100% BNC
530-1620 kHz in 10 kHz increments or 522-1620 kHz
in 9 kHz increments with internal crystal selection.
output connectors.
(Pilot) .775V RMS equals 5% pilot injection. BNC
RF Input Level:
connector.
(L and R Line Output) 2.45 RMS at 100%, 600 ohms
actively balanced. PC mounted quick disconnect
terminal.
Up to 15,000 AMSL
500 mV to 15V RMS
RF Input Impedance:
50 ohms
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
AS -10
STOCK NO.
907- 0100 -000
AS -10
907-0100 -300
907-0104
Option
DESCRIPTION
C -QUAM" AM Stereo Modulation Monitor. 120V.
50 /60 Hz
Same as above. except for 220V, 50/60 Hz
9 kHz increment option
146
AS -10 Internal View
TV STEREO EQUIPMENT
TZ -30 TV STEREO GENERATOR
I=E
Model TZ-30 TV Stereo Generator
Flat Composite Baseline Mode for Easy
System Optimization.
Independent of Audio Processing.
Unique Digital Modulator and Digital Pilot
Generator with Crystal Controlled Sync
Lock.
Baseband Amplitude and Delay Equalization
to Compensate for Transmission System
Deficiencies.
Extended Frequency response ( +0, -1 dB)
to 15 kHz Utilizing Superior Audio Filtering.
Audiophile Quality Precision Encoder for TV
Stereo
Utilizes GENUINE dbx' Encoder Card to
Assure Correct Encoding of L -R.
Built -in Aural Deviation Calibration for Easy
Set -up of Composite Level.
Ease of installation and technical design excellence are just two
of the ways in which the Broadcast Electronics TZ-30 TV Stereo
Generator is helping television stations from coast to coast broad-
stability and a virtually perfect baseband signal. Both the pilot and
the L -R subcarrier sidebands are digitally synthesized
simultaneously, eliminating any phase error. Digital synthesis also
eliminates the distortion products produced by the linear modulation schemes used in competitive products and provides superior
protection of the SAP and PRO channels from harmonics of the
STEREO channel.
cast the finest stereo sound possible.
Broadcast Electronic's expertise in designing stereo RF products
for FM including the highly acclaimed FX -30 FM Exciter and FS -30
Stereo Generator, created customer demand to design a technically superior TV Stereo Generator. The very first TV Stereo Generator
to go on the air in the USA on a full time basis, WTTW, Chicago,
was pioneered by Broadcast Electronics. It is from all this experience that we have developed the second generation TZ -30
TV Stereo Generator for superb multi -channel sound transmission.
CRYSTAL CONTROLLED SYNC LOCK
The pilot frequency and the harmonically related stereo sub channel frequencies are established by a highly stable internal
crystal oscillator which is phase -locked to the TV horizontal sweep
frequency. The use of a crystal timebase insures a maximum frequency error of only 1.0Hz even with loss of sync. The slow time
constant of the sync -lock PLL eliminates abrupt shifts in the stereo
image during changes in sync source. Automatic and noiseless
switching to mono is selectable after loss of sync.
GENERAL
Broadcast Electronics' Model TZ -30 TV Stereo Generator
features highly reliable stereo operation in conformance with the
Zenith /dbx Television Multichannel Sound System standards. (EIA
--
and OST-60)
The TZ-30 is designed to interface with Broadcast Electronics'
Second Audio Program (SAP) generator and Professional (PRO)
generator for subchannel audio/data information.
CRITICAL COMPANDING CIRCUITS
The L-R channel is companded to provide an improved signal to -noise ratio for stereo operation. This is achieved with the dbx
encoder which represents the most critical circuitry of the
Zenith /dbx system. To ensure accurate compliance with those
system standards, the TZ -30 incorporates a genuine dbx encoder
supplied to Broadcast Electronics by dbx Incorporated.
DIGITAL DESIGN
The TZ-30 incorporates the unique modulator and pilot
generator design used in the field -proven, widely -acclaimed B/E
FS -30 FM Stereo Generator. This ensures absolute pilot phase
147
I=E
TV STEREO EQUIPMENT
TZ -30 Internal View
front panel selectable deviation calibration system and LED
bargraph display. This allows the aural deviation to be set within
±0.1% to insure optimum system performance.
DUAL AUDIO FILTERING
Left and right channel audio signals are first band-limited by
low -pass input filters to suppress out -of-band signal components
which could overload the high-gain dbx® compressor circuitry.
They are complemented by traps at the pilot frequency (H) and
the (2H) stereo subcarrier frequency.
Additional sharp cutoff lowpass filters are used in the L +R and
L -R signal paths to prevent crosstalk and contamination of the
pilot frequency, SAP and PRO spectrums.
To insure minimum L +R and L -R interference, both the pass band and the stopband characteristics of these lowpass filters are
accurately controlled.
EXCLUSIVE COMPOSITE BASEBAND EQUALIZATION
The built -in switchable composite baseband amplitude /delay
equalizer circuit in the TZ -30 will improve the stereo separation
of any (TV-MCS) system by providing optimum overall flat phase
and amplitude response. A flat composite baseline (1:1 ratio) test
mode is provided for easy equalization.
COMPLETE MONITORING
The peak- reading LED bargraph display and associated test
jack may be used to monitor L, R, L +R, L -R or composite base band signals.
EXTENDED FREQUENCY RESPONSE
The TZ -30 incorporates high performance 17 section, computer
designed, lowpass filters in the sum (L +R) and difference (L -R)
channels to provide extended frequency response of +0.5db to
15,000Hz. These active filters are accurately phase matched and
delay equalized to maximize stereo separation and minimize
overshoot.
LOW-Z OUTPUT
The TZ -30 composite output circuit can drive a terminated
75 -ohm coaxial cable independent of length, without signal degration. The output connector can be floated from chassis ground
to eliminate ground loops.
AURAL DEVIATION CALIBRATION
Unlike noncompanded FM stereo, the TV stereo system requires
precise adjustment of aural deviation for optimum stereo separation and frequency response.
Like tape noise reduction systems, encoder to decoder levels
must be carefully matched for good system performance. An aural
deviation error of only a few percent will drastically degrade
received stereo separation and frequency response.
Installation and set-up of the TZ -30 is simplified by the built -in
FULL REMOTE CONTROL /RFI PROTECTION
The optically isolated remote control and status indication
system is compatible with either positive or negative logic. The
power -up mode is internally programmable. Other mode settings
are retained in memory without the need for battery backup. In
addition, excellent RFI immunity is obtained through the use of
multi- section decoupling networks.
148
TZ -30 TV STEREO
GENERATOR
Independent of Audio Processing
the stereo encoder. The audio level should follow the video scene
and not be automatically adjusted by processing outside of the
creative control of the director. Therefore, most audio processing
will be tailored to suit the particular program and added at the
time of studio production or during video-taping. Most operators
find that the only processing necessary for the transmitter feed
is light peak limiting, preferably before the STL, for overmodulation protection.
The Broadcast Electronics TZ -30 is independent of audio processing. Its second generation circuit design has not been
restricted by integrated audio processing or limited by matched
multiband audio processing. It is the one TV Stereo Generator
totally independent of audio processing.
FLEXIBILITY
Broadcast Electronics' TZ -30 Stereo Generator for Television
offers the flexibility to choose the type and location of audio
processing independent of the stereo encoder. Because the main
product being delivered to the viewer by television is the video
programming, the need to achieve maximum audio modulation
density, as in radio broadcasting, does not exist. Stereo generators
which offer multi-band audio processing or composite clipping integrated into the stereo encoder package may not be appropriate
for TV stereo use.
A SECURE FUTURE
Most television industry professionals feel that new approaches
to TV audio processing will be developed specifically for TV stereo
broadcasting as this new medium matures. Thus, it is likely that
the original audio processing will be replaced before the optimum
configuration is attained. Since the TZ-30 is independent of processing, it will not become obsolete as audio processing changes.
All major brands of stereo audio processing can be used with the
TZ -30. Television stations satisfied with their existing audio processing may find it possible to obtain an identical second unit and
to strap the two together for stereo operation.
SPLIT-SITE CAPABILITY
Major networks and group operators indicate that it may not be
desirable to locate the audio processing at the transmitter with
TZ-30 BLOCK DIAGRAM
MOOIAMEON
CALIBRATION
SOURCE
EMPHASIS
AMPU TLDE
PRE
I1RI
BALANCED
0-0
WO
Rf
ANO
rEPUI
DELAY FD
.R
BrPASS
Of
MATRIX
MATRIX
BALANCED
525 CA
AUDIO
--o
-
INPUT
ENCODER
a4. B+PASS
RO INPUT
NIX SAP INPUT
COAEPOSTEE
OUTPUT
DIGITA
MOOAATOP
PONER
OSTIE
n
°
CUAPOSTII
EDUAII%ER
DIGITAL PILOT
DIGITAL WOAD
GENERATOR
R
d
COMPOSTI
GAIN
GENERATOR
COMPOSITE VIDEO
PODI
SAMPLE
ACM
SAXE
CONTRDLLED
LOCK
STRIPPER
PILOT
DETECTOR
PIA
149
n
TZ-30 TV STEREO GENERATOR
TV STEREO EQUIPMENT
TZ -30 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LINEAR CROSSTALK:
(L +R to L -R), (L -R to L +R) due to amplitude and phase
matching of left and right channels.
50 dB minimum 50 to 15,000 Hz below 100% (L -R) baseband
generator only.
42 dB minimum to 50 to 14,000 Hz below 100% (L -R) including all audio filters.
Meets all EIA and OST-60 recommendations for TV Stereo.
AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE:
600 ohms balanced, transformerless, resistive, floating. Accepts
discrete left and right channels or (L +R) and (L -R) (Adaptable
to other impedances)
AUDIO INPUT LEVEL:
+10 dBm nominal for 100% modulation at 400 Hz (Adaptable
to other levels from -10 dBm to +20 dBm)
NON -LINEAR CROSSTALK:
(L +R to L -R), (L -R to L +R) due to distortion products.
70 dB minimum 50 to 15,000 Hz, below 100% (L -R), including
all audio filters.
SAP AND PRO INPUTS:
SAP ( ±15 kHz deviation of aural carrier) @ a5 V P -P
PRO ( ±3 kHz deviation of aural carrier) @ 3.5 V P-P
10k ohm, unbalanced BNC (2), (easily adaptable to other
levels)
SYNC LOCK:
Floating BNC (2) loop -thru, 10K bridging input, 1V P -P nominal
composite video or (fH) sync. Front panel lock indicator with
selectable auto switching to mono when unlocked.
COMPOSITE OUTPUT:
1.0 to 8.0 volts P -P continuously adjustable into open circuit. 75
ohm resistive source impedance unbalanced, floatable, BNC
connector.
PILOT FREQUENCY:
15,734 Hz, frequency locked to sync input.
Crystal controlled 15,734 ±1.0 Hz unlocked.
DEVIATION CALIBRATOR:
Reference test tone frequency locked to (fH) sync produces
100% ( ±0.1 %) L +R modulation (±25 kHz deviation) @ first
bessel null of the aural carrier.
2 (fH) SUPRESSION:
70 dB minimum, below 100% (L
75 dB minimum, below 100% (L -R).
FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
±1 dB, 50 to 15,000 Hz, including all audio filters, dbx en-
SPURIOUS SUPPRESSION:
75 dB minimum, below 100% (L -R).
coding bypassed.
±1.0 dB, 50 to 15,000 Hz, including all audio filters, with dbx
MODULATION DISPLAY:
Color coded, peak reading led display with 1 second peak
hold @ 100% Dual range, 14% full scale and 140% full scale
for subcarrier set -up.
encoding.
PRE -EMPHASIS:
L +R; 75 microsecond curve
L -R; BTSC /dbx encoder curve
OPERATING MODE SELECTIONS:
(4) Stereo, Mono left, Mono right, Mono
AUDIO FILTERING:
Audio input lowpass filters; ±0.2 dB 50 to 15,000 Hz,
40 dB rejection @ (fH).
(L +R) /(L -R) lowpass filters; ±0.2 dB 50 to 15,000 Hz, 80 dB
rejection @ (fH), 60 dB stopband attenuation above (fH), 17
section, active, delay equalized.
REMOTE CONTROL:
Operating mode selection via rear panel barrier strip.
5 -24V DC positive or negative logic, optically isolated.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE:
32 -113 degrees F (0 -45 degrees C) Functional to
-20 degrees C
@ 400 Hz
HUMIDITY:
95% non -condensing.
@ 400 Hz,
MAXIMUM ALTITUDE:
15,000 ft. (4,572 m) AMSL.
STEREO SEPARATION:
50 dB minimum 50 to 15,000 Hz baseband generator only.
40 dB minimum 50 to 14,000 Hz, including all audio filters,
(dbx encoding bypassed).
30 dB minimum 50 to 12,000 Hz, decreasing to 24 dB at 15
kHz.
(Full system including dbx® encoding)
Reference 10% L +R modulation at 300 Hz.
DIMENSIONS:
19 "W x 3.5" x
19 "D
(483 x 8.9 x 48.3 cm).
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
100/120/200/240 Volts AC, 50/60 Hz, 50 Watts.
NET WEIGHT:
20 lbs. (9.1 kg)
FINISH:
Anodized aluminum front panel.
registered
trademark of dbx corporation
dbx' is
a
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
TZ -30
L +R
TEST MODES:
(6) Normal BTSC /1:1 composite test, dbx IN /OUT, Modulation
calibration ON/OFF.
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION:
0.1% or less, 50 to 15,000 Hz, dbx encoding bypassed.
0.5% or less, 50 to 15,000 Hz, with dbx encoding
SIGNAL TO NOISE RATIO:
L +R better than 80 dB below ±25 kHz deviation
with 75 microsecond de- emphasis.
L -R better than 80 dB below ±50 kHz deviation
dbx decoded.
-R).
3, 4, AND 5 (fH) SUPPRESSION:
STOCK NO.
906 -0030
150
DESCRIPTION
TV Stereo Generator
GENERATOR
TS -30 SAP
®
-11
081
MUTE
r
8C8"'ER
0
I
LEVEL
DELAY
LOCK
AuIO
C)
INJECT
.
KUM
OFF
ON
IS 3I
AUTO
I
V
PaL101011
REMOTE
)m
TS-30
TS -30 TV SAP GENERATOR
Excellent modulation linearity
Defeatable output bandpass filter
Subcarrier oscillator unconditionally phase
locked to sync
Adjustable automatic mute level and delay
time
Extended frequency response
Optically -coupled remote control interface
Dual audio lowpass filtering with notch at
horizontal sweep frequency
Sync -lock with bridging video loop -thru
Genuine dbx'
Front Panel LED Modulation Display
encoder card
SPECIFICATIONS
Meets all EIA and OST-60 recommendations for TV
MCS SAP Channel
AUDIO INPUT:
-10 dBm to +10 dBm adjustable for ±10 kHz deviation @ 2 kHz. 600 or 20K ohms, transformerless, active, balanced, resistive.
AUDIO MUTING LEVEL:
10 to 30 dB below program level, adjustable
(defeatable)
AUDIO MUTING DELAY:
0.5 to 10 seconds, adjustable
AUDIO PRE -EMPHASIS:
Follows dbx encoding curve
DUAL AUDIO LOW PASS FILTERING:
(1) Active, 4th order plus notch in audio input ( -0.3
dB @ 10 kHz, -60 dB @ fH)
(2) Active, 7th order elliptic after dbx encoding ( -0.3
dB @ 10 kHz, Combined attenuation greater than 60
dB beyond fH)
FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
±1 dB, 50 -7500 Hz, -3 dB at 10,000 Hz (with dbx
encoding and decoding)
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION:
Less than 2%, 50- 10,000 Hz (with dbx encoding including subcarrier BPF)
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION:
Less than 2%, 4:1 ratio, 60 Hz / 7 kHz (with dbx encoding including subcarrier BPF)
SIGNAL TO NOISE RATIO:
75 dB below ±10 kHz deviation (with dbx encoding
and decoding)
MODULATION METHOD:
Direct FM at the subcarrier frequency utilizing a
linearized VCO phase -locked to 5 times the horizontal sync frequency.
MODULATION CAPABILITY:
Greater than ±20 kHz
SUBCARRIER BANDPASS FILTER:
6th order plus notch at PRO, BW3 =40 kHz, -17 dB
@ 46.5 kHz (defeatable for reduced audio distortion)
STEREO CROSSTALK:
Better than 80 dB below 100% (L -R) with subcarrier
BPF
Better than 60 dB below 100% (L -R) without sub carrier BPF
SYNC LOCK:
Floating BNC (2) loop -thru, 10K bridging input, 1V PP nominal composite video or (fH) sync. Front panel
lock indicator.
SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY:
78.67 kHz (5 x horizontal sweep frequency)
Unconditionally phase locked to sync under all
modulating conditions.
SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY:
±0.5% ( ±400 Hz @ 78.67 kHz) unlocked from sync.
SUBCARRIER HARMONIC CONTENT:
Less than 0.1% (Better than 60 dB below unmodulated subcarrier level)
SUBCARRIER SPURIOUS COMPONENTS:
Better than 70 dB below unmodulated subcarrier
level
SAP OUTPUT LEVEL:
0.5 to 8.0 Volts P-P continuously adjustable into open
circuit. 75 ohms, resistive, unbalanced, BNC
connector.
SAP SUBCARRIER ENVELOPE DECAY:
Greater than 100 ms from 90% to 10% subcarrier
level. Eliminates squelch noise at the receiver during
muting.
MODULATION DISPLAY:
Color coded peak reading LED's for greater than
10% and 100% deviation.
OPERATING MODE SELECTIONS:
(3) OFF, ON, Automatic ON/OFF switching controlled
by audio input
REMOTE CONTROL:
Mode selection via rear panel barrier strip.
5-24V DC positive or negative logic, optically isolated
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE:
32 - 122 degrees F (0 - 50 degrees C) Operational to
-20 degrees C
HUMIDITY:
95% non -condensing
MAXIMUM ALTITUDE:
15,000 ft. (4,572 m) AMSL
DIMENSIONS:
1.75 "H x 19 "W x 14 "D (4.5 x 48.3 x 22.9 cm)
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
100/120/200/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 15W
NET WEIGHT:
8 lbs. (3.6 kg)
FINISH:
Anodized aluminum front panel
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL STOCK NO.
TS-30
906-0031 -000
DESCRIPTION
TV SAP Second Audio Program Channel
151
1
=E
TV STEREO EQUIPMENT
TP -30 PRO GENERATOR
OFF
MU-E
MODULATION
OFG
F8UeCARNIER1
LEVEL
DEAAT
FREO
INJECT
DATA
AUTO
ON
AUDIO 10%- 100 %100%.
M
ON
t.
®
AUTO
TP
30 TV PRO GENERATOR
REMOTE
f'
fTl-1
LLLL
1111
SUBCRRNIEN TES'
TP-30
TP -30 TV PRO GENERATOR
Excellent modulation linearity
Adjustable automatic mute level and delay
time
Audio and AC or DC coupled digital data
transmission capability
Optically -coupled remote control interface
Active programmable audio input lowpass
Front Panel LED Modulation Display
filter
SPECIFICATIONS
Meets all EIA and OST-60 recommendations for TV
MCS PRO Channel
AUDIO INPUT:
-10 dBm to +10 dBm adjustable for ±3 kHz deviation @ 400 Hz. 600 ohms, transformerless, active,
balanced, resistive
AUDIO MUTING LEVEL:
10 to 30 dB below program level, adjustable
(defeatable)
AUDIO MUTING DELAY:
0.5 to 10 seconds, adjustable
AUDIO INPUT PRE -EMPHASIS:
150 microseconds (75 usec by internal jumper)
AUDIO LOW PASS FILTER:
Sixth order, -3 dB aì 3.4 kHz (programmable to
other frequencies, defeatable)
AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
±0.5 dB, 50- 10,000 Hz (exclusive of audio LPF)
DATA INPUT LEVEL:
1.0 to 4.0 V P -P for ±3 kHz deviation, DC coupled.
10K ohm, unbalanced BNC, supplied with 75 ohm
terminating resistor
DATA FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
±05 dB, DC to 10 kHz (no pre-emphasis)
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION:
Less than 0.5% throughout passband
INTERMODULATION DISTORTION:
Less than 0.5% throughout passband
FM NOISE:
60 dB below ±3 kHz deviation
usec de- emphasis)
Qa
400 Hz (with 150
MODULATION METHOD:
Direct FM at the subcarrier frequency utilizing a
linearized VCO
MODULATION CAPABILITY:
Greater than ±20 kHz
SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY:
102.271 kHz (6.5 x horizontal sweep frequency)
SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY STABILITY:
±0.5% ( ±500 Hz @ 102.271 kHz)
SUBCARRIER HARMONIC CONTENT:
Less than 0.3% (Better than 50 dB below unmodulated subcarrier level)
SUBCARRIER SPURIOUS COMPONENTS:
Better than 70 dB below unmodulated subcarrier
level
PRO SUBCARRIER OUTPUT LEVEL:
0.5 to 4.0 Volts P -P continuously adjustable into open
circuit. Resistive, unbalanced, BNC connector
SUBCARRIER TEST OUTPUT LEVEL:
5.0 V P -P into 10K ohms, resistive, unbalanced, BNC
connector
SUBCARRIER ENVELOPE DECAY:
Greater than 100 ms from 90D/o to 10% subcarrier
level. Eliminates squelch noise at the receiver during
muting
MODULATION DISPLAY:
Color coded peak reading LED's for greater than
10% and 100% deviation.
OPERATING MODE SELECTIONS:
(3) OFF, ON, Automatic ON/OFF switching controlled
by audio input
REMOTE CONTROL:
Mode selection via rear panel barrier strip. 5-24V DC
positive or negative logic, optically isolated.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE:
32 - 122 degrees F (0 - 50 degrees C) Functional to
-20 degrees C
HUMIDITY:
95% non -condensing
MAXIMUM ALTITUDE:
15,000 ft. (4,572 m) AMSL
DIMENSIONS:
1.75 "H x 19 "W x 9 "D (4.5 x 48.3 x 22.9 cm)
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
100/120/200/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 7W
NET WEIGHT:
4.5 lbs. (2 kg)
FINISH:
Anodized aluminum front panel
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL STOCK NO.
TP -30
906-0032 -000
DESCRIPTION
TV PRO Professional Audio Program Channel
152
TZ-30 AUDIO PROCESSING SYSTEM PACKAGE
CNY L
°
fi
°
I=E
f+
Aphex "Compellor" Compressor -Leveler- Limiter
For those who desire a completely pre -packaged TV Stereo
generator /audio processing system, Broadcast Electronics offers
the TZ-30 /Aphex system package.
This high performance system is comprised of a TZ-30 TV
Stereo Generator, an Aphex "Compellor" Compressor- LevelerLimiter, and an Aphex "Dominator" tri -band peak processor.
Aphex's Dominator is designed to complement the Compellor's
average level processing capability. The Dominator is a 3-band
peak processor with a proprietary circuit which varies the threshold
for limiting -unlike traditional "dumb over -threshold" devices.
Tuneable crossover frequencies, plus high and low frequency drive
controls allow you to create different effects. Limiting can be pre shaped to match saturation characteristics for maximum S/N performance, as well as for broadcast pre- emphasis.
Because the Dominator's circuitry is intelligent, only a few basic
adjustments are necessary to get the proper results. The user
simply sets the calibrated output ceiling control to the level where
he wants the peaks to absolutely stop (such as at 100% modulation) and sets the drive control to obtain the desired reduction.
The Aphex Compellor is a revolutionary audio processor. It
delivers "invisible" compression, leveling, and peak limiting
simultaneously! The Compellor control circuits are actually analog
computers that constantly monitor the input, adapting and controlling a single VCA per channel for minimal signal path. Since
the Compellor intelligently varies all parameters for you, operating
controls are kept to a minimum. You need only set the input level
to control the amount of processing, adjust output level, and set
the balance between compression and leveling. The Compellor
will then provide complete dynamic control with smooth, inaudible gain riding for consistent increased loudness -all automatically. Its unique circuitry actually enhances transient qualities, making even heavy processing undetectable.
The TZ -30 /Aphex system package is shipped completely
tested and ready for installation. Contact Broadcast Electronics or your Broadcast Electronics representative for more
details.
#
116 III.
M
.
Aphex "Dominator"
3-band
153
peak processor
LIE/
1
=E
STUDIO TECHNOLOGIES
TV STEREO EQUIPMENT
RCU -1 RECOGNITION /CONTROL UNIT
The reliable, real -time unit that precisely determines and
displays the mono/stereo status of broadcast audio programming,
automatically switching a stereo simulator into the on -air audio
chain upon recognition of mono.
AN -2 STEREO SIMULATOR
The versatile sound processor designed to create a wide range
of effects including convincing stereo from any mono source.
PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS
PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS
Restores natural timbre of acoustic
instruments -adds warmth and reality to synthesized one.
Simulates the sound of a spaced pair of
microphones without loss of mono compatibility.
Adds "air" and "definition" to mix, reducing the
need for equalization.
Completely mono -compatible -no fade -outs or
phase problems.
Simulates space without reverberation by using
random, non -recursive filter techniques.
Variable width control allows "spread" and
"size" of image to match sound.
SPECIFICATIONS
-
Recognizes if input signal is stereo or monaural.
Circuitry compensates for phase errors and level
differences.
High performance cross -fade circuit automatically switches stereo simulator in- circuit on detection of mono. Compatible with Studio
Technologies AN -2 Stereo Simulator or other
manufacturers' products.
Manual overide functions using front panel controls or logic level signals from remote control
equipment.
Two auxiliary relay contacts provide contact
closures on recognition of mono and simulator
in- circuit conditions.
AN -2 STEREO SIMULATOR
Input and Output Levels:
Selectable -10 or +4 dBm, electronically balanced
Frequency Response:
20 Hz to 15 kHz ±2 dB
Distortion:
-
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTROL UNIT
RCU -1 RECOGNITION/
Input and Output Levels:
+8 dBm
Input Impedance:
20K ohms, electronically balanced
Output Impedance:
100 ohms, electronically balanced
Output to Simulator:
0.2% THD
Dynamic Range:
90 dB
Signal to Noise Ratio:
Recognition Section:
Will recognize phase error of ±45
degrees @ 500 Hz, and channel level
difference of 10 dB
19" wide, 13/4" high, 7" deep (one standard rack
Sum of left and right (L +R) line input
signals
Remote Control Inputs:
Current limited logic level
Auxiliary Relay Contacts:
Isolated, sealed, bifurcated type
Connections:
space)
Mono Input Signals:
26- position screw terminal strip
Power:
ORDERING INFORMATION
Mono input signal must be present on
both left and right line inputs for correct recognition
Frequency Response:
19" wide, 13/4" high, 7" deep (one
standard rack space)
70 dB
Power:
115/230V, 50 -60 Hz, 10 watts
Dimensions:
Model
AN -2
Stock No.
806 -0003
Description
Studio Technologies, Stereo Simulator for
operation on (specify voltage/Hertz) 115/230
10 Hz to 20 kHz, ±1
Distortion:
VAC, 50/60 Hz.
RCU -1
806 -0012
dB
115/230V, 50 -60 Hz, 10 watts
Dimensions:
.04% THD at max output
Studio Technologies Stereo Recognition/
Control Unit for operation on (specify
voltage /Hertz) 115/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz. Recommended companion unit for the AN -2
simulator.
(
+22 dBm)
Signal to Noise Ratio:
80 dB
Output Signal Switching:
VCA based cross -fade circuit
154
Specifications subject to change
without notice.
BTSC MONITORS
I=E
IntAT
TVM-210
M111.P
VW
4-.111
BELAR
r
Mr r
ál
_
,
F-3
1
0
Stellf
...y
0
o
1
TVM-220
ITO.°
o
CAW
11111111
Belar TVM -200 TV Stereo Modulation Monitor System
BELAR TVM -200
To provide complete monitoring of BTSC stereo transmission
systems, the Belar TVM -200 TV Stereo Modulation Monitor System
consists of two separate units; the TVM -210 BTSC Reference
Monitor and the TVM -220 BTSC Program Monitor.
The TVM -210 is designed to operate in conjunction with the
Belar TVM -100 TV Aural Monitor or other precision wide band
demodulators, such as the Tektronics 1450 -1. The TVM -210 may
be used separately from the TVM -220 for the set -up, test and
measurement of BTSC TV Stereo transmission systems, as well
as for providing accurately decoded left and right channel audio
outputs.
The TVM -220, as used with the TVM -210, provides full time
monitoring of L +R and composite signal modulation levels.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
TVM -200
STOCK NO.
809-7026
DESCRIPTION
Belar TV Stereo Modulation Monitor System
(Specify channel and offset) for operation on
117/234 VAC, 60/50 Hz.
TFT MODEL 850 (photo on p. 162)
The TFT Model 850 BTSC TV Stereo Aural Modulation Monitor
is fully capable of monitoring and measuring the performance
characteristics of the BTSC composite signal as stated in the EIA
BTSC System Multichannel Television Sound Recommended
Practices. Over 20 different performance parameters can be called
up for monitoring and measurement on an optional plug -in Distortion Analyzer /AC Voltmeter (TFT model 860), while modulation
levels are read on two analog meters with quasi -peak ballistics.
Also, digitally settable peak flashers respond to program peaks.
The 850's monitoring capabilities include Total modulation, Stereo
Channel modulation, Left and Right channel modulation and Peak
modulation of the Total, Stereo and Main Channels.
TELEMET (not shown)
The Telemet model 3713 is a comprehensive precision testing
instrument for performance testing television transmissions with
BTSC Multichannel Sound. It also has a built -in tester for checking its own video response. The Model 3713 is usable over a wide
range of input levels from 5 millivolts to 1 volt RMS. The 3713 is
supplied for any one selected channel 2 to 13 in the VHF band
or 14 to 83 in the UHF band. Sound traps preceding the main
IF circuit can be switched in or out.
Also available: The Telemet 4501 VHF/UHF BTSC Broadcast
demodulator.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
850
STOCK NO.
809-7022
3713 -A1
3713 -A2
4501 -B1
DESCRIPTION
TFT BTSC Aural Modulation Monitor (specify
channel and offset) for operation on 117/234
VAC, 50/60 Hz (Specify voltage /freq.)
4501-82
Option 1 (7100- 4010): AA501 Distortion Analyzer
Option 2 (7100- 4020): Remote Meter & Flasher Panel
Option 3 (7100- 4050): Spare Parts Kit
STOCK NO.
806-0006
806 -0007
806-0010
806-0011
DESCRIPTION
Telemet Precision Demodulator for VHF BTSC
Telemet Precision Demodulator for UHF BTSC
Telemet Broadcast Demodulator for VHF BTSC
Telemet Broadcast Demodulator for UHF BTSC
Other BTSC monitors/demodulators available.
See current price list or contact Broadcast Electronics.
155
1
=E
AUDIO PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
Mono and Stereo Models
Independent Compression/
Expansion Control
Modular, Front Access Plug-In Electronics
Advanced Audio Gating
Dolby -B Compatible
Single 51/4" Rack Package
precisely suited to individual station program material, is easily
established.
OVERMODULATION PROTECTION, PLUS FULL PROCESSING
CONTROL
The Broadcast Electronics FM -600 monaural, and FM -601
stereo AGC /Limiter amplifiers allow the FM broadcaster to
modulate his transmitter at the highest permissible level and to
precisely control the amounts of signal compression and expansion in order to maintain a desired station "sound." These
amplifiers, unlike many audio processors, do not produce an uncontrollable "sound" of their own. Instead, they permit the broadcaster to smoothly establish the sound he wishes to produce. .whether it be "the loudest sound in town" or the gentle
"tailoring" of classical music with wide dynamic range. And this
is accomplished with no "thumps ", extraneous noise or distortion.
SIMPLE SET-UP AND OPERATING MODE SELECTION
Set -up controls and operating mode switches are mounted on
plug -in modules accessible behind the hinged front panel. Mode
switch functions include selection of: (a) 75- microsecond pre emphasis; (b) 25- microsecond pre- emphasis (for Dolby-B compatibility); (c) flat- frequency response; (d) test (unit operates as
conventional line amplifier. Convenient for proof -of- performance
measurements); (e) full gated expansion /compression; and (f)
limiting only. All mode switching may be controlled remotely by
switch closures to ground.
.
AUDIO GATING- SMOOTH COMPRESSION AND EXPANSION
CONTROL
Innovative audio -gating techniques which sample incoming program material, automatically apply signal processing only when
needed.
This gated operation mode allows 50 dB of automatic level control. Individual controls establish compression over a 0 to 30 dB
range and expansion, if desired, from 0 to 20 dB. These control
adjustments have no effect on maximum peak output levels nor
on limiter attack time. In their full -on positions output is at nearly constant amplitude. Thus a combination of control settings,
AUTOMATIC STEREO BALANCE
Precise stereo balance is insured by matched, ultra -linear,
temperature- compensated voltage -controlled amplifiers.
COMPACT, SINGLE 5'/a" RACK -MOUNTED PACKAGING
The amplifiers replace, in a single 51/4" rack -mount package,
separate interconnected AGC and limiting amplifiers. This is done
without crowding and with front access to all electronics, which
are on six labelled plug -in cards. Output levels plus compression
and expansion are fully metered.
156
FM -601
I=E
INPUT AMP
OF LEI
OL BU
1,0
o
SE
L
,.
filL
NIUE AMP
o
BLOCK DIAGRAM
-
MODEL FM-601 STEREO AGC /LIMITER
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Impedance:
Equalization:
600 ohm, transformer balanced.
Output Level:
Adjustable, +20 dBm maximum.
Input Level:
Overall Gain:
-20 dBm to +26 dBm for +20 dBm output ( -20
dBm input yields +20 dBm output with zero compression or expansion).
60 dB with full expansion.
Normal Mode: 75 microseconds, 25 microseconds, or
flat response (50/25 usec or flat optional).
Test or Limit Only Modes: Flat response.
Compression Range:
Operating Temperature Range:
Frequency Response:
±0.5 dB, 30 Hz -20 kHz
(1
kHz reference).
00 to 55° C.
Expansion Range:
Power Requirements:
105 to 125 or 210 to 230 Vac (switchable), 50/60 Hz,
0 to 20 dB.
Distortion:
0.75% or less, 30 Hz -20 kHz at +20 dBm output.
Signal -to- Noise:
60 dB or greater below +20 dBm output with
dBm input.
0 to 30 dB.
-20
30 watts.
Expansion Recovery Rate:
Adjustable, 5 to 40 seconds for 20 dB expansion.
Average /Peak Ratio:
Adjustable, 35 dB minimum,
1
dB maximum.
Limiter Attack Time:
Output Impedance:
5
600 ohm, transformer balanced.
microseconds or less for 10 dB of limiting.
Dimensions:
19" Wide, 5.25" High, 10" Deep (48.3 x
25.4 cm)
EIA Std. Rack Mounting.
Weight (packed):
16 Ibs. (7.2 kg).
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FM -600
FM -601
STOCK NO.
937-0600
937-0601
DESCRIPTION
Mono FM AGC /Limiter w /mating 24 -pin female conn.
Stereo FM AGC/Limiter w /mating 24-pin female conn.
157
13.3
x
1
=E
AUDIO PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
CRL
Stereo Preparation Processai
P( NEP
SWIM;
APPESO
GATE
OPE PARON
OUTPUT
Spectral
a
-3
Pro
6
ÖF
al
OPERATK)R.
G/R
bpQTP.
-r
OUT
n
Stereo
¡¡
1.1
í
i
--IW+11T-
EQUALIZER
2
+3
- t,, -a
au3terts
SNIP 800
CLAPPING
CRL FM -4 Audio Processing System
-
MODEL FM -2 AND FM -4
CRL FM STEREO PROCESSING
Circuit Research Laboratories uses the modular, or "building
block" approach to audio processing. The "two" (as in FM -2) refers
to two bands; the "four" (as in FM -4) refers to four bands. The
FM -2 system consists of the SPP -800, which is a dual band AGC
unit and the SMP-800, which is a dual band limiter. Adding the
,,OvvEP
Ó
Iewasaw
GtR
¡J-Mll-,..
t_J°
\
POnW:R
)
°
p-) N4Spectre'
CrR
POWER
ri
Stereo
-
SEP -800 four band compressor makes it an FM -4 system. The
output of both systems is pre-emphasized and filtered for pilot protection. The FM -2 system may be upgraded to an FM -4 at any
time. The FM -4 is recommended for competitive situations or
where more flexibility and maximum loudness are important.
a_
.a,..,a.
Energy
Pr
RC= Q
1
111,-
GAIE
Preparation
Processor
RPM
®
i
CRL AM -4 AM Stereo Audio Processing System
-
AM STEREO PROCESSING
MODEL AM -2 OR AM -4
There two versions of the Circuit Research Laboratories AM
Stereo system. The two band (AM -2) system consists of the
SPP-800 and the SMP-900 Stereo matrix processor. It produces
a very open, pleasing sound quality at a modest price. This system
can be upgraded to the four band AM -4 system by adding the
SEP -800 four band compressor between the other two units. This
provides additional control and creates a very dense signal which
will increase overall signal coverage.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
AM -4
AM -2
803-1003
807-1004
807-1003
803-1004
AM -4 Audio Processing System, Stereo
AM -2 Audio Processing System, Stereo
FM -4 Audio Processing System, Stereo
FM -4
FM -2
FM -2 Audio Processing System, Stereo
158
ORBAN
I=E
OPTIMOD -FM MODEL 8100A
The Orban OPTIMOD -FM model 8100A is ideal for any format
and is the best -sounding FM processor that Orban knows how
to make. OPTIMOD -FM is a multiband compressor/limiter /stereo
generator. It features selectable multiband or wideband operation
plus versatile setup controls that permit precise "tuning" for different formats. The OPTIMOD -FM offers complete freedom from
processing artifacts and distortion while providing optimum
voice /music balance.
Model 8100A/1
OPTIMOD -AM MODEL 9100B
The new OPTIMOD -AM model 9100B is already establishing
itself as the processor of choice for those AM stations demanding high -quality, natural sound free from the pumpiness, grittiness
and "honky" midrange colorations. The 9100B is an integrated
audio processing system for AM stereo or mono, including compressor, program equalizer, multiband limiter, clipper and transmitter equalizer. The 9100B complies with the latest NRSC standards
with 75 us pre -emphasis and a 10 kHz LPF.
Model 9100B
OPTIMODTV MODEL 8182A
OPTIMODTV has set the standard for TV audio processing,
with its natural sound and its ability to handle typical television
audio feeds-from master tape to live voice to 16mm optical film
smoothly and gracefully, without introducing processing artifacts.
OPTIMODTV rides gain over a range of up to 25 dB (user adjustable), provides consistent subjective loudness from source to
source, and precisely controls peak modulation levels for mono
-
or stereo.
Model 8182A
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
8100A /ST
STOCK NO.
829 -0056
809 -7013
8100A /XT
809 -7014
9100B/1
9100B/2C
809 -7017
809 -7018
8182A
809 -7016
8182A/ST
809 -7015
8100A/1
DESCRIPTION
Optimod Model 8100A Stereo Generator /Processor
Optimod studio chassis assembly to house compressor stages of Optimod FM
Optimod 6 band limiter chassis. Extends performance of the 8100A/1 system
Optimod AM (mono) audio processing system
Optimod AM (stereo) audio processing system
(C -QUAM)
Optimod TV audio processing with CBS loudness
controller and Hilbert clipper
8182A Accessory chassis assembly. Houses compressor and loudness control stages of Optimod
TV at studio.
159
1
=E
MONITORING EQUIPMENT
Model FMM -2 FM Modulation Monitor
The Belar model FMM -2 FM Modulation Monitor is a precision
wideband FM monitor designed to measure the total modulation
characteristics of mono as well as multi -plexed FM Transmitters.
The FMM -2 is also used as a low distortion and low noise FM
demodulator to drive the companion FMS -2 Stereo Monitor and
SCM -1 SCA Monitor, as well as providing audio outputs for aural
monitoring and proof of performance measurements. Features include a digitally selectable peak modulation indicator, adjustable
in 1% increments, built -in modulation calibrator, carrier alarms,
true peak and semi -peak metering and a built -in voltmeter for AM
& FM noise measurement.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FMM -2
DESCRIPTION
Belar FMM -2 FM Modulation Monitor
STOCK NO.
829 -0050
AAQ!
'
4113 stEwEJ
Model FMS-2
Model FMS -2 Stereo Modulation Monitor
ment of channel separation and crosstalk, along with sub -carrier
suppression and noise. Features include two independent semi peak modulation meters for simultaneous monitoring of left and
right channels, pilot alarm, switchable de- emphasis for noise
measurements and a stereo separation measurement capability
of over 70 db at 15 kHz.
The Belar model FMS -2 Stereo Modulation Monitor is designed
to operate in conjunction with the Belar FMM -2 "baseband"
modulation monitor. The FMS -2, besides measuring left and right
modulation levels, is also used as a test instrument to ensure the
proper performance of FM Stereo Transmitters. The test and
measurement capability is enhanced by the integration of two independent auto-ranging voltmeters allowing automatic measure -
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
FMS -2
STOCK NO.
829 -0049
DESCRIPTION
Belar FMS -2 Stereo Modulation Monitor
Model TVM -200 TV Stereo Modulation Monitoring System
for the set -up, test and measurement of BTSC Stereo Transmission Systems, as well as providing accurately decoded left and
right channel audio outputs.
The TVM -220, as used with the TVM -210, provides full time
metering and peak indication of L +R and composite signal
modulation levels.
The Belar TVM -200 TV Stereo Modulation Monitoring System
consists of two separate units: the TVM-210 BTSC Reference
Monitor and the TVM -220 BTSC Program Monitor. (see photos
and additional information on p. 155)
The TVM -210 is designed to operate in conjunction with the
Belar TVM -100 TV Aural Monitor, or other precision wide band
demodulators, such as the Tektronics 1450-1. The TVM -210 is used
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
TVM-200
RFA-3
STOCK NO.
809 -7026
809 -7029
DESCRIPTION
TV Stereo Modulation Monitor System (TVM -210 & TVM -220)
TV RF Amplifier
160
BELAR
BELAR
SCA
1
=E
MONITOR
SCM-1
Belar Model SCM -1 SCA Frequency and Modulation Monitor
The Belar SCM -1 SCA Frequency and Modulation Monitor, when
added to the FMM -2 Modulation Monitor, provides complete
monitoring and test functions for SCA storecasting, data transmission and remote telemetering applications. Up to four crystal switch
positions allow four channels to be operated and tested.
Features include three deviation ranges for optimum operation
on a particular subcarrier. Narrow deviation (2 kHz deviation) is
for remote telemetering applications and selective call systems.
Normal operation (6 kHz deviation) is for storecasting and other
background programming applications; 4 kHz deviation is for
simultaneous stereo operation. The discriminator is wideband for
minimum distortion. Maximum versatility is thus provided for future
applications as well as present needs.
The SCM -1 features unlimited SCA frequency selection by incorporating interchangeable crystals into its unique design. Select
the one to four frequencies best suited to your application and
plug in the appropriate crystals. Monitor four channels by means
of pushbutton selection. To test other frequencies or to change
frequencies, merely plug in new crystals. The separate SCA peak
flasher is independent of SCA modulation polarity. The front panel
push button modulation calibrator allows the calibration accuracy
to be checked at any time.
SPECIFICATIONS
MODULATION METER RANGE:
133% to -70 dB
SCA INJECTION LEVEL:
133% to 5%
SCA MODULATION SENSITIVITIES:
100% = 6 kHz, 4 kHz, 2 kHz deviation, switched
MAXIMUM MODULATION FREQUENCY:
5 kHz at 6 kHz deviation
SCA PEAK INDICATOR:
100% = 6 kHz, 4 kHz, 2 kHz deviation, switched,
independent of modulation polarity
SCA MODULATION CALIBRATOR:
2 kHz
SCA FREQUENCY METER ACCURACY:
±2 kHz
SCA SUBCARRIER:
24 kHz to 100 kHz, 4 switched crystal positions. SCA
subcarrier and deviation maintained in the FCC
allowable total frequency deviation
INTERNAL CROSSTALK:
SUB TO MAIN:
STEREO TO SUB:
Better than 50 dB
REMOTE METERING:
Both frequency meter and modulation meter may be
remotely metered, 5000 ohms external loop
resistance
WEIGHT:
-66
dB
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
SCM -1
SCM -2
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
SCA Frequency and Modulation Monitor
SCA Modulation Monitor
RFA -1
829 -0034
829 -0038
FM RF Amplifier
Yagi antenna, for use with RFA -1
MJ -10
MAIN TO SUB:
Better than 50 dB
161
14 lbs.
1
=E
MONITORING EQUIPMENT
TFT Model 845 SCA Modulation Monitor
TFT Model 844 FM /Stereo Modulation Monitor
Up to three customer -specified frequencies are selectable from
the front panel of the Model 845 SCA Modulation Monitor. The
Model 845 makes complete, accurate measurements of injection
level, modulation, S/N ratio, crosstalk and THD (using an external analyzer). Measurement modes are selected by front panel
pushbuttons. In addition, for true proof -of- performance measurements (at the transmitter), a wideband input is provided. It gives
you an unrestricted bandwidth for making distortion and frequency
response measurements. The high measurement accuracy of the
845 is ensured by upconverting the baseband signal to an IF frequency and extracting the SCA sub -channel through precision
filters. Pushbutton selection of either +4 kHz or +6 kHz as the
frequency deviation to represent 100% modulation is standard.
The built -in preselector in the Model 844 FM /Stereo Modulation Monitor allows you to digitally select any two FM stations, then
precisely monitor, off-air, the modulation and carrier frequency error
of either one. This gives you a quick, easy way to check on how
your modulation measures up to that of the other stations in your
market. The Model 844 makes complete stereo measurements
or right channel modulation, left channel modulation, channel
separation, cross talk between main and sub -channels, L +R,
L -R, 38 kHz carrier suppression and 19 kHz injection level.
Measurements are selected by front -panel pushbuttons, and are
read on the Modulation/Test Meter. A front panel BNC connector
provides an output of the signal displayed on the Modulation/Test
Meter.
ORDERING INFORMATION
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
844
Option 01
Option 02
804
STOCK NO.
809-7019
MODEL
845
DESCRIPTION
TFT Model 844 FM /Stereo Modulation Monitor
(Specify frequency for high level monitoring)
75 usec de- emphasis supplied standard
Absence of modulation /carrier failure alarm
Spare parts kit
Remote meter and peak flasher panel
STOCK NO.
809-7021
Option 01
Option 02
Option 03
Option 04
805
DESCRIPTION
TFT Model 845 SCA Monitor
67 kHz supplied standard
RF Module - Preselector (specify freq.)
SCA Channel (41 kHz)
SCA Channel (92 kHz)
Spare parts kits
Remote meter and peak flasher panel.
TFT Model 850 BTSC TV Stereo Aural Modulation Monitor
Model 850 features include:
Split -Sound and Intercarrier Modes
dbx® Decoder or 75 usec Modes
Four Inputs for Versatility
Microprocessor Controlled Switching with
Keyboard Command Entry
Frequency Synthesized Modulation Calibrator
with Front Panel Controls
The TFT Model 850 BTSC TV Stereo Aural Modulation Monitor
of monitoring and measuring the performance
characteristics of the BTSC stereo composite signal as stated in
the EIA BTSC System Multichannel Television Sound Recommended Practices. Over 20 different performance parameters can
be called up for monitoring and measurement on an optional plugin Distortion Analyzer /AC Voltmeter (TFT Model 860), while
modulation levels are read on two analog meters with quasi -peak
ballistics. Also, digitally settable peak flashers respond to program
peaks.
is capable
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
850
Option 01
Option 02
Option 03
Option 04
162
STOCK NO.
809-7022
DESCRIPTION
TFT, BTSC Aural Modulation Monitor, Rack
mount, specify channel and offset
AA501 Distortion Analyzer
Remote Meter & Flasher Panel for Model 850
Spare Parts Kit for Basic Model 850
Alarm and MUX board
TFT
Also Available: The TFT Model 851 BTSC Monitor
For those installations using a precision TV demodulator, the
TFT 851 is available as a lower cost version of the model 850.
In
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
851
STOCK NO.
809 -7042
Option 01
Option 02
Option 03
Option 04
the 851 the RF/IF connections are omitted. Connection to the
is made via the model 851's composite input.
demodulator
-
MODEL 85.
DESCRIPTION
BTSC Aural modulation, monitor, Rack mount
Baseband input only. Specify de-emphasis.
Distortion Analyzer
Remote meter and flasher panel
Spare parts kit
Modulation alarm with
MUX filters
2
TFT Model 855 BTSC TV SAP/PRO Monitor
W POOR.....
111.40./4
111.16,11.
Irf
RIM
Ip
WW1
SW NM WA
1
0
1711106111.10.
[SWl
0
1
COS
\rmot
0
rw
s
w
JIM
0
0
*ir
á
00 e 0
MOM $55 ITSC
SIV11.110
Zr.
cMbMFI YOOIILIT6N MOWN
Model 855
855 features include:
-
Independent SAP and PRO Channel sections
Switchable de- emphasis (150 usec deemphasis or flat, 6 kHz bandwidth) in Pro
Channel for data or voice applications
Separate meters for Modulation and Injection
Off- Frequency LED Indicators
Selectable Operating Modes
Peak Modulation flashers with thumbwheel
switch presets
Switchable bandpass filter for operation with
subcarriers individually (when performing a
Proof) or with the entire composite signal
Built -in frequency- synthesized modulation
calibrator
-
-Switchable dbx' decoder or
75 usec deemphasis, or flat response (15 kHz bandwidth) in
SAP channel
Demodulated signals available via front
panel BNC
The TFT model 855 BTSC SAP and PRO Channel Modulation
Monitor was designed for those broadcasters who utilize the Second Audio Program (SAP) and /or the Professional Channel (PRO)
as part of their BTSC broadcast signal. It is designed to monitor
and measure SAP and PRO Channel performance characteristics.
It can also be used to check the performance of SAP and PRO
generators. The model 855 can accept signals from any source
of BTSC composite signal consisting of SAP /PRO - such as the
feed from TFT models 850 or 851 BTSC stereo monitors or other
wideband audio demodulator - or can accept signals from SAP
and PRO generators directly.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
855
dbx" is a registered
trademark of dbx corporation
Option 01
Option 02
STOCK NO.
809 -7047
DESCRIPTION
SAP/PRO Modulation Monitor, Rack Mount
Remote meter and flasher panel
Spare parts kit
163
I=E
GORMAN- REDLICH
MONITORING EQUIPMENT
tt"'Att
N
14
11
*R
4.0 tE!`ttlt
Gorman -Redlich Model CEB EBS Encoder/Decoder
options.
The "Decoder" portion of the Model CEB detects the presence
of the EBS attention signal at the output of the monitor receiver.
(Connecting the monitor receiver to the CEB is easy.) If, and only
if, the attention signal is present at the monitor receiver output,
the decoder responds by closing a relay which demutes the
monitor receiver and /or actuates an auxiliary alarm. The receiver
can be demuted at any time by pressing a reset button. The
reliability of the Decoder portion of the Model CEB is enhanced
by the use of 1% tolerance capacitors and resistors.
The Gorman -Redlich Model CEB Encoder -Decoder is a complete two frequency EBS system which meets all necessary FCC
requirements. The Model CEB is fully compatible with most AM
or FM monitor receivers and can also be used with Gorman Redlich monitor receivers.
The "Encoder" portion of the Model CEB counts down the 3.9
MHz crystal oscillator frequency to generate the 960 Hz and 853
Hz tones which make up the new attention signal. These are used
to modulate the transmitter. The crystal is a fundamental AT-cut
quartz crystal. Also available is the model CE Encoder with stereo
ORDERING INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION
EBS Encoder-Decoder
EBS Encoder only
EBS Encoder with stereo option
EBS Decoder (required for LPTV)
MODEL
CEB
CE
CE
CD
Näuä-110141 19.
MM.
CS.
MIN
ää. Cä
t{Ir11ä Wä Krl.
Nt.IH,tli.lrl,1K.itä Ikn.
äN1
+
1
1
öat
1111171-1011111
Gorman -Redlich Model CRW Weather Receiver
ted by NWS to signal transmision of updated forecasts.
Both the 1050 Hz and 1650 Hz tones will close a relay in the
Model CRW receiver. The 1050 Hz tone will also demute the
receiver, activate a flashing LED and cause the NWS audio to be
gated to a pair of rear terminals which can be used for remote
alarm. Continuous audio is available with another pair of rear terminals and may be used for tape recording.
The FCC has authorized AM, FM and TV stations to rebroadcast weather transmissions originated by the NWS provided that
commercials in connection with the weather broadcasts do not
convey an endorsement by the government.
The Gorman -Redlich Model CRW Weather Receiver is a highly
sensitive and selective receiver for National Weather Service
(NWS) transmissions. It's equipped with a tone decoder that processes the 1050 Hz and 1650 Hz signal tones for automatic audible and visual alarm signals insthe event of emergency situations.
This receiver also makes it possible to automate the recordings
of weather forecasts and emergency alert messages. The Model
CRW has rear terminals for remoting and a coaxial connector for
external antennas.
The NWS transmits 1050 Hz for 10 seconds immediately prior
to an emergency alert message such as severe storm or flood
warnings and Civil Defense alerts. A 1650 Hz tone can be transmit-
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
CRW
DESCRIPTION
Weather Radio Receiver
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics for more information.
164
PROOF OF PERFORMANCE EQUIPMENT
I=E
POTOMAC INSTRUMENTS AT-51 AUDIO TEST SYSTEM
Consists of the AG -51 Audio Generator and the M-51 Audio
Analyzer. Measures harmonic distortion, intermodulation distortion, voltage, dB, signal + noise /noise ratio, wow and flutter, stereo
phasing, and differential gain in stereo channels. Features
transformerless stereo outputs (balanced or unbalanced), source
resistance of 150 or 600 ohms, automatic signal leveling, precision step attenuators, RFI shielding, automatic "set level" and
"balance" circuits, scope display of distortion products and output level monitor. Weight: 24 lbs. Power source: 117 V (230 V optional), 50 or 60 Hz as specified.
POTOMAC INSTRUMENTS FIM -71 FIELD STRENGTH METER
The FIM -71 Field Strength Meter is a truly portable test instrument of laboratory quality which is designed to withstand the rigors
of extended field use. Combining a calibrated half -wave dipole
antenna and a highly accurate tuned voltmeter with a range of
140 dB, this instrument is suitable for practically all types of RF
emission measurements in the 45 MHz to 225 MHz frequency
spectrum. Depending upon the characteristic of the signal to be
measured, the operator can switch select wide or narrow bandwidth, peak or average value of TV or pulse modulated signals,
AM or FM demodulation, and meter dynamic range of either 20
dB or 60 dB. A DC analog voltage, proportional to the meter indication, is provided for the purpose of driving a chart recorder
or similar device. A leveled output from the calibrating oscillator
(which is automatically tracked to the tuned frequency) is available
for a variety of test purposes. The 41/2 inch, taut band, mirrored
scale meter is calibrated in Volts and dB for precise measurements
in field or laboratory environments.
NOTE: The Model FIM -72 is also available for 460 -470 MHz.
Potomac AT -51 Audio Test System
Potomac FIM -71 Field Strength Meter
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
AT-51
STOCK NO.
829-0051
DESCRIPTION
Audio Test System, consists of AG -51 audio
generator and AA-51 Audio Analyzer
Audio Analyzer Only
Audio Generator Only
Detector Attenuator for AT-51 Test Set
IX -51
Input Transformer for AT-51 Test Set
FIM -71
Field Strength Meter, 45 -225 MHz, utilizes 10
"D" batteries (not included)
FIM -72
809 -6005
Field Strength Meter, 470 -460 MHz, utilizes 10
"D" batteries (not included)
(Refer to Potomac Instruments, Inc. for other options and accessories)
AA-51
AG -51
DX-51
829 -0087
829 -0086
829 -0094
829 -0093
809 -6004
BALD MOUNTAIN LABS MODEL 1760FM /AM
AUDIO STEP GENERATOR
Nine precise crystal -controlled frequencies are instantly available
for use in proof of performance measurements. Frequencies may
be stepped manually or automatically, making possible one -man
line checks. Features very low distortion, precision output attenuator and front panel output jack. The Model 1760FM /AM provides frequencies extending to 15 kHz for FM checks, and may
be limited to 7.5 kHz for AM checks. Weight: 10 lbs. Power source:
117 V, 60 Hz (220 V, 50 Hz optional)
Model 1760FM /AM Audio Step Generator and Model 781F companion Decibel
Meter.
MODEL 781F DECIBEL METER
With the 781F Decibel Meter it is now possible to resolve either
level differences, or absolute levels in 600 ohm audio circuits to
one tenth of a decibel. Used as a companion unit to the Model
1760FM /AM Audio Step Generator, this instrument is useful in making audio equipment and line checks in broadcast facilities.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
1760FM /AM
781F
165
STOCK NO.
829-1761
829 -0052
DESCRIPTION
Audio Step Generator, FM /AM
Decibel meter with frequency readout
I=E
REMOTE CONTROL EQUIPMENT
M
a
Advanced_
9
ï
TC
e
Remote contro!
Le.
...
Advanced
Micro-Dynamics
TC -8
Remote Control
Advanced Micro -Dynamics model TC -8 Remote Control System
status inputs
Delayed failsafe output
Non -volatile memory
Optional computer interface
Space saving 13/4" rack units
8 metering channels
8
8 raise, 8 lower inputs
One -person calibration
Large dot -matrix display
Radio or wire link
4 t
e-
The Advanced Micro -Dynamics TC -8 is designed to provide
highly reliable remote transmitter control at a modest cost. Eight
metering channels are displayed on a large, easy to read dot-matrix
array. The status display provides continuous tally for eight on /off
inputs.
All controls are easy for non -technical operators to learn and
push button setup and calibration makes the TC -8 a pleasure to
install and operate. Non -volatile memory stores all setup and
calibration data for ten years without power, allowing convenient
maintenance and providing orderly recovery from power outages.
All inputs are filtered for excellent RF immunity. Hefty open collector outputs are protected from over -current by individual crowbar
circuits.
The optional IP -8 interface panel can be conveniently located
away from the unit to provide relay outputs and barrier strip connections for all outputs and status and metering inputs. With this
option, the transmitter unit can be easily removed from the rack
for maintenance without disturbing the individual connections.
An optional computer interface allows interconnection with
several popular personal computers. This expands the capability
of the TC -8 to include full screen display, automatic control functions, limits monitoring, and logging.
S.'
ìiiïiiiï
snmwrun
tfïìi`síiii
iiriáräi
""
m,o,
ítiittìti'iiii^ss.
°444ià
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics.
166
1
=E
TFT 8610/8611 Series Digital Remote Control System
Start with 10 channels each of Raise, Lower,
Telemetry and Status
Expandable to 70 channels of Raise, Lower,
Telemetry
Expandable to 42 channels of Status and Alarm
Built -in relays for control and telemetry interface
Interfaces with STL, SCA, TSL and phone lines
Complete line of accessories for transmitter and
monitoring interface
The TFT 8610/8611 Series Digital Remote Control System provides an economical and versatile means of installing a remote
control system of capacity suitable to your needs. Built -in relays
interface with the transmitter's control and telemetry circuit for excellent ground isolation and transient protection.
Models 8610, Control Terminal, and 8611, Remote Terminal, form
the heart of the system, providing 10 channels each of Raise,
Lower, Telemetry and Status monitoring to provide a total of 40
functions. The model 8610 can be expanded to provide additional
Raise/Lower and Telemetry channels with the addition of up to
as many as three model 8631 expander units. Each model 8631
provides 20 additional channels of Raise /Lower and Telemetry for
a system total of 70 Raise/Lower and Telemetry channels.
TFT 8610/8611 Series Remote Control System
Also, the model 8632/8633 Control Status Expander and
Remote Status Expander add 32 channels of Status/Alarm for a
total of 42 channels of Status Alarm.
ORDERING GUIDE
MODEL 8610/8611: 10 Channel RAISE/LOWER Plus 10 Channel TELEMETRY and STATUS digital remote control system. Expandable by adding Models 8631, 8632/33,
to a 112 channel system. To provide digital remote control systems for AM, FM & medium size TV stations. Minimum system comprises one (1) 8610 and one (1) 8611.
MODEL 8610
(5116 -8610)
Control portion only of 8610/8611 system
MODEL 8611
(5116-8611)
Remote portion only of 8610/8611 system
Option
01
(7100 -2610)
Sub -carrier (SCA) Detector. Frequencies from 26 kHz to 185 kHz available. Mounts within 8610 or 8611.
Option 02
(7100-2620)
Sub -carrier (SCA) Generator. Frequencies from 26 kHz to 185 kHz available. Mounts within 8610 or 8611.
Option 03
(7100-2600)
SCA Generator/Detector in one module.
Option 07
(7100-4136)
Spare Parts Kit
MODEL 8631
(5116 -8631)
Option
Expands the RAISE/LOWER and TELEMETRY channels of the Model 8610/8611 by 20 additional
channels. (to be installed at the Remote Terminal only) Up to 3 Model 8631's can be added (for 70
channels, total).
01
(7100-4137)
Spare Parts Kit
MODEL 8632/8633 32 Channel Status/Alarm Expander. Provides an additional 32 channels of STATUS /ALARM to 8610/8611 system, for a total of 42 channels.
MODEL 8632
(5116 -8632)
Control portion only of 8632/8633 system
(One 8633 is also required for full operation)
MODEL 8633
(5116 -8633)
Remote portion only of 8632/8633 system
(One 8632 is also required for full operation)
Option
01
(7100 -4138)
Spare Parts Kit
167
MARTI
STL EQUIPMENT
EE:
Marti STL- 10/950 Transmitter and R- 10/950 Receiver
MARTI STL- 10/950, AM OR FM STEREO STL SYSTEM
The Marti STL -10 StudioTransmitter Link/Intercity Relay is a line -of-sight communications system providing a high quality broadcast audio
channel with two optional sub-channels. A dual link for stereo provides two identical broadcast quality channels. The STL-10 system comes
complete with two STL- 10/950 transmitters, two R- 10/950 receivers, an HRC-10 transmitter combiner and an MTS-1 receiver combiner. The
system is furnished complete with crystals and tested on final frequency.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Freq.
Range
(MHz)
Transmitter
Maximum
Power
Maximum
Deviation
Receiver
Freq.
Stab.
800 -960
STL-10/950
10 Watts
±50 kHz
R- 10/950
.00025%
System Specifications
Distortion
Frequency Response
±0.25 dB 20-15000 Hz
0.25% or less
Equipment
Noise
-75 dB
or better
Package No.
50, 51
APPLICATION SPECIFICATIONS
B.W.
Freq.
Range
(MHz.)
Application
800-960 FM Stereo STL
800-960
FCC
Each
Part
Channel
Frequency Response
Distortion
Noise
Channel
Separation
74
200 kHz
±0.25 dB, 20 -15000 Hz
0.25% or less
-75 dB or better
75 dB
±0.3 dB, 20 -15000 Hz
03% or less
-73 dB or better
73 dB
±03 dB, 20-15000 Hz
0.5% or less
-70 dB or better
70 dB
±0.3 dB, 20 -15000 Hz
0.5% or less
-70 dB or better
70 dB
dB, 20-15000 Hz
0.5% or less
-70 dB or better
70 dB
74
FM Stereo STL
74
800-960 AM Stereo STL
94
928 -960 Data or Background Music
94
928 -960 4- Channel Sat. Pgm. Feed
STL Transmitters and Receivers
No Antennas
PACKAGE 50
1 STL- 10/950 transmitter
1
R- 10/950 receiver for STL
-
PACKAGE 51
2 STL- 10/950 transmitters
2 R-10/950 receivers for STL
1 HRC -10 transmitter combiner
1 MTS -10 receiver combiner
Sys em Specifications
150 kHz
100 kHz
100 kHz
±03
100 kHz
STL Monaural Systems
STL Stereo Systems
with Antennas
with Antennas
PACKAGE 50M
1 STL- 10/950 transmitter
1 R- 10/950 receiver for STL
2 P- 9A48GN -1 4' dish
2 PG -15B cables
2 L44N female connectors
2 L44W male connectors
2 K -1 grounding kits
*transmission line required
PACKAGE 51S
2 STL-10/950 transmitters
2 R-10/950 receivers for STL
1 HRC -10 transmitter combiner
1 MTS -1 receiver combiner
2 P- 9A48GN-1 4' dish
2 PG -1.5B cables
2 L44N female connectors
2 L44W male connectors
2 K -1 grounding kits
'transmission line required
MARTI TSL SYSTEMS
Telco lines
Marti TSL Telemetry Links provide reliable telemetry circuits for AM, FM and television stations. Expensive and unreliable
Broadcast
maintain.
and
to
operate
easy
to
install,
links
are
simple
These
TSL
Systems.
Marti
cost
effective
with
can now be replaced
rack
Electronics has assembled complete Marti TSL equipment packages consisting of the Transmitter, Receiver, Station Identifier and
The
15 watt transmitapplications.
source
limited
power
other
power
and
for
solar
is
available
system)
(TSL
-2
transmitter
2.5
watt
shelf. The
ter (TSL-15 system) is recommended for use on medium to long paths having high signal attenuation.
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency:
(Group P) 450.01, 450.02, 450.98, 450.99, 455.01,
455.02, 455.98, 455.99 MHz. FCC 74.402 (a) (7)
Modulation:
10F3 ( ±1.5 kHz Deviation)
Frequency Response:
50 Hz - 3000 Hz ±2.0 dB
STATION IDENTIFIER
A model 1300 station identifier is required by FCC
rules for all domestic TSL systems to identify the
TSL transmitter. Call signs for the identifier are
assigned by the FCC when TSL frequencies are
approved.
TSL -15 PACKAGE (15 WATTS)
Distortion:
1
2% THD
1
Signal to Noise Ratio:
44 dB
1
1
RPT-15 /450 Transmitter
CR- 10/450 Receiver
Model 1300 Station Identifier
RMH -3B Rack Shelf
168
TSL -2 PACKAGE (2.5 WATTS)
RPT-2/450 Transmitter
CR- 10/450 Receiver
1300 Station Identifier
1 Model
1 RMH -3 Rack Shelf
TSL ANTENNA PACKAGE
2 DB-438 Antennas
1
PG -2A Jumper Cable
1
PG -2B Jumper Cable
2 K-1 Weatherproofing Kit
2 L44N Female Connectors
2 L44W Male Connectors
1
1
REMOTE PICKUP EQUIPMENT
I=E
MARTI
MODEL CR -10 BASE RECEIVER
Model CR -10 is a rack-mounted VHF or UHF base station receiver designed for broadcast remote pickup service.
This receiver has dual frequency capability built in. Marti
technology has provided the highest frequency response
with the lowest noise and distortion possible for the assigned
channel band width. Special attention has been given to
solving today's high interference problems. The CR -10
features a built -in test meter, squelch relay, optional DC
operation, built -in sub -audible tone decoder, special noise
reduction circuit, and 90 dB spurious rejection.
Model CR-10 Receiver
CR -10 SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency Range:
400 -480, 280 -340, 200-260
35 kHz
25 kHz
36
F 25
F
& 140 -180
MHz
AC Power Supply:
Precision, electronically regulated with current limiting
60 kHz
42 kHz
Dual Frequency:
Provision for Dual Frequency. Separation 2% Max.
Spurious Response:
Metering:
-90 dB
Sensitivity:
Audio Output:
RF signal level, audio output level, sub. level, +13 V,
DC supply, L.O. level, mixer level, LED indicators for
0.5
microvolts for 20 dB S/N
Balanced 600 ohms, +10 dBm, Barrier strip.
Subaudible Tone Decoder:
800 -229 Decode Board provides relay closure upon
receipt of 27 Hz tone
Front Panel Controls:
Frequency select switch, program level adjust, meter
switch, squelch adjust.
Power Requirements:
120/220' VAC, 50/60 Hz, 10 Watts, 13.5V, DC 300 MA
Input Impedance:
50 ohms
Frequency Stability:
+.00025% -10 °C to +50 °C
Selectivity:
Filter
60 dB
3 dB
75 kHz
50 kHz
F 75
F 50
145 kHz
100 kHz
power and open squelch.
Dimensions:
31/2" High
x 19" Wide x 12" Deep.
Weight:
Net 10 lbs. Domestic packed 17 lbs.
RF Connector:
UG -58 (UHF)
'Available on 220 Vac, 50 Hz, upon request.
MARTI MODEL RPT-30 REMOTE PICKUP TRANSMITTER
20% more output power, 52% small, 40% lighter
Illuminated VU meter
Dual- frequency capability
Four balanced microphone mixing inputs, one
switchable to balanced line level
Subaudible encoder
FM compressor- limiter
The MODEL RPT-30 is a light, compact, but powerful transmitter designed for remote pickup broadcast service. It will operate
in continuous duty while providing broadcast quality audio when
used with the MARTI CR -10 or AR -10 receivers. Operating from
internal regulated power supply or external 11 to 13.5V. DC
(negative ground) power, the RPT-30 delivers high performance
in mobile, portable or fixed station applications. The RPT-30 is
designed to operate with other Marti equipment to function in
mobile repeaters, fixed automatic repeaters, base stations and
transmitter to studio links (TSL). Four balanced inputs with mixing are provided. Input number four may be switched to balanced line level if desired. Other advanced features include a high
performance FM compressor /limiter, subaudible encoder, dual frequency operation, illuminated meter, warning lights for antenna
VSWR and temperature.
RPT-30 SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency Range and Maximum Power Output:
Spurious Emission:
Controls:
140 -180 MHz
Meets FCC Requirements
(4) input level, meter sw., encode sw., power sw.,
45 Watts
200 -260 MHz - 40 Watts
-
280 -340 MHz
400 -480 MHz
-
35 Watts
-
30 Watts
RF Connector:
SO -239
frequency sw., monitor jack.
Audio Inputs:
Operating Temp. Range:
-10°C to +45 °C
Four Balanced microphone (150 ohm) inputs (XLR3)
with mixing controls. One input switchable to
balanced line level at mic. No 4 input and "D"
connector on rear.
Modulation (Specify):
Modulation Control:
10F3 (±1.5 kHz Deviation)
Broadcast quality Compressor/Limiter built in.
25F3 ( ±4 kHz Deviation)
50F3 ( ±8 kHz Deviation)
Channels (Frequencies):
Two frequencies selected by switch. Freq. separation
1.1% max.
Frequency Stability:
Mobile .0005%
Base .00025% (above 400 MHz)
Power Requirements:
110 -125 V. 50-60 Hz. (220 V. 50 Hz.
special order) DC operation on
ground.
available on
negative
11 -13.5V
Accessory Connector:
9 pin "D" connector for DC power, remote control,
encode, line level input.
Encoding:
Weight:
Subaudible tone (27 Hz) encoder built in.
12.4 lbs. net, 16 lbs. shipping wt.
Dimensions:
Metering/Indicators:
Illuminated meter indicates audio compression,
relative RF output, relative supply voltage. Flashing
LED's indicate "Antenna" (VSWR) and high "Temp."
11.5 in.
wide x 35 in. high x 133 in. deep
FCC ID: BEN9EZRPT30-150
BEN9EZRPT30 -450
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics for more information.
169
I=E
STL EQUIPMENT
Moseley PCL -606 and PCL-606/C STL Systems
.4.10.1.
", ...NNIMI....
r
..,C=
.,
e
e
e
e
Pr.,.....
moor,
k. ...
o
o
e
J
Moseley PCL-606 /PCL -606/C STL System
The PCL -606 and PCL -606/C StudioTransmitter Links provide
the broadcast user with the highest quality program conveyance
service currently available in equipment of this type. By the use
of the latest technology available in today's market, significantly
improved specifications and performance are achieved, even in
areas overly congested in STL service or in areas presenting high
density RF environments. The PCL-606 STL system, designed for
highest quality monaural audio service, may be used in a dual
configuration for stereo service where composite stereo is not
desired. The PCL -606/C STL system (the composite stereo version) conveys the composite stereo waveform with virtually no
degradation, neither adding to nor taking away from the stereo
waveform.
SPECIFICATIONS
ORDERING INFORMATION
FREQUENCY RANGE:
300 -330 MHz, 450-470 MHz, 890 -960 MHz,
15-1.71 GHz.
NON -LINEAR CROSSTALK:
Subchannel to Main Channel, Narrow (Wide) IF Filter,
50 dB (54 dB) or better
FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
Composite, ±0.1 dB or better, 30 to 53,000 Hz.
±03 dB or better, 53 to 73,000 Hz.
NON -LINEAR CROSSTALK:
Main Channel to Subchannel, Narrow (Wide) IF Filter,
50 dB (54 dB) or better
THD & IMD DISTORTION:
0.2% or less 30 to 15,000 Hz, (typically better than
SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO:
72 dB or better (typically 75 dB) below 100%
modulation, de- modulated, de-emphasized left or
right
0.07% at
1
kHz.)
STEREO SEPARATION:
48 dB or better, 50 to 15,000 Hz (typically 50 dB or
better)
See current Broadcast Electronics price list
or contact Broadcast Electronics.
Moseley PCL-505 and PCL-505/C STL Systems
Moseley PCL-505 /PCL-505/C STL System
The PCL -505 and PCL-505/C StudioTransmitter Links have set
performance standards for clean sound, durability and economical
price. The monaural PCL-505 and the composite stereo PCL -505/C
use true, direct frequency modulation for uniformly flat frequency
response over a wider range, with less distortion. Enclosed module
construction reduces RFI and allows easy service access to circuit boards.
ORDERING INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
FREQUENCY RANGE:
148 -174 MHz, 215 -240 MHz, 300 -330 MHz, 450 -470
MHz, 890 -960 MHz.
FREQUENCY RESPONSE:
Composite, ±0.3 dB or better 30 to 60,000 Hz
±0.5 dB or better 30 to 75,000 Hz
THD AND IMD DISTORTION:
0.4% or less, 30 to 60,000 Hz
STEREO SEPARATION:
38 dB or better, 50 to 15,000 Hz
NON -LINEAR CROSSTALK:
43 dB or better, Subchannel to Main channel or
Main channel to Subchannel
SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO:
68 dB or better below 100% modulation,
demodulated, de-emphasized left or right
170
See current Broadcast Electronics price list
or contact Broadcast Electronics
MOSELEY
I=E
Moseley TRL-1 Telemetry Return Link
rba
MOSELEY ASSOCIATES,
TELEMETRY
MODEL TPL-1
INC.
TEL EME
MOSELEY
ASSOCIATES,
Y
TRANSMITTER
RETURN LIN(
RECEIVER
TUPN LINE
MODEL TPL-1
INC
Moseley TRL-1 Telemetry Return Link System
for use on the Group P channels authorized by the FCC. Two data
inputs are provided on the transmitter rear panel, with a
microphone input for voice communication on the front panel. The
TRL -1 receiver is supplied with two audio outputs.
An optional MCW Identifier for transmitter identification and optional transmitter battery for operation during a power failure of
up to 20 minutes are available. When both options are used, the
ID module identifies the transmitter continuously, providing power
failure indication.
The Moseley TRL -1 Telemetry Return Link system gives the
broadcaster an alternative to subcarriers and telephone lines for
conveying control and telemetry data between the studio and
transmitter locations. TRL -1 systems provide the broadcaster with
independent control and telemetry circuits, while freeing the STL
and program subcarrier channels for other uses. TRL -1 data
transmission is extremely reliable, even over a path length of 50
miles (line of sight).
The TRL -1 system consists of a one watt transmitter and companion receiver in the 450-470 MHz range, and is type- accepted
SPECIFICATIONS
AUDIO (DATA) RESPONSE:
20 Hz to 3000 Hz, *3 dB
FREQUENCY RANGE:
450 -470 MHz
FCC Type accepted per part 74.402(a) (7),
450 -456 MHz
Exact Group P frequencies: 450.01, 450.02, 455.01,
455.02, 450.98, 450.99, 455.98, 455.99 MHz
DISTORTION:
3% nominal THD
SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO:
45 dB nominal
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
171
1
=E
STL EQUIPMENT
TFT
TFT model 8600 950 MHz STL System
e
s s
Optimized for mono applications
Efficient Spectrum Use
True VCO frequency modulation
scheme
Direct output power amplification
s
YOI[t WM Stt iRARSIITIFR
TFT.
Built -in SCA generator/demodulator
(39 kHz)
# _IO
T_
Voile
,FF
YRIEt ((Y1 Sit R(CFJYER
Provision for phase matching
between two systems for stereo
Compatible with TFT Hot -Standby
Auto Changeover Equipment
'
TFT model 8600 STL System
TFT has developed the economical, yet high quality Model 8600
950 MHz STL System for single channel or dual monaural
applications.
The 8600 STL transmitter incorporates a true VCO frequency
modulation scheme. The output VCO (which eliminates the need
for multipliers) is phase locked to an IF frequency which is
modulated by the program audio. This reduces distortion and improves the signal to noise ratio. A PLL within the crystal -controlled
IF oscillator ensures frequency stability. The nominal 6 watt output of the model 8600 is generated by direct amplification, instead
of using antiquated varactor diode techniques. This yields greater
efficiency and introduces fewer harmonics at the output.
The 8601 receiver has been designed for 100 kHz channel spacing for mono stations; it's ideal for the real world conditions of
congested STL bands. Comprehensive front panel metering is
DUAL MONAURAL SYSTEMS
The 8600 series STL is ideal for dual monaural applications.
(discrete stereo) Separation between operating frequencies should
be at least 125 kHz. For a dual transmit /dual receive system using
one antenna each at the studio and broadcast transmitter site,
an STL transmitter combiner and receiver splitter are necessary
and must be ordered separately.
included.
Model 8300 Transmitter and 8301 (or 8301B) Receiver can be
used as a unique IF Repeater combination. Order option 22 for
each 8301 Receiver and 8300 Transmitter combination used at
all intermediate sites.
MULTI -HOP SYSTEMS
Any of the systems shown in here can be used for conventional
multi -hop STL links.
IF REPEATER
HOT-STANDBY SYSTEM
Consists of two Transmitters, one Transmitter Automatic
Changeover Unit, and one Receiver Changeover Unit. The
Transmitter Automatic Changeover Unit has a built -in coaxial
changeover relay making outboard combiners unnecessary when
interfacing two transmitters (one on hot -standby) to one antenna.
The Receiver Changeover Unit has a built -in power combiner for
interfacing with two receivers (one on hot-standby).
OTHER SYSTEMS
Broadcast Electronics can assist you with almost any conceivable variation of STL equipment, options and accessories.
Please contact Broadcast Electronics for more information.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL NO.
8600
8601
8300
8301
7770
MODEL NO.
DESCRIPTION
All solid state monaural transmitter including 39 kHz SCA
generator, self contained power supply and tested to
customer specified operating frequency.
All solid state monaural receiver including 39 kHz SCA
7773
Option 01
Option 05
Option 06
detector, self contained power supply and tested to
customer specified frequency.
All solid state composite transmitter including self contained
power supply and tested to customer specified frequency.
All solid state composite receiver including self contained
power supply and tested to customer specified frequency.
Transmitter Automatic Changeover Unit, for hot-standby use.
Use with two STL transmitters. Contains coaxial changeover
relay; power combiner not required. Self contained power
supply.
Option
Option
15
16
Option 22
Option 23
172
DESCRIPTION
Receiver Automatic Changeover Unit for hot- standby use
with two STL receivers; built -in power splitter. Unit derives
DC power from STL receivers.
Spare parts kit for 8300 Series
Spare parts kit for 8600 Series
Non -standard frequency for STL and TSL (Specify exact fre-
quency required)
Stereo decoder module for composite receivers
Extended Baseband Response, permits composite STL to
convey 92 kHz SCA channel
IF Repeater (63 MHz) circuits installed in model 8300 STL.
One (1) required for each intermediate site. Specify operating
frequency for each path segment (hop).
12 volt option for 8600 Series
STL ANTENNAS
Mark Antenna
-
Scala Antennas
Grid Parabolics
Scala FM -960, PR -450U, CA5 -150 (clockwise, from upper left corner)
Scala antennas are ideal for a broad spectrum of broadcast applications, including STL and Intercity Relay Systems as well as
Remote Pickup Systems. Careful attention to design and strict
quality control have earned Scala a reputation for unmatched performance and reliability under conditions ranging from tropical
marine to arctic environments. Internal baluns are sealed in foam
to prevent moisture accumulation. Insulating materials are carefully
selected for favorable high- frequency characteristics and stability under extreme temperature changes.
Grid Parabolic antenna
Mark Antenna offers a variety of sizes of Heli -Arc welded
aluminum Multi- Element Grid Parabolas for STL, TSL and other
broadcast applications in the 890 to 960 MHz frequency range.
The patented grid construction is lightweight, yet extremely strong.
One of the outstanding advantages of the grid antenna is its low
wind loading -only 25 to 40% of comparable size solid parabolas.
Heated grid parabolas come with completely installed de -icing
equipment. The lead jacketed heater cable is securely mounted
to the back side of each grid element and terminated in a weatherproof cast aluminum enclosure. The thermostat is preset to activate
when the temperature drops to the ice forming range. De -icing
power is applied only between 25 and 35 degrees E.
Standard termination of all grid parabolas in the 890 and 960
MHz range is 7/8 inch EIA swivel flange or "N" female. VSWR is
1.3:1 or better for all grid parabolas. Midband gain varies from
19.0 to 30.7 dBi depending on antenna type.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
P- 9A48G -1
STOCK NO.
809 -1063
P-9A72G-1
809-3015
P-9A96G-1
809-3014
P-9A120G-1
809-3013
-
Scala antennas available from Broadcast Electronics include:
Model MF-960 Miniflector cylindrical grid parabolic antenna for
940 and 960 MHz with an average gain of 14 dBd. Broadcast
Electronics stock #829 -0061.
Model PR -450U Paraflector cylindrical grid parabolic antenna
for 300 to 960 MHz with midband gain of approximately 17 dBd.
Broadcast Electronics stock #829 -0060.
Model CA5 -150 Communications Yagi for 40 to 225 MHz with
an average gain of 9 dBd. Broadcast Electronics stock
#829 -0062.
Other Scala antennas available. Contact Broadcast Elec-
tronics for details.
MARK ANTENNA
DESCRIPTION
Mark parabolic 4' multi -element grid, 19.1 dBi
gain, 1/4" EIA flange
Mark parabolic 6' multi -element grid, 22.6 dBi
gain, 1/4" EIA flange
Mark parabolic 8' multi -element grid, 25.1 dBi
gain, /8" EIA flange
Mark parabolic 10' multi -element grid, 27.0 dBi
gain, /8' EIA flange
173
I=E
WATTMETERS
High -Power Rigid Line Series
Freq.
Range
MHz
Model No.
1%" LINE 50 ohms nominal
4712
4715 -200
4720
4723 -200
4712 -037
4715 -300
31/8" LINE 50
Power
Range
kW
-25
-25
1/4 -25
1/4 -25
0.3 -6
2 -1000
2 -1000
2 -1000
2 -1000
50 -250
1/4
50-250
0.3 -6
1/4
No. of
Sockets
Divisions
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
Single
Double
Single
Double
Single
Double
EIA Fig
EIA Flg
Unflg
Unflg
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
Unflg
Unflg
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
Unflg
Unflg
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
Unflg
Flg /Unflg
EIA Flg
EIA Flg
Unflg
Unflg
Scale
Element
Table
Overall Length
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
15/30/60
15/30/60
1%A
1%A
1%A
1%A
63/4" (171mm)
63/4" (171mm)
Single
Double
Single
Double
Single
Double
Single
Double
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
15/30/60
15/30/60
15/30/60
15/30/60
31/8A
31/8A
31/8A
31/8A
31/8B
31/8B
31/88
31/8B
Single
Double
Single
Double
Single
Double
Single
Single
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
5/10/25
15/30/60
15/30/60
8/80
8/80
61/8A
61/8A
61/8A
61/8A
61/8B
61/88
61/8C
61/8C
15/8B
15/8B
Weight
3 lbs
(11/4 kg)
63/4" (171mm)
63/4" (171mm)
lbs (1.4kg)
11/4 lbs (0.6kg)
11/2 lbs (0.7kg)
3 lbs (11/4kg)
31/4 lbs (1.4kg)
71/32" (179mm)
71/32" (179mm)
71/4
61/2" (165mm)
61/2" (165mm)
41/4
6%" (162mm)
6%" (162mm)
31/4
ohms nominal
460
4610 -200
2 -1000
2 -1000
2 -1000
4805
4802 -200
2 -1000
4600 -037
50 -250
4610 -300
50 -250
4805 -037
50 -250
4802 -300
50 -250
61/8" LINE 50 ohms nominal
4902
2 -1000
4905-200
2 -1000
4907
2 -1000
4909-200
2 -1000
4902-037
50 -750
4905-300
50 -750
4902-080
50 -750
4907-080
50 -750
-100
-100
1 -100
1 -100
1
1
11/2-30
11/2 -30
11/2 -30
11/2 -30
21/2 -250
21/2-250
21/2 -250
21/2 -250
3 -60
3 -60
8, 80
8, 80
71/32" (179mm)
71/32" (179mm)
61/2" (165mm)
61/2" (165mm)
(260mm)
(260mm)
9%" (245mm)
9%" (245mm)
101/22" (260mm)
107/32" (260mm)
107/32" (260mm)
9%" (245mm)
101/22"
101/22"
7 lbs (3kg)
lbs (3.1kg)
4 lbs (2kg)
lbs (2.1kg)
7 lbs (3kg)
71/4 lbs (3.1kg)
4 lbs (2kg)
41/4
lbs (2.1kg)
163/4 lbs (71/2kg)
17 lbs (73 /4kg)
121/2 lbs (51/2kg)
123/4 lbs (53/4kg)
163/4 lbs (71 /2kg)
17 lbs (73 /4kg)
163/4 lbs (71/2kg)
121/2 lbs (51/2kg)
See next page for plug -in element tables.
SPECIFICATIONS
SERIES 4700, 4600 & 4800, 4900
ACCURACY:
+5% of full scale
INSERTION VSWR:
1.05 max.
FINISH:
Line Section- Silverplated, Meter Housing -Light
Navy grey baked enamel (MIL -E- 15090)
NOMINAL SIZE:
Meter Housing 59/16" x 61/2" x 33/e"
(141 x 165 x 85mm)
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list
or contact Broadcast Electronics
WEIGHT:
Meter 5 lbs. (2.3kg)
174
BIRD
Plug -In Element Tables
(Elements must be calibrated with the Wattmeter to insure stated accuracy.)
Table 1% A Standard Elements
Power
Range
Table 1% B
Frequency Bands (MHz)
2
250 watts
500 watts
1000 watts
2500 watts
5000 watts
10kW
25kW
-30
1000H1
2500H1
5000H1
10KH1
25 -60
250A1
500A1
1000A1
2500A1
5000A1
10KA1
50 -125
250B1
500B1
1000B1
2500B1
5000B1
100 -250
200 -500
400 -1000
Power
Range
250C1
500C1
1000C1
2500C1
5000C1
250D1
500D1
1000D1
2500D1
5000D1
250E1
500E1
1000E1
2500E1
5000E1
300 watts
600 watts
1500 watts
3000 watts
6000 watts
31/8
5000H3
10KH3
25KH3
50KH3
100KH3
25 -60
1000A3
2500A3
5000A3
10KA3
25KA3
(50KA4
50 -125
1000B3
2500B3
5000B3
10KB3
25KB3
50KB4
100 -250
1000C3
2500C3
5000C3
10KC3
25KC3
200 -500
1000D3
2500D3
5000D3
400 -1000
1000E3
2500E3
5000E3
10KD3
10KE3
25KD3
25KE3
3000 watts
6000 watts
15kW
30kW
50KC4)"
Table 1% B
Power
Range
3000 watts
6000 watts
be used with special line
sections 4616 -000, 4617-000,4808 -000, 4808 -010 or 4808 -020. The 50KC4 Element
should not be used above rated 31/s" line power of 35kW.
Table 61/s A Standard Elements
Frequency Bands (MHz)
2 -30
2500 watts
5000 watts
10kW
25kW
50kW
100kW
250kW
1500B1
3000B1
600081
25KH6
50KH6
100KH6
250KH6
25-60
2500A6
5000A6
50 -125
100 -250
250086
5000B6
250006
500006
200 -500
2500D6
5000D6
400 -1000
2500E6
5000E6
10KA6
10KB6
10KC6
10KD6
10KE6
25KÁ6
50KA6
25KB6
50KB6
25KC6
50KC6
25KD6
50KD6
25KE6
50KE6
model 3128 for cable
model
Installations which do not require the fast response time and
the forward -power drop -off alarm of model 3171 are protected from
high VSWR by WATTCHER MODELS 3127/3128.
Abnormal load conditions quickly cause transmitter shut -down,
a buzzer alarm, and a change of illumination color of the reset
button from green to red. Audible and visual alarms indicating
system malfunction may be remoted. Fail -Safe or Non -Fail -Safe
Modes are switch -selectable and the Reflected Power meter -relay
has a front-adjustable trip -level.
3127 for rigid line
3128 for cables
3170 HighSpeed. For cables
3171 HighSpeed. For rigid lines
100 -250
1500C3
3000C3
6000C3
15KC3
30KC3
600083
15KB3
30KB3
Frequency Bands (MHz)
50 -125
3000B6
6000B6
100-250
300006
600006
470 -750
3000U6
6000U6
15kW
15KB6
15KC6
15KU6
30KB6
60KB6
30KC6
60KC6
30KU6
60KU6
Table 61/, C
Power
Range
Frequency Bands (MHz)
50 -125
8KB6
80KB6
100 -250
8KC6
80KC6
470 -750
8KU6
80KU6
HighSpeed Wattcher(R RF
Monitoring System
Monitor/Alarm
model 3127 for rigid lines
50- 125MHz
1500B3
3000B3
30kW
60kW
8kW
80kW
WATTCHERR RF Power
MODEL
B
1500 watts
"The special 50kW Elements inside the parentheses must
Power
Range
31/8
Power
Range
Frequency Bands (MHz)
2 -30
1000 watts
2500 watts
5000 watts
10kW
25kW
50kW
100kW
300C1
600C1
1500C1
3000C1
6000C1
10KB1
A Standard Elements
Power
Range
100 -250
25KH1
Table
Table
50- 125MHz
300B1
600B1
3171
Model 3171 is a new high -speed monitoring system for remote
and on- location supervision of transmitter ancillary services. The
two most important features of the new design are a shortening
of response time down to 200 microseconds -much faster than
equipment protection requires -and remote reset capability. The
series 3171 WATTCHER RF Monitoring Systems warn a remote
operator 1) Of low power due to detuning, component aging, AC
line difficulties (to conform with FCC part 21.107 requirements) and
2) Of high VSWR due to antenna icing, transmission or lightning.
Alarm trip levels for both functions can be set from the front.
DC cables for 3170. 3171:
3170-058 -1 14'
3170 -058 -2 15'
3170 -058 -4 40'
3170 -058 -5 50'
ORDERING INFORMATION
Note: 25 ft. DC cables supplied with all models.
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
175
1
=E
BIRD
WATTMETERS
Bird Rack-Mounted Wattmeters
4715 -000
Line Sections
SPECIFICATIONS
ASSEMBLED RACK-MOUNTED WATTMETERS
FINISH:
Line Sections -Silverplated; Panel -Light Navy grey baked enamel
(MIL-E- 15090)
NOMINAL SIZE AND WEIGHT:
Panels 19" x 57/32" x 4%" (483 x 133 x 111mm) 3 RU; 3 lbs. (1.4kg)
Selection guides
For Element Tables, see previous page
for 1%"
systems
for 31/8"
systems
for 61/8"
systems
5/10/25 scale- division meters
Meter: No. 3127-035
Line Section: 4712-000 single socket 1%" EIA Flg
or 4720-000 single socket 1%" Unflanged
Element: Choose one from Table 1%A
or
Meter: No. 3127-055 with switch
or No. 3127-040 double meters
Line Section: 4715-000 double socket 1%" EIA Flg
or 4723 -000 double socket 1%" Unflanged
Elements: Select two in 10:1 power ratio from Table 1%A
Meter: No. 3127-035
Line Section: 4600 -000 single socket 31/8" EIA Flg
or 4805-000 single socket 31" Unflanged
Element: Choose one from Table 31/8A
or
Meter: No. 3127-055 with switch
or No. 3127 -040 double meters
Line Section: 4610 -000 double socket 31" EIA Flg
or 4802 -000 double socket 3%" Unflanged
Elements: Select two in 10:1 power ratio from Table 31/8A
Meter: No. 3127 -035
Line Section: 4902-000 single socket 61/8" EIA Flg
or 4907-000 single socket 61/8" Unflanged
Element: Choose one from Table 61/8A
or
Meter: No. 3127-055 with switch
or No. 3127-040 double meters
Line Section: 4905 -000 double socket 6%" EIA Flg
or 4909 -000 double socket 61/8" Unflanged
Elements: Select two in 10:1 power ratio from Table 61A
15/30/60 scale-division meters
Meter: No. 3127-070
Line Section: 4712 -000 single socket 1%" EIA Flg
or 4720-000 single socket 1%" Unflanged
Element: Choose one from Table 1%B
or
Meter: No. 3127-080 with switch
or No. 3127-075 double meters
Line Section: 4715 -000 double socket 1%" EIA Flg
or 4723 -000 double socket 1%" Unflanged
Elements: Select two in 10:1 power ratio from Table 1%B
Meter: No. 3127-070
Line Section: 4600 -000 single socket 3%" EIA Flg
or 4805 -000 single socket 31/8" Unflanged
Element: Choose one from Table 31/88
or
Meter: No. 3127 -080 with switch
or No. 3127-075 double meters
Line Section: 4610 -000 double socket 31/8" EIA Flg
or 4802 -000 double socket 31/8" Unflanged
Elements: Select two in 10:1 power ratio from Table 31/8B
Meter: No. 3127 -070
Line Section: 4902-000 single socket 6%" EIA Flg
or 4907-000 single socket 6%" Unflanged
Element: Choose one from Table 61/8B
or
Meter: No. 3127-080 with switch
or No. 3127-075 double meters
Line Section: 4905 -000 double socket 61/8" EIA Flg
or 4909 -000 double socket 61/8" Unflanged
Elements: Select two in 10:1 power ratio from Table
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
176
61/8B
BIRD
DUMMY LOADS
-
Bird Moduload Systems
25kW
series 8645 -115, -230
I=E
Direct Water-Cooled Loads
50kW -- models 8775, 8776
R)
SPECIFICATIONS
Moduload 8646-115 on
optional Dolly 6771 -011 with
optional Wattmeter 4805.
25kW
-
Econoload
°'
models 8775/6
POWER RATING:
50 kW continuous
FREQUENCY RANGE & VSWR:
1.1 max. 1kHz to 900MHz (dc for continuity checks)
WATER TEMPERATURE RANGE:
+5 °C to +60°C
SPECIFICATIONS
-
WATER FLOW RATE:
9 to 11 gals. /min.
(34.1 to 41.7 liters/min.)
25kW
series 8645 -115, -230
POWER RATING:
25kW continuous
FREQUENCY RANGE & VSWR:
1.1 max. 1kHz to 900MHz (dc for continuity checks)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:
Coolant 1000/0 Water +5 °C to +30 °C. To +45°C below 20kW; Coolant 35%
Ethylene Glycol 20 °C to +25 °C. To +35 °C below 20kW
CONNECTOR:
8645 31/e" EIA FI, 8646 31A" Unfl
LOAD COOLANT:
9 qts. (8.5 liters) 100% water or 65% water/35% industrial Ethylene Glycol. With
forced air cooling
FINISH:
Light Navy grey baked enamel (MIL-E- 15090)
NOMINAL SIZE:
excl. conn. 2515/16" x 195/32" x 199/16" (659 x 487 x497mm)
WEIGHT:
CONNECTOR:
8775 31/8" EIA FI, 8776 31A" Unfl
Waterlines 1/2" FPT or 3/4" hose
LOAD COOLANT:
Potable water
OPERATING POSITION:
Any
FINISH:
Semi -Gloss black enamel
NOMINAL SIZE:
191/2"
x 31/2" dia. (495 x 90mm). Input Flg. 513/6" dia. (132mm)
WEIGHT:
8775 13 lbs. (5.9kg), 8776 121/2 lbs. (5.7kg)
115 lbs. (70 kg)
AC POWER:
11 amps Cy 115V 60Hz- Models with -115 suffix
51/2 amps Q 230V 50Hz- Models with -230 suffix
40kW
OPTIONAL DOLLY:
- models
8765, 8766
P/N 6771 -011
-
series 8631 -115, -230
(not shown)
10kW
SPECIFICATIONS
10kW
-
SPECIFICATIONS
series 8631 -115. -230
POWER RATING:
40 kW continuous
FREQUENCY RANGE & VSWR:
1.1 max. 1kHz to 900MHz
(dc for continuity checks)
WATER TEMPERATURE RANGE:
+5 °C to +60 °C
20 °C to
CONNECTOR:
8635 15/8" EIA FI, 8631 3ye" EIA FI, 8638 3ye" Unfl
LOAD COOLANT:
10 pts. (4.75 liters) 100% water or 65% water/35% industrial Ethylene Glycol.
With forced air cooling
FINISH:
Light Navy grey baked enamel (MIL -E- 15090)
NOMINAL SIZE:
excl. conn. 221/8" x 1515/16" x 1513A6" (562 x 405 x402mm)
WEIGHT:
WATER FLOW RATE:
CONNECTOR:
8765 31/8" EIA FI, 8766 31/8" Unfl Waterlines 1/2" FPT or 3/4" hose
LOAD COOLANT:
Potable water
OPERATING POSITION:
Any
FINISH:
Semi -Gloss black enamel
NOMINAL SIZE:
191/2" x 31/2" dia. (495 x 90mm). Input Flg. 513/16" dia. (132mm)
110 lbs. (50 kg)
43/4
amps
amps
Cy
115V
230V
Shown with optional
caloriemeter
8 to 10 gals. /min. (30.3 to 37.9 liters/min.)
AC POWER:
91/2
-
Econoload °'
models 8765/6
40kW
POWER RATING:
10kW continuous
FREQUENCY RANGE & VSWR:
1.1 max. 1kHz to 1000MHz (dc for continuity checks)
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE:
Coolant 100% Water +5 °C to +45°C or 35% Ethylene Glycol
+35 °C.
60Hz- Models with -115 suffix
50Hz- Models. with -230 suffix
WEIGHT:
8755 13 lbs. (5.9kg), 8756 121/2 lbs. (5.7kg)
OPTIONAL DOLLY:
P/N 6771 -011
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
177
1
=E
DUMMY LOADS
Electro Impulse Dry, Forced Air Cooled Loads
DPTC -25KFM
Formerly DPTC -20KFM
Altronic Research
Dry, Forced Air Cooled
Loads
DPTC-50KFM
Series 6725
MIS
25KW
55KW
Electro Impulse model DPTC -25KFM
Electro Impulse model DPTC-50KFM
Altronic Research series 6725
DRY, FORCED AIR COOLED
DRY, FORCED AIR COOLED
FREQUENCY:
DC - 110 MHz
FREQUENCY:
DC - 110 MHz
POWER RATING:
VSWR:
VSWR:
USEFUL FREQUENCY RANGE:
1.15:1
Useable to 200 MHz
-
1.15:1
consult factory
POWER:
Useable to 200 MHz
25,000 watts continuous
POWER:
55 kW continuous
AMBIENT:
40 to +45 °C
AMBIENT:
40 to +45 °C
INPUT:
INPUT:
31/2
EIA
25 kW continuous duty
-
DC to 250 MHz
consult factory
IMPEDANCE:
50 ohm nominal
DIMENSIONS:
19" x 19" x 76"H (483 x 483 x 1930 cm)
31/2
WEIGHT:
136 lbs. (61.20 kg)
WEIGHT:
100 pounds
WEIGHT:
120 pounds
POSITION:
Upright
OP. POSITION:
FINISH:
White Enamel
FINISH:
White Enamel
AIR FLOW:
AIR FLOW:
3600 CFM
Interlocked for line power, air flow, and
overtemperature
OR.
FINISH:
Beige Epoxy Splatter
Upright
1000 CFM
Interlocked for line power, air flow, and over
temperature
AC REQUIRED:
115VAC 8A 60Hz (50 Hz available optional)
Reject load option available.
INPUT CONNECTOR:
31/e" EIA Flange or 31/e" Unflanged
AC POWER REQUIRED:
115VAC/60 Hz 75A
230VAC/50 -60 Hz 5A
Also available: Series 5825 (25 kW) and Series 5850
(50 kW) self- contained heat exchanger RF loads.
AC POWER:
220VAC 7A 60Hz (50 Hz available optional)
Reject load option available.
ORDERING INFORMATION
current price list or contact Broadcast
Electronics. Other Altronic loads available.
See
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current price list or contact Broadcast Electronics. Other Electro Impulse loads available.
178
PHASE CONVERTERS
I=E
Phasemaster® T Series Rotary Phase Converter
Voltage produced through Phasemaster is
regulated within a range of 2 -5% of the single
phase primary electrical supply.
Output wave forms and phasing are nearly identical to utility supplied 3- phase.
The converter has the ability to buffer line transients and voltage spikes.
Integral lightning protection adds to operating
reliability.
Systems are available to accommodate dual
power output ratings. Automatic high /low power
switching also available.
Phasemaster is designed to operate indefinitely
on a continuous, 24 hour a day basis, with or
without a load, without injury to the converter.
Remote control capability
Operating cost savings by taking advantage of
lower kilowatt -hour rate structures.
The Phasemaster T-Series Rotary Phase Converter from Kay
Industries is specifically designed for use with all types of broadcast transmitters. It converts single -phase power to 3 -phase in locations that are not economically served by 3 -phase lines.
Phasemaster is ideal for situations where the cost of installing
utility supplied 3 -phase power is prohibitive. A Phasemaster Rotary
Phase Converter can be put in place for a fraction of the cost of
obtaining 3-phase utility lines.
The utilities frequently use open delta lines to reduce distribution costs. However, the lack of a third transformer allows the line
voltage to fluctuate excessively across the open leg, a condition
that is unacceptable for broadcast use. With the Phasemaster in
operation, the open delta is closed, eliminating the undesirable fluctuations and providing regulation of all three lines.
The Phasemaster is low in initial cost, high in performance and
has a proven record of over 15 years of commercial broadcast
Model
T-1300
service. Phasemaster has been sized and tested for compatibility
with virtually any commercial transmitter.
To assure proper sizing by the factory, the following information is required:
Transmitter Type (AM, FM, radio, TV) and Manufacturer
Model Number
kW Rating
Operating voltage and elevation
Input power consumption at full rated output (FM)
Input power consumption at actual operating power (FM)
Input power consumption at average and 100% modulation (AM)
REFER ALL OPEN-DELTA SIZING APPLICATIONS TO FACTORY
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
for full details.
T-2000
T-2500
T-4000
T-5000
T-7500
T-8000
T 10000
T-12000
T 14000
Max. Current
Amps
14.0
18
25
40
48
65
75
95
115
135
Length
Inches
14.81
15.17
16.67
19.68
20.56
22.06
22.32
23.32
24.68
26.18
Width
Inches
15.09
16.72
16.72
19.00
22.06
22.06
23.66
23.66
25.81
29.96
Height
Inches
17.00
20.06
22.06
25.88
27.88
27.88
29.69
29.69
33.50
33.50
Shipping
Weight
Pounds
145
190
227
365
430
497
640
788
905
950
37.5
37.5
37.5
40.5
Shipping
Dim. (inches)
Height
L
x W
28
28
28
18x22
18x22
18x22
24.5x24.5 24.5x24.5 24.5x24.5 26.5x26.5
179
40.5
40.5
40.5
26.5x26.5
26.5x26.5
26.5x26.5
1
=E
COAXIAL SWITCHES
Comark Coaxial Switches
Comark motorized coaxial switches are designed with
replaceable watchband spring contact assemblies for all electrical
connections. Three separate watchband springs are used for each
inner conductor assuring trouble-free operation. To simplify
maintenance and inspection, the follower flange can be removed.
This provides easy access to the inner conductor without total
disassembly.
Low VSWR and low insertion loss combined with maximum isolation have made Comark coaxial switches the ideal instrument for
routing RF, especially in remote applications. A switch control panel
is available for remote control of up to 3 switches. It is compact
(fits in a standard 19" rack) and easy to operate. Switching may
be set in pre -determined patterns to control RF drive into the system
with a multiplex button operation.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
CSW-158
CSW-158U
CSW-318
CSW-318U
CSW-416
CSW-416U
CSW-618
CSW-618U
-
MOTORIZED COAXIAL SWITCHES
DESCRIPTION
1% ", 4 port, EIA flange
1% ", 4 port, unflanged
31/8", 4 port, EIA flange
port, unflanged
port, EIA flange
4%6 ", 4 port, unflanged
61/6 ", 4 port, EIA flange
61/4", 4 port, unflanged
31/8 ", 4
4%,6 ", 4
SWITCH CONTROL PANELS
One switch
SCP-1
Three switches
SCP-3
Comark Motorized Coaxial Switches
Other Comark switches available. Contact Broadcast Electronics for more
information.
Dielectric RF Coaxial Switches
A -50000 SERIES MOTORIZED SWITCHES - 1% ", 31/8 ", 4%6"
The A -50000 Series are motorized blade type (with silver plated
contacts) coaxial SPDT or 4 port transfer switches. Reliable design
and construction allow as many as 100,000 cycles without damage.
Switch position is indicated by a mechanical pointer and through
auxiliary switches. The auxiliary switches are for readout and interlocking circuits. In the closing mode, the interlock switches do
not activate until the RF contacts are ready to accept full power.
In the opening mode, the interlock switches open prior to the RF
contacts to prevent the breaking of the RF contacts while under
power.
Manual operation is provided by a knob. Terminations are standard EIA fixed flanges with non -removable male inner conductor
connectors. Adaptors are available for mating with other types of
terminations. Optional control panels are also available.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
A 50000 -200
A 50000 -300
A 50000 -400
Dielectric A-50000 Series Motorized Coaxial Switches
-
MOTORIZED COAXIAL SWITCHES
DESCRIPTION
1% ", 4 port, EIA flange
31/8", 4 port, EIA flange
4%,6 ", 4 port, EIA flange
Other Dielectric switches available. Contact Broadcast Electronics for more
information.
180
AC SURGE SUPPRESSORS
I=E
LEA Dynatech Surge Eliminators
With an LEA Surge Eliminator properly installed, your equipment will enjoy absolute surge protection. The SE will intercept
and dissipate at least 99% of all potential lightning- induced surges
without damage to either itself or your equipment, and without
interrupting service. Should you experience a rare surge that exceeds the SE's design limit, the surge fuse will open to prevent
damage to the SE or your equipment.
The Surge Eliminator's response is nearly instantaneous,
reacting to surges within 5 nanoseconds or less. This is quick
enough to intercept all the unwanted energy that exceeds the
threshold level. During and after the surge, normal power flows
uninterrupted, and remains within the accepted voltage range. It
is not necessary to reset any breaker or switch. In the rare instance
of a surge fuse opening, the fuse itself can be quickly replaced.
Contact Broadcast Electronics for more information on the
complete line of LEA Dynatech Surge Eliminators.
LEA Dynatech Heavy Duty Surge Eliminator
Eagle Hill AC Line Surge Suppressors
Eagle Hill AC Line Surge Suppressors will protect all loads connected to the distribution panel from high voltage /high energy
surges caused by lightning, load switching, or any other source.
Because all lightning strikes are from cloud to ground, the Eagle
Hill suppressor is connected from your power source to ground.
This gives lightning surges a place and path to go OTHER than
to your equipment. The Eagle Hill surge suppressor dissipates
much of the surge overvoltage as heat, without being damaged.
The remaining overvoltage is dissipated into the ground circuit
harmlessly.
Eagle Hill Surge Suppressor
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
VOLTAGE
SURGE DISSIPATION
POWER CONSUMPTION
TYPE SERVICE
SIZE
WEIGHT
ENCLOSURE
M240
208/240
270,000 W /sec
40 W /phase
Single or 3 phase
12" x 12" x 24"
45 lbs.
JIC Std.
M220
208/240
180,000 W /sec
40 W /phase
Single phase
10" x 10" x 24"
45 lbs.
NEMA
M460
380/340
270,000 W /sec
40 W/phase
Single or 3 phase
12" x 12" x 24"
55 lbs.
JIC Std.
ORDERING INFORMATION
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
M220
STOCK NO.
809-5000
AC Line Surge Suppressor for single phase 208-240 VAC balanced
M240
M460
809-5001
809-5002
three wire main power
AC Line Surge Suppressor for
AC Line Surge Suppressor for
3
3
phase 208 -240 VAC any type of service
phase power mains 380-480 VAC.
Other models available. Contact Broadcast Electronics for more information.
181
I=E
FM ANTENNAS
Model BESP
Broadcast Electronics model BESP
-
Super- Power, Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
High input power rating for maximum design
flexibility
Internal feed point design reduces weather
related VSWR problems
Supports multi- station operation
Durable, corrosion resistant construction (Brass
elements, stainless steel supports)
A variety of models available to meet virtually
l Superior bandwidth characteristics for minimal
VSWR related signal loss
any requirement
is pole mounted on the top of a tower, rising slightly to 1.5:1 or
You can count on years of rugged performance with the Broadcast Electronics model BESP circularly polarized FM antennas.
less when side mounted.
The BESP's are ideal for common antenna, multi-station operation due to their superior bandwidth characteristics. Broadcast
Electronics can supply all of the necessary filtering components
for these types of diplex or multiplex systems. Stations having a
frequency separation of at least 4 MHz can be diplexed on a common BESP antenna. Of both transmitters are operating at the 40
kW level, a minimum frequency separation of 1.2 MHz is best to
avoid over -heating the filter components.) Multi-station operation
may require a multiple slug tuning system.
RADIATING ELEMENT
All BESP antennas feature a brass radiating element with an
outside diameter of 31/8 inches. The feed point is internal, well
shielded from the effects of weather. Each model BESP element
is rated at 40 kW, with the exception of the "A" series end fed
1 and 2 bay antennas and the center fed 2 bay antennas which
are rated at 32 and 39 kW respectively. The actual element ratings
are limited only by the power handling capability of the 31/8" rigid
coaxial line.
CIRCULARITY
When a BESP antenna is pole mounted at the top of a tower,
the horizontally polarized radiation pattern is omni -directional. Circularity is usually ±2 db when the antenna is mounted on a 14"
diameter steel pole. If the antenna is side mounted, the supporting structure will have a slight effect on the radiation pattern.
BANDWIDTH
BESP antennas offer a low VSWR of 1.07:1 or less, ±200 kHz
on any FM channel with field trimming. Without field trimming,
the VSWR at the input is typically 1.2:1 or less when the antenna
182
I=E
MODEL BESP
DE -ICING
MOUNTING
Stainless steel mounting brackets and associated hardware are
supplied with each antenna for mounting on standard poles or
towers. Brackets for mounting on tapered towers are also available.
The BESP antennas have been designed to function without
the need for de -icers or radomes in environments where the antennas do not accumulate more than a half inch of ice at any given
time. Assuming that the normal VSWR is 1.1:1 or less, a half inch
of ice should not increase the VSWR beyond 1.5:1. However, if
the antennas will be used in heavy icing environments, we recommend the use of optional BESP radomes or electrical element
de- icers.
DIMENSIONS
BESP antenna elements are approximately 471/2 inches long
and 30 inches high. Weight is approximately 57 pounds per element including the line block.
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
DC shorting stub for additional lightning protection
P. Mounting brackets for special tower configurations
r l
Radomes and electrical de-icers
AVAILABLE MODELS
There are three versions of the BESP available. The "A" version uses a 31/8" element feed system and 31/8" interbay line. It
is available in 31/8" end fed, 31/8" center fed, and 61/8" center fed
models. Arrays of up to 16 bays can be assembled.
The BESP "B" version uses a 41/8" element feed stem and a
41/8" rigid interbay line. It is available in either 61/8" end fed or
61/8" center fed models in arrays of up to 12 bays.
The BESP "C" version utilizes a 41/8" element feed stem and
a 61/8" rigid interbay line with 61/8" end feed. "C" version antennas are available in arrays of up to 6 bays.
Each BESP antenna is supplied with a six foot input transformer.
The input is 50 ohm EIA with either a 31/8" or a 61/8" flange
depending on the model type. All antennas are assembled at the
factory and pre -tuned to the desired frequency. A thorough
pressure test is also performed to ensure that the antenna is free
"B" Model,
CALCU -3
TYPE
31/8"
Interbay Line, 31/8" Element Stem
POWER GAIN'
NO.
POWER
dB
FEMALE
POWER2
50
OHM
INPUT
CAPA-
INPUT
BILITY
CALCULATED
WT.
[LBS]
LATED
WINDLOAD
[LBS]
[LBS]
201
407
BESP-2BC
0.9971
-0.0128
61/8"
80 kW
336
468
BESP -3BE
1.5888
1.9278
61/8"
56 kW
435
613
BESP -4BE
2.1332
3.2903
61/8"
56 kW
573
818
BESP -4BC
2.1332
3.2903
61/e"
112 kW
612
879
BESP -5BE
2.7154
4.3384
61/8"
56 kW
711
1024
BESP -6BE
3.3028
5.1888
61/8"
56 kW
849
1229
BESP-6BC
3.3028
5.1888
61/8"
112 kW
888
1290
BESP -7BE
3.8935
5.9034
61/8"
56 kW
987
1435
BESP-8BE
BESP-8BC
4.4872
6.5197
61/8"
56 kW
1125
1641
4.4872
6.5197
61/8"
112 kW
1164
1702
BESP-10BC
5.6800
7.5435
61/8"
112 kW
1440
2113
BESP -128C
6.8781
8.3747
61/8"
112 kW
1716
2524
BESP-4AE
2.1332
3.2903
31/8"
32 kW
447
637
BESP-4AC
2.1332
3.2903
31/8"
39 kW
472
652
TYPE
BESP-4AC6
2.1332
3.2903
61/8"
64 kW
523
758
NO.
BESP-5AE
2.7154
4.3384
31/8"
32 kW
558
804
BESP-6AE
33028
5.1888
31/8"
32 kW
669
971
BESP-6AC
3.3028
5.1888
31/8"
39 kW
694
986
BESP-6AC6
3.3028
5.1888
61/2"
64 kW
745
1096
BESP-7AE
3.8935
5.9034
31/8"
32 kW
780
1138
BESP-8AE
4.4872
6.5197
31/8"
32 kW
891
BESP-8AC
4.4872
6.5197
31/8"
39 kW
BESP-8AC6
4.4872
6.5197
61/8"
BESP-10AC
5.6800
7.5435
31/8"
BESP-10AC6
5.6800
7.5435
BESP-12AC
6.8781
BESP-12AC6
6.8781
421
[LBS]
297
470
319
301
BILITY
159
336
250
64 kW
LOAD
INPUT
56 kW
32 kW
39 kW
61/8"
WT.
40 kW
31/8"
31/8"
CAPA-
61/e"
1.9278
304
WIND -
OHM
61/8"
1.5588
137
225
LATED
-0.0128
BESP-3AE
114
32 kW
INPUT
- 33623
0.9971
32 kW
31/8"
LATED
50
0.9971
0.9971
31/8"
CALCU-
0.4611
BESP-2AC
0.9971
POWER2
BESP-1BE
BESP-2AC6
0.4611
FEMALE
BESP -2BE
-3.3623
-0.0128
-0.0128
-0.0128
BESP-1AE
BESP-2AE
dB
POWER
CALCU-3
TYPE
POWER GAIN'
NO.
of leaks.
"A" Model,
Interbay Line, 4t/8" Element Stem
41/8"
"C" Model,
I
61/8"
Interbay Line,
41/8"
Element Stem
CALCU -3
POWER GAIN'
FEMALE
POWER2
CALCU-
LATED
50
LATED
OHM
INPUT
CAPA-
WT.
WIND LOAD
INPUT
BILITY
[LBS]
[LBS]
POWER
dB
BESP -10E
0.4611
- 3.3623
61/8"
40 kW
205
260
BESP -2CE
0.9971
-0.0128
61/8"
80 kW
410
520
1305
BESP-3CE
15888
1.9278
61/8"
120 kW
615
780
916
1320
BESP-4CE
2.1332
3.2903
61/8"
120 kW
820
1040
64 kW
967
1433
BESP-5CE
2.7154
4.3384
61/8"
120 kW
1025
1300
39 kW
1138
1653
BESP-6CE
3.3028
5.1888
61/8"
120 kW
1230
1560
61/8"
64 kW
1189
1770
8.3747
31/8"
39 kW
1360
1987
8.3747
61/8"
64 kW
1411
2108
FOOTNOTES - (Apply to all models)
1. Horizontal and vertical power gain are the same. 2. Power input cability to 2,000 ft. above mean
sea level. Derating required above 2,000 ft. 3. Windload based on 5033 PSF 112 m.p.h. actual
wind velocity. NOTE: Brackets included in weight and windload calculations.
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics.
183
1
=E
Model
FM ANTENNAS
BEMP
Broadcast Electronics Model BEMP
Superior design flexibility with
power rating
a
-
Medium Power Circularly Polarized FM Antenna
Broad bandwidth to minimize VSWR related
signal problems
high input
Special pattern optimization available
Durable construction
RADIATING ELEMENT
All BEMP radiating elements are constructed of tubular brass
with an outside diameter of 13/4 inches. The feedpoint is internally mounted and pressurized to prevent corrosion.
Broadcast Electronics' model BEMP antennas offer the same
quality construction and design as the BESP antennas. These
medium power antennas are designed for years of reliable, trouble free service.
184
MODEL BEMP
AVAILABLE MODELS
The BEMP is available in two versions. The "E" version is an
end fed model that is mounted on 15/8 ", 50 ohm rigid line. The
"C" version is center fed using 31/8", 50 ohm rigid line. The end
fed models feature a conservatively rated power input capability
of 9 kW. The center fed models have a power input capability of
12 kW with the 31/8" inch input feed. Each BEMP antenna comes
with a 6 foot input transformer. The antenna feed point is 6 feet
below the bottom bay for end fed models and approximately 6
feet below the center for center fed models. The input is a standard 15/8" EIA female flange for end fed models and a 31/8" EIA
female flange for center fed models.
DE -ICING
In applications where accumulation of radial ice does not exceed /2" thickness, antennas de -icers and radomes are usually
not required. Under these conditions the VSWR is typically does
not rise above 1.5:1, assuming a normal VSWR of 1.1:1. In heavier
icing environments, optional BEMP radomes and electrical deicers are recommended.
1
CONSTRUCTION
All BEMP antennas employ brass tubular construction in the
radiating element and support stem. As a result, they can tolerate
a variety of weather extremes including wind velocities of up to
150 miles per hour.
Each antenna is completely assembled and pre -tuned to the
desired frequency prior to shipment. A pressure test is also performed to check for leakage.
Stainless steel mounting brackets are supplied for uniform cross
section towers having face dimensions of 4 feet or less. Optional
brackets are also available for mounting the antenna on tapered
BANDWIDTH
BEMP antennas feature a typical VSWR of 1.1:1 or less, ±200
kHz with field trimming. VSWR at the input (without trimming) is
1.2:1 when the antenna is pole mounted on the top of a tower.
In side mounting applications, the VSWR is typically 1.5:1 without
field trimming.
towers.
BEMP Options:
DC shorting stub for enhanced lightning protection
Radomes or electrical de -icers
Special mounting brackets
Pattern measurement and optimization
CIRCULARITY
When a BEMP antenna is mounted on a 14" diameter steel
pole, the horizontally polarized radiation pattern is omnidirectional
and circularity is typically ±2 dB. When the antenna is side
L
POWER GAINI
FEMALE
TYPE
FEED
NO.
POWER
dB
- 3.3623
=E
mounted, the resulting pattern will be affected by the surrounding
structures.
RADIATION PATTERN
Antenna pattern measurement and optimization is available
upon request at additional cost.
TYPE
1
CALCU -3
LATED
WIND
LOAD
50
OHM
INPUT
POWER2
INPUT
CAPABILITY
1%"
9 kW
57
15/8"
9 kW
114
102
212
15/8"
9 kW
170
323
15/e"
9 kW
12 kW
227
260
433
509
9 kW
12 kW
283
317
543
620
CALCULATED
WEIGHT
[LBS.]
[LBS.]
BEMP -1E
BEMP -2E
BEMP -3E
0.4611
0.9971
1.5588
1.9278
END
END
END
BEMP-4E
BEMP -4C
2.1322
3.2903
3.2903
END
CENTER
3'/e"
BEMP -5E
BEMP -5C
2.7154
2.7154
43384
4.3384
END
OFF CENTER
31/8"
BEMP -6E
BEMP -6C
3.3028
3.3028
5.1888
5.1888
END
15/8"
9 kW
CENTER
31/8"
12 kW
340
373
654
730
BEMP-7E
BEMP -7C
3.8935
3.8935
5.9034
5.9034
END
OFF CENTER
15/8"
3'/a
9 kW
12 kW
396
430
764
840
BEMP -8E
BEMP -8C
4.4872
4.4872
6.5197
END
CENTER
15/8"
9 kW
3'/8"
12
453
486
950
BEMP -9C
BEMP -10C
BEMP -11C
BEMP -12C
BEMP -13C
BEMP -14C
50826
7.0608
7.5435
79785
3'/e"
5.6800
6.2783
31/8"
12 kW
12 kW
3%"
12
6.8781
7.4785
8.3747
8.7381
8.0800
9.0741
2.1322
-0.0128
6.5197
OFF CENTER
CENTER
OFF CENTER
CENTER
OFF CENTER
CENTER
15/8"
31/2"
31/8"
31/2"
kW
kW
12 kW
12 kW
12 kW
874
543
599
656
1060
712
1391
1501
1612
769
825
1171
1281
FOOTNOTES: 1. Horizontal and vertical power gain and dB gain are the same. 2. Power input capability up to 2,000 ft. above mean sea level. Derating required above 2,000 ft. 3. Wind load based on 112
mph wind velocity (50/30 psf) and the wind blowing normal to the side of the antenna. Weight and wind load calculations include brackets, interbay line and the transformer section. Calculations based on
the frequency of 95 MHz.
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
185
1
=E
FM ANTENNAS
BELP
BROADCAST ELECTRONICS MODEL
BELP LOW POWER EDUCATIONAL
FM ANTENNAS
BELP antennas are specifically designed for optimum performance in low
power applications. Each BELP utilizes
horizontally polarized ring radiators to
assure an omnidirectional pattern in the
horizontal plane. The BELP-11 features a
single ring element, the BELP -22 uses two
rings, the BELP -33 employs three rings,
and the BELP -44 features four rings. In
multi -ring antennas the vertical spacing
between the rings is one wavelength.
The BELP antennas are designed for
mounting on a pipe or pole with an outside diameter of 2 to 21/2 inches. (Two "U"
bolts are provided with each antennas element.) Mounting poles and transmission
line available at additional cost.
SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency Range:
Factory tuned to a specific frequency in the 88-108
FM band
Polarization:
Horizontal
Pattern:
Horizontal plane pattern circularity of ±3 dB when
mounted on a steel pole
VS W R:
Typically 1.5:1, or less, ±1.2 MHz
Input Connector:
UHF female mating to UHF male
Windloading Calculation:
Based on 50 lbs. /sq. ft. for flat surfaces. 33 lbs. /sq.
ft. for cylindrical surfaces (velocity = 112 MPH)
Dimensions:
Single bay height approximately 9 ". Length approximately 23 ". Two bay antenna 11 ft. high; 3 bay is
22 ft.; 4 bay is 33 ft.
la°
Model BELP
MODEL
BELP-11
BELP -22
BELP -33
BELP -44
POWER
0.80
POWER GAIN
FIELD
dB
0.894
-0.969
1.80
2.55
2.75
4.39
5.70
3.72
1.342
1.658
1.929
POWER RATING
(WATTS)
500
800
800
800
WEIGHT
(LBS)
75
52.5
16.5
117.0
27.5
196.0
36.0
257.0
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
186
WIND LOAD
(LBS)
ERI SERIES 1100
1
=E
ELECTRONICS RESEARCH SERIES 1100 HIGH POWER,
CIRCULARLY POLARIZED FM ANTENNA
The Series 1100 from ERI is a rugged, heavy-duty antenna
capable of handling from 5 kW (single bay) to 40 kW (eight or
more bays). The antenna may be purchased in arrays of up to
16 bays. End fed configurations are used in combinations from
one to eight bays.
The radiating elements are fed using a 31/8" coax stem which
is supported by a stainless steel bracket. The interbay 50 ohm
coax is 31/8" rigid line. On standard Series 1100 antennas, the
coaxial input is 3%" 50 ohm EIA female and the input power rating
is 32 kW or less, depending on the number of bays in the array.
Factory installed de -icers are available in powers of 300 and
500 watts per bay. (Specify 115 or 220 volt operation when ordering.) Shielded interbay heater cable and junction boxes are supplied as a part of the heater system.
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
ERI Series 1100
Input
Power Gain
dB Gain
Field Gain
Type
Horiz
Vert
1100-1AE
0.4611
0.4611
- 3.3623 - 3.3623
1100-2AE
1100 -2AC
0.9971
0.9971
0.9971
0.9971
-0.0128
-0.0128
-0.0128
-0.0128
1100 -3AE
1100 -4AE
1100 -4AC
1100 -5AE
1100 -6AE
1100 -6AC
1100 -7AE
1.5588
2.1332
2.1332
2.7154
1.9278
1.9278
3.2903
3.3028
3.8935
4.4872
4.4872
5.0826
5.6800
6.2783
1.5588
2.1332
2.1332
2.7154
3.3028
3.3028
3.8935
4.4872
4.4872
5.0826
5.6800
6.2783
5.1888
5.1888
5.9034
3.2903
3.2903
4.3384
5.1888
5.1888
5.9034
6.5197
6.5197
7.0608
6.5197
6.5197
7.0608
7.5435
7.5435
23833
6.8781
6.8781
7.9785
8.3747
8.7381
7.9785
8.3747
8.7381
9.0741
9.0741
9.3861
9.6776
9.3861
9.6776
2.5057
2.6226
2.7347
2.8425
2.9465
1100 -8AE
1100 -8AC
1100 -9AC
1100 -10AC
1100 -11AC
1100 -12AC
1100 -13ÁC
1100 -14AC
1100 -15AC
1100 -16AC
33028
7.4785
7.4785
8.0800
8.6818
9.2846
8.0800
8.6818
9.2846
Horiz
32903
43384
Vert
Horiz
Vert
0.6790
0.9985
0.9985
1.2485
1.4605
1.4605
0.6790
0.9985
0.9985
1.2485
1.4605
1.4605
1.6478
1.6478
1.8174
1.8174
1.8174
1.8174
1.9732
2.1183
2.1183
1.9732
2.1183
2.1183
2.2545
2.2545
2.3833
2.5057
2.6226
3.0471
Wind Load in lbs
Weight
Power
Rating
Including
kW
Brackets lb
Wind Load in
lbs Based on
50/33 lb/sq ft
5
10
84
184
144
318
10
209
15
274
20
20
25
30
30
35
40
40
40
40
40
364
389
454
544
569
634
724
333
492
666
40
40
40
40
40
2.7347
2.8425
2.9465
3.0471
With Radomes
Based on
50/33 lb/sq ft
104
265
560
575
855
1029
224
249
334
444
469
554
664
689
1187
774
1361
884
909
681
840
1014
749
1376
835
925
1608
1105
1782
1956
2130
1195
2303
1285
1375
1465
2477
2651
2825
1015
Weight in lbs
With Radomes
Incl. Brackets
1015
1125
1235
1345
1455
1565
1675
1785
1150
1175
1445
1740
1755
2034
2329
2344
2697
2992
3287
3582
3876
4171
4466
4761
All antenna brackets are stainless steel. All weights given include brackets, interbay line, and transformer section. Factory- installed deicers are available using either 300 watts
or 500 watts per bay. Specify 120 or 230 volts. Heater elements are replaceable in the field. Shielded interbay heater cable and junction boxes are supplied. Heater weight, including
junction boxes and interbay cable, is 6 lb (2.7 kg) additional per bay.
187
1
=E
ERI SERIES 1105
FM ANTENNAS
ERI 1105 Series
ELECTRONICS RESEARCH 1105 SERIES CIRCULARLY POLARIZED FM ANTENNAS
freedom from the maintenance problems suffered by other antennas. De -icers and radomes are available for use where heavy icing
is present.
Circularity is ±2 dB in free space, both horizontal and vertical.
Ellipticity is rated at ±3 dB in free space. This ensures a smooth
radiation pattern for maximum signal penetration.
ERI's 1105 series of circularly polarized FM antennas meets the
requirements of virtually all Class "A" licensed stations. This is
an end -fed antenna having a maximum input power rating of 7.5
kW and power gains ranging from 0.46 for one bay up to 4.48 for
the 8 bay model.
The use of only brass, copper and stainless steel in the construction of the 1105 antenna assures long term service and
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
Wind Load
Based on
Input
dB Gain
Power Gain
Field Gain
Type
Horiz
Vert
Horiz
Vert
Horiz
Vert
1105 -1
0.4611
0.4611
- 33623
- 3.3623
1105 -2
0.9971
0.9971
-0.0128
1105 -3
1.5588
2.1332
1.5588
2.1332
2.7154
3.3028
3.8935
1.9278
3.2903
4.3384
5.1888
5.9034
-0.0128
19278
0.6790
0.9985
1.2485
1.4605
0.6790
0.9985
1.2485
1.4605
1.6478
1.8174
4.4872
6.5197
1105 -4
1105 -5
1105 -6
1105 -7
1105-8
2.7154
3.3028
3.8935
4.4872
3.2903
4.3384
5.1888
5.9034
6.5197
Power
Rating
kW
Approx.
Length
(m) ft
Weight
(Including
Brackets)
(kg) lb.
244/161
kg/sq.m
(50/33 lb/sq ft)
(kg) lb.
Wind Load
With Radomes
Based on
Weight
(With Radomes 244/161 kg /sq.m
Incl. Brackets) (50/33 lb/sq ft)
(kg) lb.
(kg) Ib.
(24) 54
(52) 115
(153) 338
(16) 36
(34) 74
(3) 10
(35) 77
(47) 104
7.5
(6) 20
(54) 118
(115)
254
(78) 172
7.5
(10) 30
(72) 159
(156) 344
(105) 231
1.6478
7.5
(12) 40
(91) 200
(197) 434
(132) 290
1.8174
7.5
(15) 50
1.9732
1.9732
7.5
(18) 60
2.1183
7.5
(21) 70
(238) 524
(279) 614
(319) 704
(158) 349
2.1183
(109) 241
(128) 282
(147) 323
3
6
(185) 408
(212) 467
(73) 161
(234) 515
(314) 693
(385) 870
(475) 1047
(555) 1224
(636) 1402
installed deicers are available using either 300 watts
All antenna brackets are stainless steel. All weights given include brackets, interbay line, and transformer section. Factoryand junction boxes are supplied. Heater weight, including
or 500 watts per bay. Specify 120 or 230 volts. Heater elements are replaceable in the field. Shielded interbay heater cable
junction boxes and interbay cable, is 6 lb (2.7 kg) additional per bay.
188
ERI SERIES 200
I=E
ERI Series 200
ELECTRONICS RESEARCH SERIES 200 SIDEMOUNT FM ANTENNAS
within a pressurized environment. Each element has an internal
DC short so a quarter wave stub is not necessary.
De -icers are available as accessories for the Series 200. They
are installed at the factory and must be specified at the time the
order is placed. Anti -rotation brackets are recommended for leg
mounted systems on towers with less than 3" o.d. legs.
The ERI Series 200 antenna is ideal for medium to high power
applications. Circularity is excellent with horizontal plane patterns
circular to better than ±2 dB. The free space axial ratio is better
than ±3 dB. Power input capability ranges from 10 to 39 kW.
The radiating element is constructed of solid brass and has an
outside diameter of 31/g ". The feed system is completely internal
SPECIFICATIONS FOR SERIES 200 ANTENNAS
Power
Antenna
Type
200 -1AE
200 -2AE
200 -2AC
200 -3AE
200 -4AE
200 -4AC
200 -5AE
200 -6AE
200 -6AC
200 -7AE
200 -8AE
200 -8AC
200 -10AC
200 -12AC
200 -14AC
Power
Gain
dB
Gain
Type
Feed
.4611
- 3.3623
End
End
.9971
.9971
-0.0128
-0.0128
1.5588
2.1332
2.1332
2.7154
1.9278
3.2903
3.2903
3.3028
3.3028
3.8935
4.4872
4.4872
5.6800
5.1888
5.1888
5.9034
6.5197
6.5197
6.8781
8.3747
8.0798
9.0740
43384
75435
Input
Capability
Center
End
End
Center
End
End
Center
End
End
Center
Center
Center
Center
(kW)
10
108
176.4
20
20
20
30
30
32
32
225
243
342
459
382.5
405.7
588.6
794.7
39
32
32
39
39
39
39
'Windload calculated based on 50/33 psf. 112 mph actual wind velocity. No ice.
Power input capability up to 2,000 ft. above mean sea level. Derating required above 2,000 ft.
Note: All antenna systems have 50 ohm female inputs.
Weight and windload calculations include brackets.
189
Calculated
Calculated
Weight
(lbs)
Windload'
(lbs)
477
817.9
576
1000.8
1206.9
693
711
810
927
945
1179
1413
1647
1230.1
1413.0
1619.1
1642.3
2054.5
2466.7
2878.9
1
=E
FM ANTENNAS
ERI SERIES 1000 COGWHEEL
All stainless steel hardware
Brackets are built into hot -dip galvanized steel
tower spine
L-1
Tower spine custom built in ten foot sections for
ease of installation
L Elements baluns manufactured with rugged
brass channel fiberglass construction. Radiating
elements are manufactured from brass tubing
H Pattern circularity better than ±1 dB over entire
FM band
Pi
1
ERI Series 1000
The Series 1000 FM Cogwheel Antennas are antenna arrays
designed to be top mounted on towers, buildings, or mountain
tops. Unlike conventional FM antenna arrays that are side mounted
on large tower structures, Series 1000 Cogwheel antennas have
broadband radiating elements on each face of their four sided
custom made tower spine. Due to the design of the cogwheel
spine, no reflector screens are required. Because of this tower
spine design feature, cogwheel antennas produce a pattern circularity of better than ±1 dB over the entire FM band.
Series 1000 Cogwheel antenna arrays are manufactured with
a coaxial feed harness to distribute antenna input power
throughout the array. Unlike side mounted FM antennas with rigid
coax harnesses, the Series 1000 antenna power distribution
harness is not frequency sensitive. Since all the elements in a
Series 1000 Cogwheel are fed with proper phase, multiple station use of a common antenna is practical.
Standard side mounted FM antennas experience severe pattern degradation when installed on towers having a face dimension of 30 inches or more. For single station operation, the ERI
Series 1000 Cogwheel FM antenna provides a means of obtaining excellent pattern circularity in the horizontal plane.
The ERI Series 1000 Cogwheel FM antenna is excellent for
multiple station use. The radiating elements exhibit good bandwidth characteristics, and the antenna provides excellent horizontal
plane pattern circularity for all stations using the system.
Cogwheel antennas can be provided for use in areas that experience severe environmental conditions, and can be designed
for operation without the use of radomes or thermal deicers.
Radomes designed to cover the actual radiating dipoles in the
Series 1000 cogwheel antennas are available, but will increase
the wind loading considerably. Thermal deicers are also optional.
Their use requires a large amount of electrical power.
The radiating elements of the Series 1000 panel antennas are
of a thick wall brass tubing with the element feed stems enclosed
in heavy brass channels separated by fiberglass radome covers.
Electronics Research, Inc. can design a cogwheel FM antenna and associated filters to meet your needs, and can offer the
finest back -up support available, whether it be parts or field service.
SPECIFICATIONS
Tower Spine:
Hot dip galvanized custom made 24" square solid
rod tower with flanged legs for connection. Tower
includes beacon mount and mounting holes for
lightning rods on top as well as element mounting
bracket for four versions of cogwheel (circular polarized, slant linear polarized, horizontal polarized or
vertical polarized.) Spine design has been analyzed
and certified by registered structural engineer.
Horizontal Plane Pattern Circularity:
Horizontal Polarization <±1 dB
Vertical Polarization < ±Y2 dB
Coaxial Input:
Antenna available with either one or two inputs. 50
ohm input coax is available in EIA sizes up to and
including
61/8"
Input Power Rating:'
COG1054-1
COG1054-2
COG1054 -3
COG1054-4
COG1054-5
COG1054 -6
40 kW2
80 kW
120 kW
160 kW
200 kW
240 kW
COG1054-7 240 kW
COG1054-8 240 kW
COG1054-9 240 kW
COG1054-10 240 kW
COG1054-11 240 kW
COG1054-12 240 kW
190
Notes:
1. In multiplex systems, input power can be voltage limited.
Electronics Research analyzes peak voltage for cogwheels
with more than one user and sets input power rating based
on the results of analysis. Power ratings are given based on
two 63/4" coaxial inputs. 2. With custom feed, 80 kW per bay
is possible.
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list
or contact Broadcast Electronics
FM ANTENNA ACCESSORIES
I=E
Electronics Research Series 900 FM Filters
ERI offers a complete line of filters for use in commercial FM
broadcast stations. These filters can be used as building blocks
in various configurations. The basic filter line consists of two band
reject (notch) filters and two bandpass filters. All four of these filters
share several unique advantages. They can be adjusted under
power and this adjustment is designed so that the notch filters
cannot be accidentally adjusted into their pass band even with
the notch 800 kHz from the carrier. The resonant inner conductor grounding clamp is a solid copper compression ring with no
hose clamps required. Also, there are no teflon components inside the high voltage cavity of the filter.
ERI has notch filters in a fifteen inch cavity with 31/a ", 50 ohm
input /output ports and in a twenty inch cavity with 61/8 ", 50 ohm
input /output ports. The band pass filters are offered in a fifteen
inch cavity with 31/8 ", 50 ohm input /output ports and in a twenty
inch cavity with 31/8 ", 50 ohm input /output ports.
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
Series 900 Filter
ERI FM Isolation Transformers
The FM isolation transformer is designed to couple the FM
power across the base insulator of a transmitting tower used jointly
as an AM and FM radiator without introducing objectionable
mismatch into the FM antenna feed line. An isolation transformer
is especially desirable for feeding high impedance AM radiators,
or AM radiators which are part of an AM directional antenna
system, which might be adversely affected by a "bazooka" type
isolation system. Isolation transformers are available in 10 kW and
25 kW models (25 kW model not pictured).
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
FM
Isolation Transformer
SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency:
Input:
88 to 108 MHz. Tuned to the station's FM carrier frequency at the factory.
(10 kW unit)
VSWR:
(10 kW unit) Less than 1.05 to 1 at the FM station
frequency, ±1.0 MHz when terminated in a matched
50 ohm load. (25 kW unit) Less than 1.05 to 1 at the
FM station frequency, ±0.5 MHz when terminated in
a matched 50 ohm load.
Mounting:
EIA 50 ohm captive male swivel
flange. (25 kW unit) 3ye" EIA 50 ohm male flange.
15/B"
Output:
(10 kW unit) 1%" EIA 50 ohm female swivel flange.
(25 kW unit) 3ye" EIA 50 ohm male flange (will mate
with a 31/e" EIA 50 ohm female flange).
Weight:
(10 kW unit) Approx. 105 lbs. (25 kW unit) 255 lbs.
Insertion Loss:
Flange to Flange Length:
(10 kW unit) Less than 0.05 dB. (25 kW unit) 0.10 dB
(10 kW unit) 67 to 73 inches,
or less.
depending on the FM
frequency. (25 kW unit) 44 inches.
191
(10 kW unit) in a cradle supplied. The cradle is fitted
with a 2 -inch pipe flange on the bottom. Two
stainless steel straps secure the tank to the cradle.
The 2 -inch mounting pipe is not supplied with the
transformer. (25 kW unit) Separate 3 -inch pipe flange
on the bottom. Two stainless steel straps secure tank
to cradle.
Pressurization:
Designed for use in a pressurized system with gas
passing through the unit.
I=E
TRANSMISSION LINE AND ACC.
FOAM DIELECTRIC 11/4"
-
15/s"
Foam 1%"
Foam 11/4"
Andrew
Andrew
Andrew
Standard Cable, Standard Jacket
LDF6-50
LDF7-50A
Standard Cable, Fire -Retardant Jacket
41690-46
41690 -23
Andrew
L46R2
L47R
L46S2
L47S
L46F
L47F
Not available
201942
L46W2
Not available
L46N2
L47N
LC Plug (male), mates with UG -352
L46M2
L47M
LC Jack (female), mates with UG -154
L46L2
L47L
L46DM2
L47DM
L46DF2
L47DF
Splice
L46Z
L47Z
1%" End Terminals
2061
2061
1261B
1261B
42396A -1
42396A-2
Hoisting Grip
24312A
24312A
Grounding Kit
204989 -3
204989-4
Reattachment Kit
34767A-43
34767A-35
1%" EIA Flange, no gas barrier at interface)
7/8"
EIA Flange, no gas barrier at interface1
"F" Flange (male)3
"F" Flange (female)4
N Plug (male), mates with UG -23
N
Jack (female), mates with UG -21
7/6" DIN male
Y16" DIN
female
1%" Gas Barrier-6
Hanger Kit
Notes: (1) Includes inner connector; (2) Includes pressure port for pressurization of antenna feed; (3) For attachment to "F" series antennas; (4) For connection to jumper cable;
(5) For strap connection to center conductor, includes inner connector; (6) For connection to pressurized line, includes inner connector.
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
192
RIGID 15/"
I=E
Andrew
Cablewave
Myat
Dielectric
561
920214
201 -001
DC-275-002
20 -Ft. Line Section, flanged one end
561 -11
920218
201 -006
Not Available
20 -Ft. Line Section, unflanged
561 -21
920222
201 -004
DC265 -002
Elbow, 90- degree
1061A
920226
201 -020
DC275 -017
Elbow, 45- degree
Not Available
920230
201 -030
DC275 -020
Flange, fixed
18631
920288
201 -008
DC270 -006
Flange, swivel
18041
920284
201 -009
Not Available
Flange, field (Soft sold.)
1561A
Not Available
201 -013
DC275 -014
Not Available
920304
Not Available
DC260 -015
34660
612874
201 -010
DC275 -011
Not Available
920300
201 -014
DC265 -007
Gas Barrier
1261B
920238
201 -050
DC275 -005
End Terminal
2061
920253
201 -080
Not Available
Hardware Set
669225-2
920273
201 -012
DC270 -012
"0"
10683 -406
520681 -011
201 -011
DC270 -010
Fixed Hanger
13924
920308
201 -142 -1
DC270 -034
Spring Hanger
14379
920311
201 -042 -3
DC270 -036
Horizontal Hanger
3911
920319
201- 042 -12
DC270 -030
13550
514542 -003
Not Available
Use Cablewave
Angle Adaptor
13555A
920167 -004
Not Available
Use Cablewave
Wall Feed Thru
Not Available
920322
201 -042 -5
DC270 -028
1860A
920249
201 -064
DC275 -060
920250
301 -064
DC375-060
920316
201 -042 -8
Not Available
20-Ft. Line Section, flanged both ends
Flange, unpressurized
Inner Connector
Inner Connector for unflanged line only
Ring Gasket
Round Member Adaptor
Reducer, 15/" to
7/8"
Reducer, 31/8" to 1%"
Lateral Brace
1
3921
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
193
i
=s
RIGID
TRANSMISSION LINE AND ACC.
3W
Andrew
Cablewave
Myat
Dielectric
562A
920215
301 -001
DC375 -002
20-Ft. Line Section, flanged one end
562A -11
920219
301 -006
Not Available
20-Ft. Line Section, unflanged
562A-21
920223
301 -004
DC365 -002
1062A
920227
301 -020
DC375 -017
1162
920231
301 -030
DC375 -020
Flange, fixed
15840
920289
301 -008
DC375 -006
Flange, swivel
18200
920285
301 -009
DC360 -013
Flange, field (soft solder)
1562A
Not Available
301 -013
DC370-014
Not Available
920305
301 -014
DC360 -015
15093A
622720
301 -010ML
DC375 -011
Not Available
920301
301 -010ML
DC365 -007
Gas Barrier
1262B
920239
301 -050
DC375 -005
End Terminal
2062
920254
301 -080
Not Available
Hardware Set
69226 -2
920274
301 -012
DC370 -012
10683-405
Not Available
301 -011
DC370-010
Fixed Hanger
13927
920309
301 -042 -1
DC370 -034
Spring Hanger
13925
920312
301 -042 -3
DC370 -036
Horizontal Hanger
3912
920320
301- 042 -12
Round Member Adaptor
31670 -3
514542 -003
Use Cablewave
Use Cablewave
Angle Adaptor
31768A
920167 -004
Use Cablewave
Use Cablewave
Wall Feed Thru
3902
920323
301 -042 -5
DC370 -028
Reducer, 61/8" to 31/8"
1872
920251
601 -064
DC665 -061
Reducer, 31/8" to 1%"
1861
920250
301 -064
DC365 -060
Lateral Brace
3922
920317
301 -042 -8
DC370 -038
20-Ft. Line Section, flanged both ends
Elbow, 90- degree, flanged
Elbow, 45- degree
Flange, unpressurized
Inner Connector
Inner Connector for unflanged line only
"O" Ring Gasket
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
194
RIGID 41/6"
1
=E
Andrew
Cablewave
Myat
Dielectric
20-Ft. Line Section, flanged both ends
ACX-450 -1
Not Available
401 -001
DC475 -002
20-Ft. Line Section, flanged one end only
ACX -450 -4
N/A
Not Available
Not Available
20-Ft. Line Section, unflanged
ACX -450 -5
N/A
401 -004
DC465 -002
Elbow, 90-degree
ACX- 450 -10
N/A
401 -020
DC475 -017
Elbow, 45-degree
Not Available
N/A
Not Available
DC475-020
Flange, fixed
ACX-450 -28
N/A
401 -008
DC475-006
Flange, swivel
ACX- 450 -27
N/A
401 -009
DC460 -013
Flange, field (soft solder)
Not Available
N/A
401 -013
DC470 -014
Flange, unpressurized
Not Available
N/A
401 -014
DC460 -015
Inner Connector
ACX- 450 -20
N/A
401 -010
DC475 -011
Inner Connector for unflanged line only
Not Available
N/A
use 401 -010
DC465-007
ACX- 450 -16
N/A
401 -050
DC475 -005
End Terminal
Not Available
N/A
Not Available
Not Available
Hardware Set
ACX- 450-21
N/A
401 -012
DC470 -012
Not Available
N/A
401-011
DC470-010
Fixed Hanger
ACX- 450 -13
N/A
401 -042 -1
DC470 -034
Spring Hanger
ACX- 450 -11
N/A
401 -042 -3
DC470 -036
Not Available
N/A
Not Available
Not Available
Gas Barrier
"0"
Ring Gasket
Horizontal Hanger
Round Member Adaptor
Cablewave
514542 -004
N/A
Cablewave
514542 -004
Not Available
Angle Adaptor
Cablewave
920167-004
920167-004
Cablewave
920167-004
Not Available
Wall Feed Thru
ACX- 450 -15
N/A
401 -042 -5
DC470 -028
Not Available
N/A
601 -067
DC665-060
Lateral Brace
ACX450 -14
N/A
401 -042 -8
DC470 -038
Coupling, unpressurized
Myat
401 -017
N/A
401 -017
Reducer, 61/8" to 41/16"
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
195
Myat
401 -017
I=E
AIR DIELECTRIC 7/g"
TRANSMISSION LINE AND ACC.
Air Dielectric:
-
1
%"
Air Dielectric: 1%"
1/8"
Andrew
Cablewave
Andrew
Cablewave
HJ5 -50
FCC78 -50J
HJ7 -50A
HCC- 158 -50J
Flange, gas pass EIA
75AR
738259
87R
738314
Flange, gas barrier EIA
75AG
738256
87G
738303
Flange, LC plug
75AM
738254
87L (female)
738302 (female)
Flange, N -plug
75AN
738251
87N
738301 (female)
End Terminal
75AT
738258
87T
738306
Gas Barrier
1260A
920237
1261B
920238
Splice
75AZ
738257
87Z
738305
42396A-5
920396
42396A-2
920159 -003
Hardware Kit
31769-1
Not Available
31769 -1
Not Available
Angle Adaptor
31768A
920167-001
31768A
920167 -004
31670 -1
514542 -002
31670 -1
514542 -002
31670 -2
514542 -003
31670 -2
514542 -003
Insulated Hanger, maximum spacing 3'
11662 -2
920150 -002
33948-3
920161 -003
Hoisting Grip
19256B
910307
24312A
910311
Wall Feed Thru
40656-3
920433
40656-2
920434
Grounding Kit
204989 -2
713737-004
204989-4
713r3& --005
Nylon Cable Ties (50 pieces)
40417
Not Available
40417
Not Available
90- Degree Elbow
1060A
920225
1061A
920226
Line Type Number
Hanger Kit, non -insul., maximum spacing
-3'
-2" leg diameter
Round Member Adaptor,
1
Round Member Adaptor,
2 -3"
leg diameter
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
196
AIR DIELECTRIC 3"
Air Dielectric: 3"
Air Dielectric:
-
31/2"
I=E
31/2"
Andrew
Cablewave
Andrew
Cablewave
HJ8 -50B
HCC- 300 -50J
Not Available
HCC-312 -50J
Flange, gas pass
78ARF
738355
N/A
734579
Flange, gas barrier
78AGF
738350
N/A
734578
2062
920254
N/A
920254
Not Available
920239
N/A
920239
78BZ
738352
N/A
734574
Hanger Kit, maximum spacing 5', 10- pieces
31766-11
920159-004
N/A
920159 -005
Hardware Kit
31769 -1
Not Available
N/A
Not Available
Angle Adaptor
31768A
920167-004
N/A
920167-004
-2" leg diameter
31670 -1
514542 -002
N/A
514542 -002
Round Member Adpator, 2 -3" leg diameter
31670 -2
514542-003
N/A
514542 -003
Round Member Adaptor, 3 -4" leg diameter
31670 -3
514542 -004
N/A
514542-004
Insulated Hanger
33948 -2
920161 -002
N/A
920161 -007
Hoisting Grip
26985A
913563
N/A
913563
Wall Feed Thru
40394 -2
920435
N/A
920572
Grounding Kit
204989-5
713737 -006
N/A
713/3/--007
Nylon Cable Ties (50 pieces per kit)
40417
Use Andrew
N/A
Use Andrew
90- Degree Elbow
1062A
920227
N/A
920227
45- Degree Elbow
1162
920231
N/A
920231
15093A
622720
N/A
622720
Line Type Number
End Terminal
Gas Barrier
Splice
Round Member Adaptor,
Inner Connector
1
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
197
I=E
AIR DIELECTRIC 4"
TRANSMISSION LINE AND ACC.
-
Air Dielectric: 5"
Air Dielectric: 4"
Andrew
Cablewave
Andrew
Cablewave
HJ11 -50
Not Available
HJ -9 -50
HF41/4"CU2Y
Flange, gas pass
81RF
N/A
79R
734646(61/8")
Flange, gas barrier
81GF
N/A
79AG
734645(61/8")
End Terminal
2062
N/A
Not Available
920255
1262B(31/8 ")
N/A
Not Available
920240
78Z
N/A
79AZ
Not Available
Hanger Kit, maximum spacing 5', 10- pieces
31766 -10
N/A
33598 -5
920159 -006
Hardware Kit
31769 -1
N/A
31769-1
Not Available
Angle Adaptor
31768A
N/A
33981A -1
920160
-2" leg diameter
31670 -1
N/A
Not Available
514542 -002
Round Member Adpator, 2 -3" leg diameter
31670 -2
N/A
Use Cablewave
514542 -003
Round Member Adaptor, 3 -4" leg diameter
31670 -3
N/A
Use Cablewave
514542 -004
Insulated Hanger
33948 -4
N/A
33948 -1
920161 -008
34759
N/A
31031 -1
Not Available
40394-1
N/A
33938 -5
920555
204989 -6
N/A
204989 -7
713/37-008
40417
N/A
40417
Use Andrew
1062(31/8")
N/A
Use Cablewave
920228(61/8")
Use Cablewave
N/A
Use Cablewave
920251
1162(31/8 ")
N/A
Use Cablewave
920232(61/4")
Line Type Number
Gas Barrier
Splice
Round Member Adaptor,
1
Hoisting Grip
Wall Feed Thru
Grounding Kit
Nylon Cable Ties (50 pieces per kit)
90- Degree Elbow
Reducer 61/8" to 31/8"
45- Degree Elbow
ORDERING INFORMATION
See current Broadcast Electronics price list or contact Broadcast Electronics
198
5"
TRANSPORTABLE BROADCAST STATIONS
I=E
TRANSPORTABLE BROADCAST STATIONS FOR
SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
Broadcast Electronics has extensive experience in the design
and assembly of transportable stations for special applications
requiring temporary, mobile broadcast capability. Each system is
custom designed to meet the particular needs of the user.
A typical example is the transportable FM broadcast system that
was built in 1987 for use in Thailand. (See photographs)
The full featured broadcast system as illustrated was designed
to originate and transmit stereo programming. It was built around
a 3,500 watt Broadcast Electronics FM -3.5A FM transmitter. The
facility was constructed in an air conditioned shelter housing a
complete on -air studio and control room featuring an eight channel console, turntables, tape cartridge machines, reel to reel
recorders and other professional studio equipment.
Besides the FM -3.5A transmitter, the shelter also contained an
HF SSB long range communication system as well as VHF point to -point communications. A four bay FM broadcast antenna and
a VHF communication antenna were mounted on a 50 foot
telescoping mast assembly integral to the shelter itself.
The transportable FM station was fully self- contained and included support equipment for the operating personnel. Amenities
such as a portable cook stove, fold -down bed and toilet facilities
were built into the shelter. On -board voltage regulation systems
provided the capability to power the entire system from available
AC mains or portable generators.
Once again, the system pictured on this page is only a typical
example of the types of custom assembled transportable broadcast stations available from Broadcast Electronics. Depending on
the type and number of individual units required, the total
assembly and testing period can be very rapid. Contact Broadcast Electronics or your Broadcast Electronics representative for
more details.
Internal view of mobile studio with FM -3.5A transmitter visible in background.
External View: close -up
199
I=E
ENGINEERING DATA
Classes of FM Stations, FCC 80 -90 Docket
The following table is offered as a general guide to the classes of FM radio broadcast stations brought about by the FCC 80 -90 docket.
For specific interpretation and equipment requirements, see your Broadcast Electronics representative.
Required
Transmitter
Power Out **
Antenna
Bays
Class A FM
1
3 kW
15/8"
3.5 kW*
2.3 kW*
2
3
3 kW
3 kW
15/8"
12.9 kW
10.1
kW*
8.3 kW*
7.0 kW
6.1
kW*
4
5
6
7
8
25
25
25
25
25
15/8"
17.5
14.8
12.8
11.4
10.2
kW*
kW
kW*
kW
kW*
5
6
7
8
9
10
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
Class Cl FM
36.9 kW*
30.2 kW*
23.9 kW*
19.8 kW
6
8
10
12
100
100
100
100
kW
kW
kW
kW
44.5
36.7
32.3
26.7
kW
kW*
kW*
kW*
6
8
10
12
100
100
100
100
kW
kW
kW
kW
-
328'
342'
347'
86.1%
85.6%
85.4%
328'
333'
332'
327'
322'
90.6%
91.2%
90.9%
91.5%
91.1%
343'
348'
353'
358'
363'
512'
517'
511'
511'
86.5%
86.6%
86.7%
86.8%
86.0%
86.0%
1,003'
1,003'
1,003'
1,003'
82.1%
73.6%
73.6%
73.6%
1,987'
1,987'
1,987'
1,987'
68.1%
60.8%
54.4%
2,003'
54.4%
2,023'
337'
492 Feet
-
491'
486'
481'
477'
522'
527'
532'
537'
984 Feet
41/8"
3"
3"
3"
Class C FM
Height **
317'
313'
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
50
50
50
50
50
50
Tower
Efficiency
328 Feet
B1 FM -
Class B or C2 FM
21.3 kW
Coax
Line
328 Feet
-
7.6 kW
Class
Line
Length
Coax
Coax
Line
Size
Effective
Radiated
Power **
1,009'
1,019'
1,029'
1,039'
1,968 Feet
-
41/8"
31/2"
3"
3"
null fill)
*Most commonly requested antenna transmitter combinations. (Even number of bays required for beam tilt and
"Shown with maximum effective radiated power (e.r.p.) and maximum height allowed, at 98.1 MHz.
200
1,993'
2,013'
ENGINEERING DATA
Frequency Designation of FM
Broadcast Channels
90.9
215
100.9
265
91.1
101.1
266
267
268
269
88.1
201
98.1
251
91.7
216
217
218
219
88.3
88.5
88.7
88.9
202
203
204
205
98.3
98.5
98.7
98.9
252
253
254
255
91.9
220
101.3
101.5
101.7
101.9
92.1
221
102.1
271
89.1
206
207
208
209
99.1
222
223
224
225
102.3
102.5
102.7
102.9
272
273
274
275
93.1
99.9
90.1
211
100.1
261
276
277
278
279
90.3
90.5
212
213
214
100.3
100.5
100.7
262
263
264
93.3
93.5
93.7
93.9
226
227
228
229
230
103.1
210
256
257
258
259
260
92.3
92.5
92.7
92.9
94.1
231
104.1
281
94.3
232
104.3
282
Freq.
(MHz)
89.3
89.5
89.7
89.9
90.7
Channel
No.
Freq.
(MHz)
Channel
91.3
No.
99.3
99.5
99.7
915
270
103.3
103.5
103.7
103.9
280
94.5
94.7
94.9
233
234
235
104.5
104.7
104.9
283
284
285
95.1
236
237
238
239
240
105.1
95.3
95.5
95.7
95.9
105.3
105.5
105.7
105.9
286
287
288
289
290
96.1
241
106.1
291
96.3
96.5
96.7
96.9
242
243
244
245
106.3
106.5
106.7
106.9
292
293
294
295
97.1
246
247
248
249
250
107.1
296
297
298
299
300
97.3
97.5
97.7
97.9
107.3
107.5
107.7
107.9
Decibels Vs Ratio
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
6 DB
3 DB
0
2
4
4
6 8
2
6 8
100
10
1
4
6 8
1000
2
4
6 8
10,000
RATIO
Volume Level to Power and Voltage Conversion
REFERENCE LEVEL: 0 DBM =
1
MW, 600 OHMS
MILLIWATTS
VOLTS
DBM
WATTS
VOLTS
DBM
0.000001
0.000010
0.000100
0.0007746
0.002449
0.007746
0.02449
0.07746
0.2449
0.7746
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
0.7746
1.228
1.946
2.449
+4
+8
-10
0.001000
0.002512
0.006310
0.01000
0.1000
1.000
0
10.00
77.46
0.001
0.010
0.100
1.000
201
EEI
7.746
24.49
0
+10
+20
+30
+40
1
=E
ENGINEERING DATA
Bessel Nulls for Frequency Modulation Systems
A listing of useful carrier and first order sideband nulls as a function of
the modulation index (m) and the modulating frequency (Fm) is given below:
m =
(Devi Fm)
Null
1st
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
2.405
5.520
8.654
11.792
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
14.931
18.071
21.212
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
3.832
7.016
10.173
13.323
16.470
19.616
22.760
(TV -MTS)
(Fm) for 25 kHz Deviation
(FM)
(Fm) for 75 kHz Deviation
Modulation Index (m)
1st Sidebands
Carrier
31,185.0
13,587.0
8,666.5
6,360.2
5,023.1
4,150.3
3,535.7
19,572.0
10,689.9
7,372.5
5,629.4
4,553.7
3,823.4
3,295.3
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
1st Sidebands
Carrier
1st Sidebands
Carrier
10,395.0 Hz
4,529.0 Hz
2,888.8 Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
2,120.1 Hz
1,674.4 Hz
1,383.4 Hz
1,178.6 Hz
6,524.0
3,563.3
2,457.5
1,876.5
1,517.9
1,274.5
1,098.4
1,000
0.87
2,000
2.76
3,000
4.77
4,000
6.58
5,000
8.16
6,000
9.54
7,000
10.75
8,000
11.82
9,000
12.79
10,000
13.66
11,000
14.45
12,000
15.18
13,000
15.86
14,000
16.49
15,000
17.07
.../
11IN/I
SECOND ORDER SIDEBANDS
(M)
Je
(M)
o
Js
(M) _ Je
I1,%..1'',-0_`
/%,'/.1I1S.
+02
+0.1
\
J, (M)
(M)
Je (M)
M)_
+03
M
maimmrakvAime,:
%%:íP.M%NII1.III`'1
1:4
I.F./
111111111111MESitirt.
0.1
0.2
03
-04
o
2
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
FIRST ORDER SIDEBANDS
J' (M)
+0.4
1,304.8
712.7
491.5
375.3
303.6
254.9
219.7
0.15 db
J0 (M )
+0.5
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
400 HZ
CARRIER
+06
2,079.0
905.8
577.8
424.0
334.9
276.7
235.7
1st Sidebands
DECIBELS
+09
+07
Carrier
FREQUENCY IN HERTZ
+10
+08
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
(SCA / PRO)
(Fm) for 5 kHz Deviation
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
MODULATION INDEX
Relationship of carrier and sideband
amplitudes to modulation index
75
202
Microsecond pre -emphasis response
ENGINEERING DATA
VOLTAGE STANDING WAVE RATIO RELATIONSHIPS
VSWR
1.01
1.02
1.04
1.06
1.08
1.10
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
30.00
40.00
50.00
+
pl
1
-
lpl
1
-
1
VSWR +
1
VSWR =
1
1
VSWR
p =
1
:
1
:
1
:
1
RETURN
LOSS
POWER
RATIO
PERCENT
REFLECTED
.0050
.0099
46.1 dB
40.1 dB
.00002
.002%
.0196
.0291
.0385
.0476
.0909
.1304
.1667
34.2 dB
30.7 dB
28.3 dB
26.4 dB
20.8 dB
17.7 dB
15.6 dB
14.0 dB
12.7 dB
11.7 dB
10.9 dB
10.2 dB
9.5 dB
8.5 dB
7.7 dB
7.0 dB
6.5 dB
6.0 dB
5.1 dB
4.4 dB
3.9 dB
3.5 dB
2.9 dB
2.5 dB
2.2 dB
1.9 dB
1.7 dB
1.2 dB
.9 dB
.6 dB
.4 dB
.3 dB
.00010
.00038
.00085
.00148
.010%
.038%
.085%
.148%
.227%
.826%
1.7%
2.8%
4.0%
5.3%
6.7%
8.2%
9.6%
1
:
1
:
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
:
REFLECTION
COEFFICIENT
:
1
:
1
:
1
:
1
:
1
:
1
:
1
.2000
.2308
.2593
.2857
.3103
1
:
:
1
:
1
.3333
.3750
:
1
.4118
:
1
.4444
:
1
.4737
:
1
:
1
:
1
:
1
:
1
.5000
.5556
.6000
.6364
.6667
:
1
.7143
:
1
.7500
:
1
.7778
:
1
.8000
:
1
:
1
:
1
:
1
:
1
:
.8182
.8750
.9048
.9355
.9512
.9608
1
+
V(Prfl/Pfwd)
-
V(Prfl/Pfwd)
.00227
.00826
.01701
.02778
.04000
.05325
.06722
.08163
.09631
.11111
.14063
.16955
.19753
.22438
11.1%
14.10/o
17.0%
19.8%
22.4%
25.0%
30.9%
36.0%
40.5%
.25000
.30864
.36000
.40496
.44444
44.40/o
.51020
.81859
.87513
.90482
51.0%
56.3%
60.5%
64.0%
66.9%
76.6%
81.9%
87.5%
90.5%
.92311
92.3%
.56250
.60494
.64000
.66942
.76563
POWER RATIO = (Prfl /Pfwd)
RETURN LOSS
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT
203
=_
-20
log
pl
1
=E
ENGINEERING DATA
SYNCHRONOUS AM WAVEFORMS AND CALCULATIONS
DIRECT MEASUREMENT OF SYNCHRONOUS AM NOISE USING A
HALF -WAVE PRECISION ENVELOPE DETECTOR AND OSCILLOSCOPE.
RATIO _
ACp-p VOLTS (AC MODULATION)
2 x DC VOLTS (RECTIFIED CARRIER)
dB = 20 LOG10 (RATIO)
SCOPE DISPLAY OF HALFWAVE
ENVELOPE DETECTOR OUTPUT
CARRIER
ACp-p at (2fm)
(BELOW 100% EQUIV AM)
DC
%AM = 100 x (RATIO)
OV
DC GROUND REFERENCE
EXAMPLE:
DC = 940MV
RECTIFIED CARRIER
AC MODULATION
RATIO =
AC = 4.6MV p-p
4.6x10 -3
-3
4.6x10
.002447
2x940x10-3 1880x10-3
dB = 20 LOG10 (.002447) = -52.23dB
%AM = 100 x (.002447)
0.25%
V
2f m
TRANSMITTER
PASSBAND
FREQUENCY IS TWICE THE
FM MODULATING FREQUENCY
WHEN CORRECTLY TUNED
SYNCHRONOUS
AM WAVEFORMS
fm
I
I
-f
1
FREQUENCY IS SAME AS FM
MODULATING FREQUENCY
WHEN INCORRECTLY TUNED
I
fc
I
PASSBAND CORRECTLY @
CENTERED ON CARRIER
FREQUENCY (fc)
I
fm
I
fc
I
PASSBAND NOT CENTERED
ON CARRIER FREQUENCY (fc)
I
I
f--A
.
I
-I
I
f
@ fm
I
204
fc = CARRIER FREQUENCY
fm = FM MODULATING
Af = CARRIER DEVIATION
ENGINEERING DATA
11311
FREQUENCY SPECTRUM OF THIRD ORDER IM
WITH THE INTERFERING LEVEL EQUAL TO THE
CARRIER LEVEL
fC
fl
r-------
fC = CARRIER
fl = INTERFERING SIGNAL
TURN -AROUND -LOSS
RATIO OF fl TO IM
IM-1 (21C-fl)
^°-- X
X
Xi
FREQUENCY
DIRECT MEASUREMENT OF STEREO CHANNEL SEPARATION FROM COMPOSITE WAVEFORM
(L +R AND L -R IN EQUAL RATIO WITHOUT PILOT)
+5
+4
-
+3
-
+2
-
+1
-
-1
-
-2
-
(TOTAL) PEAK TO PEAK
VALUE OF COMPOSITE
WAVEFORM
(An.) PEAK
TO PEAK DEVIATION
FROM FLAT BASELINE
+0.2
-0.2
SEPARATION (dB) = 20 LOG
TOTAL P-P
P-P
-3
-
SEPARATION (dB) = 20 LOG
-4
-
SEPARATION (dB) = 20 LOG (25)
10 P-P
0.4 P-P
28 dB
-5
205
1
=E
ENGINEERING DATA
Attenuator Networks
R,
R,
R,
R,
i
3
R,
1
3
F
1
R
3
1
.
600n
Rr
Rz
600
.
300 n
300 n
9
Pi
R,
2
Rz
4
4
2
Impedance
Loss, dB
600 Ohms
R, Ohms
R2
Ohms
600 Ohms
R, Ohms
R2
Ohms
o
o
ro
0.1
358
50204
26280
o
1.79
3.41
17460
13068
5.16
6.90
13068
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
17.20
20.9
10464
8.60
10464
8640
10.45
8640
24.2
7428
12.1
7428
27.5
31.02
6540
13.75
6540
5787
15.51
5787
1.0
1.5
34.5
17.25
51.8
68.8
85.9
5208
3452
2582
2053
42.9
5208
3452
2582
2053
102.7
1703
51.3
1703
119.2
135.8
152.2
59.6
67.9
76.1
84.1
1448
1249
1109
987.6
92.0
886.8
99.7
1073
803.4
730.8
685.2
615.6
567.6
5.0
5.5
168.1
184.0
6.0
6.5
1993
803.4
214.6
730.8
70
75
685.2
8.0
229.7
244.2
258.4
65
2723
9.0
9.5
285.8
298.9
312.0
336.1
525.0
487.2
453.0
421.6
367.4
359.1
380.5
321.7
282.8
400.4
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
22.0
24.0
26.0
28.0
30.0
32.0
34.0
36.0
360
40.0
615.6
567.6
114.8
122.1
129.2
136.1
142.9
149.5
156.0
168.1
17460
525.0
487.2
453.0
421.6
367.4
1370
20.55
27.50
4
2
600 Ohms
R, Ohms
17.20
20.85
20920
17230
m
100500
57380
34900
26100
6.82
10.32
13.79
8333
24.2
14880
7143
27.5
13100
57.6
31.02
11000
65.4
6250
5504
25.2
28.8
32.7
6250
5504
34.5
10440
6950
5232
73.2
1134
4195
200.4
247.8
3021
2051
2365
1623
2365
135.8
152.2
2141
182.3
2141
168.1
2141
1956
203.0
1956
184.0
1956
447.5
199.3
214.6
537.0
1569
584.7
634.2
1475
223.8
246.3
268.5
292.4
1807
492.6
1807
1679
1475
229.7
244.2
1393
317.1
1393
258.4
1807
1679
1569
1475
1393
1322
1260
1204
342.8
369.4
397.2
272.3
285.8
1154
427.0
1322
1260
1204
1154
1071
489.9
1071
1002
946.1
899.1
249.4
418.8
220.4
209.4
220.4
435.8
195.1
217.9
195.1
1443
1632
1847
899.1
859.6
826.0
721.5
816.0
923.2
451.5
465.8
479.0
490.4
511.7
172.9
152.5
136.4
121.2
95.9
225.7
232.9
172.9
152.5
136.4
121.2
2083
2344
2670
2970
7973
1042
1335
1485
95.9
3753
772.8
751.7
733.3
703.6
528.8
76.0
264.4
76.0
4737
542.7
603
603
554.1
563.0
570.6
37.99
30.16
271.4
277.0
281.0
5985
7550
9500
576.5
23.95
2883
581.1
585.1
588.1
18.98
290.6
292.5
294.1
11930
1172
859.6
826.0
797.3
772.8
51.8
68.8
85.9
102.7
119.2
298.6
333.0
371.7
4113
453.6
603.0
539.8
484.3
437.6
396.8
1091
361.2
329.9
498.3
545.5
595.5
618.5
704.5
361.2
329.9
822.0
907.2
359.1
1002
946.1
899.1
1788
201.3
804
2013
2080
2407
2773
173.1
1040
1204
1387
1598
173.1
1824
98.68
86.4
75.8
66.66
51.72
380.5
400.4
418.8
435.8
1071
859.6
826.0
3186
113.0
98.68
86.4
75.8
66.66
51.72
797.3
772.8
751.7
733.3
703.6
5400
6954
680.8
663.4
11370
7500
9480
624.4
576.5
11910
6193
6153
15000
612.1
581.1
585.1
588.1
542.7
563.2
570.6
649.7
639.2
630.9
624.4
6193
6153
612.1
149.6
129.8
3648
451.5
465.8
479.0
490.4
511.7
554.1
206
693.0
539.8
484.3
437.0
396.8
597.0
667.8
743.4
277.5
235.5
649.7
639.2
630.9
615.3
612.1
203.7
233.4
265.2
302.2
3775
23820
30000
883.7
771.2
678.7
1209
1025
883.7
771.2
678.7
175.5
1297
1529
528.8
15.11
148.8
297.6
351.0
407.8
466.8
530.4
3174
2316
1796
1452
1191
680.8
663.4
6193
1209
1025
155.4
1154
1877
624.4
2365
4918
3174
2310
1796
1452
312.0
336.1
2989
2369
2992
15000
18960
3021
2651
36.6
56.7
77.7
100.2
123.0
4918
996.6
680.8
663.4
649.7
639.2
630.9
23.95
18.98
3505
7143
1322
1260
1204
751.7
733.3
703.6
4750
5967
12766
10169
120.0
143.8
6363
17143
14.1
17.7
3021
2651
550.5
10.5
21.6
258.0
287.5
324.6
364.5
405.9
685.5
738.9
794.4
854.1
979.8
m
50000
26086
8333
69.7
87.7
106.2
1569
17143
12766
Ohms
10169
52.1
1679
262
21.0
0
3.6
6.9
R2
43.2
50.4
6950
5232
4195
3505
3505
m
50000
26086
R, Ohms
35.4
1043
4195
13.8
Ohms
600 Ohms
17230
10440
6950
5232
139.4
175.4
212.5
0
7.2
R2
R,
20920
343
17230
600 Ohms
R, Ohms
300
300.1
a
2
17.20
20.9
10440
1002
12.00
0
358
68.6
946.1
12.00
Ohms
14880
13100
11600
1119
15.11
R2
24.25
27.53
31.2
1273
2853
R, Ohms
14880
13100
11600
321.7
47.8
37.99
30.16
600 Ohms
20920
282.8
249.4
47.8
4
2
34.40
41.7
48.5
55.05
62.3
179.5
245.2
255.9
Ohms
m
100500
57380
34900
26100
1903
200.2
239.5
R2
0
3.60
6.85
10.28
13.80
oo
13.79
1448
1249
1109
987.6
886.8
Ohms
100500
57380
34900
26100
0.4
4.0
4.5
R2
0
6.82
3.5
R, Ohms
7.20
1032
2.5
3.0
600 Ohms
co
03
2.0
4
50204
26280
0.2
25.9
34.4
2
4166
4748
14472
18372
40.4
34.66
24.87
19.58
23286
15.46
29472
37200
47058
59400
12.21
8910
9.66
7.65
6.06
2083
2374
2700
3477
302.2
277.5
235.5
149.6
129.8
113.0
4455
5685
7236
40.4
31.66
9186
11643
19.58
15.46
14736
18630
12.21
23529
29700
7.05
6.06
24.87
9.66
INDEX
A
AC Surge Suppressors
Accessories - Transmission Line
AD -1B
ADC
ADVANCED MICRO -DYNAMICS
ALTRONIC RESEARCH
AM Monitors
AM Stereo Equipment
AM Stereo Exciter
AM Stereo Modulation Monitor
Amplifier - Distribution
Amplifiers - Audio Power
ANDREW
Antenna Accessories
Antenna Transmission Line
Antennas - FM
Antennas - STL
APHEX
181
192-198
69
77
166
178
145 -146
143 -146
143 -144
145 -146
69
72
192 -198
191
192 -198
182-190
173
153
AR -1
95
AS -10
145-146
ATLAS
75
Audio Consoles - Linear Fader
32-39
Audio Consoles - Modular
32-36
Audio Consoles - Rack Mount
60 -61
Audio Consoles - Rotary Fader
40 -61
Audio Patch Cords
77
Audio Patch Panels
77
Audio Processing
153/156 -159
Audio Step Generator
165
Audio Switchers
28
AUDIO TECHNICA
68
Audio Test System
165
AUDIOPAK
30
Auto Rewind - AR -1
95
Automation - Program
84-97
Automation - Recorders /Reproducers
97
Automation Source Equipment
97
AX-10
143-144
Series 5300C Three Deck
Series 5400C Three Deck
Series 5500C Five Deck
Remote Control Panels
Cartridge Storage Racks
Cartridges - Blank
Cartridges - Phono
Cassette Players/Recorders
Clocks and Timers
Coaxial Cable
Coaxial Switches
COMARK
Compact Disc Players
Connectors
Consoles - Linear Fader
Mix Trak 90
Model 105350A/10M350A
Consoles - Modular
Mix Trak 90
Consoles - Rack Mount
Model 4R50
Consoles - Rotary Fader
Model 4M50A, Four Mixer
Model 4S50A, Four Mixer
Model 5M150A, Five Mixer
Model 5S150A, Five Mixer
Model 5M250A, Five Mixer
Model 5S250A, Five Mixer
Model 8M150A, Eight Mixer
Model 85150A, Eight Mixer
Model 8M250A, Eight Mixer
Model 8S250A, Eight Mixer
Model 10M150A, Ten Mixer
Model 105150A, Ten Mixer
Model 10M250A, Ten Mixer
Model 10S250A, Ten Mixer
Control 16x
Controller, Automation
Controller - Dual Transmitter
Converters - AC Phase
CRL (Circuit Research Labs)
CROWN
B
BALD MOUNTAIN LABS
165
Band Pass Filters - RF
191
Band Reject Filters - RF
191
BELAR
155/160-161
BELDEN
75
BELP FM Antenna
186
BEMP FM Antenna
184-185
BESP FM Antenna
182-183
BETMS
66
BIRD
174 -177
Blank Tape
30
Booms - Microphone
75
Broadcast Facilities - Transportable
199
Bulk Erasers
29
C
Cabinets - Rack
Cable - Coaxial
Cable and Wire
CABLEWAVE
Carousel Cartridge Player
Cartridge Labels
Cartridge Machines
Phase Trak 90 Single Deck
Series 2100C Single Deck
Series 3000A Single Deck
Series 3400A Rack Mount
Series 3000A Delay Machines
21 -23
18 -20
24
28
Exciter
Exciter
=E
187-191
71
-
AM Stereo
-
FM
143-144
98 -100
31
30
67-68
82
71
192-198
180
180
81
77
32-36
37-39
32 -36
60-61
58 -59
56-57
53 -55
50-52
44-46
44-46
53-55
50-52
44-46
44-46
49
47-48
42 -43
40-41
84-86
84-92
140 -141
179
158
72
F
FA-2
FC-30
FD -2
141
102
Field Strength Meters
Filters - RF
FM Antenna Accessories
FM Antennas
FM Exciter
FM Exciter Switcher
FM Filters - RF
FM Isolation Transformers
FM Monitors
FM Stereo Generator
FM Transmitters
Model FM -100, 100 Watts
Model FM -100 M /A, 100 Watts
Model FM -250, 250 Watts
Model FM -250 M /A, 250 Watts
Model FM -300A, 300 Watts
Model FM -300 M /A, 300 Watts
Model FM -1.5A, 1,500 Watts
Model FM -3.5A, 3,500 Watts
Model FM -5A, 5,000 Watts
Model FM -10A, 10,000 Watts
Model FMD -10A, 10,000 Watts
Model FM -20A, 20,000 Watts
Model FM -30A, 30,000 Watts
Model FM -35A, 35,000 Watts
Model FM -60A, 60,000 Watts
Model FM -70A, 70,000 Watts
FM -601
FO -2
FS -30
Furniture
Decoders - EBS
164
Delay Cartridge Machines
17
Demagnetizers
29
DIELECTRIC
180/193-195
Digital Audio Recorder /Reproducer
25-26
Digital Audio Storage System
97
Diplexers - RF Notch
191
Distribution Amplifier
69
DM -20
DM -200
DM -40
DM -72
Dual Tone Generator - TG -2A
Dual Transmitter Controller
140-141
Dummy Loads
177-178
31
31
31
140-141
165
191
191
182 -190
98-100
142
191
191
160-162
101
135
136
133
134
131
132
128 -130
125 -127
122 -124
117-119
120 -121
114-116
110-113
106-109
103-105
103 -105
156-157
141
101
-
Studio
70
142
98-100
FW-30
FX-30
D
DV -2
ERI
ESE
1
G
Generator - Audio Tone
Generator - FM Stereo
Generator - PRO Channel
Generator - SAP Channel
Generator - SCA
Generator - TV Stereo
Go -Cart
GORMAN- REDLICH
165
101
152
151
102
147-150
97
164
31
94
25-26
H
Headphones
76
83
192 -198
75
193 -198
97
30
4 -9
10 -12
13 -17
16
17
E
EAGLE HILL
EBS Encoder /Decoder
Econo 16
ELECTRO IMPULSE
ELECTRO-VOICE
Elements - Wattmeter
Encoders - EBS
EP -1
Erasers
-
I
181
164
87-89
178
207
97
Intelog
Inter-City Relays (STL)
Isolation Transformers - FM
93
168-172
191
73/75 -76
175
164
65
29
Tape
IGM
J
Jacks
77
1
=E
INDEX
K
29
K20/B5
KAY INDUSTRIES
179
POTOMAC INSTRUMENTS
Preamplifiers - Phono
PRO Channel Generator
Processing - Audio
Program Automation
Program Logging - Intelog
Proof of Performance Equipment
165
65-66
152
153/156 -159
84 -97
93
165
L
L. J. SCULLY
Labels - Cartridge
LEA/DYNATECH
Lights - Warning
Live Assist Remote Control
Loads - RF
LS -200
LUXO
79/97
30
72
96
177-178
31
75
M
MARK ANTENNA
MARTI
173
168-169
97
MEI
Microphone Stands
Microphones
MICROPROBE ELECTRONICS
75
73 -74
97
32-36
Mix Trak 90
Mobile Broadcast Stations
Monitors - AM
Monitors - AM Stereo
Monitors - EBS
Monitors - FM
Monitors - RF Power
Monitors - SAP /PRO
Monitors - SCA
Monitors - TV Stereo
Monitors - Weather Broadcast
MOSELEY
Multiplexers - RF
MVDS
MVDS Remote Control
MYAT
199
145-146
145-146
164
160-162
175
163
161 -162
155/162 -163
164
170-171
191
137-138
139
193-195
N
Notch Diplexers - RF
Notch Filters - RF
191
191
o
ORBAN
159
80/97
OTARI
Output Switcher
-
Transmitter
141
P
Patch Cords
Patch Panels
PC -1
-
Audio
Phase Converter
Phase Trak 90 Playback
Phase Trak 90 Record /Playback
Phasemaster
Phono Cartridges
Phono Preamplifiers
Plugs
R
181
77
77
27
179
4 -6
7 -9
179
67-68
65 -66
77
Rack Cabinets
83
Racks - Cart Storage
31
Recorders - Cassette
82
Recorders - Digital
25-26
Recorders - Reel to Reel
78 -80/97
Recorders /Reproducers - Automation
97
Remote Broadcast Equipment
169
Remote Control - Automation
96
Remote Control - Cartridge Machines
28
Remote Control - Transmitter
139/166-167
REVOX
78/81 -82/97
RF Coaxial Switches
180
RF Load Resistors
177-178
RF Power Monitors
175
RM-100
RM -20H
RS -25
31
RUSLANG
70
31
31
S
SAP Channel Generator
SAP /PRO Monitors
151
163
90 -92
SAT-16
SCA Generator
SCA Monitors
SCALA
SCULLY
SENNHEISER
Series 2100C
Series 3000A
Series 5300C
Series 5400C
Series 5500C
Series 9000
SHURE
SMC (SONO -MAG)
Source Equipment - Automation
Speakers
STANTON
Stereo Exciter - AM
Stereo Generator - FM
Stereo Generator - TV
Stereo Simulators - TV
STL Antennas
STL Systems
Storage Racks - Cartridge
STUDER/REVOX
Studio Clocks/Timers
Studio Furniture
Studio Technologies
Studio Warning Lights
StudioTransmitter Links
Surge Suppressors
SW5E
SW5F
Switcher - FM Exciter
Switcher - Transmitter Output
208
102
161 -162
173
79/97
76
10 -12
13-17
21
-23
18 -20
24
4 -9
68/74 -75
97
97
76
67
143-144
101
147-150
154
173
168 -172
31
Switches - Coaxial
Synthesizers - TV Stereo
180
154
T
Tape
Tape
Tape
Tape
Tape
Tape
Blank
- Blank Cartridges
Demagnetizers
Erasers
Recorders/Players
Recorders/Players
30
30
29
29
82
-
-
Cassette
-
Reel to Reel
78 -80/97
29
82
29
155
Tape Winders
TASCAM
TD-1B
TELEMET
Telemetry Return Links
Telephone Interface - PC -1
Test Equipment
TFT
168/171
27
165
162 -163/167/172
94
TG -2A
Timers - Digital
Tone Arms
Tone Generator
TP -30
Transformers - FM Isolation
Transient Suppressors
Transmission Line
Transmission Line Accessories
Transmitters, FM
Model FM -100, 100 Watts
Model FM -100 M /A, 100 Watts
Model FM -250, 250 Watts
Model FM -250 M /A, 250 Watts
Model FM -300A, 300 Watts
Model FM -300 M /A, 300 Watts
Model FM -1.5A, 1,500 Watts
Model FM -3.5A, 3,500 Watts
Model FM -5A, 5,000 Watts
Model FM -10A, 10,000 Watts
Model FMD -10A, 10,000 Watts
Model FM -20A, 20,000 Watts
Model FM -30A, 30,000 Watts
Model FM -35A, 35,000 Watts
Model FM -60A, 60,000 Watts
Model FM -70A, 70,000 Watts
Transmitter Controller (Dual)
Transmitter Remote Control
Transmitter-Studio Links
Transportable Broadcast Stations
TS-30
TSL Systems
71
64
165
152
191
181
192 -198
192 -198
135
136
133
134
131
132
128 -130
125-127
122 -124
117-119
120-121
114 -116
110 -113
106 -109
103 -105
103 -105
140 -141
139/166 -167
168/171
199
151
168/171
Turntables
Model 12C
Model 12C2
Model 16C
TV Stereo Generator
TV Stereo Monitors
TV Stereo Synthesizers
TW-120
TZ -30
62
63
62
147-150
155/162-163
154
29
147-150
78/81 -82/97
71
70
154
72
168 -172
181
28
28
142
141
W
Warning Lights
Wattmeter Elements
Wattmeters - Rack Mounted
Wattmeters
Weather Broadcast Monitors
Winders - Tape
Wire and Cable
72
175
176
174 -176
164
29
75
9TM
PHASE TRAK
THE INTELLIGENT CARTRIDGE MACHINE
.. NOW THE INDUSTRY STANDARD!
.
E
o
BROADCAST
ELECTRONICS INC.
PHASE TRAK
UP
UN
i
FCTN
EXEC
90
rr
MIR
SPL
ERS
PRI
i
SEC
REC
F
FWD
STOP
TER
Model PT-90 Record /Playback
"FROM THE PEOPLE WHO KNOW RADIO"
START
THE INTELLIGENT CARTRIDGE MACHINE.
NOW THE INDUSTRY STANDARD!
With more standard features than any other cart machine
The Phase Trak 90 Record /Playback was designed to meet the most demanding production and
performance standards of today's broadcast professional. With such standard features as Tape
Analysis with a "Learn Mode" and Electronic Phase Correction, the Phase Trak 90 is changing
the standards of the industry.
Tape Analysis System with "Learn
Pressure Roller Cleaning Mode
Mode"
Electronic Non -encoding Phase
Correction*
Automatic /Manual Fast Forward
Automatic Audio Muting
Positive Search Splice Finder
Superior Audio Performance
Built -in Audio Switcher for Multiple
Machine Applications
Latest Technological Advancements
Backlit Front Panel Status Indicators
Selectable Three Level Control
Capability on microprocessor -based
functions: Normal, Learn and Manual
Reliable DC Servo Motor with Vari -Speed
Control
Built -in FSK Encoder
Optical Tape Level Sensing Tab for tapes
recorded at higher levels
Left & Right Channel LED Meters with
true VU ballistics for the meter section
Selectable Non -Encoded Noise
Reduction
Front Panel Cue Record & Erase
Controls
Non -Repeat Lockout
Cue Track Metering
Cart -Not -Cued Lockout
Front Panel Digitally Synthesized Tone
Oscillator facilitates maintenance
1
kHz Record Defeat
Newly designed, Air Damped Solenoid
Easy -to -read Digital Timer synchronized
to the motor speed for accurate tape
time readings
Four Playback Cue Circuits
-
Including
features electronic current regulation
Solid Die Cast Front Panel
Thick Aluminum Deck
an FSK decoder
Machined
True, Modular Slide -Out Assemblies
Full Remote Control Capability
1/2"
For more information contact Tim Bealor at Broadcast Electronics or your B.E. Distributor.
I=E BROADCAST
ELECTRONICS INC
4100 N. 24th ST., P.O. BOX 3606, QUINCY, IL 62305 -3606 U.S.A., PHONE (217) 224 -9600, TELEX 250142, FAX (217) 224 -9607
-S--
aco
O
Q
0'
4
y
=
v
0 3
Q°y
v c
m
OIG)n'O\
T
Qo
jcna
i
co
.
O
o o' o
cD
cc
ó
"Ó'
°
`'
°Q,
'ci'')
á
Ç
4 v
O
,
1
3
co
.
en
cD'
O
O
ó
ti
O
ñ
D
-1.
cc)
4
c
CB'
cn
Co
ÿ
cD
m
á
CiQ
1
O
C
`3'
Ç
11
QI-
CO
n
O
O
°
o
Ta
ß
C
L
V
c
3
E
y
o
Oa
ó
°
as_ ó
UC`
O°>
OwÉ
aE
C ó
7::-)
oZ
`ó
:_
m
co
c
V
°°°
3a
ó
°O
E E >
O >,...=
c
-o
E
O
Oyy
CO
C
2
O
a)
o
á
v
ßw
O
m
W
O .`
v.0
O
O
U
O
y
O
-0
15
ó
M O
u
O
EL OD
7
Ó
Ñ
V
Ñ
H
a,
áC x
-2
L.
V
Ó
v7c
0
°_t
FÉ
WO
°
F
N
_c
oW
rz
V/
W
o
.
\
U
Ça
2
.a
7
J
W
Ñ
-E
;Ts
3
a)
o
'°in
a)
O
O_
O_
a)
Ó
W
gNi
Ta
a1
I
C
çE-o0
rn
aï
'
d
.-.E
'>
mp
«.°v)
a5 c
a) ai
CeU
en
á
w
Ñ
C
E
Ú
C a)
-.E.
có
pÇ
Ti
°
m
m E
O)
<
>
a)
o
pN
3.0
O
(n
É
U
i«
ir X
U
a)
,
0 ea
>.
c
á°
O
oo
ro
Y
E
y 0
,acQ
d(i) O
oa
CEr o`0 D
Lcu)~ÑOO
F Ú~
Cl)
m
1-L-
X
ó
o E5
E3 ó °.
a3
Q
H3
ch
o
Ñ
Ñ
ú O
°c
+E
at
°
id
a)
O C
C
c_
>
°
N
C
11
áç _
C
7
C
cOi
uni
3L
ÿ
3
S'
a ..ó
.2.-
w
°ó..co
çó
p E
°o c
c
c.)
°= at
a
aai
O
L
Co
.ÿ
mc
m
ó.a
o
II
°Lm
C a) C)
O O O O
;ÑE¢o
m..
É
=
ász°OZ°
_ _
o°-o
LL
n2T° LI-F
°cÓ
E -E
O Ñ
CO
Ni
O_
°_
M
Lo
OO
>
O
cc
ao
° 2
._ ..
_óóOy°0a_ ìnìn
C_
L°° N O°
In
ÑE_o
iii
C O
Y
E
O
_,
ay
C 7-°tm
o
a61.iC
.0 C
o.<p
j_ Ç
EOC
n.
v) Ñ
E
ß
t5)1:130
CO
,92.)
y d o
dsEm
C
EJa
EN
4)
Ó
J O>
°°
.. O
d
,i)
c m a E'c
Ç
O
LO
c o
gÉdOo
-
O
LC
O p
a) O
O°p
°mL
E
L +
y
Lp ß
ta
E
O-
z
Ó
y=
E
C0)
u)
0
O
a)
J
O
N
ö° N
m
CU
LN
L rnL.ó)
N
ani
O
° y>
c
E N
ÿc ó
N
>
E
nLm
°)ñ
'_E-
2
_o --
l)
OD°
cu
EN
«
Ó
o
...
2
ÿ
O .+
E
a LV) wO
O
7
O
o
C0
3
E
t4
c
O
'..
0
O 0
d¢ m° 7É
L
Ci
` OrOvy
m
m
ÿ y óÿ
cc
E
a°
a
Ó
c
3ao 3
EN
O E
y-X
r 0r 0
a
K
O
aóc°v m° É
O C
' Ñ Ñ°
u) a)
.+
EoO(n
O
2W
E N
O N
ç
ói
4 N N
E0x3
m
C
E3
E
J>
co co
"c'
m
3
V)
E
.-
nC °
O
m
L
:c9 m
°n
C-°
nO
°
L°
.LO
LOL
'
CO RI
y>
c_
O
cO
`i
m
a)
O
jc°vÇCm7mÉ.ó7dEL°cÓ,3çó
ó @"
3
E
'a
o
cil
a)
ó0°NO yy-ús=O Ñ É +r o ` áó-c'ç
io
0.-0.c
ompt0`cü
c
3
~
7
c
¡
Co
ia
O
C
N a)
a)=
a
O O
[C:
a
U
o.Yr..
N
7
.CO
2
E
cci
e85
áEáz2á
X°rncQOian
°ÿ
2
Y¢EáE
25 Y
° n
a«Éc>,ór
F-
o
2> 2W
ÿi
ó
Ñ
O
O C
O
Ó
r
E
73
a
c
íL-
Y
.aN
O_N
ccai2
J 7 á L C`yj
Ó
C
O C 0)
O°
C
w
``
L
J 2o
Ú7 óZ U
i CO
noL o A8 o
Y É
CC 6
m
a)
OCï
t.
C
°
U
C
Ex c^
Ó=
vÏ >
,i U
a-o C Cn- OC
o-07:575.`='-`"0
o
cO.fl o
w Ó
c
`
a3
y Eß
)
ó
YCn
g.Q
c
OXia o`Cm
óy, '>-m
m
N
C
O
07)C...
E
c
au)
_co
ON
O
LO
070
a)
N Ú.0
fA + O
a)= L O2
y
Ó
d y Ó
0 O N OC7
3
71>
0'
o. 0
O
C
O
m
A
a
ci
O. Ñ
a)cvL Ñ
Ç
O
CC
3
O
F
^
76>
O
y
ó0?x-O
N
o
c»
00
ln
-'o
rn á
O
0
C
0i co
cóai2^)3
1] J 7= C(yj
C
p
a0w-I
LO)
Ól
y y
0
; r
Ú
-
N
C
O
c
.Na
a)
rn
°
°-°0¢ T°2
ai
ó
...ci
O
r
E
.çL aO'
0.0,E
aC,_mÿE
cLc_E
c03 a)_
` d C> ti Nd
co
OÑ d O
a)
-O
co
4+
Ñ
C
R
a)
co
N
90-+Lc
2 V
C
daa
O CÓ
c30 C
rno3°
a) T
N
U
C
oR)Y
0
2
iöro
m
O
ri
m
ä)ñro°
C>
w
C
w
J
`°n
Ñ Ú
N
o
Q
Cl
rn
ór °,LL
«S
ca
w
O
a)
O
O
()
T
óco
o h N
Ñ _off
+
>
ÿ lg.
>. O
0 O> C
~
ONÓ
O. O
..
a`°>°',>°
-
-RS`.n
O
=
L
o&
n
a)
m
W
O C N
`0
U
cc
ce
C
W
y
0
.O
Q
ó
d` á ñY
«Ó ? N
y a) U S C a)
c Co O >+
o
.T. C2 c
o
o
m
N
a O
M
O
o
Ñ2
-to
LO
03L
"- ó
.c 0.
cu_
c
Ú
fn
a
á)
NC
Y
7
rCd°áEOßÚÿ
!0
óV á
a
3
J á R Oa
> p
C
C
N
L
uómroXCo
N«L
d
02
ÿL
a)
Ó
EÉ`oQ
ti c óa°Fy.
a'V aA
y
Ói
aCOLÇ
Ó4.
cNV
ooa.... ov
ó
Ea
Ñ O
0
p
áE w°°°E
°
>
E
6_
L
mÉ
co
w
C
ó
En a)
t
m
V
al
°C7mC
0 3
n)
co
0
OE+Y
O
13§70
u)
t
-o 2Ng
o
c
E
a«
t
amt
C
co
C
ui
co -.2
_N
w m
W
a
..-E
;Fs_
ß
t0 O Z
O O
ÿ.ç
Q
Lxrn3
ó É
o °
ó c
O
>
E
O
E
E
ÿWca
oL
O m
.92
a)a)
-c>
C
L_
L
O
á Om
°[L
W
o
o
E O
8.4-''
O
°m>
n
E
p3
8
tEO
O
N O y
QC
Ó1
.135-
.L-.
E O
O
Ú
Ñ Ú
c0
O
áy
c
JC°in
-o m L
c)
a
á
u)
O°
yai
p
U
C
3o
áQ
v°,
E
ó
O
E á)
Ñ
ç
OÚa)
y OL
C O
>
_
ao
ui
C
O m
Ñ
O
3
3
O
O
E
LL
fC
Ú
O
O
N
O
O
Ç
y
7
°
00
O
y
.
fl.
Ñ
Q
u1 c
ó
ó
7
0 E
-soma,.
L
E E
o
O
L
BROADCAST ELECTRONICS, INC.
DPL-105A
Equipment Price List
(Domestic - U.S.A.)
EFFECTIVE November 1, 1988
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROGRAM AUTOMATION EQUIPMENT
AUDIO CONSOLES
MixTrak 90 Modular Console
350A, Slider Console
250A, Rotary Step Attenuator Console
150A, Rotary Pot Console
50A, Mono & Stereo
Rack Mount Audio Console
Spare P.C. Boards & Modules
Spare Parts Kits for Audio Consoles
SAT-16
25
25
25
AUTOMATION ACCESSORIES
TG -2 Dual Tone Generator
AR-1 Auto Rewind
Remote Live Assist
FIELD SERVICE
25
25
25
26
11
CONTROL 16 -X
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
ECONO -16
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
FM ACCESSORIES
FX-30 Exciter
FS-30 Stereo Generator
FC -30 SCA Generator
MVDS & MVDS Remote Control
FW-30 Exciter Switcher
FD-2/F0-2/FA -2 Switcher /Controllers
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS
FM -70 & FM -60A
FM -40A
FM -3M
FM -30A
FM -20A
FM -10A & FM -10M/A
FM -5A & FM -5M /A
FM -3.5A & FM- 3.5M /A
FM -1.5A & FM- 1.5M /A
FM - & FM-iM /A
FM-300A
0A & FM-300M/A
FM -250Á & FM- 250M /A
FM -100A & FM- 100M/A
AM STEREO EQUIPMENT
TV STEREO EQUIPMENT
TV STEREO ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
TV STEREO PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
TV MONITORING EQUIPMENT
AUDIO PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
FM MONITORING EQUIPMENT
EBS MONITORS
PROOF OF PERFORMANCE EQUIPMENT
REMOTE CONTROL EQUIPMENT
STL EQUIPMENT
STL ANTENNAS
WATTMETERS
1%"
31/8"
41/16"
61/8"
Wattmeter Accessories
RF (DUMMY) LOADS
AC ROTARY PHASE CONVERTERS
AC SURGE SUPPRESSORS
COAXIAL SWITCHES
FM ANTENNAS
BESP
BEMP
BELP
ERI -1100
ERI -1105
ERI -200
ERI Accessories
TRANSMISSION LINES
Foam Dielectric 1/2" & 7/8"
Foam Dielectric U/4" & 1%"
Rigid 1%"
Rigid 31/8"
Rigid 41A"
Air Dielectric 7/8"
Air Dielectric 15/8"
Air Dielectric 3 ", 4" & 5"
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
I=E BROADCAST
ELECTRONICS INC
27
27
27
34
34
34
27
28
28
29
29
30
31
31
32
32
33
33
34
35
36
36
36
36
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
TURNTABLE PRODUCTS
TONEARMS
PREAMPLIFIERS
TURNTABLE REPLACEMENT PARTS
CARTRIDGES FOR TONEARMS
AUDIO DISTRIBUTION & MONITOR AMPLIFIERS
CONSOLE & TURNTABLE MOUNTING SUPPORTS
TIMERS
ON -AIR STUDIO LIGHTS
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIERS
BROADCAST & RECORDING MICROPHONES
MICROPHONE ACCESSORIES
SPEAKERS
HEADPHONES
WIRE & CABLE
PATCH PANELS, TERMINAL BLOCKS, CONNECTORS
REEL-TO -REEL TAPE RECORDERS /REPRODUCERS
COMPACT DISC PLAYERS
CASSETTE TAPE RECORDERS/REPRODUCERS
STUDIO & TRANSMITTER MOUNTING SUPPORTS
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
21
21
21
22
23
23
24
37
37
38
38
39
40
43
43
43
44
44
45
45
46
46
46
47
49
49
50
50
51
51
52
52
53
53
54
54
54
55
56
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
PhaseTrak, Single Deck
Series 2100C, Single Deck
Series 3000A, Single Deck
Series 5300C, Three Deck
Series 5400C, Single Deck
Series 5500C, Three Deck
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Spare Parts Kits
Spare P.C. Boards/Modules
Phase-Lok IV & V Head Brackets
Motors
Alignment Gauges
Pressure Rollers
DIGITAL SOURCE PRODUCTS
TELEPHONE INTERFACE SYSTEMS
CARTRIDGE MACHINE ACCESSORIES
Audio Switchers
Remote Control Panels
Tape Cartridge Winders
Demagnetizers & Erasers
CARTRIDGES FOR CARTRIDGE MACHINES
Audiopak Cartridges
Empty Cartridges
Specially Wound Cartridges
Replacement Parts for Cartridges
Cartridge Splicing Accessories
Test Cartridges
Cartridge Identification Labels
Cartridge Retainers
1
1
2
3
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
4100 N. 24TH STREET / PO. BOX 3606 / QUINCY, IL 62305
TELEX 250142 / FAX (217) 224 -9607 / CABLE "BROADCAST" / (217) 224-9600
I
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
ITRIDGE EQUIPMENT
TAPE
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
PHASE TRAK 90 TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(Long Life Head(s), three cue tones and fast forward standard)
4
6, 9
117/220 VAC 50 /60Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING, 7.5 IPS (3.75 & 15 IPS SELECTABLE)
PT90P
900 -9000 -000
Mono Playback, (A & AA Size Carts)
2495.00
A R
PT90PS
900-9002 -000
Stereo Playback, (A & AA Size Carts)
2795.00
A R
PT9ORPS
900-9003 -000
Stereo Record /Playback, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
3995.00
A R
Note: For 220
VAC
50Hz models, change last three digits of stock number to "300"
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Note: Factory options cannot be installed after equipment has been manufactured and shipped.
900-9016
Tape Timer, 4 Digit, Factory Installed
100.00
A
900 -9013
Rack Shelf for 19" EIA rack, 7.0" H.
200.00
A R
900 -9113
Rack Shelf for 19" EIA rack, 51/4" H.
150.00
A R
900 -9014
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
1/3
Rack, for 9013
30.00
A
900 -9015
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
1/2
Rack, for 9013
40.00
A
900 -9017
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
1/6
Rack, for 9013
30.00
A R
910 -9007
Test Extender PC Board
970 -0099
Tape Sensor Foil Tab Kit (package of 100)
900 -5409 -011
Mono Record Amplifier, with cues
1295.00
A R
900 -5410-011
Stereo Record Amplifier, with cues
1395.00
A R
970 -0087
Adapter Cable Kit for PT9OP/PS to 5409/5410 record amp
950 -0105
Extender Card, 50 pin, PT9O-P/PS
110.00
A R
950 -0106
Extender Card, 60 pin, PT9O-RPS
140.00
A
970 -0088
Record Head Connector kit for PT9OP /PS when used with
record amp
115.00
A R
597-9000
Service Manual for Phase Trak 90 (One manual shipped with
each unit)
50.00
C R
100.00
A
10.00
A
80.00
A
R
R
SERIES 2100C TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(A & AA Size Cartridges)
(Long Life Head(s) and two cue tones standard)
10
f0
12
117/220 VAC /60Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING
2100CP
900- 2110 -001
Mono Playback Only
1525.00
A R
2100CRP
900-2111 -001
Mono Record /Playback
2195.00
A R
2100CPS
900-2112 -001
Stereo Playback Only
1625.00
A R
2100CRPS
900-2113 -001
Stereo Record /Playback
2495.00
A R
2100CPA
900 -2114 -001
Mono Playback with Audition /Speaker
1750.00
A R
117/220 VAC/50Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING
2100CP
900- 2110-301
Mono Playback Only
1625.00
A R
2100CRP
900 -2111-301
Mono Record /Playback
2300.00
A R
2100CPS
900- 2112 -301
Stereo Playback Only
1725.00
A R
2100CRPS
900 -2113-301
Stereo Record /Playback
2600.00
A R
2100CPA
900- 2114 -301
Mono Playback with Audition /Speaker
1850.00
A R
100.00
A R
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Note: Factory options cannot be installed after equipment has been manufactured and shipped.
900-2013
Rack Mount Shelf for EIA 19" Rack 51/4" high
Holds up to three series 2100C
900 -2010
Top Cover for 2013 Shelf
45.00
A
900-2014
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
1/3
Rack for 2013 Shelf
26.00
A
900-2016
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
2/3
Rack for 2013 Shelf
38.00
A
919 -2100
Test Extender PC Board
75.00
A R
900 -2002
Adjustment for Equalization to IEC /CCIR, Mono, Factory Installed
N/C
900 -2003
Adjustment for Equalization to IEC /CCIR, Stereo, Factory Installed
N/C
1
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
I=E
SERIES 2100 TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES (CONT'D.)
N/C
900-2104
Adjustment for Equalization to NAB 1964
900-2009
Additional cost for Alternate 3.75 IPS, factory installed
597-2100 -001
Service Manual for Series 2100C (One manual shipped with
each unit)
Note: Accessory controls listed on page
500.00
30.00
A R
C
7
SERIES 3000A TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(Long Life Head(s), three cue tones and fast forward standard)
13
117VAC /60 Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (220VAC/60Hz available)
900 -3100 -001
Mono Playback Only, (A & AA Size Carts)
1900.00
A R
3100APS
900- 3102 -001
Stereo Playback Only, (A & AA Size Carts)
2050.00
A R
3200AP
900 -3200-001
Mono Playback Only, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
1925.00
A R
900 -3201 -001
Mono Record /Playback, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
2925.00
A R
900 -3202-001
Stereo Playback Only, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
2075.00
A R
900 -3203-001
Stereo Record /Playback, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
3275.00
A R
3100AP
3200ARP
3200APS
3200ARPS
16
13
16
15, 17
RACK MOUNTING
-
(A, AA, B, BB C & CC Size Carts)
2150.00
A R
3050.00
A R
Stereo Playback Only
2300.00
A R
Stereo Record /Playback
3425.00
A R
3400AP
900 -3400-001
Mono Playback Only
3400ARP
900 -3401 -001
Mono Record /Playback
3400APS
900 -3402-001
3400ARPS
900 -3403-001
a
220VAC /50Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (117VAC/50Hz available)
3100AP
900 -3100-301
Mono Playback Only, (A & AA Size Carts)
2000.00
A R
3100APS
900 -3102-301
Stereo Playback Only, (A & AA Size Carts)
2150.00
A R
3200AP
900 -3200 -301
Mono Playback Only, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
2025.00
A R
3200ARP
900 -3201 -301
Mono Record /Playback, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
3025.00
A R
3200APS
900 -3202 -301
Stereo Playback Only, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
2175.00
A R
3200ARPS
900 -3203 -301
Stereo Record /Playback, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
3375.00
A R
RACK MOUNTING
-
(A, AA, B, BB, C & CC Size Carts)
3400AP
900 -3400-301
Mono Playback Only
2250.00
A R
3400ARP
900 -3401 -301
Mono Record /Playback
3175.00
A R
3400APS
900 -3402 -301
Stereo Playback Only
2400.00
A R
3400ARPS
900 -3403 -301
Stereo Record /Playback
3525.00
A R
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Note: Factory options cannot be installed after equipment has been manufactured and shipped.
N/C
900 -3002
Adjustment of Equalization to IEC /CCIR, Mono
900 -3003
Adjustment of Equalization to IEC /CCIR, Stereo
900 -3004
Mono, Delay Programmer, For 3200 ARP and 3400 ARP, factory
kHz & 150 Hz cue tones and cannot be
installed, standard with
supplied with 8 kHz cue tone. Delay machines cannot be used for
stereo operation.
600.00
A R
900 -3009
Additional cost for Alternate 3.75 IPS, factory installed (fast forward
not available)
500.00
A R
900 -3013
Rack Mount Shelf for EIA 19" rack, 51/4" high
100.00
A R
900 -3010
Top Cover for 906 -3013 Shelf
45.00
A R
900 -3014
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
1/3
rack for 3013 shelf
25.00
A R
900 -3015
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
1/2
rack for 3013 shelf
25.00
A
919 -1504
Test Extender, P.C. Board
75.00
A R
597- 3000 -001
Service Manual for Series 3000A (One manual shipped with
each unit)
40.00
C
N/C
1
Note: Accessory controls listed on page
7
2
I=E TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
SERIES 5300C, THREE -DECK TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
(Long Life Head(s) standard)
21
21
117VAC /60Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (220VAC/60Hz Available)
5301C
900 -5301 -001
Mono Playback
3700.00
A R
5302C
900-5302 -011
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
3900.00
A R
5303C
900-5303 -001
Stereo Playback
4200.00
A R
5304C
900-5304 -011
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
4400.00
A
R
220VAC /50Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (117VAC /50Hz Available)
5301C
900 -5301 -301
Mono Playback
3800.00
A R
5302C
900- 5302-311
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
4000.00
A R
5303C
900 -5303-301
Stereo Playback
4300.00
A R
5304C
900 -5304 -311
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
4500.00
A R
A R
SERIES 5400C THREE -DECK TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(A & AA Size Carts)
(Long Life Head(s) Standard)
18
18
117VAC /60Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (220VAC/60Hz Available)
5401C
900- 5401 -001
Mono Playback
3800.00
5402C
900-5402 -011
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
4000.00
A R
5403C
900-5403 -001
Stereo Playback
4300.00
A R
5404C
900-5404 -011
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
4500.00
A R
220VAC /50Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (117VAC/50Hz Available)
5401C
900 -5401 -301
Mono Playback
3900.00
A R
5402C
900 -5402-311
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
4100.00
A R
5403C
900- 5403 -301
Stereo Playback
4400.00
A R
5404C
900 -5404-311
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
4600.00
A R
SERIES 5500C FIVE -DECK TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(A & AA Size Carts)
(Long Life Head(s) Standard)
24
24
117V/60Hz, TABLE TOP MOUNTING (220VAC/60Hz Available)
5501C
900 -5501 -001
Mono Playback
5200.00
B R
5502C
900-5502 -011
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
5400.00
B R
5503C
900-5503 -001
Stereo Playback
5700.00
B R
5504C
900-5504 -011
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
5900.00
B R
220V /50Hz, TABLE TOP MOUNTING (117VAC /50Hz Available)
5501C
900 -5501 -301
Mono Playback
5300.00
B R
5502C
900 -5502-311
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
5500.00
B R
5503C
900- 5503 -301
Stereo Playback
5800.00
B R
5504C
900-5504 -311
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
6000.00
B R
ACCESSORIES (FOR SERIES 5300, 5400 & 5500)
23
RECORDERS (Long Life Heads & Three Cue Tones Standard)
Series 5300 (For use with Series 5300 Playback Cartridge Machines)
5309C
900 -5309 -011
Recorder, Mono with Q Trip, 117VAC /60Hz
1250.00
A R
5310C
900 -5310 -011
Recorder, Stereo with Q Trip, 117VAC/60Hz
1350.00
A
5309C
900 -5309-311
Recorder, Mono with Q Trip, 220VAC /50Hz
1350.00
A R
5310C
900 -5310 -311
Recorder, Stereo with Q Trip, 220VAC /50Hz
1450.00
A
3
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
I
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
NET
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
CODE
ACCESSORIES (FOR SERIES 5300, 5400 & 5500) (CONT'D.)
RECORDERS (CONT'D.)
20, 24
Series 5400 (For use with Series 5300C, 5400C, 5500C Playback Cartridge Machines)
5409C
900-5409 -011
Recorder, Mono with Q Trip, 117VAC/60Hz
1295.00
A R
54100
900-5410 -011
Recorder, Stereo with Q Trip, 117VAC /60Hz
1395.00
A R
5409C
900-5409 -311
Recorder, Mono with Q Trip, 220VAC /50Hz
1395.00
A R
5410C
900- 5410 -311
Recorder, Stereo with Q Trip, 220VAC /50Hz
1495.00
A R
MOUNTING SUPPORTS
900-5406
Rack Shelf for 19" EIA Rack, 121/4" high for mounting
units, 5300 Series or (1) to (3), 5400 Series
900-5415
1/2
900-5408
1/3
900-5405
Four position cart storage rack for 5406 Rack Shelf
900-5407
Ten position cart storage rack for 5406 Rack Shelf
906-5506
Rack Shelf for 19" EIA Rack, 153/4" high for mounting
(3) units, 5500 Series
200.00
A
Rack Filler Panel for 5406 Shelf
40.00
A
Rack Filler Panel for 5406 Shelf
40.00
A R
175.00
A R
200.00
A R
210.00
A R
906 -5507
1/3
919 -1806
Test Extender P.C. Board
(1)
or (2)
(1) to
Rack Filler Panel for 5506 Shelf
20.00
A
80.00
A R
SERVICE MANUALS
Note: One manual is shipped with each unit.
To
order additional manuals, please order by part numbers listed below.
597 -5000-001
Service Manual for Series 5400C/5500C Cartridge Machine
597 -5300-001
Service Manual for Series 5300C Three -Deck Tape
Cartridge Machine
597 -5351 -001
597 -0097-001
50.00
60.00
C
Service Manual for Series 5309C/5310C Record Amp
30.00
C R
Service Manual for Series 5409C/5410C Record Amp
30.00
C R
C R
CARTRIDGE MACHINE REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS KITS FOR CARTRIDGE MACHINES
Note: Recommended Spare Parts Kits do not include HEADS, MOTORS, plug -in
These should be selected elsewhere in the price list.
P.C.
BOARDS AND MODULES.
970 -0091
Kit for Series 2100C
180.00
C R
970 -0092
Kit for Series 3000A
225.00
C R
970 -0093
Kit for Series 5000C
225.00
C R
970 -0107
Module level, light PCB Support Kit for PT-90P Mono
1675.00
C R
970 -0108
Module level, light PCB Support Kit for PT-90PS Stereo
1905.00
C R
970 -0111
Component Level, Light Support Kit for PT-90P/PS
76.00
C R
970 -0112
Component Level, Heavy Support Kit for
90P /PS
170.00
C R
970 -0110
Module level, heavy PCB Support Kit for PT-9ORPS
3160.00
C R
970 -0113
Semi -Conductor /Light Support Kit for PT-9ORPS
195.00
C R
970 -0114
Semi -Conductor /Heavy Support Kit for PT-9ORPS
425.00
C R
970 -0095
Semi -Conductor Kit for Series 5400 Record Amplifiers
100.00
C
PT-
SPARE P.C. BOARDS AND MODULES FOR AUDIO CARTRIDGE MACHINES
SERIES 2100C
914 -2100
Playback logic board for all mono Series 2100
165.00
C
914 -2101 -001
Record amp for mono 2100RP
295.00
C
914 -2103
Motherboard for all playback Series 2100
190.00
C
914 -2110
Playback logic board for stereo Series 2100
181.00
C
914-2111 -001
Record amp for stereo 2100RPS
337.00
C
914-2113
Motherboard for all Series 2100 record /play models
210.00
C
910 -2124
Amplifier board for 2100PA
130.00
C
4
CD
I
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
(k
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
CARTRIDGE MACHINE REPLACEMENT PARTS CONT'D.
SPARE P.C. BOARDS AND MODULES FOR AUDIO CARTRIDGE MACHINES (CONT'D.)
SERIES 3000A
914 -1531
Playback amp for mono models
183.00
C
910 -1049
Record amp for all mono record /play models
255.00
C R
914 -1513
Record /control for mono record /play models
168.00
C
914 -1571
Playback amp for stereo models
213.00
C
910 -1050
Record amp for all stereo record /play models
310.00
C R
914 -1533
Record /control for all stereo record /play models
174.00
C
914- 1535 -1
Power supply for all mono and stereo models
195.00
C
910 -0109
Control board with cues for all models
225.00
C R
910 -0108
Control board without cues for all models
105.00
C R
914 -1804
Motherboard assembly for Series 5300
255.00
C
910- 0091 -001
Motherboard assembly for Series 5400
200.00
C R
914 -1808
Motherboard assembly for Series 5500
380.00
C
914 -1809
Power supply for Series 5400 and Series 5500
130.00
C
910 -0092-001
Audio amp for all stereo models
195.00
C
910 -0092
Audio amp for all mono models
160.00
C
SERIES 5300C15400C15500C
SERIES 5309C/5310C, 5409C/5410C, 5509C/5510C
910 -1049 -001
Mono record amp bias PCB for 5309C
330.00
C
910 -1050 -001
Stereo record amp bias PCB for 5310C
390.00
C
910 -1820
Power Supply PCB for 5409C, 5410C, 5509C, 5510C
115.00
C R
914-1820
Power Supply for 5309C, 5310C
100.00
C R
914-1513
Record /control for mono recorder with cues, 5309C, 5409C, 5509C
168.00
C R
914-1533
Record /control for stereo recorder with cues, 5310C, 5410C, 5510C
185.00
C R
PHASE-TRAK 90
950-0033
Audio amp module for mono PT-90
315.00
C
950-0032 -001
Power supply module for PT-90
430.00
C
950-0035
Logic module for PT-90
520.00
C
910-9005
Motor control PCB for PT-90
275.00
C
950-0034
Audio amp module for stereo PT-90
545.00
C
910 -9003
Front Panel Status PC Board, w/o timer for Playback PT-90
120.00
C R
950-0101
CPU Board for PT-9ORPS
405.00
C R
950-0102
Record Bias Board for PT-9ORPS
375.00
C R
950-0104
Record Preamp for PT-9ORPS
375.00
C R
910-9011
Front Panel Board for Record /Playback PT-9ORPS
335.00
C R
HEAD BRACKETS
PHASE -LOK IV HEAD BRACKET (For Series 2100, 3000, 5300, 5400 & 5500)
952 -7721
For mounting one head with tape guides and hold down spring
(Head not included)
48.00
C R
952-7722
For mounting two heads with tape guides and hold down spring
(Heads not included)
77.00
C R
PHASE -LOK V HEAD BRACKET ASSEMBLY (For Series 2100C, 3000A, 5300C, 5400C, 5500C & PT-90)
950-0302
For mounting two heads with tape guide (Heads not included)
130.00
C R
970-0097
Head Bracket Kit, Playback Mono, includes Phase-Lok V Head
Box, Tape Guides, Dummy Record Head, 250 -0006 Mono Playback
Long Life Flat Response Head, Factory Tested
345.00
C R
970-0098
Head Bracket Kit, Playback Stereo, includes Phase -Lok V Head
Box, Tape Guides, Dummy Record Head, 250-0007 Stereo
Playback Long Life Flat Response Head, Factory Tested
360.00
C R
5
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
=E
I
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
CARTRIDGE MACHINE REPLACEMENT PARTS CONT'D.
PLAYBACK AND RECORD HEADS
STANDARD LIFE FOR SERIES 300, 400, 500, 600, 1000, 2000
DM1B
252 -0001
Mono Playback Head
55.00
C R
DM2RB
252 -0003
Mono Record Head
55.00
C R
DM3RB
253 -0001
Stereo Record Head
95.00
C R
D1SA
253 -0002
Stereo Playback Head
95.00
C R
DL2C
259 -0005
Mono Erase /Record Head
300.00
C
LONG LIFE, FLAT RESPONSE FOR SERIES 2100C, 3000A, 5300C, 5400C, 5500C, PT-90
250 -0006
Mono Playback Head
95.00
C R
250 -0007
Stereo Playback Head
110.00
C R
252 -0018
Mono Record Head
60.00
C R
253 -0015
Stereo Record Head
110.00
C R
407 -0001
Dummy Head
252 -0009
Mono Erase/Record Head for delay machines
7.00
C
300.00
C
335.00
C R
MAXTRAK FOR PHASE-TRAK 90
250-0020
Stereo Playback, Maxtrak Format, factory installed
MOTORS FOR CARTRIDGE MACHINES
DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS
950 -2070-001
For Series 2100, single speed, 117V/60Hz
350.00
C R
950 -2080 -001
For Series 2100, single speed, 220V/50Hz
400.00
C R
950 -2070
For Series 3000/4000, dual speed, 117V/60Hz
375.00
C R
950 -1000
For Series 3000/4000, single speed, 117V/60Hz
350.00
C R
950 -2080
For Series 3000/4000, single or dual speed, 220/50Hz
375.00
C R
950 -1311
For Series 5300 & 5400, single speed, 117V/60Hz
550.00
C R
950 -1371
For Series 5300 & 5400, single speed, 220V/50Hz
600.00
C R
950-1511
For Series 5500, single speed, 117V /60Hz
750.00
C R
950-1571
For Series 5500, single speed, 220V/50Hz
800.00
C R
954-0013
For Series 1070, single speed, 117V/60Hz
500.00
C R
For Series 400/500/2000, single speed, 117V/50/60Hz
205.00
C
For Series 400/500/2000, single speed, 220V/50Hz
315.00
C
For Series 605C/610, single speed, 117V/50/60Hz
425.00
C
For PT-90, multi- speed, 117/220V- 50 /60Hz
420.00
C
25.00
C
7.00
C
INDIRECT DRIVE MOTORS
970-1052
384-1054
384-0645 -001
DC SERVO MOTORS
950-0037
CARTRIDGE MACHINE ALIGNMENT GAUGES
970 -0102
Head and tape alignment gauge, for Series 2100C, 3000A,
& PT-90
970 -0103
Pressure roller to capstan alignment gauge for Series 2100C,
3000A & PT-90
970 -0104
Pressure roller to capstan gauge for Series 5000C
10.00
C R
970 -0105
Head and tape alignment gauge for Series 5000C
35.00
C R
710 -0132
Cut away test cartridge for head alignment
40.00
C
PRESSURE ROLLERS FOR CARTRIDGE MACHINES
830-0014
Pressure Roller Kit for Series 2100, 3000, 4000, 5000 including
washer and E ring
14.00
C R
970-0101
Pressure Roller Kit for Series 2100C, 3000A, 5000C & PT-90
15.00
C
6
1
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
MODEL
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
DIGITAL SOURCE PRODUCTS
25
DV-2A
900 -1000 -001
Solid State Recorder /Reproducer
3295.00
900 -1000-301
Solid State Recorder /Reproducer, 220VAC, 50Hz
3295.00
B R
970 -0096
Spare Parts Kit
350.00
C R
597-0110
Service Manual for DV- 2/DV-2A (One manual shipped with each
40.00
C R
225.00
A R
unit)
B R
STUDIO AND CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES
INTERFACE SYSTEMS
27
FOR USE WITH BROADCAST QUALITY TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
PC-1
TC-4
28
28
29
900-0010
Coupler for Series 2100, 3000, 5000 & PT90 cart machines, for use
with Telco systems
597-0047
Service manual for PC -1 (one manual shipped with each unit)
7.00
C R
290-0404
Automatic counter for use with Telco systems
200.00
C R
AUDIO SWITCHERS
SW5E
904 -5000
Audio Switcher for all cartridge machines,
1
to 3 decks
250.00
B
SW5F
904 -5001
Audio Switcher for all cartridge machines,
1
to 5 decks
295.00
B
SW5E /F
597 -5350
Service Manual for SW5E /F (one manual shipped with each unit)
15.00
CR
REMOTE CONTROL PANELS FOR CARTRIDGE MACHINES
RC3000
906-3016
Remote Control Panel, Start for
125.00
B
RC3000
906-3019
Remote Control Panel, Single Record/Playback
125.00
B
RC3000
906-3020
Remote Control Panel, Single Playback (with cue tones)
125.00
B
RC3000
906-3021
Remote Control Panel, Single Playback (without cue tones)
85.00
B
RC3000
906-3028
Remote Control Panel with start/stop and fast forward switches for
Series 3000A
250.00
B
RC5300
927-0047
Remote Control Panel for Series 5300Á/B /C
135.00
B
RC5300
927-0048
Remote Control Panel for Series 5300A/B/C with Companion
Record Amplifier
195.00
B
BE-210
907-2115-001
Remote Control Panel for Series 2100C
250.00
B R
5
Units
CARTRIDGE WINDERS
TW -120
900 -0100
Tape Cartridge Winder, 117V, 50/60Hz
395.00
B R
TW -240
900 -0200
Tape Cartridge Winder
445.00
B R
597-0120
Service Manual for TW120/240
15.00
C
449 -0023 -001
Adapter hub for Fidelipac Mastercart Cartridge
39.00
C R
467-0111
Adapter hub for 3M Scotchcart Cartridge
35.00
C R
449 -0023 -2
Adapter hub for Audiopak
26.00
B R
449 -0023 -1
Adapter hub for Aristocart
56.00
B R
449 -0023
Adapter hub for Fidelipac 300, 600, 1200
11.00
B R
,
220V, 50Hz
7
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
NET
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
CODE
STUDIO AND CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES (CONT'D.)
29
DEMAGNETIZERS AND ERASERS
200-3T
820-0200
Momag Bulk Tape Eraser, hand held 115V, 50 /60Hz
115.00
220-3T
820-0220
Momag Bulk Tape Eraser, hand held 220V, 50 /60Hz
125.00
B
TD1B
820-0300
Audiolab Bulk Tape Eraser, heavy duty, table top, 115V, 50/60Hz
125.00
C R
TD1BF
820-0301
Audiolab Bulk Tape Eraser, heavy duty, table top, 220V, 50/60Hz
136.00
C R
597-0029
Service Manual for TD1B
K20/115S
800-3000
Annis Standard Han -D -Kit. Pocket Magnetometer, test strips and
clip on extension probe and Han -D -Mag demagnetizer, 115V,
50/60 Hz
K25/115S
800-3001
Annis Deluxe Han -D-Kit, same as above, except with larger
Model 25 jewelled demagnetizer, 115V, 50/60Hz
F-380
800-3002
Nortronics Carbide Head Degausser,
P
30
3.00
117V,
60Hz only
B
C
62.00
C R
104.00
C R
41.00
B
AUDIOPAK CARTRIDGES A2, AA3, AA4 SERIES LOADED CARTRIDGES (AT 7.5 IPS)
A2 Series, A Size
Group
1
Group 2
Group 3
Seconds (6.5')
800-1006
10
800-1013
20 Seconds (13')
800 -1022
35 Seconds (22')
800-1025
40 Seconds (25')
800 -1041
65 Seconds (41')
800 -1044
70 Seconds (44')
800 -1057
90 Seconds (57')
800 -1063
100 Seconds (63')
800-1088
140 Seconds (88')
800 -1094
2.5 Minutes (94')
800 -1113
3.0 Minutes (113')
800 -1132
3.5 Minutes (132')
800 -1150
4.0 Minutes (150')
800 -1169
4.5 Minutes (169')
800-1118
5.0 Minutes (188')
800-1207
5.5 Minutes (207')
800-1282
7.5
800-1319
8.5 Minutes (319')
800 -1394
10.5
4.50
A R
5.00
A R
5.70
A R
5.80
A R
6.50
A R
Minutes (282')
Minutes (394')
AA -3 SERIES (HOLN), AA SIZE
Group
1
Group 2
Seconds (6.5')
800-3006
10
800 -3013
20 Seconds (13')
800 -3022
35 Seconds (22')
800 -3025
40 Seconds (25')
800 -3041
65 Seconds (41')
800 -3044
70 Seconds (44')
800-3057
90 Seconds (57')
800-3063
100 Seconds (63')
800 -3088
140 Seconds (88')
800 -3094
2.5 Minutes (94')
800 -3113
3.0 Minutes (113')
800 -3132
3.5
800 -3150
4.0 Minutes (150')
800 -3169
4.5 Minutes (169')
Minutes (132')
8
(k,
I=E TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
STUDIO AND CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES (CONT'D.)
AA -3 SERIES (HOLN), AA SIZE (CONT'D.)
Group
3
800-3188
5.0 Minutes (188')
800-3207
5.5
800-1045
6.5 Minutes (244')
750
A R
6.40
A R
7.10
A R
8.60
A R
Minutes (207')
800-3282
7.5
800-3319
8.5 Minutes (319')
800 -3394
10.5 Minutes (394')
Minutes (282')
AA -4 SERIES (HOLN), AA SIZE
Group
1
Group 2
Group 3
Seconds (6.5')
800 -1064
10
800 -1065
20 Seconds (13')
800 -1066
35 Seconds (22')
800 -1067
40 Seconds (25')
800 -1068
50 Seconds (32')
800 -1069
65 Seconds (41')
800 -1070
70 Seconds (44')
800 -1071
90 Seconds (57')
800 -1072
100 Seconds (63')
800-1073
140 Seconds (88')
800-1074
2.5 Minutes (94')
800-1075
3.0 Minutes (113')
800-1076
3.5 Minutes (132')
800 -1077
4.0 Minutes (150')
800 -1078
4.5 Minutes (169')
800-1079
5.0 Minutes (188')
800-1080
5.5 Minutes (207')
800-1081
6.0
Minutes (225')
800-1082
6.5
Minutes (244')
800-1083
7.5
Minutes (282')
800 -1084
8.5 Minutes (319')
800 -1085
9.5 Minutes (357')
800 -1086
10.5
Minutes (394')
Note: 5% discount on quantities of 96 or more cartridges, one type or mixed in multiples of
24.
Minimum order of 24 of each type.
EMPTY CARTRIDGES
800 -1000
A2 Series, A Size Unloaded Cartridge
4.00
A R
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR CARTRIDGES
(Price is for package of 100)
800-1024
Pressure pad for AP, A2 Series
17.00
A R
800-1007
Front pressure pad for AP, AA3 Series
26.00
A R
800-1008
Side pressure pad for AP, AA3 Series
20.00
A R
10.00
20.00
B
B
10.00
B
SPECIALLY WOUND CARTRIDGES 300DL
800 -0004
6
800-3395
Specially wound delay cartridges under 20 seconds
(specify time desired)
800 -0019
30 second delay cartridge
Seconds Delay Cartridge for use with delay machines
9
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
I=E
STUDIO AND CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES (CONT'D.)
CARTRIDGE SPLICING ACCESSORIES
30
3.00
3M
800-4003
Mylar Splicing Tape
QM-311
809-0009
Nortronics
26-048
800-4004
Benjamin Professional "Gibson Girl" Splicer
017
808-0013
Audiopak lubricated tape, 7" x 1800' reel (for cartridges)
3M
800-1049
Scotch reel-to -reel
1/4"
(7/32"
x 66')
35.00
splicing block
1/4
",
1
1/4"
mil polyester, low noise, on 2500 HPB
125.00
B R
B
B
16.00
A R
35.00
B
75.00
C R
TEST CARTRIDGES (7.5 IPS)
STL- C0031 -AF 808-0004
Reproduce alignment test cartridge, frequency response, distortion,
3180 -50 microsecond, NAB mono /stereo compatible, NAB 1965
Standard
STL-0234-2-AF 808-0005
Reproduce Alignment test cartridge, level, CCIR -IEC
75.00
C R
STL-X-1235-AF 808-0008
Wow & flutter test cartridge, 3150 Hz, mono or stereo, NAB
70.00
C R
STL-L0095-AF 800-1095
Cue tone calibration cartridge, NAB
75.00
C R
STL-00034-2-AF 800-1005
Reproduce alignment test cartridge, NAB76, stereo
80.00
C R
STL-00034-1-AF 800-1005-001
Reproduce alignment test cartridge, NAB76, mono
85.00
C R
Note: 3.75 IPS test cartridges and single cue tones (75 IPS) test cartridges are available on request.
30
CARTRIDGE IDENTIFICATION UNITS
(8 per sheet)
834-0000
31
.15
B
Black
834 -0001
Brown
834 -0002
Red
834 -0003
Orange
834 -0004
Yellow
834 -0005
Green
834 -0006
Blue
834 -0007
Purple
Price Per Sheet
MINIMUM ORDER 100 SHEETS
SPECIFY COLOR BY PART NUMBER
CARTRIDGE RETAINERS
R M20H -001
818- 0020 -001
Stores 20, A size cartridges, rack mounting (51/4" high)
95.00
B
RS25
816 -0025
Wire Storage Unit, holds 25 A size cartridges
45.00
B
RM100
810 -0100
Wall mounting, formica covered, holds 100 A size cartridges
125.00
B
DM20
812 -0655
Wall or table mounting; walnut storage unit holds 20 A size
25.00
B
cartridges
DZ20
800-2000
Lazy susan, table top, wood /formica, holds 20 A size cartridges
45.00
B
DM40
812-0650
Table top lazy susan, walnut finish storage unit, holds 40 A size
35.00
B
cartridges
DM72
812-0072
Lazy susan module, formica covered for table top use, holds 72 A
size cartridges
150.00
B
DM200
812 -0200
As per above, holds 200 A size cartridges
200.00
B
LS200
814 -0200
Lazy susan wire unit, floor stand w /heavy duty casters, holds 200
A size cartridges
350.00
B
10
i=E AUDIO CONSOLES
CATA LOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
MIX -TRAK 90 MODULAR CONSOLE
(For On -Air Use)
32
CONSOLE MAINFRAMES*
MT90 -12
901 -9012
12 input mixer mainframe with 4 VU meters (2 program and
and 2 utility) and 8 accessory module slots
6,30000
P B R
MT90 -18
901 -9018
18 input mixer mainframe with 6 VU meters (2 program, 2 audition
and 2 utility) and 8 accessory module slots.
7.500.00
P B R
635.00
PB R
105.00
P B R
665.00
P B R
* Mainframe includes:
(2) 911 -0016 stereo line output cards for program and audition
(1) 951 -0027 control room monitor/headphone module
(1) 911 -0065
(1) 951 -0006
(1) 951 -0037
(2) 941 -0016
(1) 941 -0017
(1) 971 -0024
(1) 971 -9000
cue speaker/headphone amplifier card
power supply module, 115/230VAC, 50/60Hz, with
phantom
installation connector kit
module extender cable, 40 pin
module extender cable, 50 pin
recommended basic spare parts kit
instruction manual
INPUT MODULES (17 ")
mono (17 ")
951 -0014
Mic input module
951 -0016
Mic input transformer option
951 -0015
Line input module
911 -0019
Remote control card (for use with either mic module or line
module)
145.00
P B R
911 -0020
Source remote control card (for use with line module)
165.00
P B R
Control room monitor module (17 ")
685.00
P B R
Studio/Talkback monitor module for 2 studios (17 ")
585.00
P B R
951 -0024
Mono output module
320.00
P B R
951 -0017
Tape (reel to reel) source remote switch module (81/2 ")
275.00
P B R
951 -0019
Cart source remote switch module
(81/2
219.00
P B R
951 -0018
Input expander module
out, stereo or mono
245.00
P B R
951 -0020
FSK data decoder module (81/2 ")
170.00
P B R
951 -0035
Timer control module (81/2 ")
265.00
P B R
951 -0021
Blank module
45.00
P B R
80.00
P B R
ACCESSORY MODULES (17" and
951 -0027
951
951
-0028
-0022
-
-
stereo (17 ")
81/a ")
(81/2
(81/2 ").
NOTE: Add VU meter.
- 8 in-
x
1
")
(81/2 ")
")
Blank module (17 ")
ACCESSORIES
951 -0030
Clock/Timer (meter bridge mount)
495.00
P B R
971 -0025
VU meter (meter bridge mount) (spare or mono output)
130.00
P B R
951 -0034
PPM Meter and Driver Board (meter bridge mount)
210.00
P B R
951 -0029
LED Dual Bargraph Meter (meter bridge mount in VU meter space)
240.00
P BR
911 -0016
Stereo line amp output card (mounts internal)
Note: Two included with mainframe for program and audition
busses. (Can accept two additional: one for mono bus and aux
bus 3, and one card for aux busses 1 and 2)
290.00
P B R
901-0023
Studio remote panel (to be located in remote studio) (81/2" x 2 ")
951 -0006
Power supply (rack mount 19" W x 71/4" H) with phantom
power included.
951 -0032
Power supply automatic switcher panel for redundant power
supply.
250.00
PB R
1,095.00
P B R
260.00
P B R
SPARE PARTS
941 -0016
40 pin extender cable assembly (spare)
95.00
P BR
941 -0017
50 pin extender cable assembly (spare)
120.00
PB R
911 -0065
Cue /headphone amplifier card (mounts internal) (spare)
190.00
P C R
911 -0062
Summing amplifier card (mounts internal) (spare)
330.00
P C R
951 -0036
Relay on air warning light (mounts external)
45.00
P C R
911 -0064
Power supply PC board with phantom power (spare)
81.00
P C R
971 -0024
Spare Parts Kit for MT-90
125.00
P C R
11
AUDIO CONSOLES
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
I
-E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
MIX-TRAK 90 MODULAR CONSOLE (CONT'D.)
SPARE PARTS (CONT'D.)
971 -0027
Spare Parts Kit, Component, Light, for MT-90
375.00
PCR
971 -0028
Spare Parts Kit, Component, Heavy, for MT-90
675.00
PCA
971 -0029
Spare Parts Kit, Board, Light
3720.00
971 -0030
Spare Parts Kit, Board, Heavy
6390.00
PCR
PCR
911 -0031
Meter switch PC board, spare
155.00
P C R
911 -0101
Monitor input amp PC board
205.00
951 -0038
Module mounting adapter
971 -0023
Installation kit for 12 channel (included with mainframe)
1040.00
PCR
PCR
PCR
971 -0026
Installation kit for 18 channel (included with mainframe)
60.00
1080.00
P C R
941 -0018
Prefabricated cable,
conductor
24.00
P C R
941 -0019
Prefabricated cable, 20 feet, 3 conductor
36.00
PCR
941 -0020
Prefabricated cable, 10 feet, 20
conductor
32.00
P C R
Prefabricated cable, 20 feet, 20 conductor
44.00
P C R
100.00
PCR
941 -0021
971 -9000
10 feet, 3
Technical manual for MT-90 (one supplied with each mainframe)
MIX TRAK 90 EXAMPLE
-
12 CHANNEL PACKAGE
Total
Model No./
Description
Part No.
Qty.
$6,300.00
MAINFRAME TOTAL
$6,300.00
@$635.00
665.00
145.00
165.00
$1,270.00
5,320.00
145.00
825.00
INPUT MODULES TOTAL
$7,560.00
@$585.00
@ 320.00
@ 275.00
@ 219.00
@ 245.00
$585.00
320.00
275.00
219.00
490.00
input mixer mainframe with
accessory module slots
951 -0014
951 -0015
Mic input module - mono (17 ")
Line Input Module - stereo (17 ")
Remote Control Card (for use with either mic module or line module)
2
Source Remote Control Card (for use with line module)
5
911 -0019
911 -0020
4 VU
951 -0028
951 -0024
951 -0017
951 -0019
951 -0018
951 -0020
951 -0035
951 -0021
951 -0022
Studio/Talkback monitor module for 2 studios (17 ")
Mono output module (81/2 ") Note: Add VU meter
Tape (reel to reel) source remote switch module (81/2 ")
Cart source remote switch module (81/2 ")
Input expander module - 8 in x 1 out, stereo or mono (81/2")
FSK Decoder Module (81/2")
Timer control module (81/2")
Blank module (81/2 ")
Blank module (17 ")
951 -0030
Clock/Timer (meter bridge mount)
971 -0025
VU Meter (meter bridge mount) (spare or mono output)
Stereo line output card (mounts internal) Note: Two included with
mainframe for program and audition busses. Can accept 2 additional:
one for mono buss and aux bus 3, and one card for aux busses 1 & 2
Studio Remote Panel (to be located in remote studio)
Relay on air warning light (mounts external of console)
911 -0016
901 -0023
951 -0036
8
1
1
1
1
1
2
$ 6,300.00
Mainframe Total
Input Modules Total
Accessory Modules Total
Accessories & Spares Total
7,560.00
2,529.00
1,545.00
TOTAL PRICE
12
$17,934.00
@
@
170.00
170.00
265.00
45.00
80.00
265.00
45.00
160.00
ACCESSORY MODULES TOTAL
$2,529.00
@$495.00
$495.00
@ 130.00
@ 290.00
580.00
250.00
45.00
250.00
90.00
ACCESSORIES TOTAL
$1,545.00
1
1
1
2
1
PRICE SUMMARY
Price
@$6,300.00
meters (2 program & 2 utility) & 8
MT90 -12
901 -9012
12
Price
1
2
@
@
@
@
1
Co
2
@
130.00
I
=E AUDIO CONSOLES
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
SERIES 350A SLIDER MIXER AUDIO CONSOLES
37
10M350A
901 -1051 -000
10- Mixer,
Slider- Fader, Dual -Channel, Mono
5295.00
A R
10S350A
901 -1050 -000
10- Mixer,
Slider- Fader, Dual- Channel, Stereo
6295.00
A R
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
918-3602
Mono Matrix PC Board for 10S350A
130.00
C R
838-0200
Additional cost for 230VAC/50Hz power source
100.00
A
597- 0013 -001
Service Manual for series 350 (One manual shipped with
each unit)
75.00
C
*SERIES 250A AUDIO CONSOLES
40
MONO
-
Dual Channel
5M250A
901- 0541 -000
5- Mixer, Deluxe, step type attenuators
2995.00
A R
8M250A
901- 0841 -000
8- Mixer, Deluxe, step type attenuators
3895.00
A R
10M250A
901 -1041 -000
10- Mixer, Deluxe,
4995.00
A R
STEREO
-
step type attenuators
Dual Channel
5S250A
901 -0540-000
5 -Mixer
Deluxe, step type attenuators
3895.00
A R
8S250A
901 -0840-000
8 -Mixer Deluxe, step type attenuators
4995.00
A R
10S250A
901 -1040-000
10 -Mixer
6095.00
A R
Deluxe, step type attenuators
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
918 -3602
Mono Matrix PC Board for 5S250A, 8S250A, 10S250A
130.00
C R
838 -0200
Additional cost for 230VAC/50Hz power source
100.00
A
597- 0018 -001
Service Manual for series 250. (One manual shipped with
each unit)
50.00
C
*Supplied with
3
muting relays
*SERIES 150A AUDIO CONSOLES
47
MONO
-
Dual Channel
5 M 150A
901- 0531 -000
5- Mixer, sealed pots
2595.00
A R
8 M 150A
901 -0831 -000
8- Mixer, sealed pots
3095.00
A R
10M150A
901 -1033 -000
10- Mixer,
4495.00
A R
STEREO
-
sealed pots
Dual Channel
5S150A
901 -0530 -000
5 -Mixer
Console, sealed pots
3095.00
A R
8S150A
901 -0830 -000
8 -Mixer Console, sealed pots
3795.00
A R
10S150A
901 -1032 -000
10 -Mixer
5395.00
A R
Console, sealed pots
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
971
-0021
Additional Muting Relay
30.00
C
838 -0200
Additional cost for 230VAC /50Hz Power Source
100.00
A
918 -3604
Line Amplifier for Stereo Audition Channel 5S150A and 8S150A
(2 required) for dual channel operation.
135.00
C
918 -3602
Mono Matrix PC Board for 5S150A and 8S150A
130.00
C R
597- 0011 -001
Service Manual for series 150 (One manual shipped with
each unit)
*Supplied with one muting relay
13
50.00
C
AUDIO CONSOLES I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
SERIES 50A CONSOLES
58
MONO
4M50A
56
901 -0450-000
4 -Mixer
1295.00
A R
A R
4M5OAR
901 -0451 -000
Rack Mount 4 -Mixer
1395.00
4M50AP
901- 0450-021
4 -Mixer with rear panel plug -in connectors
1495.00
A R
4S50A
901- 0452-000
4 -Mixer
2195.00
A
4S5OAR
901- 0453-000
Rack Mount 4 -Mixer
2295.00
A R
4S50AP
901 -0452-021
4 -Mixer with rear panel plug -in connectors
2395.00
A R
STEREO
R
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
838 -0201
Additional cost for 220VAC/50Hz power source, 4M50A
100.00
A
838 -0202
Additional cost for 220VAC /50Hz power source, 4S50A
100.00
A
901 -0002-001
Rear panel plug -in connector panel assembly for 4S50A
150.00
A
901- 0003 -001
Rear panel plug -in connector panel assembly for 4M50A
150.00
A
597-0450 -001
Service Manual for 4S50A (One manual shipped with each unit)
40.00
C R
597-0451 -001
Service Manual for 4M50A (One manual shipped with each unit)
40.00
C R
1695.00
A R
RACK MOUNT AUDIO CONSOLE
60
4R50
901 -2000-000
4 -Mixer Mono Rack Mount Console
903 -0018
Additional cost for 220VAC/50Hz power source
597-0453
Service Manual for 4R50 (One manual shipped with each unit)
100.00
A
40.00
C
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR AUDIO CONSOLES
i
SPARE P.C. BOARDS AND MODULES FOR AUDIO CONSOLES
SERIES 150/250 AND 350 CONSOLES
918 -3600
Mono Preamplifier Module
100.00
C
918 -3601
Stereo Preamplifier Module
125.00
C
918 -3602
Mono Matrix Card
130.00
C R
918 -3603
Stereo Monitor Amplifier Module for 5S150/8S150
115.00
C
918 -3604
Line Drive Amplifier Module
135.00
C
918 -3605
Mono Cue/Headphone Amplifier Module
110.00
C
918 -3606
Stereo Cue /Headphone Amplifier Module
120.00
C
918 -3709
Mono Monitor Amplifier Module
115.00
C
918 -4002
Power Supply Module, Series 350
215.00
C R
Power Supply Module, Series 150 & 250
140.00
C R
918 -7018
Cue -Intercom Module, Series 350
215.00
C R
918-3706
Stereo Cue Headphone Module, 10S250
145.00
C R
919-3000
PC Board Test Extender for 3600 Series PC Boards
75.00
C R
918 -4003
14
1
=E AUDIO CONSOLES
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR AUDIO CONSOLES
NET
CODE
(CONT'D.)
SERIES 4000 CONSOLES
918-3602
Mono Matrix Module
130.00
C R
918-3604
Program Line Amplifier Module
135.00
C
918 -3709
Mono Monitor Amplifier Module
115.00
C
918 -7018
Cue -Intercom Amplifier Module
215.00
C R
918-3510
Headphone Amplifier Module
85.00
C R
918-4100
Power Supply Module
190.00
C R
918-4111
Mono Mixing with muting module
360.00
C
918 -4131
Stereo Mixing with muting module
460.00
C
918 -4101
Mono Mixing without muting module
335.00
C R
918-4121
Stereo Mixing without muting module
435.00
C
918 -4102
Mono Remote Input Module
200.00
C R
918 -4112
Stereo Remote Input Module
260.00
C R
SPARE PARTS KITS FOR CONSOLES
SERIES 50
830 -0080
Kit for Model 4S50 Stereo Audio Console
375.00
C R
830 -0081
Kit for Model 4M50 Mono Audio Console
250.00
C R
971 -0022
Kit for Model 4R50 Audio Console
250.00
C R
830 -0083
Kit for Model 5M150 Mono Audio Console
415.00
C R
830 -0084
Kit for Model 5S150 Stereo Audio Console
365.00
C R
830-0085
Kit for Model 8M150 Mono Audio Console
420.00
C R
830-0086
Kit for Model 8S150 Stereo Audio Console
425.00
C R
830-0087
Kit for Model 5M250 Mono Audio Console
590.00
C R
830-0088
Kit for Model 5S250 Stereo Audio Console
680.00
C R
830-0089
Kit for Model 8M250 Mono Audio Console
580.00
C R
830-0090
Kit for Model 8S250 Stereo Audio Console
695.00
C R
-0090
Kit for Model 10M250 Mono Audio Console
755.00
C R
830-0126
Kit for Model 10S250 Stereo Audio Console
535.00
C
830-0091
Kit for Model 10M350 Mono Audio Console
755.00
C R
830-0092
Kit for Model 10S350 Stereo Audio Console
930.00
C R
830 -0093
Kit for Model ML-4000 Mono Audio Console
385.00
C R
830 -0094
Kit for Model SL-4100 Stereo Audio Console
420.00
C R
830 -0095
Kit for Model 980-4021 Mono Input Mix Module
220.00
C R
830 -0096
Kit for Model 980-4022 Stereo Input Mix Module
225.00
C R
SERIES 150
SERIES 250
971
SERIES 350
SERIES 4000
Note: RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS KITS FOR AUDIO CONSOLES DO NOT INCLUDE PLUG-IN PC BOARDS AND MODULES.
PLEASE SELECT THESE FROM SPARE PC BOARD SECTION OF THE PRICE LIST.
15
STUDIO EQUIPMENT I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
TURNTABLE PRODUCTS
62
63
62
TURNTABLES
-
12 ", 3 -Speed
-
-
NET
CODE
BE /REK -O -KUT
331/3, 45, 78
12C /U
902-0008
Undrilled, AC Motor, 117V /60Hz
415.00
A
12C/320
902-0009
Same as 902 -0008 except drilled for S -320
415.00
A
12C/0
902-0010
Same as 902 -0008 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
430.00
A
12C /U
902-0011
Undrilled, AC Motor, 220V/240V, 50Hz
430.00
A
12C/320
902-0012
Same as 902 -0011 except drilled for S -320
430.00
A
12C /O
902 -0013
Same as 902 -0011 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
445.00
A
12C /U
902-0001
Undrilled, AC Motor, 117V/50Hz
415.00
A
12C/320
902-0002
Same as 902 -0001 except drilled for S -320
415.00
A
12C /O
902 -0003
Same as 902 -0001 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
430.00
A
TURNTABLES
12 ", 2-Speed
and 45
-
331/3
12C2/U
902 -0063
2
speed, undrilled, AC Motor, 117V/60Hz
415.00
A
12C2/320
902-0064
Same as 902 -0063 except drilled for S -320
415.00
A
12C2 /O
902-0065
Same as 902 -0063 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
430.00
A
12C2/U
902-0066
Undrilled, AC Motor, 220/240V, 50Hz
430.00
A
12C2/320
902-0067
Same as 902 -0066 except drilled for S -320
430.00
A
12C2/O
902 -0068
Same as 902 -0066 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
445.00
A
TURNTABLES
-
-
16 ", 3 -Speed
-
331/3, 45, 78
16C /U
902-0069
Undrilled AC Motor, 117V/60Hz
795.00
A
16C/260
902 -0070
Same as 902-0069 except drilled for S -260
795.00
A
16C /O
902 -0071
Same as 902-0069 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
810.00
A
16C /U
902 -0073
Undrilled AC Motor, 220/240V, 50Hz
795.00
A
16C/260
902 -0074
Same as 902-0073 except drilled for S -260
795.00
A
16C /O
902 -0075
Same as 902 -0073 except drilled for other band tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
810.00
A
597 -0089
Service Manual for 12C/16C. (One manual is shipped with
each unit.)
10.00
C
B
Note
1: All turntables pain ted BE charcoal gray with black felt.
Note 2: For flat platter, no extra charge, specify and add -010 to part number
64
TONE ARMS
S -320
950 -0061
Rek -O -Kut 12" Tone Arm, Chrome plated
175.00
S -260
950 -0062
Rek -O -Kut 16" Tone Arm, Chrome plated
195.00
PS -20L
830 -0222
Headshell for S -320 and S260 Tone Arms
50.00
C R
597 -0017
Service Manual for S-320 /S -260.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
5.00
C R
16
B
I=E STUDIO EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
TURNTABLE PRODUCTS (CONT'D)
65
TURNTABLE PREAMPLIFIERS
EP -1
903 -0020
Equalized turntable preamplifier, RFI protected 117/220/240V,
50 /60Hz
395.00
A
EP -2
903-0021
Equalized turntable preamplifier, RFI protected, w /transformer
output, 117/220/240V, 50 /60Hz
415.00
A
973 -0010
Recommended spare parts kit for EP- /EP -2
120.00
C R
597-0083
Service Manual for EP-1 /EP -2.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
12.00
C R
1
BETMS -100
903-0100
Equalized turntable preamplifier
225.00
A
BETMS -200
903-0200
Equalized turntable preamplifier, with transformer output
295.00
A
827-0220
Additional cost for 220/240V power source
60.00
A
597 -1025
Service Manual for BETMS -100/200.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
6.00
C R
TURNTABLE REPLACEMENT PARTS
972-0007
Rec. spare parts kit for Series 12C Turntables
116.00
C R
972 -0008
Rec. spare parts kit for Series 16C Turntables
132.00
C R
972-0003
Motor and hanger kit for 12C, 220/240V, 50Hz
195.00
C
972-0005
Motor and hanger kit for 12C, 117V/60Hz
190.00
C
972 -0006
Motor and hanger kit for 12C, 117V/50Hz
200.00
C R
830-0047
Idler wheel kit for BE/QRK 12C, Galaxy II, 16C & 1271 Turntables
26.00
C
830-0210
Idler wheel kit for Rek -O -Kut B12H Turntables
72.00
C R
972-0218
Shock Mount Kit for QRK 12C Turntables
21.00
C
830 -0218
Shock Mount Kit for BE 12C Turntables
21.00
C R
830-0040
Idler wheel kit for Rek-O -Kut CVS-12 Turntables
22.00
C
830 -0207
Idler arm kit for QRK Galaxy Turntables
45.00
C R
830 -0216
Idler arm kit for QRK 12C & 1271 Turntables
44.00
C R
407 -0109
Black felt for 12C Turntable
6.00
C R
TURNTABLE TEST RECORDS
CTC -350
802 -1009
Turntable/Tone Arm test record
50.00
C R
NAB
802 -1001
NAB test record for turntables, stereo/mono, level, spot frequency,
rumble, wow and flutter, phase separation
25.00
C
CARTRIDGES FOR TONEARMS
67
SERIES P
500AL
821 -5000
Cartridge
D5107AL
821 -5001
Stylus for 500AL cartridge
500AMKII
802-1004
Cartridge
D5127
821 -6815
78 RPM Stylus for Series 500 cartridges
D5OAMKII
802 -1008
Replacement stylus for 500AMKII cartridge
D6071A
802-1011
Replacement stylus for 600A cartridge
680EL
802 -1016
Cartridge
56.00
B R
D6800EL
802 -1017
Replacement stylus for 680EL
18.00
B R
681SE
802 -1013
Cartridge
60.00
B
D6800SE
802 -1010
Replacement stylus for 681SE cartridge
24.00
B
.7 mil
.7 mil
(extra heavy duty) spherical stylus
spherical stylus
.7 mil, for
.7 mil
backcueing
elliptical stylus
17
18.00
B
8.00
B
16.00
B
12.00
B
8.00
13.00
B R
B
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
I
=E
PROFESSIONAL
NET
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
MODEL
CODE
TURNTABLE PRODUCTS (CONT`D)
68
CARTRIDGES FOR TONEARMS (CONT'D.)
SERIES S
49.00
B R
19.00
B R
Stereo broadcast cartridge with N44-7 spherical .7 mil stylus
55.00
B R
802 -1015
Cartridge,
.7 mil
68.00
B R
802 -1014
Cartridge,
.4 x
76.00
B R
SS78E
821 -0032
Stylus, elliptical for 78 RPM
24.00
B R
N44 -7
821 -4471
Replacement
25.00
B R
BC -70
800-1100
Broadcast Cartridge
90.00
B R
SS -70
800-1099
Replacement Styli (pkg. of 4) for BC -70
82.00
B R
ATP -1
821 -0051
Cartridge,
45.00
B
ATP -2
821 -0052
Cartridges, .4 x .7 elliptical
60.00
B
ATP -3
821 -0053
Cartridges,
80.00
B
ATP -N1
821
-0054
Replacement stylus for ATP -1
25.00
B
ATP -N2
821 -0055
Replacement stylus for ATP -2
35.00
B
ATP -N3
821 -0056
Replacement stylus for ATP -3
50.00
B
ATP -H
821 -0058
Replacement head shell
20.00
B R
SC35C
821 -4350
Professional broadcast cartridge
SS35C
821 -4352
Spherical stylus for SC35C
M44 -7
821 -4470
SC39B
SC39EJ
.7
spherical
.7 mil
elliptical
mil stylus for M44 -7
SERIES ATP
spherical
.6
.3 x
.7
nude elliptical
AUDIO DISTRIBUTION AND MONITOR AMPLIFIERS
69
AD1B
903 -0010
Audio D.A.;
1
in, 5 out, rack mounting, emitter follower output
650.00
A
AD1B/T
903 -0011
Audio D.A.;
1
in, 5 out, rack mounting, transformer outputs
825.00
A
AD1BX
903 -0012
5
Channel Extender for AD1B, rack mount, emitter follower output
650.00
A
AD1BX/T
903 -0013
5
Channel Extender for AD1B, rack mount, transformer output
625.00
A
BEM -10A
903-0001 -001
Monitor amp, 10 watt, in cabinet,
with rack adapter and mike jacks
200.00
A
830-0009
Recommended spare parts kit for AD1B D.A.
210.00
C R
903 -0018
Additional cost for 220VAC /50Hz Power Source, AD1B Series
100.00
AR
597-1200
Service Manual for AD1B. (One manual is
25.00
C R
597-1100
Service Manual for BEM -10A. (One manual is shipped with
each unit.)
117V,
50/60 Hz, 30 watts
shipped with each unit.)
7.00
C
CONSOLE AND TURNTABLE MOUNTING SUPPORTS
70
SERIES 80
-
(All Tops are Beige) (Specify if cutout for 12C Turntable is required)
SP -80 -S2
802 -2000
Single pedestal for one turntable, size 22" x 24" x 29" high,
21" front rack space
338.00
E R
DP -80 -S3
802 -2001
Double pedestal for two turntables, size 24" x 42" x 29" high,
21" front rack space
555.00
E R
BP- 80-S21
801 -2000
Blank front panel to fit rack space 19" x 21"
40.00
E R
CT-80 -S1
801 -2001
Console support, top size 32" x 96" with formica top and
2 sets console base panel supports, size 24" x 29" high
679.00
E R
VS -80 -S4
801 -2002
Vanity shield for console, 12" wide
37.00
E R
SB -1
830-0042
Shelf base for 12C turntable
55.00
B
Shelf base for 16C turntable
60.00
B
SB -3
821 -0047
18
1
=E STUDIO EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
CONSOLE AND TURNTABLE MOUNTING SUPPORTS (CONT'D.)
SERIES 4000
-
PTC
801-2003
Pedestal/Top /Center for consoles up to 43" wide
(Specify console cutout size & location desired.)
1,995.00
C R
PTC
801-2011
Pedestal/Top/Center for consoles over 43" wide
(Specify console cutout size & location desired.)
2,495.00
C R
URM
801-2004
Utility rack module
DTM
801-2005
Double turntable module (Specify turntable cutout)
STM
801-2006
CCP
(All Tops are Black)
499.00
C R
1,199.00
C R
Single turntable module (Specify turntable cutout)
699.00
C R
801-2007
Countertop cart pod
599.00
C R
ITM
801-2008
Interview table module
635.00
C
OCS
801-2009
Overbridge copy stand
299.00
C
FEP
801-2010
Finished end panel (two required)
175.00
C R
TIMERS
71
STUDIO TIMERS (Battery Powered
BECL -100
835 -0100
-
C
Cell)
Quartzmatic, white face
45.00
B
DIGITAL TIMERS
ES302E
829-0302
ESE Timer, elapsed time indicator,
60Hz
350.00
E
ES302AEJ
801 -8003
ESE Timer, elapsed time indicator, 220V, 50Hz
374.00
E
ES510L
829-0510
ESE Timer, sixty minutes, four digit, 117V, 60Hz
174.00
E
ES510LEJ
801 -8002
EST Timer, sixty minutes, four digit, 220V, 50Hz
198.00
E
ES751E
829 -0104
ESE Cue clock, thumbwheel programmer, single event
364.00
E
ES754E
829 -0103
ESE Cue clock, thumbwheel programmer, two event
435.00
E
117V,
CUE TIMERS
ON -AIR STUDIO LIGHTS
72
835-0001
ON -AIR light, vertical format
48.00
B
835-0002
ON -AIR light, horizontal format
48.00
B
835-0003
AUDITION light, vertical format
48.00
B
835 -0004
AUDITION light, horizontal format
48.00
B
835-0006
EN AIRE light, vertical format
48.00
B
835-0009
EN AIRE light, horizontal format
48.00
B
835 -0007
REHEARSAL light, vertical format
48.00
B
835 -0008
REHEARSAL light, horizontal format
48.00
B
835 -0005
RECORD light, vertical format
48.00
B
835 -0010
RECORD light, horizontal format
48.00
B
835 -0013
Special lettering, specify horizontal or vertical. (For one time set
up, add $60.00 to above - Total $120.00 for first unit)
60.00
B
340-0001
Flasher for on -air lights
6.00
C
POWER AMPLIFIERS
72
D -75
827-0075
Stereo Power Amplifier, 35 watts,
8
ohm, per channel
524.00
B R
D -150A2
827-0150
Stereo Power Amplifier, 80 watts,
8
ohm, per channel
749.00
B R
19
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
S
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
I
=E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
BROADCAST AND RECORDING MICROPHONES
73
SERIES EV
635A
825 -0635
Microphone, omnidirectional dynamic
124.00
B R
D056
825 -0016
Microphone, shock mounted, dynamic omnidirectional
155.00
B R
649B
825 -0649
Microphone, lavalier
181.00
B R
RE10
825 -0010
Super cardioid (90Hz to 13kHz)
210.00
B R
RE11
801 -1018
150 ohms, 90- 13000Hz, super cardioid
223.00
B R
RE15
825 -0015
Super cardioid, highest quality (80Hz to 15kHz)
317.00
B R
RE20
801 -1017
150 ohms, 45- 18000Hz, cardioid
551.00
B R
801 -1016
150 ohms, 80- 13000Hz, omnidirectional
184.00
B R
825 -0007
Microphone, boom, selectable response
550.00
B R
801 -1015
Omnidirectional dynamic lavalier, prewired plug
102.00
B R
801 -1010
Unidirectional dynamic
137.00
B R
801 -1011
Unidirectional dynamic
176.00
B R
B R
RE50
SERIES S
SM7
SM11CN
SM57LC
SM58LC
SM63LC
801 -1012
Omnidirectional dynamic
127.00
SM81LC
825 -0018
Microphone, unidirectional condenser less cable
380.00
B R
SM82LC
801 -1013
Unidirectional condenser, line level
410.00
B R
825 -0105
Microphone with cable, low impedance
399.00
C R
56.00
C R
255.00
C R
SERIES M
MD421U5
MICROPHONE ACCESSORIES
75
MS -4
825-0063
Atlas Mic floor stand, 25" to 65"
SB -36
825 -0064
Atlas Mic boom stand, 62" boom, without wheels
GN -13
825 -0019
Atlas flexible gooseneck, 13"
LM1 -41A
825 -0001
Luxo mic arm, for 2 lb. wt.,
LM1 -41A
825 -0003
LM1 -41C
825 -0002
LM1 -41C
10.00
C
"C" clamp mount, 41"
40.00
A R
Luxo mic arm, for 3 lb. wt., "C" clamp mount, 41"
40.00
A R
Luxo mic arm, for 2 lb. wt., screw down mount, 41"
40.00
A R
825 -0004
Luxo mic arm, for 3 lb. wt., screw down mount, 41"
40.00
A R
422
825 -0091
Electro -Voice Desk stand, clamp type for D054, RE10, RE15,
635A & 6498
22.00
B R
S37A
825 -0107
Shure Mic desk stand
22.00
B R
S39A
825 -0070
Shure Mic vibration -isolation stand
62.00
B R
Sentry 500
801 -4007
Loudspeaker, 100 watts, 6 -8 ohms
563.00
B R
563.00
B R
ELECTRO-VOICE SPEAKERS
76
Sentry 505
801 -4009
Sentry 505 speaker
WB23
801 -4008
Wall mount kit for Sentry 500
30.00
B R
B R
B R
Sentry 100EL 801 -4011
Powered compact speaker, 50 watt
590.00
Sentry 100A
829-2025
Loudspeaker, Compact, 30 watt, 6 ohm
287.00
SRB7
829-0088
Mounting bracket for Sentry 100 speaker
28.00
B R
MC8A
829-2006
Speaker, 8 ", 12 watt, 8 ohm, less cabinet
53.00
C R
MC12A
829 -2007
Speaker, 12 ", 20 watt, 8 ohm, less cabinet
76.00
C R
20
I
_E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
R
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
JBL SPEAKERS
4406
801- 1026
4406 Studio Monitor, 75 watt, 2 way, Response 55Hz- 20kHz,
15%x9%x81/z, oiled walnut with blue grill
18900
B R
4408
801 -1027
4408 Studio Monitor, 100 watt, 2 way, Response 50Hz-20kHz,
171/2x12x11%, oiled walnut with blue grill
237.00
B R
375.00
375.00
B R
579.00
579.00
B R
B R
159.00
C R
4410
4410 Studio Monitor, 125 watt, 3 way, Response 45- 20kHz,
231/2x141/4 x111/4, oiled walnut, blue grill
801 -1028
801 -1029
4412
Left
Right
B R
4412 Studio Monitor, 150 watt, 3 way, Response 45-20 kHz,
141/4x231/2 x111/4, oiled walnut, blue grill
801 -1024
801 -1025
Left
Right
HEADPHONES
76
HD-430
829-2021
Headset, highest quality, 600 ohm
HD-420
829-2023
Headset, 600 ohm
99.00
C
HD -414SL
829-2016
Headset, 600 ohm
89.00
C R
HD -410SL
801 -4010
Headset, 600 ohm
69.00
C R
PH -24
801 -4013
Headset, 150 ohms, dynamic dual /mono
210.00
B R
PH -92
801 -4012
Headset, 6000 ohm binaural headset
225.00
B R
WIRE AND CABLE
8412
829 -4200
Microphone cable, 2 conductor, stranded, 20 AWG braided shield,
cotton wrap, heavy rubber jacket, 500' roll
230.00
C
8428
829 -4201
Microphone cable, 2 conductor, stranded, 18 AWG braided shield,
heavy duty neoprene jacketed, 500' roll
325.00
C
8437
829 -4202
Audio wire, 2 conductor, solid, 22 AWG with drain wire &
braided shield, black vinyl jacket, 500' roll
125.00
C
8450
829 -4203
Audio wire, 2 conductor, solid, 22 AWG with drain wire,
foil shield, vinyl jacket, 500 ft. roll
63.00
C
8451
622 -8451
Audio wire, 2 conductor, miniature, 22 AWG, stranded with
drain wire, foil shield, vinyl jacket, 500' roll
73.00
C
C3M
829 -4212
Male receptacle assembly, circular housing (type XLR -3 -14)
5.00
C
D3M
829 -4213
Male receptacle assembly, square housing (type XLR-3 -32)
4.00
C
D3F
829 -4214
Female receptacle assembly, square housing (type XLR -3 -31)
6.00
C
C3F
829 -4215
Female receptacle assembly, circular housing (type XLR -3 -13)
6.00
C
A3F
829 -4216
Female plug assembly, standard grommet (type XLR- 3 -11c)
5.00
C
A3M
829 -4217
Male plug assembly, standard grommet (type XLR- 3 -12c)
4.00
C
CONNECTORS
n
ADC PATCH PANELS, TERMINAL BLOCKS, CONNECTORS
BJF- 105-4MKII
801 -7003
Prewired audio patch panel, 48 jacks, long frame 13/4" panel
19" mtg, 4' cable with terminal block, normals at panel, tip-ring
sleeve
625.00
B R
P-KIT-3
801 -7010
Audio patch panel kit unwired, includes: PJ -391 jack panel cover,
front panel -31/2", (48)PJ339L jacks, brackets, cable ties, and ADC
name plate
180.00
B
PJ -391
829-4207
Audio patch panel, 48 PJ -339 jacks, double row, 21/8" panel 19"
mtg, tip-ring sleeve
145.00
B
PJ -72
829-4209
Audio patch cord single, 2 ft. 3 conductor shielded with PJ -2 for
PJ-391/BJF104,P -KIT
14.00
B
PJ -172
801 -7011
Audio patch cord double, 2 ft. 3 conductor shielded, for PJ -391,
BJF-104, P-KIT
28.00
B
PJ -341
829 -4001
Audio patch panel, 48 PJ -318 jacks, double row, 21/8" panel
19" mtg
21
126.00
B R
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
I
=E
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
ADC PATCH PANELS, TERMINAL BLOCKS, CONNECTORS (CONT'D.)
PJ -12
829 -4006
Double patch cord, 2 ft. for PJ -341
26.00
B
PJ -14
829 -4008
Double patch cord, 4 ft. for PJ -341
27.00
B R
CH -1050
829 -4211
Patch cord holder, 20 cords
40.00
B
PJ -1
829 -4100
Plug, double, 2 conductor, black
14.00
B
PJ -2
829 -4205
Plug, single, 3 conductor, red
5.00
B
PJ -7
801 -7014
Plug, double, 3 conductor
15.00
B
PJ -318
829 -4101
Jack, single,
conductor
2.00
B
PJ -339
829 -4206
Jack, single, 3 conductor
2.00
B
PJ -660 -6
801 -7012
Terminal block, 6 x 26 stacked, solder /solder
PJ -660A
801 -7013
Mounting bracket, adjustable for PJ -660-6
PJ -106
829 -4104
BK-119
801 -7005
BK-280H
801 -7004
Terminal block mounting bracket, 19"
2
19.00
B R
3.00
B
Terminal block, 6 rows, 120 terminals
19.00
B
Terminal block mounting bar, 19"
30.00
B R
3.00
B
REEL-TO-REEL TAPE RECORDERS /REPRODUCERS
78
i
MODEL PR99 MK11 SERIES
13600
808 -1030
Recorder/Reproducer, 1/2 track, stereo, 3.75/7.5 IPS, chassis
version for installation in cabinet or 19" rack
2995.00
B R
13610
808 -1031
Same as 13502 except 7.5/15 IPS
2995.00
B R
13203
808 -1026 -010
Reproducer, 1/2 track, stereo, 3.75/7.5 IPS chassis version for
mounting in cabinet or 19" rack
2195.00
B R
13303
808 -1026
Same as 13203 except 7.5/15 IPS
2195.00
B R
OPTIONS FOR PR99 SERIES
78
31310
808 -1018
Carrying case
550.00
B R
31315
808 -1019
Console cabinet without utility shelf
700.00
B R
34509
808 -1022
Monitor panel with speaker, stereo
342.00
B R
34227
808 -1023
Remote control w/32 ft. cable
350.00
B R
MODEL B77 SERIES
14102
822 -4102
101/2" Recorder/Playback, 3.75 -7.5 IPS, mounted in black plastic
cabinet, stereo half track
2450.00
B R
14302
822 -4302
Same as Model 14102, except in metal cage for rack mount.
Does not include Revox 54099 rack attachment
2450.00
B R
14106
822 -4106
2450.00
B R
2450.00
B R
101/2"
Recorder/Playback,
7.5 -15 IPS,
mounted in black plastic
case, stereo half track
14306
822 -4306
Same as Model 14106, except in metal cage for rack mount.
Does not include Revox 54099 rack attachment
OPTIONS FOR B-77 SERIES
34237
822 -4237
Vari speed control for B -77
350.00
B R
34227
822 -4227
Remote control for B -77 with 30 -foot cable
350.00
B R
34099
822 -1021
Rack mount adapter for B -77 (cage models)
65.00
B R
ACCESSORIES FOR B -77 SERIES
45240
822 -5240
Revox editing kit /splicing kit
50.00
B R
39000
822 -9000
Revox cleaning kit
12.00
B R
9865
822 -9865
Operating manual for
10.00
B R
9860
822 -9860
Service manual for B -77
40.00
B R
B -77
22
11)
=E STUDIO EQUIPMENT
R
(
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
REEL-TO-REEL TAPE RECORDERS /REPRODUCERS (CONT'D.)
79
MODEL
L.1
SERIES
LJ -10 -1
822 -2503
Mono Reproducer, half- track, bi- directional, 25" tape, 14" reels,
3.75-7.5 IPS, 117VAC /60Hz
5515.00
C R
LJ -10-2
822 -2504
Stereo Reproducer, two track, 25 "tape, 14 "reels, 3.75-7.5 IPZ,
117VAC/60Hz
5515.00
C R
LJ-10 -4
822-2505
Stereo Reproducer, quarter-track, bi-directional, 25" tape, 14"
reels, 3.75 -7.5 IPS, 117VAC /60Hz
5780.00
C R
405.00
C R
85.00
C R
220V 50Hz, 220V modification plus 50Hz modification
115V 50Hz, 50Hz modification only
80
MX-5050B SERIES
MX- 5050B -II
822-5055
1/4" two- channel half-track recorder /reproducer with extra
quarter-track reproduce head. DC -servo capstan, with +7% varispeed, three speeds in pairs of 1517.5 or 7.5 375 IPS field selectable. Transformerless balanced inputs and outputs, +4 or -10 dB
output level select, real time tape counter with LED display and integral splicing block.
2995.00
C R
MX-50508-11-1/4
808-1028
1/4"
two- channel, quarter-track recorder /reproducer with extra
two- channel half-track reproduce head. Otherwise identical to the
B -Il.
2995.00
C R
MX-50508-II-F 808-1027
1/4"
one -channel, full -track recorder /reproducer with extra
two- channel half-track reproduce head. Otherwise identical to the
3595.00
C R
two- channel, half-track recorder /reproducer with extra
quarter-track playback head. Includes microprocessor transport
logic, and dynamic braking, zero return, external machine control
interface connector for synchronizers or the option CB -116 auto
locator. Otherwise identical to the B-II.
3925.00
C R
two-channel, half-track reproducer with 25Hz tone sensor,
end -of-message and cuetone relays with adjustable delay (100 ms
to 15s), 7.5/3.75 IPS speeds, 19" rack mount with defeatable 25Hz
tone sensor.
2115.00
C R
B -II.
MX-5050MKIII-2 822-5051
1/4"
ARS SERIES
ARS -1000
822 -5058
1/4"
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
RK -2B
822 -5064
Rack mounting adapter for MX- 5050B, BO -II
60.00
C R
RK-32
822 -5065
Rack mounting adapter for Mark III -2
90.00
C R
ZA -52Y
808 -1029
7" reel hold down, EIA hub (set of two)
39.00
C R
TW -670
822-5076
Reel hold down knobs,
1/4
",
each
20.00
C R
TW -671
822-5077
Reel hold down knobs,
1/2
",
each
20.00
C R
CB -102
822 -5070
Remote Control
200.00
C R
822 -5083
Extra service manual (One manual shipped with each recorder)
33.00
C R
1650.00
B R
COMPACT DISC PLAYERS
81
Compact Disc Player, Revox
B-226
808-8001
B215
808-8000
Cassette Tape Recorder
2300.00
B R
122MK11
808-8002
Studio Cassette Recorder/Reproducer
1099.00
E R
133B
808-8003
Stereo Plus Cue Cassette Recorder/Reproducer, Tascam
1300.00
E R
CASSETTE TAPE RECORDERS /REPRODUCERS
82
23
STUDIO EQUIPMENT =E
I
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
83
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
STUDIO AND TRANSMITTER EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SUPPORTS
(Heavy Duty Type, Black front, attractive BE Blue side panels and door)
958 -4001 -001
One bay assembled, with louvered back door, top plate,
side panels and cowlings. Dimensions 693/4" high, 231/4" wide and
25" deep. 35 rack units. (Unwired)
795.00
E
840-0001
One bay same as above except less side panels and horizontal
and vertical trim
525.00
E
958 -4002 -001
Two bay assembled, same as 958 -4001 -001 above except
dimensions are 693/4" high, 451/4" wide and 25" deep
1195.00
E
958- 4003 -001
Three bay assembled, same as 958-4001 -001 above except
dimensions are 693/4" high, 671/4" wide and 25" deep
2200.00
E
958- 4004 -001
Four bay assembled, same as 958 -4001 -001 above except
dimensions are 693/4" high, 891/4 wide and 25" deep
2200.00
E
840 -4011
Center cabinet for matching FM Transmitters
785.00
E
SPECIFY HORIZONTAL TRIM:
840 -4040
One bay front horizontal trim
40.00
E
840-4041
Two bay front horizontal trim
75.00
E
840-4042
Three bay front horizontal trim
110.00
E
840 -4043
Four bay front horizontal trim
175.00
E
SPECIFY VERTICAL TRIM:
840 -4028
Left front vertical trim
30.00
E
840 -4029
Right front vertical trim
30.00
E
50.00
E
RACK CABINET ACCESSORIES:
840 -4006
Pair of "L" type rear mounting channels, (one pair required
per rack) MXL -61
840 -0009
"P" type left side mounting channel
39.00
E
840 -0010
"P" type right side mounting channel
39.00
E
978 -0000
Kit, 3' plugmold with 6 AC outlets
44.00
E
978 -0001
Kit,
66.00
E
506 -0175
Panel, blank rack 13/4"
-
black (1RU)
21.00
E
506 -0350
Panel, blank rack
31"
-
black (2RU)
15.00
E
506 -0525
Panel, blank rack 51/4"
-
black (3RU)
20.00
E
506 -0700
Panel, blank rack 7"
25.00
E
506 -0875
Panel, blank rack 83/4"
30.00
E
420 -0003
Screws 12/24 4 -09 for rack mounting equipment
25/6.00
E
421 -0002
Nuts for 420-0003, speed H -19 -1
25/11.00
E
5' plugmold with
10 AC
-
outlets
black (4RU)
-
black (5RU)
24
cR;
I
=E
CATA LOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROGRAM AUTOMATION EQUIPMENT
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
MICROPROCESSOR PROGRAM CONTROLLERS
84
C -16
960 -1600
CONTROL 16x the "Intelligent One" microprocessor Program
Controller for 115/240VAC, 50/60Hz.
16.15500
P B
Control 16x Program Controller includes the following units: Audio
Control, Processor, Power Supply, Customer Panel (rear rack
mounted), Video Monitor, Keyboard
87
EC -16
960 -1605
ECONO 16 Microprocessor Program Controller for 115/240VAC,
50/60Hz.
12,695.00
P B
13,190.00
P B
Econo 16 includes the following units: Audio Control, Customer
Panel (rear rack mounted), Power Supply, Keyboard
The Econo 16 can be easily converted to the expanded
capabilities of the full Control 16x simply by adding the Master
Video Monitor, the Main Processor Chassis and by changing software in the Audio Control.
90
SAT-16
960 -1610
SAT-16 Microprocessor Program Controller for 115/240VAC,
50/60Hz.
includes the following units: Audio Control, Customer Panel
(rear rack mounted), Power Supply, Keyboard, Satellite Interface
(rear rack mounted)
SAT-16
The SAT-16 can be easily converted to the expanded capabilities of
the full Control 16x simply by adding the Master Video Monitor, the
Main Processor Chassis and by changing out the software in the
Audio Control.
Note: A heavy duty
12V maintenance free type battery and
automatic charger are recommended for memory backup.
Note: Broadcast Electronics does not assume any responsibility or
obligation for customer furnished equipment which is intended to
become a part of, or interface with, C -16, EC -16, and SAT-16. This
applies to all customer equipment regardless of origin of
manufacture.
Note: Source Kit including Universal Source Card and source
cable. One Source Kit required for each reel to reel, multi -deck or
single cartridge machine, random access cartridge machine or
studio/network source.
Note: Program Controller includes one balanced 600 ohm
dedicated input for network without need for extra source card. Additional networks or studio input will require a source kit for each.
Check-out and training (not to exceed 5 days) by factory
service representative after installation by customer, within
contiguous 48 states of the U.S.A.
2500.00
X
AUTOMATION ACCESSORIES
94
TG-2
908 -6860-001
Dual Tone Generator
895.00
B
AR-1
908 -6850
Auto Rewind
495.00
B
978-0008
PC Load /Dump Software Package for use with Control 16x
495.00
B
Program Automation System.
908-0003
Live Assist Remote Control, with 50' of control cable. Provides
remote operation for 6 standard system functions (start, special
event insertion, auto, manual, fade and alarm reset) plus 4 indicators for alert conditions (ABORTED EVENT, LOG PRINTER
FAILURE, XMTR SYSTEM OFF AIR, AND NEXT SOURCE NOT
READY). Also includes 12 non-designated switches which may be
used for customer selection of several of the system's control functions including "Direct Start" of any system source. 115/230VAC,
50 /60Hz.
1395.00
B R
Additional cable over 50 ft. for Live Assist Remote Control
1.00/FT
B
8450.00
C
SPARE PARTS KITS
978-0009
Spare Parts Kit -Board Level, Heavy Support. For Control 16x/
Econo 16 /SAT-16. Includes spares for all of the major PC boards in
the system for rapid trouble shooting and returning the system to
the air in the least amount of time.
25
PROGRAM AUTOMATION EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
i_E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
AUTOMATION ACCESSORIES (CONT'D.)
SPARE PARTS KITS (CONT'D.)
978 -0010
Spare Parts Kit-Board Level, Light Support. For Control 16x/
Econo 16/SAT-16. Includes spares for the most critical PC boards
used in the system for fast repair of the majority of system failures.
2305.00
C R
978 -0011
Spare Parts Kit-Component Level, Heavy Support. For Control 16x/
Econo 16/SAT-16. Includes replacements for virtually every active
component and all difficult to find items such as switches,
transformers, and size-critical parts. Recommended for use with
the Diagnostics/DBUG package.
3475.00
C R
978 -0012
Spare Parts Kit -Component Level, Light Support. For Control 16x/
Econo 16/SAT-16. Includes replacements for virtually all IC's, transistors, diodes, and other active components used in the system;
but does not include the expensive parts contained in the Heavy
Support Kit. Recommended for use with the Diagnostic/DBUG
package.
1180.00
C
400.00 /Day
X
FIELD SERVICE (Continental U.S.A.)
Field Service, 8 hour working day and travel days from factory and
return. (Does not include travel [ticket] expense, lodging, food or
local transportation [rental car, taxi, etc.] These expenses will be
invoiced at cost.)
SERVICE MANUALS
Installation (Spiral Bound)
75.00
C R
C -16X
597 -1601
Vol.
I,
Book
C -16X
958 -0004
Vol.
I,
Book II, Theory of Operation
125.00
C
C -16X
958 -0005
Vol.
I,
Book Ill, Schematics & Drawings
150.00
C
C -16X
958 -0010
Vol.
II (v.
175.00
C
E-16 /SAT-16
597 -1605
Vol.
I,
Book
75.00
C R
E-16/SAT-16
958 -0008
Vol.
I,
Book II, Theory of Operation
150.00
C R
E-16/SAT-16
958 -0005
Vol.
I,
Book Ill, Schematics & Drawings
150.00
C
E- 16/SAT -16
958 -0007
Vol. II, Operations & Programming
150.00
C
AR -1
597 -0007
Auto Rewind
25.00
C
TG -2
597 -6861
Tone Generator
30.00
C
D -Bug
597 -1607
Diagnostics/D -Bug
25.00
C
PC Load /Dump
597 -1609
Used with C -16X, etc.
25.00
C
PC Load /Dump
598 -0009
Binder for 597-1609
10.00
C
I,
6.0 /later), Operations & Programming
I,
Installation (Spiral Bound)
26
i=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
FM ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
FM EXCITER
98
101
102
FX -30
909 -0009
FX -30 solid state 3-30 watt FM Exciter, for wideband, composite, or
mono operation. For single phase 97/113 VAC or 194/266 VAC,
50/60Hz power source. 19" rack mount. Specify operating
frequency with order.
5,795.00
B
909-0114
Optional low pass filter assembly for FX-30. Converts FX-30 Exciter
to FX -30, 30 watt FM transmitter, factory installed and tested.
150.00
B
830-0027
100% spare semi-conductor kit for FX -30
460.00
C R
830-0028
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for FX-30
395.00
C R
NPN
Frequency change, return to factory
100.00
X
597-0002
Service Manual for FX-30 FM Exciter.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
50.00
D
909-0125
MASTER Synchronous FM Booster Option for Model FX -30
FM Exciter. Internally mounted. Factory installed. Requires
909 -0126 or 979 -0126 for complete system.
909 -0126
SLAVE Synchronous FM Booster Option for Model FX -30
FM Exciter. Internally mounted. Factory installed. Requires
909 -0125 or 979 -0125 for complete system.
979 -0125
979 -0126
675.00
B R
1,795.00
B R
MASTER Synchronous FM Booster Option for Model FX-30
FM Exciter. Internally mounted. Field retrofit kit. Requires 909 -0126
or 979-0126 for complete system.
750.00
B R
SLAVE Synchronous FM Booster Option for Model FX-30
FM Exciter. Internally mounted. Field retrofit kit. Requires 909-0125
or 979-0125 for complete system.
1,87500
B R
STEREO GENERATOR
FS -30
909-0050
FM Stereo Generator, single phase 97/113 VAC, 50/60Hz
2,595.00
B R
FS -30
909-0050 -300
Same as 909 -0050 except 194/266 VAC, 50/60Hz
2,595.00
B R
125.00
C R
40.00
D R
979-0016
Recommended spare parts kit for FS -30
597-0009
Service Manual for FS -30 Stereo Generator
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
SCA GENERATOR
FC -30
909 -0051
FM SCA Generator, single phase 97/113 VAC 50/60Hz. Standard
available frequencies are 39, 41, 67, 92, 95kHz.
1,495.00
B
FC -30
909- 0051 -300
Same as 909 -0051 except 194/266VAC, 50/60Hz
1,495.00
B
979 -0017
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for FC-30
52.00
C R
979 -0011
Recommended spare parts kit for FC -30
85.00
C R
597-0008
Service Manual for FC -30 SCS Generator
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
30.00
D
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz)
103
FM -70
909-2035 -200
70,000 watt Dual FM Transmitter complete with two (2) FM35A
FM Transmitters (less FX-30 Exciters) 70kW 3dB hybrid combiner,
Center 19" matching cabinet with 909 -6001 dual transmitter control
and metering panel, one FX-30 Exciter, power output tubes, and
25kW reject load. For operation from 208/240VAC, 3 phase, 60Hz
power source HV power supply cabinet in line with PA cabinet.
Optional automatic exciter switching for FM -70A Transmitter.
Includes second FX-30 Exciter and 909-0120 automatic exciter
switcher.
169,000.00
P C
9,290.00
P C
Optional manual patch panel RF output switching for FM -70A
Transmitter. Does not include 70kW dummy load.
27,000.00
P C R
Optional automatic RF switching system for FM -70A Transmitter.
Does not include 70kW dummy load.
31,000.00
P C R
27
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
I=E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
NET
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz CONT'D.)
103
FM -60A
909 -2030 -200
60,000 watt Dual FM Transmitter complete with two (2) FM -30A
FM Transmitters (less FX-30 Exciters), 60kW 3dB hybrid combiner,
Center 19 inch matching cabinet with 909-6001 dual transmitter
control and metering panel, one FX -30 Exciter, power output tubes,
and 25 kW reject load. For operation on
MHz, 50 ohm output, Transmitter Power Output (TPO) to be
kW, 208/240VAC,
3 phase, 60Hz (power supply in line).
9,290.00
Optional manual patch panel RF output switching for FM -60A
Transmitter. Does not include 60kW dummy load.
27,000.00
P C
Optional automatic RF switching system for FM -60A Transmitter.
Does not include 60kW dummy load.
31,000.00
P
300.00
C
597-0099
Service Manual for Dual Transmitter System
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
FM-40A
909 -2020 -200
40,000 watt Dual FM Transmitter complete with two (2) FM -20A FM
transmitters (less) FX -30 Exciters), 40 kW 3dB hybrid combiner,
center 19 inch matching cabinet with 909-6001 dual transmitter
control and metering panel, one FX -30 Exciter, power output tubes,
MHz 50 ohm outand 10 kW reject load. For operation on
put. Transmitter Power Output (TPO) to be
kW, 208 /240VAC,
3 phase, 60 Hz (power supply in line).
Optional automatic exciter switching for FM -40A Transmitter.
Includes second FX-30 Exciter and 909 -0120 automatic exciter
switcher.
979-2020
P C R
Optional automatic exciter switching for FM -60A Transmitter.
Includes second FX -30 Exciter and 909 -0120 automatic exciter
switcher.
FM- 60A/70A
FM -40A
155,000.00
135,000.00
P
C
C
P C R
9,290.00
P C
Optional manual patch panel RF output switching for FM -40A
Transmitter. Does not include 40 kW dummy load.
25,000.00
P C
Optional automatic RF switching system for FM-40A Transmitter.
Does not include 40 kW dummy load.
29,000.00
P C
300.00
C R
69,950.00
P B
Service Manual for Dual Transmitter System
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
Note: Other AC input line voltages available. Contact factory for pricing.
Note: Contact factory for option and accessory pricing.
106
FM -35A
909- 0035 -200
FM -35A single tube 35,000 watt FM Broadcast Transmitter,
complete
with FX -30 Exciter, output tube, low pass filter for operation from
208/240V, 3 phase 60Hz power source HV power supply cabinet in
line with PA cabinet.
FM -35A
909 -0035 -201
FM -35A Transmitter same as 909-0035 -200 except HV power
supply cabinet separate from PA cabinet.
70,500.00
P B
FM -35A
909- 0035 -380
FM -35A Transmitter same as 909-0035 -200 (HV power supply
in -line) except to operate from 380/415V, 50Hz, 3 phase power
supply.
71,950.00
P B
FM -35A
909 -0035 -381
FM -35A Transmitter same as 909-0035 -201 (HV power supply
cabinet separate) except to operate from 380/415V, 50Hz, 3 phase
72,500.00
P B
power supply.
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909-0091 -006
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
3,800.00
P B R
1,850.00
P C
400.00
P C
FM -35A Transmitter.
Note:
To
909 -0112
Filament voltage regulator, 60Hz factory installed.
909-0113
3 phase
NC voltmeter option factory installed.
order transmitter less FX -30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $4,000.00
28
i
-E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz CONT'D.)
110
FM -30A
909- 0000 -200
FM -30A single tube 30,000, watt FM Broadcast Transmitter,
complete with FX-30 Exciter, output tube, low pass filter for
operation from 208/240V, 3 phase 60Hz power source HV power
supply cabinet in line with PA cabinet.
63,950.00
P B R
FM -30A
909- 0000 -201
FM -30A Transmitter same as 909 -0000-200 except HV power
supply cabinet separate from PA cabinet.
64,500.00
P B R
FM -30A
909 -0000 -380
FM -30A Transmitter same as 909 -0000-200 (HV power supply
in -line) except to operate from 380/415V, 50Hz, 3 phase power
supply.
65,950.00
P B R
FM -30A
909-0000 -381
FM-30A Transmitter same as 909 -0000-201 (HV power supply
cabinet separate) except to operate from 380/415V, 50Hz, 3 phase
power supply.
66,500.00
P B R
Note:
To
order transmitter less FX 30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $4,000.00
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909-0091 -001
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System option for use with
FM -30A transmitter.
3,800.00
P B R
909-0112
Filament voltage regulator, 60Hz.
1,850.00
P C
909 -0113
3 phase A/C voltmeter option
400.00
P C
.
FM- 35A/FM -30A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
114
240 -2000
Spare 4CX20000C power tube for FM -35A Transmitter
3,530.00
E R
243 -0001
Spare 4CX20000A power tube for FM -30A Transmitter
3,400.00
E R
979 -0046
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -35A Transmitter
3,990.00
C R
979 -0051
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -30A Transmitter
NOTE: Includes meters, switches, relays, etc. Does not include
semi -conductors and rectifiers.
3,990.00
C R
979 -0047
Recommended spare semi-conductor and rectifier parts kit for
FM -35A Transmitter (includes FX-30 spares).
1,840.00
C R
979 -0052
Recommended spare semi-conductor and rectifier parts kit for
FM -30A Transmitter (includes FX-30 spares).
1,840.00
C R
979 -0039
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for MVDS
176.00
C R
979 -0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option.
390.00
C R
979- 0000-001
Service Manual for FM- 35A/FM -30A Transmitter
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
300.00
C R
FM -20A
909- 0020 -200
FM -20A Single Tube 20,000 watt FM Broadcast Transmitter
complete with FX-30 Exciter, output tube, and low pass filter for
operation from a 208V/240V, 60 Hz three phase power source. HV
FM -20A
909- 0020 -201
FM -20A
909- 0020-380
FM -20A
909 -0020 -381
54,950.00
P B R
FM -20A Transmitter same as 909- 0020 -200 except HV power
supply cabinet is separate from PA cabinet.
55,500.00
P B R
FM -20A Transmitter same as 909 -0020 -200 (HV power supply
in-line) except to operate from a 380/415, 50 Hz. 3 phase power
55,950.00
P B R
58,500.00
P B R
power supply cabinet in -line with PA cabinet.
supply.
FM -20A Transmitter same as 909 -0020-201 (HV power supply
cabinet separate) except to operate from 380/415 3 phase power
supply.
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909-0091 -007
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use
with FM -20A Transmitter, factory installed.
3,800.00
PB R
909-0118
Filament voltage regulator 60Hz
1,850.00
P C
29
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
i
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz CONT'D.)
000
FM -20A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
NOTE:
117
To
240 -0012
Spare 4CX12000A output tube for FM-20A Transmitter
2,640.00
E R
979-0074
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -20A includes meters,
switches, relays, etc. Does not include semi -conductors and
rectifiers.
3695.00
C R
979-0076
Recommended spare semi-conductor and rectifier parts kit for
FM -20A Transmitter (includes FX-30 spares)
2115.00
C R
979-0075
Recommended spare semi -conductor and rectifiers for FM -20A
Transmitter excluding those for FX-30 Exciter
1718.00
C R
979-0039
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for MVDS
176.00
C R
979-0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option
390.00
C R
979-0120
Service Manual for FM- 20A/FX -30
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
300.00
C R
order transmitter less FX-30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $4,000.00
FM -10A single tube 10,000 FM Broadcast Transmitter complete with
final tube, and FX -30 Exciter for operation from 208/240V, 60Hz, 3
phase, 3 wire power source. Power supply cabinet attached to RF
41,950.00
P B R
FM -10A Transmitter same as 909-1110 -200 except HV power supply
cabinet separate (remote) from RF cabinet
42,500.00
P B R
909 -1110 -380
FM -10A Transmitter same as 909-1110 -200 except to operate from
380/220V, 50Hz, 4 wire WYE, 3 phase power.
42,950.00
P B R
FM -10A
909 -1110 -381
FM -10A Transmitter same as 909 -1110 -200 except with I-IV power
supply cabinet separate (remote) from RF cabinet.
43,500.00
P B R
FM -10M /A
909 -2110 -200
10,000 watt FM Transmitter, main /alternate main including
(2) FM -10A Transmitters, (1) FA-6 control cabinet with automatic
changeover, and (1) set external equipment with RF switch and RF
load, 220VAC, 60Hz three phase.
104,130.00
P B R
FM -10M /A
909- 2110 -300
Same as 909 -2110 -200 except for 200VAC, 50Hz power source
106,130.00
P B R
3,800.00
P B R
Filament voltage regulator 60Hz for FM -10A
1450.00
P C R
phase NC voltmeter option for FM-10A
400.00
FM -10A
909 -1110 -200
FM -10A
909 -1110 -201
FM -10A
cabinet.
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909 -0091 -005
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
FM -10A Transmitter.
909 -0115
909 -0098
3
P C
FM -10A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
Note:
To
240-0001
Spare 4CX7500A output tube for FM-10A Transmitter
2,245.00
E R
979-0044
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -10A includes meters,
switches, relays, etc. Does not include semi -conductors
and rectifiers.
4,035.00
C R
979-0045
Recommended spare semi-conductor and rectifier parts kit for
FM -10A Transmitter (includes FX-30 spares).
1,375.00
C
979-0048
Recommended spare semi-conductor and rectifiers for FM -10A
Transmitter excluding those for FX-30 exciter.
1,055.00
C
979-0039
Recommended spare semi-conductor kit for MVDS.
176.00
C R
979-0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option.
390.00
C R
979-1110
Service Manual for FM- 10A/FX -30.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
300.00
C R
order transmitter less FX 30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $4,000.00.
FMD -10A
909-2005 -200
FMD -10A, Dual FM-5A Transmitter System for operation on one
specified frequency between 87.5 and 108 MHz 208V/240V, 60 Hz
3 -wire three phase power source. Includes one FX-30 Exciter.
102,950.00
P C R
FMD -10A
909 -2005-300
Same as above except for 208/240V, 50Hz power source.
103,950.00
P C R
909 -6091 -007
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, factory installed
in FMD-10A transmitter. (Must be ordered with transmitter)
MVDS
30
8,950.00
P B
i
=E
CATA LOG
105
PAGE NO.
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz CONT'D.)
122
FM -5A
909-5000 -200
FM -5A single tube 5000 watt FM Transmiter complete with final
tube, solid state exciter for operation from 208/240VAC, 60Hz 3
phase power source.
31,950.00
P B
FM -5A
909-5000 -300
FM-5A Transmitter same as 909 -5000 -200 except for operation
from 50Hz three phase power source.
32,950.00
P B
FM -5A
909 -5000-380
FM -5A Transmitter same as 909 -5000-200 except for operation
from 308V, 50Hz.
32,950.00
P B
FM -5 M/A
909- 2105-200
5000 watt FM Transmitter, Main /Alternate Main including (2) FM -5A
Transmitters, (1) FA-6 Control Cabinet with automatic changeover,
and (1) set external equipment with RF switch and RF Load, 220
VAC, 60 Hz, Three Phase
81,930.00
P B
FM-5 M/A
909- 2105-300
Same as 909-2105 -200 except for 220 VAC, 50 Hz power source.
83,930.00
P B
FM -5AS
900 -5000-205
FM -5A single tube 5000 watt FM Transmitter complete with final
tube, solid state exciter for operation from 208/240VAC, 60Hz single
32,950.00
P B R
FM -5AS
900 -5000-305
33,950.00
P B R
phase power source.
FM -5A Transmitter same as 909- 5000-205 except for operation
from 50Hz single phase power source.
FM -5 M /AS
909 -2105-205
5000 watt FM Transmitter, Main /Alternate Main including (2) FM -5A
Transmitters, (1) FA -6 Control Cabinet with automatic changeover,
and (1) set external equipment with RF switch and RF Load, 220
VAC, 60Hz, Single Phase.
83,930.00
P B R
FM -5 M /AS
909-2105 -305
FM -5A Transmitter same as 909 -2105 -205 except for 220 VAC,
85,930.00
P B R
3,800.00
P B R
3,800.00
P B R
1,200.00
P C
50Hz power source.
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909-0091 -003
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
FM -5A Transmitter.
909-0091 -009
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
FM -5AS Transmitter.
909-0097
Filament voltage regulator, 60Hz, option for FM -5A
909-0098
3 -phase AC voltmeter option for FM -5A.
(3 phase models only)
400.00
P C R
FM -5A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
Note:
125
To
243-3500
Spare tube 4CX3500A for FM-5A Transmitter.
1,550.00
E R
979-0035
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -5A. Note: includes meters,
switches, relays, etc. Does not include semi -conductors and
rectifiers.
1,730.00
C R
979 -0036
Recommended spare semi -conductor and rectifier parts kit
for FM -5A Transmitter (includes FX -30 spares).
1,305.00
C
979 -0063
Recommended spare high voltage rectifier kit.
890.00
C R
979 -0039
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for MVDS Option.
176.00
C R
979 -0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option.
390.00
C R
979 -5000
Service Manual for FM-5A/FX -30. (One manual is shipped with
each unit.)
300.00
C R
order transmitter less FX-30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $4,000.00.
FM -3.M
909 -3500-200
FM -3.5A single tube 3500 watt FM Transmitter complete
with final tube, FX-30 Exciter, for operation on
kW, single
phase, 208/240VAC, 60Hz single phase power source.
28,950.00
P B
FM-3.5A
909 -3500-300
FM -3.5A Transmitter same as 909- 3500-200 except for operation
29,950.00
P B
from 50Hz single phase power source.
FM-3.5 M/A
909- 2135-200
3500 watt FM Transmitter Main /Alternate Main including
(2) FM -3.5A transmitters, (1) FA-6 Control Cabinet with automatic
changeover, and (1) set external equipment with RF switch and RF
Load, 220VAC, 60Hz, single phase.
74,930.00
P B
FM-3.5 M/A
909 -2135-300
FM -3.5A Transmitter same as 909-2135 -200 except for 220 VAC,
50 Hz power source.
76,930.00
P B
31
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz CONT'D.)
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909-0091 -001
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
3,800.00
P B R
1,200.00
P C
FM -3.5A Transmitter.
909-0097
Filament voltage regulator, 60Hz, option for FM -3.5A
FM -3.5A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
Note:
128
To
243-3500
Spare tube 4CX3500A for FM -3.5A Transmitter.
1,550.00
E
979-0034
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -3.5A. Note: includes meters,
switches, relays, etc. Does not include semi -conductors and
rectifiers.
1,635.00
C R
979-0031
Recommended spare semi -conductors and rectifier parts for
FM-3.5A Transmitter (includes FX-30 Spares).
1,395.00
C
979-0062
Recommended spare high voltage rectifier kit.
685.00
C R
979-0039
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for MVDS Option.
176.00
C R
979-0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option.
390.00
C R
979-3500
Service Manual for FM- 3.5A/FX -30. (One manual is shipped with
each unit.)
200.00
C R
order transmitter less FX 30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $4,000.00.
FM -1.5A
909 -1500 -201
FM -1.5A
909 -1500 -301
FM -1.5A single tube, 1500 watt FM Transmitter complete
with final tube, FX-30 Exciter, for operation from 208/240VAC, 60Hz
23,950.00
P B R
24,950.00
P B R
single phase power source.
FM -1.5A Transmitter same as 909-1500 -200 except for operation
from 50Hz, single phase power source.
FM -1.5 M/A
909 -2115 -200
1500 watt FM Transmitter Main /Alternate Main including (2) FM -1.5A
Transmitters, (1) FA -6 Control Cabinet with automatic changeover,
and (1) set external equipment with RF switch and RF Load, 220
VAC, 60Hz single phase.
62,930.00
P B R
FM -1.5 M/A
909 -2115 -300
FM -1.5A Transmitter same as 909 -2115 -200 except for 220 VAC
50 Hz power source.
64,930.00
P B R
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909 -0091 -004
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System option for use with
FM -1.5A Transmitter, factory installed.
909 -0123
Filament Voltage Regulator, 60Hz, option for FM -1.5A
3,800.00
P B R
850.00
P B R
FM -1.5A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
Note:
To
243-8877
Spare tube 3CX1500A7/8877 for FM -1.5A Transmitter
927.00
E R
979 -0030
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for FM -1.5A Transmitter
(includes FX-30 spares).
900.00
C R
979-0029
Recommended spare parts kit for FM-1.5A Transmitter
1115.00
C R
979-0039
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for MVDS option.
176.00
C R
979-0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option.
390.00
C R
979-1500
Service Manual for FM- 1.5A/FX -30.
(One manual is shipped with each transmitter.)
200.00
C R
order transmitter less FX-30, change stock number to -XIX and deduct $4,000.00.
FM -1A
909 -1000-200
FM -1 single tube, 1000 watt FM Transmitter complete with final
tube, FX -30 Exciter, for operation from 208/240VAC, 60Hz single
phase power source.
21,950.00
P B R
FM -1A
909 -1000-300
FM -1A Transmitter same as 909 -1000-200 except for operation from
22,950.00
P B R
50Hz, single phase power source.
M/A
909 -2101 -200
1000 watt FM Transmitter Main /Alternate Main including (2) FM -1A
Transmitters, (1) FA -6 Control Cabinet with automatic changeover,
and (1) set external equipment with RF Switch and RF Load, 220
VAC, 60Hz single phase.
58,930.00
P B R
FM -1 M/A
909 -2102-300
FM -1A Transmitter same as 909 -2100-200 except for 220 VAC
60,930.00
P B R
FM
-1
50Hz power source.
32
CD
1
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
®
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz CONT'D.)
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System option for use with FM -1A
909-0091 -008
3,800.00
P
8 R
Transmitter.
Filament voltage regulator, 60Hz, option for FM -1A
909-0123
850.00
P B R
FM -1A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
NOTE:
131
To
243 -8877
Spare tube 3CX1500A7/8877 for FM-1A Transmitter
927.00
E R
979 -0069
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for FM -1A Transmitter
(includes FX -30 spares)
540.00
C R
979 -0068
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -1A Transmitter
550.00
C R
979 -0039
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for MVDS option
176.00
C R
979 -0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option
390.00
C R
979 -1500
Service Manual for FM- 1A/FX -30.
(One manual is shipped with each transmitter.)
200.00
C R
order transmitter less FX-30, change stock number to -XIX and deduct $4,000.00
FM -300A
909- 0300 -200
FM -300A, 300 watt FM Transmitter, including FX-30 Exciter, dual
150 watt solid state output amplifiers, control & metering panel,
A/C power panel, LPF & rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz single phase.
16,950.00
B
FM -300A
909 -0300 -300
FM -300A Transmitter same as 909 -0300 -200 except for 220V/50Hz
17,950.00
B R
power source
FM- 300M /A
FM- 300M /A
909 -2300 -300
Same as 909-2300 -200 except for 220V/50Hz power source
979 -0026
Recommended semi -conductor kit for FM- 300M /A
(includes FX -30 spares).
979 -0024
Recommended spare parts kit for FM- 300M /A
979 -0100
Service Manual for FM- 100/100MA/250 /250MA1300A/300MA
Low Power Transmitters. (One manual is shipped with each unit.)
SELECTED SPARE PARTS
133
FM -250
300 watt FM Transmitter, Main /Alternate Main including (2)
FM -300A
Transmitters, with automatic transmitter switcher, RF switch, dummy load and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz, single phase.
909 -2300 -200
-
36,950.00
37,950.00
B
B
885.00
C R
2,435.00
C R
200.00
C
"A" SERIES (60Hz) FM TRANSMITTERS
919 -0019
Controller PC Board
455.00
C R
959 -0133
Assy, IPA Control Regulator
640.00
C R
959 -0132
Assy, IPA RF Amplifier, 250 W
1,255.00
C R
959 -0131
Drawer, IPA Amplifier, 250 W
3,920.00
C R
909 -0250 -200
FM -250, 250 watt FM Transmitter including FX -30 exciter, 250 W
12,950.00
B R
13,950.00
B R
solid state power amplifier control and metering panel, A/C power
panel, LPF and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz single phase.
FM -250
909- 0250 -300
FM -205 Transmitter same as 909 -0250 -200 except for 220V/50Hz
power source.
FM- 250M /A
909- 2250-200
250 watt FM Transmitter, main /alternate main including (2) FM -250
transmitters, with automatic transmitter switcher, RF switch, dummy
load, and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz, single phase.
29,950.00
B R
FM- 250M /A
909 -2250 -300
Same as 909-2250 -200 except for 220V/50Hz power source
30,950.00
B R
979 -0026
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for FM- 250M /A
(includes FX -30 spares).
885.00
C R
979-0024
Recommended spare parts kit for FM- 250M /A
2,435.00
C R
979 -0100
Service Manual for FM- 100/100MA/250 /250MA /300A/300MA
Low Power Transmitters. (One manual is shipped with each unit.)
33
200.00
C
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
i
=E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
NET
DESCRIPTION
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz) (CONT'D.)
135
FM -100
909 -0100-200
100 watt FM transmitter including FX-30 exciter, 100 W solid
state power amplifier control & metering panel, A/C power panel,
10,950.00
B R
LPF and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz single phase.
FM -100
FM- 100M /A
909 -0100-300
Same as 909-0100-200 except for 220V/50Hz power source.
11,500.00
B R
909- 2100-200
100 watt FM transmitter, main /alternate main including (2) FM -100
25,950.00
B R
26,950.00
B R
885.00
C R
2,435.00
C R
transmitters, with automatic transmitter switcher, RF switch, dummy
load, and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz, single phase.
FM-100M/A
909 -2100-300
Same as 909-2100 -200 except for 220V/50Hz power source.
979 -0026
Recommended spare semi-conductor kit for FM- 100M /A
(includes FX-30 spares)
979 -0024
Recommended spare parts kit for FM-100M/A
Service Manual for FM- 100/100MA/250 /250MA/300A/300MA.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
979 -0100
200.00
C
REMOTE CONTROL FOR FM TRANSMITTERS
137
MVDS
909- 0091 -OOX
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
3,800.00
B R
FM -1.5A, FM -3.5A, FM -5A, FM -10A, FM -20A, FM -30A, FM -35A,
FM -40A, FM -60A, FM -70A transmitters, factory installed.
RC -1
909- 0122 -OOX
Broadcast Electronics RC -1 MVDS- Remote Control option for
MVDS equipped "A" series Broadcast Electronics FM Transmitters.
Option includes software for customer supplied IBM PC or PC
Compatible computer and memory board for installation in MVDS
option of transmitter.
2,400.00
B R
MT-3
909 -0127
Broadcast Electronics MT-3 Second Transmitter Interface for MVDS
Remote Control. Allows MVDS Remote Control to operate/monitor
non -MVDS equipped transmitters, external sensors, or a second
MVDS Remote Control equipped "A" series Broadcast Electronics
FM Transmitter. Provides 8 status channels, 8 analog telemetry
channel, and 16 control channels (ON /OFF, RAISE /LOWER).
2,500.00
B R
909 -0120
Automatic exciter switcher, for use with two FX-30 Exciters.
979 -0054
Recommended spare parts kit for FW-30
50.00
C R
597 -0101
Service Manual for FW-30 Exciter Switcher
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
75.00
C R
EXCITER SWITCHER
142
FW -30
3,495.00
B
OUTPUT SWITCHER CONTROLLERS
140
FD -2
909 -6001 -000
Dual transmitter controller and metering panel, 117V, 50 /60Hz
3,995.00
B
FD -2
909- 6001 -300
Dual transmitter controller and metering panel, 220V, 50/60Hz
3,995.00
B
FO -2
909 -0117
Transmitter Output Switcher Controller Option for use with
Model FD-2 Dual Transmitter Controller
1,995.00
B
FA -2
909 -0200
Transmitter Output Switcher Controller with separate power supply
for main /alternate configuration
2,195.00
B
597-0107
Service Manual for FA-2/F0-2 Output Switchers.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
50.00
C
FIELD SERVICE
Customer Service Engineering is available for installation
supervision, equipment checkout, proof of performance and
equipment training at a daily rate of $400.00 per man day for
Continental U.S.A.locations and $480.00 man day for overseas
locations. (Does not include travel [ticket] expense, lodging, food or
local transportation [rented car, taxi, etc.]. These expenses will be
invoiced at cost.)
34
I-E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
R
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
AM STEREO EQUIPMENT
143
AX -10P
NPN
AM Stereo Package including:
(1)
AX-10, 907-0010 AM Stereo Exciter for C -Quam system for
operation on (specify frequency) kHz, in the 552-1620 kHz
range, with equalization for day /night or two transmitters, from
power source of (specify voltage /hertz) 117 or 220 volts AC, 60
or 50Hz.
(1)
AS -10, 907-0100 -000 C -QUAM AM Stereo Modulation Monitor
12,000.00
B
5,500.00
B
(specify frequency), and (specify voltage/hertz).
BEI Installation Service. Includes 3 days service engineering time,
travel and local living expense for supervision of installation,
adjustment and measurement data for FCC audio proof. Additional
days available at current rates.
907-0010 -000
AX -10 AM Stereo Exciter for C-Quam system for operation on
(specify frequency) kHz, in the 552- 1620kHz range, with equalization for day/night or two transmitters, from power source of (specify
voltage /hertz) 117 or 220 volts AC, 60 or 50Hz.
977-0002
Recommended semi -conductor kit for AX-10
285.00
C R
977-0001
Recommended spare parts kit for AX -10
172.00
C R
AS -10
907-0100 -000
AM Stereo Modulation Monitor for operation on (specify frequency),
power source (specify hertz).
4,500.00
B
AS -10
907-0100-300
Same as above except for 220V, 50/60Hz
4,500.00
B
907-0060
Low pass filter, 12kHz option assembly for use with AX -10 when
a LPF is not used in the processing equipment.
275.00
B
907-0104
9KMz increment option
100.00
C
597-0095
Service Manual for AX-10. (One manual is shipped with each unit.)
75.00
C R
597-0105
Service Manual for AS -10. (One manual is shipped with each unit.)
65.00
C R
AX -10
145
On Request
BEI Installation Service For AM Stereo
Includes 3 days service engineering time, travel and local living
expense for supervision of installation, adjustment and measurement data for FCC audio proof. Additional days available at current
rates.
X
AM MONITOR RECEIVER
SMR- 11R(S)
807-7000
Potomac Instruments rack mount version (requires 31/2 inches of
vertical space in a standard 19 inch equipment rack) includes two
internal speakers - less antenna. Includes C -QUAM AM Stereo
Demodulator
ANT-11
807-1006
Remote, tuneable ferrite rod antenna with internal, low noise
pre -amplifier - recommended for most SMR -11 applications.
WP -11
807-1005
Fiberglass weatherproof housing for ANT-11
35
2,400.00
E R
700.00
E R
75.00
E R
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
I=E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
TV STEREO EQUIPMENT
147
TZ -30
906 -0030
TV Stereo Generator
5,500.00
T
151
TS -30
906 -0031 -000
TV SAP Second Audio Program Channel
2,500.00
T
153
TP -30
906- 0032 -000
TV PRO Professional Audio Program Channel
1,500.00
T
976 -0000
Rec. spare parts kit for TS -30
72.00
C
976 -0001
Rec. semi -conductor kit for TS -30
120.00
C
597 -0044
Service Manual for TP-30
40.00
C R
597 -0045
Service Manual for TZ-30
50.00
C
597-0046
Service Manual for TS -30
40.00
C
Note: One manual is shipped with each unit.
TV STEREO ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
154
TV STEREO SYNTHESIZERS
650.00
B R
Studio Technologies Stereo Recognition /Control Unit for operation
on (specify voltage/Hertz) 115/230VAC, 50 /60Hz. Recommended
companion unit for the AN -2 simulator.
1,200.00
B R
Kintek Stereophonic Converter for operation on
(specify voltage /Hertz) 100/120/220/240VAC, 50/60Hz.
7,500.00
E
AN -2
806-0003
Studio Technologies, Stereo Simulator for operation on
(specify voltage /Hertz) 115/230VAC, 50 /60Hz.
RCU -1
806-0012
KT-903
806-0013
TV STEREO PROCESSING
300
806-0016
Model 300 Aphex "Compellor" Stereo Audio Compressor/
Leveler/Peak Limiter audio signal processor for use with the TZ-30
from power source of (specify voltage/Hertz) 90/250 VAC, 50 /60Hz.
1,195.00
E
700
806-0014
Model 700 Aphex "Dominator" Stereo Tri -Band Peak Processor/
Limiter for use with the TZ -30 from power source of (specify
voltage/Hertz) 90/250VAC, 50/60 Hz.
1,195.00
E
703
806 -0015
Aphex optional TV Pre -Emphasis /De- Emphasis Modulation
Limiter card for the "Dominator."
FM -601
937-0601
BE, FM -601 Stereo AGC /Limiter Processing Amplifier for use with
the TZ -30 from power source of (specify voltage /Hertz) 105/230VAC
(switchable), 50/60Hz.
200.00
E R
1,925.00
A
TV MONITORING EQUIPMENT
155
TVM -100
809 -7025
Belar Mono Television Aural Modulation Monitor (specify channel
and offset) for operation on (specify voltage /Hertz) 117/234VAC,
50 /60Hz.
2,995.00
E
TVM -200
809 -7026
Belar Television Stereo Modulation Monitor (specify channel and
offset) for operation on (specify voltage/Hertz) 117/234VAC,
50 /60Hz. Necessary companion unit to the TVM -100 for BTSC
Stereo Modulation Monitoring.
4,595.00
E
TVM-2A
809 -7027
Belar TV Frequency Monitor (VHF)
Channels 2 through 13
2,595.00
E
TVM-3A
809-7028
Belar TV Frequency Monitor (UHF)
Channels 14 through 80
2,795.00
E
RFA -3
809-7029
Belar TV RF Amplifier
750.00
E
3713 -81
806-0004
Demodulator
-
VHF
12,590.00
E R
3713 -B2
806-0005
Demodulator
-
UHF
13,115.00
E R
4501 -B1
806-0008
Demodulator
-
VHF
6,930.00
E R
4501 -B2
806 -0009
Demodulator
-
UHF
7,245.00
E R
TELEMET
36
1
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
®
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
AUDIO PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
156
BEI
158
159
FM -600
937-0600
FM AGC/Limiter for Mono, 117V, 60Hz/220V, 50Hz
1,595.00
A
FM -601
937-0601
FM AGC /Limiter for Stereo, 117V, 60Hz/220V, 50Hz
1,925.00
A
FM -600E
937-0605
FM -600, for Mono -European STDS, 220V/50Hz
1,705.00
A
FM -601E
937 -0606
FM -601, for Stereo -European STDS, 220V/50Hz
2,035.00
A
919 -1908
Extender Board for FM -600 Series
45.00
A
973 -0001
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -600 Series
597-1600
Service Manual for FM- 600/601 (One manual is shipped with
each unit.)
AM -4S
803 -1003
AM -2S
807-1004
FM -4
FM -3
480.00
C R
40.00
C R
AM -4 Audio Processing System, Stereo
6,150.00
E R
AM -2 Audio Processing System, Stereo
3,950.00
E R
807-1003
FM -4 Audio Processing System, Stereo, less stereo generator
6,250.00
E R
803-1004
FM-3 Audio Processing System, Stereo, less stereo generator
4,195.00
E R
8100A/1
829-0056
Optimod Model 8100A Stereo Generator and Processor
4,995.00
E
8100A/ST
809 -7013
Optimod studio chassis assembly to house compressor stages of
Optimod FM
895.00
E
8100A/XT2
809 -7014
Optimod
system.
2,075.00
E
9100B/1
809 -7017
Optimod AM (Mono) audio processing system
4,395.00
E
9100B/2C
809 -7018
Optimod AM (Stereo) audio processing system (C -QUAM)
5,995.00
E
787A
801 -1022
787A Programmable Mic Processor stores 32 set -ups in memory
1,995.00
E R
787A/SL
801 -1023
995.00
E R
CRL
ORBAN
6
band limiter chassis. Extends performance of 8100A/1
for instant recall.
787A Slave for Dual Mono or Stereo operation.
FM MONITORING EQUIPMENT
160
BELAR
FMM -2
829-0050
FM Modulation Monitor
1,450.00
E
FMS -2
829-0049
Stereo Modulation Monitor
1,650.00
E
SCM -2
809-7024
SCA Modulation Monitor
1,550.00
E
RFA -1
829-0034
FM RF Amplifier
575.00
E
MP -8
809 -7023
Remote Meter Panel for FMM -2 & FMS -2
350.00
E
MJ -10
829 -0038
Yagi antenna, 10 element, used with RFA-1
95.00
E
844
809 -7019
Model 844 FM Stereo Modulation Monitor
4,425.00
E R
(7100 -3870)
809 -7055
Option 01, Absence of Modulation /Carrier Fail Alarm for 844
275.00
E R
(7100-3890)
809 -7056
Option 02, Spare Parts Kit for Model 844
475.00
E R
804
809 -7057
Remote meter and peak flasher panel for Model 844
525.00
E
884
809 -7063
Model 884, FM Stereo Modulation Monitor
3,200.00
E R
845
809 -7021
Model 845, SCA Monitor
2,325.00
E R
(7100 -3880)
809 -7059
Option 01, RF Module Preselector for Model 845
750.00
E R
(7100 -3900)
809-7060
Option 02, SCA Channel (41kHz) for Model 845
250.00
E R
(7100 -3910)
809-7061
Option 03, SCA Channel (92kHz) for Model 845
250.00
E R
(7100 -3920)
809-7062
Option 04, Spare Parts Kit for Model 845
250.00
E R
805
809-7058
520.00
E R
TFT
Remote meter and peak flasher panel for Model 845
37
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
=E
I
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
EBS MONITORS
164
TFT
760 -1A
829-0091
AM Receiver-Encoder -Decoder
1,485.00
E R
760 -1B
829-0090
FM Receiver-Encoder -Decoder
1,485.00
E R
GORMAN REDLICH
CE
809-7050
Encoder only
330.00
E
CE w /Stereo
809-7052
Encoder with stereo option
360.00
E
CEB
809-7053
Encoder -Decoder
475.00
E
CD
809 -7051
Decoder
280.00
E
CRW
809-7054
Weather Broadcast Receiver
475.00
E
PROOF OF PERFORMANCE EQUIPMENT
165
POTOMAC INSTRUMENTS
AT-51
829 -0051
Audio test system, consists of AG -51 Audio Generator and AÁ51
Audio Analyzer 115V/60Hz
3,975.00
E R
AA -51
829 -0087
Audio Analyzer only, 115V/60Hz
2,550.00
E R
Audio Generator only, 115V/60Hz
2,025.00
E R
235.00
E R
230.00
E R
E R
AG -51
DX -51
829 -0086
829-0094
Detector Attenuator (for
AT-51
test set)
829-0093
Input transformer (for AT-51 test set)
FIM -71
809-6004
Field Strength Meter, 45 -225 MHz, utilizes 10 "D" batteries
(not included)
4,500.00
FIM -72
809 -6005
Field Strength Meter, 470 -460 MHz, utilizes 10 "D" batteries
(not included)
6,250.00
E R
IX-51
BALD MOUNTAIN
1760FM /AM
829 -1761
Audio Step Generator, FM, AM
1,595.00
E
781
829 -0052
Decibel Meter with frequency readout
1,795.00
E
REMOTE CONTROL
166
ADVANCED MICRODYNAMICS
2,495.00
E R
3,495.00
E R
2,495.00
E R
Relay Interface Panel (10 Amp) 8 each status, raise, lower
+ failsafe. Two units required for ARC -16.
495.00
E R
809 -4019
Computer Interface for IBM -PC
495.00
E R
809 -4039
Telephone /Speech unit permits control from telephone using DTMF.
Also call -out alarms.
595.00
E R
SSI
809 -4038
Studio Status Indicator
150.00
E R
SIO
809 -4037
Studio I/O unit
495.00
E R
AMI
809 -4036
Antenna Monitor Interface (6 towers on 2 channels)
350.00
E R
SCA-1
809 -4035
Subcarrier Receiver-Specify FM frequency and 67 or 92 kHz
168.00
E R
Channel Remote Control (2 units)
TC -8
809 -4017
8
ARC -16
809 -4025
16
ARC -16
809 -4026
16 Channel single unit configuration with Telco /Speech unit for
control from any telephone
IP -8
809 -4018
CI -8
TSU
Channel Remote Control (2 units)
38
I
-E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
CD
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
REMOTE CONTROL (CONT'D.)
TFT
8610
809 -4006
Control portion only of 8610/8611 System
1,775.00
E R
809 -4007
Remote portion only of 8610/8611 System
2,220.00
E R
(5116-8160)
8611
(5116 -8611)
(7100 -2610)
809 -4008
Option
330.00
E R
(7100 -2620)
809 -4009
Option 02 SCA Generator (freq. 26- 185kHz avail.) for 8610/8611
330.00
E R
(7100 -2600)
809 -4010
Option 03 SCA Generator /Detector in one module for 8610/8611
660.00
E R
(7100 -4136)
809-4011
Option 07 Spare Parts Kit for 8610/8611
510.00
E R
8631
(5116 -8631)
809-4012
Channel Expander for 8610/8611 System
1,775.00
E R
8632
809-4014
Control portion only of 8632/8633 System
1,440.00
E R
809-4015
Remote portion only of 8632/8633 System
1,510.00
E R
01
SCA Detector (freq. 26-185kHz avail.) for 8610/8611
(5116 -8632)
8633
(5116 -8633)
(STAND ALONE UNIT) Status and Control System with 15 ON /OFF
Control and 15 STATUS indication channels, consisting of a Control
and Remote Unit. For ON /OFF control and STATUS indications
only. Expandable to 47 channels of status by the addition of 8632
and 8633.
7815
7815 -C
(5115-7815)
809 -4034
Control portion of 7815 system (One 7815 -R is also required for
full operation)
1,990.00
E R
7815 -R
(5116-7816)
809 -4022
Remote portion of 7815 system (One 7815 -C is also required for
full operation)
2,300.00
E R
Option 2
809 -4044
Spare Parts Kit. To provide spare parts such as relays, I.C's and
other critical components for emergency repair.
500.00
E R
809 -4043
Momentary Switch Kit. 8 Momentary switches and instructions for
replacing front panel toggle switches. Field Installation Only.
100.00
E R
(7100 -3100)
Option
3
(7100 -3130)
REMOTE CONTROL INTERFACE ACCESSORIES
809 -4033
Fail -Safe Unit for TV. To provide full compliance with FCC Rules by
monitoring 4 critical parameters, plus aural and visual power.
1,490.00
E R
809 -4027
Alternate Data Path Selector. Switch from main to alternate data
path when invalid data is detected from either the Control or the
Remote terminal. Both local and remote units are included.
2,045.00
E R
809 -4032
Amplifier. To provide isolation from a floating circuit to a grounded
circuit. DC gain is also provided.
620.00
E R
TLK-01
(5116-0TLK)
809 -4031
Tower Light Monitor. To monitor AC line current
350.00
E R
LVK -01
(5116-OLVK)
809 -4029
Line Voltage Monitor. To monitor AC line voltage
270.00
E R
PVK -01
(5116-0PVK)
809 -4028
Plate Voltage Monitor. To monitor plate voltage up to 20 kV
270.00
E R
TSK-01
(5116 -0TSK)
809 -4023
Temperature Sensing Kit. To monitor temperature of air or
components
465.00
E R
MBB -01
809 -4024
Isolation amp (high voltage). For monitoring voltage and current at
10kV above ground and translate reading in reference to ground
voltage to suit the input of the Remote.
410.00
E R
FSU -01
(5116 -0FSU)
ADS -01
(5116 -0ADS)
CSA -01
-OCSA
(5116 -0MBB)
39
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
I=E
REMOTE CONTROL INTERFACE ACCESSORIES (CONT'D.)
MOSELEY
MRC -1600
809 -4002
Remote control system, wire /radio
809-4003
Subcarrier generator module for MRC-1600'
195.00
E R
809-4004
Subcarrier demodulator module for MRC -1600'
195.00
E R
809-4005
Subaudible telemetry module for MRC -1600'
(includes two modules).
NOTE: NO CHARGE IF ORDERED WITH MRC -1600
790.00
E R
809 -3011
Optional cathode ray tube (CRT) terminal
809 -3016
Optional automatic logging includes I/O modules, software and
TI Model 850 desktop printer
809 -4041
809 -4042
809 -4040
4,595.00
Option for Dial AccessNoice Response allows access to Remote
Terminal via DTMF telephone.
When ordered with MRC -1600.
Ordered separately.
PC Option for DAVR uses IBM AT, XT or compatible PC to emulate
the MRC-1600 Control Terminal. Smart operation. Multi -site
E
1,095.00
E
995.00
E
1,080.00
1,380.00
E R
E R
595.00
E R
1,598.00
C R
3,195.00
C R
6,795.00
C R
5044.00
C R
8644.00
C R
capability. Scheduler for automatic dial out. Stores site information
on disk and automatically corrects for out -of-tolerance parameters.
Does not include P.C.
STL EQUIPMENT
168
MARTI SERIES
STL -10
829 -0002
STL-10 Transmitter, 10 watt, complete with crystal and tuned to
frequency, 120/220VAC
STL Transmitters & Receivers
-
No Antennas
P50 -Mono
809-3026
Package 50 includes (1) STL- 10/950 Transmitter and
Receiver for STL tuned to
MHz
P51- Stereo
809-3025
Package 51 includes (2) STL- 10/950 Transmitters, (2) R- 10/950
Receivers for STL, (1) HRC -10 Transmitter Combiner and (1)
MTS -10 Receiver Combiner tuned to
MHz
STL Mono System
P5OM
With Antennas
-
809-3027
STL Stereo System
(1) R- 10/950
-
Package 50M includes (1) STL- 10/950 Transmitter, (1) R- 10/950
Receiver for STL, (2) P- 9A48GN -1 4' Dish, (2) PG -1.5B Cables, (2)
L44N Female Connectors, (2) L44W Male Connectors, (2) K -1
Grounding Kits tuned to
MHz.
With Antennas
Psis
809-3023
Package 51S includes (2) STL -10/950 Transmitters, (2) R- 10/950
Receivers for STL, (1) HRC -10 Transmitter Combiner. (1) MIS-1
Receiver Combiner, (2) P- 9A48GN -1 4' Dish, (2) PG -1.5B Cables,
(2) L44N Female Connectors, (2) L44W Male Connectors, (2) K -1
Grounding Kits tuned to
MHz and
MHz.
ATS -15D
809-3004
ATS -10 Automatic Switchover unit for "hot
between (2) STL -10 series transmitters
HRC -10
829-0004
HRC -10 Transmitter Combiner. For combining the outputs of (2)
STL -10 Series transmitters into common antenna system.
TSL -15
809 -3010
Telemetry Link, 15 watts,
MHz, Call sign
Includes transmitter, receiver, station identifier.
2,295.00
C
TSL -30
809 -3024
Telemetry Link, 30 watts, includes transmitter, receiver, station
identifier and one rack shelf
MHz. Call sign
2,980.00
C R
1300
809 -3008
Automatic Station Identifier for TSL, Call sign
200.00
C R
RPT-30
809 -3042
Remote Pickup Transmitter, 30 watt, solid -state complete with
crystal & tuned to
MHz
MCD -708
829 -0013
Cardioid Dynamic Mic with push -to -talk switch
CR -10
809 -3002
Receiver, solid- state, complete with crystal with frequency range
of 400 -800, 280-340, 200-260, 140-180 MHz tuned to
MHz.
40
standby" switching
.
750.00
C
360.00
C R
1,695.00
C
80.00
C
1,045.00
C
0
i=E
CATA LOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
STL EQUIPMENT (CONT'D.)
170
MOSELEY PCL SERIES
PCL -606
829 -0098
STL -AII Solid State transmitter and receiver system, mono
MHz.
tuned to
10,490.00
E R
PCL -606/C
829 -0099
Composite STL - All Solid State transmitter and receiver
MHz. Transmits composite stereo waveform
system tuned to
over single STL 300- 330MHz, 450-470MHz, 890- 960MHz
10,490.00
E R
809 -3062
Extended Baseband Module permits composite STL to carry
92 kHz SCA channel in baseband radio. Replaces standard base band module. NO CHARGE WHEN ORDERED WITH PCL-606/C
SYSTEM
850.00
E R
1,250.00
E R
Note: 110kHz SCA cannot be used with Extended Baseband.
809 -3061
IF Repeater eliminates requirement to demodulate and remodulate
baseband audio in multi -hop configurations.
PCL 6000 SERIES
PCL 6020
809 -3052
Contains 6010 Transmitter and 6020 Receiver with fully
synthesized, selectable mono or composite operation. Double conversion receiver, auto receiver transfer circuitry. Tuned and tested
MHz. 300- 330MHz,
on operating frequency. Tuned to
450- 470MHz, 890-960MHz.
7,200.00
E R
PCL 6030
809-3053
Contains 6010 Transmitter and 6030 Receiver with fully
synthesized, selectable mono or composite operation. Triple conversion receiver, auto receiver transfer circuitry. Tuned and tested
MHz. 300- 330MHz,
on operating frequency. Tuned to
450-470MHz, 890- 960MHz.
8,800 00
E R
809 -3062
Extended Baseband permits composite STL to carry 92 kHz SCA
channel in baseband radio. Replaces standard baseband.
NO CHARGE WHEN ORDERED WITH PCL-6000 SYSTEM
850.00
E R
809 -3061
IF Repeater eliminates requirement to demodulate and remodulate
baseband audio in multihop configurations. Available for 6020 and
1,250.00
E R
6030 systems.
309 -3064
Internal Stereo Decoder installs in 6000 Series Receiver.
Demodulates composite stereo signal into discrete left and right
channels.
TPT-2
829 -0057
Transfer Panel Transmitter provides automatic changeover to
standby STL transmitter, carrier operated. Includes coaxial relay to
switch active transmitter to single antenna. For use with PCL -505,
PCL -600, PCL -606, PCL 6000 Series. Supplied with two RG -8/U
pigtail assemblies.
1,195.00
E R
TPR -2
829 -0058
Transfer Panel Receiver provides automatic changeover to standby
STL receiver, carrier operated. Use with PD-1000 Power Divider.
700.00
E R
TBD -800-2
809 -3063
Transmitter Combiner (806-1000 MHz). Manufactured by Celwave
Associates. Facilitates coupling two STL transmitters to a common
antenna. Type N female connectors. 4.2 dB insertion loss.
1,589.00
E R
PD -1000
809-3057
Power Divider (10 -1000 MHz). Manufactured by American
Microwave. Broadband, in -phase two way with N type female connectors. Facilitates coupling two receivers from a common antenna. Supplied with two RG -8 /U pigtail assemblies, 3.5 dB insertion
loss.
285.00
E R
ICU -ID
809-3058
Isocoupler 800-1000MHz
375.00
E R
Isocoupler 410-530MHz
325.00
E R
Isocoupler 145- 180MHz
325.00
E R
ICU -2D
ICU-3D
809-3059
809-3060
41
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
I=E
PROFESSIONAL
CODE
NET
STL EQUIPMENT (CONT'D.)
CL SERIES
'CL -100
809-3045
Telemetry return link, All Solid -State transmitter and receiver.
MHz.
Nominal one watt transmitter output. Tune to
3,980.00
E R
`CL -100
809-3044
Telemetry return link, All Solid -State transmitter and receiver.
MHz.
Nominal ten watt transmitter output. Tune to
4,980.00
E R
MCW
809 -3018
Identifier Module. Installs internally to CL -100 transmitter.
Call sign
275.00
E R
TPT-2
829 -0057
Transfer Panel Transmitter, provides automatic
changeover to standby STL transmitter
TPR -2
829 -0058
Transfer Panel Receiver, provides automatic changeover
to standby STL receiver. (Use with PD -1000 Power Divider)
RG -8 /U
829 -0071
3' Pigtail assembly, type
SCD-8
829 -0074
Subcarrier Demodulator, with automatic muting and
front -panel peak- deviation meter
N
male connector on each end
1,195.00
E
700.00
E
50.00
E
995.00
E
`Replaces TRL-1
TFT
172
809-3019
STL Transmitter with 39kHz SCA Generator, mono
Tune to
MHz.
1,675.00
E R
8601
(5116-8601)
809-3020
STL Receiver with 39kHz SCA Detector, mono
Tune to
MHz.
1,650.00
E R
8300
809 -3021
Composite STL Transmitter
4,675.00
E R
4,455.00
E R
8600
(5116-8600)
(5116-8300)
Tune to
MHz.
Composite STL Receiver
8301
(5116 -8301)
809 -3022
77008
(5116-7700B)
809 -3054
All solid state transmitter including self- contained power supply
and tested to customer specified operating frequency. For composite or monaural use.
3,975.00
E R
7707
(5116 -7707)
809 -3055
All solid state composite receiver including self-contained power
supply and tested to customer specified operating frequency.
3,250.00
E R
7705
809 -3056
All solid state monaural receiver including self- contained power
supply and tested to customer specified operating frequency.
3,550.00
E R
7770
(5116 -7770)
809 -3033
Automatic Transmitter Changeover Unit, for hot-standby use.
Use with two STL transmitters. Contains coaxial changeover relay;
power combiner not required. Self- contained power supply.
990.00
E R
7773
(5116 -1ud)
809 -3034
Automatic Receiver Changeover Unit, for hot-standby use with
two STL receivers; built -in power splitter. Unit derives DC power
from STL receivers.
940.00
E R
(7100 -3710)
809 -3036
Option 15 Stereo Decoder Module, for composite receivers
385.00
E R
(7100 -3790)
809 -3037
Option 16 Extended Baseband Response
450.00
E R
(7100 -4070)
809 -3038
Option 22 IF Repeater circuits installed in 8300 STL Systems
Tune to
MHz.
STL OPTIONS
1,290.00
E
STL ACCESSORIES
SCA -1
(5116 -SCA1)
809-3065
Stand -alone Subcarrer Generator for data transmission
(specify operating frequency)
880.00
E R
SCA -2
(5116 -SCA2)
809-3066
Stand -alone Subcarrier Detector for data reception
880.00
E R
SCA -3
(5116 -SCA3)
809 -3067
Stand -alone Subcarrier Generator and Detector for data
transmission and reception (specify two operating frequencies)
1,320.00
E R
COMBINER
809-3068
Combines (2) transmitter outputs to one antenna (80 dB isolation).
Specify two operating frequencies.
1,565.00
E R
809-3069
2 way power
115.00
E R
(specify operating frequency)
(7100 -4145)
SPLITTER
(3500-0021)
splitter for (2) receivers using one antenna
42
I
_E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
R
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
STL ANTENNAS
173
P- 9A48GN -1
809-1063
Mark 4' grid antenna, 19.1 dbi gain, N female connector,
complete with hardware for mounting on a pole 1.9 to as inches in
diameter. 890-960MHz
900.00
C R
P- 9A72GN -1
809-3015
Mark 6' grid antenna, 22.6 dbi gain, N female connector,
complete with hardware for mounting on a pole 1.9 to 3.5 inches in
diameter. 890-960MHz
1,125.00
C R
P- 9A96GN -1
809-3014
Mark 8' grid antenna, 25.1 dbi gain, N female connector,
complete with hardware for mounting on a pole 1.9 to 3.5 inches in
diameter. 890- 960MHz
1,775.00
C R
P- 9Al2OGN -1
809-3013
Mark 10' grid antenna, 27.0 dbi gain, N female connector,
complete with hardware for mounting on a pole 1.9 to 3.5 inches in
diameter. 890- 960MHz
2,460.00
C R
PR -450U
829-0060
Paraflector antenna (20.1 dBd gain at 950MHz), for 300MHz
to 960MHz, with type N female termination, universal mountins on
2 to 2% inch pole for horizontal or vertical polarization, fully
MHz
anodized, for STL. Specify operating frequency.
550.00
E R
MF-960
829 -0061
Miniflector antenna (14 dBd gain at 950MHz) for 940-960MHz,
with type N female termination, complete with brackets for horizontal or vertical polarization mounting on 2 -2% inch pole. Specify
operating frequency.
MHz
300.00
E R
CA5-150H
829 -0062
Five -element yagi antenna, horizontally polarized. 9 dBd gain,
140- 230MHz. N female connector (others available)
MHz
230.00
E R
CA5-450
829 -0064
Five -element yagi antenna, H or V polarization, 10 dBd gain,
MHz
216- 1000MHz. N female connector (others available)
185.00
E R
WATTMETERS
174
175
174
FOR 15/8" LINE
-
HIGH POWER RIGID LINE SERIES
4712
809-8033
.25 -25kW, single socket, EIA FL
570.00
E R
4715 -200
809-8034
.25 -25kW, double socket, EIA FL
610.00
E R
4712 -037
809 -8037
.3 -6kW,
single socket, EIA FL
500.00
E R
4715 -300
809 -8038
.3 -6kW,
double socket, flanged
610.00
E R
PLUG-IN ELEMENTS FOR 11/4"
250B1
809-8101
250W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
300131
809-8085
300W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
500B1
809-8102
500W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
60081
809-8084
600W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
1000131
809-8100
1000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
150081
809-8083
1500W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
2500131
809-8099
2500W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
3000B1
809-8082
3000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
5000B1
809-8098
5000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
6000B1
809-8081
6000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
10KB1
809-8097
10kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
single socket, EIA FL
650.00
ER
double socket, EIA FL
760.00
E R
double socket, unflanged
625.00
E R
single socket, unflanged
490.00
E R
single socket, EIA FL
650.00
E R
double socket, EIA FL
760.00
E R
single socket, unflanged
490.00
E R
double socket, unflanged
625.00
E R
FOR 31/4" LINE
460
4610 -200
4802 -200
4805
4600 -037
4610 -300
4805 -037
4802 -300
-
High Power Rigid Line Series
809 -8039
809 -8040
809 -8042
809 -8041
809 -8043
809 -8044
809 -8045
809 -8046
1- 100kW,
1- 100kW,
1- 100kW,
1- 100kW,
1.5 -30kW,
1.5 -30kW,
1.5 -30kW,
1.5 -30kW,
43
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
I
=E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
RF WATTMETERS (CONT'D.)
175
PLUG-IN ELEMENTS FOR 31/e"
100083
809-8096
1000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
1500B3
809-8080
1500W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
250083
809-8095
2500W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
3000B3
809-8078
3000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
500083
809-8094
5000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
6000B3
809-8079
6000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
10KB3
809-8093
10kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
15KB3
809-8077
15kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
25KB3
809-8092
25kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
30K133
809-8076
30kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
50KB4
809-8091
50kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
FOR 41/46" LINE
-
Thruline RF Directional
4641
809-8147
25-50kW, single socket, 50- 25MHz, EIA FL
950.00
E R
4641 -037
809-8145
3 -60kW,
single socket, 50-750MHz, EIA FL
950.00
E R
4641 -080
809-8143
8 -80kW,
single socket, 50-125MHz, EIA FL
950.00
E R
4642 -200
809 -8146
2.5 -50kW, double socket, 50- 250MHz, EIA FL
1,090.00
E R
4642-300
809 -8144
3 -60kW,
1,090.00
E R
double socket, 50- 750MHz, EIA FL
PLUG-IN ELEMENTS FOR 4y,8"
174
2500B5
809-8139
2500W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
3000B5
809-8140
3000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
5000B5
809-8141
5000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
600085
809-8142
6000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
8KB5
809-8133
8kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
25KB5
809-8138
25kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
30KB5
809-8135
30kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
50KB5
809-8134
50kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
60KB5
809-8136
60kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
80KB5
809-8137
80kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
1,100.00
E R
FOR 6'/8" LINE
-
High Power Rigid Line Series
4902
809-8047
25- 250kW, single socket, EIA FL
4909 -200
809-8050
2.5- 250kW, double socket, unflanged
4905 -200
809-8048
2.5 -25kW, single socket, EIA FL
4907
809-8049
2.5 -25kW, single socket, unflanged
4902 -037
809-8051
3 -60kW,
4905 -300
809-8052
4902 -080
4907-080
920.00
E R
1,270.00
E R
750.00
E R
single socket, EIA FL
1,100.00
E R
3 -60kW,
double socket, EIA FL
1,270.00
E R
809-8053
8 -80kW,
single socket, EIA FL
1,100.00
E R
809 -8054
8 -80kW,
single socket, unflanged
750.00
E R
44
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
RF WATTMETERS (CONT'D.)
175
PLUG -IN ELEMENTS FOR 61/4"
250086
809 -8090
2500W, 50- 125MHz
80.00
E R
300086
809 -8075
3000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
500086
809 -8088
5000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
600086
809 -8074
6000W, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
8KB6
809 -8070
8kW, 50- 125MHz
80.00
E R
10KB6
809 -8089
10kW, 50- 125MHz
80.00
E R
15KB6
809 -8073
15kW, 50- 125MHz
80.00
E R
25KB6
809-8087
25kW, 50- 125MHz
80.00
E R
30KB6
809-8072
30kW, 50-125MHz
80.00
E R
50K86
809-8086
50kW, 50- 125MHz
80.00
E R
60K86
809-8071
60kW, 50- 125MHz
80.00
E R
80KB6
809-8069
80kW, 50- 125MHz
80.00
E R
175
RF POWER MONITORS /ALARMS
175
MONITORING SYSTEMS
175
DC CABLE ASSEMBLIES
176
RACK MOUNTED WATTMETERS
(Call Broadcast Electronics for details)
-
(Call Broadcast Electronics for details)
-
-
(Call Broadcast Electronics for details)
-
(Call Broadcast Electronics for details)
RF DUMMY LOADS
177
177
MODULOAD SELF -COOLED LOAD SYSTEMS
8631 -115
809-8157
10kW, 31/8" EIA FL, 91/2 amps @ 115V/60Hz
4,325.00
E R
8631 -230
809-8155
10kW, 31/8" EIA FL, 43/4 amps @ 230V/50Hz
4,340.00
E R
8635 -115
809-8154
10kW, 15/8" EIA FL,
@ 115V/60Hz
4,325.00
E R
8635 -230
809-8153
10kW, 13/4" EIA FL, 43/4 amps @ 230V/50Hz
4,350.00
E R
8645 -230
809-8156
25kW, 31/8" EIA FL,
230V /50Hz
5,765.00
E R
8655 -230
809-8152
50kW, 31/8" EIA FL, 7 amps @ 230V /50Hz
8,035.00
E R
91
51/2
amps
amps
@
WATER- COOLED, AIR DIELECTRIC
8645-115
809-8004
10/25kW, 31/8" EIA FL
5,730.00
E R
8655 -115
809-8003
10/50kW, 31/8" EIA FL
8,000.00
E R
8731
809-8005
10kW, Econoload, 31/8" EIA FL
840.00
E R
8745
809-8132
20kW, Econoload, 31/8" EIA FL
1,190.00
E R
8755
809 -8006
30kW, Econoload, 31/8" EIA FL
1,650.00
E R
8775
809 -8130
50kW, Econoload, 31/8" EIA FL
2,110.00
E R
8750 -115
809 -8128
Control Box Assembly for Econoloads 115V/60Hz
285.00
E R
8750 -230
809 -8127
Control Box Assembly for Econoloads 230V/50Hz
285.00
E R
5 -898-2
809 -8126
20kW, Water Flow Switch for Econoloads
135.00
E R
5 -898-3
809 -8125
30kW, Water Flow Switch for Econoloads
135.00
E R
5 -898-6
809 -8123
10kW, Water Flow Switch for Econoloads
135.00
E R
DRY LOAD, CONVECTION AIR -COOLED
8166
809-8165
150W, Termaline, w /female N connector
240.00
E R
8173
809-8158
300W, w /female N connector
405.00
E R
8363NF
809-8159
50W, Broad -band,w /female N connector
115.00
E R
LIQUID DIELECTRIC, AIR -COOLED
8862
809-8120
1.5kW, 13/4" EIA FL
800.00
E R
8922
809-8119
5kW, 13/4" EIA FL
2,010.00
E R
8936 -115
809 -8118
10kW, 31/8" EIA FL, 115VAC
3,055.00
E R
8936 -230
809-8117
10kW, 31/8" EIA FL, 230VAC
3,090.00
E R
45
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
=E
I
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
NET
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
CODE
RF DUMMY LOADS (CONT'D.)
10kW, Convection -cooled Dry Dummy Load 31/8 ", EIA flange
standard - 1% available on request - NO ADDITIONAL CHARGE
2,275.00
B R
DPTC -25KFM 809-8013
25kW, Air -cooled Dummy Load 31/8" EIA flange standard.
1% available for additional $200.00
3,850.00
B R
DPTC -50KFM 809 -8014
50kW, Air -cooled Dummy Load 31/8" EIA flange
6,500.00
B R
25kW, Air -cooled Dummy Load, 31/8" EIA FL
3,895.00
B R
DPTC -10KFM
6725E3-115
809 -8002
809 -8012
AC ROTARY PHASE CONVERTERS
179
2,565.00
E
amps
6,650.00
E
135 amps
7,875.00
E
960.00
E
T -2500
801 -9002
Phasemaster
T- Series,
T -12000
801 -9008
Phasemaster
T- Series, 115
25 amps
T -14000
801 -9009
Phasemaster
T- Series,
AC LINE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
181
M220
809 -5000
AC Line Surge Suppressor for use on single phase 208/240 VAC
balanced three wire main power.
M240
809 -5001
AC Line Surge Suppressor for use on 3 phase power mains from
208/240VAC any type of service. Complete protection on all lines.
1,485.00
E R
M460
809 -5002
AC Line Surge Suppressor for use on 3 phase power mains
380/480 VAC. Complete protection on 277 volt lightning circuits and
1,585.00
E
distribution transformers
SE120/240 -30-1
809 -9000
120/240VAC, 30 amp 3-wire single phase
1,390.00
A R
SE120/240 -60-1
809 -9001
120/240VAC, 60 amp 3 -wire single phase
2,427.00
A R
SW120/208-30 -3Y
809 -9002
120/208VAC, 30 amp 4 -5 wire three phase wye
3,129.00
A R
SE1201208 -60-3Y
809 -9003
120/208VAC, 60 amp 4 -5 wire three phase wye
4,072.00
A R
SE120/208- 200-3Y
809 -9004
120/208VAC, 200 amp 4 -5 wire three phase wye
6,510.00
A R
SE1201208- 300-3Y
809 -9005
120/208VAC, 300 amp 4 -5 wire three phase wye
7,703.00
A R
SE240 -30-3D
809 -9006
240VAC, 30 amp 3-4 wire three phase Delta
3,207.00
A R
SE240 -60-3D
809 -9007
240VAC, 60 amp 3-4 wire three phase Delta
4,237.00
A R
SE240- 150 -3D
809 -9008
240VAC, 150 amp 3 -4 wire three phase Delta
6,184.00
A R
SE240- 200 -3D 809 -9009
240VAC, 200 amp 3 -4 wire three phase Delta
6,793.00
A R
COAXIAL SWITCHES
180
CSW -158
809 -2130
Motorized coaxial switch for 1%" line, 4 port, flanged
3,000.00
C R
CSW -318
809 -2128
Motorized coaxial switch for 3ye" line, 4 port, flanged
3,695.00
C R
CSW-416
809 -2126
Motorized coaxial switch for 4yÁ6" line, 4 port, flanged
5,500.00
C R
7,750.00
C R
switch
595.00
C R
C R
CSW-618
809 -2124
Motorized coaxial switch for 61/8" line, 4 port, flanged
SCP -1
809-4021
Switch control panel
-
1
SCP -3
809-4020
Switch control panel
3 switch
2,800.00
A50000-200
809-2131
Motorized coaxial switch for 1%" line, 4 port, flanged
3,200.00
C R
809-2132
Motorized coaxial switch for 31/e" line, 4 port, flanged
3,725.00
C R
809-2133
Motorized coaxial switch for 41/18" line, 4 port,
4,000.00
C R
A50000-300
A50000-400
-
46
flanged
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
FM BROADCAST ANTENNAS
182
BESP 'A' SERIES, 31/4" INTERBAY LINE, SUPER POWER
Note: Advise if antenna is to be leg, face or pole mounted, tower manufacturer and model number, leg or pole diameter, face
dimension on centers and operating frequency.
Note: If antenna is to be leg mounted on a member less than 3 inches in diameter
(5 inches
if radomees are used), anti rotational
are required for each bay at additional cost.
809 -1910
Anti -rotational mounting brackets (one required per bay)
809 -1900
DC Shorting Stub for lightning protection
(385.00
809 -1907
Radome (per bay)
1,042.00
PCR
PCR
PCR
809 -1904
Antenna de -icer (per bay)
1,181.00
P C R
809 -1914
Beam tilt (specify degrees)
586.00
P C R
809 -1912
First Null Fill (Specify %)
586.00
809 -1913
Second Null Fill (Specify %)
884.00
PCR
PCR
BESP-1AE
809 -1501 -020
1
bay, 3ye" end feed, 32kW input rating
2,800.00
P C R
BESP-2AE
809-1502 -020
2 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW input rating
5,600.00
BESP-2AC
809 -1502-040
2 bay, 3y8" center feed, 39kW input rating
6,589.00
BESP-2AC6
809-1502 -080
2 bay, 61/8" center feed, 64kW input rating
8,531.00
PCR
PCR
PCR
BESP-3AE
809-1503 -020
3 bay, 3ye" end feed, 32kW input rating
8,400.00
P C R
BESP-3AC
809-1503 -050
3 bay, 31/e" off center feed, 39kW input rating
9,389.00
BESP-4AE
809 -1504-020
4 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW input rating
11,200.00
PCR
PCR
BESP-4AC
809-1504 -040
4 bay, 31/8" center feed, 39kW input rating
12,188.00
P C R
BESP-4AC6
809-1504 -080
4 bay, 61/8" center feed, 64kW input rating
14,123.00
P C R
BESP-5AE
809-1505 -020
5 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW
14,000.00
P C R
BESP-5AC
809-1505 -050
5 bay, 3ye" off center feed, 39kW input rating
14,989.00
BESP-5AC6
809-1505 -090
5 bay, bye" off center feed, 64kW input rating
16,931.00
BESP-6AE
809-1506-020
6 bay, 3ye" end feed, 32kW input rating
16,800.00
BESP-6AC
809- 1506-040
6 bay, 3ye" center feed, 39kW input rating
BESP-6AC6
809 -1506-080
6 bay,
61"
19,732.00
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
BESP-7AE
809 -1507-020
7 bay,
3%" end feed, 32kW input rating
19,600.00
P C R
BESP-7AC
809 -1507-050
7 bay, 3ye" off center feed, 39kW input rating
20,588.00
P C R
BESP-8AE
809 -1508-020
8 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW input rating
22,400.00
P C R
BESP-8AC
809- 1508-040
8 bay, 3ye" center feed, 39kW input rating
23,389.00
P C R
BESP-8AC6
809 -1508-080
8 bay, 61/8" center feed, 64kW input rating
25,331.00
P C R
BESP-9AC
809 -1509-050
9 bay, 3ye" off
26,189.00
BESP-10AC
809- 1510-040
10 bay, 3ye" center feed, 39kW
BESP-10AC6
809- 1510-080
10 bay, 61/8"
BESP-11AC
809- 1511 -050
11
BESP-12AC
809 -1512 -040
12 bay, 31/8"
BESP-12AC6
809- 1512 -080
12 bay, 61/8"
BESP-13AC
809-1513 -050
13 bay, 31/8" off center feed, 39kW input rating
BESP-14AC
809 -1514 -040
14 bay, 31/8"
BESP-14AC6
809 -1514 -080
14 bay, 61/8"
BESP-15AC
809-1515 -050
15 bay, 31/8" off
BESP-16AC
809 -1516 -040
16 bay, 31/8"
BESP-16AC6
809-1516 -080
16 bay, 61/8"
input rating
center feed, 64kW input rating
80.00
17,789.00
input rating
28,988.00
PCR
PCR
center feed, 64kW input rating
30,931.00
PC R
31,789.00
P C R
center feed, 39kW input rating
34,589 00
P C R
center feed, 64kW input rating
36,352.00
P C R
37,388.00
P C R
center feed, 39kW input rating
40,189.00
P C R
center feed, 64kW input rating
42,131.00
PC R
42,989.00
P C R
center feed, 39kW input rating
45,788.00
P C R
center feed, 64kW input rating
47,731.00
PCA
center feed, 39kW input rating
bay, 3ye" off center feed, 39kW input rating
center feed, 39kw input rating
47
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
FM ANTENNAS (CONT'D.)
182
BESP 'B' SERIES, 4%" INTERBAY LINE, SUPER POWER
Note: Advise if antenna is to be leg, face or pole mounted, tower manufacturer and model number, leg or pole diameter, face
dimension on centers and operating frequency
a member less than 3 inches in diameter (5 inches if radomes are used), anti rotational
brackets are required for each bay at additional cost.
Note: If antenna is to be leg mounted on
182
809 -1910
Anti -rotational mounting brackets (one required per bay)
809 -1903
DC Shorting Stub for lightning protection
809 -1907
809 -1904
809 -1914
80.00
P
C R
434.00
P C R
Radome (per bay)
1,042.00
P C R
Antenna de-icer (per bay)
1,181.00
P C R
Beam tilt (specify degrees)
586.00
P C R
809 -1912
First Null Fill (Specify %)
586.00
P C R
809 -1913
Second Null Fill (Specify %)
884.00
P C R
BESP -1BE
809 -1601 -060
1
bay, 61/8" end feed, 40kW input rating
3,911.00
P C R
BESP -2BE
809 -1602 -060
2 bay, 61/8" end feed, 56kW
input rating
7,823.00
P C R
BESP -2BC
809 -1602 -080
2 bay, 61/8"
10,990.00
P C R
BESP -3BE
809-1603 -060
3 bay, 61/2" end feed, 56kW input rating
11,734.00
P C R
BESP -3BC
809-1603 -090
3 bay, 61/8" off center feed, 112kW
14,902.00
P C R
BESP -4BE
809-1604 -060
4 bay, 61/8" end feed, 56kW input rating
15,645.00
P C R
BESP -4BC
809-1604 -080
4 bay, 61/8" center feed, 112kW
18,813.00
P C R
BESP -5BE
809-1605 -060
5 bay, 61/8"
19,556.00
P C R
BESP -5BC
809-1605 -090
5 bay, 61/8" off
22,724.00
P C R
BESP -6BE
809-1606 -060
6 bay, 61/8" end feed, 56kW
23,468.00
P C R
BESP -6BC
809-1606 -080
6 bay, 61/8"
26,635.00
P C R
BESP -7BE
809-1607-060
7 bay, 61/8" end feed, 56kW input rating
27,379.00
P C R
BESP-7BC
809-1607-090
7 bay, 61/8" off center feed, 112kW
30,547.00
P C R
BESP-8BE
809-1608 -060
8 bay, 61/8" end feed, 56kW
31,290.00
P C R
BESP-8BC
809-1608 -080
8 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 112kW input rating
34,458.00
P C R
BESP-9BC
809-1609 -090
9 bay,
off center feed, 112kW input rating
38,369.00
P
BESP-10BC
809 -1610-080
10 bay, 61/8"
42,280.00
P C R
BESP -11BC
809 -1611 -090
11
46,192.00
P C R
BESP -12BC
809 -1612-080
12 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 112kW input rating
50,103.00
P C R
BESP -13BC
809 -1613-090
13 bay, 61/8"
off center feed, 112kW input rating
54,014.00
P C R
BESP -14BC
809- 1614-080
14 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 112kW input rating
57,925.00
P C R
BESP -15BC
809 -1615-090
15 bay, 61/8"
off center feed, 112kW input rating
61,837.00
P C R
BESP -16BC
809 -1616-080
16 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 112kW input rating
64,698.00
P C R
center feed, 80kW input rating
61"
input rating
input rating
end feed, 56kW input rating
center feed, 112kW input rating
input rating
center feed, 112kW input rating
input rating
input rating
center feed, 112kW input rating
bay, 61/8" off center feed, 112kW input rating
C R
BESP 'C' SERIES, 61/6" INTERBAY LINE, SUPER POWER
Note: Advise if antenna is to be leg, face or pole mounted, tower manufacturer and model number, leg or pole diameter, face
dimension on centers and operating frequency
a member less than 3 inches in diameter (5 inches if radomes are used), anti rotational
brackets are required for each bay at additional cost.
P C R
80.00
Anti -rotational mounting brackets (one required per bay)
809-1910
Note: If antenna is to be leg mounted on
809-1902
DC Shorting Stub for lightning protection
551.00
P C R
809-1907
Radome (per bay)
1,042.00
P C R
809 -1904
Antenna de -icer (per bay)
1,181.00
P C R
N/A
Beam tilt (specify degrees)
N/A
N/A
First Null Fill (Specify
N/A
N/A
Second Null Fill (Specify
0/o)
o/a)
48
N/A
1
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
bay 61/8" end feed, 40kW input rating
4,471.00
P C R
input rating
8,943.00
P C R
FM ANTENNAS (CONT'D.)
BESP 'C' SERIES, 6'/8" INTERBAY LINE, SUPER POWER (CONT'D.)
184
BESP-10E
809-1701 -060
BESP -2CE
809-1702 -060
2 bay 61/8" end feed, 80kW
BESP -3CE
809 -1703 -060
3 bay , 61/8" end feed, 120kW
input rating
13,414.00
P C R
BESP -4CE
809-1704 -060
4 bay 61/8" end feed, 120kW input rating
17,885.00
P C R
BESP -5CE
809 -1705 -060
5
bay 6y8" end feed, 120kW input rating
22,357.00
P
BESP -6CE
809 -1706 -060
6 bay 61/8" end feed, 120kW
input rating
26,828.00
P C R
1
,
,
,
,
,
C R
BEMP SERIES, 15/5" INTERBAY LINE, MEDIUM POWER
Note: Advise if antenna is
to be leg, face or pole mounted, tower manufacturer and model number, leg or pole diameter, face
dimension on centers and operating frequency
Note: If antenna is
to be leg mounted on a member less than 3 inches in diameter (5 inches if radomes are used), anti rotational
brackets are required for each bay at additional cost.
186
809 -1910
Anti -rotational mounting brackets (one required per bay)
809 -1901
DC Shorting Stub for lightning protection
809 -1907
80.00
P C R
350.00
P C R
Radome (per bay)
1,042.00
P C R
809 -1904
Antenna de -icer (per bay)
1,181.00
P C R
809 -1914
Beam tilt (specify degrees)
586.00
P C R
809 -1912
First Null Fill (Specify %)
586.00
P
809-1913
Second Null Fill (Specify %)
BEMP-1E
809 -1401 -010
1
BEMP-2E
809-1402 -010
2 bay, 1%" end feed, 9kW
BEMP-2C
809-1402 -040
2 bay, 31/8"
BEMP-3E
809-1403 -010
3 bay, 1%" end feed, 9kW
BEMP-3C
809-1403 -050
3 bay, 31/8" off
BEMP-4E
809-1404 -010
4 bay, 1%" end feed, 9kW input rating
BEMP-4C
809-1404 -040
4 bay, 31/e"
BEMP-5E
809-1405 -010
5 bay,
BEMP-5C
809-1405 -050
5 bay, 31/8" off
BEMP-6E
809-1406 -010
6 bay, 1%" end feed, 9kW
BEMP-6C
809-1406 -040
6 bay, 31/e"
BEMP-7E
809-1407-010
7 bay, 1%" end feed, 9kW input rating
13,537.00
BE M P-7C
809-1407-050
7 bay, 3ye" off center feed, 12kW
14,525.00
BEMP-8E
809-1408 -010
8 bay,
end feed, 9kW input rating
15,470.00
BEMP-8C
809-1408 -040
8 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 12kW input rating
16,459.00
BEMP-9C
809 -1409 -050
9 bay, 31/8"
off center feed, 12kW input rating
BEM P-10C
809 -1410 -040
10 bay, 31/8"
BEMP-11C
809 -1411 -050
11
BEM P-12C
809 -1412-040
12 bay, 31/8"
BELP SERIES
-
bay, 1%" end feed, 9kW input rating
input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
1%" end feed, 9kW input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
15 /e"
C R
N/A
input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
bay, 3ye" off center feed, 12kW input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
1,934.00
PCR
3,867.00
P C R
4,856.00
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
PCR
5,801.00
6,790.00
7,735.00
8,723.00
9,668.00
10,658.00
11,603.00
12,592.00
18,393.00
20,326.00
22,260.00
24,194.00
HORIZONTALLY POLARIZED, LOW POWER
Note: Includes brackets for mounting on
a
pole of
2-21/2
inch diameter
BELP-11A
809 -1301
With single ring element
428.00
CR
LP-22A
809 -1302
With 2 ring elements
856.00
BELP-33A
809 -1303
With 3 ring elements
1,286.00
CR
CR
BELP-44A
809 -1304
With 4 ring elements
1,715.00
CR
BE
49
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
I
=E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
FM ANTENNAS (CONT'D.)
187
ERI ANTENNAS
1100 SERIES
-
HIGH POWER CIRCULARLY POLARIZED
Note: Advise if antenna is to be leg, face or pole mounted, tower manufacturer and model number, leg or pole diameter, face
dimension on centers and operating frequency
a member less than 3 inches in diameter (5 inches if radomes are used), anti rotational
brackets are required for each bay at additional cost.
Note: If antenna is to be leg mounted on
80.00
C R
N/A
C R
Radome (per bay)
989.00
C R
809-1905
Antenna de -icer (per bay)
(Specify 120 ro 240V, 300 or 500 watts)
336.00
C R
809-1914
Beam tilt (specify degrees)
586.00
C R
809-1912
First Null Fill (Specify %)
586.00
C R
809-1913
Second Null Fill (Specify %)
884.00
C R
1100 -1AE
809-1101 -020
1
1100 -2AE
809-1102 -020
2 bay, 31/8" end feed, 10kW
1100 -2AC
809 -1102 -040
2 bay, 31/8"
1100 -3AE
809- 1103 -020
3 bay, 31/8" end feed, 15kW
1100 -4AE
809-1910
Anti -rotational mounting brackets (one required per bay)
N/A
DC Shorting Stub for lightning protection
809-1908
188
2,118.00
C R
4,235.00
C R
5,224.00
C R
input rating
6,353.00
C R
809 -1104 -020
4 bay, 31/8" end feed, 20kW input rating
8,470.00
C R
1100 -4AC
809-1104 -040
4 bay, 31/8" center feed, 20kW input rating
9,458.00
C R
1100 -5AE
809 -1105 -020
5 bay, 31/8"
end feed, 25kW input rating
10,587.00
C R
1100 -6AE
809 -1106 -020
6 bay,
31"
end feed, 30kW input rating
12,705.00
C R
1100 -6AC
809 -1106 -040
6 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 30kW input rating
13,694.00
C R
1100 -7AE
809-1107 -020
7 bay, 31/2" end feed, 35kW
input rating
14,823.00
C R
1100 -8AE
809 -1108-020
8 bay, 31/8" end feed, 40kW
input rating
16,940.00
C R
1100 -8AC
809- 1108 -040
8 bay, 31/8" center feed, 40kW input rating
17,929.00
C R
1100 -9AC
809- 1109 -050
9 bay, 31/8" off
20,047.00
C R
1100 -10AC
809 -1110-040
10 bay, 31/8"
22,147.00
C R
1100 -11AC
809-1111 -050
11
24,281.00
C R
1100 -12AC
809 -1112-040
12 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 40kW input rating
26,399.00
C R
1100 -13ÁC
809 -1113-050
13 bay, 31/8"
off center feed, 40kW input rating
28,516.00
C R
1100 -14AC
809 -1114-040
14 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 40kW input rating
30,634.00
C R
1100 -15AC
809- 1115-050
15 bay, 31/8"
off center feed, 40kW input rating
32,752.00
C R
1100 -16AC
809 -1116-040
16 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 40kW input rating
34,869.00
C R
bay, 31/8" end feed, 5kW input rating
input rating
center feed, 10kW input rating
center feed, 40kW input rating
center feed, 40kW input rating
bay, 31/8" off center feed, 40kW input rating
- CIRCULARLY POLARIZED
Note: Advise if antenna is to be leg, face or pole mounted, tower manufacturer and model number; leg or pole diameter; face
1105 SERIES
dimension on centers and operating frequency
a member less than 2 inches in diameter (4 inches if radomes are used), anti rotational
brackets are required for each bay at additional cost.
Note: If antenna is to be leg mounted on
809 -1910
Anti -rotational mounting brackets (one required per bay)
DC Shorting Stub for lightning protection
80.00
C R
N/A
809 -1909
Radome (per bay)
942.00
C R
809 -1906
Antenna de -icer (per bay)
(Specify 120 ro 240 volts, 300 or 500 watts)
320.00
C R
809 -1071
'Beam tilt (specify degrees)
631.00
C R
809 -1072
'First Null Fill (Specify %)
631.00
C R
*May reduce input power rating
N/A
N/A
Second Null Fill (Specify %)
1105-1E
809 -1151 -010
bay, 11/2" end feed, 3kW input rating
1,295.00
C R
1105-2E
809 -1152 -010
2 bay, 11/2" end feed, 6kW input rating
2,590.00
C R
1105 -3E
809 -1153 -010
3 bay, 11/2" end feed, 7.5kW
input rating
3,885.00
C R
1105 -4E
809 -1154 -010
4 bay, 11/2" end feed, 7.5kW input rating
5,180.00
C R
1
50
®
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
FM ANTENNAS (CONT'D.)
189
CIRCULARLY POLARIZED (CONT'D.)
1105 SERIES
-
1105 -4C
809-1154 -040
4 bay, 31/8"
1105 -5E
809 -1155 -010
5 bay, 1%" end feed, 75kW input rating
1105 -5C
809-1155 -040
5 bay, 31/8"
1105 -6E
809-1156 -010
6 bay, 1%" end feed, 7.5kW input rating
1105 -6C
809-1156 -040
6 bay, 31/8"
1105 -7E
809-1157-010
7 bay, 1%" end feed, 7.5kW input rating
1105 -7C
809-1157-040
7 bay, 31/8"
1105 -8E
809-1158 -010
8 bay, 1%" end feed,
1105 -8C
809- 1158 -040
8 bay, 31/8"
1105 -9C
809 -1159 -040
9 bay, 31/8" center feed, 12kW
1105 -10C
809 -1160 -040
10 bay, 31/8"
1105 -11C
809 -1161 -040
11
1105 -12C
809 -1162 -040
12 bay, 31/8"
200 SERIES
Note: Advise
-
center feed, 12kW input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
75kW input rating
6,169.00
C R
6,475.00
C R
7,463.00
C R
7,700.00
C R
8,759.00
C R
9,065.00
C R
10,054.00
C R
10,360.00
C R
center feed, 12kW input rating
11,348.00
C R
input rating
12,644.00
C R
center feed, 12kW input rating
13,939.00
C R
bay, 31/8" center feed, 12kW input rating
15,233.00
C R
center feed, 12kW input rating
16,529.00
C R
CIRCULARLY POLARIZED
if antenna is to be leg, face or pole mounted, tower manufacturer and model number, leg or pole diameter, face
dimension on centers and operating frequency.
Note:
If antenna is to be leg mounted on a member less than 3 inches in diameter (5 inches if radomes are used), anti rotational brackets are required for each bay at additional cost.
Anti -rotational mounting brackets (one required per bay)
80.00
C R
N/A
DC Shorting Stub for lightning protection
N/A
C R
N/A
Radome (per bay)
N/A
809-1904
Antenna de -icer (per bay)
809-1914
Beam tilt (specify degrees)
645.00
C R
809-1912
First Null Fill (Specify %)
645.00
C R
809-1913
Second Null Fill (Specify %)
884.00
C R
1,181.00
3,080.00
C
input rating
6,160.00
C
7,248.00
C
input rating
9,240.00
C
input rating
12,320.00
C
13,409.00
C
15,400.00
C
18,480.00
C
19,569.00
C
809-1201 -020
200 -2AE
809-1202 -020
2 bay, 31/8" end feed, 20kW
200 -2AC
809-1202 -040
2 bay, 31/8" center feed, 20kW input rating
200 -3AE
809-1203 -020
3 bay, 31/8" end feed, 20kW
200 -4AE
809-1204 -020
4 bay, 31/8" end feed, 30kW
200 -4AC
809-1204 -040
4 bay, 31/8"
1
C R
bay, 31/8" end feed, 10kW input rating
200 -1AE
center feed, 30kW input rating
809-1205 -020
5 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW input rating
200 -6AE
809-1206 -020
6 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW input rating
200 -6AC
809-1206 -040
6 bay, 31/8"
200 -7AE
809-1207-020
7 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW
input rating
21,648.00
C
200 -8AE
809-1208 -020
8 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW input rating
24,640.00
C
200 -8AC
809-1208 -040
8 bay, 31/8" center feed, 39kW input rating
25,728.00
C
200 -10AC
809-1210 -040
10 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 39kW input rating
31,889.00
C
200 -12AC
809 -1212 -040
12 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 39kW input rating
38,049.00
C
200-14AC
809- 1214 -040
14 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 39kW input rating
44,208.00
C
200-5AE
191
809-1910
center feed, 39kW input rating
ERI ACCESSORIES
AD5
809-1070
Male to male adaptor, 31/8"
9700
C
404
809-1069
Isolation transformer, 10kW, 1%" input
2,888.00
C
404A
809-1068
Isolation transformer, 10kW, 31/8" input
3,419.00
C
425
809-1067
Isolation transformer, 25kW, 31/8" input
6,440.00
C
426
809-1066
Isolation transformer, 40kW, 31/8" input
6,860.00
C
427
809 -1065
Isolation transformer, 50kW, 41/8" input
8,400.00
C
51
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
I=E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
TRANSMISSION LINES & ACCESSORIES
192
FOR /z" FOAM DIELECTRIC CABLE
1
809 -2631
1/2"
foam dielectric coaxial cable
L44R
809 -2632
7/8"
EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
L44W
809 -2630
N
L44N
809 -2629
N
L44P
809 -2628
L44U
809 -2633
43211
192
2.00 /ft
B R
96.00
B R
plug (male), mates with UG -23
27.00
8
jack (female), mates with UG -21
27.00
B R
UHF plug (male), mates with SO -239A
24.00
B R
UHF Jack (female), mates with PL -259A
24.00
B R
809 -2019
Hanger kit (10 pieces)
30.00
B R
34767A -27
809-2627
Connector reattachment kit
8.00
B R
43094
809-2023
Hoisting grip
28.00
B R
204989 -1
809-1025
Grounding kit
21.00
B R
40656 -3
809-2450
Wall /Roof feed thru
48.00
B R
FOR 7/e" FOAM DIELECTRIC CABLE
192
ANDREW
-
LDF4 -50A
R
ANDREW
-
LDF5 -50A
809-2626
7/8"
foam dielectric coaxial cable
5.00/ft
B R
L45R
809 -2625
7/8"
EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
100.00
B R
L45W
809 -2624
N
plug (male), mates with UG -23
65.00
B R
L45N
809 -2623
N
jack (female), mates with UG -21
65.00
B R
L45P
809 -2622
UHF plug (male), mates with SO -239A
62.00
B R
L45U
809 -2621
UHF Jack (female), mates with PL-259A
62.00
B R
42396A -5
809 -2020
Hanger kit (10 pieces)
40.00
B R
34767A-28
809 -2620
Connector reattachment kit
9.00
B R
19256B
809 -2024
Hoisting grip
41.00
B R
204989 -2
809 -1026
Grounding kit
26.00
B R
40656 -1
809 -2464
Wall /Roof feed thru
49.00
B R
FOR
/s" FOAM DIELECTRIC CABLE
1W
-
ANDREW
LDF6 -50
809-2470
1V
L46R
809 -2472
1%" EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
L46S
809-2473
7/e"
L46W
809 -2475
N
L46N
809 -2476
N
L46Z
809 -2481
Splice
42396A-1
809 -2482
24312A
/a" foam dielectric coaxial cable
9.00/ft
B R
188.00
B R
188.00
B R
plug (male), mates with UG -23
112.00
B R
jack (female), mates with UG -21
112.00
B R
200.00
B R
Hanger kit (10 pieces)
40.00
B R
809 -2025
Hoisting grip
50.00
B R
204989 -3
809 -2483
Grounding kit
27.00
B R
34767A-43
809 -2484
Connector reattachment kit
12.00
B R
12.00 /ft
B R
240.00
B R
EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
FOR 1%" FOAM DIELECTRIC CABLE
-
ANDREW
LDF7-50A
809 -2485
15/8"
L47R
809 -2487
1%" EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
L47S
809 -2488
7/8"
L47N
809 -2491
N
L47Z
809 -2497
Splice
42396A -2
809-2021
Hanger kit (10 pieces)
24312A
809 -2025
204989 -4
34767A-35
foam dielectric coaxial cable
EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
282.00
B R
210.00
B R
280.00
B R
40.00
B R
Hoisting grip
50.00
B R
809-0024
Grounding kit
27.00
B R
809-2498
Connector reattachment kit
16.00
B R
jack (female), mates with UG -21
52
IrzE
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
TRANSMISSION LINES & ACCESSORIES (CONT'D)
193
194
FOR 1%" RIGID LINE
MYAT (ALL FLANGED ITEMS INCLUDE ONE INNER-CONNECTOR AND ONE SET OF
FLANGE HARDWARE AND O RINGS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.)
-
201 -001
809 -2425
20' Line section, flanged both ends
285.00
C
201 -006
809 -2423
20' Line section, flanged one end
275.00
C
201 -004
809 -2424
20' Line section, unflanged
200.00
C
201 -020
809 -2415
Elbow, 90- degree, flanged
118.00
C
201 -030
809 -2414
Elbow, 45- degree, flanged
118.00
C
201 -008
809 -2422
Flange, fixed, silver solder type, no inner connector, O rings or
hardware
201 -009
809 -2421
201 -013
201 -010
18.00
C R
Flange, swivel, silver solder type, no inner connector, O rings or
hardware
24.00
C R
809 -2417
Flange, field (soft solder), no inner connector, O rings or hardware
33.00
C R
809 -2420
Inner connector
23.00
C
201 -014
809 -2416
Flanged to unflanged adapter - clamp type. No inner connector
or hardware. Not pressure tight.
3700
C R
201 -050
809 -2412
Gas barrier
131.00
C
201 -080
809 -2405
End terminal
135.00
C
201 -012
809 -2418
Hardware set
10.00
C
201 -011
809 -2419
"O" Ring gasket
2.00
C
201 -042 -1
809 -2413
Fixed hanger
40.00
C
201 -042-3
809-2408
Spring hanger
45.00
C
201 -042-12
809-2411
Horizontal hanger
39.00
C
201 -042 -5
809-2409
Wall feed thru. Covers one side of wall only.
53.00
C R
201 -064
809-2407
Reducer, 15/8" to 7/8 ", (includes
O rings and hardware)
142.00
C R
301 -064
809-2446
Reducer, 31/8" to 15/8 ", (includes 1% inch inner connector,
O rings and hardware)
156.00
C R
201 -042-8
809-2410
Lateral brace
FOR 31/8" RIGID LINE
-
7/8
inch inner connector,
54.00
C
MYAT (FLANGED ITEMS INCLUDE AN INNER CONNECTOR, O RING AND HARDWARE SET
EXCEPT WHERE NOTED)
301 -001
809 -2406
20' Line section, flanged both ends
460.00
C
301 -006
809 -2404
20' Line section, flanged one end
440.00
C
301 -004
809 -2403
20' Line section, unflanged
370.00
C
301 -020
809 -2394
Elbow, 90- degree, flanged
220.00
C
809 -2395
Elbow, 45- degree, flanged
220.00
C
301 -008
809 -2401
301 -009
301 -030
Flange, fixed (silver solder type, does not include inner connector,
O ring or hardware)
28.00
C R
809 -2402
Flange, swivel (silver solder type, does not include inner connector,
O ring or hardware)
39.00
C R
301 -013
809 -2392
Flange, field (soft solder, does not include inner connector,
O ring or hardware)
50.00
C R
301 -014
809 -2393
Flange, unpressurized (does not include O ring or hardware)
54.00
C R
301 -010ML
809 -2400
Inner connector
42.00
C
301 -050
809-2444
Gas barrier
200.00
C
301 -080
809-2443
End terminal
320.00
C
301 -012
809-2391
Hardware set
12.00
C
301 -011
809-2390
"O" Ring gasket
2.00
C
301 -042 -1
809 -2396
Fixed hanger
50.00
C
301 -042-3
809-2397
Spring hanger
69.00
C
301 -042-012
809-2335
Horizontal hanger
54.00
C
53
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
I
=E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
TRANSMISSION LINES AND ACCESSORIES (CONT'D.)
FOR 3'/5" RIGID LINE
195
-
MYAT (CONT'D.)
301 -042-5
809-2398
Wall feed thru (covers only one side of wall)
57.00
C R
601 -064
809-2445
Reducer, 61/8" to 3'/e" (includes 3'/e inner connector, O ring
and hardware)
395.00
C R
301 -064
809-2446
Reducer, 31/e" to 15/8" (includes 1% inch inner connector, O ring
and hardware)
156.00
C R
301 -042 -8
809-2399
Lateral brace
54.00
C R
FOR 4%e" RIGID LINE
-
MYAT (FLANGED ITEMS INCLUDE ONE INNER CONNECTOR, O RING AND HARDWARE
EXCEPT WHERE NOTED)
401 -001
809 -2442
20' Line section, flanged both ends
835.00
C R
401 -004
809-2441
20' Line section, unflanged
700.00
C
401 -020
809-2428
Elbow, 90-degree, flanged
350.00
C
401 -008
809-2440
Flange, fixed, silver solder type. (does not include inner connector,
O ring or hardware)
40.00
C R
401 -009
809 -2439
Flange, swivel, silver solder type. (does not include inner
connector, O ring or hardware)
70.00
C R
401 -013
809-2435
Flange, field, soft solder (does not include inner connector,
O ring or hardware)
80.00
C R
401 -014
809-2430
Flange, unpressurized (does not include inner connector,
95.00
C R
O ring or hardware)
196
196
401 -010
809-2438
Inner connector
401 -050
809 -2426
Gas barrier
401 -012
809 -2436
Hardware set
401 -011
809 -2437
"0"
401 -042 -1
809 -2434
401 -042 -3
94.00
C
450.00
C
13.00
C
3.00
C
Fixed hanger
69.00
C
809 -2433
Spring hanger
85.00
C
401 -042 -5
809 -2432
Wall feed thru
100.00
C
601 -067
809 -2427
Reducer, 61/e" to 41A6" (includes 4'/6 inner connector, O ring
and hardware)
700.00
C R
401 -042 -8
809 -2431
Lateral brace
75.00
C
401 -017
809 -2429
Coupling, unpressurized (includes inner connector and
line clamps)
95.00
C R
6.00/ft
A R
Ring gasket
FOR 1/e" AIR DIELECTRIC CABLE
-
ANDREW
air dielectric coaxial cable
HJ5 -50
809-2003
7/8"
75AR
809 -2004
Flange, gas pass EIA
108.00
A R
75AG
809 -2005
Flange, gas barrier EIA
160.00
A R
75AZ
809-2008
Splice
122.00
A R
42396A-5
809-2020
Hanger kit, non -insul., maximum spacing
40.00
A R
11662 -2
809-2451
Insulated hanger (each)
21.00
A R
19256B
809-2024
Hoisting grip
41.00
A R
40656 -1
809 -2464
Wall feed thru
48.00
A R
204989 -2
809 -1026
Grounding Kit
26.00
A R
FOR 1%" AIR DIELECTRIC
-
-
3 feet (10
pieces)
ANDREW
HJ7-50A
809 -2009
1%" air dielectric coaxial cable
13.00/ft
A R
87R
809 -2010
Flange, gas pass EIA
220.00
A R
87G
809 -2011
Flange, gas barrier EIA
250.00
A R
87Z
809 -2013
Splice
320.00
A R
42396A -2
809 -2021
Hanger kit, non -insul., maximum spacing
40.00
A R
24312A
809 -2025
Hoisting grip
50.00
A R
40656 -2
809 -1030
Wall feed thru
70.00
A R
204989 -4
809 -0024
Grounding kit
27.00
A R
54
-
3 feet (10 pieces)
I-E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
TRANSMISSION LINES & ACCESSORIES (CONT'D)
197
198
FOR 3" AIR DIELECTRIC CABLE
809 -2014
3" air dielectric coaxial cable
24.00/ft
A R
78ARF
809 -2456
3y8" EIA Flange, gas pass, female
375.00
A R
78ARM
809 -2015
31/8" Flange, gas pass, male
390.00
A R
78AGF
809 -2457
31/8" EIA Flange,
400.00
A R
78AGM
809 -2016
31/8" Flange, gas barrier, male
415.00
A R
78BZ
809 -2018
Splice
500.00
A R
31766A -11
809 -2022
Hanger kit, maximum spacing 5', 10- pieces
60.00
A R
33948 -2
809 -2459
Insulated hanger (each)
55.00
A R
26985A
809-2026
Hoisting grip
78.00
A R
40394 -2
809-2033
Wall feed thru
125.00
A R
204989 -5
809-2460
Grounding kit
28.00
A R
15093A
809-2049
Inner connector
66.00
A R
FOR 4" AIR DIELECTRIC
-
gas barrier, female
ANDREW
HJ11 -50
809-2045
4" air dielectric coaxial cable
26.00/ft
A R
81RF
809 -2047
31/8" Flange, gas pass (female)
600.00
A R
42826 (61/2")
809-2050
61/8" Flange, gas pass (female)
1580.00
A R
81GF
809 -2046
3y8" Flange, gas barrier (female)
620.00
A R
809 -2051
61/e" Flange, gas
barrier (female)
1540.00
A R
15093A
809 -2049
Inner connector
-
31/2"
66.00
A R
18902
809 -2048
Inner connector
-
61/8"
315.00
A R
81Z
809 -2462
Splice
720.00
A R
31766A-10
809 -1021
Hanger kit, max. spacing 5', 10- pieces
66.00
A R
33948 -4
809 -2463
Insulated hanger (each)
66.00
A R
34759
809 -1022
Hoisting Grip
83.00
A R
40394 -1
809 -2464
Wall feed thru
130.00
A R
204989 -6
809 -1027
Grounding kit
39.00
A R
42896
198
ANDREW
-
HJ8 -50B
(61/8 ")
FOR 5" AIR DIELECTRIC CABLE
ANDREW
-
HJ9 -50
809 -2041
5" air dielectric coaxial cable
39.00 /ft
A R
79AR
809 -2042
61/2" Flange, gas pass
1220.00
A R
79AG
809 -2465
61/8" EIA Flange, gas
1270.00
A R
18902
809-2048
61/2"
79AZ
809 -2466
Splice
33598 -5
809-1039
Hanger kit, max. spacing 5', 10- pieces (Use with hardware or
standoffs)
33948 -1
809 -2467
Insulated hanger (each)
31031
809-2468
Hoisting grip
145.00
A R
33938 -5
809-2469
Wall feed thru
145.00
A R
204989 -7
809-1028
Grounding kit
42.00
A R
31769 -4
809-1038
Hardware kit,
34.00
A R
33981A -1
809-1040
Angle adaptor kit (10 pieces)
90.00
A R
43130 -1
809-2087
Round member adaptor/tower standoff kit, 3 -4" (10 pieces)
160.00
A R
43130 -2
809 -2086
Round member adaptor/tower standoff kit, 4 -5" (10 pieces)
160.00
A R
43130 -3
809 -2085
Round member adaptor/tower standoff kit, 5 -6" (10 pieces)
160.00
A R
-1
barrier
inner connector
1/2"
x 11/4" (10 pieces)
55
315.00
A R
1350.00
A R
90.00
A R
84.00
A
R
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES*
I=E
-
ANDREW
40417
809-1024
Nylon cable ties (50 pieces per kit)
33.00
A R
31769 -5
809-1036
Hardware kit,
13.00
A R
31769 -1
809-1037
Hardware kit, %" x 1" (10 pieces)
13.00
A R
31769 -4
809 -1038
Hardware kit,
34.00
A R
31768A
809-2036
Angle adaptor kit (10 pieces)
61.00
A R
31670 -1
809-1035
'Round member adaptor kit, -2" leg diameter
(10 pieces)
22.00
A R
31670 -2
809-1034
'Round member adaptor kit,
leg diameter (10 pieces)
25.00
A R
31670 -3
809 -0025
*Round member adaptor kit, 3 -4" leg diameter (10 pieces)
28.00
A R
31670 -4
809 -1033
*Round member adaptor kit, 4 -5" leg diameter (10 pieces)
29.00
A R
31670 -5
809 -1032
'Round member adaptor kit,
29.00
A R
'Note:
3/8"
1/2"
X
3/4" (10
pieces)
x 11/4" (for 5" hangers) (10 pieces)
1
2 -3"
5 -6" leg
diameter (10 pieces)
Use 2 per hanger with 3" or 4" cable
+TOWER STANDOFF KITS FOR
1/2 -
4" HANGERS
-
ANDREW
41108A -1
809 -1046
2.5" standoff, 3 -4" leg diameter (10 pieces)
150.00
A R
41108A -2
809 -1047
2.5" standoff, 4 -5" leg diameter (10 pieces)
150.00
A R
41108A-3
809-1048
2.5" standoff, 5 -6" leg diameter (10 pieces)
155.00
A R
30848 -5
809-1041
1" standoff, .75 -1.5" leg
diameter (10 pieces)
105.00
A R
30848 -4
809 -1042
1" standoff, 1.5 -3.0" leg diameter (10 pieces)
105.00
A R
30848 -1
809-1043
1" standoff, 3 -4" leg diameter (10 pieces)
130.00
A R
30848 -2
809-1044
1" standoff, 4 -5" leg diameter (10 pieces)
130.00
A R
30848 -3
809-1045
1" standoff, 5 -6" leg diameter (10 pieces)
135.00
A R
+Note: Not used for 5" heliax
AUTOMATIC DEHYDRATORS
1920E
809 -2052
Andrew, output 1.3 cu. ft. /min.
2010.00
C R
1930C
809 -2053
Andrew, output 0.2 cu. ft. /min.
1450.00
C R
256.00
C R
.26/ft
C R
PRESSURIZATION EQUIPMENT
-
ANDREW
858C
809 -2027
Nitrogen Tank Fitting
25435 -A
809 -2028
1/4"
878A
809-2055
Dry Air Hand Pump
Polyethylene tubing
335.00
56
C
w
IP
HOW TO ORDER (Domestic U.S.A.)
ORDERING PROCEDURE:
All sales are made in accordance with Broadcast Electronics, Inc., Terms and Conditions of Sale. No order shall be binding upon Broadcast Electronics,
Inc. until accepted by the company in writing at its home office in Quincy, Illinois. Please order by model, stock number and description as they appear
in the price schedule. Orders placed by telephone should be confirmed in writing and must be clearly marked "confirming" or we cannot assume
liability for duplicate shipments.
PRICES:
Broadcast Electronics, Inc. endeavors to keep published price lists current; however, prices listed herein are subject to change without prior notice.
F.O.B.:
Prices are FOB Quincy, Illinois, or point of shipment. No applicable federal, state or local taxes are included. All transportation costs are the obligation
of the buyer, unless otherwise stated.
PAYMENT TERMS:
Several methods of payment are available:
(1) CASH -Full payment with the order.
(2) COD This method is recommended for small rush orders and emergency shipments.
(3) OPEN ACCOUNT -Orders are accepted from customers with whom we have an established credit line or whose D&B rating is acceptable to
Broadcast Electronics, Inc. Open account billing requires payment in full within 30 days of shipment.
(4) FINANCE PLAN -On major purchases, time financing of the balance after a 25% down payment may be available. Lease plans may be available.
Contact Broadcast Electronics, Inc. Sales Department for details.
WARRANTY ADJUSTMENT:
Broadcast Electronics, Inc. warranty is included in the Terms and Conditions of Sale. In the event of a warranty claim, replacement or repair parts
will be supplied FOB factory. At the discretion of Broadcast Electronics, Inc., the customer may be required to return the defective part or equipment
to Broadcast Electronics, Inc. FOB Quincy, Illinois. Warranty replacements of defective merchandise will be billed to your account. This billing will be
cleared by a credit issued upon return of the defective item.
RETURN, REPAIR OR EXCHANGES:
Do not return any merchandise without our written approval and Return Authorization. We will provide special shipping instructions and a code number
that will assure proper handling and prompt issuance of credit. Please furnish complete details as to circumstances and reasons when
return of merchandise. Custom built equipment or merchandise specially ordered for you is not returnable. Where return of unused merchandise is
at the request of, or for the convenience of the customer, a restocking fee of 15% will be charged. No unused merchandise will be accepted for return
later than 30 days after shipment. All returned merchandise must be sent freight prepaid and properly insured by the customer. When writing to Broadcast Electronics, Inc. about your order, it will be helpful if you specify the Broadcast Electronics, Inc. factory order number or invoice number.
requesting
SHIPPING METHOD:
Unless specifically stated by the buyer, we will exercise our judgment as to method of shipment. A full range of shipping services is available. All goods
are either insured or declared for full value and the cost thereof is included as part of shipping charges. Purchaser assumes all responsibility for and
risk of loss of, or damage to equipment upon shipment from Broadcast Electronics, Inc. shipping point(s). Should you receive merchandise damaged
in shipment, it is your responsibility to file a damage claim immediately with the delivering carrier.
AFTER SALE SERVICE:
Broadcast Electronics, Inc. has supported its products with factory technical service since 1959. In addition to a technically qualified Customer Service
Department at its factory, a coast to coast network of Broadcast Electronics Parts and Repair Service Centers are available to assist you. Technical
assistance is available by letter or telephone or telegram. For equipment requiring repair or overhaul, arrangements must be made with the Customer
Service Department for Return Authorization prior to shipping.
PRODUCT CHANGES:
Broadcast Electronics, Inc. reserves the right without advance notice to make engineering and production changes including substitution of vendor
sources for components which may modify the design or specifications of its products, provided said modifications will not materially affect the performance of the product.
OTHER:
In no event is Broadcast Electronics, Inc. liable for consequential damage from late or non delivery, or malfunction or failure of its products.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Additional information and product literature are available from your Broadcast Electronics Distributor or Broadcast Electronics, Inc.
DPL105 11-88
BROADCAST ELECTRONICS, INC.
IPL-105
Equipment Price List
EFFECTIVE January
1,
1988
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROGRAM AUTOMATION EQUIPMENT
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
Series 9000, Single Deck
Series 2100C, Single Deck
Series 3000A, Single Deck
Series 5300C, Three Deck
Series 5400C, Single Deck
Series 5500C, Three Deck
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Spare Parts Kits
1
CONTROL
ECONO -16
1
SAT-16
23
23
23
AUTOMATION ACCESSORIES
TG -2 Dual Tone Generator
AR-1 Auto Rewind
Remote Live Assist
FIELD SERVICE
23
23
23
24
2
3
3
3
Spare P.C. Boards /Modules
Phase-Lok IV & V Head Brackets
Motors
Alignment Gauges
Pressure Rollers
DIGITAL SOURCE PRODUCTS
TELEPHONE INTERFACE SYSTEMS
CARTRIDGE MACHINE ACCESSORIES
Audio Switchers
Remote Control Panels
Tape Cartridge Winders
Demagnetizers & Erasers
CARTRIDGES FOR CARTRIDGE MACHINES
Audiopak Cartridges
Empty Cartridges
Specially Wound Cartridges ...
Replacement Parts for Cartridges
Cartridge Splicing Accessories ..
Test Cartridges
Cartridge Identification Labels
Cartridge Retainers
4
4
5
6
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
AUDIO CONSOLES
MixTrak 90 Modular Console
4000, Slide Modular Console
350A, Slider Console
250A, Rotary Step Attenuator Console
150A, Rotary Pot Console
50A, Mono & Stereo
Rack Mount Audio Console
Spare P.C. Boards & Modules
Spare Parts Kits for Audio Consoles
.
10
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
110
TURNTABLE PRODUCTS
TONEARMS
PREAMPLIFIERS
TURNTABLE REPLACEMENT PARTS
CARTRIDGES FOR TONEARMS
AUDIO DISTRIBUTION & MONITOR AMPLIFIERS
CONSOLE & TURNTABLE MOUNTING SUPPORTS
TIMERS
ON -AIR STUDIO LIGHTS
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIERS
BROADCAST & RECORDING MICROPHONES
MICROPHONE ACCESSORIES
SPEAKERS
HEADPHONES
WIRE & CABLE
PATCH PANELS, TERMINAL BLOCKS, CONNECTORS
REEL-TO-REEL TAPE RECORDERS/REPRODUCERS
COMPACT DISC PLAYERS
CASSETTE TAPE RECORDERS /REPRODUCERS
STUDIO & TRANSMITTER MOUNTING SUPPORTS
I=E BROADCAST
ELECTRONICS INC
®
15
15
15
15
16
17
17
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
20
22
22
22
16 -X
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
FM ACCESSORIES
FX -30 Exciter
FS -30 Stereo Generator
FC -30 SCA Generator
FW -30 Exciter Switcher
FD- 2 /FO- 2/FA -2 Switcher/Controllers ..
MVDS & MVDS Remote Control
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS
FM -70 & FM -60A
FM -35A
FM -30A
FM -20A
FM -10A & FM -10M /A
FM -5A & FM -5M /A
FM -3.5A & FM- 3.5M /A
FM -1.5A & FM- 1.5M/A
FM -300A & FM- 300M /A
FM -250A & FM- 250M /A
FM -100A & FM- 100M/A
AM STEREO EQUIPMENT
TV STEREO EQUIPMENT
TV STEREO ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
TV STEREO PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
TV MONITORING EQUIPMENT
AUDIO PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
FM MONITORING EQUIPMENT
PROOF OF PERFORMANCE EQUIPMENT
REMOTE CONTROL EQUIPMENT
STL EQUIPMENT
STL ANTENNAS
WATTMETERS
15 /e "
31/e
41/16"
61/e "
Wattmeter Accessories
RF (DUMMY) LOADS
AC ROTARY PHASE CONVERTERS
AC SURGE SUPPRESSORS
COAXIAL SWITCHES
FM ANTENNAS
BESP
BEMP
BELP
ERI -1100
ERI -1105
ERI -200
ERI Accessories
TRANSMISSION LINES
Rigid 15/8"
Rigid 3 %"
Rigid 41/16"
Air Dielectric 7/e" & 1%"
Air Dielectric 3"
Air Dielectric 4" & 5"
Foam Dielectric 1/2" & 7/e"
Foam Dielectric 11/4" & 1%"
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
25
25
25
..30
.
.30
30
25
26
26
27
27
28
28
29
29
29
30
31
32
32
32
32
33
33
34
34
35
36
37
37
37
38
38
38
39
39
40
40
41
42
42
42
43
43
44
45
45
45
46
46
43
44
47
4100 N. 24TH STREET I P.O. BOX 3606 / QUINCY, IL 62305
TELEX 250142I FAX ( 217) 224 -96071 CABLE "BROADCAST" / (217) 224-9600
I-E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
OO
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
SERIES 9000 TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(Long Life Head(s), three cue tones and fast forward standard)
4
6, 9
117/220 VAC 50 /60Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING, 7.5 IPS (3.75 & 15 IPS SELECTABLE)
PT9OP
900- 9000 -000
Mono Playback, (A & AA Size Carts)
2195.00
A
PT9OPS
900 -9002 -000
Stereo Playback, (A & AA Size Carts)
2495.00
A
PT9ORP
900- 9001 -000
Mono Record /Playback, (A, AA, B
3495.00
A
PT9ORPS
900 -9003 -000
Stereo Record /Playback, (A. AA, B & BB Size Carts)
3795.00
A
PT9OR
900 -9009 -000
Mono Record Amplifier, with cues
1395.00
A
PT9ORS
900- 9010 -000
Stereo Record Amplifier, with cues
1495.00
A
Note: For 220
VAC
&
BB Size Carts)
50Hz models. change last three digits of stock number to "300"
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Note: Factory options cannot be installed after equipment has been manufactured and shipped.
900 -9013
Rack Shelf for 19" EIA rack, 7.0" H.
150.00
A
900 -9014
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
1/3
Rack, for 9013
30.00
A
900 -9015
Rack Shelf Filler Panel.
1/2
Rack, for 9013
40.00
A
910 -9007
Test Extender PC Board
100.00
A
900 -9016
Tape Timer. 4 Digit, Factory Installed
100.00
A
970 -0099
Tape Sensor Foil Tab Kit (package of 100)
10.00
A
900 -5409 -011
Mono Record Amplifier, with cues
1200.00
A
900 -5410 -011
Stereo Record Amplifier, with cues
1300.00
A
970 -0087
Adapter Cable Kit for PT9OP /PS to 5409/5410 record amp
25.00
A
970 -0088
Record Head Connector kit for PT9OP /PS when used with
record amp
100.00
A
597 -9000
Service Manual for Series 9000 (One manual shipped with
each unit)
45.00
C
SERIES 2100C TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(A & AA Size Cartridges)
(Long Life Head(s) and two cue tones standard)
10
10
12
117/220 VAC /60Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING
2100CP
900 -2110 -001
Mono Playback Only
1425.00
A
2100CRP
900-2111 -001
Mono Record /Playback
2095.00
A
2100CPS
900-2112 -001
Stereo Playback Only
1525.00
A
2100CRPS
900-2113 -001
Stereo Record /Playback
2395.00
A
2100CPA
900 -2114 -001
Mono Playback with Audition /Speaker
1550.00
A
117/220 VAC /50Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING
2100CP
900 -2110 -301
Mono Playback Only
1525.00
A
2100CRP
900-2111 -301
Mono Record /Playback
2200.00
A
2100CPS
900-2112 -301
Stereo Playback Only
1625.00
A
2100CRPS
900-2113 -301
Stereo Record /Playback
2500.00
A
2100CPA
900 -2114-301
Mono Playback with Audition /Speaker
1650.00
A
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Note: Factory options cannot be installed after equipment has been manufactured and shipped.
900 -2013
Rack Mount Shelf for EIA 19" Rack 51/4" high
Holds up to three series 2100C
75.00
A
900 -2010
Top Cover for 2013 Shelf
45.00
A
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
A
900 -2014
900 -2016
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
1/3
Rack for 2013 Shelf
26.00
2/3
Rack for 2013 Shelf
38.00
A
69.00
A
919 -2100
Test Extender PC Board
900 -2002
Adjustment for Equalization to IEC /CCIR. Mono
N/C
900 -2003
Adjustment for Equalization to IEC /CCIR. Stereo
N/C
1
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
CODE
NET
SERIES 2100 TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES (CONT'D.)
900-2104
Adjustment for Equalization to NAB 1964
900 -2009
Additional cost for Alternate 3.75 IPS
597 -2100-001
Service Manual for Series 2100C (One manual shipped with
each unit)
Note: Accessory controls listed on page
N/C
400.00
A
30.00
C
7
SERIES 3000A TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(Long Life Head(s), three cue tones and fast forward standard)
13
16
117VAC /60 Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (220VAC/60Hz available)
3100AP
900- 3100-001
Mono Playback Only, (A & AA Size Carts)
1800.00
A
3100APS
900-3102 -001
Stereo Playback Only, (A & AA Size Carts)
1950.00
A
3200AP
900- 3200 -001
Mono Playback Only, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
1825.00
A
3200ARP
900-3201 -001
Mono Record /Playback, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
2825.00
A
3200APS
900- 3202-001
Stereo Playback Only, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
1975.00
A
3200ARPS
900- 3203-001
Stereo Record /Playback, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
3175.00
A
Mono Playback Only
1950.00
A
A
RACK MOUNTING
3400AP
13
16
(A, AA, B, BB C & CC Size Carts)
3400ARP
900-3401 -001
Mono Record /Playback
2875.00
3400APS
900- 3402 -001
Stereo Playback Only
2100.00
A
3400ARPS
900- 3403 -001
Stereo Record /Playback
3225.00
A
220VAC /50Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (117VAC /50Hz available)
3100AP
900- 3100 -301
Mono Playback Only, (A & AA Size Carts)
1900.00
A
3100APS
900-3102 -301
Stereo Playback Only, (A & AA Size Carts)
2050.00
A
3200AP
900-3200 -301
Mono Playback Only, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
1925.00
A
3200ARP
900-3201 -301
Mono Record /Playback, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
2925.00
A
3200APS
900-3202 -301
Stereo Playback Only, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
2075.00
A
3200ARPS
900- 3203 -301
Stereo Record /Playback, (A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
3275.00
A
Mono Playback Only
2050.00
A
Mono Record /Playback
2975.00
A
900-3402 -301
Stereo Playback Only
2200.00
A
900-3403 -301
Stereo Record /Playback
3325.00
A
RACK MOUNTING
3400AP
3400ARP
3400APS
3400ARPS
15, 17
-
900- 3400 -001
-
(A, AA, B, BB, C & CC Size Carts)
900-3400 -301
900-3401 -301
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Note: Factory options cannot be installed after equipment has been manufactured and shipped.
N/C
900-3002
Adjustment of Equalization to IEC /CCIR, Mono
900-3003
Adjustment of Equalization to IEC /CCIR, Stereo
900 -3004
Mono, Delay Programmer, For 3200 ARP and 3400 ARP,
standard with 1 kHz & 150 Hz cue tones and cannot be supplied
with 8 kHz cue tone. Delay machines cannot be used for stereo
operation.
400.00
A
900 -3009
Additional cost for Alternate 3.75 IPS, (fast forward not available)
400.00
A
900 -3013
Rack Mount Shelf for EIA 19" rack, 51/4" high
75.00
A
900 -3010
Top Cover for 906 -3013 Shelf
35.00
A
900 -3014
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
1/3
rack for 3013 shelf
20.00
A
900 -3015
Rack Shelf Filler Panel,
1/2
rack for 3013 shelf
25.00
A
919 -1504
Test Extender, P.C. Board
50.00
A
597- 3000 -001
Service Manual for Series 3000A (One manual shipped with
each unit)
40.00
C
Note: Accessory controls listed on page
7
2
N/C
I=E TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
SERIES 5300C, THREE -DECK TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(A, AA, B & BB Size Carts)
(Long Life Head(s) standard)
21
21
117VAC /60Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (220VAC /60Hz Available)
5301C
900 -5301 -001
Mono Playback
3500.00
A
5302C
900-5302 -011
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
3700.00
A
5303C
900-5303 -001
Stereo Playback
4000.00
A
5304C
900-5304 -011
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
4200.00
A
220VAC /50Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (117VAC /50Hz Available)
5301C
900 -5301 -301
Mono Playback
3600.00
A
5302C
900 -5302 -311
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
3800.00
A
5303C
900 -5303-301
Stereo Playback
4100.00
A
5304C
900- 5304 -311
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
4300.00
A
SERIES 5400C THREE -DECK TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(A & AA Size Carts)
(Long Life Head(s) Standard)
18
18
117VAC /60Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (220VAC/60Hz Available)
5401C
900 -5401 -001
Mono Playback
3600.00
A
5402C
900 -5402 -011
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
3800.00
A
5403C
900- 5403 -001
Stereo Playback
4100.00
A
5404C
900 -5404-011
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
4300.00
A
220VAC /50Hz TABLE TOP MOUNTING (117VAC/50Hz Available)
5401C
900- 5401 -301
Mono Playback
3700.00
A
5402C
900- 5402 -311
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
3900.00
A
5403C
900- 5403 -301
Stereo Playback
4200.00
A
5404C
900 -5404 -311
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
4400.00
A
SERIES 5500C FIVE -DECK TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
(A & AA Size Carts)
(Long Life Head(s) Standard)
24
24
117V /60Hz, TABLE TOP MOUNTING (220VAC /60Hz Available)
5501C
900 -5501 -001
Mono Playback
4900.00
B
5502C
900 -5502-011
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
5100.00
B
5503C
900 -5503 -001
Stereo Playback
5400.00
B
5504C
900- 5504 -011
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
5600.00
B
220V /50Hz, TABLE TOP MOUNTING (117VAC /50Hz Availabl)
5501C
900- 5501 -301
Mono Playback
5000.00
B
5502C
900 -5502 -311
Mono Playback with Cue Tones
5200.00
B
5503C
900-5503 -301
Stereo Playback
5500.00
B
5504C
900 -5504 -311
Stereo Playback with Cue Tones
5700.00
B
ACCESSORIES (FOR SERIES 5300, 5400 & 5500)
23
RECORDERS (Long Life Heads & Three Cue Tones Standard)
Series 5300 (For use with Series 5300 Playback Cartridge Machines)
5309C
900-5309 -011
Recorder, Mono with Q Trip, 117VAC/60Hz
1150.00
A
5310C
900 -5310 -011
Recorder, Stereo with Q Trip, 117VAC/60Hz
1350.00
A
5309C
900-5309 -311
Recorder, Mono with Q Trip. 220VAC /50Hz
1250.00
A
5310C
900 -5310 -311
Recorder, Stereo with Q Trip, 220VAC /50Hz
1450.00
A
3
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
I=E
ACCESSORIES (FOR SERIES 5300, 5400 & 5500) (CONT'D.)
RECORDERS (CONT'D.)
20, 24
Series 5400 (For use with Series 5300C, 5400C, 5500C Playback Cartridge Machines)
5409C
900-5409 -011
Recorder, Mono with Q Trip, 117VAC/60Hz
1200.00
A
5410C
900-5410 -011
Recorder, Stereo with Q Trip, 117VAC /60Hz
1350.00
A
5409C
900-5409 -311
Recorder, Mono with Q Trip, 220VAC /50Hz
1300.00
A
5410C
900- 5410-311
Recorder, Stereo with Q Trip, 220VAC /50Hz
1450.00
A
200.00
A
MOUNTING SUPPORTS
900-5406
Rack Shelf for 19" EIA Rack, 121/4" High for mounting
units, 5300 Series
900-5415
1/2
Rack Filler Panel for 5406 Shelf
40.00
A
900-5408
1/3
Rack Filler Panel for 5406 Shelf
37.00
A
900-5405
Four position cart storage rack for 5406 Rack Shelf
150.00
A
900-5407
Ten position cart storage rack for 5406 Rack Shelf
180.00
A
906-5506
Rack Shelf for 19" EIA Rack, 153/4" high for mounting
(2) units, 5500 Series
210.00
A
20.00
A
74.00
A
(1) to (2)
(1) to
Rack Filler Panel for 5506 Shelf
906-5507
1/3
919 -1806
Test Extender P.C. Board
SERVICE MANUALS
Note: One manual is shipped with each unit.
To
order additional manuals, please order by part numbers listed below.
597- 5000 -001
Service Manual for Series 5400C/5500C Cartridge Machine
597-5300 -001
Service Manual for Series 5300C Three -Deck Tape
Cartridge Machine
597-5351 -001
597- 0097-001
50.00
50.00
C
C
Service Manual for Series 5309C/5310C Record Amp
20.00
C
Service Manual for Series 5409C/5410C Record Amp
20.00
C
CARTRIDGE MACHINE REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS KITS FOR CARTRIDGE MACHINES
Note: Recommended Spare Parts Kits do not include HEADS, MOTORS, plug -in
P.C.
BOARDS AND MODULES.
These should be selected elsewhere in the price list.
Kit for Series 2100C
160.00
C
Kit for Series 3000A
205.00
C
970 -0093
Kit for Series 5000C
175.00
C
970-0094
Kit for Series 9000 Playback
250.00
C
970-0095
Kit for Series 5400 Record Amplifiers
100.00
C
970 -0091
970-0092
SPARE P.C. BOARDS AND MODULES FOR AUDIO CARTRIDGE MACHINES
SERIES 2100C
914-2100
Playback logic board for all mono Series 2100
165.00
C
914-2101 -001
Record amp for mono 2100RP
295.00
C
914 -2103
Motherboard for all playback Series 2100
190.00
C
914 -2110
Playback logic board for stereo Series 2100
181.00
C
914 -2111 -001
Record amp for stereo 2100RPS
337.00
C
914 -2113
Motherboard for all Series 2100 record /play models
210.00
C
910 -2124
Amplifier board for 2100PA
130.00
C
914 -1531
Playback amp for mono models
183.00
C
910 -1049
Record amp for all mono record/play models
215.00
C
914 -1513
Record /control for mono record /play models
168.00
C
914 -1571
Playback amp for stereo models
213.00
C
910 -1050
Record amp for all stereo record/play models
305.00
C
914 -1533
Record /control for all stereo record /play models
174.00
C
914- 1535 -1
Power supply for all mono and stereo models
195.00
C
SERIES 3000A
4
I=E TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
CARTRIDGE MACHINE REPLACEMENT PARTS (CONT'D.)
SPARE P.C. BOARDS AND MODULES FOR AUDIO CARTRIDGE MACHINES (CONT'D.)
SERIES 5300C/5400C/5500C
910 -0109
Control board with cues for all models
910-0108
Control board without cues for all models
914-1804
185.00
C
77.00
C
Motherboard assembly for Series 5300
255.00
C
910-0091 -001
Motherboard assembly for Series 5400
165.00
C
914-1808
Motherboard assembly for Series 5500
380.00
C
914-1809
Power supply for Series 5400 and Series 5500
130.00
C
910 -0092 -001
Audio amp for all stereo models
195.00
C
910 -0092
Audio amp for all mono models
160.00
C
SERIES 5309C/5310C, 5409C/5410C, 5509C/5510C
910 -1049 -001
Mono record amp bias PCB for 5309C
330.00
C
910 -1050-001
Stereo record amp bias PCB for 5310C
390.00
C
910 -1820
Power Supply PCB for 5409C, 5410C, 5509C, 5510C
105.00
C
914 -1820
Power Supply for 5309C, 5310C
95.00
C
914-1513
Record /control for mono recorder with cues, 5309C, 5409C, 5509C
164.00
C
914-1533
Record /control for stereo recorder with cues, 5310C, 5410C, 5510C
174.00
C
950 -0033
Audio amp module for mono Series 9000
315.00
C
950 -0032
Power supply module for Series 9000
430.00
C
950 -0035
Logic module for Series 9000
520.00
C
910 -9005
Motor control PCB for Series 9000
275.00
C
950 -0034
Audio amp module for stereo Series 9000
545.00
C
910 -9006
Motherboard for Series 9000
100.00
C
910 -9003
Front Panel Status PC Board, w/o timer
95.00
C
SERIES 9000
HEAD BRACKETS
PHASE -LOK IV HEAD BRACKET (For Series 2100, 3000, 5300, 5400 & 5500)
952 -7721
For mounting one head with tape guides and hold down spring
(Head not included)
36.00
C
952 -7722
For mounting two heads with tape guides and hold down spring
(Heads not included)
71.00
C
PHASE -LOK V HEAD BRACKET ASSEMBLY (For Series 2100C, 3000A, 5300C, 5400C, 5500C & 9000)
950 -0302
For mounting two heads with tape guide (Heads not included)
125.00
C
970 -0097
Head Bracket Kit, Playback Mono, includes Phase -Lok V Head
Box, Tape Guides, Dummy Record Head, 250 -0006 Mono Playback
Long Life Flat Response Head, Factory Tested
325.00
C
970 -0098
Head Bracket Kit, Playback Stereo, includes Phase-Lik V Head
Box, Tape Guides, Dummy Record Head, 250 -0007 Stereo
Playback Long Life Flat Response Head, Factory Tested
325.00
C
PLAYBACK AND RECORD HEADS
STANDARD LIFE FOR SERIES 300, 400, 500, 600, 1000, 2000
DM1B
252 -0001
Mono Playback Head
45.00
C
DM2RB
252 -0003
Mono Record Head
45.00
C
DM3RB
253 -0001
Stereo Record Head
75.00
C
D1SA
253 -0002
Stereo Playback Head
75.00
C
DL2C
259 -0005
Mono Erase /Record Head
300.00
C
LONG LIFE, FLAT RESPONSE FOR SERIES 2100C, 3000A, 5300C, 5400C, 5500C, 9000
250 -0006
Mono Playback Head
75.00
C
250-0007
Stereo Playback Head
100.00
C
252 -0018
Mono Record Head
50.00
C
253 -0015
Stereo Record Head
100.00
C
407-0001
Dummy Head
7.00
C
252 -0009
Mono Erase/Record Head for delay machines
300.00
C
5
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
=E 0
I
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
CARTRIDGE MACHINE REPLACEMENT PARTS CONT'D.
PLAYBACK AND RECORD HEADS (CONT'D.)
MAXTRAK FOR SERIES 9000
250-0020
Stereo Playback, Maxtrak Format, Factory Installed
200.00
C
MOTORS FOR CARTRIDGE MACHINES
DIRECT DRIVE MOTORS
950- 2070 -001
For Series 2100, single speed, 117V/60Hz
325.00
C
950- 2080 -001
For Series 2100, single speed, 220V/50Hz
350.00
C
950 -2070
For Series 3000/4000, dual speed, 117V/60Hz
350.00
C
950-1000
For Series 3000/4000, single speed, 117V/60Hz
325.00
C
950-2080
For Series 3000/4000, single or dual speed, 220/50Hz
350.00
C
950-1311
For Series 5300 & 5400, single speed, 117V/60Hz
525.00
C
950 -1371
For Series 5300 & 5400, single speed, 220V/50Hz
575.00
C
950-1511
For Series 5500, single speed, 117V/60Hz
700.00
C
950-1571
For Series 5500, single speed, 220V/50Hz
750.00
C
954 -0013
For Series 1070, single speed, 117V/60Hz
450.00
C
970-1052
For Series 400/500/2000, single speed, 117V/50 /60Hz
205.00
C
384 -1054
For Series 400/500/2000, single speed, 220V/50Hz
315.00
C
384- 0645 -001
For Series 605C/610, single speed, 117V/50/60Hz
425.00
C
For Series 9000, multi- speed, 117/220V- 50 /60Hz
420.00
C
25.00
C
7.00
C
INDIRECT DRIVE MOTORS
DC SERVO MOTORS
950 -0037
CARTRIDGE MACHINE ALIGNMENT GAUGES
970 -0102
Head and tape alignment gauge, for Series 2100, 3000,
4000 & 9000
970 -0103
Pressure roller to capstan alignment gauge for Series 2100, 3000
4000 & 9000
970 -0104
Pressure roller to capstan gauge for Series 5000C
7.00
C
970 -0105
Head and tape alignment gauge for Series 5000C
25.00
C
710 -0132
Cut away test cartridge for head alignment
40.00
C
PRESSURE ROLLERS FOR CARTRIDGE MACHINES
830 -0014
Pressure Roller Kit for Series 2100, 3000 & 5000 including washer
and E ring
12.00
C
970 -0101
Pressure Roller Kit for Series 2100C, 3000A, 5000C & 9000
15.00
C
3195.00
B
305.00
C
40.00
C
195.00
A
5.00
C
145.00
C
DIGITAL SOURCE PRODUCTS
25
DV-2
900 -1000
Solid State Recorder /Reproducer
970 -0096
Spare Parts Kit
597 -0110
Service Manual for DV -2 (One manual shipped with each unit)
INTERFACE SYSTEMS
27
FOR USE WITH BROADCAST QUALITY TAPE CARTRIDGE MACHINES
PC -1
900 -0010
Coupler for Series 2100, 3000, 5000
&
9000 cart machines, for use
with Telco systems
TC -4
597-0047
Service manual for PC -1
290-0404
Automatic counter for use with Telco systems
6
I=E TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
STUDIO AND CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES
28
28
AUDIO SWITCHERS
SW5E
904 -5000
Audio Switcher for all cartridge machines,
1
to 3 decks
250.00
B
SW5F
904 -5001
Audio Switcher for all cartridge machines,
1
to 5 decks
295.00
B
SW5E /F
597-5350
Service Manual for SW5E /F
5.00
C
REMOTE CONTROL PANELS FOR CARTRIDGE MACHINES
RC3000
906-3016
Remote Control Panel Start for
125.00
B
RC3000
906-3019
Remote Control Panel Single Record /Playback
125.00
B
RC3000
906-3020
Remote Control Panel, Single Playback (with cue tones)
125.00
B
RC3000
906-3021
Remote Control Panel, Single Playback (without cue tones)
85.00
B
RC3000
906-3028
Remote Control Panel with start/stop and fast forward switches for
Series 3000A
250.00
B
RC5300
927-0047
Remote Control Panel for Series 5300A/B /C
135.00
B
RC5300
927-0048
Remote Control Panel for Series 5300Á/B /C with Companion
Record Amplifier
195.00
B
BE-210
907-2115-001
Remote Control Panel for Series 2100C
200.00
B
,
5
Units
,
STUDIO AND CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES
29
29
CARTRIDGE WINDERS
TW -120
900 -0100
Tape Cartridge Winder, 117V, 50 /60Hz
380.00
B
TW -240
900-0200
Tape Cartridge Winder
430.00
B
597-0120
Service Manual for TW120T/240T
15.00
C
B
,
220V, 50Hz
DEMAGNETIZERS AND ERASERS
200 -3T
820-0200
Momag Bulk Tape Eraser, hand held 115V, 50/60Hz
115.00
220-3T
820-0220
Momag Bulk Tape Eraser, hand held 220V, 50 /60Hz
125.00
B
TD1B
820 -0300
Audiolab Bulk Tape Eraser, heavy duty, table top, 115V, 50 /60Hz
119.00
E
TD1BF
820 -0301
Audiolab Bulk Tape Eraser, heavy duty, table top, 220V, 50 /60Hz
128.00
E
597 -0029
Service Manual for TD1B
3.00
C
K20/115S
800 -3000
Annis Standard Han -D -Kit. Pocket Magnetometer, test strips and
clip on extension probe and Han -D -Mag demagnetizer, 115V,
50/60 Hz
62.00
E
K25/115S
800 -3001
Annis Deluxe Han -D -Kit, same as above, except with larger
Model 25 jewelled demagnetizer, 115V, 50/60Hz
104.00
E
PF -380
800 -3002
Nortronics Carbide Head Degausser,
41.00
B
4.50
B
5.00
B
5.70
B
117V,
60Hz only
STUDIO AND CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES
30
AUDIOPAK CARTRIDGES A2, AA3, AA4 SERIES LOADED CARTRIDGES (AT 7.5 IPS)
A2 Series, A Size
Group
1
Group 2
Group
3
800 -1006
10
Seconds (6.5')
800 -1041
65 Seconds (41')
800-1013
20 Seconds (13')
800 -1044
70 Seconds (44')
800-1022
35 Seconds (22')
800 -1057
90 Seconds (57')
800-1025
40 Seconds (25')
800 -1063
100 Seconds (63')
800 -1088
140 Seconds (88')
800 -1132
3.5 Minutes (132')
800-1094
2.5 Minutes (94')
800-1150
4.0 Minutes (150')
800 -1113
3.0 Minutes (113')
800-1169
4.5 Minutes (169')
800 -1118
5.0 Minutes (188')
800 -1319
8.5
800-1207
5.5 Minutes (207')
800 -1394
10.5
800-1282
7.5
Minutes (282')
7
Minutes (319')
Minutes (394')
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
PROFESSIONAL
CODE
NET
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
I=E
STUDIO AND CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES (CONT'D.)
AA -3 SERIES (HOLN), AA SIZE
Group
Group
1
2
Group 3
800 -3041
Seconds (6.5')
5.80
B
6.50
B
7.50
B
6.40
B
7.10
B
8.60
8
65 Seconds (41')
800 -3006
10
800 -3013
20 Seconds (13')
800-3044
70 Seconds (44')
800 -3022
35 Seconds (22')
800 -3057
90 Seconds (57')
800 -3025
40 Seconds (25')
800 -3063
100 Seconds (63')
800 -3088
140 Seconds (88')
800-3132
3.5
800 -3094
2.5 Minutes (94')
800-3150
4.0 Minutes (150')
800 -3113
3.0 Minutes (113')
800-3169
4.5 Minutes (169')
800 -3180
5.0 Minutes (188')
800-3282
7.5
800 -3207
5.5
Minutes (207')
800 -3319
8.5 Minutes (319')
800 -1045
6.5 Minutes (244')
800-3394
10.5
Minutes (132')
Minutes (282')
Minutes (394')
AA -4 SERIES (HOLN), AA SIZE
Group
1
Group 2
Group 3
Note:
5 %
800-1064
10
Seconds (6.5')
800 -1069
65 Seconds (41')
800-1065
20 Seconds (13')
800 -1070
70 Seconds (44')
800-1066
35 Seconds (22')
800 -1071
90 Seconds (57')
800-1067
40 Seconds (25')
800 -1072
100 Seconds (63')
800-1068
50 Seconds (32')
800-1073
140 Seconds (88')
800 -1076
3.5 Minutes (132')
800-1074
2.5 Minutes (94')
800 -1077
4.0 Minutes (150')
800 -1075
3.0 Minutes (113')
800 -1078
4.5 Minutes (169')
800-1079
5.0 Minutes (188')
800 -1083
7.5
Minutes (282')
800-1080
5.5 Minutes (207')
800 -1084
8.5
Minutes (319')
800 -1081
6.0
Minutes (225')
800 -1085
9.5 Minutes (357')
800-1082
6.5 Minutes (244')
800 -1086
10.5
Minutes (394')
discount on quantities of 96 or more cartridges, one type or mixed in multiples of
24.
Minimum order of 24 of each type.
EMPTY CARTRIDGES
800-1000
3.00
B
Pressure pad for AP, A2 Series
10.00
C
Front pressure pad for AP, AA3 Series
13.00
C
Side pressure pad for AP, AA3 Series
12.00
C
10.00
20.00
B
B
10.00
B
A2 Series, A Size Unloaded Cartridge
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR CARTRIDGES
(Price is for package of 100)
800 -1024
800 -1007
800 -1008
SPECIALLY WOUND CARTRIDGES 300DL
Seconds Delay Cartridge for use with delay machines
800 -0004
6
800 -3395
Specially wound delay cartridges under 20 seconds
(specify time desired)
800-0019
30 second delay cartridge
8
I
=
`
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
íR
TAPE CARTRIDGE EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
STUDIO AND CARTRIDGE ACCESSORIES (CONT'D.)
CARTRIDGE SPLICING ACCESSORIES
3M
800 -4003
Mylar Splicing Tape
QM -311
809 -0009
Nortronics
26 -048
800 -4004
Benjamin Professional "Gibson Girl" Splicer
017
808 -0013
3M
800 -1049
x 66')
2.00
B
35.00
B
125.00
B
Audiopak lubricated tape, 7" x 1800' reel (for cartridges)
15.00
B
Scotch reel -to -reel
35.00
B
70.00
C
1/4"
(7/32"
splicing block
1/4
",
1
1/4"
mil polyester, low noise, on 2500 HPB
reel
30
TEST CARTRIDGES (7.5 IPS)
STL- C0031 -AF 808 -0004
Reproduce alignment test cartridge, frequency response, distortion,
3180 -50 microsecond, NAB mono /stereo compatible, NAB 1965
Standard
STL-0234-2-AF 808-0005
Reproduce Alignment test cartridge, level, CCIR -IEC
70.00
C
STL-X-1235-AF 808-0008
Wow & flutter test cartridge, 3150 Hz, mono or stereo, NAB
65.00
C
STL-L0095-AF 800-1095
Cue tone calibration cartridge, NAB
74.00
C
STL-0034-AF
Reproduce alignment test cartridge, NAB76, stereo
80.00
C
Reproduce alignment test cartridge, NAB76, mono
80.00
C
.15
B
800-1005
STL-00341-AF 800-1005-001
Note: 3.75 IPS test cartridges and single cue tones (75 IPS) test cartridges are available on request.
30
CARTRIDGE IDENTIFICATION UNITS
(8
31
per sheet)
834-0000
Black
834 -0001
Brown
834 -0002
Red
834 -0003
Orange
834-0004
Yellow
834 -0005
Green
834-0006
Blue
834-0007
Purple
Price Per Sheet
MINIMUM ORDER 100 SHEETS
SPECIFY COLOR BY PART NUMBER
CARTRIDGE RETAINERS
20 H -001
818- 0020 -001
Stores 20, A size cartridges, rack mounting (51/4" high)
95.00
B
RS25
816 -0025
Wire Storage Unit, holds 25 A size cartridges
45.00
B
RM100
810 -0100
Wall mounting, formica covered, holds 100 A size cartridges
125.00
B
DM20
812 -0655
Wall or table mounting; walnut storage unit holds 20 A size
25.00
B
RM
cartridges
DZ20
800-2000
Lazy susan, table top, wood /formica, holds 20 A size cartridges
45.00
B
DM40
812-0650
Table top lazy susan, walnut finish storage unit, holds 40 A size
35.00
B
cartridges
DM72
812-0072
Lazy susan module, formica covered for table top use, holds 72 A
size cartridges
150.00
B
DM200
812-0200
As per above, holds 200 A size cartridges
200.00
B
LS200
814-0200
Lazy susan wire unit, floor stand w /heavy duty casters, holds 200
A size cartridges
350.00
B
9
AUDIO CONSOLES
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
I
-E
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
NET
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
CODE
MIX-TRAK 90 MODULAR CONSOLE
32
CONSOLE M AINFRAMES'
MT90 -12
901 -9012
12
input mixer mainframe with 4 VU meters (2 program and
and 2 utility) and 8 accessory module slots
5,500.00
P B
MT90 -18
901 -9018
18
input mixer mainframe with 6 VU meters (2 program, 2 audition
and 2 utility) and 8 accessory module slots.
6,500.00
P B
575.00
P B
95.00
P B
590.00
P B
*Mainframe includes:
(2) 911 -0016 stereo line output cards for program and audition
(1) 951 -0027
(1) 911 -0065
(1) 951 -0006
(1) 951 -0037
(2) 941 -0016
(1) 941 -0017
(1) 971 -0024
(1) 971 -9000
control room monitor /headphone module
cue speaker /headphone amplifier card
power supply module, 115/230VAC, 50/60Hz, with
phantom
installation connector kit
module extender cable, 40 pin
module extender cable, 50 pin
recommended basic spare parts kit
instruction manual
INPUT MODULES (17 ")
951 -0014
Mic input module
951 -0016
Mic input transformer option
mono (17 ")
951 -0015
Line input module
-
-
stereo (17 ")
911
-0019
Source control card (for use with either mic module or line
module)
75.00
P B
911
-0020
Source remote control card (for use with line module)
90.00
P B
ACCESSORY MODULES (17" and 8'/2 ")
951 -0027
Control room monitor module (17 ")
550.00
P B
951 -0028
Studio/Talkback monitor module for 2 studios (17 ")
525.00
P B
951 -0024
Mono output module
250.00
P B
951 -0017
Tape (reel to reel) source remote switch module (81/2 ")
200.00
P B
951 -0019
Cart source remote switch module
(81/2 ")
200.00
P B
951 -0018
Input expander module
out, stereo or mono
275.00
P B
951 -0020
FSK data decoder module
250.00
P B
951 -0035
Timer control module
200.00
P B
951 -0021
Blank module
25.00
P B
951 -0022
Blank module (17 ")
30.00
P B
"). NOTE: Add VU meter.
(81/2
-
8 in
x
1
(81/2 ")
(81/2 ")
(81/2 ")
(81/2 ")
ACCESSORIES & SPARES
951 -0030
Clock /Timer (meter bridge mount)
595.00
P B
310-0043
VU meter (meter bridge mount) (spare or mono output)
150.00
P B
951 -0034
PPM Meter and Driver Board (meter bridge mount)
260.00
P B
951 -0029
LED Dual Bargraph Meter (meter bridge mount in VU meter space)
290.00
P B
911 -0016
Stereo line amp output card (mounts internal)
Note: Two included with mainframe for program and audition
busses. Can accept two additional: one for mono bus and aux bus
1, and one card for aux busses 2 and 3
290.00
P
901 -0023
Studio remote panel (to be located in remote studio) (81/2" x
200.00
P B
951 -0006
Power supply (rack mount 19" W x 71/4" H) with phantom
power included.
500.00
P B
951 -0032
Power supply automatic switcher panel for redundant power
supply.
200.00
P B
941 -0016
40 pin extender cable assembly (spare)
40.00
P B
941 -0017
50 pin extender cable assembly (spare)
60.00
P B
911 -0065
Cue /headphone amplifier card (mounts internal) (spare)
175.00
P B
Summing amplifier card (mounts internal) (spare)
150.00
P B
50.00
P B
200.00
P B
911
-0062
951 -0036
Relay on air warning light (mounts external)
911 -0064
Power supply PC board with phantom power (spare)
10
2 ")
8
OO
I=E AUDIO CONSOLES
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
STOCK NO.
MIX TRAK 90 EXAMPLE
Model No.l
Part No
-
12 CHANNEL PACKAGE
Description
12 input mixer mainframe with 4 VU meters (2 program & 2 utility) & 8
accessory module slots
951 -0014
951 -0015
Mic input module - mono (17 ")
Line Input Module - stereo (17 ")
Remote Control Card (for use with either mic module or line module)
Source Remote Control Card (for use with line module)
-0019
911
-0020
Total
Price
Price
Qty.
MT90 -12
901 -9012
911
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
@$5,500.00
$5,500.00
MAINFRAME TOTAL
$5,500.00
@$575.00
@ 590.00
@ 75.00
@
90.00
$1,150.00
4,720.00
75.00
450.00
INPUT MODULES TOTAL
$6,595.00
@$525.00
@ 250.00
@ 200.00
@ 200.00
@ 275.00
@ 250.00
@ 200.00
@
25.00
@
30.00
$525.00
250.00
200.00
200.00
550.00
250.00
200.00
25.00
60.00
ACCESSORY MODULES TOTAL
$2,260.00
1
2
8
1
5
951 -0028
951 -0024
951 -0017
951 -0019
951 -0018
951 -0020
951 -0035
951 -0021
951 -0022
Studio/Talkback monitor module for 2 studios (17 ")
Mono output module (81/2") Note: Add VU meter
Tape (reel to reel) source remote switch module (81/2 ")
Cart source remote switch module (81/2")
Input expander module - 8 in x 1 out, stereor or mono (81/2")
FSK Decoder Module (81/2")
Timer control module (81/2 ")
Blank module (81/2 ")
Blank module (17 ")
951 -0030
Clock/Timer (meter bridge mount)
1
@$595.00
$595.00
310 -0043
VU Meter (meter bridge mount) (spare or mono output)
1
@ 150.00
911
-0016
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
Stereo line output card (mounts internal) Note: Two included with
mainframe for program and audition busses. Can accept 2 additional
one for mono buss and aux bus 3, and one card for aux busses
& 2
Studio Remote Panel (to be located in remote studio)
Relay on air warning light (mounts external of console)
2
@
290.00
150.00
580.00
1
@
2
@
200.00
50.00
200.00
100.00
1
901 -0023
951 -0036
ACCESSORIES TOTAL
$1,625.00
PRICE SUMMARY
Mainframe Total
Input Modules Total
Accessory Modules Total
Accessories & Spares Total
$ 5,500.00
6,395.00
2,260.00
1,625.00
TOTAL PRICE
$15,780.00
SERIES 4000 SLIDE MIXER AUDIO CONSOLES
ML-4000 -A
901- 4000-000
Monaural dual -channel console chassis with provision for
accepting up to 12 inpuut modules. (Select modules as required).
3595.00
B
SL- 4100 -A
901- 4100-000
Stereo dual -channel console chassis with provision for accepting
up to 12 input modules. (Select modules as required).
3995.00
B
4021
951 -4021
Mono input mixing module, with muting logic.
550.00
B
4023
951 -4023
Mono input mixing module, less muting logic.
525.00
B
4025
951 -4025
Mono remote input module (feeds mono input mixing module).
350.00
B
4022
951 -4022
Stereo input mixing module, with muting logic.
650.00
B
4024
951 -4024
Stereo input mixing module, less muting logic.
625.00
B
4026
951 -4026
Stereo remote input module (feeds stereo input mixing module).
400.00
B
C
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
918 -3602
Mono mix -down module for stereo (4100) units.
125.00
838 -0200
Additional cost for 220VAC power option (either model).
100.00
B
951
-4008
Module filler panel (for unused module space).
175.00
B
911
-0013
Module extender for Series 4000 plug-in modules
145.00
B
919 -3000
PC Board Extender for Series 3600 PC Boards
60.00
B
597-4000
Service Manual for Series 4000
(One manual shipped with each unit)
50.00
C
Note: Mono mix-down module -When used, two modules required (one for MIX -1, one for MIX -2). Mix -down module is necessary
to use feed function of remote modules in SL -4100 stereo console only.
Note:
determine selling price of complete 4000 Series consoles, add to basic console price any combination of input modules
up to 12.
To
11
AUDIO CONSOLES
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
I
=E
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
SERIES 350A SLIDER MIXER AUDIO CONSOLES
37
10M350A
901- 1051 -000
10- Mixer,
Slider- Fader, Dual -Channel, Mono
5195.00
A
10S350A
901 -1050 -000
10-Mixer,
Slider- Fader, Dual -Channel, Stereo
6195.00
A
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
918 -3602
Mono Matrix PC Board for 10S350A
125.00
C
838 -0200
Additional cost for 230VAC/50Hz power source
100.00
A
597- 0013 -001
Service Manual for series 350 (One manual shipped with
each unit)
75.00
C
*SERIES 250A AUDIO CONSOLES
40
MONO
-
Dual Channel
5M250A
901- 0541 -000
5- Mixer, Deluxe, step type attenuators
2895.00
A
8M250A
901- 0841 -000
8- Mixer, Deluxe, step type attenuators
3795.00
A
10M250A
901 -1041 -000
10- Mixer, Deluxe,
4895.00
A
Deluxe, step type attenuators
3750.00
A
attenuators
4850.00
A
5995.00
A
STEREO
-
Dual Channel
5-Mixer
901 -0540 -000
5S250A
step type attenuators
8S250A
901 -0840 -000
8-Mixer Deluxe, step type
10S250A
901 -1040 -000
10 -Mixer
Deluxe, step type attenuators
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
918-3602
Mono Matrix PC Board for 5S250A, 8S250A, 10S250A
125.00
C
838-0200
Additional cost for 230VAC/50Hz power source
100.00
A
597- 0018 -001
Service Manual for series 250. (One manual shipped with
each unit)
50.00
C
'Supplied with
3
muting relays
*SERIES 150A AUDIO CONSOLES
47
MONO
-
Dual Channel
5M150A
901-0531 -000
5- Mixer, sealed pots
2450.00
A
8M150A
901-0831 -000
8- Mixer, sealed pots
2950.00
A
10M150A
901-1033 -000
10- Mixer,
4350.00
A
STEREO
-
sealed pots
Dual Channel
5S150A
901-0530 -000
5 -Mixer
Console, sealed pots
2995.00
A
8S150A
901-0830 -000
8 -Mixer
Console, sealed pots
3695.00
A
10S150A
901 -1032 -000
10-Mixer
5295.00
A
Console, sealed pots
OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
971 -0021
Additional Muting Relay
30.00
C
838 -0200
Additional cost for 230VAC/50Hz Power Source
100.00
A
918 -3604
Line Amplifier for Stereo Audition Channel 5S150A and 8S150A
135.00
C
125.00
C
50.00
C
(2 required) for dual channel operation.
918 -3602
Mono Matrix PC Board for 5S150A and 8S150A
597-0011 -001
Service Manual for series 150 (One manual shipped with
each unit)
*Supplied with one muting relay
12
1
=E AUDIO CONSOLES
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
SERIES 50A CONSOLES
58
56
MONO
4M50A
901 -0450 -000
4 -Mixer
1150.00
A
4M5OAR
901- 0451 -000
Rack Mount 4 -Mixer
1195.00
A
4M50AP
901 -0450 -021
4 -Mixer with rear panel plug -in
1295.00
A
4S50A
901 -0452 -000
4 -Mixer
2150.00
A
4S4OAR
901-0453 -000
Rack Mount 4 -Mixer
2195.00
A
4S50AP
901-0452 -021
4 -Mixer with rear panel plug -in connectors
2250.00
A
connectors
STEREO
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
838-0201
Additional cost for 220VAC/50Hz power source, 4M50A
100.00
A
838 -0202
Additional cost for 220VAC /50Hz power source, 4S50A
100.00
A
901 -0002 -001
Rear panel plug -in connector panel assembly for 4S50A
150.00
A
901-0003 -001
Rear panel plug -in connector panel assembly for 4M50A
150.00
A
597-0451 -001
Service Manual for 4S50A (One manual shipped with each unit)
40.00
C
597- 0451 -000
Service Manual for 4M50A (One manual shipped with each unit)
40.00
C
1550.00
A
100.00
A
40.00
C
RACK MOUNT AUDIO CONSOLE
60
4R50
901-2000 -000
4 -Mixer Mono Rack Mount Console
903-0018
Additional cost for 220VAC/50Hz power source
597-0453
Service Manual for 4R50 (One manual shipped with each unit)
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR AUDIO CONSOLES
SPARE P.C. BOARDS AND MODULES FOR AUDIO CONSOLES
SERIES 150/250 AND 350 CONSOLES
918-3600
Mono Preamplifier Module
100.00
C
918 -3601
Stereo Preamplifier Module
125.00
C
918 -3602
Mono Matrix Card
125.00
C
918 -3603
Stereo Monitor Amplifier Module for 5S150/8S150
115.00
C
918 -3604
Line Drive Amplifier Module
135,00
C
918 -3605
Mono Cue /Headphone Amplifier Module
110.00
C
918 -3606
Stereo Cue /Headphone Amplifier Module
120.00
C
918 -3709
Mono Monitor Amplifier Module
115.00
C
918 -4002
Power Supply Module, Series 350
145.00
C
918 -4003
Power Supply Module, Series 150 & 250
115.00
C
918 -7018
Cue -Intercom Module, Series 350
165.00
C
918 -3706
Stereo Cue Headphone Module, 10S250
115.00
C
919 -3000
PC Board Test Extender for 3600 Series PC Boards
65.00
C
13
AUDIO CONSOLES
I
=E
CATALOG
PROFESSIONAL
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR AUDIO CONSOLES (CONT'D.)
SERIES 4000 CONSOLES
918 -3602
Mono Matrix Module
125.00
C
918 -3604
Program Line Amplifier Module
135.00
C
918 -3709
Mono Monitor Amplifier Module
115.00
C
918 -7018
Cue-Intercom Amplifier Module
165.00
C
918 -3510
Headphone Amplifier Module
74.00
C
918 -4100
Power Supply Module
165.00
C
918 -4111
Mono Mixing with muting module
360.00
C
918 -4131
Stereo Mixing with muting module
460.00
C
918 -4101
Mono Mixing without muting module
305.00
C
918 -4121
Stereo Mixing without muting module
435.00
C
918 -4102
Mono Remote Input Module
165.00
C
918 -4112
Stereo Remote Input Module
210.00
C
Kit for Model 4S50 Stereo Audio Console
300.00
C
830-0081
Kit for Model 4M50 Mono Audio Console
215.00
C
971 -0022
Kit for Model 4R50 Audio Console
210.00
C
830-0083
Kit for Model 5M150 Mono Audio Console
350.00
C
Kit for Model 5S150 Stereo Audio Console
295.00
C
830-0085
Kit for Model 8M150 Mono Audio Console
355.00
C
830-0086
Kit for Model 8S150 Stereo Audio Console
355.00
C
830-0087
Kit for Model 5M250 Mono Audio Console
500.00
C
830-0088
Kit for Model 5S250 Stereo Audio Console
560.00
C
830-0089
Kit for Model 8M250 Mono Audio Console
495.00
C
830-0090
Kit for Model 8S250 Stereo Audio Console
570.00
C
971 -0090
Kit for Model 10M250 Mono Audio Console
49500
C
830-0126
Kit for Model 10S250 Stereo Audio Console
535.00
C
830-0091
Kit for Model 10M350 Mono Audio Console
500.00
C
830-0092
Kit for Model 10S350 Stereo Audio Console
620.00
C
830-0093
Kit for Model ML -4000 Mono Audio Console
295.00
C
830-0094
Kit for Model SL -4100 Stereo Audio Console
315.00
C
830 -0095
Kit for Model 980 -4021 Mono Input Mix Module
95.00
C
830 -0096
Kit for Model 980 -4022 Stereo Input Mix Module
135.00
C
SPARE PARTS KITS FOR CONSOLES
SERIES 50
830-0080
SERIES 150
830-0084
SERIES 250
SERIES 350
SERIES 4000
Note: RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS KITS FOR AUDIO CONSOLES DO NOT INCLUDE PLUG -IN PC BOARDS AND MODULES.
PLEASE SELECT THESE FROM SPARE PC BOARD SECTION OF THE PRICE LIST
14
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
TURNTABLE PRODUCTS
62
63
62
TURNTABLES
-
12 ", 3 -Speed
-
-
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
BE /REK -O -KUT
331/3, 45, 78
12C /U
902 -0008
Undrilled, AC Motor, 117V/60Hz
415.00
A
12C/320
902 -0009
Same as 902 -0008 except drilled for S-320
415.00
A
12C /O
902 -0010
Same as 902 -0008 except drilled for otherbrand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
430.00
A
12C /U
902-0011
Undrilled, AC Motor, 220V/240V, 50Hz
430.00
A
12C/320
902 -0012
Same as 902-0011 except drilled for S -320
430.00
A
12C /O
902 -0013
Same as 902-0011 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
445.00
A
12C /U
902 -0001
Undrilled, AC Motor, 117V/50Hz
415.00
A
12C/320
902 -0002
Same as 902-0001 except drilled for S -320
415.00
A
12C/O
902 -0003
Same as 902 -0001 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
430.00
A
A
TURNTABLES
-
12 ", 2 -Speed
-
331/3
and 45
12C2/U
902 -0063
2 speed, undrilled, AC Motor, 117V/60Hz
415.00
12C2/320
902-0064
Same as 902 -0063 except drilled for S -320
415.00
A
12C2/O
902 -0065
Same as 902 -0063 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
430.00
A
12C2/U
902 -0066
Undrilled, AC Motor, 220/240V, 50Hz
430.00
A
12C2/320
902 -0067
Same as 902-0066 except drilled for S -320
430.00
A
12C2/O
902 -0068
Same as 902-0066 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
445.00
A
TURNTABLES
-
16 ", 3 -Speed
-
331/3, 45, 78
16C /U
902-0069
Undrilled AC Motor, 117V/60Hz
795.00
A
16C/260
902-0070
Same as 902-0069 except drilled for S- 260
795.00
A
16C /O
902 -0071
Same as 902-0069 except drilled for other brand tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
810.00
A
16C /U
902 -0073
Undrilled AC Motor, 220/240V, 50Hz
795.00
A
16C/260
902 -0074
Same as 902 -0073 except drilled for S- 260
795.00
A
16C /O
902 -0075
Same as 902 -0073 except drilled for other band tone arm
(Specify brand arm)
810.00
A
597-0089
Service Manual for 12C/16C. (One manual is shipped with
each unit.)
10.00
C
Note
1: All turntables painted BE charcoal gray with black felt.
Note 2: For flat platter, no extra charge, specify and add -010 to part number
64
65
TONE ARMS
S -320
950-0061
Rek -O -Kut 12" Tone Arm, Chrome plated
175.00
B
S -260
950 -0062
Rek -O -Kut 16" Tone Arm, Chrome plated
195.00
B
PS -20L
830 -0222
Headshell for S -320 and S260 Tone Arms
46.00
C
597-0017
Service Manual for S -320/S -260.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
4.00
C
TURNTABLE PREAMPLIFIERS
EP-1
903 -0020
Equalized turntable preamplifier, RFI protected 117/220/240V,
50 /60Hz
395.00
A
EP -2
903-0021
Equalized turntable preamplifier, RFI protected. w/transformer
output, 117/220/240V, 50 /60Hz
415.00
A
973 -0010
Recommended spare parts kit for EP- /EP -2
105.00
C
597-0083
Service Manual for EP- /EP -2.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
10.00
C
1
1
15
STUDIO EQUIPMENT I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
TURNTABLE PRODUCTS (CONT'D)
TURNTABLE PREAMPLIFIERS (CONT'D.)
BETMS -100
903 -0100
Equalized turntable preamplifier
225.00
A
BETMS -200
903 -0200
Equalized turntable preamplifier, with transformer output
295.00
A
827 -0220
Additional cost for 220/240V power source
60.00
A
597 -1025
Service Manual for BETMS -100/200.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
5.00
C
85.00
C
TURNTABLE REPLACEMENT PARTS
972 -0007
Rec. spare parts kit for Series 12C Turntables
972 -0008
Rec. spare parts kit for Series 16C Turntables
90.00
C
972 -0003
Motor and hanger kit for 12C, 220/240V, 50Hz
195.00
C
972 -0005
Motor and hanger kit for 12C, 117V/60Hz
190.00
C
972 -0006
Motor and hanger kit for 12C, 117V/50Hz
185.00
C
830 -0047
Idler wheel kit for BE /QRK 12C, Galaxy II, 16C & 1271 Turntables
26.00
C
830 -0210
Idler wheel kit for Rek-O -Kut B12H Turntables
67.00
C
972 -0218
Shock Mount Kit for QRK 12C Turntables
21.00
C
830 -0218
Shock Mount Kit for BE 12C Turntables
19.00
C
830 -0040
Idler wheel kit for Rek-O -Kut CVS-12 Turntables
22.00
C
830 -0207
Idler arm kit for QRK Galaxy Turntables
37.00
C
830 -0216
Idler arm kit for QRK 12C & 1271 Turntables
38.00
C
407 -0109
Black felt for 12C Turntable
5.00
C
TURNTABLE TEST RECORDS
STR -100
802 -1000
CBS STR -100 test record for turntable, sweep frequency, spot
frequency, separation, tracking
25.00
C
NAB
802 -1001
NAB test record for turntables, stereo/mono, level, spot frequency,
rumble, wow and flutter, phase separation
25.00
C
18.00
B
8.00
B
16.00
B
CARTRIDGES FOR TONEARMS
67
SERIES P
(extra heavy duty) spherical stylus
500AL
821 -5000
Cartridge
D5107AL
821 -5001
Stylus for 500AL cartridge
500AMKII
802-1004
Cartridge
D5127
821 -6815
78 RPM Stylus for Series 500 cartridges
D5OAMKII
802 -1008
Replacement stylus for 500AMKII cartridge
600A
802-1012
Cartridge
D6071A
802-1011
Replacement stylus for 600A cartridge
681SE
802 -1013
Cartridge
D6800SE
802 -1010
Replacement stylus for 681SE Cartridge
SC35C
821 -4350
SS35C
821 -4352
M44
821 -4470
Stereo broadcast cartridge with N44 -7 spherical
SC39B
802-1015
Cartridge, .7 mil spherical
SC39EJ
802-1014
Cartridge,
SS78E
821 -0032
N44 -7
821 -4471
.7 mil
.7 mil
spherical stylus
12.00
B
8.00
C
25.00
B
13.00
B
60.00
B
24.00
B
Professional broadcast cartridge
45.00
B
Spherical stylus for SC35C
17.00
B
50.00
B
63.00
B
70.00
B
Stylus, elliptical for 78 RPM
22.00
B
Replacement .7 mil stylus for M44 -7
23.00
B
.7 mil
.7 mil
spherical stylus
elliptical stylus
SERIES S
-7
4 x .7 mil
elliptical
16
.7 mil
stylus
0
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
TURNTABLE PRODUCTS (CONT`))
68
CARTRIDGES FOR TONEARMS (CONT'D.)
SERIES ATP
spherical
ATP -1
821 -0051
Cartridge,
45.00
B
ATP -2
821 -0052
Cartridges,
.4 x
.7
elliptical
60.00
B
ATP -3
821 -0053
Cartridges, 3 x
.7
nude elliptical
80.00
B
ATP -N1
821 -0054
Replacement stylus for ATP -1
25.00
B
ATP -N2
821 -0055
Replacement stylus for ATP -2
35.00
B
ATP -N3
821 -0056
Replacement stylus for ATP -3
50.00
B
ATP -H
821 -0058
Replacement head shell
16.00
B
.6
AUDIO DISTRIBUTION AND MONITOR AMPLIFIERS
69
AD1B
903 -0010
Audio D.A.;
1
in, 5 out, rack mounting, emitter follower output
650.00
A
AD1B/T
903-0011
Audio D.A.;
1
in, 5 out, rack mounting, transformer outputs
825.00
A
AD1BX
903 -0012
5
Channel Extender for AD1B, rack mount, emitter follower output
650.00
A
AD1BX/T
903 -0013
5
Channel Extender for AD1B, rack mount, transformer output
625.00
A
BEM -10A
903- 0001 -001
Monitor amp, 10 watt, in cabinet,
with rack adapter and mike jacks
200.00
A
830 -0009
Recommended spare parts kit for AD1B D.A.
145.00
C
837 -0101
Additional cost for 220VAC/50Hz Power Source, AD1B Series
100.00
A
597 -1200
Service Manual for AD1B. (One manual
15.00
C
597 -1100
Service Manual for BEM -10A. (One manual is shipped with
each unit.)
7.00
C
117V,
50/60 Hz, 30 watts
is
shipped with each unit.)
CONSOLE AND TURNTABLE MOUNTING SUPPORTS
70
SERIES 80
-
(All Tops are Belge)
SP -80 -S2
802 -2000
Single pedestal for one turntable, size 22" x 24" x 29" high,
21" front rack space
319.00
E
DP -80 -S3
802-2001
Double pedestal for two turntables, size 24" x 42" x 29" high,
21" front rack space
524.00
E
BP- 80 -S21
801 -2000
Blank front panel to fit rack space 19" x 21"
CT-80-S1
801 -2001
Console support, top size 32" x 96" with formica top and
2 sets console base panel supports, size 24" x 29" high
VS -80 -S4
801 -2002
SB -1
830-0042
SB -3
821 -0047
38.00
E
641.00
E
Vanity shield for console, 12" wide
35.00
E
Shelf base for 12C turntable
55.00
B
Shelf base for 16C turntable
60.00
B
1,995.00
C
335.00
C
1,075.00
C
625.00
C
1,198.00
C
(All Tops are Black)
SERIES 4000
-
PTC
801 -2003
Pedestal/Top/Center
URM
801 -2004
Utility rack module
DTM
801 -2005
Double turntable module
STM
802 -2006
Single turntable module
CCP
801 -2007
Countertop cart pod
ITM
801
-2008
Interview table module
635.00
C
OCS
801
-2009
Overbridge copy stand
299.00
C
FEP
801 -2010
Finished end panel
350.00
C
45.00
B
TIMERS
71
STUDIO TIMERS (Battery Powered
BECL-100
835 -0100
-
C
Cell)
Quartzmatic, white face
DIGITAL TIMERS
ES302E
829 -0302
ESE Timer, elapsed time indicator, 117V, 60Hz
350.00
E
ES302EJ
801 -8003
ESE Timer, elapsed time indicator, 220V, 50Hz
374.00
E
ES510L
829 -0510
ESE Timer, sixty minutes, four digit,
60Hz
174.00
E
ES510LEJ
801 -8002
EST Timer, sixty minutes, four digit, 220V, 50Hz
198.00
E
17
117V,
STUDIO EQUIPMENT I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
TIMERS (CONT'D.)
CUE TIMERS
ES751E
ES754E
829 -0104
ESE Cue clock, thumbwheel programmer, single event
364.00
E
829 -0103
ESE Cue clock, thumbwheel programmer, two event
435.00
E
n
ON -AIR STUDIO LIGHTS
835-0001
ON -AIR light, vertical format
48.00
B
835-0002
ON -AIR light, horizontal format
48.00
B
835-0003
AUDITION light, vertical format
48.00
B
835 -0004
AUDITION light, horizontal format
48.00
B
835-0006
En Aire light, vertical format
48.00
B
835-0009
En Aire light, horizontal format
48.00
B
835-0007
Rehearsal light, vertical format
48.00
B
835-0008
Rehearsal light, horizontal format
48.00
B
835-0005
Record light, vertical format
48.00
B
835 -0010
Record light, horizontal format
48.00
B
835 -0013
Special lettering, specify horizontal or vertical. (For one time set
up, add $60.00 to above - Total $120.00 for first unit)
60.00
B
340 -0001
Flasher for on -air lights
6.00
C
POWER AMPLIFIERS
72
D -75
827 -0075
Stereo Power Amplifier, 35 watts, 8 ohm, per channel
524.00
E
D-150A2
827 -0150
Stereo Power Amplifier, 80 watts,
ohm, per channel
699.00
E
8
BROADCAST AND RECORDING MICROPHONES
73
SERIES EV
635A
825 -0635
Microphone, omnidirectional dynamic
116.00
C
D056
825 -0016
Microphone, shock mounted, dynamic omnidirectional
143.00
C
649B
825 -0649
Microphone, lavalier
170.00
C
RE10
825 -0010
Super cardioid (90Hz to 13kHz)
197.00
C
RE11
801 -1018
150 ohms, 90-13000Hz, super cardioid
201.00
C
RE15
825-0015
Super cardioid, highest quality (80Hz to 15kHz)
298.00
C
RE20
801 -1017
150 ohms, 45-18000Hz, cardioid
545.00
C
RE50
801 -1016
150 ohms, 80- 13000Hz,
165.00
C
SM5B
801 -1014
Unidirectional dynamic boom
586.00
C
SM7
825 -0007
Microphone, boom, selectable response
542.00
C
SM11CN
801 -1015
Omnidirectional dynamic lavalier, prewired plug
98.00
C
SM57LC
801 -1010
Unidirectional dynamic
134.00
C
SM58LC
801 -1011
Unidirectional dynamic
173.00
C
SM63LC
801 -1012
Omnidirectional dynamic
120.00
C
SM81LC
825 -0018
Microphone, unidirectional condenser less cable
367.00
C
SM82LC
801 -1013
Unidirectional condenser, line level
392.00
C
825-0105
Microphone with cable, low impedance
369.00
C
omnidirectional
SERIES S
SERIES M
MD421U5
18
I
=E STUDIO EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
MICROPHONE ACCESSORIES
75
MS -4
825 -0063
Atlas Mike floor stand, 25" to 65"
SB -36
825 -0064
Atlas Mike boom stand, 62" boom, without wheels
GN -13
825 -0019
Atlas flexible gooseneck, 13"
LM1 -41A
825 -0001
Luxo mic arm, for 2 lb. wt.,
LM1 -41A
55.00
C
247.00
C
10.00
C
"C" clamp mount, 41"
40.00
C
825 -0003
Luxo mic arm, for 3 lb. wt., "C" clamp mount, 41"
40.00
C
LM1 -41C
825 -0002
Luxo mic arm, for 2 lb. wt., screw down mount, 41"
40.00
C
LM1 -41C
825 -0004
Luxo mic arm, for 3 lb. wt., screw down mount, 41"
40.00
C
422
825-0091
Electro -Voice Desk stand, clamp type for D054, RE10, REIS,
635A & 649B
22.00
C
S33P
825-0068
Shure Mike desk stand, grey
42.00
C
S39A
825-0070
Shure Mike vibration -isolation stand
60.00
C
Sentry 500
801 -4007
Loudspeaker, 100 watts'6 -8 ohms
520.00
C
Sentry 505
801
Sentry 505 speaker
520.00
C
WB23
801 -4008
28.00
C
ELECTRO -VOICE SPEAKERS
76
-4009
Wall mount kit for Sentry 500
Sentry 100EL 801 -4011
Powered compact speaker, 50 watt
545.00
C
Sentry 100A
829-2025
Loudspeaker, Compact, 30 watt, 6 ohm
265.00
C
SRB7
829-0088
Mounting bracket for Sentry 100 speaker
26.00
C
EVMC8A
829-2006
Speaker, 8 ", 12 watt, 8 ohm
53.00
C
EVMC12A
829 -2007
Speaker, 12
74.00
C
",
20 watt, 8 ohm
HEADPHONES
76
HD-430
829-2021
Sennheiser Headset, highest quality, 600 ohm
149.00
C
HD-420
829-2023
Sennheiser Headset, 600 ohm
99.00
C
HD-414SL
829-2016
Sennheiser Headset, 600 ohm
84.00
C
HD-4105L
801-4010
Sennheiser Headset, 600 ohm
59.00
C
PH-24
801-4013
Telex Headset, 150 ohms, dynamic dual /mono
220.00
E
PH-92
801-4012
Telex Headset, 6000 ohm binaural headset
245.00
E
8412
829 -4200
Microphone cable, 2 conductor, stranded, 20 AWG braided shield,
cotton wrap, heavy rubber jacket, 500' roll
230.00
C
8428
829 -4201
Microphone cable, 2 conductor, stranded,
heavy duty neoprene jacketed, 500' roll
325.00
C
8437
829 -4202
Audio wire, 2 conductor, solid, 22 AWG with drain wire &
braided shield, black vinyl jacket, 500' roll
125.00
C
8450
829-4203
Audio wire, 2 conductor, solid, 22 AWG with drain wire,
foil shield, vinyl jacket, 500 ft. roll
63.00
C
8451
622 -8451
Audio wire, 2 conductor, miniature, 22 AWG, stranded with
drain wire, foil shield, vinyl jacket, 500' roll
73.00
C
WIRE AND CABLE
18 AWG
braided shield,
CONNECTORS
CM3
829-4212
Male receptacle assembly, circular housing (type XLR -3 -14)
5.00
C
D3M
829 -4213
Male receptacle assembly, square housing (type XLR -3 -32)
4.00
C
D3F
829 -4214
Female receptacle assembly, square housing (type XLR -3 -31)
6.00
C
C3F
829 -4215
Female receptacle assembly, circular housing (type XLR -3 -13)
6.00
C
A3F
829 -4216
Female plug assembly, standard grommet (type XLR-3 -11c)
5.00
C
A3M
829 -4217
Male plug assembly, standard grommet (type XLR- 3-12c)
4.00
C
19
STUDIO EQUIPMENT I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
ADC PATCH PANELS, TERMINAL BLOCKS, CONNECTORS
77
BJF- 105- 4MKIII
801 -7003
Prewired audio patch panel, 48 jacks, long frame 13/4" panel
19" mtg, 4' cable with terminal block, normals at panel, tip -ring
sleeve
600.00
C
P -KIT-3
801 -7010
Audio patch panel kit unwired, includes: PJ -391 jack panel cover,
front panel -31/2 ", (48)PJ339L jacks, brackets, cable ties, and ADC
name plate
180.00
C
PJ -391
829 -4207
Audio patch panel, 48 PJ -339 jacks, double row, 21/8" panel 19"
mtg, tip -ring sleeve
145.00
C
PJ -72
829 -4209
Audio patch cord single, 2 ft. 3 conductor shielded with PJ -2 for
PJ- 391 /BJF104,P -KIT
14.00
C
PJ -172
801 -7011
Audio patch cord double, 2 ft.
BJF -104, P -KIT
conductor shielded, for PJ -391,
28.00
C
PJ -341
829 -4001
Audio patch panel, 48 PJ -318 jacks, double row, 21/8" panel
19" mtg
115.00
C
PJ -12
829 -4006
Double patch cord, 2 ft. for PJ -341
26.00
C
PJ -14
829 -4008
Double patch cord, 4 ft. for PJ -341
29.00
C
CH -1050
829 -4211
Patch cord holder, 20 cords
40.00
C
PJ -1
829 -4100
Plug, double, 2 conductor, black
14.00
C
PJ -2
829 -4205
Plug, single, 3 conductor, red
5.00
C
PJ -7
801 -7014
Plug, double, 3 conductor
15.00
C
PJ -318
829 -4101
Jack, single,
2
conductor
2.00
C
PJ -339
829 -4206
Jack, single,
3
conductor
2.00
C
PJ -660 -6
801 -7012
Terminal block, 6 x 26 stacked, solder /solder
17.00
C
PJ -660A
801 -7013
Mounting bracket, adjustable for PJ -660-6
3.00
C
PJ -106
829 -4104
Terminal block, 6 rows, 120 terminals
19.00
C
BK-119
801 -7005
Terminal block mounting bar, 19"
26.00
C
BK-280H
801 -7004
Terminal block mounting bracket, 19"
3.00
C
3
REEL-TO-REEL TAPE RECORDERS /REPRODUCERS
78
MODEL PR99 MK11 SERIES
13502
808 -1014
Recorder/Reproducer, 1/2 track, stereo, 3.75/7.5 IPS, chassis
version for installation in cabinet or 19" rack
2799.00
E
13506
808-1015
Same as 13502 except 7.5/15 IPS
2799.00
E
13501
808-1016
Same as 13502 except full track, mono
2799.00
E
13503
808-1017
Same as 13502 except full track, mono 7.5/15 IPS
2799,00
E
13203
808-1026 -010
Reproducer, 1/2 track, stereo, 3.75/7.5 IPS chassis version for
mounting in cabinet or 19" rack
1950.00
E
13303
808-1026
Same as 13203 except 7.5/15 IPS
1950.00
E
OPTIONS FOR PR99 SERIES
78
34502
808 -1018
Carrying case
550.00
E
34500
808 -1019
Console cabinet without utility shelf
783.00
E
885
808 -1020
Balanced /floating microphone inputs
144.00
E
34506
808 -1021
Monitor panel with speaker, mono
130.00
E
34509
808 -1022
Monitor panel with speaker, stereo
342.00
E
34227
808 -1023
Remote control w/32 ft. cable
330.00
E
MODEL B77 SERIES
14102
822-4102
101/2"
Recorder/Playback, 3.75 -7.5 IPS, mounted in black plastic
cabinet, stereo half track
2450.00
E
14302
822 -4302
Same as Model 14102, except in metal cage for rack mount.
Does not include Revox 54099 rack attachment
2450.00
E
14106
822 -4106
101/2"
case,
stereo half track
2450.00
E
Same as Model 14106, except in metal cage for rack mount.
Does not include Revox 54099 rack attachment
2450.00
E
14306
822 -4306
Recorder/Playback,
20
7.5 -15 IPS,
mounted in black plastic
1
=E STUDIO EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
REEL-TO -REEL TAPE RECORDERS /REPRODUCERS
(CONT'D.)
OPTIONS FOR B -77 SERIES
34237
822 -4237
Vari speed control for B -77
330.00
E
34227
822 -4227
Remote control for B -77 with 30 -foot cable
330.00
E
34099
822 -1021
Rack mount adapter for B -77 (cage models)
60.00
E
ACCESSORIES FOR B -77 SERIES
79
45240
822 -5240
Revox editing kit /splicing kit
45.00
E
39000
822-9000
Revox cleaning kit
10.00
E
9865
822-9865
Operating manual for
7.00
E
9860
822 -9860
Service manual for B -77
36.00
E
MODEL
U
B -77
SERIES
W -10 -1
822 -2503
Mono Reproducer, half- track, bi- directional, 25" tape, 14" reels,
3.75 -7.5 IPS, 117VAC/60Hz
5200.00
E
LJ -10 -2
822 -2504
Stereo Reproducer, two track, 25 "tape, 14 "reels, 3.75 -7.5 IPZ,
117VAC /60Hz
5200.00
E
LJ -10-4
822-2505
Stereo Reproducer, quarter- track, bi- directional, 25" tape, 14"
reels, 3.75 -7.5 IPS, 117VAC /60Hz
5450.00
E
Note: 50 Hz operation add $45.00 to list price. Other speeds available upon request. 220VAC operation add $295.00.
80
MX-5050B SERIES
MX- 5050B -I
I
MX-50506-11-1/4
822 -5055
1/4"
two -channel half-track recorder/reproducer with extra
quarter -track reproduce head. DC -servo capstan, with +7% varispeed, three speeds in pairs of 15/7.5 or 7.5 3.75 IPS field selectable. Transformerless balanced inputs and outputs, +4 or -10 dB
output level select, real time tape counter with LED display and integral splicing block.
2795.00
E
808-1028
1/4" two -channel, quarter -track recorder /reproducer with extra
two -channel half-track reproduce head. Otherwise identical to the
2795.00
E
3195.00
E
1/4"
two -channel, half -track recorder /reproducer with extra
quarter -track playback head. Includes microprocessor transport
logic, and dynamic braking, zero return, external machine control
interface connector for synchronizers or the option CB -116 auto
locator. Otherwise identical to the B -II.
3495.00
E
B -I
MX-50508-II-F 808-1027
822-5051
.
one -channel, full -track recorder /reproducer with extra
two-channel half -track reproduce head. Otherwise identical to the
B -I
MX-5050MKI11-2
I
1/4"
I
.
ARS SERIES
ARS -1000 -DC 822 -5058
1/4"
two -channel, half -track reproducer with 25Hz tone sensor,
end -of- message and cuetone relays with adjustable delay (100 ms
to 15s), 7.5/3.75 IPS speeds, 19" rack mount.
1850.00
E
ARS -1000-DS 822 -5081
Identical to ARS- 1000 -DC except without the 25Hz tone
sensor circuit.
1850.00
E
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
RK-2B
822 -5064
Rack mounting adapter for MX-5050B, BO -Il
50.00
E
RK-32
822 -5065
Rack mounting adapter for Mark III -2
75.00
E
ZA-52Y
808 -1029
7" reel hold down, EIA hub (set of two)
24.00
E
TW -670
822 -5076
Reel hold down knobs,
1/4",
each
20.00
E
TW -671
822 -5077
Reel hold down knobs,
1/2
",
each
20.00
E
CB-102
822 -5070
Remote Control
150.00
E
Manual
822 -5083
Extra service manual (One manual shipped with each recorder)
35.00
E
21
STUDIO EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
COMPACT DISC PLAYERS
81
Compact Disc Player
B -226
808 -8001
B215
808 -8000
Cassette Tape Recorder
122MK11
808-8002
Studio Cassette Recorder /Reproducer
1500.00
E
2000.00
E
899.00
E
1300.00
E
CASSETTE TAPE RECORDERS /REPRODUCERS
82
133B
83
=E
I
808-8003
Stereo Plus Cue Cassette Recorder /Reproducer
STUDIO AND TRANSMITTER EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SUPPORTS
(Heavy Duty Type, Black front, attractive BE Blue side panels and door)
958- 4001 -001
One bay assembled, with louvered back door, top plate,
side panels and cowlings. Dimensions 693/4" high, 231/4" wide and
25" deep. 35 rack units. (Unwired)
795.00
E
840-0001
One bay same as above except less side panels and horizontal
and vertical trim
525.00
E
958- 4002 -001
Two bay assembled, same as 958- 4001 -001 above except
dimensions are 693/4" high, 451/4" wide and 25" deep
1195.00
E
958 -4003 -001
Three bay assembled, same as 958-4001 -001 above except
dimensions are 693/4" high, 671/4" wide and 25" deep
2200.00
E
958- 4004 -001
Four bay assembled, same as 958- 4001 -001 above except
dimensions are 693/4" high, 891/4 wide and 25" deep
2200.00
E
840-4011
Center cabinet for matching FM Transmitters
785.00
E
One bay front horizontal trim
40.00
E
Two bay front horizontal trim
75.00
E
Three bay front horizontal trim
110.00
E
Four bay front horizontal trim
175.00
E
Left front vertical trim
30.00
E
840-4029
Right front vertical trim
30.00
E
840-4006
Pair of "L" type rear mounting channels, (one pair required
per rack) MXL-61
50.00
E
840-0009
"P" type left side mounting channel
39.00
E
840-0010
"P" type right side mounting channel
39.00
E
978-0000
Kit, 3' plugmold with
44.00
E
978 -0001
Kit, 5' plugmold with 10 AC outlets
66.00
E
SPECIFY HO RIZONTAL TRIM:
840-4040
840-4041
840-4042
840-4043
SPECIFY VERTICAL TRIM:
840-4028
6 AC
outlets
506 -0175
Panel, blank rack
13/4"
-
black (1RU)
21.00
E
506 -0350
Panel, blank rack 31/2"
-
black (2RU)
15.00
E
506 -0525
Panel, blank rack 51/4"
-
black (3RU)
20.00
E
506 -0700
Panel, blank rack 7"
25.00
E
506 -0875
Panel, blank rack 83/4"
30.00
E
420 -0003
Screws 12/24 4 -09 for rack mounting equipment
25/6.00
E
421 -0002
Nuts for 420-0003, speed H -19 -1
25/11.00
E
-
black (4RU)
-
black (5RU)
22
I=E PROGRAM AUTOMATION EQUIPMENT
FOI
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
MICROPROCESSOR PROGRAM CONTROLLERS
84
C -16
960 -1600
CONTROL 16x the "Intelligent One" microprocessor Program
Controller for 115/240VAC, 50 /60Hz.
17,750.00
P B
12,200.00
P B
12,675.00
P B
Control 16x Program Controller includes the following units: Audio
Control, Processor, Power Supply, Customer Panel (rear rack
mounted), Video Monitor, Keyboard
87
EC -16
960-1605
ECONO
16
Microprocessor Program Controller for 115/240VAC,
50 /60Hz.
Econo 16 includes the following units: Audio Control, Customer
Panel (Rear Rack Mounted, Power Supply, Keyboard)
The Econo 16 can be easily converted to the expanded
capabilities of the full Control 16x simply by adding the Master
Video Monitor, the Main Processor Chassis and by changing software in the Audio Control.
90
SAT-16
960-1610
SAT-16 Microprocessor Program Controller for 115/240VAC,
50 /60Hz.
includes the following units: Audio Control, Customer Panel
(Rear Rack Mounted, Power Supply, Keyboard, Satellite Interface
(Rear Rack Mounted)
SAT-16
The SAT-16 can be easily converted to the expanded capabilities of
the full Control 16x simply by adding the Master Video Monitor, the
Main Processor Chassis and by changing out the software in the
Audio Control.
Note:
A heavy duty 12V maintenance free type battery and
automatic charger are recommended for memory backup.
Note: Broadcast Electronics does not assume any responsibility or
obligation for customer furnished equipment which is intended to
become a part of, or interface with, C -16, EC -16, and SAT-16. This
applies to all customer equipment regardless of origin of
manufacture.
Note: Source Kit including Universal Source Card and source
cable. One Source Kit required for each reel to reel, multi -deck or
single cartridge machine, random access cartridge machine or
studio/network source.
Note: Program Controller includes one balanced 1600 ohm
dedicated input for network without need for extra source card. Additional networks or studio input will require a source kit for each.
Note: Check out and training (not to exceed
5 days) by factory
service representative after installation by customer, within
contiguous 48 states of the U.S.A.
2500.00
X
B
AUTOMATION ACCESSORIES
94
TG-2
908 -6860 -001
Dual Tone Generator
895.00
AR-1
908-6850
Auto Rewind
495.00
B
978-0008
PC Load /Dump Software Package for use with Control 16x
495.00
B
995.00
B
1.00 /FT
B
8450.00
C
Program Automation System.
908-0003
Live Assist Remote Control, with 50' of control cable. Provides
remote operation for 6 standard system functions (start, special
event insertion, auto, manual, fade and alarm reset) plus 4 indicators for alert conditions (ABORTED EVENT, LOG PRINTER
FAILURE, XMTR SYSTEM OFF AIR, AND NEXT SOURCE NOT
READY). Also includes 12 non -designated switches which may be
used for customer selection of several of the system's control functions including "Direct Start" of any system source. 115/230VAC,
50 /60Hz.
Additional cable over 50 ft. for live assist remote control
SPARE PARTS KITS
978 -0009
Spare Parts Kit -Board Level, Heavy Support. For Control 16x/
Econo 16/SAT-16. Includes spares for all of the major PC boards in
the system for rapid trouble shooting and returning the system to
the air in the least amount of time.
23
E
PROGRAM AUTOMATION EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
AUTOMATION ACCESSORIES (CONT'D.)
SPARE PARTS KITS (CONTD.)
978 -0010
Spare Parts Kit -Board Level, Light Support. For Control 16x/
Econo 16/SAT-16. Includes spares for the most critical PC boards
used in the system for fast repair of the majority of system failures.
2210.00
C
978 -0011
Spare Parts Kit -Component Level, Heavy Support. For Control 16x/
Econo 16/SAT-16. Includes replacements for virtually every active
component and all difficult to find items such as switches,
transformers, and size -critical parts. Recommended for use with
the Diagnostics/DBUG package.
3250.00
C
978 -0012
Spare Parts Kit -Component Level, Light Support. For Control 16x/
Econo 16/SAT-16. Includes replacements for virtually all IC's, transistors, diodes, and other active components used in the system;
but does not include the expensive parts contained in the Heavy
Support Kit. Recommended for use with the Diagnostic /DBUG
package.
1180.00
C
400.00/Day
X
FIELD SERVICE (Continental U.S.A.)
Field Service, 8 hour working day and travel days from factory and
return. (Does not include travel [ticket] expense, lodging, food or
local transportation [rental car, taxi, etc.) These expenses will be
invoiced at cost.)
SERVICE MANUALS
Installation (Spiral Bound)
C -16X
597-1601
Vol.
I,
Book
50.00
C
C -16X
958 -0004
Vol.
I,
Book II, Theory of Operation
125.00
C
C -16X
958-0005
Vol.
I,
Book III, Schematics & Drawings
150.00
C
C -16X
958 -0010
Vol.
II
(v. 6.0/later),
175.00
C
E- 16/SAT-16
597-1605
Vol.
I,
Book
50.00
C
E -16 /SAT-16
958-0008
Vol.
I,
Book II, Theory of Operation
100.00
C
E -16 /SAT -16
958-0005
Vol.
I,
Book III, Schematics & Drawings
150.00
C
E -16/SAT-16
958-0007
Vol. II, Operations & Programming
150.00
C
AR -1
597-0007
Auto Rewind
25.00
C
TG -2
597-6861
Tone Generator
30.00
C
D-Bug
597-1607
Diagnostics/D -Bug
25.00
C
PC Load /Dump
597-1609
Used with C -16X, etc.
25.00
C
PC Load /Dump
598 -0009
Binder for 597-1609
10.00
C
I,
I,
Operations & Programming
Installation (Spiral Bound)
24
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
FM ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
FM EXCITER
98
FX-30
909 -0009
5,75,Cc.
FX -30 solid state 3 -30 watt FM exciter, for wideband, composite, or
mono operation. For single phase 97/113 VAC or 194/266 VAC,
50/60Hz power source. 19" rack mount. Specify operating
B
frequency with order.
101
102
909-0114
Optional low pass filter assembly for FX -30. Conferts FX -30 exciter
to FX-30, 30 watt FM transmitter, factory installed and tested.
165.00
B
830-0027
100% spare semi -conductor kit for FX-30
480.00
C
830-0028
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for FX-30
415.00
C
NPN
Frequency change, return to factory
On Request
X
597-0002
Service Manual for FX -30 FM Exciter.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
50.00
D
STEREO GENERATOR
FS-30
909 -0050
FM Stereo Generator, single phase 97/113 VAC, 50 /60Hz
FS -30
909- 0050 -300
Same as 909-0050 except 194/266 VAC, 50 /60Hz
FS -30
979 -0016
Recommended spare parts kit for FS-30
597-0009
Service Manual for FS -30 Stereo Generator
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
.2,
(9-S---,CC,
..7/.(--
S
CO
B
B
145.00
C
38.00
D
SCA GENERATOR
FC -30
909 -0051
FM SCA Generator, single phase 97/113 VAC 50 /60Hz. Standard
available frequencies are -39, 41, 67, 92, 95kHz.
FC -30
909-0051 -300
Same as 909 -0051 except 194/266VAC, 50 /60Hz
i
/-/95CC
B
95d
B
979 -0017
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for FC -30
54.00
C
979 -0011
Recommended spare parts kit for FC-30
79.00
C
597-0008
Service Manual for FC -30 SCS Generator
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
33.00
D
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz)
103
FM -70
FM -60A
FM- 60A/70A
909 -2035 -200
909 -2030 -200
597-0099
70,000 watt Dual FM Transmitter complete with two (2) FM35A
FM Transmitters (less FX -30 Exciters) 70kW 3dB hybrid combiner,
Center 19" matching cabinet with 909-6001 dual transmitter control
and metering panel, one FX -30 Exciter, power output tubes, and
25kW reject load. For operation from 208/240VAC, 3 phase, 60Hz
power source HV power supply cabinet in line with PA cabinet.
On Request
P C
Optional automatic exciter switching for FM -70A Transmitter.
Includes second FX -30 Exciter and 909-0120 automatic exciter
switcher.
On Request
P C
Optional manual patch panel RF output switching for FM -70A
Transmitter. Does not include 70kW dummy load.
On Request
P C
Optional automatic RF switching system for FM -70A Transmitter.
Does not include 70kW dummy load.
On Request
P C
60,000 watt Dual FM Transmitter complete with two (2) FM -30A
FM transmitters (less FX -30 exciters), 60kW 3dB hybrid combiner,
Center 19 inch matching cabinet with 909-6001 dual transmitter
control and metering panel, one FX-30 exciter, power output tubes,
and 25 kW reject load. For operation on
MHz, 50 ohm output, Transmitter Power Output (TPO) to be
kW, 208/240VAC,
3 phase, 60Hz (power supply in line).
On Request
P C
Optional automatic exciter switching for FM -60A transmitter.
Includes second FX -30 exciter and 909 -0120 automatic exciter
switcher.
On Request
P C
Optional manual patch panel RF output switching for FM -60A
transmitter. Does not include 60kW dummy load.
On Request
P C
Optional automatic RF switching system for FM -60A transmitter.
Does not include 60kW dummy load.
On Request
P C
Service Manual for Dual Transmitter System
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
On Request
C
Note: Other AC input line voltages available. Contact factory for pricing.
Note: Contact factory for option and accessory pricing.
25
FM
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT I=E
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
CODE
NET
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz CONT'D.)
106
FM -35A
909- 0035 -200
FM -35A One Tube 35,000 watt FM broadcast transmitter, complete
with FX -30 Exciter, output tube, low pass filter for operation from
208/240V, 3 phase 60Hz power source HV power supply cabinet in
line with PA cabinet.
On Request
P B
FM -35A
909- 0035 -201
FM -35A One Tube 35,000 watt FM Transmitter same as
909-0035 -200 except HV Power Supply Cabinet separate from PA
On Request
P B
FM -35A
909 -0035 -380
On Request
FM -35A One Tube 35,000 watt FM Transmitter same as
909 -0035 -200 (HV Supply in Line) except to operate from 380/415V,
P B
FM -35A
909- 0035 -381
cabinet.
50Hz,
3
phase power supply.
FM -35A One Tube 35,000 watt FM Transmitter same as
909 -0035 -201 (HV Supply Cabinet separate) except to operate from
380/415V, 50Hz, 3 phase power supply.
On Request
P B
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MUDS
Note:
110
To
FM -30A
909- 0091 -006
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
FM -35A transmitter.
On Request
P B
909-0112
Filament voltage regulator, 60Hz factory installed.
On Request
P C
909-0113
3 phase NC voltmeter option factory installed.
On Request
P C
On Request
P B
On Request
P B
On Request
P B
On Request
FM -30A One Tube 30,000 watt FM transmitter same as
909 -0000 -201 (HV Supply Cabinet separate) except to operate from
380/415V, 50Hz, 3 phase power supply.
P B
order transmitter less FX -30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $3,500.00
909- 0000 -200
FM -30A One Tube 30,000, watt FM broadcast transmitter,
complete with FX -30 Exciter, output tube, low pass filter for
operation from 208/240V, 3 phase 60Hz power source HV power
supply cabinet in line with PA cabinet.
FM -30A
909- 0000 -201
FM -30A
909- 0000 -380
FM -30A
909 -0000 -381
FM -30A One Tube 30,000 watt FM transmitter same as
909 -0000-200 except HV Power Supply Cabinet separate from PA
cabinet.
FM -30A One Tube 30,000 watt FM transmitter same as
909 -0000 -200 (HV Supply in line) except to operate from 380/415V,
50Hz, 3 phase power supply.
Note:
To
order transmitter less FX -30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $3,500.00
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909- 0091 -001
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System option for use with
FM -30A transmitter.
On Request
P B
909 -0112
Filament voltage regulator, 60Hz, factory installed.
On Request
P C
909 -0113
3
phase NC voltmeter option factory installed.
On Request
P C
FM- 35AIFM -30A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
240-2000
Spare 4CX20000C power tube for FM -35A
On Request
E
243-0001
Spare 4CX20000A power tube for FM -30A
On Request
E
979-0046
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -35A
On Request
C
979 -0051
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -30A
NOTE Includes meters, switches, relays, etc. Does not include
On Request
C
semi -conductors and rectifiers.
979 -0047
Recommended spare semi -conductor and rectifier parts kit for
FM -35A (includes FX -30 spares).
On Request
C
979 -0052
On Request
C
979 -0039
Recommended semi -conductor and rectifier parts kit for FM-30A
transmitter (includes FX -30 spares).
Recommended spare semi- conductor kit for MVDS
On Request
C
979 -0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option.
On Request
C
979- 0000 -001
Service Manual for FM- 35A/FM -30A Transmitter
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
On Request
C
26
0
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz CONT'D.)
114
FM -20A
909- 0020-200
FM -20A One Tube 20,000 watt FM broadcast transmitter complete
with FX -30 Exciter, output tube, and low pass filter for operation
from a 208V/240V, 60 Hz three phase power source. HV power
supply cabinet in -line with PA cabinet.
On Request
P B
FM -20A
909- 0020 -201
FM -20A One Tube 20,000 watt FM broadcast transmitter same
as 909 -0020 -200 except HV power supply cabinet is separate from
On Request
P B
PA cabinet.
FM -20A
909- 0020 -380
FM -20A One Tube 20,000 watt FM broadcast transmitter same as
909 -0020 -200 (HV power supply in -line) except to operate from a
380/415, 50 Hz. 3 phase power supply.
On Request
P B
FM -20A
909- 0020-381
FM -20A One Tube 20,000 watt FM transmitter same as
909-0020 -201 (HV power supply cabinet separate) except to
operate from 380/415 3 phase power supply.
On Request
P B
On Request
P B
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909-0091 -001
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use
with FM -20A transmitter, factory installed.
117
909-0112
Filament voltage regulator (60Hz), factory installed
On Request
P C
909-0113
Three phase AC voltmeter option for FM-20A, factory installed.
On Request
P C
FM -10A
909 -1110 -200
FM -10A one tube 10,000 FM broadcast transmitter complete with
final tube, and FX-30 Exciter for operation from 208/240V, 60Hz, 3
phase, 3 wire power source. Power supply cabinet attached to RF
On Request
P B
FM -10A
909 -1110 -201
Same as above except HV power supply cabinet separate (remote) On Request
from RF cabinet
P B
FM -10A
909- 1110-380
FM -10A transmitter same as 909-1110 -200 except to operate from
380/220V, 50Hz, 4 wire WYE, 3 phase power.
On Request
P B
FM -10A
909-1110 -381
FM -10A Transmitter same as above except with HV power supply
cabinet separate (remote) from RF cabinet.
On Request
P B
FM -10M /A
909 -2110 -200
10,000 watt FM transmitter, main /alternate main including
(2) FM -10A transmitters, (1) FA -6 control cabinet with automatic
changeover, and (1) set external equipment with RF switch and RF
On Request
P B
FM -10M /A
909- 2110-300
On Request
P B
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
FM -10A transmitter, factory installed.
On Request
P B
909-0115
Filament voltage regulator (60Hz) for FM -10A, factory installed
On Request
P C
909-0098
3 phase A/C voltmeter option for FM -10A,
On Request
P C
cabinet.
ORA
load, 220VAC, 60Hz three phase.
Same as 909 -2110-200 except for 200VAC, 50Hz power source
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909- 0091 -005
factory installed.
FM -10A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
000
Note:
To
240-0001
Spare 4CX7500A output tube for FM -10A transmitter
On Request
E
979 -0044
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -10A includes meters,
switches, relays, etc. Does not include semi -conductors
and rectifiers.
On Request
C
979 -0045
Recommended spare semi -conductor and rectifier parts kit for
FM -10A (includes FX-30 spares).
On Request
C
979 -0048
Recommended spare semi -conductor and rectifiers for FM -10A
excluding those for FX -30 exciter.
On Request
C
979 -0039
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for MVDS.
On Request
C
979 -0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option.
On Request
C
979 -1110
Service Manual for FM- 10A/FX-30.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
On Request
C
order transmitter less FX-30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $3,500.00.
FMD -10A
909- 2005-200
FMD -10A, dual FM -5A Transmitter System for operation on one
specified frequency between 87.5 and 108 MHz 208V/240V, 60 Hz
3 -wire three phase power source. Includes one FX -30 Exciter.
On Request
P C
FMD -10A
909- 2005 -300
Same as above except for 208/240V, 50Hz power source.
On Request
P C
MVDS
909- 6091 -007
Optional Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, factory installed On Request
in FMD -10A transmitter. (Must be ordered with transmitter)
27
P B
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
I
=E
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz CONT'D.)
122
FM -5A
909-5000 -200
FM -5A one tube 5000 watt FM transmiter complete with final
tube, solid state exciter for operation from 208/240VAC, 60Hz 3
phase power source.
On Request
P B
FM -5A
909 -5000 -300
Same as 909 -5000 -200 except for operation from 50Hz three
phase power source.
On Request
P B
FM -5A
909-5000 -380
Same as 909-5000 -200 except for operation from 380V, 50Hz.
On Request
P
FM -5 M/A
909 -2105-200
5000 watt FM Transmitter, Main/Alternate Main including (2) FM -5A
Transmitters, (1) FA -6 Control Cabinet with automatic changeover,
and (1) set external equipment with RF switch and RF Load, 220
VAC, 60 Hz, Three Phase
On Request
P B
FM -5 M/A
909 -2105-300
Same as 909-2105 -200 except for 220 VAC, 50 Hz power source.
On Request
P B
8
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909-0091 -003
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
FM -5A transmitter, factory installed.
On Request
P B
909 -0097
Filament voltage regulator, 60Hz, option for FM -5A
factory installed.
On Request
P C
909 -0098
3-phase AC
On Request
P C
voltmeter option for FM -5A, factory installed.
FM -5A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
243-3500
Spare tube 4CX -3500A for FM -5A transmitter.
On Request
E
979-0035
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -5A includes meters,
switches, relays, etc. Does not include semi -conductors and
On Request
C
On Request
C
rectifiers.
Note:
125
To
979-0036
Recommended spare semi -conductor and rectifier parts kit
for FM -5A (includes FX-30 spares).
979 -0063
Recommended spare high voltage rectifier kit.
On Request
C
979 -0039
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for MVDS Option.
On Request
C
979 -0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option.
On Request
C
979 -5000
Service Manual for FM- 5A/FX -30. (One manual is shipped with
each unit.)
On Request
C
On Request
P B
order transmitter less FX -30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $3,500.00.
FM -3.5A
909- 3500-200
FM -3.5A 3500 watt FM transmitter complete with final tube,
FX-30 exciter, for operation on
kW, single phase,
208 /240VAC, 60Hz single phase power source.
FM -3.5A
909-3500 -300
Same as 909- 3500 -200 except for operation from 50Hz single
phase power source.
On Request
P B
FM -3.5 M/A
909-2135 -200
3500 watt FM Transmitter Main /Alternate Main including
(2) FM -3.5A transmitters, (1) FA -6 Control Cabinet with automatic
changeover, and (1) set external equipment with RF switch and RF
Load, 220VAC, 60Hz, single phase.
On Request
P B
FM -3.5 M/A
909- 2135 -300
Same as 909-2135 -200 except for 220 VAC, 50 Hz power source.
On Request
P B
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
909 -0091 -001
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
FM -35A transmitter, factory installed.
On Request
P B
909 -0097
Filament voltage regulator, 60Hz, option for FM -3.5A
factory installed.
On Request
P C
909 -0103 -400
Extended local control panel for FM-3.5A.
On Request
P C
FM -3.5A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
243 -3500
Spare tube 4CX-3500A for FM -3.5A transmitter.
On Request
E
979 -0034
Recommended spare parts kit for FM-3.5A includes meters,
switches, relays, etc. Does not include semi -conductors and
On Request
C
rectifiers.
Note:
To
979 -0031
Recommended spare semi -conductors and rectifier parts for
FM -3.5A (includes FX -30 Spares).
On Request
C
979 -0062
Recommended spare high voltage rectifier kit.
On Request
C
979 -0039
Recommended spare semi- conductor kit for MVDS Option.
On Request
C
979 -0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option.
On Request
C
979 -3500
Service Manual for FM- 3.5A/FX-30. (One manual is shipped with
each unit.)
On Request
C
order transmitter less FX -30, change stock number -XIX and deduct $3,500.00.
28
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz CONT'D.)
128
FM -1.5A
909-1500 -201
FM -1.5A
909 -1500-301
Same as 909-1500 -200 except for operation from 50Hz, single
phase power source.
FM -1.5 M/A
909 -2115 -200
FM -1.5 one tube 1500 watt FM transmitter complete with final tube,
FX -30 exciter, for operation from 208/240VAC, 60Hz single phase
On Request
P B
On Request
P B
1500 watt FM Transmitter Main /Alternate Main including (2) FM -1.5A On Request
transmitters, (1) FA-6 Control Cabinet with automatic changeover,
and (1) set external equipment with RF switch and RF Load, 220
VAC, 60Hz single phase.
P B
Same as 909 -2115 -200 except for 220 VAC 50 Hz power source.
On Request
P B
On Request
P B
power source.
FM -1.5 M/A
909- 2115 -300
s-
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS
MVDS
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System option for use with
FM -1.5A transmitter, factory installed.
909-0091 -004
FM -1.5A ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
Note:
131
To
243-8877
Spare tube 3CX1500A7/8877 for FM -1.5A transmitter
On Request
E
979-0030
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for FM -1.5A (includes
FX -30 spares).
On Request
C
C
979-0029
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -1.5A
On Request
979 -0039
Recommended spare semi-conductor kit for MVDS option.
On Request
C
979 -0041
Recommended spare parts kit for MVDS option.
On Request
C
979 -1500
Service Manual for FM- 1.5A/FX-30.
(One manual is shipped with each transmitter.)
On Request
C
order transmitter less FX-30, change stock number to -XIX and deduct $3,500.00.
FM -300A
909- 0300 -200
300 watt FM transmitter, including FX-30 exciter, dual 150 watt
solid state output amplifiers, control & metering panel, A/C power
panel, LPF & rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz single phase.
On Request
B
FM -300A
909- 0300 -300
Same as 909- 0300 -200 except for 220V /50Hz power source
On Request
B
FM- 300M /A
909-2300 -200
300 watt FM transmitter, main /alternate main including (2) FM -300A On Request
transmitters, with automatic transmitter switcher, RF switch, dummy
load and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz, single phase.
B
FM- 300M /A
909- 2300 -300
Same as 909 -2300-200 except for 220V/50Hz power source
On Request
B
979 -0026
Recommended semi -conductor kit for FM- 300M /A
(includes FX -30 spares).
On Request
C
979 -0024
Recommended spare parts kit for FM- 300M /A
On Request
C
979 -0100
Service Manual for FM- 100/100MA/250/250MA/300A/300MA
Low Power Transmitters. (One manual is shipped with each unit.)
On Request
C
SELECTED SPARE PARTS
133
-
"A" SERIES (60Hz) FM TRANSMITTERS
919 -0019
Controller PC Board
On Request
C
959 -0133
Assy, IPA Control Regulator
On Request
C
959 -0132
Assy, IPA RF Amplifier, 250 W
On Request
C
959 -0131
Drawer, IPA Amplifier, 250 W
On Request
C
FM -250
909 -0250 -200
250 watt FM transmitter including FX -30 exciter, 250 W solid state
power amplifier control and metering panel, A/C power panel, LPF
and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz single phase.
On Request
B
FM -250
909- 0250 -300
Same as 909- 0250 -200 except for 220V/50Hz power source.
On Request
B
FM- 250M /A
909-2250 -200
250 watt FM transmitter, main /alternate main including (2) FM -250
On Request
transmitters, with automatic transmitter switcher, RF switch, dummy
load, and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz, single phase.
FM- 250M /A
909- 2250 -300
Same as 909-2250 -200 except for 220V/50Hz power source
On Request
B
979 -0026
Recommended semi -conductor kit for FM- 250M /A
(includes FX -30 spares).
On Request
C
979 -0024
Recommended spare parts kit for FM- 250M /A
On Request
C
979 -0100
Service Manual for FM- 100/100MA/250/250MA/300A/300MA
Low Power Transmitters. (One manual is shipped with each unit.)
On Request
C
29
B
--E
FM TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
NET
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
CODE
FM BROADCAST TRANSMITTERS (87.5 MHz to 108 MHz) (CONT'D.)
135
FM -100
909 -0100-200
100 watt FM transmitter including FX -30 exciter, 100 W solid
state power amplifier control & metering panel, A/C power panel,
LPF and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz single phase.
On Request
B
FM -100
909 -0100-300
Same as 909-0100 -200 except for 220V/50Hz power source.
On Request
B
FM- 100M/A
909 -2100-200
100 watt FM transmitter, main /alternate main including (2) FM -100
On Request
B
transmitters, with automatic transmitter switcher, RF switch, dummy
load, and rack cabinet, 220V/60Hz, single phase.
FM- 100M/A
137
MVDS
909 -2100-300
Same as 909-2100 -200 except for 220V/50Hz power source.
On Request
B
979 -0026
Recommended semi-conductor kit for FM- 100M/A
(includes FX -30 spares)
On Request
C
979 -0024
Recommended spare parts kit for FM- 100M/A
On Request
C
979 -0100
Service Manual for FM- 100/100MA/250 /250MA/300A/300MA.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
On Request
C
909- 0091 -000
Microprocessor Video Diagnostic System, option for use with
On Request
B
FM -1.5A, FM -3.5A, FM -5A, FM -10A, FM -20A, FM -30A, FM -35A,
FM -60A, FM -70A transmitters, factory installed.
909-0112
Filament voltage regulator, 60Hz factory installed.
On Request
C
909-0113
3
phase NC voltmeter option, factory installed.
On Request
C
597-0036
Service Manual for Microprocessor for Transmitter
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
On Request
C
909 -0120
Automatic exciter switcher, for use with two FX-30 exciters.
On Request
B
979 -0054
Recommended spare parts kit for FW-30
On Request
C
597-0101
Service Manual for FW-30 Exciter Switcher
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
On Request
C
EXCITER SWITCHER
142
FW -30
OUTPUT SWITCHER CONTROLLERS
140
FD -2
909-6001 -000
Dual transmitter controller and metering panel, 117V, 50/60Hz
On Request
B
FD -2
909-6001 -300
Dual transmitter controller and metering panel, 220V, 50 /60Hz
On Request
B
FO -2
909-0117
Transmitter Output Switcher Controller Option for use with
Model FD -2 Dual Transmitter Controller
On Request
B
FA -2
909-0200
Transmitter Output Switcher Controller with separate power supply
for main /alternate configuration
On Request
B
597-0107
Service Manual for FA- 2/F0-2 Output Switchers.
(One manual is shipped with each unit.)
On Request
C
FIELD SERVICE
Customer Service Engineering is available for installation
supervision, equipment checkout, proof of performance and
equipment training at a daily rate of $400.00 per man day for
Continental U.S.A.locations and $480.00 man day for overseas
locations. (Does not include travel [ticket] expense, lodging, food or
local transportation [rented car, taxi, etc.]. These expenses will be
invoiced at cost.)
30
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
AM STEREO EQUIPMENT
143
145
AX -10
907- 0010-000
AX -10 AM Stereo Exciter for C -Quam system for operation on
(specify frequency) kHz, in the 552- 1620kHz range, with equalization for day /night or two transmitters, from power source of (specify
voltage/hertz) 117 or 220 volts AC, 60 or 50Hz.
AX -10
597-0095
Service Manual for AX -10. (One manual is shipped with each unit.)
977-0002
Recommended semi -conductor kit for AX -10
977-0001
Recommended spare parts kit for AX -10
150.00
C
907-0060
Low pass filter, 12kHz option assembly for use with AX -10 when
a LPF is not used in the processing equipment.
295.00
B
907-0100 -000
AM Stereo Modulation Monitor for operation on (specify frequency),
power source (specify hertz).
5,000.00
B
AS -10
AS -10
AS -10
6,000.00
B
50.00
C
290.00
C
907-0100 -300
Same as above except for 220V, 50/60Hz
4,500.00
B
907 -0104
9KMz increment option
100.00
C
977-0004
Recommended spare parts kits for AS -10
465.00
C
977-0005
Recommended spare semi -conductor kit for AS -10
215.00
C
597 -0105
Service Manual for AS -10. (One manual is shipped with each unit.)
40.00
C
NPN
BEI Installation Service For AM Stereo
On Request
Includes 3 days service engineering time, travel and local living
expense for supervision of installation, adjustment and measurement data for FCC audio proof. Additional days available at current
rates.
X
31
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
I
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
147
TZ-30
906-0030
TV Stereo Generator
5,885.00
T
151
TS -30
906 -0031 -000
TV SAP Second Audio Program Channel
2,675.00
T
153
TP-30
906 -0032 -000
TV PRO Professional Audio Program Channel
1,605.00
T
976-0000
Rec. spare parts kit for TS -30
77.00
C
976-0001
Rec, semi -conductor kit for TS -30
129.00
C
597-0044
Service Manual for TP -30
35.00
C
597-0045
Service Manual for TZ -30
50.00
C
597-0046
Service Manual for TS -30
40.00
C
650.00
E
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
TV STEREO EQUIPMENT
Note: One manual is shipped with each unit.
TV STEREO ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
154
TV STEREO SYNTHESIZERS
AN-2
806-0003
Studio Technologies, Stereo Simulator for operation on
(specify voltage/Hertz) 115/230VAC, 50 /60Hz.
RCU -1
806-0012
Studio Technologies Stereo Recognition /Control Unit for operation
on (specify voltage /Hertz) 115/230VAC, 50 /60Hz. Recommended
companion unit for the AN -2 simulator.
1,200.00
E
KT-903
806 -0013
Kintek Stereophonic Converter for operation on
(specify voltage/Hertz) 100/120/220/240VAC, 50 /60Hz.
7,500.00
E
TV STEREO PROCESSING
300
806 -0016
Model 300 Aphex "Compellor" Stereo Audio Compressor/
Leveller /Peak Limiter audio signal processor for use with the TZ -30
from power source of (specify voltage/Hertz) 90/250 VAC, 50 /60Hz.
1,195.00
E
700
806 -0014
Model 700 Aphex "Dominator" Stereo Tri -Band Peak Processor/
Limiter for use with the TZ -30 from power source of (specify
voltage/Hertz) 90/250VAC, 50/60 Hz.
1,195.00
E
703
806 -0015
Aphex optional TV Pre-Emphasis /De- Emphasis Modulation
Limiter card for the "Dominator."
300.00
E
FM -601
937-0601
BE, FM -601 Stereo AGC /Limiter Processing Amplifier for use with
the TZ -30 from power source of (specify voltage /Hertz) 105/230VAC
(switchable), 50/60Hz.
1,925.00
A
TV MONITORING EQUIPMENT
155
TVM -100
809 -7025
Belar Mono Television Aural Modulation Monitor (specify channel
and offset) for operation on (specify voltage/Hertz) 117/234VAC,
50/60Hz.
2,995.00
E
TVM -200
809 -7026
Belar Television Stereo Modulation Monitor (specify channel and
offset) for operation on (specify voltage/Hertz) 117/234VAC,
50/60Hz. Necessary companion unit to the TVM -100 for BTSC
Stereo Modulation Monitoring.
4,595.00
E
TVM -2A
809 -7027
Belar TV Frequency Monitor (VHF)
2,595.00
E
TVM -3A
809-7028
Belar TV Frequency Monitor (UHF)
2,795.00
E
RFA-3
809-7029
Belar TV RF Amplifier
750.00
E
850
809 -7022
TFT BTSC Aural Modulation Monitor (specify channel and offset)
for operation on (specify voltage/Hertz) 117/234VAC, 50 /60Hz
10,350.00
E
2,990.00
E
595.00
E
1,025.00
E
AA501 Distortion Analyzer
(7100 -4010)
Option
(7100 -4020)
Option 02 Remote Meter
(7100 -4050)
Option 03 Spare Parts Kit for Basic Model 850
01
&
Flasher Panel for Model 850
3713 -A1 /A3
806-0006
Telemet Precision Broadcast Demodulator for VHF BTSC
Multichannel Sound (specify channel and offset). Operates on
115VAC, 60Hz.
11,990.00
E
3713 -A2 /A4
806-0007
Telemet Precision Broadcast Demodulator for UHF BTSC
Multichannel Sound (specify channel and offset). Operates on
115VAC, 60Hz.
12,490.00
E
4501 -B1/B3
806 -0010
Telemet Precision Broadcast Demodulator for VHF BTSC
Multichannel Sound (specify channel and offset). Operates on
115VAC, 60Hz.
6,600.00
E
806-0011
Telemet Precision Broadcast Demodulator for UHF BTSC
Multichannel Sound (specify channel and offset). Operates on
115VAC, 60Hz.
6,900.00
E
4501
-82/84
32
i
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
STOCK NO.
FM -600
937-0600
FM AGC/Limiter for Mono, 117V, 60Hz /220V, 50Hz
1,595.00
A
FM -601
937 -0601
FM AGC/Limiter for Stereo, 117V, 60Hz /220V, 50Hz
1,925.00
A
FM -600E
937 -0605
FM -600, for Mono -European STDS, 220V/50Hz
1,705.00
A
FM -601E
937-0606
FM -601, for Stereo -European STDS, 220V/50Hz
2,035.00
A
919 -1908
Extender Board for FM -600 Series
45.00
A
973 -0001
Recommended spare parts kit for FM -600 Series
420.00
C
597-1600
Service Manual for FM- 600/601 (One manual is shipped with
each unit.)
25.00
C
AM -4
803-1003
AM -4 Audio Processing System, Stereo
5,750.00
E
AM -2
807-1004
AM -2 Audio Processing System, Stereo
3,700.00
E
FM -4
807-1003
FM -4 Audio Processing System, Stereo
7,300.00
E
FM -2
803-1004
FM -2 Audio Processing System, Stereo
5,250.00
E
159
8100N1
829 -0056
Optimod Model 8100A Stereo Generator and Processor
4,995.00
E
8100A/ST
809 -7013
Optimod studio chassis assembly to house compressor stages of
Optimod FM
895.00
E
8100A/XT2
809-7014
Optimod
band limiter chassis. Extends performance of 8100A/1
2,075.00
E
NET
CODE
AUDIO PROCESSING EQUIPMENT
156
158
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
CRL
ORBAN
6
system.
9100B/1
809-7017
Optimod AM (Mono) audio processing system
4,395.00
E
9100B/2C
809-7018
Optimod AM (Stereo) audio processing system (C -QUAM)
5,995.00
E
8182A
809 -7016
Optimod TV audio processing system with CBS loudness
controller and Hilbert Clipper.
4,995.00
E
8182A/ST
809 -7015
8182A accessory chassis assembly. Houses compressor and
loudness control stages of Optimod TV at studio.
895.00
E
FM MONITORING EQUIPMENT
160
BELAR
FMM -2
829 -0050
FM Modulation Monitor
1,450.00
E
FMS -2
829 -0049
Stereo Modulation Monitor
1,65000
E
SCM -2
809 -7024
SCA Modulation Monitor
1,550.00
E
RFA-1
829 -0034
FM RF Amplifier
575.00
E
MP-8
809 -7023
Remote Meter Panel for FMM -2 & FMS -2
350.00
E
MJ -10
829 -0038
Yagi antenna, 10 element, used with RFA -1
95.00
E
845
809 -7021
Model 845, SCA Monitor
2,265.00
E
(7100 -3880)
809 -7059
Option 01, RF Module Preselector for Model 845
710.00
E
(7100 -3900)
809 -7060
Option 02, SCA Channel (41kHz) for Model 845
235.00
E
(7100-3910)
809 -7061
Option 03, SCA Channel (92kHz) for Model 845
235.00
E
(7100-3920)
809 -7062
Option 04, Spare Parts Kit for Model 845
230.00
E
844
809 -7019
4,250.00
E
(7100 -3870)
809 -7055
Option 01, Absence of Modulation /Carrier Fail Alarm for 844
4,250.00
E
(7100 -3890)
809 -7056
Option 02, Spare Parts Kit for Model 844
275.00
E
805
809 -7058
Remote meter and peak flasher panel for Model 845
495.00
E
804
809 -7057
Remote meter and peak flasher panel for Model 844
525.00
E
851 (5116 -0851)
809 -7042
BTSC Aural Modulation Monitor, rack mount
8,750.00
E
(7100 -4010)
809 -7043
Option
2,990.00
E
(7100-7040)
809 -7044
Option 02 Remote Meter & Flasher Panel for Model 851
595.00
E
TFT
Model 844 FM Stereo Modulation Monitor
01
Distortion Analyzer for Model 851
33
RF
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT =E
I
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
FM MONITORING EQUIPMENT (CONT'D.)
TFT (CORVO.)
(7100-4132)
809-7045
Option 03 Spare Parts Kits for Model 851
(7100-4110)
809-7046
Option 04 Modulation Alarm with
855 (5116-0855) 809-7047
2
MUX Filters for Model 851
SAP/PRO Modulation Monitor, rack mount
Remote Meter & Flasher Panel for Model 855
824.00
E
815.00
E
3,950.00
E
590.00
E
410.00
E
809-7048
Option
(7100 -4134)
809-7049
Option 02 Spare Parts Kits for Model 855
760 -1A
829 -0091
AM receiver-encoder -decoder
1,420.00
E
829 -0090
FM receiver -encoder-decoder
1,420.00
E
Encoder only
330.00
E
809 -7052
Encoder with stereo option
360.00
E
809 -7053
Encoder -Decoder
475.00
E
809 -7054
Weather Broadcast Receiver
475.00
E
Decoder
280.00
E
(7100 -4133)
01
EBS MONITORS
164
760 -1B
CE
CE w/Stereo
CEB
CRW
809 -7050
CD
809-7051
AT-51
829-0051
Audio test system, consists of AG -51 audio generator and AA51
audio analyzer 115V/60Hz
3,775.00
E
AA -51
829-0087
Audio analyzer only, 115V/60Hz
2,300.00
E
829-0086
Audio generator only, 115V/60Hz
1,925.00
E
829-0094
Detector attenuator (for AT-51 test set)
185.00
E
829-0093
Input transformer (for AT-51 test set)
185.00
E
FIM -71
809-6004
Field Strength Meter, 45 -225 MHz, utilizes 10 "D" batteries
(not included)
4,025.00
E
FIM -72
809-6005
Field Strength Meter, 470 -460 MHz, utilizes 10 "D" batteries
(not included)
5,500.00
E
1760FM /AM
829 -1761
Audio step generator, FM, AM
1,595.00
E
829-0052
Decibel meter with frequency readout
1,795.00
E
PROOF OF PERFORMANCE EQUIPMENT
165
AG -51
DX -51
IX -51
781
REMOTE CONTROL
166
ADVANCED
TC -8
809 -4017
Remote Control System,
2,195.00
E
IP -8
809 -4018
Optional Interface Panel
495.00
E
CI -8
809 -4019
Optional Computer Interface
495.00
E
809 -4006
Control portion only of 8610/8611 Sys.
1,650.00
E
809 -4007
Remote portion only of 8610/8611 Sys.
2,150.00
E
8
channel
TFT
8610
(5116-8160)
8611
(5116-8611)
809 -4008
Option
280.00
E
809 -4009
Option 02 SCA Generator (freq. 26-185kHz avail.) for 8610/8611
280.00
E
(7100-2600)
809 -4010
Option 03 SCA Generator/Detector in one module for 8610/8611
610.00
E
(7100-4136)
809 -4011
Option 07 Spare Parts Kit for 8610/8611
475.00
E
8631
(5116-8631)
809 -4012
Channel Expander for 8610/8611 Sys.
1,690.00
E
8632
809 -4014
Control portion only of 8632/8633
1,375.00
E
809-4015
Remote portion only of 8632/8633
1,455.00
E
809-4002
Remote control system, wire /radio
4,595.00
E
809-4003
Subcarrier generator module for MRC -1600
195.00
E
(7100-2610)
(7100-2620)
01
SCA Detector (freq. 26- 185kHz avail.) for 8610/8611
(5116-8632)
8633
(5116-8633)
MOSELEY
MRC -1600
34
O
E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
REMOTE CONTROL (CONT'D.)
MOSELEY (CONT'D.)
809 -4004
Subcarrier demodulator module for MRC -1600
195.00
E
809-4005
Subaudible telemetry module for MRC-1600
(includes two modules).
790.00
E
809-3011
Optional cathode ray tube (CRT) terminal
809 -3016
Optional automatic logging includes I/O modules, software and
TI Model 850 desktop printer
1-
1,095.00
E
995.00
E
STL EQUIPMENT
168
MARTI SERIES
STL -10
829-0001
STL -10 system, stereo, complete with two (2) STL -10 transmitters,
two (2) R- 10/950F receivers, HRC-10 transmitter combiner and
MTS -1 receiver combiner.
6,775.00
C
STL -10
829 -0002
STL -10 transmitter, 10 watt, complete with crystal and tuned to
frequency, 120/220VAC
1,595.00
C
STL
Transmitters
Receivers
&
No Antennas
Package 50 includes (1) STL- 10/950 transmitter and (1) R- 10/950
receiver for STL
3,190.00
C
P51
Package 51 includes (2) STL -10/950 transmitters, (2) R- 10/950
receivers for STL, (1) HRC -10 transmitter combiner and (1) MTS -10
receiver combiner.
6,775.00
C
4799.00
C
8384.00
C
STL Mono System
-
With Antennas
P5OM
Package 50M includes (1) STL -10/950 transmitter, (1) R- 10/950
receiver for STL, (2) P- 9A48GN -1 4' dish. (2) PG -1.56 cables, (2)
L44N female connectors, (2) L44W male connectors, (2) K -1
grounding kits.
STL Stereo System
-
With Antennas
P51S
170
-
P50
Package 51S includes (2) STL -10/950 transmitters, (2) R-10/950
receivers for STL, (1) HRC -10 transmitter combiner. (1) MTS -1
receiver combiner, (2) P- 9A48GN -1 4' dish, (2) PG -1.5B cables, (2)
L44N female connectors, (2) L44W male connectors, (2) K -1
grounding kits.
ATS -15 -D
809-3004
ATS -10 automatic switchover unit for
"hot standby" switching
between two STL -10 series transmitters
750.00
C
HRC -10
829-0004
HRC -10 transmitter combiner. For combining the outputs of two
STL -10 Series transmitters into common antenna system.
350.00
C
TSL-15
809 -3010
Telemetry Link, 15 watts
2,295.00
C
TSL -2
809 -3005
Telemetry return link, solid state transmitter and receiver.
Nominal one watt output.
2,195.00
C
1300
809 -3008
Automatic Station identifier for TSL -2/15.
RPT-30
809 -3042
Remote pickup transmitter, 30 watt, solid -state complete with
crystal & tuned to
MHz
MCD -708
829 -0013
Cardioid dynamic mic with push -to -talk switch
CR -10
809 -3002
Receiver, solid- state, complete with crystal with frequency range
of 400 -800, 280 -340, 200 -260, 140 -180 MHz.
200.00
C
1,695.00
C
80.00
C
1,045.00
C
MOSELEY PCL SERIES
PCL -606
829 -0098
STL-All Solid State transmitter and receiver system, mono
10,490.00
E
PCL -606/C
829-0099
Composite STL
system.
10,490.00
E
PCL-505
829-0018
STL -All Solid -State transmitter and receiver, mono
7,350.00
E
PCL-505/C
829-0019
Composite STL -All -Solid State Transmitter and receiver
7,350.00
E
PCL-600
809-3047
Composite STL -All -Solid State Transmitter and receiver
6,800.00
E
PCL-600/C
809-3046
Composite STL -All -Solid State Transmitter and receiver
6,800.00
E
829-0024
Remote Pickup Link, All Solid- State, transmitter with
internal AC and DC power supplies and All Solid -State receiver
with internal AC power supply, for operation in the 450- 470MHz
band. Custom modification for RPL -4B allowing 15kHz audio
response, add $175. Tuned & tested on operating frequency. Includes crystals for one frequency. Specify frequency. For 50F3 and
100F3 channels; FCC Groups N11, R and S.
7,995.00
E
-
All Solid State transmitter and receiver
RPL SERIES
RPL-4C
35
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
STL EQUIPMENT (CONT'D.)
RPL SERIES (CONTD.)
829 -0025
Optional Carrier -Operated Squelch Relay, for
RPL-3A, 4A, 4B receiver. This option to be specified at time of
275.00
E
130.00
E
order.
829-0026
Crystal set for RPL -3A, RPL-4A and RPL -4B Remote Pickup
Links. Second frequency or spare; consists of frequency determining crystals including one transmitter crystal and one
receiver crystal. Specify exact operating frequency when ordering.
'CL -100
809 -3045
Telemetry return link, All Solid-State transmitter and receiver.
Nominal one watt transmitter output.
3,980.00
E
*CL -100
809 -3044
Telemetry return link, All Solid -State transmitter and receiver.
Nominal ten watt transmitter output.
4,980.00
E
CL SERIES
809 -3043
Optional Microphone Kit for Model CL -100
MCW
809 -3018
Identifier Module. Installs internally to CL -100 transmitter.
TPT-2
829 -0057
Transfer Panel Transmitter, provides automatic
changeover to standby STL transmitter
TPR -2
829-0058
Transfer Panel Receiver, provides automatic changeover
to standby STL receiver. (Use with PD-1000 Power Divider)
RG -8/U
829 -0071
3' Pigtail assembly, type
SCD -8
829 -0074
Subcarrier Demodulator, with automatic muting and
front -panel peak- deviation meter
N
male connector on each end
275.00
E
1,195.00
E
700.00
E
50.00
E
995.00
E
'Replaces TRL -1
TFT
172
8600
(5116.8600)
809 -3019
STL Transmitter 2 /39kHz SCA Generator, mono
1,600.00
E
8601
(5116 -8601)
809 -3020
STL Receiver w /30kHz SCA Detector, mono
1,595.00
E
8300
809 -3021
Composite STL Transmitter
4,550.00
E
8301
(5116 -8301)
809 -3022
Composite STL Receiver
4,400.00
E
7770
(5116 -7770)
809 -3033
Automatic Transmitter Changeover Unit
960.00
E
7773
(5116 -7773)
809 -3034
Automatic Receiver Changeover Unit
900.00
E
(5116 -8300)
STL OPTIONS
(7100 -3710)
809 -3036
Option 15 Stereo Decoder Module, for composite receivers
225.00
E
(7100 -3790)
809 -3037
Option 16 Extended Baseband Response
415.00
E
(7100 -4070)
809 -3038
Option 22 IF Repeater circuits installed in 8300 STL Systems
1,29000
E
P- 9A48G -1
809 -1063
890-960 MHz Pressurized Parabolic Antenna, 4' multi -element grid
734.00
E
P- 9A72G -1
809 -3015
Mark antenna, parabolic 6' multi -element grid, 22.6dbi gain,
7/B"
EIA flange. Complete with hardware.
1,100.00
E
P- 9A96G -1
809 -3014
Mark antenna, parabolic 8' multi -element grid, 25.1dbi gain,
7/B" EIA flange.
1,649.00
E
P- 9A120G -1
809-3013
Mark antenna, parabolic 10' multi-element grid, 27.0dbi gain,
7/6"
EIA flange.
2,376.00
E
PR -450U
829 -0060
Paraflector antenna (20.1 dBd gain at 950MHz), for 300MHz
N female termination, universal mounting for
horizontal or vertical polarization, fully anodized, for STL. Specify
operating frequency.
500.00
E
STL ANTENNAS
173
to 960MHz, with type
MF-960
829 -0061
Miniflector antenna (14dBd gain at 950MHz) for
940-960MHz, with type N female termination, or vertical polarization. Specify operating frequency.
300.00
E
CA5 -150H
829 -0062
Five -element yagi antenna, horizontally polarized. 9dBd gain,
140- 230MHz. Specify operating frequency.
175.00
E
CA5 -450
829 -0064
Five -element yagi antenna, H or V polarization, 10 dBd gain,
216- 1000MHz. Specify operating frequency.
180.00
E
36
i=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
'
RF WATTMETERS
174
175
174
175
FOR 11/4" LINE
HIGH POWER RIGID LINE SERIES
-
4712
809 -8033
.25 -25kW, single socket, EIA FL
460.00
E
4715 -200
809 -8034
.25 -25kW, double socket, EIA FL
565.00
E
4712 -037
809 -8037
.3 -6kW,
single socket, EIA FL
460.00
E
4715 -300
809 -8038
.3 -6kW,
double socket, flanged
565.00
E
PLUG -IN ELEMENTS FOR 15/e"
250B1
809-8101
250W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
300B1
809-8085
300W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
500B1
809-8102
500W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
600B1
809-8084
600W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
1000B1
809-8100
1000W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
1500B1
809-8083
1500W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
2500B1
809 -8099
2500W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
300081
809-8082
3000W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
5000B1
809 -8098
5000W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
6000B1
809 -8081
6000W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
10KB1
809-8097
10kW, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
FOR aye" LINE
High Power Rigid Line Series
-
460
809-8039
1- 100kW,
single socket, EIA FL
500.00
E
4610 -200
809 -8040
1- 100kW,
double socket, EIA FL
705.00
E
4802 -200
809 -8042
1- 100kW,
double socket, unflanged
575.00
E
4805
809 -8041
1- 100kW,
single socket, unflanged
450.00
E
4600-037
809 -8043
1.5 -30kW,
single socket, EIA FL
600.00
E
4610 -300
809-8044
1.5 -30kW,
double socket, EIA FL
705.00
E
4805 -037
809-8045
1.5 -30kW,
single socket, unflanged
450.00
E
4802 -300
809 -8046
1.5 -30kW,
double socket, unflanged
575.00
E
PLUG -IN ELEMENTS FOR 31/4"
1000B3
809 -8096
1000W, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
1500B3
809 -8080
1500W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
2500B3
809 -8095
2500W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
3000B3
809 -8078
3000W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
5000B3
809 -8094
5000W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
6000B3
809 -8079
6000W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
10KB3
809 -8093
10kW, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
15KB3
809 -8077
15kW, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
25KB3
809 -8092
25kW, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
30K83
809 -8076
30kW, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
50KB4
809 -8091
50kW, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
FOR 41Áe" LINE
-
Thruline RF Directional
4641
809 -8147
2.5 -50kW, single socket, 50- 25MHz, EIA FL
920.00
E
4641 -037
809 -8145
3 -60kW,
single socket, 50-750MHz, EIA FL
920.00
E
4641 -080
809 -8143
8 -80kW,
single socket, 50-125MHz, EIA FL
920.00
E
4642 -200
809 -8146
2.5 -50kW, double socket, 50-250MHz, EIA FL
1,060.00
E
4642 -300
809 -8144
3 -60kW,
1,060.00
E
double socket, 50- 750MHz, EIA FL
37
i
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
ti
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
=E
I
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
RF WATTMETERS (CONT'D.)
PLUG-IN ELEMENTS FOR 4'/ie"
3
l
250085
809 -8139
2500W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
3000B5
809 -8140
3000W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
5000B5
809 -8141
5000W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
6000B5
809 -8142
6000W, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
8KB5
809 -8133
8kW, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
25KB5
809 -8138
25kW, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
809 -8135
30kW, 50- 125MHz
75.00
E
809 -8134
50kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
809 -8136
60kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
809 -8137
80kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
1,025.00
E
850.00
E
1,180.00
E
690.00
E
30KB5
50KB5
60KB5
80KB5
174
175
FOR 6' /e" LINE
-
High Power Rigid Line Series
4902
809 -8047
2.5- 250kW, single socket, EIA FL
4909 -200
809 -8050
2.5-250kW, double socket, unflanged
4905 -200
809 -8048
2.5 -25kW, single socket, EIA FL
4907
809 -8049
2.5 -25kW, single socket, unflanged
4902 -037
809 -8051
3-60kW,
single socket, EIA FL
1,025.00
E
4905 -300
809 -8052
3-60kW,
double socket, EIA FL
1,180.00
E
4902 -080
809 -8053
8-80kW,
single socket, EIA FL
1,025.00
E
4907-080
809 -8054
8-80kW,
single socket, unflanged
690.00
E
PLUG-IN ELEMENTS FOR 61/4"
ilk2500B6
809-8090
2500W, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
300086
809-8075
3000W, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
500086
809-8088
5000W, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
600086
809-8074
6000W, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
8KB6
809-8070
8kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
10KB6
809-8089
10kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
15KB6
809-8073
15kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
25KB6
809-8087
25kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
30KB6
809-8072
30kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
50K86
809-8086
50kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
60KB6
809-8071
60kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
80KB6
809-8069
80kW, 50-125MHz
75.00
E
175
RF POWER MONITORS /ALARMS
175
MONITORING SYSTEMS
175
DC CABLE ASSEMBLIES
176
RACK MOUNTED WATTMETERS
-
(Call Broadcast Electronics for details)
(Call Broadcast Electronics for details)
-
(Call Broadcast Electronics for details)
-
(Call Broadcast Electronics for details)
RF DUMMY LOADS
177
MODULOAD SELF -COOLED LOAD SYSTEMS
8631 -115
809 -8157
10kW, 31/8" EIA FL, 91/2 amps @ 115V/60Hz
4,200.00
E
8631 -230
809 -8155
10kW, 31/8" EIA FL, 43/4 amps @ 230V/50Hz
4,215.00
E
8635 -115
809 -8154
10kW, 15/8" EIA FL, 91/2 amps @ 115V/60Hz
4,200.00
E
8635 -230
809 -8153
10kW, 15/8" EIA FL, 43/4 amps @ 230V/50Hz
4,225.00
E
8645 -230
809 -8156
25kW, 31/8" EIA FL,
5,600.00
E
8655 -230
809 -8152
50kW, 31/8" EIA FL, 7 amps @ 230V/50Hz
7,800.00
E
51/2
amps
38
@
230V/50Hz
1
=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
®
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
RF DUMMY LOADS (CONT'D.)
177
WATER-COOLED, AIR DIELECTRIC
3/"
8645 -115
809 -8004
10/25kW,
EIA FL
5,565.00
E
8655 -115
809 -8003
10 /50kW, 31/e" EIA FL
7,770.00
E
8731
809-8005
10kW, Econoload, 31/e" EIA FL
815.00
E
8745
809-8132
20kW, Econoload, 31/e" EIA FL
1,155.00
E
8755
809 -8006
30kW, Econoload, 31/4" EIA FL
1,600.00
E
8775
809-8130
50kW, Econoload, 31/e" EIA FL
8750 -115
809 -8128
8750 -230
809 -8127
5 -898-2
5 -898 -3
5 -898 -6
2,050.00
E
Control Box Assembly for Econoloads 115V/60Hz
275.00
E
Control Box Assembly for Econoloads 230V/50Hz
275.00
E
809 -8126
20kW, Water Flow Switch for Econoloads
130.00
E
809 -8125
30kW, Water Flow Switch for Econoloads
130.00
E
809 -8123
10kW, Water Flow Switch for Econoloads
130.00
E
DRY LOAD, CONVECTION AIR-COOLED
8166
809 -8165
150W, Termaline, w/female N connector
235.00
E
8173
809 -8158
300W, w/female N connector
395.00
E
8363NF
809-8159
50W, Broad -band,w /female N connector
110.00
E
775.00
E
LIQUID DIELECTRIC, AIR- COOLED
8862
809-8120
1.5kW, 1%" EIA FL
8922
809-8119
5kW, 1%" EIA FL
1,950.00
E
8936-115
809-8118
10kW,
33"
EIA FL, 115VAC
2,965.00
E
8936-230
809 -8117
10kW, 33/4" EIA FL, 230VAC
3,000.00
E
DACT-14
809 -0002
10kW, Convection -cooled Dry Dummy Load
1,950.00
E
DPTC-25KFM 809 -8013
25kW, Air-cooled Dummy Load
3,850.00
E
DPTC-50KFM 809 -8014
50kW, Air-cooled Dummy Load
6,750.00
E
6725E3 -115
25kW, Air-cooled Dummy Load, 33/4" EIA FL
3,895.00
E
809 -8012
AC ROTARY PHASE CONVERTERS
179
T-2500
801 -9002
Phasemaster
T-
Series, 25 amps
2.565.00
E
T-12000
801 -9008
Phasemaster
T-
Series, 115 amps
6,650.00
E
T-14000
801 -9009
Phasemaster
T- Series,
7,875.00
E
960.00
E
1,484.00
E
1,585.00
E
135 amps
AC LINE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
181
M220
809-5000
AC Line Surge Suppressor for use on single phase 208/240 VAC
balanced three wire main power.
M240
809 -5001
AC Line Surge Suppressor for use on 3 phase power mains from
208/240VAC any type of service. Complete protection on all lines.
M460
809 -5002
AC Line Surge Suppressor for use on 3 phase power mains
380/480 VAC. Complete protection on 277 volt lightning circuits and
distribution transformers
SE120/240 -30-1
809 -9000
120/240VAC, 30 amp 3 -wire single phase
1,299.00
E
SE120/240 -60 -1
809-9001
120/240VAC, 60 amp 3 -wire single phase
2,268.00
E
SW1201208-30 -3Y
809-9002
120/208VAC, 30 amp 4 -5 wire three phase wye
2,924.00
E
SE1201208-60 -3Y
809-9003
120/208VAC, 60 amp 4 -5 wire three phase wye
3,806.00
E
SE120120 8-200-3Y
809-9004
120/208VAC, 200 amp 4-5 wire three phase wye
6,084.00
E
SE120120 8-300-3Y
809-9005
120/208VAC, 300 amp 4 -5 wire three phase wye
7,199.00
E
SE240 -30-3D
809-9006
240VAC, 30 amp 3-4 wire three phase Delta
2,997.00
E
SE240 -60 -3D
809 -9007
240VAC, 60 amp 3-4 wire three phase Delta
3,959.00
E
SE240- 150 -3D
809 -9008
240VAC, 150 amp 3 -4 wire three phase Delta
5.779.00
E
SE240- 200-3D
809 -9009
240VAC, 200 amp 3 -4 wire three phase Delta
6,348.00
E
39
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
=E
I
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
COAXIAL SWITCHES
180
809 -2130
Motorized coaxial switch for
line, 4 port, flanged
2,350.00
E
809 -2128
Motorized coaxial switch for 31/8" line, 4 port, flanged
3,000.00
E
809 -2126
Motorized coaxial switch for 41/16" line, 4 port, flanged
5,200.00
E
809 -2124
Motorized coaxial switch for 61/8" line, 4 port, flanged
7,250.00
E
809 -4021
Switch control panel
-
1
switch
495.00
E
SCP -3
809 -4020
Switch control panel
-
3 switch
2,500.00
E
A50000 -200
809 -2131
Motorized coaxial switch for
line, 4 port, flanged
3,200.00
E
809 -2132
Motorized coaxial switch for 31/8" line, 4 port,
flanged
3,725.00
E
809 -2133
Motorized coaxial switch for 41/16" line, 4 port, flanged
4,000.00
E
CSW -158
CSW -318
15/8"
8
CSW -416
CSW -618
SCP -1
A50000 -300
A50000 -400
11/2"
FM BROADCAST ANTENNAS
182
BESP `A' SERIES, 31/4" INTERBAY LINE, SUPER POWER
BESP-1AE
809 -1501 -020
bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW input rating
2,800.00
C
BESP -2AE
809-1502 -020
2 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW input rating
5,600.00
C
BESP -2AC
809 -1502 -040
2 bay, 31/8" center feed, 39kW input rating
6,589.00
C
BESP -2AC6
809-1502 -080
2 bay, 61/8" center feed, 64kW input rating
8,531.00
C
BESP -3AE
809-1503 -020
3 bay, 31/8"
end feed, 32kW input rating
8,400.00
C
BESP -3AC
809-1503 -050
3 bay, 31/8"
off center feed, 39kW input rating
9,389.00
C
BESP -4AE
809 -1504 -020
4 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW
11,200.00
C
BESP -4AC
809-1504 -040
4 bay, 31/8" center feed, 39kW input rating
12,188.00
C
BESP -4AC6
809-1504 -080
4 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 64kW input rating
14,123.00
C
BESP -5AE
809 -1505 -020
5 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW input rating
14,000.00
C
BESP -5AC
809-1505 -050
5 bay, 31/8" off center feed, 39kW
input rating
14,989.00
C
BESP -5AC6
809-1505 -090
5 bay, 61/8"
off center feed, 64kW input rating
16,931.00
C
BESP -6AE
809-1506 -020
6 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW
16,800.00
C
BESP -6AC
809- 1506 -040
6 bay, 31/2" center feed, 39kW input rating
17,789.00
C
BESP -6ÁC6
809-1506 -080
6 bay, 61/8" center feed, 64kW input rating
19,732.00
C
19,600.00
C
20,588.00
C
end feed, 32kW input rating
22,400.00
C
center feed, 39kW input rating
23,389.00
C
8 bay, 61/8" center teed, 64kW input rating
25,331.00
C
bay, 31/8" off center feed, 39kW input rating
26,189.00
C
10
bay, 31/8" center feed, 39kW input rating
28,988.00
C
10
bay, 61/8" center feed, 64kW input rating
30,931.00
C
bay, 31/8" off center feed, 39kW input rating
31,789.00
C
1
input rating
input rating
end feed, 32kW input rating
BESP -7AE
809-1507 -020
7 bay, 31/8"
BESP-7AC
809- 1507-050
7 bay, 31/8" off center feed, 39kW
BESP-8AE
BESP-8AC
BESP-8AC6
BESP-9AC
BESP-10AC
BESP-10AC6
809-1508 -020
809-1508 -040
809-1508 -080
809- 1509 -050
809 -1510 -040
809 -1510-080
8 bay, 31/8"
8 bay, 31/8"
9
input rating
BESP -11AC
809 -1511 -050
11
BESP -12AC
809 -1512 -040
12 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 39kW input rating
34,589.00
C
BESP -12AC6
809 -1512 -080
12 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 64kW input rating
36,352.00
C
BESP -13AC
809 -1513 -050
13 bay, 31/8"
off center feed, 39kW input rating
37,388.00
C
BESP -14AC
809 -1514 -040
14 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 39kW input rating
40,189.00
C
BESP -14AC6
809 -1514 -080
14 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 64kW input rating
42,131.00
C
BESP -15AC
809 -1515 -050
15 bay, 31/8"
off center feed. 39kw input rating
40,989.00
C
BESP -16AC
809 -1516 -040
16 bay. 31/8"
center feed, 39kW input rating
45,788.00
C
BESP -16AC6
809 -1516 -080
16 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 64kW input rating
47,731.00
C
40
I=E RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
NET
CODE
FM ANTENNAS (CONT'D.)
182
182
184
BESP 'B' SERIES, 41/4" INTERBAY LINE, SUPER POWER
BESP-1BE
809 -1601 -060
bay, 61/8" end feed, 40kW input rating
3,911.00
C
BESP-28E
809-1602 -060
2 bay, 61/8" end feed, 56kW input rating
7,823.00
C
BESP-2BC
809 -1602 -080
2 bay, 61/8"
10,990.00
C
BESP-3BE
809 -1603-060
3 bay, 61/8" end feed, 56kW
11,734.00
C
BESP-3BC
809 -1603-090
3 bay, 61/8" off center feed, 112kW
14,902.00
C
BESP-4BE
809 -1604-060
4 bay, 61/8" end feed, 56kW
15,645.00
C
BESP-4BC
809- 1604 -080
4 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 112kW input rating
18,813.00
C
BESP-5BE
809 -1605-060
5 bay, 61/8"
end feed, 56kW input rating
19,556.00
C
BESP-5BC
809 -1605 -090
5 bay, 61/8"
off center feed, 112kW input rating
22,724.00
C
BESP-6BE
809- 1606 -060
6 bay, 61/8"
end feed, 56kW input rating
23,468.00
C
BESP-6BC
809-1606 -080
6 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 112kW input rating
26,635.00
C
BESP-7BE
809-1607 -060
7 bay, 61/8"
end feed, 56kW input rating
27,379.00
C
BESP-7BC
809-1607 -090
7 bay, 61/8" off center feed, 112kW
30,547.00
C
BESP-8BE
809 -1608 -060
8 bay, 61/8"
end feed, 56kW input rating
31,290.00
C
BESP-8BC
809-1608 -080
8 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 112kW input rating
34,458.00
C
BESP-9BC
809 -1609 -090
9 bay, 61/8" off
38,369.00
C
BESP-10BC
809-1610 -080
10 bay, 61/8"
42,280.00
C
BESP-11BC
809 -1611 -090
11
BESP-12BC
809 -1612 -080
12 bay, 61/8"
BESP-13BC
809 -1613-090
BESP-14BC
809 -1614-080
BESP-15BC
BESP-16BC
1
center feed, 80kW input rating
input rating
input rating
input rating
input rating
center feed, 112kW input rating
center feed, 112kW input rating
bay, 61/8" off center feed, 112kW input rating
46,192.00
C
center feed, 112kW input rating
50,103.00
C
13 bay, 61/8"
off center feed, 112kW input rating
54,014.00
C
14 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 112kW input rating
57,925.00
C
809 -1615 -090
15 bay, 61/8"
off center feed, 112kW input rating
61,837.00
C
809 -1616 -080
16 bay, 61/8"
center feed, 112kW input rating
64,698.00
C
BESP `C' SERIES,
VA" INTERBAY LINE, SUPER POWER
BESP-10E
809-1701 -060
1
bay, 6'/e" end feed, 40kW input rating
4,471.00
C
BESP-2CE
809-1702 -060
2 bay, 61/8"
end feed, 80kW input rating
8,943.00
C
BESP-3CE
809-1703 -060
3 bay, 61/8"
end feed, 120kW input rating
13,414.00
C
BESP-4CE
809-1704 -060
4 bay, 6'/e" end feed, 120kW
input rating
17,885.00
C
BESP-5CE
809-1705 -060
5 bay, 61/8"
end feed, 120kW input rating
22,357.00
C
BESP-6CE
809-1706 -060
6 bay, 61/8" end feed, 120kW input rating
26,828.00
C
bay, 1%" end feed, 9kW input rating
1,934.00
C
end feed, 9kW input rating
3,867.00
C
4,856.00
C
BEMP SERIES,
/e" INTERBAY LINE, MEDIUM POWER
1 5
BEMP-1E
809 -1401 -010
BEMP-2E
809 -1402-010
2 bay, 15/8"
BE M P-2C
809 -1402 -040
2 bay, 31/8" center feed, 12kW
BEMP-3E
809 -1403-010
3 bay,
We end feed, 9kW input rating
5,801.00
C
BEMP-3C
809 -1403-050
3 bay, 31/8" off center feed, 12kW input rating
6,790.00
C
BEMP-4E
809 -1404-010
4 bay,
end feed, 9kW input rating
7,735.00
C
BEM P-4C
809 -1404-040
4 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 12kW input rating
8,723.00
C
BEMP-5E
809 -1405 -010
5 bay, 15/8"
end feed, 9kW input rating
9,668.00
C
BEMP-5C
809-1405 -050
5
10,658.00
C
BEMP-6E
809-1406 -010
6 bay, 15/8" end feed, 9kW input rating
11,603.00
C
BEMP-6C
809- 1406 -040
6 bay, 31/8" center feed, 12kW
12,592.00
C
BEMP-7E
809 -1407 -010
7 bay, 15/8" end feed, 9kW input rating
12,537.00
C
BEM P-7C
809 -1407 -050
7 bay, 31/8"
14,525.00
C
BEMP-8E
809-1408 -010
8 bay, 15/8" end feed, 9kW
15,470.00
C
BEM P-8C
809 -1408 -040
8 bay, 31/8" center feed, 12kW
16,459.00
C
BEM P-9C
809 -1409 -050
9 bay, 31/e"
18,393.00
C
1
15/8"
input rating
bay. 31/8" off center feed, 12kW input rating
input rating
off center feed, 12kW input rating
input rating
input rating
off center feed, 12kW input rating
41
RF
CATALOG
105
NO.
"'PAGE
MODEL
0
=E
TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
I
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
FM ANTENNAS (CONT'D.)
BEMP SERIES
186
187
188
-
1% "INTERBAY LINE, MEDIUM POWER (CONT'D.)
BEMP -10C
809 -1410-040
10 bay, 31/8"
BEMP-11C
809 -1411 -050
11
BEMP -12C
809 -1412-040
12 bay, 31/8"
BELP SERIES
-
center feed, 12kW input rating
bay, 31/2" off center feed, 12kW input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
20,326.00
C
22,260.00
C
24,194.00
C
HORIZONTALLY POLARIZED, LOW POWER
BELP -11A
809 -1301
With single ring element
428.00
C
BELP-22A
809 -1302
With 2 ring elements
856.00
C
BELP-33A
809 -1303
With 3 ring elements
1,286.00
C
BELP-44A
809 -1304
With 4 ring elements
1,715.00
C
1100 SERIES
-
1100-1AE
809-1101 -020
1100 -2AE
809-1102 -020
2 bay, 31/2" end feed, 10kW
1100 -2AC
809 -1102 -040
2 bay, 31/2"
1100 -3AE
809 -1103 -020
3 bay, 31/8" end feed, 15kW
1100 -4AE
809 -1104 -020
4 bay, 31/2" end feed, 20kW
1100 -4AC
809- 1104 -040
4 bay, 3ye"
1100 -5AE
809 -1105 -020
5 bay, 31/8" end feed, 25kW
1100-6AE
809 -1106 -020
6 bay, 31/8" end feed, 30kW
1100 -6AC
809 -1106 -040
6 bay, 3ye"
1100 -7AE
809-1107 -020
7 bay, 3ye" end feed, 35kW
1100 -8AE
809 -1108 -020
8 bay, 31/e" end feed, 40kW
1100 -8AC
809-1108 -040
8 bay, 3ye" center feed, 40kW
1100 -9AC
809-1109 -050
9 bay, 3ye" off
1100 -10AC
809-1110 -040
10 bay, 31/8"
1100 -11AC
809-1111 -050
11
1100 -12AC
809-1112 -040
1100 -13AC
HIGH POWER CIRCULARLY POLARIZED
bay, 31/8" end feed, 5kW input rating
2,118.00
C
4,235.00
C
5,224.00
C
input rating
6,353.00
C
input rating
8,470.00
C
9,458.00
C
input rating
10,587.00
C
input rating
12,705.00
C
13,694.00
C
input rating
14,823.00
C
input rating
16,940.00
C
17,929.00
C
20,047.00
C
center feed, 40kW input rating
22,147.00
C
off center feed, 40kW input rating
24,281.00
C
12 bay, 31/e"
center feed, 40kW input rating
26,399.00
C
809-1113 -050
13 bay, 31/8"
off center feed, 40kW input rating
28,516.00
C
1100 -14AC
809-1114 -040
14 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 40kW input rating
30,634.00
C
1100 -15AC
809-1115 -050
15 bay, 31/8"
off center feed, 40kW input rating
32,752.00
C
1100 -16ÁC
809-1116 -040
16 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 40kW input rating
34,869.00
C
1105 SERIES
-
1105 -1E
809 -1151 -010
bay, 1%" end feed, 3kW input rating
1,295.00
C
1105 -2E
809-1152 -010
2 bay, 1%" end feed, 6kW input rating
2,590.00
C
1105 -3E
809- 1153 -010
3 bay, 1%" end feed, 7.5kW input rating
3,885.00
C
1105 -4E
809-1154 -010
4 bay, 1%" end feed, 7.5kW input rating
5,180.00
C
1105 -4C
809-1154 -040
4 bay, 31/8"
6,168.00
C
1105 -5E
809-1155 -010
5 bay, 1%" end feed, 7.5kW input rating
6,475.00
C
1105 -5C
809 -1155 -040
5 bay, 31/8"
7,463.00
C
1105 -6E
809-1156 -010
6 bay, 1%" end feed, 7.5kW input rating
7,700.00
C
1105 -6C
809- 1156 -040
6 bay, 31/8" center feed, 12kW
8,759.00
C
1105 -7E
809-1157 -010
7 bay, 1%" end feed, 7.5kW
9,065.00
C
1105 -7C
809-1157 -040
7 bay, 31/2"
10,053.00
C
1105 -8E
809-1158 -010
8 bay, 1%" end feed, 7.5kW input rating
10,360.00
C
1105 -8C
809 -1158 -040
8 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 12kW input rating
11,348.00
C
1105 -9C
809 -1159 -040
9 bay, 31/2"
center feed, 12kW input rating
12,644.00
C
1105 -10C
809-1160 -040
10 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 12kW input rating
13,939.00
C
1105 -11C
809-1161 -040
11
bay, 31/8" center feed, 12kW input rating
15,233.00
C
1105 -12C
809-1162 -040
12 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 12kW input rating
15,529.00
C
1
bay,
31"
input rating
center feed, 10kW input rating
center feed, 20kW input rating
center feed, 30kW input rating
input rating
center feed, 40kW input rating
CIRCULARLY POLARIZED
1
center feed, 12kW input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
input rating
input rating
center feed, 12kW input rating
42
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
FM ANTENNAS (CONT'D.)
189
ERI ANTENNAS
200 SERIES
191
-
CIRCULARLY POLARIZED
200-1AE
809- 1201 -020
1
200 -2AE
809 -1202-020
2 bay, 31/8" end feed, 20kW
200 -2AC
809 -1202-040
2 bay, 31/8"
200 -3AE
809 -1203-020
3 bay, 31/8" end feed, 20kW
200 -4AE
809-1204 -020
4 bay, 31/8"
200 -4AC
809 -1204 -040
4 bay, 31/8" center feed, 30kW input rating
200 -5AE
809 -1205 -020
5 bay, 31/8"
200-6AE
809-1206 -020
6 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW
200-6AC
809-1206 -040
6 bay, 31/8" center feed, 39kW input rating
200-7AE
809 -1207-020
7 bay, 31/8"
200-8AE
809 -1208-020
8 bay, 31/8" end feed, 32kW
200-8AC
809 -1208-040
8 bay, 31/8" center feed, 39kW input rating
200-10AC
809 -1210-040
10 bay, 31/8"
200-12AC
809 -1212-040
200-14AC
809 -1214-040
bay, 31/8" end feed, 10kW input rating
3,080.00
C
input rating
6,160.00
C
7,248.00
C
input rating
9,240.00
C
end feed, 30kW input rating
12,320.00
C
13,409.00
C
end feed, 32kW input rating
15,400.00
C
input rating
18,480.00
C
19,569.00
C
21,648.00
C
24,640.00
C
25,728.00
C
center feed, 39kW input rating
31,889.00
C
12 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 39kW input rating
38,049.00
C
14 bay, 31/8"
center feed, 39kW input rating
44,208.00
C
center feed, 20kW input rating
end feed, 32kW input rating
input rating
ERI ACCESSORIES
AD5
809 -1070
Male to male adaptor, 31/e"
97.00
C
404
809 -1069
Isolation transformer, 10kW,
input
2,888.00
C
404A
809 -1068
Isolation transformer, 10kW, 31/8" input
3,419.00
C
425
809-1067
Isolation transformer, 25kW, 31/8" input
6,440.00
C
426
809-1066
Isolation transformer, 40kW, 3'
input
6,860.00
C
427
809 -1065
Isolation transformer, 50kW, 41/8" input
8,400.00
C
2.00/ft
C
84.00
C
15/8"
/"
TRANSMISSION LINES & ACCESSORIES
192
FOR 1/2" FOAM DIELECTRIC CABLE
-
ANDREW
LDF4-50A
809-2631
Standard cable, standard jacket
L44R
809 -2632
'/e" EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
L44W
809 -2630
N
plug (male), mates with UG -23
24.00
C
L44N
809 -2629
N
jack (female), mates with UG -21
24.00
C
L44P
809 -2628
UHF plug (male), mates with SO -239A
21.00
C
L44U
809 -2633
UHF Jack (female), mates with PL -259A
21.00
C
43211
809 -2019
Hanger kit
29.00
C
34767A-27
809 -2627
Reattachment kit
8.00
C
43094
809 -2023
Hoisting grip
27.00
C
204989-1
809 -1025
Grounding kit
19.00
C
40656-3
809 -1029
Wall /Roof feed thru
46.00
C
5.00/ft
C
88.00
C
FOR V/e" FOAM DIELECTRIC CABLE
-
ANDREW
LDF5-50A
809-2626
Standard cable, standard jacket
L45R
809 -2625
7/8"
L45W
809-2624
N
plug (male), mates with UG -23
58.00
C
L45N
809 -2623
N
jack (female), mates with UG -21
58.00
C
L45P
809 -2622
UHF plug (male), mates with SO -239A
55.00
C
L45U
809 -2621
UHF Jack (female), mates with PL -259A
55.00
C
42396A-5
809 -2020
Hanger kit
38.00
C
34767A-28
809 -2620
Reattachment kit
8.00
C
19256B
809 -2024
Hoisting grip
39.00
C
204989-2
809 -1026
Grounding kit
24.00
C
40656-3
809 -1029
Wall /Roof feed thru
46.00
C
EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
43
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
TRANSMISSION LINES & ACCESSORIES
192
FOR
11"
LDF6-50
Standard cable, standard jacket
L46R
809 -2472
15/8"
EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
8.00 /ft
C
166.00
C
166.00
C
L46S
809 -2473
7/8"
L46W
809 -2475
N
plug (male), mates with UG -23
98.00
C
L46N
809 -2476
N
jack (female), mates with UG -21
98.00
C
178.00
C
42396A -1
24312A
204989 -3
34767A-43
193
ANDREW
-
809 -2470
L46Z
192
FOAM DIELECTRIC CABLE
809 -2481
Splice
809 -2482
Hanger kit
38.00
C
809-2025
Hoisting grip
48.00
C
809-2483
Grounding kit
25.00
C
Reattachment kit
12.00
C
12.00/ft
C
210.00
C
250.00
C
185.00
C
235.00
C
809-2484
FOR 13/4" FOAM DIELECTRIC CABLE
ANDREW
-
LDF7-50A
809-2485
Standard cable, standard jacket
L47R
809-2487
15/8"
L47S
809-2488
7
L47N
809-2491
N
L47Z
809-2497
Splice
42396A -2
809 -2021
Hanger kit
38.00
C
24312A
809 -2025
Hoisting grip
48.00
C
204989 -4
809 -2483
Grounding kit
25.00
C
34767A -35
809 -2498
Reattachment kit
15.00
C
20' Line section, flanged both ends
285.00
C
20' Line section, flanged one end
275.00
C
20' Line section, unflanged
200.00
C
C
FOR 13/4" RIGID LINE
201 -001
201 -006
201 -004
809 -2425
809 -2423
809 -2424
EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
/e" EIA flange, no gas barrier at interface
-
jack (female), mates with UG -21
MYAT
809 -2415
Elbow, 90- degree
118.00
201 -030
809 -2414
Elbow, 45- degree
118.00
C
201 -008
809 -2422
Flange, fixed
18.00
C
201 -009
809 -2421
Flange, swivel
24.00
C
201 -013
809-2417
Flange, field (soft solder)
33.00
C
201 -010
809-2420
Inner connector
23.00
C
201 -014
809-2416
Inner connector for unflanged line only
37.00
C
201 -050
809 -2412
Gas barrier
131.00
C
201 -080
809 -2405
End terminal
135.00
C
201 -012
809-2418
Hardware set
10.00
C
201 -011
809-2419
"O" Ring gasket
2.00
C
201 -042-1
809 -2413
Fixed hanger
40.00
C
201 -042 -3
809 -2408
Spring hanger
45.00
C
201- 042 -12
809-2411
Horizontal hanger
39.00
C
809-2409
Wall feed thru
53.00
C
201 -064
809 -2407
Reducer,
142.00
C
301 -064
809 -2446
Reducer, 31/e" to 1%"
156.00
C
201 -042 -8
809 -2410
Lateral brace
54.00
C
201 -020
201
-042 -5
15/8" to 7/8"
44
I=E
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
PROFESSIONAL
MODEL
STOCK NO.
DESCRIPTION
NET
CODE
TRANSMISSION LINES & ACCESSORIES (CONT'D)
194
195
196
FOR 3' /s" RIGID LINE
-
MYAT
301 -001
809 -2406
20' Line section, flanged both ends
460.00
C
301 -006
809 -2404
20' Line section, flanged one end
440.00
C
301 -004
809 -2403
20' Line section, unflanged
370.00
C
301 -020
809 -2394
Elbow, 90-degree, flanged
220.00
C
301 -030
809-2395
Elbow, 45-degree
220.00
C
301 -008
809-2401
Flange, fixed
28.00
C
301 -009
809-2402
Flange, swivel
39.00
C
301 -013
809-2392
Flange, field (soft solder)
50.00
C
301 -014
809-2393
Flange, unpressurized
54.00
C
301 -010ML
809 -2400
Inner connector
42.00
C
301 -050
809 -2444
Gas barrier
200.00
C
301 -080
809 -2443
End terminal
320.00
C
301 -012
809 -2391
Hardware set
12.00
C
301 -011
809 -2390
"0"
2.00
C
301 -042 -1
809 -2396
Fixed hanger
50.00
C
301 -042 -3
809-2397
Spring hanger
69.00
C
301- 042-012
809-2335
Horizontal hanger
54.00
C
301 -042-5
809-2398
Wall feed thru
57.00
C
601 -064
809-2445
Reducer, 61/8" to 31/8"
395.00
C
301 -064
809 -2446
Reducer, 31/8" to 1%"
156.00
C
301 -042 -8
809-2399
Lateral brace
54.00
C
FOR 4' /,s" RIGID LINE
-
Ring gasket
MYAT
401 -001
809 -2442
20' Line section, flanged both ends
875.00
C
401 -004
809 -2441
20' Line section, unflanged
700.00
C
401 -020
809 -2428
Elbow, 90- degree
350.00
C
401 -008
809 -2440
Flange, fixed
40.00
C
401 -009
809 -2439
Flange, swivel
70.00
C
401 -013
809 -2435
Flange, field (soft solder)
80.00
C
401 -014
809-2430
Flange, unpressurized
95.00
C
401 -010
809 -2438
Inner connector
94.00
C
401 -050
809-2426
Gas barrier
450.00
C
401 -012
809-2436
Hardware set
13.00
C
401 -011
809-2437
"0"
3.00
C
401 -042 -1
809 -2434
Fixed hanger
69.00
C
401 -042 -3
809 -2433
Spring hanger
85.00
C
401 -042 -5
809 -2432
Wall feed thru
100.00
C
601 -067
809 -2427
Reducer, 61/8" to 41/16"
700.00
C
401 -042 -8
809 -2431
Lateral brace
75.00
C
401 -017
809 -2429
Coupling, unpressurized
95.00
C
6.00 /ft
C
97.00
C
FOR 7/s" AIR DIELECTRIC CABLE
Ring gasket
-
ANDREW
HJ5 -50
809 -2003
Line type number
75AR
809 -2004
Flange, gas pass EIA
75AG
809-2005
Flange, gas barrier EIA
140.00
C
75AZ
809 -2008
Splice
108.00
C
42396A -5
809-2020
Hanger kit, non-insul., maximum spacing
38.00
C
11662 -2
809 -2451
Insulated hanger
20.00
C
192568
809 -2024
Hoisting grip
39.00
C
40656 -3
809 -2450
Wall feed thru
47.00
C
204989 -2
809 -1026
Grounding Kit
24.00
C
45
-
3 feet
RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
.105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
=E
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
I
TRANSMISSION LINES & ACCESSORIES (CONT'D)
196
$
197
198
FOR 1%" AIR DIELECTRIC
ANDREW
809 -2009
Line type number
12.00/ft
C
87R
809-2010
Flange, gas pass EIA
192.00
C
87G
809-2011
Flange, gas barrier EIA
218.00
C
87Z
809 -2013
Splice
275.00
C
42396A2
809 -2021
Hanger kit, non -insul., maximum spacing
38.00
C
24312A
809 -2025
Hoisting grip
48.00
C
40656-2
809 -1030
Wall feed thru
67.00
C
204989 -4
809 -0024
Grounding kit
25.00
C
23.00/ft
C
335.00
C
330.00
C
355.00
C
FOR 3" AIR DIELECTRIC CABLE
3
-
feet
ANDREW
-
HJ8 -50B
809 -2014
Line type number
78ARF
809 -2456
31/B" EIA Flange,
78ARM
809-2015
Flange, gas pass, male
78AGF
809 -2457
31/8" EIA Flange, gas barrier,
78AGM
809 -2016
Flange, gas barrier, male
350.00
C
78BZ
809 -2018
Splice
430.00
C
31766 -11
809-2022
Hanger kit, maximum spacing 5', 10-pieces
56.00
C
33948 -2
809-2459
Insulated hanger
52.00
C
26985A
809 -2026
Hoisting grip
73.00
C
40394 -2
809 -2033
Wall feed thru
120.00
C
204989 -5
809 -2460
Grounding kit
26.00
C
15093A
809 -2049
Inner connector
61.00
C
FOR 4" AIR DIELECTRIC
-
gas pass, female
female
ANDREW
HJ11 -50
809 -2045
Line type number
25.00 /ft
C
81RF
809 -2047
Flange, gas pass (female)
530.00
C
809 -2050
Flange, gas pass (female)
1280.00
C
81GF
809-2046
Flange, gas barrier (female)
540.00
C
42896 (61/2")
809-2051
Flange, gas barrier (female)
1350.00
C
18902
809-2048
Inner connector
290.00
C
81Z
809 -2462
Splice
620.00
C
31766 -10
809 -1021
Hanger kit, max. spacing 5', 10- pieces
62.00
C
33948 -4
809 -2463
Insulated hanger
62.00
C
34759
809 -1022
Hoisting Grip
75.00
C
40394 -1
809 -2464
Wall feed thru
108.00
C
204989 -6
809 -1027
Grounding kit
37.00
C
42826
198
-
HJ7-50A
(61/2 ")
FOR 5" AIR DIELECTRIC CABLE
ANDREW
-
HJ9 -50
809 -2041
Line type number
36.00 /ft
C
79AR
809 -2042
Flange, gas pass
1030.00
C
79AG
809-2465
61"
1080.00
C
79AZ
809 -2466
Splice
1130.00
C
33598 -5
809-1039
Hanger kit, max. spacing 5', 10- pieces
85.00
C
31769 -4
809-1038
Hardware kit
32.00
C
33981A -1
809-1040
Angle adaptor kit
83.00
C
H3130 -1
809-2085
Round member adaptor /tower standoff kit, 3-4"
150.00
C
43130 -2
809 -2086
Round member adaptor /tower standoff kit,
4-5"
150.00
C
43130 -3
809 -2087
Round member adaptor /tower standoff kit,
5-6"
150.00
C
33948 -1
809-2467
Insulated hanger
80.00
C
31031 -1
809-2468
Hoisting grip
140.00
C
33938 -5
809 -2469
Wall feed thru
140.00
C
204989 -7
809 -1029
Grounding kit
40.00
C
EIA Flange, gas barrier
46
I=E RF TRANSMITTING EQUIPMENT
CATALOG
105
PAGE NO.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
STOCK NO.
PROFESSIONAL
NET
CODE
mt.
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES'
40417
809-1024
Nylon cable ties (50 pieces per kit)
32.00
C
31769 -5
809-1036
Hardware kit,
12.00
C
31769 -1
809-1037
Hardware kit, 1" long
13.00
C
31768A
809 -2036
Angle adaptor kit
57.00
C
31670 -1
809-1035
Round member adaptor kit,
-2" leg diameter
21.00
C
31670 -2
809-1034
Round member adaptor kit, 2 -3" leg diameter
23.00
C
31670 -3
809-0025
Round member adaptor kit, 3 -4" leg diameter
27.00
C
31670 -4
809-1033
Round member adaptor kit, 4 -5" leg diameter
27.00
C
31670 -5
809 -1032
Round member adaptor kit,
28.00
C
TOWER STANDOFF KITS FOR
3/2
3/4"
long
4" HANGERS
-
1
5 -6"
leg diameter
ANDREW
41108A-1
809 -1046
2.5" standoff, 3 -4" member diameter
140.00
C
41108A-2
809 -1047
2.5" standoff, 4 -5" member diameter
140.00
C
41108A-3
809 -1048
2.5" standoff, 5 -6" member diameter
145.00
C
30848 -5
809 -1041
1"
standoff, .75 -1.5" member diameter
98.00
C
30848 -4
809 -1042
1" standoff, 1.5 -3.0" member diameter
100.00
C
30848 -3
809 -1043
1" standoff, 3 -4" member diameter
128.00
C
30848 -2
809 -1044
1" standoff, 4 -5" member diameter
125.00
C
30848 -1
809-1045
1" standoff, 5 -7" member diameter
125.00
C
Not used for 5" heliax
AUTOMATIC DEHYDRATORS
1920E
809 -2052
Andrew
1910.00
C
1930C
809 -2053
Andrew
1380.00
C
250.00
C
.25 /ft
C
335.00
C
PRESSURIZATION EQUIPMENT
-
ANDREW
858C
809-2027
Nitrogen Tank Fitting
25435 -A
809 -2028
1/4"
878A
809-2055
Dry Air Hand Pump
Polyethylene tubing
47
1
ah
a
r
HOW TO ORDER (International)
ORDERING PROCEDURE:
All sales are made in accordance with Broadcast Electronics, Inc., Terms and Conditions of Sale. No order shall be binding upon Broadcast Electronics,
Inc. until accepted by the company in writing at its home office in Quincy, Illinois. Please order by model, stock number and description as they appear
in the price schedule.
PRICES:
Broadcast Electronics, Inc. endeavors to keep published price lists current; however, prices listed herein are subject to change without prior notice.
Prices are ex factory, Quincy, Illinois. Prices do not include cost of special packing for land or air shipment. No applicable federal, state, or local taxes
or import excise or duties or charges are included. All transportation costs are the obligation of the buyer.
METHOD OF PAYMENT:
When an order is to be placed, the customer should have issued an irrevocable letter of credit in favor of Broadcast Electronics, Inc., for the ex factory
order amount plus the cost for pickup and loading charge, inland transportation and insurance cost to airport or seaport of export, forwarding fees,
consular fees and, the cost of packing for steamer shipment where such is required. The Credit should be advised through and confirmed by the
Continental Bank, 231 South La Salle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60693. Attn.: Letter of Credit Department.
Terms of the letter of credit should be "at sight." The cost of establishing the letter of credit or any amendments thereto shall be paid for by the
customer, who should specify in the letter of credit the various documents to be furnished. Customer is to specify, in the letter of credit, the mode
of transportation. The letter of credit should also specify whether partial shipments and transshipments are permitted. In the absence of specific instructions, the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documenting Credits (1962 revision) International Chamber of Commerce brochure 222 will apply.
LICENSES AND PERMITS:
Prior to the anticipated shipping date the customer should obtain and forward copies to BE of all required import licenses, letters of credit and other
documents necessary to permit BE to ship and customer to receive delivery of the equipment ordered. All permits necessary for installation, and operation of equipment covered by the order shall be the sole responsibility of the customer.
WARRANTY ADJUSTMENT:
Broadcast Electronics, Inc. warranty is included in the Terms and Conditions of Sale. In the event of a warranty claim, replacement or repair parts
will be supplied FOB factory upon return of the defective part or equipment to Broadcast Electronics, Inc., FOB Quincy, Illinois.
RETURN, REPAIR OR EXCHANGES:
Do not return any merchandise without our written approval and Return Authorization. We will provide special shipping instructions and a code number
that will assure proper handling and prompt issuance of credit. Please furnish complete details as to circumstances and reasons when requesting
return of merchandise. Custom built equipment or merchandise specially ordered for you is not returnable. Where return of unused merchandise is
at the request of, or for the convenience of the customer, a restocking fee of 15% will be charged. No unused merchandise will be accepted for return
later than 30 days after shipment. All returned merchandise must be sent freight prepaid and properly insured by the customer. When writing to Broadcast Electronics, Inc. about your order, it will be helpful if you specify the Broadcast Electronics, Inc. factory order number or invoice number.
SHIPPING METHOD /INSURANCE:
Unless specifically stated by the buyer, we will exercise our judgment as to method of shipment. A full range of shipping services is available. Unless
otherwise specified in the letter of credit, all goods will be insured for at least 100% of the c.i.f. value of the merchandise. The cost will be included
as part of the shipping charges. Claims for damage, either concealed or obvious, are the responsibility of the customer.
AFTER SALE SERVICE:
Broadcast Electronics, Inc. has supported its products with factory technical service since 1959. The company maintains a technically qualified Customer
Service Department at its factory to assist you. Technical assistance is available by letter or telephone or telegram. For equipment requiring repair
or overhaul, arrangements must be made with the Customer Service Department for Return Authorization prior to shipping.
PRODUCT CHANGES:
Broadcast Electronics, Inc. reserves the right without advance notice to make engineering and production changes including substitution of vendor
sources for components which may modify the design or specifications of its products, provided said modifications will not materially affect the performance of the product.
OTHER:
In no event is Broadcast Electronics, Inc. liable for consequential damage from late or non delivery, or malfunction or failure of its products.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Additional information and product literature are available from your Broadcast Electronics Distributor or Broadcast Electronics. Inc.
IPL -105 1M CP 188
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement